Page 104, for

Page 105, for

Page 107, for

Page 109, for

Page 110, for

Page 116, for

Page 167, for

Page 180, for

Page 181, for

Page 221, for

Page 223, for

Page 249, for

Page 273, for

Page 310, for

Page 510, for

Page xxxvii, for

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS.

Wotogenta

subtesselata

prurvosus

read Votogonia.

read subtessellata.

read = pruinosus.

crassiscornis read crass?cornts.

Droylus read Dorylus.

V. armata read SS. armata.

(Estuans read stuans.

read Apis.

Gynandroph halna read Gynandrophthalma,

Metotoplax read Metopoplax.

P. strichnocera read WD, strichnocera.

Megalocerea read Megalocerwa.

sp.nov. vead gen. nov.

Evichoma read Evirchoma,

Hybocompa read Hybocampa.

Lyceenide read Lycenide.

T. binghami read J. binghamt,

Ur ys read Urowxys,

Aphis

PROCEEDINGS.

Fuliginose read fuliginosa.

Page xxxvii, for Poncra read Ponera.

Page xlvi, for Mrs. Nicholls read Mrs. Nicholl.

Page xvii, for (orthocladius) read (Orthocladius).

Page lvi, for 16 ceratinia read 16 Ceratinia.

Page lvi, for 4ceratinia read 4 Ceratinia.

Page lviii, for JANSEN read JANSON.

Page lix, for Anisolobis read Anisolabis.

Page lix, for Huntingford read Huntingfield

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LOIN DON

I (Ma IRIs Peis ee la:

Os.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,

LONDON AND BUNGAY.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. ; AND NEW YORK.

1903-1904,

DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS. .

Part I. (Trans., pp. 1-140, Proc., i-xii) was published 29th April, 1903.

tC. ee 141-238, ,, xXlli-xxiv) » gndJune, ,,

eit. (. F 239-498, ,, XXV—xxxil) » odth Oct., 2

»1V-( 4» 499-575, ,, xxxiii-Ixiv) . 4thDec, ,,

» We (———_————__ ,,__ I xv-ellxi) . 16th Mar., 1904.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FOUNDED, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY RoyaLt CHARTER, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1903-1904.

President.

Pror. EDWARD B. POULTON, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.

Vice-Presidents.

THe Rev. CANON FOWLER, M.A., D.Sc., F.LS.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.

Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.

Treasurer.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.LS.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L:S.

HENRY ROWLAND-BROWN, M.A.

Wibrarian.

GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.

Otber Members of Council.

CotonEL CHARLES T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

MALCOLM BURR, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S.

Dr. THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S.

ARTHUR JOHN CHITTY, M.A.

HAMILTON H.C. J. DRUCE, F.Z.S.

Pror. LOUIS COMPTON MIALL, F.R.S.

THe Rev. FRANCIS DAVID MORICE, M.A.

CoLtoneEL CHARLES SWINHOE, M.A, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

CotonEL JOHN W. YERBURY, R.A., F.ZS.

Resident Librarian.

WILLIAM R. HALL.

(ay

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY O# LONDON.

1834—1903.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC, FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ......... Price £4 13 0 £3.10 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)......... 8 0 O 515 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ......... ORO 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868 ............ 1

< 55 SOOM eeccesee 1 2 0 |

5p , LB Oeeeee aces 1k) te) (0) 2 5 0

3 +5 NReH (IN Saaeenbaed: M3) 0 |

5 - ISH agaoneeaaavad 1

5 USS) paqanedanaee 116 0

: 3 OTA ee coats 1 12 0 |

>) KSB opedesoscean AF 3.0 0

; NS aetaaerteees 12 20 |

rs : US id Sees arse ily 4h

” 5 IRGHIS). Gaoecoseoode ORO 015 0

% ; INSTA) ceonanenneee 1 1W) 016 6

“ i Ufsts10) sogcronanmae 019 0 014 3

3 : etoile Saoaesqanbo 116 0 ib gf

; 5 lfeter4 sooceeesooee IE KO) (0) 2a,

9 ; 1883 ese i OFS

: NS G4 ge scsi esene's 1 8 0 iy ko)

NS SO tweaecesece I 16710 OMIOESG

. > USSG \eesce eee GO 019 6

% x Ilfstovl sdeecneou se 1 4 6 019 0

, sf iletste beonconnaceee 115 0 it 5}

» 3 3 Kstoh hreagenaeenen 116 6 on @

» Itc f210) Sabenencees IS) (0) 110 0

* USO ee serie 116 0 bg

_ 5 BOB eee sect ate Ik 8) 0) 1a)

: : IRSISBX Seadosonsero I ay 019 3

; ; D894 ocho. .ncee OG 1 211

. 18050 i Ripke 1, 2

) , NSOGI ce eeenee LOO iy

, * SOM eee een 1 4 0 018 0

af 1e98 6 e eee LG ie ier!

” 1 RCo caenndoao boc 110 O 26

+ ay INS NO]0) eScccesosscc 110 90 1 2 6

¥ 5 ALSTON oemecneonc 116 0 1 ay slat

6 x IOP oanconeonac my 2h (5) 1 12 10

+ 5 1903 eecce sence 2 2 6 1 12 10

Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and

Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malaydna?....ccscceceeeeees £2 12 0 £119 0

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1., Aposta-

SUCOT a cccssctiessestectenekcontenuccesees ceaeceatees 016 0 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

Te OMA RUARTA © Scoanacatoceonqnoapebbuacoodasdsonaed 0 4 6 03 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

Parti Dist occ. sowcecessas secede sereoccseecessceeee tees 0 6 O 0 4 6

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifoliw’ (Prize Essay) OO OO

The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled, without further payment, to receive the Transactions for the year,

which will be forwarded free, by post, to any address,

(at 9)

CONT ENTS.

PAGE

Errata ae ii

Explanation of the slefion viil

List of Fellows... ; ix

Additions to the Library XXliL

MEMOIRS.

I. A further contribution to our knowledge of African Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera, Part II. By Martin Jacopy, F.E.S.... 1

II. On the life history of Drilus flavescens, Rossi. By Lioner R.

CrawsHay, M.A. Oxon. Communicated by CHARLES OWEN

WarteruHOUSE, F.E.S. ase a aes eo a0 ld)

III. On the genus Dedlemera, Hiibner. By CoLoneL CHARLES

SWINHOE, M.A., F.L.S., IAG) és <0 08

IV. Some notes on the habits of WManophyes ing irene! as

observed in Central Spain. By GrorGE CHARLES CHAMPION,

F.Z.S., and Dr. THomas A. Cuapman, M.D., F.Z.8., with a

description of the larva and pupa by Dr. T. A.CHapman, M.D. 87

V. The <Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore, Spaces By

GEORGE ALEXANDER JAMES ROTHNEY, F.E.S.. 93

VI. Descriptions of nineteen new species of Lar ae (Ouener us end

Apidz from Barrackpore. By PETER CAMERON. Communi-

cated by GrORGE ALEXANDER JAMES ROTHNEY, F.E.S. 117

VIL. Notes on the nests of Bees of the genus Trigona. By CHARLES

OwrEN WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. nea : . 133

VIII. A remarkable new Lepidopterous Insect on alalandl By

Srr Grorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S. 5 Ms}?

IX. On Lepidoptera from the White ale! eollected by Mr. W. L.8

Loat, F.Z.8.; together with further Notes on Mee

Dimorphism in Butterflies. By Dr. Freperick A. DIxeEy,

M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford ... 141

X. An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central eeu By

GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.... 207 . 165

XI. An Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera made on the

Anambara Creek in Nigeria, West Africa. By Percy I.

Latuy, F.Z.8., F.E.S. 183

XII. Rigi iae aculeata, collected i. the Rev. AueeED E.

Eaton, M.A., in Madeira and Tenerife, in the spring of 1902,

including notes on species taken by the late T. VERNON

Wottaston and F. A. BreLiamy. ah EpWwARD SAUNDERS,

F.R.S., F.L.S., ete. . 207

XIII. Deceripuars of twelve new genera aad species Gf We acernonil

(Herestarchint and Amblypygt), and three species of Ampulex

from the Khasia Hills, India. By Prrer Cameron. Com-

municated by GrorGe ALEXANDER JAMES RoTHNEY, F.E.S. 219

XIV. On a collection of Le ae een a from Arctic America. at HENRY

Joun Etwes, F.R.S., ¥.L.8., ete. ee . 239

XV. A contribution to the life iisbae of Orina (Chr eden loa) tr eh,

Fabr., var. smaragdina, Weise. By Dr. THomas ALGERNON

CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S. 245

( viii )

PAGE

XVI. The Butterflies of Chile. By Henry Joun Etwes, F.R.S.,

F.L.S., ete. : ss a6 Ao ASE 50 ..- 263

XVII. On the genus ‘Theodosia and other Eastern Goliathidcs, with

descriptions of some new species By, OLIvER E. JANSON,

F.E.S. Py ae a3 ss o0 on ... 303

XVIII. Experiments in 1893, 1894, and 1896 upon the colour-relation

between lepidopterous larvee and their surroundings, and

especially the effect of lichen-covered bark upon Odontopera

bidentata, Gastropacha quercifolia, etc. By Professor

Epwarp B. Poutton, D.Sc., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., etce.,

Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford,

Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford 900 ee . oll

XIX. A Revision of the Old World Lymantriidz in the National

Collection. a COLONEL CHARLES SwInHOE, M.A., F.L.S.,

eles =. > oo

XX. On the antennz of ee Gresca ees adee _) By

AMBROSE QUAIL, F.E.S. ... Ae ah ee Ee . 499

XXI. On the Laparostict Lamellicorn Galsepters of Grenada Me

St. Vincent (W. Indies). By Girpert J. Arrow, F.E.S8. 509

XXII. Note on the habits of Chtronomus (Orthocladius) sordidellus.

By THomas Harotp Taytor, M.A., F.E.S. ... ap .- O21

XXIII. Additions to the Rhynchotal fauna of Central America. By

Weel DISTANT hb sHiS.. ures ea a sce 230 wee O20

XXIV. Notes on some Central and South American Eryctnide, with

descriptions of new species. By Freprerick Du CANE

Gopman, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc. ... oes aa “ss Sen PAY)

XXYV. Supplementary Note to a Paper entitled Hymenoptera aculeata,

collected by the Rev. Arrrep E, Eaton, M.A., in Madeira

and Tenerife, in the aes of 1902. By Epwarp SAUNDERS,

BRS, ELS: : re sas eee Apo GIL

XXVI. Protective Gbieation in its eeaon to Mimicry, Common

Warning Colours, and Sexual Selection. By Assorr H.

TuHayEerR. Communicated by Professor Epwarp B. Poutton,

M.A., D.Sce., F-R.S. 36C ee 2 nbd 500 w. 593

XXVII. A brief discussion of A. H. THayeEr’s suggestions as to the

meaving of colour and pattern in insect bionomics. By

Professor Epwarp B. Pouttron, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. Boo ek)

Proceedings for 1903 Fas 2 se ae $53 oe: .. 1—Ixvill

Annual Meeting ... see tte ons a a sae “oe Ixviii

President’s Address sd wee ise ae es sh des xxiii

Index ae sea He oe oa A aes oH wee exvil

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PlatesI XII. See pages 39—51 Plates X & XI. See pages 245—261

Plates III & IV. - 58—84 Plates XII to XV. ,, 268—801

Plate V. 3 87—182 Plates XVI to ) 311374

Plate VI. | 138186 KV f 2 Ke

Plate VII. Me 141—163 Plate XIX. 5 499—508

Plate VIII. . 183—206 Plates XX to ) 529.550

Plate IX. a 239—243 LOCH J 2 a

Wist of Fellows

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1900 AvRIVILLIUS, Professor Christopher, Stockholm.

1900 Braver, Professor Friedrich Moritz, Mayerhofyasse 6, Viennu.

1901 Fapre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France.

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland.

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.

1884 OsTEN SACKEN, Baron C. R., Bunsenstrasse 8, Heidelberg.

1884 PackarD, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Tertasse 2, Geneva.

1895 ScuppER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.

1893 WatrENwyL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Lerchenfeldstrasse 28,

Vienna.

1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Frevburg, Baden.

FELLOWS.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Election.

1901 + Aparr, Sir Frederick E. 8., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria-

street, S.W.

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent.

1885 ADKIN, Robert, Welljeld, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1899 ANnpDREws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling, S.O., Kent.

1901 Awnine, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C.

1899 + ARRow, Gilbert J., 87, Union-grove, Clapham, S.W.; and British

Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.

1886 ArmorE, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.

1850 f AveBuRY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

etc., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.

1901 Bacor, Arthur W., 154 Lower Clapton-road, N.E.

1903 Batpock, G. R., 71, Hertford-road, Lower Edmonton, N.

1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Norden, Corfe Castle, Wareham.

1890

1886

1895

1887

1902

1884

(2a)

Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer.

BarGaGul, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,

Florence, Italy.

BarkER, Cecil W., Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa.

Barker, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S.E.

BaRRAvD, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Tremont, Peckham Rye, 8.E.

1894 — Bateson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,

Cambridge, Merton House, Grantchester, Cambridge.

1896 | Beare, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc, F.R.S.E., 10 Regent Terrace,

Edinburgh,

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, Gosfield, Halstead, Essex.

1899

1903

1897

1885

1895

1880

1895

1891

BEDWELL, Ernest C., Elinlea, Clevedon-roud, Norbiton, Surrey.

Bewi-Marzey, H. W., 50, Winder-street, Buyside, Durham, Natal.

Bennett, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings.

BretHune-Baker, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., H.M.S. “ Doris,” Channel

Squadron.

BIGNELL, George Carter, The Ierns, Homepark-road, Saltash.

Bryenam, Lieut.-Col. Charles T., F.Z.8., Bombay Staff Corps,

6 Gwendwr-road, West Kensington, 8.W.

BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 12, Great Castle-street, Regent-street, W.

1894 | BuackBuRNE- Maze, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury.

1889

1885

1886

1903

1891

1876

1875

1902

1892

1888

BuanprorpD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 12, Arundel Gardens,

Ladbroke-qrove, W.

Buatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Eagle House, Batheaston,

Bath.

BLOOMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,

Hastings. ;

Bogus, W. A., Wilts and Dorset Bank, Shepton Mallet

Boorn, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconnex,

Geneva.

Borrer, Win, F.GS., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,

Hassocks, R1S.O., Sussex.

Bostock, E. D., Holly House, Stone, Staffs.

BouskE.L, Frank, Market Bosworth, Nuneaton.

Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst.

1894 + Bowuss, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.

1852 + Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.E.

1893

1877

1870

1894

BraBant, Edouard, Chateaw de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),

France.

Briaas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth, R.S.O., N. Devon.

Briaes, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, RS.O., N.

Devon.

Bricut, Percy M., Chumar, Lansdowne-road, Bournemouth,

ot a)

1897 BricHtTweEn, Mrs. E., The Grove, Great Stanmore.

1890 Bristow, B. A., The Cottage, Stoke D’ Abernon, Cobham, Surrey.

1878 Broun, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

1902 Brovuauton, Captain T. Delves, R.E., Alderney.

1886 Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge.

1892 Browne, Major Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Lahore, India.

1898 | BucHan-Heprsurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeaton-

Hepburn, Prestonkirk.

1883 Bucxron, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe, Haslemere,

S.0., Surrey.

1902 Buuurr, Arthur Percival, Wellington, New Zealand.

1896 | Burr, Malcolm, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., Royal Societies Club, St.

James's, 8.W.

1868 , Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., The Lilies, Penge-road,

Beckenham.

1883 Burier, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 53, Tollington Purk, N.

1902. BurieEr, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading.

1886 CaLveRT, Win. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili.

1902. Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Harrier,” Mediterranean

Station.

1885 CampBELL, Francis: Maule, F.LS8., F.Z.S., &¢., Brynllwydwyn,

Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.

1898 CANDEZE, Léon, 64, Rue de ? Ouest, Liege.

1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E.

1889 Cant, A., c/o Fredk. DuCane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

1890 Capper, Samuel James (President of the Lancashire and Cheshire

Entomological Society), Huyton Park, Liverpool.

1894 Caraccrtoto, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British

West Indies.

1892 CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Avplin, Northallerton.

1895 CARPENTER, G. H., B.Se., Museum of Science and Art, Dublin.

1898 CaRPENTER, J. H., Riverdale, Leatherhead.

1868 CaARRINGTON, Charles, Hailey Hall, Hertford.

1890 Carrer, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., Clif End House, Scarboro’.

1895 Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 43, Charing Cross, W.C.; and

Government House, Nassau, Bahamas.

1900 Carter, J. W., 25, Glenholme-road, Manningham, Bradford.

1900 Cassat, R. T., M.R.C.S., Ballaugh, Isle of Man.

1903 Carrne, John Rowland, 59 and 61, Chancery Lane, E.C.

1889 + Cave, Charles J. T., Binstead, Cambridge. °

1900 CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Highbury, Moor Green, Birmingham.

1871 CHampion, George C., F.Z.S., Liprartan, Heatherside, Horsell,

Woking ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1891 CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S8., Vick-PRESIDENT, Betula,

Reigate.

Cites)

1902 CHARNLEY, James Roland, Howick House, Howick, nr. Preston,

Lancashire.

1890 CHaATTERTON, Frederick J.S.,5, Camden Studios, Camden-street, N.W.

1897 CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.

1898 CHAWNER, Lawrence C., Forest Bank, tao R.S.O., ene

1902 CHEESMAN, E. M., c/o J. Garson, 63, Railway-street, Durban, Natal.

1891 + Carrry, Arthur John, M.A., 27, Hereford-square, 8S.W.; and Hunt-

ingfield, Faversham, ieee

1890 CHortEy, Mrs. H. S8., MJoorville Cottage, Bur ie in- Wharfedale,

Leeds.

1889 CuHristy, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth.

1886 + CLaRK, John Adolphus, 57, Weston Park, Crouch End, N.

1867 CLaRKE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.RS, F.LS, F.GS., 13, Kew

Gardens-road, Kew, S.W.

1891 OLaRKE, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isle of Man.

1873 Coxe, William, F.L.S., Springfield, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1899 Coin, James E., Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1901 Connotp, Edward, 7, Magdalen Terrace, St. Leonards-on-Sea.

1900 Corton, Dr. John, 126, Prescot-road, St. Helens.

1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.GS., F.R.MS., Pinehurst,

Pacific Grove, California.

1886 CoweELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),

William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o Mrs. Eve, 125, Harley-street, W.

1895 CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.

1888 CrecoEr, J. P., Tredinick, Mayow-road, Sydenham, S.E.

1890 CREWE, Sir ieee Harpur, Bart., Ci tlke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P., ieeeaee L.S., 17, Throgmorton-

avenue, EC, and Heir Park ‘Henley on- Thames.

1902 CrutTtwELLt, The Rev. Canon Charles Thomas, M.A., Eivelme

Rectory, Wallingford.

1901 Dapp, Edward Martin, Bismarckstrasse 1, Charlottenburg, Germany.

1873 Dats, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

1900 DateisH, Andrew Adie, 21, Prince’s-street, Glasgow.

1887 Dattry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,

Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatt, Walter, Donnington, 75, Vanbrugh Parl:, Blackheath, S.¥E.

1903 Day, F. H., 27, Currock-road, Carlisle.

1898 Day, G. O., Parr’s Bank-house, Knutsford.

1875 Distant, Wm. Lucas, Steine House, Selhurst-road, South Norwood,S.E.

1887 Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of

Wadham College, VicE-PRESIDENT, Wadham College, Oxford.

1898 Drxon, G. B., St. Peter’s-road, Leicester.

1895 Dosson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, S.0., Surrey.

1903 Dotuman, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W.

1891

1885

1873

1845

1899

1884

1867

1900

1894

1883

1890

1865

1902

1886

1884

1900

1886

1903

1878

1886

1903

1899

1890

1900

1861

1886

1889

1898

1878

1900

1874

1886

1900

1898

( xiii )

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., 58, Kensington-mansions,

South Kensington, S.W.

Donovan, Major Charles, M.D., R.A.M.C., c/o Messrs. P, Macfadyen

& Co., Winchester House, Old Broad-street, E.C.

Dorta, Marchese Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dovatas, John Wm., 61, Craven Park, Harlesden, N.W.

Drewitt, Frederic G. Dawtrey, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.P., F.ZS.,

14, Palace Gardens-terrace, Kensington, W.

Druce, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,

NCW:

Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking.

DupcGeon, G. C., Holia, Kangra Valley, P.O. Palimpur, Punjab,

India.

Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., Woodlands, Seaton, Devon.

EpDEtstEN, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex.

Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham.

Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 15, St. Germans-place, Black-

heath, S.E.

Extiort, E. A., 41, Holland Park, W.

Exuis, H. Willoughby, Knowle, Birmingham.

Ettis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.

ELTRINGHAM, Harry, Eastgarth, Westoe, South Shields.

Etwes, Henry John, J.P., F.RS. F.LS., F.Z.S., Colesborne,

Cheltenham.

Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park-road, Holloway, N.

ETHERIDGE, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

FaRMBOROUGH, Percy W., F.Z.S., Lower Edmonton, N.

Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ; and Medical

Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.

Fettuam, H. L. L., P. 0. Box, 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal.

FENN, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, 8.E,

Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, 7’e Gables, New-road, Esher.

FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

Finer, F. E., 122, Stockwell Park-road, Brixton, 8.W.

Finzi, John A., 53, Hamilton-terrace, N.W.

Firts, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds.

Fitcu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon.

Fircu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.

FLeMyNnG, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, Co.

Waterford.

FLetcaer, T. B., R.N., St. Catherines, Salishbury-road, Wimbledon.

(bake ))

1883 + FLetcHer, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor.

1885 FoxKeEr, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1900 FouxnKss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultiral College,

Newport, Salop.

1898 Fountaine, Miss Margaret, 7, Lansdowne-place, Bath.

1880 FowtrerR, The Rey. Canon, M.A., D.Sc, F.LS., Rotherfield

Peppard Rectory, Henley-on-Thames.

1883. FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock.

1896 FREKE, Percy Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone.

1888 FRemutn, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone.

1903 FReNcH, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Victoria,

Australia.

1891 FRowawk, F. W., Rose Cottage, Hockley, S.O., Essex.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Vhornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,

Norwood, 8.E.

1900° Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.

1884 Funnier, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,

Sydenham, S.E.

1898 Fuiier, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal.

1887 GanHan, Charles Joseph, M.A., Whyola, Lonsdale-road, Bedford

Park, W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromovell-

road, S.W.

1892 GarRDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “ Pegasus,” Mediterranean.

1890 GarRDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.

1901 | GARDNER, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales.

1899 GAYNER, Francis, 20, Q@ueen-square, W.C.

1899 GeELDART, William Martin, M.A., Trinity College, Oxford.

1902 GiLLaNDERS, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick.

1865 | GopMan, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., South

Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-

square; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1890 GonLpruwalrt, Oliver C., 5, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, S.E.

1886 f GoopRicH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Lennox Lodge, Malvern

Link, Malvern.

1898 Gorpon, J. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtownshire.

1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtown-

shire.

1855 GoruaMm, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts, Shirley

Warren, Southampton.

1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., Secretary, The Avenue, Surbiton-hill,

Surrey.

1886 GREEN, A. P., c/o 8. Green, Esq., 1, Gordon-place, Kensington, W.

1891 | GreEN, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon.

1850 GREENE, The Rey. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.

1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Willesden, N.W.

1899

( xv )

GreEeNwoop, Edgar, Bellevue, Riffel-road, Willesden Green, N.W.

1893 + Gremnwoop, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Sandhill Lodge, Fordingbridge,

1888

1894

1900

1869

1899

1897

Salisbury.

GriFFitus, G. C., F.Z.S., 48, Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Museum of

Science and Art, Edinburgh.

Groom, Prof. Perey, M.A., F.L.S., Royal Indian Engineering

College, Cooper's Hill, Staines.

GrosE-SmitH, Henley, J.P., B.A., F.Z.8.,5, Bryanston-square, Hyde

Park, W.

GunninG, Montague, Narborough, Leicester.

Haaug, Henry, 2, First-place, Brooklyn, U.S.A.

1890 + Haut, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885

1898

1891

1903

Hat, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon,

Hamuyn- Harris, R., D.Se., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S., Toowoomba Grammar

School, Queensland, Australia.

Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., 62, Stanhope-

gardens, S.W.

Hansury, Frederick J., F.L.8., Stainforth House, Upper Clapton,

N.E.

Hare, E. J., 8, Hillsborough-road, East Dulwich, 8.E.

1897 | Harrison, Albert, F.LS., F.C.8., Delamere, Grove-road, South

1889

1892

1881

1903

1898

1888

Woodford, Essex.

Harrison, John, 7, Gawlber-road, Burnsley.

HeApD.Ly, Charles Burnard, Two Elms, Alewandra-road, Stoneygate,

Leicester.

Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.

Herron, William, Horticultural College, Swanley, Kent.

Heron, Francis A., B.A., British Museum (Natural History),

Cromwell-road, 8.W.

Hiaes, Martin Stanger, F.C.S., F.G.8., Mine Office, Venterskroon,

Transvaal.

1876 | Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1888

1902

1887

1898

1897

1901

Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Harefield, Ansdell-road, Lythum.

Hor, R. 8., Indian Forest Service, c/o Messrs. King, King and

Co., Bombay.

Houianpd, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,

ent. OS. Al.

Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Aneimandi Esp., Munaar, P.O., Travancore,

S. India.

Horne, Arthur, 58, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen.

Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.L.S., 30, Thurlow-road,

Rosslyn Hill, N.W.

1876 | Horniman, Fredk. John, M.P., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e., Surrey Mount,

Forest Hill, S.E.

1903 Hovuenton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop.

(xvi. a)

1900 Howes, George H., Box 180, Dunedin, New Zealand.

1865 Hupp, A. E., Clinton, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand,

1902. Hurron, Captain Frederick W., F.R.S., Director of the Canterbury

Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.

1897 ImaceE, Selwyn, M.A., 20, Fifzroy-street, Fitzroy-square, W.

1893 Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.ZS.,

14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent's Park, N.W.

1891 IsaBELL, The Rey. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen, R.S.O., Cornwall.

1886 Jacopy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and 44,

Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1898 Janson, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 209, School Hill, Lewes.

1899 Jenntnes, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, R S.O., Glamorganshire.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass,

Co. Armagh.

1888 Jonss, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham.

1894 + Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring.

1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Reading.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Drumleaske House,

Monaghan.

1884 Kappet, A. W., F.L.S., Hilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.

1876 F Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1896 | Kaye, William James, Caracas, Ditton Hill, Surbiton.

1884 Keays, Lovell.

1902 Kemp, Stanley W., Trinity College, Dublin.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

1898 KerrsHaw,J.A., Morton Banks, Lewisham-road, Windsor, Melbourne

Victoria.

1901 KerrsHaw, John C. W., c/o F. W. Styan, Esq., Shanghai, China.

1900 Keys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth.

1889 Kune, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economie Entomology at the West of

Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin-

side, Glasgow.

1861 Kuirsy, William F., F.L.S., Wilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick,W.

1893 KirRKALDY, George Willis, Board of Agriculture, Division of

Entomology, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1889 KLAPALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 + KLEIN, Sydney T., F.L.S.,F.R.A.S., Hatherlow, Raglan-road, Reigate.

1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.

1901 Lane, E. W., Parkholme, 40, Fletching-road, Clapton, N.E.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford,

( xvii )

1960 Lane, The Rev. H. C., M.D., All Saints’ Vicarage, Southend-on-Sea,

1901 Laruy, Percy I., Lynton Villa, Sydney-road, Enfield.

1895 Larter, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.

1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania.

1900 Lerroy, H. Maxwell, B.A., Court, Crondall, Hants.

1901 Leicu, George F., corner of Sydenham and Essenwood-roads, Durban,

Natal.

1883 LeMmany, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1892 Lesuiez, J. H., Bryn Glas, 33, Streathbourne-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.

1898 LetupripcEe, Ambrose G., Knowle, Dunster, Taunton.

1903 Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks.

1898 Lewis, E. J., F.L.8., Hadingford, Yalding, Kent.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., 87, Frant-road, Tunbridge Wells.

1902 Lewis, J. H., Ophir, Otago, New Zealand.

1892 Liearroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Althorne, High-street, Launceston, Tasmania.

1865 | LuEwetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart, M.A. F.LS.,

Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor.

1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Balham, S.W.

1903 LorrHousg, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middlesbrough. -

1899 Lounsspury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Cape

Town, S. Africa.

1894 Lows, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., St. Oswald’s, Bartley-crescent, Wayville, South

Australia.

1901 Lower, Rupert 8., Bantley Crescent, Wayville, South Australia.

1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., 28, Knights Park, Kingston-on- Thames.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds.

1903 Lyett, G., Junr., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia.

1901 Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.G.S., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal,

Canada.

1902 Macponatp, George B. Douglas, M.B.

1887 M‘Doveatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, S.E.

1901 McGrecor, T. M., 48, Glasgow-road, Perth.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.

1900 Macxkwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon.

1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S8., F.Z.S., TREASURER, Westview,

23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E.

i898 Mappison, T., South Bailey, Durham.

1899 + Mary, Hugh, B.Sc., Almondale, Buckingham-road, South Woodford,

N.E.

1887 ManpeErs, Major Neville, R.A.M.C., c/o Sir Charles McGrigor,

Bart., and Co., 25, Charles-street, St. James’s-square, S.W.

1892 Manssripex, William, 27, Elmbank-road, Sefton-park, Liverpool.

1894 + MarsHatt, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent. ;

( xvii)

1895 MarsHatt, G. A. K., P.O. Box 149, Salisbury, Mashonaland,

S. Africa.

1896 MarsHat., P., M.A., B.Sc, F.G.S., University School of Mines,

Dunedin, New Zealand.

1856 + MarsHA.L, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent.

1897 Martineau, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham.

1895 Massy, Herbert, Zvy-Lea, Burnage, Withington, Manchester.

1865 Maruew, Gervase F., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Paymaster-in-chief,

R.N., Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich.

1887 MatrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, Plymouth.

1899 May, Harry Haden, 6, Citadel Terrace, Plymouth.

1872 + Metpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., 6, Brunswick-

square, W.C.

1885 Metviti, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., 36, George-street, Manchester.

1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

1888 Meyer-Darcts, G., c/o Sogin and Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough.

1894 Murat, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S., 1, Richmond Mount,

Headingley, Leeds.

1883 Miss, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

1896 Moserty, J. C., M.A., 9, Rockstone-place, Southampton.

1879 Monrerro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,

Lisbon.

1902 Monteomery, Arthur Meadows, 83, Osborne-road, Forest Gate, E.

1853 Moors, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.S., 17, Maple-road, Penge, S.E.

1899 Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe.

1886 Morean, A. C. F., F.LS., 24, Leinster-square, W.

1889 | Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,

VicE-PRESIDENT, Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895 + Morey, Claude, Jpswich.

1893 Morroyn, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.

1900 Moser, Julius, 90, Bulow-strasse, Berlin.

1882 Mostey, 8. L., Beaumont Park, Huddersfield.

1898 Mousey, H., Burnfoot, Buxton.

1901 Murr, Frederick, EH. and 8S. African Telegraph Co., Mozambique.

1869 + Méiuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., c/o Herr A. Miiller-Mechel, Gren-

zacherstrasse, 60, Basle, Switzerland.

1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Col. H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-road, S.W.

1903 Neavg, 8. A., B.A., Magdalen College, Oxford.

1896 NesHAwm, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W.

1889 Nervinson, Basil George, M.A., F.ZS., 3, Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

1901 Nevinson, E.G.B., 5, Bentinck-terruce, Regent’s Park, N.W.

1890 Newstead, R., The Museum, Chester.

1900 NicHox1, Mrs. M. Dela B., Merthyr Mawr, Bridgend, Glamorganshire.

1886 NicHotson, William E., School Hill, Lewes.

(pcb 1)

1893 NonrrieD, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.

1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Market-place, Cirencester.

1878 Norrrmes, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

1895 Nurse, Major C. G., Indian Staff Corps, Quetta, Baluchistan, India.

1869 OpsrrtHiir, Charles, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.

1877 OsertHir, René, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.

1893 + OcLE, Bertram S., Steeple Aston, Oafordshire.

1893. Outver, John Baxter, Elmleigh, Elm-row, Hampstead, N.W.

1873 Ouivier, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

1895 Pacx, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, 5.E.

-1898 PauuisER, H. G., Holmwood, Addlestone, Surrey.

1901 Prat, Henry Woolner, Indian Museum, Calcutta.

1883 PséRINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa.

1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., B.A., Board of Agriculture, Division of Ento-

mology, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1879 PrRKINS, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under- Edge.

1900 Pures, The Rev. W. J. Leigh, 7'he Cottage, Parkwood-road,

Tavistock.

1897 Purnies, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., M. and L.8.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace,

Hyde-park, W.

1903 Parutrs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, Canon-

bury, N. ;

1901 Pickert, C. P., 99, Dawlish-road, Leyton, Essex.

1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.

1901 Prrrarp, Albert, Felden, Bowmoor, Hemel Hempstead.

1903 PrincuER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester-

road, Kensington, W.

1885 Pott, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Drishergen, Netherlands.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Mayfield, Edgerton, Huddersfield.

1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford,

PRESIDENT, Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.8., Thurcaston

Rectory, Leicester.

1878 Prick, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E.

1898 QuatiL, Ambrose, 15, Stamford-hiil, N.

1900 Ratnsow, William J., The Australian Museum, Sydiey, NS.W.

1874 Reep, E. C., Director del Museo de Concepcion, Concepcion, Chile.

1900 Retp, Percy Charles, Feering Bury, Kelvedon, Essex.

1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., Zhe Elms, Yalding, Maidstone,

1891 Rerp, William, St. Andrews-road, Rondebosch, Cape Town, South

Africa.

1898 Re.toy, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.

(==)

1890 RENDLESHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-

bridge.

1898 Reuter, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.

1894 Rriprne, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Honiton.

1853 Ripon, The Most Honble. the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

ete., 9, Chelsea Embankment, S.W.

1892 Roprnson, Sydney C., Goldsmiths’ Hall, F.C.

1869 + Roprnson-Dovueras, William Douglas, M.A., F.LS.,. F.R.G.S.,

Orchardton, Castle Douglas.

1899 Rosson, John Emmerson, 15, Northgate, Hartlepool.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 37, Church Crescent, Muswell Hill, N.

1868 Rotrunery, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper

Norwood, 8.E.

1894 + Rorascainp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

148, Piccadilly, W. ; and Tring Park, Tring.

1888 + Roruscuitp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., M.P., F.LS., F.Z.8,, 148,

Piccadilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring.

1890 RovutiepeGE, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.

1887 RownaNnp-Brown, Henry, M.A., Secretary, Oxhey-grove, Harrow

Weald.

1903 Rowtanps, Osbert William, Lickey Grange, nr. Bromsgrove.

1898 RussEtL, A., The Limes, Southend, Catford, 8.E.

1892 RussEtt, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.

1899 Rywes, William E., B.A., 11, Waverley Mount, Nottingham.

1865 + SaunpERS, Edward, F.R.S.,F.L.8.,S4 Ain’s, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1861 | SaunpERS, G. S., F.LS., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common,

S.W.

1886 SaunpERs, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.

1901 ScwHaus, W., F.Z.8S., Trentham House, Twickenham.

1881 Scoxnutck, A. J., The Hazels, Babington-road, Streatham.

1864 SempER, George, Klopstock-strasse 23, Altona, Hlbe, Germany.

1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Hawthorndene,

Hills-road, Cambridge ; and University Museum of Zoology and

Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.

1902 SHarp, W. E., 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, S.E.

1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.S., Overdale, Laxey, Isle of Man.

1901 SHELFORD, R., M.A., C.M.Z.S., The Musewm, Sarawak, Borneo.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 39, Eyerton-gardens,

S.W.

1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyy, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey.

1887 SricuH, Alfred, Corney House, Chiswick, W.

1901 SxkertcuHty, Ethelbert Forbes, c/o ‘Penang Gazette, Penang, Straits

Settlements.

1902 SLapEN, Frederick William Lambart, 2, Sydney-road, Walmer,

Deal.

1902 Storer, Gerard Orby, Westrop House, Highworth, Wilts.

1901

1895

1898

1885

1897

1889

1898

1890

1897

1898

1889

1896

1900

1895

1903

1882

1884

1894

1876

1893

1892

1903

1901

1892

1897

(xx)

Situ, Arthur, 16, Hdward-street, Grimsby.

Smitu, W. G., Rosebank, Brecknock-road, Knowle, Bristol.

Samira, W. W., Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand.

Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 104, Liverpool-road,

Birkdale, Lancashire.

SourtH, Richard, 96, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.

SparKE, E. G. J., B.A., 1, Christchurch-Villas, Tooting Bec-road,

S.W.

STANDEN, Richard 8., F.L.S., Townlands, Lindfield, Sussex.

Srares, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Infirmary, Wandsworth,

S.W.

Srearns, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde-park, W.

Sreppine, E. P., Indian Forest Service, c/o King, Hamilton and

Co., Calcutta.

STEBBING, Henry, 134, Westbowrne-grove, W.

Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.

STRICKLAND, T. A. Gerald, 21, Kensington Gate, W.

Strupp, BE. A. C., Downton, near Salisbury.

Stupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.

Swag, Harold, M.B., Arawa House, Rotorua, New Zealand.

Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

SWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 7, Gloucester Walk,

Kensington, W.

SwinHog, Ernest, 37, Addison-gardens, Kensington, W.

Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Vineyard, Totnes.

Tayior, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica.

Taytor, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Mutthew’s

Rectory, Wellington, British Columbia.

Taytor, Thomas Harold, M.A., Yorkshire College, Leeds.

THompson, Matthew Lawson, 2, Thornclitf Villas, Saltburn-by-the-

Sea.

THoRNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., South Leverton Vicarage,

Lincoln.

Tomuin, B., M.A., Estyn, Chester.

1859 + TrimEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., 26, Campden-grove, Campden

1895

1897

1898

1893

1894

1886

1893

Hill, Kensington, W.

TuUNALEY, Henry, 30, Pairmont-road, Brixton Hill, S.W.

TunstaLL, Wilmot, Brook House, Meltham, Huddersfield.

Turner, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbaue, Australia.

TuRNER, Henry Jerome, 98, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park,

Hatcham, 8.E.

TuRNER, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon.

Turt, James W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcomble Hill, S.E.

Uric, Frederick William, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West

Indies.

1900

1866

1897

1895

1901

1899

1897

1870

1878

(= xxii")

Urwick, W. F., 34, Great Tower-street, E.C.

VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

Vice, William A., M.B., 19, Belvoir-street, Leicester.

WacHER, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.

WappinetTon, John, Park Holme, Harehill-avenue, Leeds.

Wane, Albert, 20, Frenchwood-street, Preston, Lancashire.

WatxwricGat, Colbran J., 57, Handsworth Wood-road, Handsworth,

Birmingham.

Watker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun Mallard,

Cricklewood, N.W.

WALKER, James J., R.N., F.LS., c/o Admiralty, Whitehall, S.W.

1863 , Wattace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S.,

Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset.

1866 | WaLsINGHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS.,

1886

1869

1901

1900

1893

F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, . Merton

Hall, Thetford ; and 66a, Eaton-square, S.W.

WaRREN, Win, M.A., 61, Wilton-avenue, Chiswick-lane, W.

WatTERHOUSE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue-gardens, Acten, W. ;

and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.

WATERHOUSE, Gustavus A., B.Se., F.C.S., Royal Mint, Sydney, New

South Wales, Australia.

Watkins, C. J., King’s Mill House, Painswick, Stroud, Gloucester-

shire.

Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E.

1876 | WESTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gute, Hyde Park, W.

1886

1884

1903

1896

1894

1900

1881

1901

1899

1891

1888

1892

WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School, Norwich.

Wuire, William, 75, Thurlow Park-road, West Dulwich, S.E.

Wicetns, Clare A., M.R.CS., Kiswmu, Lake Victoria Nyanza,

British East Africa.

WILeMay, A. E., c/o H.B.M.’s Consul, Kobe, Japan.

WILson, Edwin, Mill-lane, Cambridge.

Wottey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. 0., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.

Woop, H., The Old Grammar School, Ashford, Kent.

Woon, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth

Common, S.W.

WoopForDkE, F. C., Market Drayton.

Woo ttey, H. 8., 7, Park-row, Greenwich, S.E.; and P. 0. Box

1047, Waterbury, Conn., U.S.A.

Wrovueuton, R. C., Inspector General of Forests, Indian Forest

Service, c/o Army and Navy Co-operative Society, Ltd., 105,

Victoria-street, S.W.

Yersury, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy

Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.

Youpa.e, William Henry, F.R.M.S., Daltonleigh, Cockermouth.

(Texte *)

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DuRING THE YEAR 1903.

AvSsTEN (E. E.). A Monograph of the Tsetse-flies. Svo, London, 1903.

[Published by the Trustees of the British Museum. ]

By Exchange.

Banxs (Nathan). A List of Spiders collected in Arizona by Messrs.

Schwarz and Barber during the Summer of 1901.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXV.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

BarGacwi (P.). Adolfo Targioni-Tozzeti (Obituary notice of).

[Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., 1902. ]

The Society.

Barrett (C. G.). The Lepidoptera of the British Islands. Vol. VIII.

8vo, London, 1902.

The Publishers.

BETHUNE-BakER (G. T.). A Revision of the Amblypodia Group of Butter-

flies of the Family Lycaenidae.

[Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. XVI, Part I, 1903.]

The Author.

Borxeat (H.). Notes sur quelques Lucanides.

[Soc. Ent. Belg., Mém. ix, 1902.] By Exchange.

BouskeEtt (F.). Three Weeks in South Kerry, June 1902.

[Irish Naturalist., Vol. XII, 1903.]

H. St. J. Donisthorpe.

Burr (Malcolm). Orthoptera.

[Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum.] 4to, Bruxelles, 1903.

The Author.

CatvEert (P. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]

CaMBRIDGE (F. O. Pickard). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

CARPENTER © a ). Injurious Insects observed in Ireland during the Year

(Roy. Dublin Soc., Economic Proc. 1902. ] By Exchange.

CaupDELt (A. N.). Notes on Orthoptera from Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona,

He Texas, with descriptions of new species.

[Proc. U. 8. N. Mus., Vol. XXVI.] 8vo, Washington, 1903.

The Phasmidz or Walking-sticks of the United States.

[Proc. U. S. N. Mus. eV ol. XXVI .] 8vo, Washington, 1901.

The Smithsonian Institution.

Cuampron (G.C.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]

Coqurttett (D. W.). New Diptera from North America.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXV.]

(ayy)

Distant (W. L.). Insecta Transvaaliensia. Parts I—IV. 4to, London,

1900—1903. Purchased.

Dyar (H. G.). List of North American Lepidoptera, and Key to the

Literature of this order of Insects.

[Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 52.] 8vo, Washington, 1902.

The Author.

Descriptions of the Larve of some Moths from Colorado.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXV.]

The Sinithsonian Institution.

FarrMaire (L.). Coléoptéres. d H

[Histoire Naturelle de la France, 8° partie.] S8vo, Paris, 1902.

The Editors.

Fisker (W. F.). The Parasites of the American Tent Caterpillar.

[N. Hampshire Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn. Techn. Bull. 6. 1903. |

The Author.

Forpes (8. A.). Report (22nd) of the State Entomologist on the Noxious

and Beneficial Insects of the State of Illinois. S8vo, Champaign,

1903. The Author.

Foret (A.). Les Formicides de l’Empire des Indes et de Ceylan.

(Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., Vol. XIV. |

Fourmis nouvelles d’ Australie.

[Revue Suisse Zool.] 8vo, Genéve, 1902.

Faune Myrmécologique des Noyers dans le Canton de Vaud. Svo,

Lausanne, 1903.

Recherches biologiques récentes de Malle Adéle Fielde sur les Fourmis.

(Bull. Soc. Vaud Sc. Nat., XX XIX, 146.] 8vo, Lausanne, 1903.

Mélanges Entomologiques, biologiques et autres.

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, T. XLVII.] 8vo, Bruxelles, 1903.

Les Fourmis des iles Andamans et Nicobares.

[Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome II.] 8vo, Genéve, 1903. ‘

The Author.

Fow er (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. |

Gopman (F. Ducane). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Parts CLXXVI—

CLXXX. The Editor.

Arachnida Araneidea, by F. O. Pickard, Cambridge.

Diplopoda Araneidea, by R. I. Pocock.

Insecta, by P. P. Calvert, G. C. Champion, W. W. Fowler, F. M.

van der Wulp, and 8. W. Williston.

Guturikz (J. E.). The Collembola of Minnesota. 8vo, Minneapolis, 1903.

The Editor.

Hasert (J. N.). [See Jounson (W. F.).]

Hampson (Sir George, Bt.). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalzenz in the

British Museum, Vol. IV. Text and Plates. 8vo, London, 1903.

By Exchange.

Herz (Otto). Verzeichniss der auf der Mammuth Expedition gesammelten

Lepidopteren.

[Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp., T. VIII.] 8vo, St. Petersburg, 1903.

The Author.

Hinps (W. E.). Contributions to a Monograph of the Insects of the Order

Thysanoptera inhabiting North America.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX VT. ]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Hine (J. 8.). Tabanidze of Ohio.

[Ohio Acad. Sci., Sp. Papers, No. 5.] 8vo, Columbus, 1903.

The Author,

(Sexxy)

‘*Hopre Reports,” edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton, Vol. III, 1902. 8vo,

Oxford, 1903.

edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton, Vol. IV, 1900—03. 8vo, Oxford,

19038. The Editor.

Hovusert (C.). Les insectes ennemis des livres. 8vo, Paris, 1903.

The Author.

ILtipGk (R.) and Quarn (A.). Australian Wood-boring Cosside.

ie Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1903. | The Authors.

Inns (A. D.). Clunio bicolor, Kieff ; marine Chironomid New to the Fauna

of Great Britain.

['Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. XVII.] 8vo, Liverpool, 1903.

The Author.

Jacoby (M.). Descriptions of the New Genera and Species of Phytophagovs

Coleoptera obtained by Messrs. Andrews and Bell from the

Nilgiri Hills and Kanara.

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, T. XLVII, 1903. ]

Coleoptera Phytophaga.

[Wytsman’s Gen. Insectorum.] 4to, Bruxelles, 1903.

Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Prof. Sjéstedt in the Camer-

oons.

[Ark, Zool. Bd. I., K. Svenska Vet. Akad. ] The Author.

Jounson (W. W.) and Harperr (J. N.). <A List of the Beetles of Ireland.

[Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 3 Ser., Vol. VI, No. 4.] 8vo, Dublin, 1902.

The Authors.

Jorvan (Karl). [See Roruscui~p (Hon. Walter). ]

Kirpy (W, F.). A Handbook to the Order Lepidoptera, Vols. I—IV.

[Allen’s Naturalists’ Library.] 8vo, London, 1894—97.

Purchased.

LAMEERE (A.). Edmond de Selys Longchamps (Obituary notice).

Révision des Prionides.

[Soc. Ent. Belge. Mém., IX, 1903. ] By Exchange.

Lorruovuse (T. A.). Cleveland Lepidoptera in 1901.

[Proc. Cleveland Naturalists’ Field Club, 1901.] The Author.

Marcuar (P.). Les Tarsonemus des Graminées,

[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1902. ]

Le Parasitisme des Jnostemma.

[Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1902.

Rapport sur la Tenthréde de Ja Rave.

[Ann. Ministére de ’Agric., 1902.] The Author.

Mayor (A.G.)._ Effects of Natural Selection and Race-Tendency upon the

Color-Patterns of Lepidoptera.

{ Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., 1902. ] The Institute.

Morpivitxo (A.). Zur Biologie und Morphologie der Pflanzenliuse (Fam.

Aphididx, Pass.)

(Entirely in Russian.) 8vo, St. Petersburg, 1901.

I’, Merrifield.

Morey (Claude). The Ichneumons of Great Britain. 8vo, Plymouth,

‘ Purchased.

NrEDHAM (James G.). A genealogic Study of Dragon-fly wing Venation.

(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. NOX V Ee]

The Smithsonian Institution.

NewstkEab (Robert). Monograph of the Coccids of the British Isles, Vol.

II. [Ray Society.] 8vo, 1903. Purchased.

( xxvi )

OsTEN-SackEN (C. R.). Record of My Life Work in Entomology. Svo,

Cambridge, Mass., 1903. The Author.

Packarp (A. 8.). Obituary Notice of Alpheus Hyatt.

[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX XVIII, 1902. ]

Hints on the Classification of the Arthropoda; the Group a

Polyphylitic one.

[Proe. Am. Philos. Soe., Vol. XIII, No. 173, 1903. ]

The Author.

Perincuey (L.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa.

Fam. Scarabzeide.

[Trans. 8. African Phil. Soc., Vol. XII.] 8vo, London, 1902.

The Author.

Perkins (R. C. L.). The Leaf-Hopper of the Sugar Cane. 8vo, Honolulu,

1903. The Author.

Pocock (R. I.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. |

Quart (A.). [See IttipGe (R.).]

Ropztanko (W. N.). Some Observations on Parmene rediella, Clerck.

(Tortricina, Lepidoptera.) Svo, Moscow, 1903.

The Author.

RoruscHiLD (Hon. Walter) and JorDaAn (Karl), A Revision of the Lepido-

pterous Family Sphingidz, 2 Vols., 8vo, London, 1903.

[Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. IX, Supplement.

The Hon, Walter Rothschild,

Saussure (Henri de). Analecta Entomologica II. Notice sur la tribu des

Eumastaciens.

[Rev. Suisse Zool., T. II.] 8vo, Genéve, 1903. The Author.

Setys-Lonccuamps (E.). Obituary notice of (by A. Lameere.)

[Soc. Ent. Belge., Mém. IX., 1902.] By Exchange.

SHarp (D.). Fauna Hawaiiensis. Vol. III, Part III. Coleoptera II. 4to,

Cambridge, 1903. The Author.

Stivestri (Filippo). Termitidi e Termitofili dell’ America Meridionale.

[‘* Redia,” Vol. I.] 8vo, Portici, 1903. The Author.

Saitu (J. B.). Contributions toward a Monograph of the Lepidopterous

Family Noctuids of Boreal North America.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXV. ]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Sore (E. J. Burgess). Our Cockroaches. 8vo, Southport, 1902.

The Author.

SourH (R.). A Catalogue of the Leech collection of Palearctic Butterflies.

8vo, London, 1902.

[Published by the Trustees of the British Museum. |

By Exchange.

Sputer (D. A.). Die Schmetterlinge Europas. Lief. 13—18.

By Purchase.

SraupINGER (O.). Lepidoptera der Hamburger Magalhaensischen Sam-

melreise. Svo, Hamburg, 1899. Purchased.

SresBinc (E. P.). Notes on Insects that affect Forestry. No. 2. 8vo

Caleutta, 1903. The Author.

CG exxvil ©)

THEOBALD (F. V.). First Report on Economic Zoology. 8vo, London,

[Published by the Trustees of the British Museum. |

By Exchange.

Description of a New North American Culea.

[Canadian Ent., 1903. }

Two New Jamaican Culicide.

[The Entomologist, 1903. ]

New Culicidz from the Federated Malay States.

[The Entomologist, 1903. ] The Author.

A Monograph of the Culicide of the world. Vol. III. 8yvo, London,

1903.

[Published by the Trustees of the British Museum. ]

By Exchange.

ULKE (Henry). A list of the Beetles of the District of Columbia.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXV.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

UnITED States DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY),

Bul!. No. 37. New Series. Proceedings of the 14th Annual

Meeting of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

No. 38. Some Miscellaneous Results of the Work of the Division

of Entomology (L. O. Howard).

No. 41. The Uodling-Moth (C. B. Simpson).

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Vaney (A.). Les Larves et les Metamorphoses des Diptéres. 8vo, Lyon et

Paris, 1902. Purchased.

WateEruousE (G. A.). Catalogue of the Rhopalocera of Australia.

(Mem. N.S.W. Naturalists’ Club.] 8vo, Sydney, 1903.

The Author.

WituitsTon (8S. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]

Wutp (F.M.vander). [See Gopman(F.D.). Biologia Centrali-A mericana. |

Cex >)

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AFRICA.

Carr Town. South African Museum. Annals. Vol. IIT, Part 1.

Trustees S. Afr. Mus.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Lonpon, Ontario. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XX XV, 1903.

By Exchange.

MontreEAt. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and ‘Transactions.

Ser. 2, Vol. VIII, 1902. The Society.

Nova Scotia. Proc. and Transactions of Institute of Science of Nova Scotia.

Vol. X, Part 3. The Institute.

Oxtakio, Entom. Soc. Ontario. Report for 1901 and 1902.

The Society.

UNITED STATES.

New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal,1903. Purchased.

PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings,

1903. Vol. LV, Part 1. By Exchange.

Entomological News, Vol. XIV, 1903. By Exchange.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1903.

By Exchange.

WasHINGron, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. Vol. V, Nos. 1—4, 1903.

The Museum.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

BRAZIL,

San Pauto. Revista do Museo Paulista. Vol. V, 1902. The JTuseun.

ASIA.

INDIA.

BomBay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XIV, No. 4. Vol.

XV, Nos. 1 and 2. By Lauchange.

( soabe))

AUSTRALASIA.

Perru. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. 1903.

The Society.

SypNEy. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1903.

By Exchange.

HUROPH.

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.

Brunn. Verhand. der naturf. Vere‘nes in Brunn. Bd. XL. 1901.

By Exchange.

Bupapest. Annales historico-naturales musei nationalis Hungarici. Vol.

I, 1903, Part 1. The Museum.

ViENNA. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band LIIT, 1903. By Exchange.

Wiener entomologische Zeitung Bd. XXII, 1903. By Purchase.

Jahresbericht der Wiener Ent. Verein, 1902. By Exchange.

BELGIUM.

Brussets. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. 1903.

By Exchange.

FRANCE.

Cary. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XXII, 1903.

By Purchase.

CuaTeauroux. Le Frélon, 1903. By Purchase.

Lyon. Soc. Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. 1902. By Exchange.

Paris. L’Abeille, Tome XXX., No. 8, 1903. By Purchase.

Soe. Entom. de France. Ann. et Bulletin. 1908, Part. 1.

By Exchange.

ToutousEe. Bulletin de la Soe. d’Hist. Nat. de Toulouse. Tome XXXV,

No. 5. Tome XXXVI. By Exchange.

GERMANY.

BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische

Zeitschrift, 1903. By Exchange.

Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift. Bd. XLVII, 1903. By Exchange.

DrespEN. ‘‘ Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. 1903.

By Exchange.

Franxkrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhand-

lungen XXVII. By Exchange.

Jahresbericht fur 1902.

Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LXIV

19 By Exchange.

WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahrg.

LXVI., 1903. By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Dustin. Royal Dublin Society. Transactions, Vol. VII, Parts 14—16.

Vol. VIII, Parts 1—5.

Proceedings, Vol. IX, Part 5. Vol. X, Part 1.

Economic Proceedings, Vol. I, Parts 3 and 4.

Guascow. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. VI, 1901. By Exchange

Leeps. Naturalist (The). 1903. The Yorks. Nat. Union.

Trans. Yorks. Nat. Union, 1902. The Yorks. Nat. Union.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1903.

By Purchase.

Atheneum, 1903. The Publishers.

City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.

Transactions 1902. The Society.

Entomologist (The). 1903. R. South.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1903. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XV, 1903.

Purchased.

Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. VIII, Parts 10—

12. Vol. IX, Parts 1 and 2. Journal and Proceedings. 1903.

By Exchange.

Nature. 1903. The Publishers.

Nature Notes. 1903. The Selborne Society.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1903. The Club.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LXIIT, 1902.

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1903. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 470—483. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. Vol. CXCV, 1902.

South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.

1902. The Society.

Year Book of Scientific Societies. 1903. By Purchase.

Zoological Record for 1902. By Purchase.

Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1903. Transactions, Vol. XVI,

Part 8. Vol. XVII, Parts 1 and 2. By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1903. The Publisher.

HOLLAND.

Tue Hacuxr. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr.1903. By Exchange.

ITALY.

FrLorENce. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino XXXIV. 1902.

By Exchange.

RUSSIA.

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1902.

By Exchange.

Sr. PErERsBuRG. Sociétas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXXVI.

1903. By Exchange.

Annuaire du musée zoologique de l’académie impériale des sciences

de St. Petersburg. T. VII, No. 3, 1902. FF, D, Godinan.

SWEDEN.

Srockuorm. Bihang till Kongl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar. Bd. 27,

Afd. IV. 1901. By Exchange.

Bd. 28, Afd. No.1. 1902.

Arkiv. for Zoologi. Bd. I, Hft.1 and 2. 19038. By Exchange.

SWITZERLAND.

GENEVA. Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires. Vol.

XXXIV. Part 3. By Exchange.

SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. | Mitthei-

lungen. Bd. X, Hft.10. Bd. XI, Hft. 1.

By Exchange.

DPREAN SAC TONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

FoR THE YEAR 1903.

I. A further contribution to our knowledge of African

Phytophagous Coleoptera, Part II By Marrin

JACOBY, F.E.S.

[Read October 15th, 1902. ]

THIS paper is a continuation of the one published in

these Transactions in 1901. It deals with the groups

Halticinze and Galerucine.

HALTICINE.

Haltica malvernensis, sp. 0.

Metallic green with brassy reflection, the basal three joints of the

antenne more or less fulvous, thorax impunctate, the basal sulcus

sinuate, extending to the sides, elytra strongly and closely punctured

in semiregular rows, the interstices slightly rugose, tibise rather

broad and deeply sulcate.

Length 4 millim.

Of a brassy green colour, the head impunctate, the frontal tuber-

cles very strongly raised, the carina very narrow, acutely raised and

elongate, labrum and palpi blackish, antenne extending rather

beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints more

or less fulvous, the basal joint stained with w#neous above, third

joint one-half shorter than the fourth ; thorax about one-half broader

than long, distinctly narrowed anteriorly, the sides very feebly

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 1

2 Mr. M. Jacoby on

rounded, the anterior angles thickened, obtuse, the dise convex and

shining, impunctate, the basal sulcus sinuate, not foveolate at the

sides but extending to the latter and placed at a proportionately

broad distance from the basal margin, scutellum blackish ; elytra

with very closely approached irregular rows of distinct punctures

which are getting smaller towards the apex, the interstices, especially

at the sides, rather uneven with some faint traces of longitudinal

costee below the shoulders, the latter prominent, the tibize of the male

rather strongly widened anteriorly and suleate, the male organ

slender, slightly narrowed at the middle, the anterior margin nearly

truncate, with a small central point, the upper surface suleate at

each side near the apex.

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker) ; also Sedhion, WEST

AFRICA (C. Alluand).

The general colour of this species, of which I have

eight specimens before me, is not blue as is mostly the

case in this genus, but a brassy green, and the punctuation

of the elytra is proportionately strong and very close, and

the tibize (at least in the male) are more dilated and more

strongly sulcate than is usually the case, they may almost

be called triangularly compressed.

Haltica pyritosa, Krichs.

It is at present almost impossible to refer with certainty

any of the numerous species of Haltica from different

parts of Africa which are before me, to Erichson’s species

without the type for comparison ; I look, however, upon

specimens from Mozambique, Zambesi R., Mashonaland,

and West Africa as representing Erichson’s species. ‘The

author gives the colour as “neous”; all the specimens

before me are cupreous above, and the elytral punctuation

is comparatively strong and arranged in nearly regular

and closely- approached rows; the “male organ does not

differ from that of several other closely- -allied or perhaps

identical species, but all the specimens from the above

localities are decidedly of more elongate and_ parallel

shape than those from South Africa before me, and I am

able to separate them also by the sculpturing of the

elytra.

Haltica cuprea, Jac.

This species was described by me in the Trans. Ent.

Soc. London, 1895, founded on specimens of entirely

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 3

cupreous colour above, and in which the elytral punctu-

ation is extremely fine and irregular as_ well as close;

numerous specimens since received from Natal differ in

having the thorax of a bright metallic brassy colour, but I

am unable to find any other differences of importance, nor

in that of the male organ; the latter is elongate and

parallel, the apex rounded with a small projecting point at

the middle, the upper surface below the anterior cavity is

finely transversely wrinkled ; the size of the insects differs

rather considerably, some being much larger than others,

but all are more oblong and convex than the species I

refer to H. pyritosa.

Haltica cyanicollis, Jac.

The description of this species was published at the

same time and in the same Journal as the preceding one,

but whether the insect is really specifically distinct or

only represents a local form I am unable to say, The size

is larger than the largest specimens of HH. cuprea, the

thorax is metallic blue or greenish, and the basal sulcus

is placed at a longer distance from the basal margin than

is the case in the allied species; other differences consist

in the strongly-punctured space in front of the eyes and

the more distinctly-punctured elytra.

Dibolia thoraciea, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous, head

and thorax dark greenish, minutely transversely wrinkled, elytra

dark bluish, microscopically punctured, posterior femora black at

the apex.

Leneth 23-3 millim.

Head greenish, minutely granulate or wrinkled, eyes elongate,

occupying the entire sides of the head, frontal elevations absent,

clypeus broad, antennze not extending to the middle of the elytra,

the lower fou joints flavous, the others black, basal joint elongate,

the following three nearly equal, terminal joints short; thorax

nearly three times broader than long, the sides obliquely narrowed

anteriorly, the anterior angles thickened, the entire surface covered

with very fine transverse wrinkles, greenish, basal margin broadly

and evenly rounded, scutellum small, black ; elytra strongly convex,

evenly rounded and widened towards the middle, bluish, with some

extremely fine punctures, only visible under a strong lens, legs

flavous, the apex of the posterior femora black, posterior tibie

4 Mr. M. Jacoby on

widened near the apex and strongly sulcate with a broad emarginate

spur.

Hab. Frere, NATAL.

The colour of the thorax which differs from that of the

elytra, and the peculiar finely-wrinkled surface form the

principal characteristic characters of this species, of which

two exactly similar specimens are contamed m my

collection.

Dibolia abdominalis, sp. n.

Piceous below, the basal joints of the antennze and the abdomen

more or less testaceous, above obscure ceneous, eyes closely approached,

upper surface finely or scarcely perceptibly punctured, the tibize and

tarsi obscure flavons.

Length 3 millim.

Ovate and very convex, the head impunctate, greenish-zneous,

the eyes very large and closely approached at the vertex, the inter-

mediate space smaller than their diameter, antennz flavous, the apical

joints darker, second and third joint short, equal, the fourth the

longest ; thorax very short, three times broader than long, the sides

straight, the anterior angles thickened, the median lobe somewhat

pointed, the disc minutely transversely wrinkled, without punctures,

elytra very convex, widened towards the middle, minutely punctured

and obsoletely longitudinally sulcate, legs flavous, the posterior

femora and the breast piceous, abdomen partly flavous.

Hab, Grahamstown and Dunbrody, S. Arrica (Rev.

O Neil).

The punctuation in this species seems to vary from

extreme fineness to absence of punctures, but I am not

able to separate the specimens on account of any other

differences ; in most of them, the elytral punctuation is

very fine and closely placed, but in one specimen no trace

of punctures can be seen and the interstices are obsoletely

sulcate; in all, the eyes are approached at the vertex (in

one, probably the male, much more closely so), but the

space separating them gradually widens.

Dibolia bimaculata, Jac. (Proc. Zool, Soc., 1900).

Whether this species is identical with D. maculata, Har.

(Coleopter. Hefte, xvi. p. 232), or a variety of it I am not

able to say without seeing the type, but Harold describes

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 5

the insect as obscure zwneous with the elytra blue pos-

teriorly only, and with the interstices of the elytral punc-

tured striz likewise punctured. In D. bimaculata the

first five joints of the antenne (not four) are flavous, the

entire upper surface is metallic-blue, and the elytra are

punctured in closely-approached rows of rather irregular

shape without extra punctures in the interstices. In other

respects Harold’s description is too short and gives no

other details.

Dibolia affinis, sp. n.

Blackish-blue, the antennae and legs black, thorax closely and

sirongly punctured, elytra very finely punctate-striate, each with a

large fulvous spot near the apex.

Length 3 millim.

Of elongate, subcylindrical shape, the head finely and sparingly

punctured, dark blue, eyes widely s2parated, the intermediate space

with a transverse groove, antenne black, the second, third and

fourth joints of nearly equal length, fifth slightly longer, four terminal

joints thickened ; thorax very strongly transverse, the sides rounded,

narrowly margined, the disc strongly, evenly and closely punc-

tured, the interstices slightly aciculate ; scutellum smooth ; elytra

subeylindrical, slightly narrowed posteriorly, finely punctate-striate,

the strie not very distinct, and irregular, each elytren with a bright

fulvous, nearly round spot near the apex ; legs black, the tibial spur

fulvous.

Hab. Bothaville, ORANGE FREE STATE (Dr. Brauns).

Again closely allied in coloration to the preceding species

but differing in its larger size, the entirely. black antenne

and legs, the strong punctuation of the thorax and the

impunctate elytral interstices. I received a_ single

‘specimen from Dr. Brauns in 8. Africa.

espera maculicollis, sp. 0.

Pale testaceous, finely pubescent, antennz fuscous, thorax finely

rugosely punctured, the sides with a fuscous stripe, elytra microsco-

pically punctured, the lateral inargins narrowly piceous, the breast,

the apex of the posterior femora and the posterior tibia and tarsi

piceous.

Length 2-3 millim.

Head finely rugose, obscure fulvous, frontal tubercles distinet but

rather flat, antenne extending beyond the apex of the elytra, fuscous,

the base of each joint pale, second joint small, third shorter than

6 Mr. M. Jacoby on

the fourth, rather widened as well as the following three joints,

terminal joints more elongate and slender; thorax nearly twice as

broad as long, the sides straight, the surface rather depressed, very

obsoletely transversely suleate at the middle, finely punctured and

pubescent, rather darker than tbe elytra, the sides with a narrow

fuscous stripe, scutellum piceous ; elytra pale testaceous, clothed

with pale fulvous pubescence, the interstices minutely punctured,

the lateral margins narrowly black, this colour however not quite

extending to the apex ; legs rather slender, tibize mucronate, the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints

together, claws appendiculate, anterior cavities open.

Hab. Malvern, Natat (C. Barker).

In the specimen, which I look upon as the female, the

antennz are more slender, without widened intermediate

joints, and the general size of the insect is larger.

Hespera pallida, sp. ua.

Pale testaceous, the antenne fuscous, the base of each joint pale,

upper surface pubescent, thorax transverse, minutely punctured and

wrinkled, elytra extremely finely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head scarcely perceptibly punctured, frontal tubercles small and

obsolete, antenne extending beyond the apex of the elytra, fuscous,

the base of each joint pale, the third joint slightly shorter than the

fourth, all the rest elongate and slender ; thorax twice as broad as

long, the sides straight, the anterior angles slightly tuberculate, the

surface minutely punctured and wrinkled and finely pubescent ;

elytra with a shallow depression below the base, sculptured like the

thorax, under-side and the legs pale flavous,

Hab, Grahamstown, Pt. Alfred, S. AFRICA (Licv. O'Neil).

This species scarcely differs from the preceding in

any other point except the coloration, in having no black

markings of any kind; there are, however, four specimens

before me which all agree with each other, and it is there-

fore unlikely that the insect is only a pale variety of HZ.

maculicollis.

Lutornus picturatus, sp. 0.

Black, thorax testaceous, with several small black spots, strongly

and remotely punctured, elytra very closely and finely punetured,

black, a round spot near the scutellum, a transverse band at the

middle, another semicircular band near the apex and the Jateral

margins, testaceous,

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 7

Length 5-6 millim.

Head strongly punctured near the eyes, black, shining, with a

deep, concave groove between the eyes, clypeus very broad, convex,

antennee short, black, the second and fourth joint small and equal,

the third elongate, the others transversely widened ; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, broadly

flattened, the anterior angles thickened but not produced, basal

margin sinuate, preceded by a shallow transverse sulcus, the surface

irregularly and rather deeply punctured, testaceous, with two small

black spots at the middle near the anterior margin ; another more

indistinct spot is placed at the sides near the base; scutellum black ;

elytra very closely and distinctly punctured, the black colour

interrupted by a round spot near the scutellum, a transverse regular

band at the middle not quite extending to the suture and another

V-shaped band near the apex of each elytron, under-side and the legs

black, posterior femora strongly widened, their tibizee with a small

tooth near the apex, claw joint strongly inflated, apical segments

of the abdomen and the prosternum more or less testaceous.

Hab. Salisbury, MASHONALAND (G. Marshall).

Longitarsus barkert, sp. 0.

Apterous, ovate, black, shining, the antenne, the anterior and

intermediate legs and the posterior tibiee and tarsi flavous, thorax

impunetate, elytra very finely punctate-striate anteriorly, the

punctures obsolete near the apex.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations small and transverse,

bounded by a straight groove behind, the carina acute, antennze

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal

joints slightly fuscous at their apex, basal joint thick and sub-

eylindrical, the following three of equal length, fifth joint much

longer, apical ones slightly thickened ; thorax subquadrate, the sides

straight, the anterior angles strongly oblique, forming a slight tubercle

before the middle, the dise rather convex, impunctate, black, shining,

scutellum strongly transverse ; elytra ovate, convex, distinctly widened

at the middle, the apex of each rounded, the punctuation very fine and

arranged in irregular rows anteriorly, irregular and scarcely per-

ceptible near the apex ; under-side and the posterior femora black,

the rest of the legs flavous, metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as

the following joints together.

Hab. Malvern, Nata (C. Barker).

Smaller than Z. nigritula, the antenne entirely flavous,

8 Mr. M. Jacoby on

the head differently sculptured, and the elytra more

distinctly punctured in rows.

Longitarsus apricupes, sp. 0.

Apterous, ovate, convex, black, the basal joints of the antenna,

the apex of the tibize and the tarsi, fulvous, thorax impunctate,

elytra strongly punctured in irregular double rows.

Length 2 millim.

Head inipunctate, black, shining, obliquely grooved above the

eyes, frontal elevations indistinct, carina long and distinct, antennz

rather short, the lower five or six joints flavous, the rest black, the

basal joint black above, the second and the following two joints

equal in length, the fifth, longer ; thorax transversely subquadrate,

convex, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, the surface

impunetate ; elytra gradually rounded and widened towards the

apex, strongly convex, the shoulders not prominent, the punctuation

comparatively strong, arranged in irregular double rows which get

gradually finer towards the apex, the lateral margins accompanied by

a distinct single row of punctures, under-side and the legs black,

the extreme apex of the tibia and the ta‘si fulvous, the metatarsus

of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together,

Hab, Dunbrody, Cape CoLony (Rev. O' Nei/).

The shape of this species differs from many others of

this genus in the posteriorly-widened elytra, which attain

the greatest width at the apex instead of the middle; the

sculpture of the same parts and the colour of the legs are

other distinguishing features of this species.

Longitarsus dunbrodensis, sp. 0.

Apterous, elongate and narrow, dark greenish-neous, the basal

joints of the antennw, the base of the femora and the tibice and tarsi

fulvous, head and thorax minutely granulate and punctured, elytra

truncate at the apex, sculptured like the thorax.

Length 2 millim.

Head rather broad, without any frontal elevations, dark greenish,

lower portion of the face obscure fulvous, antennee extending beyond

the middle of the elytra, the lower six joints fulvous, the others

black, the second and third joint equal in length, the terminal joints

distinctly thickened, subquadrate ; thorax scarcely one-half broader

than long, subquadrate, the sides straight, or nearly so, the anterior

angles slightly obliquely thickened, the dise rather flat, extremely

minutely and closely punctured, not very shining, seutellum broad,

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 9

bluish black, impunctate, elytra slightly widened towards the middle,

the apex of each almost truncate, the punctuation similar to that of

the thorax ; posterior femora eeneous at the apex, the base fulvous as

well as the other legs and the posterior tibize, the first joint of the

posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Dunbrody, CAPE CoLony (Lev, O'Nei/).

This species is of a more peculiar shape and depressed

appearance than any of its allies from the same country ;

the absence of any frontal tubercles, the extremely fine

punctuation of the upper surface, the truncate elytra and

comparatively short metatarsus will assist further in its

recognition.

Aphihona barkert, sp. 1.

Ovate, black, thorax transverse, closely punctured, elytva very

closely, strongly and irregularly punctate, posterior femora short

and very thick, their tibice with a strong spur.

Length 3 millim.

Head broad, nearly impunetate, shining, the frontal elevations

broadly transverse, bounded behind by deep grooves, the carina

short, antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the

second and third joint short, more or less flavous, the fourth and

fifth as long as the preceding two joints together, the following

slightly shorter ; thorax transversely subquadrate, twice as broad as

long, the sides feebly rounded, the anterior angles thickened and

somewhat oblique, the posterior ones rather obtuse, the sides with

a narrow margin, the surface rather convex, closely and strongly

punctured, the punctures irregularly placed, somewhat more closely

at the sides than at the middle, scutellum broad, triangular, im-

punctate, elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, much more

strongly and more closely punctured than the latter, under-side and

the legs black, the posterior femora strongly thickened, ovate, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints

together.

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker)

This species is well distinguished by its entirely deep

black and shining colour and the strong and close elytral

punctuation; the structural characters all agree with

Aphthona; the anterior tibie have a very small spine, the

claws are appendiculate and the anterior coxal cavities are

open; the prosternum is very narrow. Iam not able to

say anything with regard to the male organ as I seem to

have only female specimens before me.

10 Mr. M. Jacoby on

Aphthona similis, sp. n.

Black, shining, the lower four joints of the antennz flavous, thorax

transverse, finely and sub-remotely punctured, elytra more strongly

punctured in closely approximate rows.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunetate, shining, black, the frontal tubercles obliquely

transverse, the carina acutely raised, antennae extending to about

the middle of the elytra, black, the second to the sixth joint flavous,

the second and third joints short, equal, terminal joints slightly

thickened and shortened ; thorax twice as broad as long, with the sides

feebly rounded, the anterior angles thickened and slightly obliquely

produced, and the surface very distinctly but not very closely

punctured; scutellum broad, impunctate, elytra scarcely more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in closely approxi-

mate rows, distinct to the apex, under-side and the legs black, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints

together.

Hab. Malvern, Nata (C. Barker).

At first sight this species exactly resembles A. barkeri,

but it is quite «distinct, the thorax has not the narrow

Jateral margin of the allied species, and the sculpturing of

the upper parts is different and much less strong, the

antenne have the second and the following five joints

flavous, and the metatarsus of the posterior legs is elongate.

I have received three specimens from Mr. Barker.

Aphthona senegalensis, sp. n.

Flavous, shining, the apical joints of the antenne and the posterior

femora piceous, head and thorax impuncetate, the sides of the latter

straight, elytra not perceptibly punctured.

Length 33 millim.

Of broadly ovate shape, the head impunctate, the frontal tubercles

small but broad, deeply grooved behind, the clypeus very broad, the

space between the antennze but little constricted, the labrum and

palpi obscure piceous, antennae not extending to the middle of the

elytra, piceous, the lower four joints flavous, third and fourth joints

equal, not much longer than the second one, the apical joints slightly

thicker and scarcely shorter, thorax about one-half broader than

long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, the surface

impunctate with an obsolete longitudinal groove near the lateral

margins, elytra smooth and impunctate, flavous, under-side of the

latter colour, the posterior femora piceous, their tibize strongly widened

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 11

towards the apex, with a strong spur placed at the outer edge, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints

together ; abdomen finely pubescent.

Hab. SENEGAL.

A comparatively robust and large species, distinguished

by the straight lateral margins of the thorax and the

impunetate upper surface; the prosternum is extremely

n-rrow, and the legs with the exception of the posterior

femora are of entirely flavous colour,

Aphthona bimaculata, sp. n.

Head and the under-side obscure piceous, the basal joints of the

antenne and the thorax pale fulvous, the latter finely punctured,

elytra pale flavous, very closely and distinctly punciured, the

suture, the sides and an elongate spot below the middle, piceous.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex nearly black, the lower portion fulvous,

frontal tubercles obsolete, clypeus thickened, very broad at the base,

pale fulvous, antennse short, not extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, the second joint thicker

but not-shorter than the third one, terminal joints slightly thickened,

about one-half longer than broad ; thorax transverse, twice as broad

as long, the sides very feebly rounded, anterior angles slightly

oblique, the dise with a very obsolete transverse groove near the

base, remotely and finely punctured, the punctures rather shallow,

the surface pale fulvous, stained with some very obsolete darker

spots, scutellum piceous ; elytra pale flavous, very closely and finely

punctured with an obsolete short longitudinal costa below the

shoulders, the suture and lateral margins narrowly piceous, each

elytron with another short piceous longitudinal stripe below the

middle, under-side and the posterior femora piceous, tibiee and tarsi

fulvous, the first named widened towards the apex, armed with a

distinct spine ; the spine of the posterior tibize is placed at_the

outer margin ; prosternum narrow, coxal cavities open.

Hab. Malvern, Nata (C. Barker).

It will not be difficult to distinguish this proportionately

large and well-marked species, of ‘which I received a single

specimen from Mr. Barker.

Podagrica vmpressipennis, sp. 0.

Ovately rounded, very convex, black, the basal joints of the

antenne, the head, thorax and legs fulvous, thorax transverse,

impunctate, elytra extremely finely and irregularly punctured with

12 Mr. M. Jacoby on

a short transverse depression below the shoulders impressed with some

deeper punctures.

Length 45 millim.

Of the shape of a species of Sphaeroderma ; the head impunctate,

with a transverse groove between the eyes, frontal elevations small,

clypeus rather widened between the antenne, palpi thickened, the

apical joint conical, antennie filiform, the lower six and part of the

seventh joint pale fulvous, the rest black, second and third joint

short, equal, the following elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides straight at the base, rounded from the middle to the apex,

the anterior angles blunt, the median lobe of the posterior margin

nearly straight at the middle, each side of the same margin provided

with a small notch, the surface entirely impunetate, reddish-fulvous,

seutellum black, elytra wider at the base than the thorax, strongly

convex, finely punctured in irregular rows, with a short but deep

transverse depression below the shoulders within which the com-

mencement of deeper rows of punctures are placed, apex of the

elytra nearly impunctate, legs rather robust, fulvous, the first joint

of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together,

anterior coxal cavities closed, prosternum elongate and narrow.

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker).

This species has entirely the shape and coloration of

P. indica, Fab., but differs in the short second and third

joints of the antenne and the deeply punctured elytral

depression. I received a single specimen from Mr.

Barker; another one in my collection has only the first

four joints of the antennze fulvous but agrees in all other

respects.

Crepidodera carinipennis, Sp. 1.

Fulvous, the outer joints of the antennie black, thorax with

very deep and broad suleus, finely punctured, elytra very closely

and rather strongly punctate-striate, metallic dark green, with an

acute ridve from the shoulders downwards.

Mus. Antenne long and robust, the basal joint strongly thickened.

Fem. Antenne shorter and thinner.

Var. Thorax and elytra dark blue.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate and parallel, the head finely wrinkled at the vertex, the

frontal elevations very strongly raised, subquadrate, clypeus triangu-

larly raised, antennie black, the lower four joints fulvons, the basal

joint strongly thickened and subquadrate in the male insect, fourth

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 15

joint very slightly longer than the third ; thorax one-half broader

than long, the sides straight, the anterior angles obliquely thickened

and produced outwards, the surface convex, finely and sparingly

punctured, the basal sulcus very broad, bounded at the sides by an

acute, sightly-curved ridge, the suleus with some deeper punctures

anteriorly, scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the

thorax, the base slightly raised, the disc very closely punctured in

rows, bluish green, the shoulders prominent and joined by an acute

ridge which extends nearly to the apex ; this ridge is preceded by a

more feebly raised one near the apex, and the space between the outer

ridge and the lateral margin is concave ; legs robust, fulvous, all the

femora thickened, the intermediate tibiw dilated at the apex.

Hab. Drakensberg, Nata (@. Marshall); Malvern,

NATAL (C. Barker).

This is rather an aberrant species, the male of which

resembles much in shape and colour the Central American

genus Plectotetra especially in the structure of the antenne.

The sculpturing of the elytra will at once distinguish

the species. The single specimen sent by Mr. Barker

only differs in the entirely blue upper surface and the

less strongly developed elytral costze.

Crepidodera marshall, sp. n.

Obscure piceous below, the basal joints of the antenna, the head

(the vertex excepted) thorax and the legs fulvous, elytra very

strongly and closely punctate-striate, metallic green.

Length 3 millim.

Head rather elongate, impunctate, the vertex metallic green,

frontal elevations broad and strongly raised, carina acute, antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four

joints fulvons, the third joint one-half longer than the second one ;

thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, rather convex, the sidesrounded,

narrowly margined, anterior angles thickened, the base with a deep

transverse groove which does not extend to the lateral margins, the

entire surface impunctate, scutellum black; elytra slightly wider at

the base than the thorax, the shoulders rather prominent, the base

slightly raised, the punctuation very strong and closely arranged in

not very regular double rows here and there, finer at the apex,

legs and the extreme apex of the abdomen more or less fulvous ;

posterior tibia with a small spine ; prosternum rather narrow

Hab. Drakensberg, Nata (G. Marshall).

14 Mr. M. Jacoby on

The general coloration of this little species agrees with

that of many of its allies, but the metallic-green vertex

of the head and the strong and close elytral punctuation

distinguish the species from any of its African congeners.

Crepidodera uniforms, sp. 0.

Flavous, the apical joint of the antenne infuscate, thorax trans-

verse, impunctate, the basal sulcus deep, elytra strongly punctate-

striate, the interstices finely punctured, flavous, the sutural margin

narrowly obscure piceous.

Length 35 millim.

Head impunctate, of darker colour than the re-t of the upper

surface, obliquely grooved between the eyes, without any frontal

tubercles, the clypeus broad and flat, impunctate, antennee about

half the length of the body, flavous, the apical joint fuscous, the

second one about one-half shorter than the third, terminal joints

slightly thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrower in

front than at the base, the sides rounded, the angles distinct but

not produced, the surface impunctate, with a deep transverse sulcus

at the base, bounded at the sides by a perpendicular groove which

extends upwards a little way beyond the sulcus, scutellum triangular,

flavous ; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, rather strongly

punctate-striate, the punctures much finer at the apex, the interstices

extremely finely punctate, only visible under a strong lens, the

sutural margins narrowly piceous, under-side and the legs flavous,

the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following three

joints together.

Hab. Malvern, Nata (C. Barker’).

I have received two specimens of this species which

will be easily recognized by the general flavous coloration,

the dark elytral suture, and the absence of any frontal

elevations.

Lypnea africana, sp. n.

Elongate, flavous, the outer joints of the antenne and the tibia

and tarsi black, thorax transverse, nearly impunctate, the base with

a transverse sulcus, elytra finely punctate-striate,

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations nearly contiguous, trans-

verse, antenne filiform, black, the lower two joints flavous, third

joint one-half longer than the second one, terminal joint more

slender and elongate ; thorax about one-half broader than long, the

sides very feebly rounded, the anterior angles oblique, the base with

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 15

a shallow transverse sulcus, bounded at the sides by a short perpen-

dicular groove, the surface with a few minute punctures, shining,

flavous ; elytra slightly wider at the shoulders than the thorax,

elongate, subcylindrical and parallel, finely punctate-striate, the

interstices flat and impunctate ; under-side and the femora flavous,

antertor and intermediate tibise unarmed, posterior ones with a

minute tooth, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the

following joints together, claws appendiculate, anterior coxal cavities

open.

Hab. Umtali, MASHONALAND (G. Marshall).

I can find no characters of any importance to separate

this species generically from Baly’s Eastern genus Lypnea,

with which it has not only the structural characters in

common but also the coloration, except that of the tibiz

and tarsi; the elytral punctuation also is very fine, not

strong. Poéphila, Weise, differs in_ the finely pubescent

eyes, ‘the quadrate thorax, and the shape of its sulcus and

in the longer metatarsus; the present is the first African

representative of this genus,

Livolia, gen, n.

Body narrowly elongate, glabrous, head broad, the frontal tubercles

obsolete, eyes small, antennie filiform, the terminal joints slightly

thickened, thorax subquadrate, constricted at the base, the surface

with a transverse groove near the base, extending to the lateral

margins, elytra wider at the base than the thorax, punctate-striate,

posterior femora very moderately thickened, their tibiae with a

small spine, the metatarsus scarcely as long as the following two

joints together, claws appendiculate, prosternum narrow between the

coxee, the anterior cotyloid cavities closed.

This genus is proposed for a very small species of

Halticide, having the appearance of a species of Corticaria

and affinities with Crepidodera; the very obsolete frontal

tubercles of the head, the thoracic sulcus which is placed

close to the basal margin and extends to the sides, as well

as the but slightly thickened posterior femora and un-

armed anterior tibiz separate the genus from the last-

named one and those allied to it; it seems a transitional

form between the Halticine and Galerucine.

Livolia sulcicollis, sp. n.

Fulvous, the breast and abdomen black, thorax strongly and

16 Mr. M. Jacoby on

remotely punctured, elytra finely punctate-striate, the interstices

impunctate.

Length 2 millim.

Head broad, impunctate, fulvous, shining, the eyes small, widely

separated, clypeus wide at the base, palpi thin and slender, antenne

half the length of the insect, fulvous, the basal joint strongly and

suddenly thickened at the apex, the second joint longer than the

third, the latter and the fourth equal, the terminal joints thickened,

thorax about one-third broader than long, the sides rounded and

widened at the middle, the base distinctly narrower than the anterior

portion, the angles acute, the basal suleus narrow but deep, the dise

rather convex, strongly but remotely punctured, scutellum broad,

impunetate ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, rather

depressed, finely punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed,

elytral epipleure broad ; under-side black, legs fulvous, tibize shghtly

widened towards the apex, non-sulcate, the four anterior femora

searcely less widened than the posterior ones, the first joint of the

anterior tarsi of the male, dilated.

Hab. Salisbury, MASHONALAND (G, Marshall).

I have received three specimens of this curious little

species from Mr. Marshall.

Weiseana barkert, sp. 0.

Under-side nearly black, upper-side obscure testaceous, finely pube-

scent, terminal joints of the antenne and the head fuscous or piceous,

thorax with three piceous spots (more or less connected), elytra

opaque, narrowly margined with black, legs testaceous, tarsi piceous.

Length 33-4 millim.

Head rugose, the vertex blackish, the clypeus strongly triangularly

convex, flavous, labrum piceous, margined with testaceous, antennze

robust, blackish, the lower three or four joints testaceous at the

base, third joint slightly longer than the fourth, the folowing joints

thickened ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the

sides nearly straight, the angles obtuse, the disc with three obsolete

depressions, rugosely punctured, the interstices minutely granulate,

the surface with a central marking and two lateral black markings,

sometimes connected in shape of /\ ; scutellum fuscous; elytra clothed

with very fine silky pubescence, opaque, very finely transversely

wrinkled, without distinct punctuation, obscure testaceous, the sutural

and lateral margins narrowly black ; legs testaceous, the femora

stained with fuscous as well as the apex of the tibiz and the tarsi,

claws with a basal tooth.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. iki

Hab. Malvern, Natau (C. Barker).

I received four specimens from Mr, Barker.

GALERUCIN A.

Genus Diacantha, Chev.

I cannot agree with Weise in his definition of this and

the allied genera (Deutsche Ent. Zeitsch. 1901, p. 274).

He has evidently overlooked the type D. bispinosa, Oliv.

Chevrolat in his diagnosis of the genus in D’Orbigny,

Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Naturelle, p. 718, iv, quotes 12 species

mentioned by Dejean in his catalogue. These are—D.

picea, Fab.; spinosa, Oliv.; (bispinosa) festiva, Dalm. ;

unifasciata, Oliv.; 11 punctata, De}. ; Dreget (6 pustulata

= tricincta, Chev.) ; fuscitarsis, gloriosa, testudinaria, De}. ;

unipunctata, Chev., et generosa, De}.

Of all these only D. bispinosa and D. dreger belong to

Dacantha as defined by Chapuis, and the first named

must undoubtedly be taken for the type. In this species

the claws are bifid and the male has two elytral tubercles

at the base; most of the other species named above belong

to entirely different genera, thus picea is the genus

Stenoplatys, Baly, 11 punctata, De}j., is an Awlacophora, ete.

Harold gives D. bidentuta, Fab., as the type of the genus

Diacantha, but as this is not one of the species mentioned

either by Chevrolat or Dejean, it cannot be looked upon

as the type. Chapuis was therefore perfectly right when

he established the genus Hyperacantha, in which the

claws are appendiculate, and his genus must be accepted.

Weise has not said which species he looks upon as the

type, and has not mentioned the only true Diacantha

of Chevrolat’s list D. bispinosa. A typical specimen of

this species is contained in the British Museum, and J am

indebted to Mr. Gahan for his examination of the specim:n

and the other details given above concerning the genus.

Hyperacantha bituberculata, Fab.

According to Mr. Gahan the specimen contained in the

British Museum is certainly the typical bitwberculata, Fab.,

and ramed so by Dejean himself and also by Chevrolat.

Weise expresses a doubt that I had this species before

me when I remarked on it in Novitates, 1894, and gives

the last abdominal segment of the 2 with three deep

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903. PARTI. (APRIL) 2

18 Mr. M. Jacoby on

incisions; this is a mistake, as in HZ. bitwherculata this part

is ce very slizhtly concave, and Weise’s insect must

represent another species. In the British Museum speci-

men the elytral fulvous margin is only just visible.

Hyperacantha abdominalis, Duy., C. Rend. Belg. Entom.

Soc. (1891, July).

Hyperacantha abdominalis, Jac., the Entomologist (1891,

May).

On account of my name having the priority of two

months, I alter that of Duvivier’s to H. duvivieri.

Hyperacantha abdominalis, Jac.

In the Entomologist for 1891, I have described this

species from specimens obtained at the Transvaal and

other localities in Africa. The typical form has a reddish

fulvous upper surface, the elytra are narrowly margined

with black, and have a transverse black band at the middle,

the under-side is black with the exception of the flavous

last segment. I have lately received other specimens

from the Umkomaas Mountains in Natal, obtained by Mr.

Guy Marshall, which Iam quite unable to separate from

the type structurally, although one specimen only resembles

it in the coloration of the upper surface ; in this specimen,

however, the under-side is entirely flavous; the others

represent the following varieties.

Var. (a) Elytra margined with black at the anterior half only,

the transverse band narrower, not extending to the suture, under-

side flavous, general size much smaller.

Var. (b) Elytra with a small black stripe at the lateral margins

from the base to the shoulders and a small spot at the middle of

each elytron, under-side and the femora black.

Var. (c) Upper- and under-sides entirely flavous.

In all these varieties the tibia have the apex black

and the tarsi are entirely of that colour as is the case in

the type. The insect seems to be subject to a very great

amount of variation in regard to colour and also to size;

the general shape is broadly ovate and convex. I cannot

find any differences in the antenne or the sculpture.

Hyperacantha apicipes, sp. 0.

Broadly oblong, testaceous, the antennie (the basal joints excepted)

the breast, the apex of the tibie and the tarsi black, thorax strongly

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 19

transverse and sulcate, impunctate, elytra finely and closely punc-

tured, black.

Length 6 millim.

Of broadly ovate and convex shape, the head impunctate, testace-

ous, strongly transversely grooved between the eyes, the carina

narrowly acute, palpi piceous, antenne slender, the third and

following joints elongate and nearly equal, terminal joints more

slender, the basal two testaceous, the rest, black ; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles slightly

produced outwards but blunt, the disc impunctate, with a deep and

straight transverse sulcus near the middle, pale testaceous, scutellum

black ; elytra very convex, widened towards the middle, extremely

finely and rather closely punctured, black and shining ; under-side

and the legs testaceous, the breast, the apex of the tibice and the tarsi

‘black, the tibize all mucronate, the claws appendiculate ; the last

abdominal segment of the male trilobate, the median lobe with a

deep fovea.

Hab, Ulundi, Navan (@, Marshall).

A species of broadly ovate shape of which I received

two specimens, one of which showing traces of paler spots

on the elytra, probably due to immaturity.

Hyperacantha militaris, sp. n.

Testaceous or fulvous, the terminal joints of the antennie, the

apex of the tibie and the tarsi black, thorax transverse, impunctate,

deeply sulcate at the sides, elytra impunctate, with basal depression,

black, the basal third portion fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex fulvous, the lower portion generally

paler in colour, frontal elevations transverse, carina acute, antenne

black, the lower three joints more or less testaceous, the third joint

slightly longer than the fourth ; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides feebly rounded anteriorly, slightly constricted at the base, the

dise impunctate, with a rather deep transverse sulcus at each side,

scutellum fulvous or testaceous, elytra widened posteriorly, the

lateral margins flattened and widened below the shoulders, the base

with a distinct transverse depression, fulvous or testaceous, this

colour occupying the basal third portion, the rest of the surface

black ; under-side, the femora and the base of the tibize testaceous,

their lower portion and the tarsi black, the latter appendiculate, all

the tibize mucronate.

Hiab. Dar es Salaam, East Arrica; also ZANZIBAR

and DELAGOA Bay.

20 Mr. M. Jacoby on

This is one of the smaller species which is well dis-

tinguished by its coloration ; in some specimens, however,

the black elytral portion includes a larger or smaller spot

or space of the fulvous ground-colour; in the male, the

last abdominal segment has the median lobe of transversely

subquadrate and flattened shape.

Luperodes nigrotibialis, sp. 0.

Oblong, very convex, the antenna, tibia and tarsi and the under-

side black, upperside testaceous, thorax subquadrate, impunctate like

the elytra.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, pale fulvous, shining, frontal tubercles strongly

raised, trigonate, carina broad, convex, labrum black, antennae ex-

tending below the middle of the elytra, black, the base of each

joint more or less fulvous, second one one-third lower than the

third, the latter about half the length of the fourth joint ; thorax

scarcely broader than long, convex, the sides sightly rounded before

the middle, the anterior angles thickened, the surface entirely im-

punctate, testaceous; elytra scarcely wider at the base than the

thorax, very slightly widened below the middle, impunctate, their

epipleure continued below the middle ; under-side black, the femora

flavous, tibize with a long spine, black like the tarsi, the metatarsus

of the posterior legs rather longer than the following joints together,

anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Grahamstown, 8. AFrrica (Rev. O'Neil).

Of less than half the size of Z. sulphuripennis, Jac., and

with black antenne tibiz and tarsi, but otherwise similar

to the last-named species.

Luperus dunbrodyensis, sp. 0.

Narrowly elongate, subdepressed, flavous, thorax subquadrate,

nearly impunctate, elytra extremely minutely punctured, rather

flattened.

Length 24-3 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex more or less obscure piceous, shining,

frontal tubercles strongly raised, transverse, carina small but distinct,

antennie entirely flavous, extending below the middle of the elytra,

the third joint one-half longer than the second one ; thorax one-

half broader than long, the sides slightly rounded at the middle,

with a very narrow margin, anterior angles slightly thickened, not

produced, the disc only perceptibly punctured when seen under a

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 21

strong lens, the sides with an obsolete fovea, scutellum flavous ;

elytra somewhat flattened, very finely but distinctly punctured, the

suture slightly infuscate, legs flavous, all the tibive mucronate, the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints

together,

Hab. Dunbrody, CAPE CoLony (fev. O'Nei/).

Of this species I received a male and female specimen

from the Rev. O'Neil, taken “in cop.” ; the first-named sex

is smaller than the female, the under-side is stained with

piceous, and the last segment of the abdomen is rather

deeply suicate. The species is very closely allied to Z,

weiser, Jac., and LZ. verticalis, Jac., but differs from both in

being of narrower, smaller, and more depressed shape, and

in the entirely flavous antennz ; the sides of the thorax in

L. weiset are also more strongly constricted at the base,

and the disc is more convex and without any depressions.

Luperus tugelaensis, sp. D.

Black, the antennee very long, their basal three joints, the thorax

and the anterior legs, flavous, thorax impunctate, elytra minutely

punctured, flavous, narrowly margined with black.

Length 4 millim.

Narrow and elongate, the head black, impunctate, the clypeus,

labrum and the palpi flavous, frontal elevations strongly raised,

broad, antennie extending to the apex of the elytra, black, the lower

three joints and the apex of the fourth and fifth joint flavous, the

third longer than the second but much shorter than the fourth joint ;

thorax scarcely broader than long, the sides straight at the base,

slightly rounded before the middle, the angles distinct, the surface

impunctate, flavous, scutelluin black ; elytra slightly wider at the

base than the thorax, very finely and closely punctured, margined

with black, the suture more broadly so ; under-side and the legs black,

the anterior ones flavous, all the tibie mucronate, the metatarsus of

the posterior legs as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Upper Tugela, Nata (C. Barker).

Of this distinctly-marked species I received a single

specimen (4) of Mr. C. Barker; the protruding apex “of

the penis is straight and acutely pointed.

Luperus malvernensis, sp. n.

Below black, above testaceous, clypeus, thorax and the femora

flavous, antenne piceous, thorax subquadrate, with a shallow lateral

yap Mr. M. Jacoby on

fovea, minutely punctured, elytra very closely and finely punctured,

the suture narrowly fuscous.

Length 3-4 millim.

Head black at the vertex, impunctate and shining, the frontal

tubercles transverse, strongly raised, carina acute, flavous lke the

elypeus, labrum and palpi black, antennie rather long and slender,

piceous, the third but slightly longer than the second but much

shorter than the fourth ; thorax but little broader than long, flavous,

very minutely g ssa es and punctured, with an obsolete depression

at each side, lateral mareins feebly rounded at the middle, anterior

angles thickened, sentellum black ; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, very feebly transversely depressed below the base, ex-

tremely closely and finely punctured, obscure testaceous (sometimes

fuscous) with the suture narrowly piceous or fuscous ; under-side

black, the femora flavous, metatarsus of the posterior legs as long

as the following joints together.

Hab. Malvern, Natau (C. Barker); Dunbrody, CAPE

CoLony (fev. O'Neil),

This Luperws may easily be mistaken for LZ. cnconspiewus,

Jac., from Mashonaland, with which it has the same colora-

tion in common, but in that species the vertex of the

head is finely eranulate and not shining, the clypeus is

black and very “broad as well as the frontal elevations,

the thorax is more transversely shaped, and the legs are

generally entirely dark coloured.

Apophylia, Chev. (nee Chapuis).

This genus has been entirely mistaken by Chapuis,

Allard, and myself. The description given by Chapuis

of Apophylia does not apply to the type at all; the latter

is the .A. chloroptera, Thoms., who is the first who char-

acterized the genus, and that insect belongs to the genus

known at present as Malaxia, Fairm. = G Lyptolus, Jac. This

latter name, therefore, cannot stand,.and all the species

placed in it must be placed in Apophylia, A. tricolor, Fab.,

and others must receive another generic name as they do

not belong to Apophylia. It is difficult to know what

insect Chapuis had before him when he drew up _ his

description of the genus; he gives as the type A. smarag-

dina, De}. (a catalooue name), and says that the anterior

and intermediate tibixe are mucronate; but this isan error,

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 23

as A. smaragdina, Dej., undoubtedly is also a Malaaia in

which the tibize are all unarmed. I have seen specimens,

named by Chevrolat A. smaragdina, which certainly re-

present the last-named genus. This is also the case with

A, murina, Gerst., and A. nobilitata, Gerst., of which a

figure is given and which belong to Malaxia. I am

indebted to Mr. Gahan for his assistance in clearing up

the above synonyms.

Pseudapophylia, gen. n.

Elongate, antennz filiform, thorax transverse and short, with an

obsolete transverse depression, scutellum broad ; elytra elongate and

parallel, finely rugose, their epipleurze broad anteriorly, indistinct

below the middle; legs robust, the anterior and intermediate tibice

with a small spine, the posterior ones unarmed, their metatarsus as

long as the following joints together, claws appendiculate, prosternum

invisible between the coxe, the anterior cavities open.

Type. P. smaragdipennis, Jac. (sub Apophylia).

I am obliged to place this species in a special genus, as

it has nothing to do with Apophylia (now Palewophylia),

under which name I described it (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888) ;

the thorax differs quite in shape, being transverse and

short as well as obsoletely sulcate. It was perhaps this

species which Chapuis referred to Apophylia.

Paleophylia, gen. n.

Antenne filiform, the second to the fourth joint gradually

lengthened, eyes entire, thorax transverse, the sides, the posterior

angles and margin rounded, the surface rather convex, without de-

pression, elytra generally metallic, finely rugosely punctured, their

epipleurze very broad, gradually narrowed towards the apex, the

anterior and the intermediate tibiz mucronate, the posterior ones

unarmed, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the follow-

ing two joints together, claws appendiculate ; prosternum invisible,

anterior coxal cavities open.

Type. LP. tricolor, Fab.

In this genus will have to be placed, besides the type

(the oldest described species) the Apophylia tricolor of

Gemminger’s Catal., the following species, all described

under Apophylia—P. berret, Alld.; P. maculicollis, Alld.; P.

bipunctata, Alld.; P. viridiniteus, Alld.; P. nigritarsis, Jac,

24 Mr. M. Jacoby on

Whether the other species described by Allard belong to

the same genus, is doubtful. Of those mentioned above,

however, I was able to compare the types, so that there

is no doubt about it. A. marginata, Jac., has, as 1 now

find, entirely unarmed tibie and elytral epiplearee which

are absent below the middle; this insect must therefore

find another place, although the general appearance and

structure is that of the genus here proposed.

Paleophylia granilosa, sp. v.

Metallie green below, the antenne and legs fulvous, above less

shining, minutely granulate, thorax subquadrate, the extreme lateral

margins fulvous, elytra minutely punctured and granulate.

Length 5 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, the frontal tubercles trigonate, strongly

raised and shining, carina short but distinct, labrum flavous, antennwe

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second joint

half the length of the third, fourth and following joints slightly

longer than the third; thorax scarcely one-half broader than long,

the sides rounded, the angles obtuse, the surface rather convex,

without impressions, bright green, minutely granulate, scutellum

impunctate ; elytra parallel, sculptured like the thorax but with some

minute punctures ; underside more shining, green, the legs fulvous,

the anterior and intermediate tibize with a small spine, posterior ones

unarmed, the first joint of their tarsi as long as the following two

joints together, anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Upper Tongaat, Upper Tugela, Navan (C. Barker).

Of this species I received several specimens which may

be known by the silky green and finely granulate upper

surface, and by the narrow flavous margin of the thorax ;

the last segment of the abdomen in the male has a longi-

tudinal suleus of fulvous colour; the antennze in the

female are shorter, and the abdominal sulcus is absent.

I cannot identify this species with A. Duvivieri, Alld.

(Comptes-rendus Ent. Soc. Belg. 1889), although it is

evidently closely allied, but Allard makes no mention of

the flavous labrum nor similarly-coloured thoracic margins,

nor does lie mention the fine elytral punctuation,

Palxophylia semirugosa, sp. n.

Metallic green, the labrum, antenne and the legs flavous, thorax

finely granulate, the sides broadly flavous, elytra finely punctured

and transversely wrinkled.

bro

African Phytophagous Coleoptera.

Length 6 millim.

Of exactly similar coloration to A. granulosa but larger, the

frontal elevations transverse, the antenn extending to the apex of

the elytra, the second and following joints gradually elongate ;

thorax one-half broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, the

dise minutely granulate, with some extremely fine punctures, bright

green, the sides broadly flavous, this colour narrowed posteriorly ;

near the middle of the anterior margin a shght depression is visible ;

elytra closely and finely punctured, the interstices finely transversely

rugose, legs flavous, the first joint of the anterior tarsi of the

male dilated, the last segment of the abdomen deeply triangularly

emarginate.

Hab. Upper Tongaat, Navan (C. Barker).

Of this species I received a single specimen from Mr.

Barker ; the broad flavous margin of the thorax and the

sculpture of the elytra will at once distinguish it from

A. granulosa, which is also of general smaller size.

Malacosoma, Chev

Although this name has been in use for a genus of

Galerucine ever since 1846, it is high time to change it,

since it has long before that time been employed by

Hiibner for a genus of Lepidoptera. I am _ therefore

reluctantly obliged to change it to Hxosoma.

Exosoma barhkert, sp. 0.

Under-side black or piceous, upper-side flavous, thorax trans-

versely subquadrate, impunctate, elytra microscopically punctured.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head impunetate, frontal elevations transverse, nearly contiguous,

carina acutely raised, labrum and palpi flavous, antennee in the male

long and slender, extending beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous,

the terminal joints slightly darkened, third joint twice as long as the

second one, fourth joint distinctly longer than the third ; thorax

about one-half broader than long, of equal width, the sides rounded

at the middle, the anterior angles thickened but not produced, the

dise rather convex, not perceptibly punctured, scutellum triangular,

flavous, elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, closely

and extremely finely punctured when seen under a very strong lens ;

breast and abdomen nearly black, legs flavous, the first joint of the

anterior tarsi in the male dilated, that of the posterior legs nearly as

long as the following joints together, ‘all the tibie with a small

spine.

26 Mr. M. Jacoby on

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker).

At once to be distinguished from other nearly similarly-

coloured species by the black under-side in connection

with the flavous head; the female insect is larger, the

antenn have the basal joints flavous only, and the tarsi

are more or less infuscate; the male organ has a very

elongate and pointed apex with the lateral margins acute

and subangulate, and a slender filiform process is placed at

the anterior cavity.

Monocida thoracica, sp. n.

Upper-side black, the clypeus, antennz, femora and apex of the

tibiz testaceous ; thorax minutely punctured, with a small fovea

at each side; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured, the

extreme suture piceous.

Var. Head, antenne, the elytra and the tibiz and tarsi, black.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex black, frontal tubercles transverse,

strongly raised, bounded behind by a deep, transverse groove,

clypeus flavous, labrum piceous, antenn slender and filiform,

testaceous, the third joint one-half longer than the second one, the

following joints more elongate; thorax subquadrate, one-half

broader than long, the sides feebly rounded, the angles thickened,

the surface with a shallow fovea at each side, very minutely

granulate and punctured, scutellum black; elytra with a very

shallow depression below the base, very finely but more distinctly

punctured than the thorax, their epipleure broad, continued below

the middle, under-side black, legs pale fulvous, the base of the

tibiz black.

Hab. Lower Tugela, Nata (C. Bavier).

Closely allied to I. inornata, Jac., but differmg in the

following points:—the head is black at the vertex, not

fulvous, the frontal tubercles are not subquadrate but

strongly transverse, the thorax has a lateral fovea and the

elytra a shallow basal depression of which there is no

trace in I. inornata.

Sardoides transvalensis, sp. n.

Metallic green, the lower part of the face, the antenne and legs

fulvous, thorax subquadrate, rugosely punctured, elytra elongate, of

similar sculpture, abdomen piceous.

Length 6 millim.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. a |

Head coarsely punctured and slightly wrinkled, frontal elevations

strongly raised, subquadrate, divided by a deep central groove,

clypeus and labrum flavous, antennze fulvous, the terminal three

joints black, fourth joint longer than the third and the longest ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed

anteriorly and posteriorly, the angles tuberculate, the surface rugose

and strongly punctured, with three obsolete small fovez, scutellum

black ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, very closely

punctured and finely transversely rugose throughout, their epipleurz

broad and concave anteriorly, disappearing below the middle, breast

metallic green, abdomen piceous, legs fulvous, the tibie unarmed,

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints

together, claws appendiculate, anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab, TRANSVAAL.

There are some slight structural differences to be

noticed in this species in comparing it with the type,

S. viridicollis, Jac.; in the latter the thorax is deeply

bifoveolate and narrower at the base, and the elytral

epipleurez, although very narrow below the base, are

visible; in the present species they are absent, but as all

these differences are but one of degree, and the unarmed

tibiz and open cavities agree with the generical characters,

it would not be wise to separate the insect, of which I

possess three specimens. In the male, which may be

known by the dilated first joint of the anterior tarsi, the

last abdominal segment is rather deeply foveolate and

slightly emarginate at the apex with thickened sides.

Megalognatha, Baly.

The type of this genus is JM. elegans, Baly, which has

been described from apparently female specimens, now in

the British Museum. In the male insect the terminal

joints are considerably thickened, much more so than in

the other sex. Apophylia elegantula, Jac. (the Entomo-

logist, 1591), is identical with this species, and must be

omitted altogether. Baly’s description of his Jf elegans

differs somewhat from my specimens, as the lower part of

the face is not “nigro-piceous” but fulvcus, nor does Baly

mention the narrow fulvous lateral elytral margins.

Megalognatha bohemani, Baly (Cneorane foveicollis, Jac.).

This is another species which scarcely fits into the

genus, as the thorax is transverse and not subquadrate,

28 Mr. M. Jacoby on

although there is a fovea as in most species of the genus.

I have described this in the Entomologist, 1891, under the

above name, as Baly described his species from meee

specimens, in which the antenne are but little dilated ;

the male they are considerably so, and the terminal canis

are fulvous. As Baly’s name is the oldest, mine cannot

stand, although Cneorane is as good a genus for the species

as that of Baly’s.

Megalognatha hirticollis, sp. n.

Black, the abdomen flavous; thorax finely rugose and pubescent,

foveolate anteriorly, elytra closely punctured and finely wrinkled.

Mas. Antenne very long, the seventh joint dilated anteriorly,

hatchet shaped, thorax with a small triangular fovea.

Fem. Antenne shorter and simple, thorax of nearly similar

structure.

Length 8 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations very strongly raised,

narrowly oblong, antenne nearly extending to the apex of the

elytra, black, the third joint rather longer and more slender than

the following three joints, the seventh more strongly dilated at the

apex than the rest in the male; thorax as long as broad, all the

margins nearly straight, the anterior margin thickened at the middle

and followed by a small triangular fovea, rest of the surface finely

Tugose and pubescent ; elytra sculptured like the thorax but with-

out the pubescence, the sutural margin accompanied by another

ridge near the apex, under-side and the legs black, abdomen flavous,

the last segment more or less black.

Hab. Salisbury, MASHONALAND, on Zizyphus (G4.

Marshall).

From JL, rufiventris, Baly, Ml. abyssinica, Jac., and J,

imbecilla, Weise, this species may at once be distinguished

by the pubescent thorax and its sculpture.

Megalognatha granulicollis, sp. 1.

Head, antennz, the breast and legs black, thorax rufous, minutely

punctured and granulate, elytra flavous, convex posteriorly, very

finely punctured with a small piceous spot below the middle,

abdomen flavous,

Mas. Thorax with a shallow triangular depression, minutely

punctured and granulate.

Fem. Thorax coarsely rugose with a.very deep triangular excava-

tion.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 29

Length 6 millim.

Mas. Head black, impunctate, labrum flavous, antenne black,

the sixth to the ninth joint dilated, the eighth with a flattened

appendage below, the preceding two joints hollowed at the sides ;

thorax not broader than long, of usual shape with an acute but

shallow triangular depression before the middle and a shallow

transverse sulcus in front of the depression, the surface very

minutely punctured and granulate, scutellum piceous, elytra strongly

convex at the posterior portion, constricted at the sides, extremely

finely and closely punctured ; legs and the breast black.

V. Reenen’s Pass, Malvern, NataL (C. Barker).

In spite of the great resemblance of this species to J.

suturalis, Baly, and M. bipunctata, Jac., 1 cannot identify it

with either of them, as the thorax is quite differently

sculptured and punctured in both sexes, and the head is

black. In the first-named species the thorax is strongly

punctured and shining and without the triangular groove.

M. bipunctata has a fulvous head and differently-punctured

thorax. The thorax in the female has the depression

very deep, bounded at the sides by strongly-raised ridges

of perfectly triangular shape, and there are also some raised

feeble smooth lines visible at each side ; the elytral spot in

the specimen before me is just indicated and the suture

in both sexes has the usual ridge at the posterior portion.

Megalognatha natalensis, sp. 0.

Head, antenne and the breast black, thorax pale fulvous, strongly

punctured, deeply transversely sulcate anteriorly ; elytra flavous,

finely and closely punctured, strongly depressed below the hase.

Length 6 millim.

Fem. Head black, impunctate, antennee with the apical joints

widened, the third and fourth joints more slender, equal ; thorax

subquadrate, narrowed at the base, the surface strongly and deeply

punctured, deeply transversely sulcate anteriorly and to a less

extent near the base, the anterior edge of the anterior sulcus strongly

raised, scutellum piceous and pubescent at the base ; elytra rather

deeply depressed below the base, very finely and closely punctured,

legs obscure testaceous, stained with fuscous and pubescent, abdomen

flavous.

Hab. Frere, NATAL.

Of this species I only know a single female specimen,

like M. melanocephala the head is black, but the thorax

has no tubercles, is less strongly punctured, and altogether

30 Mr. M. Jacoby on

of different sculpture; as in the allied species, the elytral

suture has a narrow ridge at the posterior portion.

Megalognatha niyrofasciata, sp. n.

Head and thorax rufous, antennze, the breast and the legs black,

thorax closely punctured, triangularly depressed anteriorly, elytra

testaceous, finely and closely punctured, the suture narrowly and a

broader lateral band black, abdomen flavous.

Length 5 millim.

Mas. Head impunetate, rufous, the frontal elevations highly

raised, trigonate, antennie black, the seventh joint widened at the

apex, the eighth shorter, triangularly produced into a sharp point at

the middle, thorax as long as broad, the sides straight at the base,

-the disc rather closely and distinctly punctured, with a triangular

rather deep depression below the anterior margin, the latter

thickened, but not acutely margined, scutellum piceous ;— elytra

searcely depressed below the base, finely and very closely punctured,

testaceous, the suture narrowly piceous, the sides with a broad

black band which does not quite extend to the apex ; legs and breast

black.

TTab. CAPE (my collection).

M. bicostata, Alld., is evidently a closely-allied species,

but is described with fulvous legs and antennz and with

lateral elytral costs, not with a broad black lateral band.

The female is unknown to me.

Megalognatha melanocephala, sp. n.

Testaceous, the head, antenne, the breast and the legs black ;

thorax subquadrate, elytra finely and closely punctured,

Mas. Thorax impunetate, the anterior margin thickened, the

dise obsoletely depressed at the sides and the middle.

Fem. Thorax rufous, strongly punctured, deeply transversely

suleate anteriorly, the suleus bounded in front by a strongly-raised

ridge, the dise with three round tubercles.

Length 7 millim.

¢. Head longer than broad, impunctate, black, shining, frontal

tubercles strongly raised, carina acute, antennie black, the third and

fourth joints equal, the following three joints shorter and wider, the

rest more slender and elongate ; thorax scarcely broader than long,

the sides slightly narrowed at the base, the surface impunctate,

testaceous, the anterior portion slightly transversely thickened and

followed by a lateral and median very feeble depression, seutellum

pubescent, piceous; elytra distinctly transversely depressed below

African Phytophagous Coleoptera, 31

the base, very closely and somewhat rugosely punctured ; the breast

and legs black, closely pubescent, the abdomen testaceous, the

anterior margin of the last segment rather deeply concave.

2. Antenne simple, the terminal joints slightly widened ; thorax

rufous, strongly punctured, the dise with three blunt tubercles and

preceded by a deep transverse sulcus which is anteriorly limited by a

strongly-raised ridge.

Hab. TRANSVAAL.

The black head, testaceous colour, the transverse

depression of the elytra and their fine punctuation will

distinguish this species from Jf. rujficollis, Alld., and the

other species.

Pseudolognatha, gen. n.

Body elongate and parallel, head not longer than broad, frontal

elevations transverse, antenne filiform, the second joint small, the

others nearly equal, of normal structure, thorax transverse, sub-

quadrate, the surface more or less foveolate, elytra irregularly

punctured and granulate, tibiz unarmed, metatarsus of the posterior

legs as long as the following joints together ; claws appendiculate,

the anterior coxal cavities open.

Type. LP. immaculata, Jac. (sub Megalognatha).

In comparing this insect with a species of Megalognatha

and the type JZ elegans, Baly, to which it is generically

closely allied, there will be found differences sufficient to

justify the separation of the two genera. In the present

genus, the head is broad, not produced or longer than

broad as in Megalognatha, the antenne in the male have

no abnormal joints, and the thorax is distinctly transverse ;

there is also no thickening of the suture near the apex of

the elytra as is nearly always the case in the allied genus,

nor are the elytra widened and convex at the posterior

portion, but the short and deflexed head will form the

principal character of separation between the two genera.

Pseudolognatha salisburiensis, sp. u.

Fulvous, the apical three joits of the antennc fuscous, thorax

transversely subquadrate, impunctate, elytra metallic blue, extremely

minutely granulate and microscopically punctured,

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, frontal elevations transverse, narrow,

labrum black, antennz about half the length of the body, fulvous,

32 Mr. M. Jacoby on

the terminal three joints blackish, the intermediate joints shghtly

triangularly widened, of equal length, the second one short, thorax”

one-half broader than long or rather broader, the sides feebly

rounded, the anterior angles more distinct than the posterior ones,

the surface with a very short and obsolete depression anteriorly and

a slightly more distinct one at each side, entirely impunctate,

fulvous ; scutellum of the latter colour ; elytra with a distinct

depression below the base, metallic blue, minutely punetured and

extremely finely granulate, under-side and the legs fulvous.

Hah, Salisbury, MASHONALAND (@. Marshall).

The above description applies to what seems to be the

male insect; in the female, the thorax has a deep, trans-

verse fovea near the anterior margin and the antenne are

somewhat thinner, otherwise there is no difference.

Hurycycla, gen. n.

Body elongate, glabrous, antenne filiform ; thorax transverse,

broader than the head and as broad as the elytra, narrowed anteriorly,

elytra metallic, irregularly punctured, epipleure prolonged, pos-

teriorly, tibizw unarmed, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long

as the following joints together, claws appendiculate, anterior coxal

cavities open,

Type. L. balyi, Jac. (sub Megalognatha).

It is impossible to leave this species in Megalognatha, as

the thorax is of totally different shape without any

depressions, strongly transverse and narrowed anteriorly ;

in other respects the generic characters agree; I know of

no other African genus having a similar-shaped thorax.

Hemixantha flavicornis, sp. 0.

Black below, upper-side testaceous, the antennze very long, flavous,

thorax subquadrately transverse, impunctate, elytra subcylindrical,

extremely minutely punctured, tibiz unarmed.

Length 45 millim.

Elongate and parallel, the head impunctate, the frontal elevations

strongly raised, transverse, clypeus triangularly convex, antennie

nearly as long as the body, flavous, the apical joint stained with fuscous,

the third twice as long as the second, but shorter than the fourth

joint ; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides rather strongly

rounded at the middle, the anterior angles obliquely thickened and

slightly produced, posterior margin sinuate, oblique at the angles,

the dise with some minute punctures, only visible under a strong

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 33

lens, seutellum smooth ; elytra subeylindrical and parallel, extremely

closely and finely punctured, under-side black, legs testaceous, the

metatarsus longer than the following joints together ; anterior

cavities closed.

Hab. Malvern, Nata (C. Barker).

A comparatively small species, allied to H. piceipes, Jac.,

likewise from Natal, but smaller, with entirely flavous and

much more slender and longer antenni, the legs differently

coloured and the metatarsus longer. I received two

specimens from Mr. Barker.

Platyxantha varicornis, sp. 0.

Pale testaceous, the head, thorax and the femora darker, the basal

and the apical two or three joints of the antennie black, thorax bifo-

veolate, impunctate ; elytra extremely finely punctured, tibiwe and

tarsi black.

Length 5 millim.

Head as broad as long, the vertex piccous or pale fulvous, unpunetate,

frontal elevations broadly transverse, divided by a short groove which

extends a little way upwards, clypeus acutely carinate, palpi

thickened, antennw nearly extending to the apex of the elytra, the

basal joint or two joints black, the following six fulvous, the apical

joints black, second joint very small, the rest nearly equal in length ;

thorax subquadrate, scarcely one-half broader than long, slightly con-

stricted at the base, the angles slightly oblique; the disc bifoveolate,

impunctate, pale fulvous ; elytra pale testaceous, extremely finely

but not very closely punctured, femora, the base of the tibice and the

abdomen pale fulvous, the breast, the lower part of the tibiae and the

tarsi black.

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker).

In one specimen ( 2 ) of this species the extreme vertex

of the head and the greater part of the breast is blackish,

in the other these parts are fulvous ; the coloration of the

antenne and that of the legs are the principal characters

of distinction in this species; the tibiz are, as usual,

unarmed and the metatarsus of the posterior legs is as

long as the following joints together.

Monolepta punctipeninis, sp. n.

Under-side black, the basal joints of the antennze, the head, thorax

and legs flavous, head and thorax distinctly punctured, elytra dark

blue, strongly and closely punctured.

Var. Elytra testaceous. ;

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 3

34 Mr. M. Jacoby on

Length 3 millim.

Head obscure fulvous, distinctly but not closely punetured,

minutely granulose, frontal elevations broad and flattened, carina not

very acute, labrum flavous, palpi piceous, antenné long and slender,

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints

flavous, basal joint long and slender, the second, third and fourth,

gradually lengthened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides

straight, narrowed anteriorly, anterior angles slightly oblique, the

surface very closely and comparatively strongly punctured, scutellum

small, black ; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, much

more strongly punctured than the latter, the punctures arranged in

very close irregular rows, epipleur indistinct below the middle,

breast and abdomen black, legs flavous, the metatarsus very

elongate.

Hab. Malvern, NATAL (C. Barker).

This Monolepta may be known by the strong and close

punctuation of the elytra, which differs in that respect

trom any other species of the genus or those placed in

Candezea which I am acquainted with. I received two

blue and two flavous specimens in regard to the elytra,

but these agree in all other respects except colour.

Monelepta cerulea, sp. n.

Under-side black, upper-side metallic dark blue, the basal joints of

the antennie and the legs fulvous ; thorax subquadrate, impunctate,

elytra very closely punctured, the interstices likewise very finely

punctate and wrinkled.

Length 4 millim.

Oblong-ovate, the head impunctate, frontal tubercles transverse,

narrow, elypeus broad and thickened, blackish, the space below the

eyes at the sides fulvous, antenne extending to about the middle of

the elytra, the lower three or four joints fulvous, the rest black,

third joint one-half longer than the second but shorter than the

fourth joint; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides

feebly rounded, posterior margin nearly straight, the anterior angles

thickened, the dise convex, impunctate, metallic dark blue, seutellum

black ; elytra strongly convex, their epipleura absent below the

middle, the punctuation very fine and close, slightly arranged in

rows, the interstices everywhere very minutely punctured and

wrinkled ; below black, legs fulvous, the first joint of the posterior

tarsi as nan as the follows joints together.

Hab. Dunbrody, Carr CoLony (Rev. O'Neil).

The metatarsus of the posterior legs in this species is

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 35

shorter than is generally the case in this genus, with which

it agrees in all other characters; the unifor mly blue upper

surface and the sculpture of the elytra will comparatively

easily distinguish this species, of which two specimens were

forwarded by the Rev. O'Neil.

Candezxea (Iphidea) capensis, Baly.

In a publication by the late Miss Ormerod (Observat.

on African injur. Insects, 1889, p. 34), Baly has described

the above insect and placed it in Jphidea, a genus he him-

self had already withdrawn and considered identical with

Luperodes in 1873 (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1, p. 187). Miss

Ormerod some time ago kindly presented me with the

type, and on examination I find the anterior coxal cavities

closed and all the other characters identical with Candezea.

The species agrees in coloration with several others from

Africa ; it is testaceous above, black below, the thorax is

narrowed in front, transverse and impunctate, the scutel-

lum is black, and the elytra are finely and closely punc-

tured with the extreme sutural and lateral margins piceous.

I have also received this insect from Grahamstown where

the type was obtained, as well as from Malvern, Natal.

C. nigrosuturalis, Jac., is another closely-allied species, but

is amuch more narrowly-shaped insect, the antenne are

longer, and the elytra are distinctly margined with black.

Candezea braunsi, sp. 0.

Under-side black, upper-side testaceous, antennze fuscous, legs

fulvous, thorax transverse with three small fovez, elytra extremely

closely and finely punctured, their epipleurz continued to the apex.

Length 7 millim.

Very convex and elongate, the vertex fulvous, impunctate, frontal

elevations trigonate, small, carina acute, lower portion of face testace-

ous, antennz long and slender, the lower three jointsand the base of

the fourth and fifth, flavous, the rest fuscous, third joint twice as long

as the second, fourth joint longer than the preceding one ; thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides and the posterior margin rounded,

the angles distinct, the disc convex, finely granulate, with three very

small foveze, placed triangularly, scutellum rather small, testaceous ;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, extremely closely impressed

with small piceous punctures, under-side black, closely covered with

grey pubescence, legs robust, fulvous, the coxee and the extreme base

36 Mr. M. Jacoby on

of each joint black, the metatarsus of the posterior legs much longer

than the following joints together.

Hab. AuGoa Bay (Dr. Brauwns).

Of nearly similar shape and coloration to C. hamatura,

Fairm., but the sculpture of the head quite different, the

labrum testaceous, not black, the antenne differently

coloured as well as the scutellum, and the elytra more

distinctly punctured ; from C. j/laveola, Gerst., the species

may be at once distinguished by the black under-side.

Candezea scutellata, sp. 1.

Under-side black, the basal joints of the antennie and the head and

thorax pale fulvous, impunctate, seutellum black, elytra testaceous,

extremely minutely punctured, tarsi and the posterior femora more

or less black.

Length 7 millim.

Again closely allied to CL Braunsi and C. hematiura, but with the

frontal elevations scarcely raised and the elypeus very broad and

flat, without carina, the antennie rather shorter, black, the lower three

or four joints flavous ; the thorax twice as broad as long, slightly

narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly straight, the surface entirely

impunctate, without depressions, scutellum black ; elytra somewhat

narrowed posteriorly, their punctuation scarcely perceptible, of paler

coloration than the thorax, legs fulvous, the posterior femora and the

tarsi black, as well as the under-side ; metatarsus very elongate.

Hab, AuGoA Bay, Care (Dr. Brauns).

Of the two specimens, kindly sent by Dr. Brauns, one

has the tarsi almost concolorous with the legs; the

sculpture of the head and the black scutellum will

distinguish this species from its allies.

Candezea infuscata, sp. n.

Bluish-black, the basal joints of the antenni and the thorax flavous,

the latter very finely and obsoletely punctured, elytra bluish-black,

very closely and distinctly punctured in irregular rows, legs flavous,

the femora and the tarsi more or less fuscous.

Length 3 millim.

Head blackish, impunctate, the frontal elevations strongly raised,

transverse, clypeus highly convex between the antennze, the latter of

about half the length of the body, black, the lower three or four joints

flavous, the third joint about one-half longer than the second ; thorax

about twice as broad as long, the sides very feebly rounded, the

anterior angles slightly obliquely thickened, the surface very

African Piytophagous Coleoptera. 37

minutely, closely and obsoletely punctured, flavous; elytra very

closely and much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the inter-

stices very slightly wrinkled, bluish-black ; under-side of the latter

colour, the legs flavous, the femora and the tarsi obscure fuscous to a

greater or smaller degree ; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long

as the following three joints together.

Hah. Malvern, NATAL.

Closely allied to C. nigroerrulea, Jac., and nearly

similarly coloured, but the thorax more obliquely narrowed

and the sides quite straight in the last-named species, the

elytral punctures finer, and the legs entirely flavous.

Buphonella, gen, n.

Body narrowly elongate, pubescent above, antenne subfiliform,

eyes entire ; thorax transversely subquadrate, finely rugose like the

elytra, the latter with the lateral margins deflexed, their epipleuree

extremely narrow; anterior cox raised, closely approximate, legs

slender, the tibizs unarmed, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as

long as the three following joints together, claws bifid at the extreme

tip only, prosternum invisible between the coxze, the anterior cavities

closed.

At first sight, this genus here proposed bears a greater

resemblance to the Hwmolpidx, and more especially to the

group Leprotine than to that of the Galerucidx, as the

antennze are more widely apart than is the rule in this last-

named tribe ; these organs are, however, inserted in front

and a little below the eyes; there are the usual frontal

elevations, and most important of all, the anterior coxze are

almost united, and hide the prosternum ;. they resemble in

that respect the genus Buphonida, Baly, which has likewise

closed coxal cavities and bifid claws, but the thorax in that

genus is transversely sulcate and of different shape; the

claws in the present genus are also rather peculiar, as cach

claw has the division united and bifid to a small extent at

the tip only. MJombasica, Fairm., seems also more nearly

allied to Buphonella than to any other genus of Calerucide.

Buphonella elongata, sp. n.

Narrowly elongate and parallel, black, finely pubescent above, the

basal joint of the antenne and the femora fulvous, thorax subquadrate,

very finely rugose, elytra still more finely sculptured, clothed with

short grey pubescence ; tibize unarmed.

Length 5 millim,

38 Mr. M. Jacoby on African Phiytophagous Coleoptera.

Head broad, closely rugose, the middle. with a narrow, elongate,

smooth raised space, eyes rounded, entire, frontal tubercles trigonates

smooth and tubereulate, clypeus transverse, antenne about two-thirds

the length of the body, black, the basal joint fulvous, the third joint

more than twice as long as the second, slightly shorter than the fourth,

the following joints slightly thickened, terminal ones thinner ; thorax

transversely subquadrate, one-half broader than long, the base shghtly

constricted, the anterior angles’ obtuse, thickened, the surfaee seulp-

tured like the head, the rugosities partly confluent, scutellum broader

than long, finely rugose ; elytra opaque like the rest of the upper

surface, extremely finely rugose and pubescent, body below and the

tibise and tarsi black, the femora fulvous, the last abdominal segment

triangularly emarginate (9 ).

Hab. Salisbury, MASHONALAND (G. Marshall),

Two exactly similar specimens were obtained by Mr.

Marshall.

Lrgana fulvipes, sp. n.

Under-side black, upper-side dark metallic blue, basal joints of the

antenne and the legs fulvous, thorax transverse, very minutely

punctured, elytra closely and strongly punctured.

Length 43 millim.

Head broad and short, impunctate, deeply transversely grooved,

frontal elevations strongly convex, trigonate, clypeus very broad and

swollen, labrum and palpi blackish, the penultimate joint of the latter

dilated, antenne extending to half the length of the body, black, the

lower four joints flavous, third jomt longer than the second, the

intermediate ones slightly widened; thorax more than one-half

broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, the posterior margin

to a less extent, the surface convex, very finely and closely punctured,

scutellum black, impunctate, elytra slightly wider at the base ‘than

the thorax, posteriorly widened, extremely closely and more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the interstices finely wrinkled and

furnished with still smaller punctures ; legs fulvous, all the tibie

mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following

joints together, claws appendiculate, anterior coxal cavities closed,

Hab. Dunbrody, CAPE Cotony (fev. O'Neil).

A typical species, and distinguished by its system of

coloration.

II. On the Life History of Drilus flavescens, Rossi. By

LIoNEL R. CrawsHay, M.A. Oxon. Communicated

by CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.

[Read November 5th, 1902. ]

PuaTes I anp II.

THE following notes on Drilus flavescens are collected

from observations made during the past three years. In

July 1900 I first found the larva on the Downs, near

Seaford, Sussex, and in this year reared five larvae (all

females), four of them emerging in the following spring,

and the fifth continuing its growth for another summer.

In 1901 I collected several more larvee from the same

locality, and from these I obtained in the spring of the

present year (1902) a single male, and afew females, the

remainder reappearing as larvee.

In spots where snails—/felicella itala and Helicella

virgata especially—cover the ground in immense numbers,

it is not surprising that the larva thrives on its food-

supply, and it may often be seen during the summer

months, running hastily over the ground in search of food.

Before passing to its life history, the form of the larva

deserves some notice.

The larva, which is narrowed in front and much widened

behind, has the upper surface of the abdomen rather

thickly covered with coarse hairs of a bright burnt-sienna

colour, springing chiefly from four longitudinal rows of

fleshy processes, the processes increasing in length towards

the posterior. The head is reddish-brown, flat above,

with strong sharp mandibles, curving upwards and crossing

one another above the labrum; the eyes consist of a single

ocellus on either side. The antenne (Plate I, fig. 1;

Plate II, fig. 1) are two-jointed with a supplement to the

second joint, and can be partially extended or withdrawn

by the larva by means of a collapsible membranous tube

which carries the first joint, the latter being thrust forward

or partially withdrawn within the tube by a muscle which

passes up the centre of it to the apex of the first joint.

The second joint is somewhat flattened and bears at its

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903 —PART I. (APRIL)

40 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

apex—on the inner margin a two-jointed supplementary

process terminated by a long seta, and on the outer margin

a smaller colourless process. The thoracic segments have

a reddish-brown corneous covering above—marked with

dark patches—with a few hairs. On each of the abdominal

segments to the penultimate one the soft white body of

the larva is protected above by a dark brown dorsal shield,

sparsely hairy, bearing a bristly process on each margin,

and by a pair of similar processes outside these, arising

from the sides. The last segment has a single pair of

larger bristly processes extending behind, with a spine at

the apex of each, completing a covering which doubtless

goes far to protect the larva from attack during its occu-

pation of the snail-shell. The spiracles (Plate I, fig. 2)

lie in an uncovered space between the dorsal shields and

lateral processes, and project from small horny encase-

ments which lie along the surface of the segments. A

fleshy nipple on the under-side of the last segment aids

the progression of the larva, and enables it to cling firmly

to the surface of the snail-shell. It moves rapidly about

the outside of the shell, aided also by a pair of small

colourless pulvilli, attached by slender stalks to the base

of the tarsal claw (Plate I, fig. 3). ;

The young larva, which is hatched about the middle

of July, feeds till September, and then hibernates in the

shell it has last occupied, attaining only a small size in

the first year. This shell is evacuated in the following

spring, and after this the larva may continue feeding at

regular intervals till September. But owing to the exist-

ence of a distinct, inactive form for hibernation, and the

fact that this may be assumed at any time of the summer,

it is equally liable to pass nearly the whole of the year in

a dormant state in the shell. Doubtless the larva often

becomes full-fed in the year after hatching, but it probably

more often feeds fora third summer. The full-fed larva

then changes into a second hibernating form, pupating

in the following spring, shortly before the appearance of

the imago in May or June of the third or fourth year,

as the case may be.

The snails which chiefly constitute its food in the

locality referred to are Helicella itala, Linné; Helicella

virgata, Da Costa; and Helicella caperata, Montagu; but

the larva has shown the same readiness to attack any

other species that I have hitherto tried, including :—

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 4]

Helicella cantiana, Montagu ; Hygremia rufescens, Pennant ;

Vitrea cellaria, Miiller; Helix nemcralis, Linné; and even

the largest examples of Helix aspersa, Miiller; passing

indifferently from one to another in the course of its

growth.

When a snail is found, the larva raises itself at once

on to the shell and examines it carefully, assuring itself

of the presence of its occupant. If unsuited to the size

of the larva, the snail is left and the search resumed. If

it is satisfactory, the larva (more especially in its earlier

stages at least) then proceeds to sound the surroundings,

reaching out to its full length and ranging about on all

sides above and below, but retaining all the while its hold

on the shell by means of the anal clasping-organ. This

is done with a view to secreting the snail before attacking

it. Ifthe position is found to afford sufficient cover, the

snail is soon pushed or dragged into it, till out of sight;

otherwise, if it is too much exposed (as on a roadway, for

example), the larva endeavours to remove it to a better

one. This removal of the snail to a place of hiding may

prove a difficult matter, and remarkable perseverance is

often shown in the endeavour to accomplish it. The larva

takes a firm anal grip on the outer surface of the shell,

and bending over the side, plants its head on the ground

beneath; then, taking hold of the ground with its man-

dibles, it proceeds to “punt” the snail backwards over

the ground, so far as possible in a straight line. Where

an obstruction occurs, in the endeavour to pass it, the

larva will often raise the snail entirely into the air and

throw it forward bodily, but never losing its hold upon the

shell. Ifin the meantime the snail appears and attempts

to crawl away it is attacked with the mandibles and

driven back. From time to time the larva returns to

the summit of the shell to try the surroundings as before,

afterwards going back to its task, which, if no cover should

be found, may often be continued for an hour, or, as I

have once noticed, for as much as three hours before the

snail is attacked. It is advisable, when feeding the larva,

to provide some loosely placed moss, into which it will

soon carry the snail out of sight. In the case of larger

larvee (about 14 mm. and over) the snail is generally

attacked very soon, without any attempt to remove it,

however exposed the position may be. Larger snails (and

I refer especially to H. cantiana) seem instinctively to

42 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

know their danger when this horrible parasite has attached

itself to their shells, and will do their utmost to dislodge

it by making rapid contortions of their shells around them

as they crawl, even to the extent of overbalancing them-

selves, and while the larva perhaps lies motionless on the

shell. It is surprising that at such times the larva retains

its hold or escapes injury, but it quickly takes up a position

near the orifice and makes a ferocious onslaught with its

mandibles, which probably soon overpowers its wretched

victim ; I have, however, more than once seen a large

H. cantiana throw off its assailant and escape.

When the larva enters the shell it lies inside, against

the outer wall, and gradually absorbs the moisture, finally

consuming the whole or the greater part of the body of

the molluse. After a period varying from eight to sixteen

days the shell is thoroughly cleaned out, preparatory to

a succeeding period of inactivity and moulting. The

larva may then be heard scraping with its mandibles

within the shell, and may be seen making a number of

journeys backwards, from the centre of the spire to the

orifice, to eject from the shell the accumulated and wneon-

sumed matter. The hairy processes seem to aid the work,

as a brush, while the larva shuffles backwards down the

shell. As the terminal segment reaches the orifice, the

anal clasper grips hold of the edge, and, by an undulating

movement of the body, the slimy matter 1s ejected from

the shell. I once found a very large larva thus engaged

at 10.30 p.m. (having already been working for perhaps

half-an-hour). I then watched it for an hour and a half,

while it made nine journeys down to the orifice, mostly

at intervals of three to five minutes, and with generally

about twenty to twenty-five of these undulating move-

ments at the end of a journey. After this J] ceased

observing it, but I have found that with varying intervals

the work may extend over the greater part of a day. In

this way the interior of the shell is at length thoroughly

cleaned out and made fit for habitation. The larva, which

has become gorged with food almost beyond recognition

(the dark scuta appearing as isolated patches on the

distended white body), then thrusts itself up, with its

head towards the centre of the spire, and prepares for

moulting, which takes place about four or five weeks from

the time of entering the shell, the skin being then cast

towards the orifice, “where it sometimes closely stops up

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 43

the entrance. While the summer lasts, the undeveloped

larva, as a rule, evacuates the shell about forty days after

entering it, and goes off in search of another. Excluding

the shorter feeding interval (July to September) in the

year of hatching, it may thus devour as many as three,

or perhaps four snails in the course of the summer,

moulting once in each case before leaving the shell. But

it often ceases feeding as early as July, and in one example,

at least, under notice this year, the first shell entered by

the larva on June 2nd, after hibernation, was not left after-

wards. In such cases the larva, on moulting, reassumes

the winter form (which is referred to below), and the

growth is again suspended until the following year, From

examples under observation, this early return to the winter

form seems to be caused by a period of low temperature

preceding the time of moulting. An instance of it occurs

in the following incomplete record of a remarkable larva:

1900, July 8th: Larva (length about 8 mm.) entered

HT, virgata (greatest diameter 8

mm.) ;

1901, May 30th: evacuated this shell (length about

10 mm.), and entered H. aspersa

(greatest diameter 8 mm.) ;

» duly 10th: left this shell (length about 13 mm.),

and entered //. aspersa (greatest

diameter 28 mm.) ;

, August 18th: left this shell (length 21 mm.), and

entered Hf. aspersa (greatest

diameter 25 mm.);

a », olst: seen to be cleaning out this shell

(length, at the time, fully 30 mm.).

Unfortunately, in the spring of 1902, it died while still

in the winter stage. The larva was doubtless hatched in

July. 1899, and must therefore have become full-fed in

the third year, as seems to be more often the case.

The winter form, into which the undeveloped larva

changes about the middle of September, or often earlier,

as stated, is incapable of feeding or of more than a heavy

grub-like motion, when disturbed. In general outline

it much resembles the ordinary form of the larva, but it

rather perhaps deserves the term “false pupa.” The scuta

are absent, the body being almost entirely soft, of a dingy

whitish colour, and, except on the last three or four

segments, almost hairless. The head is small, rather soft,

44 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

and pale, with the mouth parts rudimentary, and the

antenne very short and much modified. The legs are

soft and short, with the claws absent and replaced by a

small prominence. The processes on the body are much

smaller and less distinct, with only a few fine hairs, until

the last three or four segments, where they become longer

and rather thickly hairy, but with the hairs shorter than

in the larva. The terminal processes are likewise shorter,

but with the spines long (Plate IJ, fig. 2a). This skin is

cast about the middle of May, and the larva then reappears

from the shell in its ordinary form, continuing its life as

before, until it is full-fed, in the second, or, probably in

most cases, the third summer.

When full-fed, it changes into a second inactive - winter

form, which more nearly approaches the pupa, and which,

like the other, may be assumed early or late in the year,

often as early, at least, as July. Though this is very

similar to the previous one, it differs from it especially

in the much more stumpy form of the antenne and of

the processes on the last three or four segments; the hairs

also on the latter are finer and shorter, and the spines on

the terminal pair are very short (Plate II, fig. 3a).

Points of difference in the head and last segment of

the two forms are figured in the accompanying drawings

beside the corresponding parts in the ordinary form of

the larva (Plate IT).

The two small apical processes in the antenne of the

larva are retained in both winter forms; but what is the

“outer” process in the larva becomes inferior and invisible

from above in the first form, and partly inferior while

visible on the dnne7 side in the second form.

These sluggish winter forms (or “ false-pupz,” if they

may be so termed) appear to possess a strange tenacity

of life. A specimen of the sezond form, lately kept out

for examination, passed a day and a half in a solution

one-third alcohol and two-thirds glycerine; then, two

days afterwards, an hour in turpentine, followed by a day

in alcohol and glycerine. Three days after removal from

the latter, it seemed so little the worse that, after washing

it in alcohol and in water, I put it into an empty shell,

which it entered without difficulty, and it appeared to

have its usual amount of vitality when examined a week

afterwards. Though in a much lesser degree, the same

point is noticeable in the 2 imago, which will live for two

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 45

or three hours in the same preservative solution, or return

to its dull existence apparently unaffected by an immersion

of an hour and a half in whisky half diluted.

An offensive acrid fluid is emitted from both extremities

of the body by the two winter forms of the larva, when

disturbed ; the active form does not seem to possess this

resource, but rolls itself into a ring.

In Mulsant’s account of the insect (“ Histoire Naturelle

des Coléopteres de France; Mollipennes:” pp. 422 ff),

pupation is said to take place fifteen to eighteen days

before the imago appears. Prior to this, the position

within the shell is reversed, so that the head lies in the

direction of the orifice (in which respect this second winter

form differs from the earlier one). In a single instance

this change of position had already occurred when I ex-

amined the shell on October 8th, but ordinarily it appears

to be made in the spring. At the time of pupation, the

skin is cast far back, near the centre of the spire. The

skin of the pupa is soft and unprotected, and merely

displays rather distinctly the enclosed form of the imago.

When the final change takes place, about the middle

of May, the imago moves forward and occupies the inter-

vening space between the pupa and the larva-skin of the

previous year, lying with its head thrust against the

anterior part of the latter. There are thus, at this point,

four stages of the insect represented in the shell. Here

the imago remains for some days before it is able to leave

the shell. In three female examples observed in the

present year, at least eight days were passed in this way,

and the case of a male, referred to below, was similar.

The 1mago appears at the end of May or beginning of

June, about the same time as the hibernated larva.

The apterous female (Plate I, fig. 4} is elongate and

broader behind, with the abdominal segments sharply

explanate under the spiracles, so that the sides have a

scalloped appearance. It is of a tawny testaceous colour,

marked on each segment, except the last, with a pair of

large dark-brown digitate patches more or less regular in

shape, and thinly covered, especially above, with fine short

rufous hairs. The last segment is terminated by two

processes with a small palpiform appendage at the apex

of each. The supplement to the antenne found in the

larva and retained in both winter forms, reappears very

similarly in the female imago. At the apex of the tenth

46 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

joint there isa small inner supplementary joint, terminated

by a short seta (which is sometimes scarcely apparent),

and a smaller process at the outer margin. The antennz

of the female are normally composed of ten joints (omitting

the supplement), but the ninth joint is often imperfectly

formed, being sometimes confounded with the preceding

one, so as to be scarcely visible, and sometimes entirely

absent. This deformity may even appear in different

degrees in the two antennze of the same insect.

Among the imagines that emerged this year I obtained

only a single male, and this one happened to occupy one

of two shells which I examined on May 18th. It seemed

inclined to leave the shell, so I removed it, but it proved

to be quite helpless and could only le on its side, in a

curved position, twisting the distended abdomen about

like a pupa. I put it on some moss in a shady place, and

its condition gradually advanced till, seven days afterwards,

it was quite strong. For breeding purposes I had there-

fore to rely on this male alone, and it paired successively

with four females (twice over with one of them) on May

25th, 31st, June 2nd, 4th, and 9th, respectively.

~ In the spring of the previous year a few eggs had been

laid by some infertile females, a week after emerging,

on the moss in which they were kept; but this year,

under similar conditions, the first female that paired

passed six days without laying: there was also reason for

believing that the eggs are naturally secreted. I therefore

cut a piece of fine turf from the Downs, ten inches by six

inches and two inches deep, which I fitted closely into

a shallow deal box, and on this the females were after-

wards kept near an open window. The following is an

account of the movements of these four females which

I reserved, and the attempt to breed from them.

The first ?, as stated, was not put on the turf till six

days after pairing, namely on May 31st. From May 31st

till June 4th she was up about the surface, generally

resting in an exposed position on the short herbage, during

each day, but going down every evening under the grass.

On June 5th she came up in the morning and rested in

the usual attitude on a short blade of grass, with the heavy

body curving under her, and thus remained, never leaving

the position, so far as I know, day or night, until June th,

when she fell off and died without having laid.

A second 2 emerged on May 26th and paired on the

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 47

turf on June 2nd, at 11.80 am. She continued to move

restlessly about the surface till 3.30 p.m., when she dived

down a hole between the turf and the side of the box, and

did not appear again.

A third emerged on June 2nd and paired on the turf

on June 4th, disappearing on the same day.

A fourth emerged and paired on May 31st, but was not

put on the turf till five hours afterwards. From this date,

this 2, like the first, was about the surface (generally

resting on the herbage) regularly during the daytime, but

always going down under the grass in the evening, until

June 9th. I then tried the % again, and she paired a

second time, disappearing soon afterwards on the same

day.

‘After June 9th none of them appeared again.

Though it is to a great extent the instinct of the @ to

hide herself, she seems, in fact, after emerging, to choose

more often some exposed position on the ‘short herbage,

and to remain clinging to this for hours at a time without

moving. From the moment of pairing she proceeds at

once to make her way down under the grass (the probably

sharing the same instinct), and after separation—7. v. after

about forty mimutes—disappears very shortly, as 1t seems,

into the turf, where she lays her eggs and dies. The

failure of the first of these tour was perhaps due to the

absence of natural conditions in the first week.

On June 20th I examined the turf in search of ova.

The body of one 2 was found resting in a perpendicular

position between the turf and the side of the box. The

body seemed half empty, but I could find no eggs that

had been laid. Probably this was the second 2 mentioned

above.

The bodies of the other two I found in the bottom of

the turf (2. e. two inches deep), each lying with its contents

emptied in a compact heap within a distance of half-an-

inch from it. Doubtless both had died very soon after

laying.

The egg is nearly spherical, about 1 mm. in diameter,

and of a pale yellow colour. Roughly speaking, there

were about thirty to thirty-five eggs in each heap.

It was a mistake to disturb them so soon, but the period

of development proved to be much longer than I expected,

and to leave them as they were, and unobserved, was

unsatisfactory. In an endeavour to preserve natural

48 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

conditions, the evils of excessive moisture and excessive

dryness crept in, and worked serious injury in the first

week or ten days. On July 2nd the embryo began to

show signs of development, and on July 8th the form of

the young larva was discernible. After this they advanced

rapidly till the first hatched on July 20th, or about six

weeks from the approximate date of laying. But mean-

time the greater number had fallen off in various stages

of development, and only five, out ‘of perhaps sixty-five,

survived, hatching respectively on July 20th, 22nd, 24th,

25th, and 26th. One of these was a cripple and another

was lost by an accident.

At the time of hatching, with the exception of the

conspicuous black ocelli and a few reddish hairs, they were

nearly white, the head and the shields about the segments

attaining their darker colour several hours afterwards.

The length is about 25 mm.

Of the three that remained, two began to feed about

thirty-six hours after hatching; the third clung to its egg-

shell for twenty-four hours, and refused food for three

and a half days. The snails at length given them were

Helicella caperata, and Hygromia rufescens, 3 to 4 mm. in

diameter.

In these three examples (as also the one that was lost)

I noticed most of the instincts of the older larva, including

the feigning of death for as long as fifteen or twenty

minutes at a time. There was no attempt to push the

snail away, but a decided tendency to work underneath

it, perbaps with the same purpose. More than once a

snail that began to appear from the shell was sharply

struck with the mandibles and driven back; in another

case the hardened film quickly thrown by the snail as a

barrier across the orifice was cut away by the larva after

an hour and a half’s work, and the shell was then entered.

The ultimate loss of these larvae was perhaps largely due

to the period of exceptionally cold weather that followed

the time of hatching, and particularly so in the Cotswolds,

where I happened to be staying. The fragmentary

account of them, so far as it goes, may, however, be worth

recording.

Larva (a) hatched on July 20th, and entered the first

shell on July 21st; partly devoured this snail; left it and

entered another on August 2nd, but afterwards became en-

tangled inside the shell, and died without having moulted.

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 49

Larva ()) hatched on July 22nd, and on July 25th

entered the first shell, in which it became entangled, and

died without moulting.

Larva (e) hatched on July 25th, entered the first shell

on July 26th, and, after partly devouring the occupant,

left it and attacked a second on July 28th; was ejected

some hours afterwards by the latter, and left entangled ;

I released it and put it back on the first shell, which it

at once re-entered, but it afterwards died without having

moulted.

I have nevertheless found the exuvie of the young

larva at about 3 mm. in very small snail-shells (8-4 mm.

in diameter), and it seems more probable that the economy

of the larva in its infancy is the same as in its later growth,

and that under ordinary circumstances the first shell is

not left till after moulting, in the usual manner. It would

thus be able to attain a length of about 4 mm. at the

time of entering the second shell, at which point it is to

be found feeding, about the middle of September, prior

to hibernation. After this, the growth of the larva is

regulated by the size of the snails it happens to meet

with, its length being increased, as I have found in most

cases observed, roughly by about half the greatest diameter

of the snail attacked. The female imago may thus be

no more than 8 mm. in length, or, on the other hand,

probably not far short of 830 mm. On the Downs, larger

snails such as H. cantiana are seldom met with by the

larva, and the average length of nine naturally-reared

females which emerged this year was 10°7 mm. only.

In regard to the life history of the male, Mulsant

mentions the fact that out of one hundred and fifty shells

containing larvae, Desmarest obtained only two males,

while M. Rouget obtained only one male among about

two hundred females. Appended are a few details bearing

on this point.

As already mentioned, all of five larvae which I reared

in 1900 were females.

The shells collected in the autumn of 1901 and early

in 1902 varied from 4 to 12 mm. in their greatest

diameter (i.e. the measurement across the shell to the

outermost point of the orifice). Of those larvae that were

full-fed, nine were females and five were males. All of

the females emerged, but four of the males died as pupx

(the fifth was taken in February ; the others in September).

_TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 4

50 Mr. L. R. Crawshay on

Another shell contained the remains of a male pupa

which had probably failed to emerge in the previous

spring.

The shells containing these six males were :—

Two of them Helicella virgata, Da Costa; 8 and 9 mm.

in diameter respectively.

Four of them /elicella caperata, Montagu, 7, 7, 7, and

S mm. in diameter respectively.

Another shell found at the same time, containing a

male pupa skin, was that of Helicella caperata, 6 mm. in

diameter.

The following table shows the greatest diameter of

thirty-seven winter shells {all naturally occupied by larvee),

and the state of the insect after hibernation :—

2 shells of 4 mm. in diam. produced 2 undeveloped larve.

= ” Dy ” ” 2 ” ”

a) ” 6 5, ” ” es ” ” and 1 or

6 ” 7 ” ” ; 3 ” ” » 36.

6 ” 8 ” ” 4 ” F) » 26.

5 ” 9s, ” ” 4 ” ” Lt

11 ” 10-12 ” 9 2 ” ” ” 9 ce

In other words, all full-fed larvee occupying shells of

6—9 mm., and averaging 7} mm., were males, and all those

occupying shells over 9 mm. were females; which result

might, in fact, be expected approximately, considering

that the male imago never perhaps attains the minimum

length of the female.

The females probably outnumber the males very consider-

ably, while the male larva must be sought for in shells of a

small size only. But, apart from these considerations, the

male seems, for some reason, to be more difficult to rear

than the female—possibly owing to the fact that it is more

likely to complete its limited growth early in the year,

and so to be subject to a longer “period of exposure to the

exigencies of weather.

The number of eggs laid by the female may be as many

as three hundred, or even more; but the female, which

is little more than an ege-magazine, varies in size to an

extraordinary degree, and the number of eggs must vary

greatly in proportion. In a female of 19 mm. I found

two hundred and sixty-seven, but in smaller examples

the numbers were far short of this. The two that laid

(presumably 10 mm. and 13 mm. respectively) cannot

either of them have laid more than about forty; the abdo-

—

The Life History of Drilus flavescens. 51

men of another (11 mm.), nine days after leaving the shell,

contained thirty-three; while in another (8 mm.), seven

days after leaving the shell, there were only four or five

developed ova, and the abdomen could hardly have

contained more than fifteen or twenty.

The following case of cannibalism occurred in the

present year :—

Two larve, “A” and “B,” were due to leave their shells

about the same date, early in July, and both had already

moulted. “A” left its shell first, and escaping unobserved

into the division of “B,’ entered the shell and attacked

and devoured the unfortunate occupant. The unconsumed

remains of “B” were afterwards cast back and left near

the orifice of the shell, and the larva “A” in due time

moulted, evacuating the shell thirty-five days after the

probable date of entering it.

Among a number of shells examined, which have con-

tained larve, I have not noticed any clear case of parasitic

attack on the species. I am indebted to Mr. C. O. Water-

house for his kind assistance in connection with the

subject of this paper.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Figure 1, Left antenna of larva, partially withdrawn.

2. Spiracle of larva, projecting from horny encasement.

3. Part of intermediate leg of larva.

» 4 Female imago.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Figure 1. Active form of larva; part of head, showing antennze

and mandibles (antennze extended),

2. Winter form of undeveloped larva; part of head, showing

antenn and mandibles.

3. Winter form of full-fed larva; part of head, showing

antennee and mandibles,

», la. Active form of larva ; last segment.

2a. Winter form of undeveloped larva ; last segment.

oe oa: ES » 9) full-fed larva ; last segment.

+P)

Ill. On the Genus Deilemera, Hiibner. By CoLONEL

CHARLES SWINHOE, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Read Feb. 4th, 1903.]

_Puates IIT anp IV.

THE genus Nyctemera was erected by Hiibner in the

Verzeichniss, p. 178, and diagnosed as “ Die Fliigel weiss

und weissfleckig schwarz gesaiumt.” Under this genus

Hiibner put seven species in the following order :—

hesperia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iui, pl. 251, f. A. B. (1780).

cajras Orin Wl Nx. Hat.ai1, pl..p, fF 780):

nerina, Drury, l.c., f. 2.

coleta, Cram., ].c., iv, pl. 368, f. D. H. (1782).

jamal, Drury, le. u, pl. 1 £3 A773):

atralba, Hiibner = tripunctaria, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p.

523 (1758).

lacticinia, Cram., |. c., 11, pl. 128, f. E. (1779).

Walker in the 2nd vol. of his Catalogue, p. 402, erected

the genus Ofroeda, placing therein in the following order :—

hesperia, Cram., |. ¢.,

occidentis, Walker, 11, 403,

vesperina, Walker, 1, 403,

caffra, Drury, 1. c.,

nerina, Drury, |. c.,

leaving coleta, Cram., as the type of Hiibner’s genus Vycte-

mera; and this seems to have been followed ever since,

except that Hampson makes /acficinia, the seventh in the

list of Hubner’s named species, the type of the genus.

No author in erecting a new genus can be justified in

removing the first three species, including of course the

type, of a genus already in existence, yet this is what

Walker did.

It is not only that hesperia, being the first species in the

seven under the genus Nyctemera, is thus made the type

of the genus, but Hiibner’s diagnosis, “ wings white with

white-spotted black borders,” is a good description of

hesperia, and not of any one of Walker’s so-called Nyctemeras;

consequently as hesperiais the type of the genus Nyctemera

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL)

54 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Walker’s genus Otvoeda becomes asynonym, and as hesperia

is a Lymantrid, another name must be found for the species

hitherto erroneously referred to WV; ye temera.

This is not far to seek ; Hiibner’s next genus Deilemera

contains a single species only, evergisia, Cram. .. and about

this type there can be no mistake.

For some of the other species in this genus five genera

have been erected by different authors. I have had one

or two examples of species in each genus denuded of their

wing scales, and after carefully working through the species

have come to the conclusion that structurally there is no

essential difference* between them, and that the genus

Deilemera, Hiibner, must include them all.

The scheme of neuration of the fore-wings is practically

the same throughout; the length of the areole, by which

Hampson separates Deilemera from the rest of the species,

appears to be as variable as its breadth, in fact both its size

and shape vary not only in individuals ‘of the same species,

but in the right and left wing of the same individual.

In the hind-wings veins 6 and 7 are generally stalked ;

in the few instances where 6 and 7 arise from the cell, this

difference is found to be correlated with a difference in the

structure of the antenne and palpi, and may be legitimately

employed for the purposes of sub-division ; thus the species

included under Pitasi/a, Moore, and Atasea, Swinhoe, which

have veins 6 and 7 arising from the cell, agree in also

having the palpi much shorter than the others, Atasca

being separated from Pitasi/a by the antenne in both

sexes being simply pubescent, with a short bristle from

each joint, whereas in Pitasila they are bipectinate in both

sexes, the pectinations being short.

Tn the large majority of cases, those with veins 6 and 7

of the hind-wings stalked, with longer palpi and more fully

pectinated antennie, secondary sexual characters are avail-

able for sub-division; thus a few species with evergista,

Cram., the type of the genus, have in the male the inner

margin of the fore-wings strongly convex, and the inner

margin of hind-wings amplified and containing a fold and

furrow, the outer margin produced and straight from the

anal angle, not rounded, so that the hind-wing becomes

oblong im shape.

Again in coleta, Craim., the fore tibia in the male bears a

long pencil of hairs, and the species is further separated by

* Except in coleta, where vein 11 is short stalked with 9 and 10.

The Genus Deilemera. 55

a slight difference in neuration, vein 11 of fore-wings being

stalked with 9 and 10.

A third sub-division of Section IL is necessary for the

African species, including lewconoé, Hoptter; in this the

hind-legs of the male sutfer great modification, the coxe

are greatly elongated, the femora still more so, the tibiz

are all but obsolete and without spurs, while the tarsi are

much attenuated and almost equal to the femora in length,

and are accompanied by a tuft of hairs as long as them-

selves, from the femoro-tibial joint.

The fourth sub-division contains species without second-

ary sexual characteristics, and will include all the species

heretofore placed under TZvripheromera, Zonosoma, and

Leptosoma, amongst which there is no ditference whatever,

except in the pattern and sometimes as in cenis in the

length of the wings.

As might be expected with moths of weak flight, nearly

every island contains its own peculiar form; this of course

does not of a necessity make each a good species, as in

baulus, Boisd.= mundipicta, Walker, forms of which are

found in nearly all the islands (probably in all), from the

Philippines to the Solomon Group, and although one can

generally trace some small difference in each, the differences

are too slight for any attempt to make any distinctions.

The Family NYCTEMERID stood for many years by

itself, next to the CALLIDULIDA, where Kirby puts it

in his catalogue of Heterocera. Meyrick, in Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 1886, p. 687, put the members of this group into

the Family HYPSIDA = AGANAIDA, and though

Hampson, in his Moths of India, vol. 11, put them into

the ARCTIIDA, they have now been put in the National

Collection with the Aganaidz, which is evidently their

proper place, and they form a sub-division of that Family.

KEY TO THE SUB-DIVISIONS OF Deilemera.

Section I, Veins 6 and 7 of hind-wings not stalked, palpi short.

A. Antenne not pectimated. -. . . . .. . (Atasca)

p. Antenne shortly pectinated. . . . . . (Pitasild)

Section II. Veins 6 and 7 of hind-wings stalked, palpi longer,

antenne with long pectinations.

A, Both wings of male abnormally developed. (Deilemera)

B. Male with long tuft of hair to fore tibia. (coleta group)

c. Male with abnormal hind-legs. . . . . (lewconoé group)

D. Without secondary sexual characters. (Tripheromera* )

* Leptosoma and Zoiosoma being praeoecupied.

56 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Genus DEtLeMERA, Hiibner, Verz. Schmett, p. 178 (1815).

Leptosoma, Boisd., Voy de l Astrolabe Lep., p. 197 (1832)

(pracoce. ).

Pitasila, Moore, P.Z. 8., 1877, p. 599.

Zonosoma, Butler, Ill. Het. B. M., v, p. 44 (1881) (praeocc.).

Tripheromera, Butler, l.c., p. 45.

Tristania, Kirby, Cat. Het., i, p. 423 (1892).

Atasca, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 139 (1892).

SECTION 1.

Veins 6 and 7 of hind-wings not stalked, palpi short.

A, ANTENNA NOT PECTINATED. . . . . (Atascc)

DEILEMERA PELLEX.

Phalena (Noctua) pellex, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, p. 530 (1758).

Leptosoma pellex, Aurivillius, Ree. Crit. in Sv. Ak. Handl.,

xix (5), p. 161, pl. 1, £ 5 (1882).

Atasca pellex, Swinhoe, |. c.

Nyctemera artemis, Walker, 1, 394 (1854).

Nyctemera separata, Walker, xxxi, 204 (1864).

Sixteen examples from Batjan, Ceram, Aru, N. Guinea,

Fergusson Isl., and N. Ireland. Type separate from Gilolo

is in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA ALBIPUNCTA. (PI. III, f. 8.)

Deilemera albipuncta, Druce, P. Z.S., 1888, p. 573.

x . Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 164.

Two examples from Guadaleanar Island (J/eck). A

very distinct species.

DEILEMERA SIGNATA.

Deilemera signata, Butler, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 586.

Nyctemera signata, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1891,

p. 152.

The type female from Darnley Island; it may be ar

extreme form of pe//ex, but it is impossible to say, without

seeing more examples.

DEILEMERA EGROTA.

Leptosoma xgrotum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p- 145, pl. v, f. 15 (1892).

The Genus Deilemera. al

Nyctemera xgrotwm, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p: 135.

Two females from Queensland and one male from S.E.

Australia. Type from N.S. Wales in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA SIMPLEX.

Nyctemera simplex, Walker, xxxi, 207 (1864).

Atasea simplex, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 140,

pl. 5, £ 18 (1892).

Nyctemera dovix, Oberth., Ann. Mus. Genov., xv, pl. 4, f. 2

(1883).

The type from N. Guinea is in Mus. Oxon. Oberthiir’s

type came from the same locality.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA QUADRIPLAGA.

Nyctemera quadriplaga, Walker, xxxi, 207 (1864).

Atasca quadriplaga, Swinhoc, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. 140, plo, & 991892).

The type from New Guinea is in Mus. Oxon.

It is not in the B. M.

B. ANTENNE SHORTLY PECTINATED. . . (P2tasilw)

DEILEMERA VARIANS.

Nyctemera varians, Walker, 11, 400 (1854).

Pitasila varians, Butler, Ill. Het. B. M., v, p. 46, pl. 88,

f. 4 (1881).

Pitasila moolaica, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 847, pl. 53, f. 10.

Fourteen examples from Kashmir, Sikkim, Cachar,

Karen Hills, Toungyen and Tenasserim, including both

types.

DEILEMERA INCONSTANS.

Pitasila inconstans, Butler, P. Z.S., 1880, p. 672.

5 Es Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon.,i, p. 139.

(1892).

Six examples from Formosa, including the type, one

from Carniguen, and one from Tizard Bank, China.

DEILEMERA SEMPERT, nov.

d. Palpi black, face, frons, head and fore part of thorax ochreous,

a black spot on the frons, one on top of head, two on the collar, two

58 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

on each patagia, two transverse black bands on the thorax in front,

and a black spot behind, lower half of thorax and abdomen white, the

latter with a dorsal row of black spots, one on each segment, and

lateral double rows of black dots, anal tuft ochreous ; fore-wings

black, with white markings, much as in P. disrupta, Butler, from the

Solomon Islands, but there is an additional band of three white spots

between the basal streak and the discal band, the latter is entire and

is composed of five large spots: the hind-wings are white with a

black marginal band containing two apical spots, and another a little

below the middle, as in disrupte.

Expanse of wings 2,'; inches.

Hab, PALAWAN (Doherty).

One example; there are several from the Philippines

in Mr. Herbert Druce’s coll. It is the insect figured by

Herr Semper as Pitasila leucospilota, Moore, in his great

work on the Phil. Schmett, Heterocera, pl. 59, f. 6;

though of course allied to that species it is absolutely

distinct from it.

DEILEMERA BIJUNCTELLA.

Nyctemera bijunetella, Walker, xxxv, 1880 (1866).

Pitasila bijunctella, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 139

(1892),

Leptosoma maculosum, Felder (nec Walker), Reise Nov.

Lep., pl. 1038, f. 2 (1869).

The type example from the Philippines.

DEILEMERA BURICA,

Nyctemera burica, Holland, Nov. Zool., vu, p. 560 (1900).

be » Lag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 156.

One example from Sula Mangoli.

The type came from Buru.

DEILEMERA DISTINCTA, nov. (Pl. IV, f. 4.)

d ¢@. White, head, thorax and tip of abdomen tinged with

ochreous, last joint of palpi brown, one black spot on frons, two

on collar and five on thorax, and a duplex row of black dots on the

sides of the pure white abdomen ; wings with pale black bands, very

much thinner in the female than in the male ; on the fore-wings the

basal two-thirds of the subeostal vein is broadly black and is joined

to a spot on the costa before its end, and connected with the hinder

The Genus Deilemera. 59

margin by two bands, forming a circle ; there is a spot on the costa

near the base, another on the hinder margin beyond the middle,

submarginal and marginal irregular bands, the former almost con-

nected by a streak with a spot on the costa above the end of the cell ;

hind-wings with an outer marginal band, which is disconnected in its

middle and has an apical white spot in the male, and is disconnected

both at the middle and near the apex in the female.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab, SANGIR (Doherty).

Two males and one female.

DEILEMERA OROYA, nov. (PI. LV, f. 8.)

Q. Palpi with the second and third joints black, first joint white,

antennze black ; head, body, legs and wings white, a tinge of ochreous

on face, head, shoulders, and tip of abdomen ; a black spot on the

frons, one on the head, two on the collar, five on the thorax, a black

dot on each segment of the abdomen on the sides, and a black line

below them divided by the segments : wings with the bands and

spots pale black ; fore-wings with a spot on costa before the middle,

one at upper end of cell, a submarginal irregular band, ending at

the hinder angle and joined to the outer margin below the apex,

forming a large subapical white spot or space, a thickening on the

basal half of subcostal vein, a slight thickening at the origin of vein

2 and another on the discoidal vein; hind-wings with an outer

marginal band, containing two submarginal spots, subapical and

medial.

Expanse of wings 1 8, inches.

Hab. SULA Best (Voherty).

Two examples.

DEILEMERA ABRAXOIDES.

Nyctemera abraxoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi,

p. 93 (1862).

Pitasila abravoides, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i,

p. 139 (1892).

Two examples from Borneo, including the type.

DEILEMERA AMOSA, nov. (Pl. IV, f.6.)

3 2. Palpi, head and thorax yellow, a black spot between the

antennee, another behind it, four on the collar and four on the thorax,

abdomen white, anal tuft yellow ; fore-wings pale chocolate-erey, a

white spot before the middle divided by the median vein, a longer

60 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

white spot beneath it in the hinder margin, a broad discal white

band, from the costa a little beyond the middle, widening in its

centre and attenuated towards the hinder margin, three white sub-

marginal spots as in Atasca pellex, Linn. ; hind-wings white with a

broad chocolate-grey even band, containing two submarginal white

spots, one subapical, the other beyond the middle.

Expanse of wings 13 inches.

Hab. DAMMA ISLAND.

DEILEMERA DISRUPTA.

Pitasila disrupta, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xix, p. 223

(1887).

Six examples from the Duke of York Island, Kiriwini

and Alu, including the type.

DEILEMERA SELECTA.

Nyctemera selecta, Walker, 1, 399 (1854).

~ » Lag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 156. .

Six examples from Alu, and the type without locality.

DEILEMERA VARIOLOSA.

Nyctemera variolosa, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 129, f.

15 (1875).

Pitasila variolosa, Cotes and Swinhoe, Cat. Het., p. 80

(1887).

Two examples from the Andaman Islands and one from

the Nicobars.

DEILEMERA LEUCOSPILOTA.

Nyctemera leucospilota, Moore, P. Z.8., 1887, p. 509, pl. 58,

tee

Pitasila leucospilota, Kirby, Cat., p. 422 (1892).

Hight examples from the Andaman Islands, including

the type.

This form and disrupia, Pagenstecher sinks as synonyms

to selecta (p. 156): Sir George Hampson sinks abraxoides,

byunetella, and disrupta, omittiug inconstans. I cannot

agree with either. Semper reared some from larve, but there

is nothing to show that the eggs of one female produced

two forms: dijunctella and inconstans are nearest to each

The Genus Deilemera. 61

other in pattern, and may be local forms of the same thing,

abraxoides seems to be very distinct: the members of each

species shown above do not vary, there is not one inter-

mediate form amongst them, and therefore unless proved

otherwise by breeding they must be kept distinct.

DEILEMERA GUTTULOSA.

Nyctemera guttulosa, Walker, xxxi, 201 (1864).

Pitasila guttulosa, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 138

(1892),

Nyctemera abrazxata, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 73, pl. 6,

f. 6 (1879).

One example (the type) from Celebes; there are two

from the same locality in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA SPECULARIS.

Nyctemera specularis, Walker, vii, 1665 (1856).

Pitasila specularis, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 139

(1892).

Two examples including the type from Ceram; there are

two also from the same locality in Mus. Oxon.

SECTION II.

Veins 6 and 7 of hind-wings stalked, palpi longer, antennze with

long pectinations.

A, BOTH WINGS OF MALE ABNORMALLY DEVELOPED, (Deilemera)

DEILEMERA EVERGISTA.

Phalena (Geometra) evergista, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, p. 155,

pl. 369, f. E (1781).

Deilemera evergista, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon.,1, p. 147

(1892).

Two examples from Amboina.

DEILEMERA UNIPLAGA, nov. (PI. III, f. 2.)

é- Palpi with first joint ochreous, second and third joints black,

ochreous inside and with ochreous tips; antenne black ; head,

thorax and abdomen dark ochreous with black bands and spots, a

spot on the frons, one behind base of antenne, four on the collar,

three on the thorax, and a band on each segment of the abdomen ;

fore-wings blackish-brown with a large white patch in the disc,

extending from below vein 3 across the end of the cell to the costa

where it is narrowest ; hind-wings white with a broad blackish-brown

62 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

marginal border, which suddenly becomes diffuse and ends after

rounding the angle: on the under-side the wings are as on the upper-

side, quite as dark, the veins in the fore-wings pale and a subapical

white dot.

Expanse of wings 2;'; inches.

Hab, Frerausson Ist. (A. S. Meek).

Two examples; wings shaped as in D. evergista, Cram.

Pagenstecher in Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901, p. 165,

sinks mutabilis, Walker, from Ternate (noted in Cat. Het.

Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 147), to evergista, Cram., but this cannot

hold, the white patch in the disc of fore-wing inclines

inwards, whereas in evergista it inclines outwards and is

altogether of a different nature.

DEILEMERA INTERCISA.

Nyctemera wntercisa, Walker, xxxi, 205 (1864).

Deilemera intercisa, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 147

(1892).

The type from Amboina is in Mus, Oxon. It is not in

the B. M.

DEILEMERA MACULATA.

Nyctemera maculata, Walker, 11, 396 (1854).

. a Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 1682, 1.0:

Nyctemera noviespunctatum, Voll., Tid. v. Dierk., 1, p. 42

(1863).

One example (the type) without locality, from Children’s

coll., probably Java.

DEILEMERA ZRES.

Leptosoma exes, Boisd., Voy. de lAstrolabe Lep., p. 198

(1832).

Nyctemera mutabilis, var., Walker, xxxi, 206 (1864).

Deilemera mutabilis, Swinhoe (note), Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon.,

i, p. 147 (1892).

Walker’s type from Ternate and one example from

Buru.

DEILEMERA LEUCTRA, nov. (PI. IV, f. 5.)

49. Palpi with the first joint yellow, second and third black,

head, thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow, with black spots and

The Genus Deilemera. 63

bands, a spot on the frons, one behind the base of the antenne, four

on the collar, five on the thorax and broad segmental bands on the

abdomen ; fore-wings black, witha large white patch (as in D. miilleri,

Voll.) at the base, a larger white patch covering the whole of the dise,

extending from near the costa to near the hinder margin, its inner

margin recurved, its outer margin outwardly dentated, its lower side

having a small square projection, two submarginal white spots, one

a little above the middle, the other larger and subapical ; hind-wings

white with a broad black band, with two white spots as in the fore-

wings, the band complete in the female, but in the male it terminates

abruptly at vein 2, and is followed by two black spots.

Expanse of wings 2,1; inches.

Hab. SANGIR (Doherty); TALAUT (Doherty).

Allied to D. miilleri, Voll, from Borneo, which is very

distinct from D. cavissima, Swinhoe, from Assam. Pagen-

stecher on p. 164 puts them together ; though the pattern

of the wings is somewhat similar the shape of the two

insects is very different, carissima having long narrow

wings and in the male an excavation in the hind-wings

a little before the anal angle, making the angle produced

hindwards.

DEILEMERA GERRA, nov. (PI. IV, f. 1.)

¢ 2. Palpi, head and body as in D. leuctra ; fore-wings blackish-

brown, a white basal patch narrower than in Jevctra, a narrow discal

white patch with a round excavation on its inner side, toothed on its

outer side, but with no square projection hind-wards ; hind-wings

white with a broad blackish-brown band with the white spots as in

leuctra, but without the two black spots in the male in continuation

of the marginal band.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab, TALAvT (Doherty).

The white bands on the fore-wings of the female are

rather broader than those in the male.

DEILEMERA MULLERI.

Leptosoma miilleri, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk, i, p. 41 (1863).

Deilemera miilleri, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 164.

Two males and three females from Borneo.

64 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

DEILEMERA CARISSIMA.

Deilemera carissima, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1891,

p. 447, pl. 19, f. 1.

Deilemera carissina, Hampson, Moths, India, ii, p. 46

(1894). -

One male and one female (types) from the Khasia Hills;

T have also a pair from the same locality in my museum.

DEILEMERA ZERENOIDES.

Tripheromera zerenoides, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), viii,

p. 380 (1881).

One female (the type) from Sumatyra.

It more nearly resembles carisstma, Swinhoe, than

anything else.

DEILEMERA ARCTATA.

Nyetemera arctata, Walker, vii, 1664 (1856).

Deilemera arctuta, Hampson, Moths, India, ui, p. 45, f. 21 2

(1894).

Nyctemera maculosa, Walker, xxxi, 198 (1864).

Five examples from Sikkim, Assam, and Burma; the

type from Cherra Punji in the Khasia Hills, Assam, is in

Mus. Oxon.

B. MALE WITH LONG TUFT OF HAIR TO FORE TIBI&.

(coleta group)

DEILEMERA COLETA.

Phalena coleta, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 368, f. H-(1781).

Nyctemera coleta, Hiibner, Verz. Schmett., p. 178 (1818).

_ _ Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 142.

Sixteen examples from Tenasserim, Singapore, Sumatra,

Borneo, Java, Amboina and Ceram.

DEILEMERA NIGROVENOSA.

Nyctemera nigrovenosa, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 394.

Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p.

141 (1892).

The Genus Deilemera. 65

Seven examples from Ceylon, including the type;

Pagenstecher following Hampson has put it as a synonym

to coleta.

DEILEMERA MELANEURA.

Leptosoma melaneura, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xii, p.

160 (1888).

2 “5 Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xlvi, p.

974 (1885).

The type example from Nias.

In my collection are two from Nias and some in Mr.

Herbert Druce’s collection ; it seems to be confined to the

Island and is quite distinct from either coleta or nigrovenosa.

C, MALE WITH ABNORMAL HIND LEGS. . (leucono’ group)

DEILEMERA LEUCONOE.

Nyctemera leuconoé, Hopfter, Berl. Mon. Acad., p. 422

(1857).

Leptosoma leuconoé, Butler, P. Z.8., 1898, p. 419.

Three examples from Abyssinia, one from Foda, four

labelled E. Africa, two from Nyassa Land, two from Zomba,

one from Delagoa Bay, and six from Natal.

DEILEMERA INSULARIS,

Leptosoma insulare, Boisd., Faun. Madag., p. 84, pl. 12, f 1

(1833). ;

Three examples from Madagascar.

DEILEMERA CONSORS.

Leptosoma consors, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xv, p. 192

GUSTO):

The type from the Island of Johanna.

DEILEMERA FALLAX.

Nyctemera fallax, Holland, Ent. News. and Proc. Ent. Soc.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., iv, p. 59 (1893).

F Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901, p.

147.

One example from Ogove River ; the type came from the

same locality and is in coll. Holland.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 5

66 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

DEILEMERA PERSPICUA.

Nyctemera perspicua, Walker, 11, 898 (1854).

Ten examples from Sierra Leone, Old Calabar, and the

Congo, including the type.

DEILEMERA BIFORMIS.

Nychthemera biformis, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., ii, p. 87

(1878).

Nyctemera biformis, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 149.

Nyctemera mabillei, Butler, Ent. Mo, Mag., xix, p. 57

(1882).

Two males and one female (Butler's type) from

Madagascar.

In Ent. Mo. Mag., xix, p. 57, Butler says, that as they

have received in the B. M. a black female from Madagascar

almost exactly like the male, the white insect described

by Mabille cannot be the female of biformis. J have care-

fully examined thisso-called black female ; it is not a female,

but a male with frenulum and retinaculum complete,

and I cannot therefore see why this white female should

not be the female of Jiformis, and it must stand as such

until proved otherwise.

DEILEMERA APICALIS.

Nyctemera apicalis, Walker, 1, 395 (1854).

- 2 Waterhouse, Aid, pl. 178, f. 4 (1880).

. A Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 145.

One example (type) from W. Africa, and one from

Ashanti.

Kirby put tricolor, Felder, as a var. of this species,

and Pagenstecher does the same; but judging from

Felder’s figure I do not believe this to be correct, apicalis

having a very broad discal pure white band.

DEILEMERA RESTRICTA.

Leptosoma restrictum, Butler, P. Z.S., 1894, p. 585.

Nyctemera restrictum, Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1901, p. 146.

Four examples from E. Africa, including the type.

The Genus Deilemera. 67

DEILEMERA ANTINORILI.

Nyetemera antinorii, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genova, xv,

po les; plot; fT (sso):

Two from Sierra Leone, two from Mongo-ma-Lobak,

nine from Old Calabar, three from the River Nigra, and

one from the Cameroons.

DEILEMERA ACRAINA.

Nyctemera acreina, Druce, P. Z. 8., 1882, p. 780.

Type, Calabar in coll. Druce.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA CHROMIS.

Nyctemera chromis, Druce, P. Z. S., 1882, p. 780, pl. 65, f. 2.

The type from W. Africa is in coll. Druce.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA FULLERL.

Nyctemera fulleri, Drace, Ent. Mo. Mag., xx, p. 157 (1883).

The type from the Cameroons is in coll. Druce.

It is not in the B. M.

D. WITHOUT SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. — (7'ripheromera)

DEILEMERA PLAGIFERA.

Nyctemera plagifera, Walker, u, 400 (1854).

Tripheromera plagifera, Butler, Il. Het. B. M., v, p. 45,

pl. 88, f. 3 (1881).

Twenty-five examp'es from W. China, Loochoo, Hong

Kong, Nepaul, Darjiling, Assam, Silhet (type), and the

Nilgiri Hills.

DEILEMERA LUDEKINGII.

Leptosoma ludekingit, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 49 (1863).

F Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xlii, p. 108,

pl os b. t h (1S99)

> ys Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

Osea pleat, Lill,

One example from Sumatra. Pagenstecher’s figure is

better than Snellen’s, Pagenstecher puts zerenoides,

68 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Butler, as a synonym, but that species belongs to a dif-

ferent section of the Family.

DEILEMERA CENIS.

Phalena cenis, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 147, f. E (1777).

Nyctemera interlectum, Walker, 11,400 (1854).

Fifteen examples from Loo Choo, Shan States, Kashmir,

Dera Dhun, Chin Hills, Jawai Hills, Darjiling, Sikkim,

Assam, and Walker's type from Silhet.

DEILEMERA ANNULATA.

Leptosoma annulatum, Boisd., Voy. de Astrolabe Lep., p.

MES alloaay ih, 2) (iets 74)

Nyctemera annulata, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

Nyctemera doubledayi, Walker, 11,392 (1854).

Fourteen examples from New Zealand including Walker's

type.

DEILEMERA AMICA.

Aglages amicus, White in Grey’s Journ. Exped. Austral.,

ii, p. 482 (1841).

Nyctemera amica, Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2), 1,

p. 760 (1886).

Nyctemera annulata, Walker (nec Boisd.), 11, 391 (1854).

Leptosoma plagiatum, Guen., Ent. Mo. Mag., v, p. 2 (1868).

Nyetemera conica, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

(oe

Eleven examples from $.E. Australia; Pagenstecher’s

conica is evidently a misprint for @mzcc.

DEILEMERA SECUNDARIA.

Leptosoma secundariwm, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,

vi, p. 280 (1891).

Four examples from Queensland, ditfering nearly as

much from amica as amica does from annulata.

DEILEMERA LATEMARGINATA. (PI. III, fi 4.)

Nyctemera latemarginata, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1901;-p) 14:

One example from N. Guinea.

The Genus Deilemera. 69

It has only two spots on the fore-wings, and is therefore

not absolutely identical with Pagenstecher’s type, but I

am convinced it must belong to the same species.

DEILEMERA DISTINCTA.

Nyctemera distincta, Walker, 11, 892 (1854).

-f : Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

PaclO SH ole 2ecteele

Five examples from Java including the type. Pagen-

stecher’s figure does not well represent the typical form ;

the type has hardly an indication of the white discal band

of fore-wings, and in none of the examples in this Museum

is the band plainly shown, and the yellow streaks are very

faintly indicated.

DEILEMERA Poplya, nov. (PI. III, figs. 3 and 7.)

¢ Q. First joint of palpi bright ochreous, second and third black, a

large black spot on frons, one behind the base of antennz, twoon collar,

one on each shoulder, three black longitudinal stripes on the thorax,

all the spots and stripes edged with bright ochreous ; fore-wings dark

blackish-brown above and below, a broad white discal band on the

under-side, from vein 2 to the costa; vein 1, the median and sub-costal

veins white ; on the upper-side the broad white band can be very dis-

tinctly seen, and all the veins on the basal third are yellow ; the hind-

wings are white with a broad blackish-brown border and with some

brown suffusion at the base; cilia whitish ; abdomen grey with

white segmental bands and gold tip.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inches.

Hab. JAVA, six examples.

On the upper-side it is something lke distincta, but

the band on the hind-wings is much narrower, and the

abdomen is whiter, pure white beneath, with a double

row of black spots on each side ; underneath the markings

of fore-wings are very distinctive.

DEILEMERA TRITA.

Nyctemera trita, Walker, u, 394 (1854).

rr 7 Moore, Cat; ep. EAC. ix) p. 331, pl. 8a,

f. 9 (1858).

Leptosoma tritum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 148

(1892).

Nine examples from Java, including the type.

70 Colonel ©. Swinhoe on

DEILEMERA SUBVELATA.

Nyctemera subvelata, Walker, xxx1, 200 (1864).

Leptosoma subvelatwm, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. 144 (1892).

Leptosoma infuscata, Hoptier, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxv, p. 44

(1874).

Nyctemera infuscata, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p: 129.

Three examples from Celebes, including Walker’s type.

I have examples in my own Museum from Celebes that

have been identified as in/uscata by Pagenstecher.

DEILEMERA CLATHRATA.

Leptosoma clathratum, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 48 (1863).

Nyctemera clathratum, Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

TOOM os USC ipl 2a 2s

One male from Ceram which seems identical with

Pagenstecher’s figure 1s in my coll.

lt is not in the B. M.

D&EILEMERA ASSIMILE.

Leptosoma assinile, Voll.. Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 89 (1863).

Nyetemera assimile, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

pe LOS ple 2.

Leptosoma confusum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p.

144 (1892)

One example from Java. The types of confusum from

Java are in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA ALTERNATA.

Nyctemera alternata, Walker, xxxv, 1879 (1866).

* - Semper, Phil. Sclimett., p. 495, pl. 58,

Peo Los S99):

The type example from the Philippines.

DEILEMERA RADIATA.

Nyctemera radiata, Walker, vu, 1664 (1856).

7 Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 494, pl. 58,

f, 8, 2 (1899).

Leptosoma radiata, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 142,

luo, f LOEIS02);

The Genus Deilemera. 71

Two females from the Philippines.

The type from Manilla is in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA VELANS.

Nyctemera velans, Walker, xxxi, 200 (1864).

Leptosoma velans, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 144,

pl. 5,.f£ 7 (1892).

Nyctemera velans, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901, p.

131.

The type from Celebes is in Mus. Oxon.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA LOMBOKIANA, Nov.

¢ 2. Palpi with first joint ochreous, second and third black, frons

and head pale ochreous, nearly white, a black spot on frons, one on

head and two on collar, all large ; thorax and abdomen dark brown,

the former with longitudinal pale yellow lines, the latter with white

hairs and indistinct whitish segmental bands and ochreous tip ;

wings of auniform dark brown ; fore-wings with veins yellowish on

basal third, an indistinct discal band of six inconspicuous small

spots, the last two the largest, the others uniform in size and very

small, all of them suffused more or less with brown ; hind-wings

with a small central space whitish.

Expanse of wings 1,5, inches.

Hab. LOMBOCK, one pair.

Received from a Continental dealer as NV. lombokiana,

Fruhstorfer; but I can find no reference: it is allied to

assimile, Voll., and propria, Swinhoe.

DEILEMERA PROPRIA.

Leptosoma proprium, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. 144, pl. 5, f. 12 (1892).

Nyctemera proprium, Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 495, pl. 58,

fi 11 3; 12; 13; 14 2 899).

The types f 9 from the Philippines are in Mus. Oxon.

Semper records it from the Babuyan Islands, Bohol,

Camotes, and East Mindanao. It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA QUADRIGUTTATA.

Leptosoma quadriguttatwm, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 40

(1863).

Nyctemera quadriguttatum, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1901, p. 114, pl. 2, f. 9.

SJ)

2 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

One example from Java.

Not the same as hondekwm, Swinhoe, as Pagenstecher

says: that species being more nearly allied to distincta,

Walker.

DEILEMERA SEXMACULATA,

Leptosoma seemaculatum, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xix,

222 (1887).

Nyctemera aolensis, Druce, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 573.

Two males and four females, Alu, Solomon Islands,

including Butler’s type ; Druce’s type came from Guadal-

canar, Solomon Islands; there is much less white in the

females than in the males, especially on the hind-wings.

DEILEMERA EXTENDENS.

Nyetemera extendens, Walker, vii, 1666 (1856).

. Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. L2G plo eel

Nyctemera horites, Druce, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 573.

Walker’s type from New Hebrides and nine examples

from Alu, Solomon Islands; Druce’s type, a female, also

came from the Solomon Islands. I have it in my coll.

from Treasury Isl. and New Georgia.

DEILEMERA SYRNIA, nov. (PI. III, f. 6.)

2. Palpi with the first joint dull orange, second and third joints

black, large deep black spots edged with pale orange, filling up all

the spaces, one on the frons, one behind the base of antenne, two on

the collar, one on each shoulder, and three longitudinal stripes

similarly edged filling up the entire surface of the thorax ; abdomen

black, tip ochreous, segmental bands thin and white above, broad

and ochreous beneath ; fore-wings deep black, vein 1 and the median

vein slightly ochreous towards the base, a discal white band, divided

by the veins into seven spots, much indented, almost dislocated at

the lower end of the cell, the upper spot near the costa very small,

the fourth and seventh much smaller than the rest, the seventh just

below vein 2; hind-wings with a broad deep black marginal band,

scooped inwards from veins 2 to 5, extending along the costa and

partly up the abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inches.

Hab, FERGUSSON ISLAND (Meek).

Two examples.

The Genus Deilemera. ie

DEILEMERA KAPAURENSIS, nov. (PI. IIT, f. 1.)

Q. Allied to syrnia, fore-wings not quite so deep black, all the

veins in the basal half whitish, the discal band similarly shaped, but

broader, the subcostal spot as large as the lowest spot, the band

extending below vein 1 forming eight spots, a white stripe in the

basal two-thirds of the hinder margin ; hind-wings as in syrnia, but

the costal band with a short production hindwards in its centre ; the

abdomen also differs in being ochreous below, with black segmental

macular bands.

Expanse of wings 1,5, inches.

Hab. Kapaur, N. Guinea (Doherty).

One example.

DEILEMERA DRUCEI, nov.

¢ 9. Palpi black, ochreous beneath and at the base, face and head

ochreous, but with the spots so large as to make them look black,

thorax black with ochreous longitudinal stripes, abdomen black ; with

ochreous segmental bands and ochreous tip ; fore-wings deep black, in

the male there is a white mark below end of cell which looks like the

termination of a stripe from the base, this is wanting in the female ;

a white discal band, not macular, fairly uniform in width, curved in-

wards, with two indentations on its inner side ; on the basal third the

veins are s'ightly ochreous, and there is a white streak on the hinder

margin, from the base to two-thirds its length ; hind-wings white

with the usual black marginal band, without any spots.

Expanse of wings 1,°; inches.

Hab, N. AUSTRALIA, types in Mus. Druce ; not in B. M.

The only species in the Family I have yet seen with the

discal band of fore-wings curving inwards.

DEILEMERA DISPAR, nov.

¢. Palpi with first and second joints ochreous, last joint black,

frons, head and collar ochreous, frons with one black spot, head with

a large black spot, and the collar with two, oecupying nearly the

whole space, thorax and abdomen black, the former with ochreous

longitudinal stripes, the latter with segmental white bands, which go

completely round the abdomen, are ochreous in the last two segments,

and there is an ochreous stripe along each side containing black spots ;

tip orange ; fore-wings black, veins without markings, the discal

white band broad, extending almost to the hinder margin near the

angle, divided by the veins into seven spots, much as in D. alwensis,

74 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Butler, but closer together and more compact ; hind-wings white,

with the usual black band on the margins.

Expanse of wings 1,§, inches.

Hab, Rosset IsLtaAnp, Louisiade Group.

Its black colour, without any vein markings, separates it

from the mundipicta group, which it otherwise somewhat

resembles.

DEILEMERA LACTICINIA.

Phalena (Geometra) lacticinia, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, pl. 128,

ee DOW iCO

Leptosomna lacticinia, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p- 141 (1892).

Fifteen examples from Hong Kong, Canara, Cachar,

Malabar, Nilgiri Hills, Ceylon, and Penang; the Penang

examples have the discal band of the fore-wings rather

wide, but seem otherwise identically the same as those

from India.

DEILEMERA SIMULATRIX.

Nyctemera simulatrix, Walker, xxxi, 198 (1864).

Leptosoma simulatriz, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. 143 (1892).

One example from Celebes. The type from Celebes

is in Mus. Oxon.

DEILEMERA NIGROVENA, nov. (Pl. IV, fig. 2.)

Q. First two joints of palpi dull orange-yellow, last joint black,

head and thorax orange-yellow, one black spot on the frons, one

behind the base of antennze, two black bands on the collar, a spot on

each shoulder, and three longitudinal bands on the thorax ; abdomen

white above with black segmental bands, below slightly yellow

tinged, with the bands macular ; fore-wings black, the veins on the

basal half white, discal band composed of eight spots as in mundipicta,

but well separated from each other by the veins, except the spot at

the end of the cell, which is joined to the spot outside the end ;

hind-wings white, with the usual broad marginal band, with all the

veins black ; veins 1, la, the median, and subcostal veins with a thin

band of black suffusion on each side.

Expanse of wings 2,°, inches,

Hab, SoutH CELEBES (Pruhstorfer).

One example.

The Genus Deilemera.

DEILEMERA KALA.

Leptosoma kala, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 143,

pl. 5, f. 8 (1892):

The type from Ké Island is in Mus. Oxon.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA BAULUS.

Leptosoma baulus, Boisd., Voy. de Astrolabe Lep., p. 200

(18382).

Nyctemera mundipicta, Walker, Saran Linn. Soc. Lond.,

il, p. 184 (1859).

Leptosoma mundipicta, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1

p. 141, pl. 5, f. 14 (1892).

Nyetemera herklotsit, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 39 (1863

" fr Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., L901,

joe LST OL ai,

Thirty-five examples from New Britain, New Ireland,

Borneo, Singapore, Ternate, Amboina, Trobriand Island,

Fergusson Island, Sumatra, Java and Ceram; in the Oxford

Museum it is also from Flores, Gilolo, New Guinea,

Mysol, and New Caledonia. It seems to have a very wide

range, and is variable as to the width of the discal white

wa arlhire band of the fore-wings and the marginal band of

hind-wings. There are in the B. M. ten examples from

Java, some identical with Pagenstecher’s figure of herh/otsi,

and none of them separable from baulus, and also many

examples from Buru (where Boisduval’s type came from)

are in the Tring Museum, some of which I have examined.

DEILEMERA FASCIATA.

Nyctemera fasciata, Walker, vu, 1665 (1856).

Nyetemera latistriga, Snellen (nec Walker), Tijd. v. Ent.,

Oth tO, Ceol Gp a, 5) CUS)

. x Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1901, p. 120.

Nyetemera latistriya, var. fasciata, Rober, Tijd. v. Ent.,

LOSING ]on Bd (SSH),

Nyctemera tertiana, Meyrick, Ent. Mo..Mag., xxii, p. 15

(1886).

~ . Fags lec, ps Lan

The type from Aneitum, and six examples from Fiji

76 Colonel ©. Swinhoe on

and Adelaide: it has been recorded from Celebes, Ceram,

Aru, N. Guinea, Flores, Timorlaut, Ulasser, Shortland

Island, and Solomon Islands; it 1s very doubtfully distinct

from baulus.

DEILEMERA INTEGRA. (PI. III, f. 5.)

Nyctemera integra, Walker, xxxv, 1879 (1866).

Leptosoma integra, Kirby, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), ii, p. 187

(1889).

Leptosoma imundipicta, Swinhoe (part), Cat. Het. Mus.

Oxon ip. alee otal

(1892).

Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 498,

pl. 50, f. 4 2 (1899).

One female example (the type) from the Philippines,

one from Alu, Solomon Islands, and two from the Caroline

Islands.

This species is very similar in some respects to avwndi-

preta, Walker, but it is blacker, and the spots forming the

discal band of the fore-wings are closer together and more

compact, the veins dividing them being white, not black ;

the latter have the abdomen yellower, but are otherwise

identical. The figure represents one of the Caroline Island

examples.

DEILEMERA ALUENSIS.

Nyctemera aluensis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xix, p. 222

(1887).

, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

peo.

Two male and three female examples from Alu,

Solomon Islands, including the types.

DEILEMERA KINAGANANGA, nov.

gd @. Palpi with first joint ochreous, last two black ; frons, lead

and thorax ochreous, the first with one spot, one on the head, two on

the collar ; thorax with longitudinal black stripes, and a black spot at

the base ; abdomen white with black segmental bands above, three

rows of black spots on each side ; wings very much as in D, baulus,

3o0isd, = mundipicta, Walker, except that the hinder margin of

fore-wings has a white stripe from base to below the discal band, and

A . Land

The Genus Deilemera. mm

a prominent white streak in the interno-median interspace, also from

the base to near the discal band; the black band on the hind-wings

is as narrow as it 1s in lacticinia, Cram.

Expanse of wings 1,°, inches.

Hab. KINAGANANG, New Britain.

DEILEMERA KONDEKA.

Leptosoma kondekum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. 144 (1892).

One example from Java. Types from Java in Mus.

Oxon.

DEILEMERA ILLUSTRIS, nov.

¢ @. Last joint of palpi black, first and second joints, the head

and collar bright ochreous, a black spot on the frons, one on top of

head and four on the collar ; thorax and abdomen white, tinged with

yellow in parts, the last two joints of abdomen bright ochreous ;

thorax with three longitudinal black bands, abdomen with a black

band on each segment ; fore-wings brown, blackish on the outer half,

pale and tinged with green on the basal half; a white streak on

hinder margin for two-thirds its length, the veins on the basal half

white, a white streak through the middle of the cell, another white

streak much broader in the interno-median interspace from the base

to the discal band, where it runs into and forms the lowest spot of

the six that form the band; the second spot is large and kidney-

shaped, the first and third are the smallest, the fourth longer, the

fifth longest ; hind-wings with a black outer border, as in mundipicta.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab, Atv, Solomon Islands.

Two pairs, described by Dr. Butler as a/uensis, var., but

they are certainly quite distinct from that species.

DEILEMERA NISA, nov. (PI. IV, f. 7.)

6 ¢@. Palpi with the first joint ochreous, second and third black,

head and collar ochreous, a black spot on the frons, one on top of head,

two on the collar, one on each shoulder ; thorax and abdomen white,

the hind part of the former and the last two segments of the latter

ochreous ; three longitudinal black bands on thorax, and a black spot

on the yellow part ; abdomen with black segmental bands above, and

a double row of black spots on each side; fore-wings black, veins on

the basal half pure white, a white streak throughout the middle of

78 Colonel C, Swinhoe on

the cell to the diseal band, a much broader and prominent white

streak in the interno-median interspace, also from base to discal band,

the latter composed of white spots much as in bawlus, but broader

than usual, the large spot second from the costa nearly round, hinder

marginal border with a white streak for two-thirds its length ;

hind-wings white with marginal black band as in bavlus.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inches.

Hab. SANGIR (Doherty).

Male and female, the types, and one male marked

Celebes.

It somewhat resembles a@/wensis, Butler.

DEILEMERA OBTUSA.

Nyctemera obtusa, Walker, vu, 1666 (1856).

- ie Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

joe dhs

Three examples from Celebes, including the type.

In Kiikenthal’s Reise (Abhandl. Senckenbergschen

Gesellschaft), p. 440, pl. 18, f 4, Pagenstecher described

and figured NV. consobiina, Hopffer. In Jahrb. Nass. Ver.

1901, p. 115, he says that this was a mistake, and that the

description and figure represent 1. obtusa, Walker; but this

also is an error, the figure being very unlike Walker’s

species, and representing a species with which I am not

acquainted.

DEILEMERA LATISTRIGA.

Nyctemera latistriga, Walker, 11, 397 (1854).

Leptosoma latistriga, Butler, Hl. Het. B. M., v., p. 44, pl.

88, f. 1 (1881).

Nyctemera inconstans, Voll, Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 47 (1863).

Nyctemera consobrina, Hopter, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1874,

p. 45.

Nyctemera arcuatum, Swinhoe (nec Voll.), Cat. Het. Mus.

Oxon., i, p. 142 (1892).

Twenty-two examples from Borneo, Silhet, Ceylon,

Burma, Sumatra, Java, Pulo Laut, and the type from

Maulmein.

Arcuatum, Voll., was wrongly identified in the B. M., and

this led me to sink itas asynonym to datistriga in Cat. Het.

Mus. Oxon. Snellen in Tijd. v. Ent., xli, p. 26, pl. 1, £3, 4,

5 (1898), says it belongs to the Chalcosiide ; Pagenstecher

(p. 114) makes consobrina, Hopfter, a distinct species ; he

The Genus Deilemera. 79

does not say he has seen Hopffer’s type, but the description

exactly fits /atistriga: “Der Raum zwischen mediana und

submediana ist auf der innern Fliigelhalfte durch eine

spindelformige oder ein langgezogenes Dreieck bildende

Liingsbinde ausgefiillt die aber die weisse Querbinde nicht

erreicht.” If this does not describe latistviga it describes

something very near it; the elongated white triangle in

the interno-median interspace together with the dese ription

of the discal band of fore-wings is peculiarly distinctive to

latistriga.

DEILEMERA ACCEPTA.

Leptosoma acceptum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p.

143, pl. byt. 3.1892).

Pag., Kiikenthal’s Reise in Abh,

Senckenb. Naturf, Ges. ., 1897, p. 440.

The type from Celebes, a female, is in Mus. Oxon.

I have in my collection a male from Flores (Everett),

which seems to me to be identical.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA SONTICA.

Leptosoma sonticum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 142

(1892).

Nyctemera sonticum, Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 494, pl.

f. 5 2 (1898).

The types ? 2 from the Philippines are in Mus. Oxon. ;

it is recorded by Semper from Luzon, Mindoro and Bohol ;

I have in my collection a male from Mindoro and a female

from Palawan.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA ABSURDA.

Leptosoma absurdum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p.

143 (1892).

Nyctemera absurdum, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 135.

The male type, from Salawatti Island, is im Mus. Oxon.;

it is not in the B. M.

SO Colonel C. Swinhoe on

DEILEMERA LUCTUOSA.

Leptosoma luctuosum, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 42 (1863).

Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxons 1p:

146 (1892).

Nyctemera crescens, Walker, xxxi, 204 (1864).

? >

One example from Morova, one from Batjan, and one

from Sula; the type of evescens from Morty is in Mus.

Oxon.

DEILEMERA GALBANA.

Leptosoma galbanum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p.

146 (1892).

Nyctemera galbanum, Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 429, pl. 58,

heel 899):

The types ¢ 2 from the Philippines are in Mus. Oxon.

Semper records it from Luzon.

It is not in the B. M.

DEILEMERA ONETHA.

Leptosoma onetha, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), vu, p.

466 (1901).

The type example from New Britain.

DEILEMERA TRIPUNCTARIA.

Phalena tripunctaria, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, p. 523 (1758).

Phalena petulea, Sparrm. Ameen. Acad., xii, p. 500 (1769).

Nyetemera atralba, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p- 178 (1818).

Nyctemera suimatrensis, Heylarts, Compt. Rend. Soc. Ent.

Belg., xxxiv, p. xvii (1890).

Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1901, p= 139s pl 2.1..6:

Eleven examples from Penang, Malacca, Lankawi, Singa-

pore. Sumatra, Borneo, and Siam.

The example from Sumatra in the National Collection is

identical with Pagenstecher’s figure of swmatrensis and is

not separable from the other examples of tr7punctaria.

The Genus Deilemera. 81

DEILEMERA CELSA.

Nyetemera celsa, Walker, xxxi, 199 (1864).

Leptosoma celsum, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 144

(1892).

Four examples from Hong Kong and Foo-Chow; the

type from Siam is in Mus. Oxon.; it is the extreme

Eastern form of tripunctaria.

DEILEMERA PICATA.

Secusto picatus, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), vii, p. 380

(1881).

The type example from Sumatra.

This is much hke regularis, but it is I think distinct;

the type example is that of a female with a white streak in

the interno-median interspace on fore-wimgs, and the discal

band is much broader ; regu/aris, of which there are both

sexes in the National Collection, has no sign whatever of

a discal streak and is well figured by Pagenstecher.

DEILEMERA REGULARIS.

Leptosoma regularis, Snellen, Mid. Sum. Lep., p. 384

(1880).

Nyetemera regularis, Pag.,

Pp 1395 ple ra 5:

Three examples from Sumatra.

Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

DEILEMERA KINABALINA.

Nyctemera kinabalina, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xlii, p. 110, pl.

5 B, f. 2 (1899).

One female example marked Borneo; it is considerably

larger then Snellen’s figure of the male, but is undoubtedly

the same species,

DEILEMERA HARCA.

Leptosoma harca, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xii, p. 215

(1893).

Nyctemera herce (sic), .Holland (sic), Pag., Jahrb. Nass.

Ver. Naturk., 1901, p. 138.

Nine examples from Malacca, including the type.

There are some curious printer’s errors in Pagenstecher’s

paper. 2g

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 6

82 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

DEILEMERA OVADA, Nov.

2. Palpi white, third joint and top of second black ; frons, thorax

and abdomen white, slightly tinged in parts with yellow, a black

spot on frons, one on head, two on collar and one on each shoulder ;

thorax with brown longitudinal stripes, abdomen with no markings

above, a double row of brown stripes on each side, tip ochreous; fore-

wings pale bronzy-brown, a white spot on the costa with an indistinct

small streak below it, indicating the commencement of the usual discal

band, no other markings above ; below, the discal band is more

apparent, consisting of two large wedge-shaped spots disconnected

from each other; hind-wings white, with the usual marginal band,

of the same colour as the fore-wings.

Expanse of wings 15 inches.

Hab. WAINGAPO, Sumba Isls.

I have also a female from the same locality in my coll. ;

it is allied to nothing I know of.

DEILEMERA OPTATA. (PI. IV, f. 3.)

¢. First joint of palpi ochreous, second and third brown, frons

pure white with a black spot, top of head and collar ochreous, the

former with one black spot, the latter with two ; thorax white with

three longitudinal black stripes, abdomen white with grey dorsal

spots and some blackish spots on the sides towards the tip, which

is ochreous ; fore-wings pale greyish-fawn colour, a white stripe in

the interno-median interspace from base to near hinder angle, the

diseal band white, divided by the fawn-coloured veins and all run-

ning on to the margin, with the exception of the costal spot above

end of cell which is small ; hind-wings white with short fawn-coloured

indistinct streaks in the interspaces near the outer margin; under-side

same as above but with the fawn-coloured parts darker.

Expanse of wings 1;‘s inches.

Hab. SUMATRA, one example.

DEILEMERA AMPLIFICATA.

Tanada (?) amplificata, Walker, xxxii, 377 (1865).

Tripheromera amplificata, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 423

(1892).

Nyctemera cydippe, Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xlvi, p. 274,

pl. 2, f. 8 (1885).

= es Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 134.

‘Three examples from Nias and the type without locality ;

The Genus Deilemera. 83

seems to be contined to the Island of Nias; there are a

number in Mr. Herbert Druce’s collection and in mine.

DEILEMERA ALBA.

Nyctemera alba, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901, p.

135.

Three examples from Viti and Samoa.

The following species, described as such, do not belong

to this Genus or Family :—

Nyectemera (2) vagata, Walker, xxxi, 208 (1864), N.

Australia.

Is a Noctuid near the genus Ipana, Jordan, Nov. Zool.,

iii, p. 54 (1896).

Nyctemera arcuatwm, Voll, Tijd. v. Dierkunde, 1, p. 45

(1863), Lombok.

This is said to be a Chalcosia, vide Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent.,

xli, p. 26, pl. i, f. 3 (1898) ; it was wrongly identified in the

B. M. collection.

Nyctemera (2) contructa, Walker, xxxi, 208 (1864), Mysol.

This is a Boarmid belonging to the genus Bursada.

The following species are not in the National Collection,

and are unknown to me :—

Nyctemera confiuens, Felder, Sitz. Ac. Wien., xliii, p. 38

(1861), Amboina.

Nyctemera aurwillu, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk., 1901,

p. 154 (note)=W. fasciata, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskrift,

1897, p. 220, text f. 5 (praeocc.), Nyasaland.

Nyctemera melaneura, var. melas, Rober, Tijd. v. Ent., 1891,

p. 326, Ceram.

Nyctemera mesolychna, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1889, p. 466, N. Guinea.

Nyctemera pagenstecheri, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk.,

1898, p. 199, Lombok.

Nyctemera quaternarium, Pag., Lep. Fauna, Bismark-Arch.,

li, p. 54, pl. 2, f 29 (1900), N. Ireland.

84 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Leptosoma pallens, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., i, p. 45 (1863),

Java.

Nyctemera apensis, Semper, Phil. Schmett., p. 496, pl. 55

f. 9, Mindanao.

Leptosoma fuscipenne, Wallgn., Wien. Ent. Mon., iv., p. 161

(1860), Caffraria.

Leptosoma tricolor, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 103, f. 3

(1874), Africa.

Nyctemera rasana, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1879, p. 304,

Madagascar.

Nyctemera vollenhovii, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxxiii, p. 276,

pl ii, f. 4 (1890), Tanah Djampea.

Nyetemera tenuifascia, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xh, p. 26, pl.

, ft. 2 (1898), Lombok.

Nye ae ‘a dentifascia, Snellen, |. ¢., p. 24, f. 1, Sumatra.

Leptosoma anthracinum, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk, i, p. 38 (1863),

Java.

Nyctemera tritoides, Heylarts, Compt. Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XXXIV, p. xvii (1890), Sumatra.

Leptosoma macklotti, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 18 (1868),

=N. latifascia, Hopffer (teste Pag.), Stett. Ent. Zeit.,

1874, p. 45, recorded from Ceram, Flores, Amboina,

and Celebes and is probably some well-known species,

but I am unable to identify it.

Nyctemera menes, Felder, Sitz. Ac.,Wiss. Wien., xlii, p. 38

(1861), Amboina.

Leptosoma agagles, Boisd., Voy. de l Astrolabe Lep., p. 198

(1832), Amboina.

Deilemera uniformis, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xl, p. 38 (1880),

W. Africa.

Leptosoma flavescens, Voll., Tijd. v. Dierk., 1, p. 64 (1863),

Sumatra.

Leptosoma leucostigma, Voll., 1. ¢., p. 44, Java.

= Leptosoma nubecula, Voll. (teste Rao.) te. pao:

Nuctemera McKieana, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soe, Queensland,

x1, p. 60 (1898).

Tne Genus Deilemera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fie. 1. Deilemera kapaurensis, Swinhve.

2. z

3 ’

4. -

5. 9

6. »

(. ”

8, *

uniplaga, Swinhoe.

popiya, Swinhoe.

lutemarginata, Pag.

integra, Walker.

syrmia, Swinhoe,

popiya, Swinhoe (under-side).

albipuncta, Druce.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fia.

. Deilemera gerra, Swinhoe.

Z. ”

3. ”

4. ”

v0. ”

6. ”

(. ”

nigrovena, Swinhoe.

optata, Swinhoe.

distincta, Swinhoe.

leuctra, Swinhoe.

amosa, Swinhoe.

nisa, Swinhoe.

oroya, Swinhoe,

IV. Some notes on the habits of Nanophyes durieui, Lucas,

as observed in Central Spain. By GEORGE CHARLES

CHAMPION, F.Z.S., and Dr. THomas A. CHAPMAN,

M.D., F.Z.S., with a description of the larva and

pupa by Dr. T. A. CHApman, M.D.

[Read Noy. 19th, 1902,]

BEATE a,

DURING a recent visit to Bejar, Central Spain, June 26th—

July 17th, 1902, we noticed numerous large fleshy excre-

scences or galls on the stems of a Coty/edon, a plant growing

abundantly between the crevices of the stone walls in the

outskirts of the town. Many of these galls, on examin-

ation, were found to contain specimens of a Nanophyes,

subsequently identified as V. duriewr, Lucas, in the larval,

pupal,and imaginal condition. The beetles, at the beginning

of July, were mostly immature, and we therefore contented

ourselves by bringing home a supply of the galls, from

which, during August and September, quite two hundred

examples have emerged, accompanied, in September, by a

few Apion sedi, Germ. In the accompanying plate an

illustration is given of the perfect insect, the larva, pupa, and

gall, the beetle only having been previously figured by

Lucas, who, in his description of the species, from a few

specimens found at Oran, Algeria, merely states that the

insect passes its metamorphosis in swellings on the stems

of Cotyledon (Umbilicus) horizontalis. Our observation,

therefore, is not new, still it is interesting as confirming

the statements of MM. Lucas and Durieu, and will no

doubt induce entomologists to search for the insect in

other European localities. . duriewi is recorded from

Southern Spain in Heyden, Reitter and Weise’s “ Catalogus

Coleopterorum Europe ” (1891), but on what authority we

know not, as MM. Brisout and Xambeu, both of whom

have described or noticed the species, simply refer to

Lucas’ work. M. Xambeu (Le Naturaliste, 1901, pp. 224,

225) has recently described the larva and pupa of three

species of the genus: J. lythri, Fabr., on Lythrum salicaria ;

N. telephii, Bedel, on Sedum telephiwum, an insect that. is

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL)

88 Mr. G. C. Champion’s Notes on

not unlikely to occur in England, if its food-plant was

searched in various places; and V. hemisphxricum, Oliv.,

on Lythrum hyssopifolium. He also notes (loc. cit.) the

larva of WV. tamarisci, Gyll., as attacking Tamarix, that of

NV. siculus, Boh., on Erica scoparia, and that of V. durieut,

Lue., on Cotyledon (Umlilicus) pendulinus. The habits of

JV. telephii appear to be very similar to those of V. duriewi,

both species making galls on the stems of the plants a little

above the roots. Apion sedi has not, we believe, been

previously recorded as attacking Cotyledon, though it is

known to pass its metamorphoses in the stems of Sedum.

The galls formed by .V. duriewi are very conspicuous, owing

to their large size. They are somewhat kidney -shaped,

several of them being often clustered together, green in

colour, more or less streaked with reddish or purple, and

marked here and there with a minute scar, showing the

original punctures made by the parent insect in the stem

of the plant. The beetle is attacked by a small Chalcid,

of which a number of specimens emerged from the

galls.

The larva of Nanophyes duriewi is a footless maggot very

like many other weevil larve. Its length is, or rather

would be if straightened out, about 3:0 mm., but as it lies

curled up into an arc of about 100 degrees, its actual

measure when full-grown is a little over 200 mm. The

thoracic segments are decidedly thicker than the others,

and here the diameter of the larva approaches 1:00. In the

preserved specimens examined to find them, no spiracles

can be detected, if they exist they are very small and have

no coloured chitinous surroundings. The larva is white or

colourless, except the jaws and some other chitinous portions

in connection with the mouth parts. There is a very

definite ventral prominence of each of the thoracic segments

representing the true legs, but no actual fore-legs exist; at

what may be supposed to be the site of each, is a rather

stronger hair than exists anywhere else on the larva, but

there is nothing to show whether this surviving hair corre-

sponds to one that naturally (7.¢. where the fore-legs are

present) exists at the base of the fore-legs, or is one of those

arming some joint of the fore-leg itself, The marginal

flange is well developed in three definite prominences on

each segment, a lower one that is almost ventral, rather

flat and well delimited, a median one, full and rounded and

almost continuous with the next above, which forms the

the habits of Nanophyes duriew. 89

lower part of the dorsal area, but is marked off by a

longitudinal depression from the portion next above it.

This carries at least on the hinder abdominal segment a

minute colourless bristle. The sulci above this are rather

complicated; they mark off an anterior and posterior subseg-

ment, of which the anterior is dorsally the higher, each

carries a minute bristle, the anterior the larger—one or

two more are present on the prothorax. The interseg-

mental sulcus branches downwards and there is also a

small eminence, at the anterior margin of the segment

immediately above the flange. The 10th abdominal

segment cannot be seen, but is probably present, retracted.

The hairs or bristles made out are very small and very

colourless, and cannot be detected without considerable

search, so that it is possible that others exist; of these

others the only ones supposed to have been observed are

abdominal ones continuing the thoracic pedal series.

The head is comparatively large and well developed,

rounded. Looked at from the front there is a median

suture, losing itself below, without definitely ending in

sutures marking off a clypeus. The head is faintly if at

all tinted, but the clypeal region has some faint fuscous

clouds. The front ends below ina brown chitinous margin,

arched upward centrally over the labrum, and again

laterally into rather more than semicircles round the

antennal origins. In the area projecting between the

Jabrum and antenna, a short bristle arises, and another,

still in the clypeal region, higher up and nearer the middle

line. Marginally (as seen from in front) are three bristles

on each side at about equal intervals, the lower and smaller

behind the antenna, and the highest one about half-way

to the vertex.

The antenne have a very large colourless circular basal

region, bounded by the chitinous semicircle already alluded

to above, a less marked chitinous margin behind, and the

bases of the jaw in front. The antenna itself, arising im

the centre of this area, is very minute and slender, and

deflexed, and appears to consist of a large basal and a

minute terminal joint. The jaws are large and strong,

broad at base, about half that width at their cutting

margin, which consists of two sharp teeth below (as seen

from front), separated from another above by a smooth

hollowed margin.

The maxilla is full and fleshy, has two fine bristles

90) Mr. G. C. Champion’s Wotes on

externally and in front a palpus rising from the middle

of a clear area surrounded by a brown chitinous circle, and

apparently of two joints, below this and more central 1

the labrum formed of two round processes each having

in front a minute palpus, looking (in front view) like two

small concentric circles. Below this the gular region is

swollen and carries two bristles on either side.

The pupa of Nanophyes duriewt has much the appearance

and outline of the larva, is rather shorter and wider, and

is absolutely without any hard, coloured, or chitinous parts.

Whilst the dorsum has much the same curve as in the larva,

the ventral aspect is nearly straight, the (larval) concavity

being filled by the various projections of the appendages.

The head is deflexed, and the rostrum extends downwards

ventrally, to about the-middle (antero-posteriorly) of the

pupa, the anterior end of the pupa being the front margin

of the prothorax. From each side of the rostrum extend out-

wards, first at its base the antenna, then the first femur,

and against it the tibia completely flexed, then similarly

the second femur and tibia, the tarsi (Ast and 2nd) lie

close against the rostrum, the end of the second being

slightly beyond it. The femoro-tibial articulation of these

legs hes outside the elytra cases, which however, with the

wing cases directed backwards, ventrally, and finally in-

wards cover the third legs, except the femoro-tibial articula-

tion which just projects ; dorsally from beneath them. The

wings nearly meet in the middle just beyond the end of

the rostrum.

On the prothorax are a series of bristles, remarkable in

being perched each on the summit of a conical projection,

giving an armed appearance to the front of the pupa.

These appear to be arranged as a row towards the anterior

border and another towards the po terior border of the

segment, two on either side in the front and four in the

back row, but the marginal two of the latter are not so

directly placed in the row as to prevent their position

being otherwise described.

The antennz have a thick basal piece lying agaist the

head or rostrum, from the anterior (position if the head

were extended) end of this the flagellar joints extend

outwards as above noted, to the number of 10 Corsldaye:

each being larger than the preceding. The joints are

somewhat angular, and at about the fourth or filth the angles

appear as definite projections; on the fifth from the

the habits of Nanophyes duriewi. ol

extremity these appear as one or two very definite mammil-

lary projections, and on the three next they form on each a

ring of seven or eight sharp projecting angular points,

with picturesque effect, reminding one strongly of the

similarly studded clubs ‘and chained balls anciently used

as weapons. Very similar conical projections occur on the

tibize, to the number of three or four on each, and a hair

at the exposed extremity of the first and second femora.

Two pairs of conical points are present on the front of the

head (or base of rostrum) basal to the antennal origin.

Some very minute hairs are with difficulty seen on the

abdominal segments. There is a rather larger conical

eminence or two between the projecting elytral bases on

the dorsal centre of the mesothorax.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fra. 1. Nanophyes duriewi, larva, x 15.

la. 5 55 », head, from in front.

2. % 5 pupa, x 16.

3. - 5 imago, x 12.

3a. ss 5 hind tarsus.

3b. \ a antenna.

4,5. The galls made by the beetle on the stems of

Cotyledon, natural size. N.B.—These figures

do not show the minute scars that suggest

that each egg is separately laid.

( 93)

V. The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore, Bengal.

By GrorGE ALEXANDER JAMES RorTHney, F.E.S.

[Read March 4th, 1903.]

As it is a somewhat uncommon feature for a definite

limited area within the tropics to be worked continuously

for a number of years, I have ventured to hope that a

thoroughly representative list of the Acu/eate Hymenoptera

collected by me inthecantonment of Barrackpore may prove

of some interest to the Society, as this order has of late

become so much more popular, and the Indian and Far

Eastern fauna in particular has attracted an unusual amount

of attention.

My list represents the result of steady collecting from

1872 to 1886, and a flying visit in 1893.

Barrackpore, Bengal, is situated on the east bank of the

Hooghly ; lat. 22° 40° 30”, long. 88° 22’ 45” and 88°

30’. Area, forty-two square miles, and about sixteen miles

north of Calcutta. It is practically contained within a

bend of the river, and includes Monirampore, Pulta, Ischa-

pur Park, Tittaghur, Neilgunge, but above all the beautiful

Barrackpore Park, one of the most charming spots in Lower

Bengal, and one which offers many attractions to the

entomologist.

There are practically three seasons in the year—the

“cold weather” lasting from the end of October to the

beginning of March, the “hot weather” from the middle

of March to the middle of June, when the “rains” set in

and last till October. Very few Hymenoptera (except ants)

are about in the cold season. The hot and rainy seasons

are the best for the collector, and the choicest time of all,

a bright little interval in October, just as the rains are

clearing up, and before the mornings and evenings show

signs of the coming cold weather. The sun then shines

out with beautiful brightness but without the severity of

the hot weather, vegetation is unsoiled by dust, and there

is everywhere a splendid burst and buzz of insect life.

The most attractive spots for collecting are undoubtedly

Barrackpore Park and the jungly ground round the Pulta

powder magazine, for curiously, Ischapur Park and Sam-

nagar (with its extensive earthworks, the ruins of an old

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL)

94 Mr. G, A. J. Rethney on

fort), Neilgunge and Tittaghur, though apparently possess-

ing equally attractive features, never proved as rich in the

number and variety of species, but Monirampore water-

works, with its heaps of white sand, used for filtering

purposes, was always a sure find for the Muti//idz, and the

only spot where they could be looked for with confidence.

The flowers most frequented in the Park are Duranta

plumieri, Quisqualis indica, Poinciana pulcherrima, Mus-

senda macrophylla, Thevetia nereifolia, and a tree with

a small white hanging blossom (probably a variety of

Duranta). At Pulta, a species of Pulicaria which grew in

quantities was very attractive to a variety of species; and

a low jungle shrub with a shiny leaf and greeny-white

flowers, not unlike the privet (but the name* of which

I could never find out), was a still greater favourite, and

especially with the larger species of Hymenoptera. The

Castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis, wasalso much frequented.

The following is a summary of the collection :—

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES.

Species. Percentage. Species. Percentage.

Chrysidide. 13 2-7 13 2°78

Formicide. aT =

Doryline. 3 “64

Ponerine. 15 3°20

Miurmicine. 44 9°40

Dolichoderine. 5 1°07

Camponotine. 25 5°34 92 19°65

Fossores. =3

Mutillide. 54 11°54

Thynnide. 2 “43

Scoliide. 18 3°84

Pompilide. 48 - 10°26

Sphegide. 128 27°35 250 53-42

Diloptera. =

Eumenide. 27 577

Vespidz. 13 2°78 40 8°55

Anthophila. ==

Colletide. 4 "85

Apide. 69 14°75 73 15°60

Total 468

* Since writing this, Col. Bingham has very kindly named this

plant for me at the Museum Herbarium, Glycosmis pentaphylla, Corr.

I estimate that 407 of the species of the Fossores and Apide were

captured at the flowers of this jungle plant.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 95

From this it will be seen that the Fossoves are much

the strongest group, though it is only fair to state that the

number of species of Mutilide, which help to swell the

total, is out of proportion to the specimens, and they have,

too, been much more:closely collected than other families,

for there is always something irresistibly attractive to the

collector about Mutilla.

Tiphia and Myzine, on the other hand, are very poorly

represented, aud both appear to affect northern, or at

least mountain, localities rather than the plains.

The Scoliide, Pompilide, and Sphegide are all well

represented, both in numbers and species, many being

exceedingly common and familiar objects of the bungalow

and compound, as also are several species of Humenide and

Vespide.

The Apidex are the poorest both in species and numbers

in the Barrackpore district (they distinctly strengthen as

you go up-country to the North-West Provinces at ; Allaha-

bad, ‘and still more so at the Mussoorie Hills) ; and with the

exception of Yy/locopa, a few species of Megachile, Crocisa,

and Anthophora, there are no species sutticiently common

to attract general attention; and even with Aylocopa it

is more their great size, noisy booming ways, and the

brilliant effulgence of their wings rather than their actual

numbers which makes them so conspicuous.

In the Formicide, Camponotus, cophylla, Prenolepis,

MNacamma, Solenopsis, Cremastogaster, and Sima are most

in evidence, the three commonest species being Camponotus

compressus, Solenopsis geminata, and Simarufonigra. Pheidole

curiously is not so strongly represented as itis in the Bombay

and Madras Presidencies. Species of other genera are either

local and uncertain in their appearance, or really uncommon

and rare.

I never came across any Jchnewmons in Barrackpore.

No doubt they are to be found if carefully sought for,

fut they must, at least, be exceedingly rare. On the other

hand, in hill-stations like Mussoorie and Darjeeling, they are

fairly common.

Several species of Chrysididz are not uncommon.

I am greatly indebted to Colonel C. T. Bingham, for

his kindness in revising my list of Formicide, and to Mr,

Peter Cameron for revising the Fossores and Apide, ete.

With very few exceptions, the types of all Mr, Cameron’s

Species are in my collection.

96 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

CATALOGUE OF SPECIES.*

CHRYSIDID&.

Chrysis, Lin.

Perfecta, Cam. Rare.

Furiosa, Cam. Rare.

Mendicalis, Cam. Rare.

Cotesi, Dubuy. Common.

Disparilis, Cam. Rare.

Oculata, Fab. Common.

Principalis, Sm. Rare.

Oricntalis, Guer. Rare.

Stilbuim, Fab.

Splendidum, Fab, Type, common.

ei var. Ainethystinum, Fab.

Parnopes, Latr.

Viridis, Bé. Rare.

Hedychrum, Latr.

Lugubre, Cam. Rare.

Flammulatum, Dubuysson. Rare.

Family FORMICID.

Subfamily DORYVLINA.

Dorylus orientalis, Westw. f and 9% common.

Anictus pachycerus, Smith. Rare.

Ainictus brevicornis, Mayr. Rare.

Subfamily PONERIN AE.

Anochetus punctiventris, Mayr. Rare; found under

bricks.

Bothroponera tesserinoda, Mayr. Common.

Platythyrea victoriv, Forel. Rare

Diacamma vagans, Smith. Common.

Diacamma sculptum, Jerdon. Rare.

* The number of Aculeata (other than ants) recorded from British

India in Colonel Bingham’s work published in 1897 is 995, but a

considerable number of species have been described since.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 97

Col. Bingham writes:—“I have carefully compared

specimens in your collection with Smith’s type of D.

versicolor, D. versicolor is not an Indian species. The

larger form of Diacamma found in India is, according to

my ideas, J. sew/ptwin.

Brachyponera jerdoni, Forel. Rare.

Ponera confinis, Roger, var. Aitkeni, Forel.

Lobopelta ocellifera, Roger. Rare.

chinensis, Mayr. Common,

minchini, Forel. Rare.

punctiventris, Mayr. Rare.

diminuta, Smith. Rare.

kittelit, Mayr. Rare.

Lioponera longitarsus, Mayr. Rare.

Stigmatomma rothneyi, Forel.= Amblyopone vothneyi.

Rare.

Subfamily J7V RIVICIN AZ,

Cataulacus taprobane, Smith. Rare.

Meranoplus bicolor, Guer. Common.

Triglyphotrix striatidens, Emery. Rare.

Folcomyrmex scabriceps, Mayr. Common,

Myrmicaria brunnea, Saunders. Common.

Col. Bingham writes me :—“ JZ. fodiens, Jerdon = AZ,

brunnea, Saunders; latter has priority. JL. subcarinata,

Smith, is a local variety.”

Tetramorium obeswm, Andre. Rare.

smitht, Mayr. Rare.

simillimwim, Smith. Rare.

denticulatwm, Forel. Rare.

”

In Col. Bingham’s opinion the latter is only a var. of

simillimum.

Monomorium salomonis, Linn. Common.

vastator, Smith = JZ. destructor, Jerdon.

Common.

pharaonis, Linn. Common,

atomus, Forel. Rare.

latinoda, Mayr. Common.

orientale, Mayr. Rare.

3 floricola, Jerdon=M. speculare, Mayr. Col.

Bingham writes :—“Jerdon’s name has priority.” Rare.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (APRIL) 7

98 Mr. G, A. J. Rothney on

Cardiocondyla nuda, Mayr. Rare.

Solenopsis geminata, Fabr. Very common. S. armata is

only a var. A very variable species.

Pheidologeton diversus, Jerdon = P. ocellifera, Mayr.

Col. Bingham writes :—“ Jerdon’s name has _ priority.”

Rare.

Pheidologeton afinis, Jerdon =P. laboriosus, Smith, Col.

Bingham writes :—“Jerdon’s name has priority.”, Common,

Pheidole latinoda, Roger. Common.

» vrhombinoda, Mayr. Common.

striativentris, Mayr. Rare.

indica, Mayr. Common.

» parva, Mayr. Rare.

» javana, Mayr. Rare.

», watsoni, Forel. Rare.

», spathifera, Forel. Rare.

» smythiest, Forel, var. bengalensis, Forel. Rare.

Cremastogaster subnuda, Mayr. Common.

e rabula, Forel. Rare.

. rogenhoffert, Mayr. Common.

_ rothneyt, Mayr. Common.

contemta, Mayr. Common.

% aberrans, Forel. Rare.

6 minchint, Forel. in lit. Rare.

Lophomyrmex 4-spinosus, Jerdon. Rare.

Sima rufonigra, Jerdon. Very common.

, nigra, Jerdon. Common.

,, allaborans, Walker = S. compressa, Roger. Col.

Bingham writes:—“ Walker’s name has priority.”

Rare.

Atopomyrmex ceylonicus, Emery, two, §.

Oligomyrmex bengalensis, Forel. Rare.

2 rothneyt, Forel. Rare.

Leptothorax taylori, Forel. Rare.

Subfamily DOLICHODERIN A.

Technomyrmex albipes, Smith. Rare.

Iridomyrmex anceps, Roger = J. excisus, Mayr. Col.

e 9; 5 >

Bingham writes :—* Roger’s name has priority.” Rare.

is) 5

Bothriomyrmex wroughtoni, Forel. Rare.

Tapinoma melanoeephalum, Fabr. Common.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore, 99

Dolichoderus taprobane, Smith = D. gracilipes, Mayr.

Col. Bingham writes :—‘Smith’s name has priority. JD.

“Je OF . . 9 . ”

gracilipes is only a variety of Smith’s insect.” Common.

Subfamily C4 AZPONOTIN AL.

Camponotus compressus, Fabr. Very common.

mitis, Smith. Col. Bingham writes :—*“ Var.

Juscithorax grades into genuine itis

when you get a big enough series.”

Common,

arrogans, Smith = C. junctus, Forel. Col.

Bingham writes :—“ It stands thus in my

book. I have compared your specimens

with the type.” Rare.

paria, Emery. Common.

sericeus, Fabr. Var. opaceventris, Mayr.

Common.

- taylori, Forel. Rare.

Colobopsis rothneyt, Forel. Rare.

Polyrhachis levissima, Smith. Common.

bicolor, Smith. Rare.

argentea, Mayr.

acasta, Smith. + Rare.

iba, Shatin |)

¥ spunagerd, ad Onion

simplex, Mayr.

‘ thrinax, Roger. Rare.

tubericeps, Forel. Rare.

CEcoph ylla smaragdina, Fabr. Common.

Prenolepis bengalensis, Forel. Common.

longicormis, Latr. Common,

andica, Forel. Rare.

z yerburyt, Forel. Rare.

Plagiolepis longipes, Serdon, Common.

» vothneyt, Forel. Rare.

Acantholepis frauenfeldi, Mayr. Common.

bipartita, Smith. Rare.

capensis, Mayr. Common.

”

+P]

”

100

Mr, G, A. J. Rothney on

Tribe FOSSORES.

Family MUTILLID.

Mutilla sexmaculata, Swed. For # see Cameron, Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist., iv (7), 61. Common.

A-carinata, Cam. f Rare.

cona, Cam. & Rare.

interrupta, Lep. Common.

perverst, Cam. ff Rare.

dilecta, Cam. ¢. Rare.

discreta, Cam. 2 Rare.

sabellica, Cam. f Rare.

labiena, Cam. 2 Rare.

Junebrana, Cam. f Rare.

analis, Lep. Rare.

serena, Cam. f Rare.

cleonyma, Cam. 2 Rare.

maculicornis, Cam. f Rare.

poesia, Cam. gf Rare.

phenna,Cam. ff Rare.

idyia, Cam. f Rare.

ludovica, Cam. Rare.

illa, Cam. 2 Rare.

erzia, Cam. f Rare.

lena,Cam. f¢ Rare.

fianna,Cam. 2 Rare.

cara,Cam. @ Rare.

selma, Cam. f¢ Rare.

Jjortinata, Cam. f Rare.

bidens, Cam. f Rare.

wdipus, Cam. &¢ Cf Cameron, Manchr. Mem.,

1898, No. 11, p. 6. One specimen.

interrupta, Oliv. Rare.

Juneraria, Sm. Common.

argentipes, Sm. Rare.

aureo-rubra, Rad. = egregia, Sauss. Rare.

pulcherina, Sm. Rare.

dryta, Cam. -¢ ~ Rare.

compactilis, Cam. 2 Rare.

martialis, Cam. 9 Rare.

pamphia, Cam. 92 Rare.

marcia, Cam. 2 Rare.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrachpore.

Mutilla gnoma, Cam. 2 Rare.

» emancipata,Cam. 2 Rare.

parthenia, Cam. 2 Rare.

» lethargia,Cam. @ Rare.

» o-maculata,Cam. 2 Rare.

valida, Cam. § Rare.

, leta,Cam. § Rare.

ariel, Cam. 2 Rare.

durga, Bing. = dives, Cam. Common,

peregrina, Cam. & Rare.

cotesii, Cam. YQ Rare.

rothneyt, Cam. § Rare.

redacta, Cam. 2 Rare.

agelia, Cam. § Rare.

mithila, Cam. 2 Rare.

» ocellata, Sauss. Common.

Family THYNNID.

Methoca licolor, Cam. Rare.

orientalis, Smith. Rare.

)

Family SCOLITIDA.

Tiphia brevipennis, Cam. Rare

Plesia (Myzine) dimidiata, Guer. Rare.

bengalensis, Cam. Rare.

» petiolata, Sm. Rare.

Scolia cupitata, Guer. Common.

rubiginosa, Fab. Rare.

humeralis, Sauss. Rare.

redtenbachert, Sauss. Rare.

» aureipennis, Lep. Common.

quadripustulata. Common.

indica, Sauss. Rare.

Elis mai -ginella, Klug. Common.

» thoracica, Fab. "Common.

,» anniulata, Fab. Common.

hirsuta, Sauss. Rare.

brevipennis, Cam. Rare.

Liacos analis, Fab. Rare.

s fulvopicta, Cam. Rare.

”

101

102 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

Family POMPILID.

Mr. Cameron informs me that the name Pompilus is

pre-occupied, and that its use cannot be retained in

Hymenoptera. 1 have, however, retained the name here,

and in the sense in which it is used by Col. Bingham.

The family must hereafter be called Ceropalide.

Macromeris violucea, Lep. Common.

Pompilus analis, Fab. Common.

™ zeus, Cam. Rare.

ee ariadne, Cam. Rare.

5 veflecus, 5m. Rare.

7 hecate, Cam. Rare.

" incognitus, Cam. Rare.

a lascivus, Cam. Rare.

a maculipes, Sm. Rare.

. pedalis, Cam. Rare.

“ canifrons, Sm. Rare.

, simillimus, Sm. Rare.

” hero, Cam. Rare.

. rothneyi, Cam. One specimen.

' vivax, Cam. Rare.

A unifasciatus, Sm. Very common.

orientalis, Cam. Rare.

, vagabundus, 5m. Rare.

a incognitus, Cam. Rare.

. vischnu, Cam. Common.

7 cellularis, Cam. Rare.

cf implactibilis, Cam. Rare.

. perturbans, Cam. Rare.

. edilis, Cam. Rare.

Planiceps orientalis, Cam. Rare.

Aporus bengalensis, Cam. Rare.

» cotesii, Cam. Rare.

Pseudagenia deceptriz, Sm. Rare.

a ariel, Cam. Rare.

. pedunculata, Sm. Rare.

cxerulea, Sm. Rare.

blanda, Guer. Rare.

4 Jestinata, Sm. Rare.

z veda, Cam. Rare.

- tincta, Sm. Rare.

- morna, Cam. Rare.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 108

Pseudagenia mutua, Cam. Rare.

Salius flavus, Fab. Very common.

» Jfulvipennis, Fab. Common.

» Otpartitus, Sm. Rare.

» Julgidipennis, Sauss. Rare.

» ~widipennis, Sm. Rare.

» peregrinus, Sm. Rare.

, rothneyi, Cam. One specimen.

, excellus, Cam.=atropus, Sm., 1875, non Smith,

1855. Cf. Cameron, Manr. Mem., 1891,

443. Rare.

,» madraspatanus,Sm. Rare.

» mirandus, Cam. Common.

» electus,Cam. Rare.

Family SPHEGIDA.

Astata agilis, Sm. Rare.

» nigricans, Cam. Rare,

Lyroda argenteofacialis, Cam. Rare.

Piagetia ruficornis, Cam, Rare.

Tachytes monetaria, Sm. A most beautiful species when

alive and glistening in the Indian sun.

Common.

modesta, Sm. Common.

, ornatipes, Cam. Rare.

. rothneyt, Cam. Mr. Cameron writes me that

this is a different species from that named

for him, sinensis, Sm., by the late Mr. F.

Smith. It is rare.

7 hrevipennis, Cam. Rare.

» maculitarsis, Cam. Rare.

» vieina, Cam. Rare.

i tarsata, Sm. Rare.

Tachysphea varihivta, Cam., i litt. Rare.

: argyreus, Sm. Rare.

A: puncticeps, Cam., in litt. Rare.

» + awriceps,Cam. Rare.

< striolata, Cam., in litt. Rare.

Larva simillima, Sm. Common.

» testphone,Sm. Rare.

» » wridipennis,Cam. Rare.

» longicornis, Cam. Rare.

104 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

Larva rufipes, Sm. Rare

» erythrogaster, Cam. Rare.

» nigriventris, Cam. Rare.

Leptolarra flavinerva, Cam. Rare.

longitarsis, Cam, Rare.

i reticulata, Cam. Rare.

Spanolarra rufitarsis, Cam. Rare.

Cenolarra appendiculata, Cam. Rare.

Notogenia anthracina, Cam., in litt. Rare.

- picipes, Cam., in litt. Rare.

is Juscistigma, Cam., in litt. Rare.

» pygmexa, Cam., in litt. Rare.

m1 varipilosa, Cam., in litt. Rare.

zs intermedia, Cam., in litt. Rare.

3 fuscipennis, Cam. Rare.

< bengalensis, Cam., in litt. Rare.

a striaticollis, Cam., in litt. Rare.

f pilosa, Cam., in litt. Rare.

” pared, Cam., mn litt. Rare.

fe piliventris, Cam., in litt. Rare.

. indica, Cam., in litt. Rare.

. basalis, Cam. Rare.

op subtesselata, Sm. Common.

. jaculatriz, Sm. Common.

55 erythropoda,Cam,. Rare.

Tiris auratus, Fab. Common. A beautiful species when

seen in the sun.

Gastroscricus rothneyt, Cam. ‘Three specimens.

3 binghami, Cam. One specimen.

Miscophus rothneyi, Bing. One specimen.

Pison suspiciosus, Sia. Rare.

», appendiculatus, Cam. Rare.

» erassicornis, Cam. Rare.

5 rugosus, Sr. Rare.

» orrentalis, Cam. Rare.

Parapison 9 cothneyi, Cam. One specimen.

Anunophila atripes, Sm, Common.

- dimidiata, Sm. Rare.

- nigripes, Sm. Rare.

- punctata, Sm. Rare.

- basalis, Sm. Common.

= erythrocephala, Fab. Rare.

Seeliphron madraspatanum, Fab, Very common.

x coromandelicum, Lep. Common.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 105

Sceliphron violaceum,

Fab, One of the very commonest

species of Barrackpore.

Sphex lobatus, Fab.

» pruosus, Ger. =

Car eae ie

Very common.

= vicinus Bing., var. LRothneyt,

Cameron, Man. Memoirs, 1898, 24.

Rare.

,, luteipennis, Mose. Common.

Cf. Cameron, l.c. Rare.

» wmbrosus, Christ. Common.

aurulentus, Fab. Common.

Ampulex compressa, Fab. Very common.

Rhinopsis ruficornis, Cam. Rare.

Trirhogma cxrulea, Westw. Rare.

Dolichurus clavipes, Cam, One specimen.

Cemonus fuscipennis, Cam. One specimen.

Passaloecus reticulatus, Cam. One specimen.

Nysson rugosus, Cam. Rare.

cinerascens, Dom. =xanthopterus, Cam.

and Bing.

» erythropoda, Cam. Rare.

Alyson annulipes, Cam, Rare.

Midineis orientalis, Cam. One specimen.

Gorytes amatorius, Sm. Rare.

» pretus, Sm.

Rare.

Stizus calopteryx, Handl. Rare.

» blandinus, Sm, Rare.

» Tufescens, Guer. Rare.

» melleus, Sm. Rare.

» vreversus, Sm. Common.

lateralis, Cam. Rare.

Boney lunata, Fab. Rare.

. trepanda, Dbm. Common,

» buddha, Handl. Common.

OT: ientals as, Handl. Rare.

» pinguis, Handl. Rare.

» mdica, Fab.

Rare.

Philanthus depredator, Sm. 'Two specimens.

Cerceris rothneyt, Cam. One specimen.

» orientalis, Sm. Rare.

, humbertiana,

Sauss. Common.

» pretiventris, Dom. Rare.

» flavopicta, Sm. Rare.

» wmstabilis,Sm. Very common,

» pulchra, Cam. Common.

» vischnu, Cam.

Rare.

106 Mr. G, A. J. Rothney on

Cerceris viligans, Sm. Very common.

» btristis, Cam. Common.

» pentadonta,Cam. Rare.

Trypoxylon pileatum, Sm. Rare.

7 canaliculatum, Cam. Rare.

buddha, Cam, Rare.

Fs bicolor, Sm. Rare.

F geniculatwm, Cam. Rare.

- cognatum, Cam. Rare.

i pygmxum, Cam. One specimen.

Oxybelus squamosus, Sm. Bare.

¥ flavipes, Cam. Rare.

- Julvopilosus, Cam. Rare.

Pa canescens, Cam. Rare,

- robustus, Cam. Rare.

Crabro buddha, Cam. Rare.

» orrentalis,Cam. Rare.

, odontophorus, Cam. Rare.

» ardens,Cam. Rare.

, argentatus, Lep. Rare.

» Gellus,Cam. Rare.

» nanus,Cam. Rare.

» nitidus, Cam. Rare.

Tribe DIPLOPTERA.

Family EUMENIDA.

Humenes quadrispinosa, Sauss. Rare.

architectus, Sm. Common.

. punctata, Sauss. Rare.

. buddha, Cam. Rare.

» petiolata, Fab. Very common.

escurtens, Fab. Very common.

is conica, Fab. One of the very commonest

species.

5 flavopicta, Blanch. Common.

* arcuata, Fab. Rare.

. ceylonicus, Sauss. Rare.

Rhynchium hemorrhoidale, Fab. Very common.

* brunneum, Fab. Common.

r abdominale, ig. Common.

A rugulatum, Cam. Rare.

nitidulum, Fab. Common.

argentatum, Fab. Very common.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 107

Rhynchium clypeatum, Cam, Rare.

bengalense, Sauss. Common.

basimacula, Cam. ‘This species is easily

separated from &. flavomarginatum, Sm.

(which does not occur in Bengal), by the

different form of the face and clypeus.

Cf. Cameron, Ann. and Mag. Nat, Hist.,

Dec., 1900, p. 532. Rare.

Odynerus hindostanus, Cam. Rare.

Fs antoni, Cam. Rare.

. sicheli, Sauss. Common.

ie punctum, Fab. Very common.

x difinis, Sauss. Rare.

“ bipustulatus, Sauss. Common.

= ovalis, Sauss. Common.

> sibilans, Cam., in litt. Rare.

Family VESPIDZ.

Learva quadrimaculata, Cam. Rare.

» jserruginea, Fab. Common.

» artifex, Sauss. Rare.

Polistes rothneyi, Cam. One specimen only.

» rufolineatus, Cam. Rare. _

» hebreus, Fab. The commonest

Barrackpore.

» saggitarius, Sauss. Rare.

, stigma, Fab. Very common.

» ngritarsis, Cam. Rare.

Vespa cincta, Fab. Very common.

» affinis, Fab. Common.

» bvasalis, Sin. Rare.

» orrtentalis, Lin. Rare.

Tribe ANTHOPHILA.

Family COLLETIDA.

Prosopis feai, Vach. Rare.

» strenua, Cam. Rare.

» adsoluta, Cam. Rare.

» bellicosa, Cam. Rare.

Family APIDA.

Sphecodes crassiscornis, Sm. Rare.

, propinquus,Sm. Rare.

108 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

Halictus itinerans, Cam., in litt. Rare.

ciris, Cam. Rare.

interstitialis, Cam., in litt. Rare.

zonatulus,Cam. Rare.

bengalensis, Cam., in litt. Rare.

Nomia elliotii, 8m. Common.

westur ood, Grib. Rare.

curvipes, Fab. Common.

thoracica, Sm. Common.

clypeata, Sm. Rare.

oxybeloides, Sm. Common.

scutellata,Sm. Rare.

albofimbriata,Cam. Rare.

aureobalteata, Cam. Rare.

argentcobalteata, Cam. Rare.

frederici, Cann. Rare.

lammellata, Cam. Rare.

zebrata, Cam. Rare.

purpureolineata, Cam. Rare.

» latipes,Cam. Rare. -

Steganomus nodicornis, Sm. Common.

Nomada adusta, Sm. Rare.

advena, Sm. Rare.

, ~ ceylonica; Cam. Rare.

Megachile bicolor, Fab. Very common.

lanata, Fab. Very common.

umbripennis, Sm. Rare.

femorata, Sm. Common.

nigricans, Cam. Rare.

disjuneta, Fab. Very common.

ip albifrons, Sm. Rare.

Anthidium rasorum, Sm. Rare.

Parevaspis carbonaria, Sm. Common,

Stelis parvula, Cam. Rare.

» jflavomaculata, Cam. Rare.

Ceratina viridissima, Dall. Common.

_ hieroglyphica, Sm. Common.

Allodape marginata, Sin. Rare.

Celioxzys sexmaculata,Cam. Rare.

argentifrons, Sm. Common.

basalis, Sm. Common.

cuncata, Sm. Common.

confusa, Sm. Rare.

discipiens, Spin. Rare.

”

2°

)

”

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 109

Celioxys fuscipennis, Sm. Rare.

Crocisa emarginata, Lep. Common.

» histrio, Fab. Common.

Anthophora cincta, Lin. Common.

zonata, Lin. Very common.

Jallaz, Sm. Common.

violacea, Lep. Very common.

- bicincta, Fab. Rare.

Xylocopa fenestrata, Fab. Common.

tenuiscapa, Westw. Common.

latipes, Drury. Common.

ewstuans, Lin. Common.

collaris, Lep. Rare.

amethystina, Fab. Rare.

auripennis, Lep. Common.

bryorum, Fab. Rare.

dissimilis, Lep. Rare.

acutipennis, Sm. Rare.

verticalis, Lep. Rare.

Apis indica, Fab. Common.

» jlorea, Fab. Common.

Melipona bengalensis, Cam. Rare.

iridipennis, Sm. Rare

”

NOTES ON CONSPICUOUS BARRACKPORE

SPECIES.

FORMICID.

Droylus orientalis, Westw.—Nests in the earth, under

bricks, stones, or in masonry. The {¢ comes into your

bungalows at night, attracted by light, generally at the

end of the cold “weather, February or early March.

Diacamma vagans, Smith—Not uncommon; nests in

walls or other brickwork, under bricks or stones; not

populous; pungent sting; a most intelligent species.

Brachyponera jerdoni, Forel.—Found in some numbers

in December amongst the débris of stacks of wood ; also

in the Botanical Gardens under the same conditions.

Lobopelta diminuta, Smith.—Rare in Barrackpore (but

common in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta), marches in

long lines two deep.

110 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

Meranoplus bicolor, Gaér—Common in the Park; nests

in the earth, particularly the bank and ditch separating it

from the trunk-road. When built in exposed places, the

entrances to the nests are often found covered with the

little pik and blue flowers of some weed. Sexes end of

May.

Holecomyrmex scabriceps, Mayr—The Harvesting Ant of

the Barrackpore district. Common in the Park. Swarms

early in June; nests in roads or hard sun-baked earth, but

always on or near grass land; easily found by the mounds

of seed husks piled up round the entrances. Aunts difficult _

to find after the rains commence.

Myrmicaria brunnea, Saunders.— Nests or colonies found

round the stems of the great banyan tree in the Park by

excavating large fosses, the earth being heaped up in

mounds like regular fortifications. Swarms July 7th-L0th

(Note in the Proceedings Entom. Soc. February 24th,

1892, under the name J/. subear inata, Kmery).

Solenopsis geminata, Fab.; V. armata, Forel—The Red

Ant. Very common, nests in the earth, under bricks or

stones, or almost anywhere. Swarms several times from

March to October.

Pheidologeton laboriosus, Smith = P. affinis, Jerdon.—Not

uncommon in the Park: nests under bricks, stones, flower-

pots, and rock work; occasionally found on the march

changing quarters, when they construct elaborate covered

ways, in which the huge-headed workers-major take an

important and highly-specialized part.

Pheidole rhombinoda, Mayr-—Nests found in the Park

where the grass has been worn bare ; the ants cover these

patches round the entrance to the nests with the leaflets

of a species of mimosa; this covering is arranged in the

form of a circle, and is apparently for protection from the sun.

Sima rufonigra, Jerdon.—Very common ; nests in trees,

particularly fruit-trees like the mango, baél and lychee,

and a species of fig in the Park had its fruit completely

riddled by this ant. Winged ? found in May; is armed

with the most poisonous sting of any Aculeate with which

I am acquainted. Nests frequented by a species of spider,

Salticus; also by Ampulex (Lhinopsis) ruficornis, Cam.,

which very closely mimics the ant, and which I have never

found in any other situation.

Sima nigra, Jerdon.—Not uncommon in trees; is also

mimicked by a Sa/ticus.

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 111

Camponotus compressus, Fab.—The Black Ant. Very

common; nests in the earth; swarms in May or early

June.

Polyrhachis levissima, Smith—Nests in the decayed

wood of trees. Swarms June 15th to July 7th.

Polyrhachis thrinaxz, Roger—Nest formed by binding

together one or two leaves with a few silken threads;

very small communities.

Polyrhachis simplex, Mayr.; P. spinigera, Mayr—Nests

formed by web-work binding together a few twigs of a spiny

shrub.

Beophylla smaragdina, Fab.—Common in the Park and

along the trunk-road; nests in trees; sexes in the rains.

The name gives a wrong impression of the colour, the

2, which is seldom seen, alone answering the description ; ;

the workers, which may be seen in thousands, being a

brilliant gamboge yellow.

In « Notes on Indian Ants,” Trans. Entom. Soc. 1889,

IIL, and 1895, II., I have described the habits of many of

the Barrackpore species more fully.

FOSSORES.

Mutilla.—The species of this genus are never found in

any numbers (except perhaps the males of sexzmaculata) ;

single specimens may be picked up anywhere, but the only

spot where you could start out collecting with some

certainty of finding them was Monirampore, where the

heaps of white sand used for the filter-beds of the water-

works (and which in carting was scattered about the paths

and roads leading to the grounds) formed a great attraction

for these sun- and sand-loving insects. The waterworks

are quite of modern date, and it seems véry curious that

imported sand should in a few years have proved an

attraction sufficient to establish a known locality or resort.

How can the slow-moving 2 Mutil/a discover that sand is

to be found within the restricted area (a few acres) of the

Monirampore compound ?

The courting of the sexes of sexmacu/ata may occasionally

be watched on the leaf of a tree or shrub in some secluded

spot, and in its phases is almost ludicrous. The ¢ will

caress, coax, and pet his lady-love for hours together (the

antennz being the chief means of conveying or expressing

t=)

his feelings) ; at last, losing all patience, he will take her

112 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

up in his mandibles and shake her, then perhaps feeling

ashamed of himself, will redouble his caresses and begin

the courting over again. I have several times captured

them in their marriage flight.

Scolia.—Common in Barrackpore Park in the rains;

they can often be seen flying along the grass at the edge

of the roads, the beautiful iridescence of their wings

flashing in the sun.

Scolia indica, Sauss., and S. rwhiginosa, Fab.—Found in

the jungle at Pulta. There would come a boom of some

large insect, a flash of black and red, and it had dis-

appeared with a thud in the low thick scrub, from which

it would take much careful beating to rouse and secure.

Elis marginella, Klag.—Was very common about Pulta

in the early rains, preferring shade to sun. I never found

it in the Park.

Sceliphron violaceum, Fab—One of the commonest

species in India, frequenting the verandahs of our

bungalows, and building its little mud-cells on the walls.

Sceliphron madrasapatanum, Fab.—Not so common as

violaceum, but sufficiently so to attract the attention of

any observer.

Sphex lobatus, Fab.—This is one of the most strikingly

handsome of all the Indian Aculeates. It is common

throughout the hot weather and rains, and makes its nests

in the hard ground (being especially fond of bare patches

in the grass land of the Park); it provisions its nests with

a store of field crickets. Before taking a prisoner in, it will

go in and out many times to see that all is secure, and if

during this process you remove the cricket a few yards or .

so from the entrance, it will display great intelligence in

finding it by working round and round in gradually in-

creasing circles till the circumference at last crosses the

cricket, which is always 1n too stupefied a state to escape.

When the females settle on the ground they come with a

clash and a clatter like the clank of cavalry, and in the

brilhant sunlight suggest ideas of fifteenth-century knights

blazing in plate-armour. The males are very fond of the

flowers of the castor-oil plant.

Sphex wmbrosus, Christ; S. awrulentus, Fab.; S. luter-

pennis, Mose.—These three species are fairly common about

the jungly ground round Pulta, particularly so at the close

of the rains.

Ampulex compressa, Fab—This is a common species,

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 118

and is very often met with sunning itself on the trunks

of peepul trees. I have found it occasionally in this

situation busily engaged with the workers of Sima rufo-

nigra, picking them up with its mandibles and tossing

them off the tree, but with a sporting air rather than any

serious or deadly purpose, for the ants were never in the

least injured.

Rhinopsis ruficornis, Cam.—A rare species, only found

frequenting the nests of Sima rufonigra, which it very

closely mimics. For some years I had visited a particular

nest of Stima rufonigra in the hope of finding the male,

and at last I was rewarded with what at first sight looked

like an undoubted g. I eagerly captured it; it was not

an ant at all, but something even more interesting, a clever

case of mimicry by a sand-wasp. I also found Lhinopsis

at a second nest, and Mr. Wroughton at a later date, on

discovering Suma rufonigra in the Konkan, found its

understudy in a similar species, Riinopsis constancex, Cam.,

in considerable numbers, a most convincing proof that this

mimicry is genuine, and in no way accidental. The double

mimicry by Lhinopsis and Salticus of a fierce and exception-

ally armed ant appears to me to be specially interesting.

Gastrosericus rothneyt, Cam.; G. binghami, Cam.; Nysson

rugosus, Cam.; NV. erythropoda, Cam.; Gorytes amatorius,

Smith; G. pictus, Smith, were all taken in a bank of fine

earth in a little lane near Pulta, so shaded with dense

jungle that at noon in the hottest weather it was like

twilight and almost cool.

Bembex lunata, Fab,—A rare species. A small colony

found in the sandy bank of a nullah at Pulta.

Bembex trepanda, Dbm.—Common in the rains in the

low jungle about Pulta.

Bembex buddha, Handl.—Found in the hot weather on

sandy patches of ground about Pulta.

Cerceris—Found most commonly during the rains on

flowers. A nullah between Barrackpore racecourse and

Pulta overgrown with jungle, vegetation, and flowers was

especially rich in this genus.

Eumenes conica, Fab.—One of the commonest and most

familiar of Indian Aculeates, building its nests in verandahs

and any other convenient spot, provisioning them with an

abundant store of caterpillars, mostly geometers.

Lhynchiwm basimacula, Cam.—A rare species, but one

that lends a zest to collecting, as you can never be quite

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART 1. (APRIL) 8

114 Mr. G. A. J. Rothney on

certain when on the wing if one of the common species

may not turn out to be basimacula, with its broad white

band. On one occasion basimacula made its nest in

the turret-staircase leading to the roof of my bungalow.

The cells were very strongly formed and covered with a

particularly sticky kind of cement like shell-lac.

Polistes hebreus, Fab.—The commonest wasp in Barrack-

pore, and generally known as the Yellow wasp. It will

take up its position in a verandah, outhouse, or other

buildizg, and go on piling up its nest on nests year after

year with a persistence which will take no denial. It

varies greatly in size and colour, some specimens being

pinched and starved in appearance and of a dirty grey-

green colour, while others are really fine insects with a

brilliant yellow colouring like fresh gamboge. Season and

environment may have something to do with this varia-

tion. A most striking instance of this was a colony

formed in a little white dome-shaped building which

protected a monument to one of the former worthies of

the Calcutta Botanical Gardens. It stands in one of the

main roads of the gardens, without a particle of shelter or

shade from the blazing sun, and here hebrwus built its

nests year after year, the wasps developing to such a size

and of such an intense yellow as almost to suggest a new

variety.

Vespa cincta, Fab—This species may be taken as the

Bengal hornet; it seldom frequents houses, but is common

enough in trees, shrubs, and old out-buildings. For many

years a large nest was established in the Chirya Khana

(aviary) in the Park. Another, a very curious nest, was

built in a large square terra-cotta flower-pot in the Park.

A tree of some sort had died, leaving a bare stem about

four feet high, and up this the nest was built and added

to year after year. I hada great ambition-to secure this

nest for the British Museum, but the great difficulty

of packing it for sea-transport compelled me to give up

the idea. This species is very fond of frequenting the

date palm when cut by the natives for collecting toddy.

They will settle round the stems in thousands to feast on

the exuding juice. It is curious that at such times the

little grey Indian squirrel (Sciwrus palmarwm) will come

and clear the hornets out with its paws, and take its fill of

the toddy without being molested in any way, and yet

it is not an unknown incident for cincfa to attack even

The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore. 115

elephants, as the following cutting from The Hinpress of

India will show :-—

“To walk about Gaur is impossible; there are too many

swamps and jungles; the only way to get about is on

elephants, and even on these one’s progress is sometimes

checked, as happened when we were trying to force our

way through the jungle to the Dakhil Gate. We were in

single file, the Lieutenant-Governor and Mr. Hillow, the

Rajah of Mymensing’s agent, leading, when suddenly orders

were passed back to right-about-face, much shouting took

place, and we found that the whole line of elephants had

been routed by a hornets’ nest, an enemy which is by no

means to be despised.”—Himpress, Aug., 1899 (Sir John

Woodburn’s Tour).

Vespa orientalis, Lin.—Only once have I found this

species in the Barrackpore district. A native sweet-seller

set up astall one day under a peepul tree near the church,

and with it appeared orientalis. After a few weeks sweet-

seller and wasp disappeared and were not seen again.

Although so rare at Barrackpore, this is about the com-

monest wasp up-country, and even at Burdwan, fifty miles

from Barrackpore, it can be found in hundreds in the

native bazar.

APID.

Nomia curvipes, Fab.—Occurred occasionally in the Park,

but more commonly in a grassy lane between the Barrack-

pore Maidan and Pulta. It likes the long “dudh” grass

which grows in damp ditches along hedgerows. At Nis-

chindipore Nuddea it appeared in sufficient numbers to

be quite a feature, and the beautiful gold-brown colouring

and bright golden bands glittering in the sun as the bees

flitted to and fro against the background of emerald

green was an entomological pleasure not readily forgotten.

Steganomus nodicornis, Smith—Somewhat rare in the

Park, its chief habitat being Pulta, where it is common in

the hot weather and rains. Itis a charming little bee and

has a quiet weird little flight of its own, which is very

puzzling till you get accustomed to it. The little white

flowers of a species of Pulicaria are much frequented, ard

it has a habit of settling drawn up in a little compact ball

on the stem beneath the flowér, when it is almost impossible

to discover it. I have been out collecting with a friend

a whole day where tliis bee was fairly common without

116 The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore.

his capturing a single specimen until initiated in their

ways.

Nomada adusta, Smith.—You could always find one or

two specimens of this little Nomada flitting about and

settling on blades of grass in the shade of the big trees in

Barrackpore Park, near the Vice-regal kitchens.

Parevaspis carbonaria, Smith.—Common in Barrackpore

Park on the blossom of Duranta plumieri and other

flowering shrubs and trees.

Megachile bicolor, Fab.; MW. lanata, Fab. ; M. disjuncta,

Fab.—Three of the commonest bees in the district, and

may be seen at any time anywhere, busy with their leaf-

cutting operations.

Crovisee emarginata, Lep.; CU. histrio, Fab.—Common in

the Park on the flowers of various shrubs and trees,

particularly the blossom of Duranta plumieri.

Anthophora ciuta, Lin.; A. bicincta, Fab—Common

throughout the hot weather and rains about Pulta,

frequenting the flowers of a plant much like our own

dead-nettle, which is so attractive to our species in

England ; indeed, I came across this plant at Pulta one

day before I had seen the bee. I felt Anthophora should

be near, and sure enough in a few minutes Uicincta and

cincta appeared. My delight was great, for I had not

been long in India and it reminded me of home.

Xylocopa.—Generally common, but more particularly so

in both Barrackpore and Ischapur Parks. They form their

colonies in the half-decayed trunks of trees, and can be

found nearly the whole year round at the flowers of every

tree, shrub, or plant. The yellow blossoms of Thevetia

nereifolia are a constant attraction to them, also Argyretu

nervosa (elephant creeper) and the always favoured

Duranta plumieri.

Themales of Zstwans have a curious habit of frequenting

trees of the china-box which grow in the Park and also

in the deserted gardens of some ruins at Pulta; they circle

round and round the trees high up and well out ‘of reach’ for

hours together, but never settling or resting for a second.

Aphis indica, Fab.; A. florea, Fab.—Common in the

Park and in one’s gardens, but not to the same extent as

our own honey bee is at home. The fine bee, Aphis

dorsata, which is so common “ up-country ” in the North-

West Provinces, Oudh and the Punjaub, I have never

met with in the Barrackpore or Calcutta districts.

VI. Descriptions of nineteen new species of Larride,

Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. By

PereR CAMERON. Communicated by GEORGE

ALEXANDER JAMES ROTHNEY, F.E.S.

{Read March 4th, 1903.]

LARRIDES.

VerY little attention has been paid to the smaller

Indian Larride. In Colonel Bingham’s work only one

species of 7 mm. is described. Hence, it is not surprising

that many small species should be undescribed.

Notogonia anthracina, un. s.

Nigra, alis fusco-hyalinis, nervis fuscis, cellula cubitali 1* longiore

quam 2*, metanoto reticulato, 9. Long. 7 mm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (Ltothney).

Scape of antenne brownish in the middle beneath, shining ; the

front closely punctured and with a shallow, narrow furrow in the

middle ; the vertex alutaceous; the ocellus has a short, narrow,

conical point in front, and is longer than broad, the furrow in front

of it is wide and deep ; the curved furrow on the vertex is wide and

shallow. Pro- and mesonotum closely punctured. Median segment

irregularly reticulated ; the basal two-thirds of the apex irregularly

transversely striated ; the apex with a few longitudinal striz in the

middle ; the furrow is wide and deep and does not reach beyond

the middle. Propleurw irregularly striated ; mesopleure below

the furrow strongly and closely punctured ; above it aciculated.

The sternum between the middle cox is closely longitudinally

striated ; the furrow is deep; the sternal process is stoutly keeled

down the middle and on the sides; the apex with a small incision in

the middle, the sides oblique. The apical abscissa of the radius is

oblique, large ; the first cubital cellule above is shortly, but distinctly,

longer than the second ; the first transverse cubital nervure is angled

from shertly below the middle, where it is bullated; the seeond

recurrent nervure is received shortly behind the middle ; the two

recurrent nervures are separated by not much more than half the

length of the top of the first cubital cellule. Abdomen pruinose ;

the middle ventral segments covered with longish black stiff hair.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (APRIL)

118 Mr. P. Cameron on

Notogonia intermedia, n. s.

Long. 7 mm. ?

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Rothney).

Is closely related to V. anthracina, from which it may be

known by the top of the first cubital cellule being longer

compared with the second; by its curved form; by the

apical abscissze being broader and rounder; and by the

recurrent nervures being nearer each other, being separated

by not much more than half the length of the top of the

second cubital cellule.

Scape of antenn brownish in the middle beneath, the lower part

of the front of the face thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the

front and vertex alutaceons, the latter closely punctured behind the

keel ; the ocellus circular ; a narrow, pointed piece at the apex ; the

furrow in front of it is wide and deep ; the raised part has a shallow,

indistinct furrow in the middle. Palpi testaceous ; pro- and meso-

notum closely and distinctly punctured ; the metanotum irregularly

reticulated at the base, the apex irregularly transversely striated ;

the apical slope has a deep furrow to shortly beyond the middle; on

either side of this it is obscurely striated; the apex has a few

irregular longitudinal striw. The propleure have some irregular

striw ; the mesopleure closely and distinctly punctured below the

furrow ; the metapleure longitudinally striated, closely below, more

widely above. Sternal process keeled down the centre, the keel

widest at the base; the apical incision small, the sides slightly

oblique. The apical abscissa of the radius is rounded below ; the

first cubital cellule is more than one-half longer than the second, the

recurrent nervures are received close together at the apex of the basal

third of the cellule ; legs and abdomen pruinose.

In this species the recurrent nervures are more closely

united than usual.

Notogonia piliventris, n. 8.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa ; alis hyalinis, nervis fuscis ; metanoto

reticulato ¢@.

Long. fere 5 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Ltothney).

Scape of antennze covered with a silvery pile, the middle brownish

beneath, the flagellum opaque. Head opaque, closely and distinctly

punctured, the vertex behind distinctly raised, triangularly incised

in the middle, the edges rounded ; the front ocellus has a minute

Larride, Odynerus and Apide from Parrachkpore. 119

keel in the middle before and behind, the furrow in front of it is

deep, narrow ; the antennal fovee are large, smooth and shining ;

the lower orbits, face and oral region are thickly covered with silvery

pubescence. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle; the palpi

dark testaceous. Pro- and mesonotum closely punctured, covered

with a pale down; the median segment is closely transversely

reticulated ; the apex is irregularly transversely striated ; and is

thickly covered with silvery hair. Propleura closely and distinctly

punctured ; below marked with enrved stria ; mesopleurwe almost

smooth above the furrow, below closely punctured ; metapleure

closely striated. The mesosternum behind is stoutly keeled round

the edges behind, and has a narrow keel down the middle ; the meta-

sternal process is hollowed, and is slightly roundly incised in the

middle at the apex. Legs pruinose, the spines blackish. Radial

cellule short, wide, the apical abscissa of the radius is oblique, and

makes an angle with the lower one, which has also an oblique slope ;

the first cubital cellule at the top is almost equal in length to the

second ; the second recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the

middle, the first half-way between it and the first transverse cubital

nervure, which is straight, oblique, and has a large bulla shortly

below the middle. Abdomen pruinose ; the pile on the pygidium

silvery ; the third and following ventral segments are sparsely

covered with long black hair.

Notogonia parva, ua. s.

Long. 5mm. 2.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

In size this species agrees with NV. piliventris, but is

readily separated from it by the alar neuration.

Antenne stout, the keel on the scape fuscous ; the scape is almost

bare. The front and oral region thickly covered with bright silvery

pubescence, the front and vertex are strongly alutaceous ; the furrow

below the ocellus is deep, the ocellus projects triangularly behind ;

the raised portion of the vertex has a narrow furrow down the

middle ; behind, uniting the eyes, is a ——-shaped furrow. Man-

dibles piceous at the apex. Palpi dark testaceous. Pro- and meso-

notum closely and distinetly punctured. The basal portion of the

median segment is transversely striated; the striae distinctly

separated, and at the base they are irregularly joined by longitudi-

nal ones ; the apical slope has a few transverse striw ; the furrow is

of equal width and extends to near the apex. Propleure strongly

aciculated, and is for the greater part striated. Except above the

furrow the mesopleure are distinctly and uniformly punctured,

120 Mr, P. Cameron on

Metapleuree closely and distinctly striated ; near the base is a

perpendicular furrow, divided above the middle by a fovea. The

metasternal process is slightly and gradually widened towards the

apex, which is incised in the middle, but not widely ; there is an

interrupted keel in the middle. The radial cellule is wide ; the

apical abscissa of the radius is rounded below ; the first cubital

cellule is, if anything, longer than the second ; the first transverse

cubital nervure is largely bullated below the middle and _ less

distinctly at the top; the upper part has an oblique slope ; the

second recurrent nervure is received distinetly behind the middle ;

the two are separated by about one-half the length of the top of the

first cubital cellule.

Abdomen pruinose, the ventral surface is covered with long

black hair; the petiole below is closely strongly longitudinally

aciculated.

Characteristic of this species is the shape of the radius, the

apical abscissa of which does not form, on the lower side, a sharp

angle, but is broadly rounded.

Notogonia indica, n. 8.

Long. 5 mmm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Comes near to N. parva; may be known from it by the

apical abscissa of the radius not being rounded on the

lower side, by the upper (and larger) part of the first

transverse cubital nervure being more distinctly angled,

by the first cubital cellule being slightly, but distinctly,

shorter than the second; by the striation on the meta-

pleuree being closer; and the first recurrent nervure is

more distinctly roundly curved.

Vertex and front alutaceous ; the lower part of the front and the

oral region densely covered with silvery pubescence. The ocellus is

broader than long, rounded at the sides, and not produced in front

or behind; the part behind it is distinctly raised and furrowed

down the middle, the curved furrow behind this is distinct, and is

produced backwards in the middle, but not very deeply. Palpi

dark testaceous. Pro- and mesonotum closely and minutely

punctured. The base of the median segment reticulated, more

strongly at the base than at the apex ; the apical slope is transversely

striated ; the striw rather widely separated ; the middle is deeply

furrowed. Propleure irregularly striated. Mesopleuree, below the

furrow, strongly and distinctly punctured; metapleure closely

longitudinally and somewhat irregularly striated. Wings hyaline,

Larvridx, Odynerus and Apide fron Darrackpore. 121

the stigma and nervures fuscous ; the apical abscissa of the radius

oblique, straight ; the first cubital cellule is slightly but distinctly

shorter than the second ; the upper two-thirds of the first transverse

cubital nervure has a distinct curve, and is slightly rounded ; the

second recurrent nervure is received near the basal third of the

cellule, the space separating it from the first is less than the length

of the first cubital cellule above. Abdomen shining, the segments

banded with silvery pubescence ; the pile on the pygidinm dense

and silvery.

Notogonia striaticollis, n. s.

Nigra, dense pruinosa ; metanoto reticulato ; metapleuris striolatis ;

alis hyalinis, nervis nigris @.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Scape of antenne aciculated, the sides covered with silvery

pubescence ; beneath it is sharply keeled laterally, the flagellum is

covered with a pale pile. Front and vertex closely minutely

punctured ; the front thickly covered with minute silvery pubes-

cence ; the face and clypeus covered thickly with silvery pubes-

cence; the clypeus bears also some long hairs. The ocellus is

sharply triangularly produced on the lower side ; below it is a wide

and deep furrow. Mandibles broadly rufous on the apex. The

eyes at the top are separated by the length of the third antennal

joint. Pronotum alutaceous, behind thickly covered with silvery

pubescence ; the mesonotum is closely and distinctly punctured all

over, and covered with a minute fuscous pile ; the scutellum is

more shining, and is dictinctly punctured, but the punctures are

not so closely pressed together as they are on the mesonotum., The

basal part of the median segment is closely and distinctly reticulated

in the middle, the sides transversely striated ; the apical slope is

closely irregularly transversely striated; the central furrow is

narrow. The basal half of the propleurse is covered with stout

curved strize ; mesopleuree closely and distinctly punctured ; the

metapleure closely obliquely striated. The metasternal process is

rather deep, and is stoutly keeled down the middle. Lees thickly

pruinose ; the tarsal and tibial spines black. The first cubital

cellule above is shortly, but distinctly, longer than the second ; the

first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely sloped at top and

bottom ; both the recurrent nervures are received behind the middle

of the cellule, and are close together. The basal three segments of

the abdomen have broad pruinose bands; the pyvidium is thickly

covered with dark silvery, almost golden, pubescence.

122 Mr. P. Cameron on

Notogonia varipilosa, 0. s.

Nigra, thorace pallide fulvo pilosa, metathorace alutaceo ; alis

tof b) 5) ’

hyalinis, apice fumatis <¢.

e ’

Long. 7 mm.

fab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Antenne stout, longish; the scape densely covered with silvery

pubescence. Front and face densely covered with silvery pubes-

cence ; the vertex alutaceous, the ocellus triangularly produced in

front, rounded behind.

The apices of the mandibles are rufous, the base thickly covered

with silvery pubescence. Palpi dark testaceous. The upper side of

the thorax is thickly covered with dark, somewhat fulvous, pubes-

cence ; the pubescence on the pleure is longer, brighter, and more

silvery in tint. ‘The pubescence is thicker on the median segment,

which is alutaceous, and is only indistinctly striated near the apex ;

its apical furrow is distinct, narrow, of equal width throughout, and

extends from the base to the apex. The sternal process is broad ;

the lateral keels are stout ; there is none in the centre ; the apical

incision is narrow, twice longer than broad, of equal width through-

out, and rounded at the base. Legs thickly pruinose ; the spines

black. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly, but distinctly, smoky ;

the two cubital cellules are equal in length above ; the upper part

of the first transverse cubital nervure has a more sharply oblique

slope than the lower part; the second recurrent nervure is

received, if anything, behind the middle of the cellule. The apices

of the abdominal segments are broadly covered with silvery pile.

Notogonia fuscistigma, n. s.

Nigra, thorace supra dense fulvo pilosa; alis fere hyalinis, stigmate

fusco, nervis nigris, cellula cubitali 2* longiore quam 1* @.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Comes near to V. varipilosa, with which it agrees in the

colour of the pubescence, but the latter is stouter built, |

and has the first cubital cellule as long as the second,

whereas in the present species it is perceptibly shorter.

Front and vertex alutaceous ; the ocellus is triangularly produced

in front ; the clypens is distinctly punctured ; the pile on the lower

part of the front has a slight golden tint. Mandibles at the base

Larride, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. 125

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; from the incision they

are, for the greater part, rufous. The pro-, meso-, and base of meta-

notum are covered densely with fulvous pubescence, the pubescence on

the pleurse and the apex of the metanotum silvery. Pro-, meso-, and

base of metanotum alutaceous; there is a narrow furrow on the

basal two-thirds of the metanotuim ; its apical slope is obscurely

transversely striated and has a narrow deep furrow in the middle

extending to the apex. The mesopleural furrow is distinct ; the

metapleurze closely obscurely obliquely striated. The sternal

process is large; the basal third has an oblique slope and is deeply

furrowed in the middle ; the apical laps are rounded at the apex ;

the incision is short. Legs densely covered with silvery pubescence.

The first transverse cubital nervure is largely bullated at the top

and near the bottom; above the lower bulla it has an oblique

rounded slope ; the first cubital cellule at the top is half the length

of the second ; the two recurrent nervures are separated by the

. length of the second cellule. Abdomen pruinose. Tegulee brown.

N. bengalensis, ere described, comes near to the present

species, but it is a more slenderly-built insect; it may be

known from it by the sternal keel not being depressed at

the base and keeled down the middle; and by the second

recurrent nervure being more sharply angled in the middle,

the curve not being so broadly rounded.

Notogonia bengalensis, n. s.

Nigra, thorace dense, fulvo piloso ; alis hyalinis, stigmate fusco ;

cellula cubitali 22 duplo longiore quam 1* 9.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Comes near to N. vavipi/osa, but is smaller, is more

slenderly built, and is readily known from it by the shorter

second cubital cellule, it being with varipilosa equal in

length to the first.

Antenne stout, covered with a pale pile; the scape shining,

keeled on the under-side. Head alutaceous; the lower part of the

front and the oral region thickly covered with silvery pubescence.

Mandibles dark piceous in the middle. Palpi black, thickly covered

with white pubescence. Pro-, meso-, and base of metanotum covered

with fulvous; the apex of the metanotum and the pleure with

bright, silvery pubescence. There is a shallow broad furrow in the

centre of the metanotum; the base of the metanotum enarsely

124 Mr. P. Cameron on

alutaceous, and with a keel in the middle; the apical slope is thickly

covered with silvery pubescence, is obscurely transversely striated,

and has a narrow furrow in the middle which extends to near the

apex. Pleuré alutaceous. Sternal process large, keeled down the

middle, the keel much stronger on the base ; the apex in the middle

incised. Legs thickly pruinose, the spines black. Wings hyaline,

slightly infuscated at the base ; the first cubital cellule is half the

length of the second ; the first transverse cubital nervure is roundly

curved, the second recurrent nervure is received shortly behind the

middle of the cellule. Abdomen pruinose.

Notogonia pygmed, n. s.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa, alis hyalinis, apice nervisque: fuscis,

cellula cubitali 1™* duplo longiore quam 2* 9.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (fothncy).

Seape of antennz bare, brownish in the middle beneath. The

face and the lower part of the front thickly covered with silvery

pubescence ; the ocellus round ; the furrow below it wide and not

very deep; the transverse furrow behind it is wide, shallow, its sides

slightly oblique ; in its middle is a shining longitudinal furrow ;

mandibles broadly rufous at the apex; the base thickly covered with

silvery pubescence. Palpi dark testaceous. Pro- and mesonotum

thickly covered with sericeous pubescence ; that on the former being

brighter in tint than on the latter, which is alutaceous, and has a

broad shallow furrow down the middle. The basal part of the

median segment is alutaceous, neither striated nor reticulated ; the

apex is deeply, but not widely, furrowed down the middle. Pleura:

alutaceous, without any striations. The metasternal process is wide,

is slightly incised in the middle at the apex, and has an obscure keel

down the middle. The first cubital cellule at the top is one-half the

length of the second, the first transverse cubital nervure has a

gradually rounded slope to near the top; the second recurrent

nervure is received shortly behind the middle of the cellule, and is

sharply angled in the middle; the two are separated by slightly

more than the leneth of the top of the first cubital cellule ; the apical

abscissa of the radius is straight, not oblique, and forms an acute

angle with the lower part. Abdomen pruinose, especially on the

apices of the segments, Leys thickly pruinose ; the spines and

ealearia black ; the apices of the anterior tarsi testaceous. .Tegulie

rufo-testaceous. :

Larridx, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. 125

Notogonia picipes, Vr. 8.

Nigra, femoribus posticis piceis ; alis hyalinis, stigmate fusco ?.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Comes near to NV. suwhtessellata, but is not much more

than half the length of the smaller examples of the latter ;

the hinder femora, instead of being bright red, are only

piceous-red above and almost black below ; the apex of the

inedian segment is not so widely excavated, and not at all

below the middle ; and the sternal process is not keeled

down the middle, and not obliquely raised towards the

apex.

Mandibles broadly rufous towards the apex. Palpi testaceous.

Front and face thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Ocellus

irregularly round. Thorax alutaceous; covered with a silvery pile,

the middle of the metapleure irregularly striated at the base ; the

apical slope is indistinctly transversely striated, its upper half is

furrowed in the middle ; the sides of the furrow have an oblique

slope. The sternal process is wide, and is not keeled in the middle ;

its apical incision is small. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous,

the apical abscissa of the radius is rounded below ; the first cubital

cellule at the top is about one-third shorter than the second, the

second recurrent nervure is received shortly, but distinctly, behind

the middle of the cellule. Legs black, pruinose; the hinder femora

for the greater part above reddish-piceous ; the hinder tibia have a

piceous tint; spines and calearia black. Abdomen pruinose, the

apical segment is distinctly and roundly incised.

Notogonia pilosa, 0. s.

Nigra, dense albo pilosa ; alis fusco-hyalinis, stigmate nervisque

testaceis ¢.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Leothney).

Front and vertex strongly and closely punctured, thickly covered

with long fuscous hair; the lower orbits, face and clypeus thickly

with longer silvery pubescence ; the projecting apex of the clypeus

smooth, shining and bare. The anterior ocellus is minute, glassy,

slightly pointed in front; in the middle of the front is a wide and

shallow longitudinal furrow ; the depression on the vertex is wide,

deep, transverse, and narrower at the sides. Mandibles black, at the

126 Mr. P. Cameron on

base thickly covered with silvery pubescence, Palpi thickly covered

with silvery pubescence ; the apical joints testaceous. Pro- and

mesonotum strongly and closely punctured and thickly covered with

short white pubescence ; the scutellum is closely punctured like the

mesonotum ; the post-secutellum has the punctures smaller and closer.

Median segment thickly covered with white pubescence, closely

rugosely punctured ; on the apex the punctation is stronger ; its

sides are transversely striated ; the central furrow is distinct in the

middle. Propleure closely punctured, the punctures more closely

pressed together behind ; in the middle is a wide, shallow, oblique

furrow; the tubercles are thickly fringed behind with grey

pubescence ; the perpendicular furrow is crenulated, deep and moder-

ately wide ; the longitudinal one is narrower and not so deep. Meta-

pleure punctured, slightly so at the base ; the lower part.at the base

and middle striated. Pro- and the basal part of the mesosternum

keeled down the middle ; the metasternal process closely punc-

tured and thickly covered with long white hair; the apical lobes

rounded ; coxee and femora thickly covered with white hair ; the

tibiz more thickly and shortly with white pubescence, their spines

pale rufous ; the tarsi thickly pruinose, their spines rufous. Wings

fusco-hyaline, the neryures pallid fuscous; the first cubital cellule

above is slightly shorter than the second, the first transverse cubital

nervure is oblique and bulges out slightly backwards in the middle ;

both the recurrent nervures are received shortly behind the middle

of the cellule; the second recurrent nervure has a broadly rounded

curve. Abdomen thickly pruinose, especially on the apices of the

segments ; the basal ventral segment is rufous.

Comes near to JV, laboriosa and NV. jaculatriz, but is quite

distinct from either.

Tachysphex striolata, uv. s.

Nigra, tegulis testaceis ; alis clare hyalinis ; nervis fuscis ; segmento

mediali striolato 9.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Head opaque, closely and distinctly punctured ; the face and sides

of the clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the front

and vertex sparsely haired. The deformed hinder ocelli are oblique,

shining, the anterior is broader than long ; the ocellar region is raised

and has a shallow furrow down the middle between the ocelli;

behind them is a deep semi-circular furrow, behind which the vertex

Larridx, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. 127

is raised ; behind the antenne are two distinct oblique shining

tubercles. The apex of the clypeus is shining, smooth, bare ; its

extreme apex depressed. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle,

their base thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Pro- and meso-

notum closely punctured, the former thickly covered with white

pubescence. Scutellum less strongly punctured than the mesonotum.

Median segment at the base closely obliquely striated ; in the middle

with curved transverse striae; the apex is closely transversely

striated. Propleure shining, aciculated above. Mesopleur closely

punctured ; at the base is a wide perpendicular furrow which is

striated above. The apex of the metanotum is longitudinally closely

striated, the base above is sparsely, below closely punctured. Meta-

sternal area with raised sides ; the central keel is broad and does not

quite reach the base, Legs black, covered with a white down; the

tibial and tarsal spines are white ; the calcaria pale testaceous ; wings

clear hyaline, iridescent ; the stigma and nervures dark fuscous ; the

first cubital cellule above is about one-fourth longer than the second,

the first transverse cubital nervure is oblique and is slightly elbowed

on the lower side; the second recurrent nervure is received shortly

beyond the middle. Abdomen shining, the apices of the segments

pruinose ; the pygidium shining, its apex rufous,

Comes near to 7’. bituberculata, but that species is larger ;

its wings have a distinct yellowish tinge and are fuscous at

the apex, otherwise may easily be known by the median

segment being reticulated ; with the striz stouter and not

oblique.

Tachysphex puncticeps, n. s.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense punctatis, metanoto reticulato,

apice striato ; alis hyalinis, nervis fuscis ?.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothucey).

Scape of antennae smooth and shining, the sides bearing a pale

microscopic pile; the flagellum opaque. Vertex closely and dis-

tinctly punctured, the punctures distinetly separated ; behind the

ocelli is a large depression, which is obliquely narrowed behind, the

apex is deeper and shining, the front is closely rugosely punctured.

The antennal tubercles ave smooth and shining, the cheeks, face

and clypeus are thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the cly-

peus is distinctly depressed, smooth, bare and shining. Mandibles

broadly rufous in the middle ; the palpi dark testaceous. The eyes

at the top are separated by slightly more than the length of the third

128 Mr. P. Cameron on

antennal joint. Mesonotum closely and distinctly punctured and

thickly covered with a short pale down. Scutellum shining, only

very minutely punctured. Median segment closely reticulated ; the

apex strongly and closely transversely striated ; the furrow is wide

and deep and does not reach the middle. Propleurze smooth ; meso-

pleure closely punctured ; the metapleure, closely, obliquely striated.

Prosternum furrowed rather widely in the middle. Metasternal pro-

cess not defined. Legs pruinose, the tibial and tarsal spines are

white. Wings clear hyaline, the nervures fuscous, the first cubital

cellule is shortly, but distinctly, longer than the second ; the upper

(and larger) part of the first transverse cubital nervure has a distinct,

oblique slope ; the second recurrent neryure is received in the middle

of the cellule. The basal three segments of the abdomen are fringed

with silvery pubescence,

Tachysphex varihirta, n. s.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa, basi metanoti rugoso, apice striolata ;

alis hyalinis, cellula cubitali 1* duplo longiore quam 2*; nervis

stigmateque nigris ¢.

Long. fere 6 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Rothney).

Front and vertex closely punctured, the front more strongly than

the vertex ; the lower part of the front closely covered with silvery

pubescence, the inner orbits in the middle with pale golden pubes-

cence; the face and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence ; its middle with a slight rounded incision ; the labrum smooth

and shining. Base of mandibles thickly. covered with silvery pubes-

cence, the middle rufous. Palpi dark testaceous. The hinder part of the

head is thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Pro- and mesonotum

covered with silvery pubescence which is very thick and long near the

tegule ; mesonotum closely and distinctly punctured ; the scutellum

has the punctures more widely separated. Median segment closely

rugosely longitudinally rugose ; in the middle, at the base, are some

irregularly waved strie and it is thickly covered with white pubes-

cence ; the apical slope is closely transversely striated. Propleurce

strongly punctured above, below smooth and shining ; mesopleuree

closely, but not very strongly, punctured ; the lower part thickly

covered with silvery pubescence ; metapleure closely striated, the

striz more widely separated at the base. Mesosternum closely punc-

tured, shining ; the metasternal area closely punctured, the apex in-

cised in the middle ; the raised sides stout, the middle indistinctly

keeled. Legs thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the four

Larride, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. 129

anterior calcaria pale testaceous. The first cubital cellule at the top is

somewhat more than twice the length of the second, the first trans-

verse cubital nervure is oblique, straight ; the second recurrent nervure

is received almost in the middle of the cellule. Abdomen shorter than

the thorax, the basal three segments broadly banded with silvery

pubescence on the apices; pygidium smooth and shining.

Odynerus sibilans, n. Ss.

Niger, flavo maculato ; clypeo flavo, nigro maculato, flagello an-

tennarum subtus rufo ; pedibus flavis, coxis, trochanteribus femori-

busque posticis nigris; alis hyalinis, apice violaceis 9.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Antenne black, the scape yellow, the flagellum brownish beneath ;

head black, the eclypeus, except a triangular black mark in the centre

at the apex, the lower inner orbits, the eye incision, an irregular broad

line across the vertex, dilated downwards in the middle and broadly

incised above, and all united together and the upper half of the outer

orbits, yellow. Frontand vertex strongly rugosely punctured, the centre

of the front between the antennz shining and minutely punctured.

Clypeus broad above, rounded there, obliquely narrowed towards the

apex, sparsely punctured, the punctures rather large and deep, the

apex with a broad shallow incision. Mandibles rufous, yellow at the

base, the inner side black. Thorax black, closely and rather strongly

punctured ; the pronotum broadly above, a round spot below the

tegul, scutellum, post-scutellum and the sides of the median segment

broadly yellow. Median segment rugosely punctured, the middle

stoutly keeled and transversely striated ; from the keel near the

top, a transverse, stout, slightly curved keel runs from either side.

Pleure closely punctured, the base of the meso- and metapleure

smooth. Legs yellow, the fore coxe, the others behind, the trochanters

base of anterior femora and the posterior entirely, black. Wings

hyaline, infuscated along the fore margin; the apex violaceous, the

second cubital cellule is much narrower above, being not one-fourth

of the length of the third. Abdomen black, the apex of the petiole, its

sides broadly, a large mark on the sides of the second segment, its apex

broadly, the sides narrowly, the apices of the third and fourth and

the fifth and sixth in the middle, yellow. The ventral segments are

broadly yellow.

There is an indistinct keel, more distinct on the sides

than in the middle, on the petiole behind the yellow mark.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL) 9

130 Mr. P. Cameron on

APID &.

Halictus itinerans, n. s.

Black, thickly covered with longish white hair; the sides and apex

of the median segment closely and distinctly reticulated; the

apices of the segments depressed and less strongly punctured than

the base ¢.

Long. 7-8 mm.

Hab, BARRACKPORE (LRothney).

Antenne stout, the flagellum bare, the scape covered with longish

white hair. Vertex shining, sparsely and minutely punctured ; the

front is closely, somewhat strongly and uniformly punctured ; its

lower side, the face and the vertex are thickly covered with white

pubescence. Clypeus strongly, but not very closely, punctured, its

apex transverse. Mesonotum distinctly, but not very strongly punc-

tured and with a narrow furrow on either side towards the apex.

Scutellum shining, punctured. The area on the median segment is

large and extends to the top of the apical slope ; it is closely, strongly,

longitudinally, punctured ; the apical slope and the metapleure are

closely reticulated ; the pleurze more closely reticulated, with the

reticulations less clearly defined than on the apex. Mesopleure

rugosely punctured. The apical slope of the median segment is

distinctly margined and is furrowed down the middle. Wings clear

hyaline, the stigma dark fuscous, the nervures black ; the first re-

current nervure is received quite close to the second transverse

cubital. Legs black, rather thickly covered with white hair ; the hair

on the under-side of the tarsi and their spines are rufous; the spurs

are pale rufous. Abdomen closely and distinctly punctured, except

on the apices of the segments which are depressed ; the base of the

dorsal segments are covered with white hair; the ventral surface is

thickly covered with longer white hair. The base of the last ventral

segment is distinctly raised, the raised part forming a semi-circle ; the

apex of the segment is transverse. Tegule black.

Comes near to H. ciris and H. vishnu, but cannot well

be confounded with either.

Halictus interstitialis, n. s.

Black, the apices of the tarsi testaceous, the mesonotum and the

scutellum reticulated closely, the base of the median segment more

widely and less regularly reticulated, the abdomen impunctate, the

base of the second segment with a broad band of grey pubescence ;

the front distinctly keeled 2.

Long. 6 mm,

Larride, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore. 131

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothney).

Antenne black, the apical half of the flagellum brownish, black

above. The clypeus is strongly, regularly but not very closely,

punctured—the face is less strongly punctured—the front and vertex

are coarsely alutaceous ; the front has a narrow distinct keel which

extends from the ocelli to the base of the antenne ; the front, face and

elypeus are covered with white pubescence ; the vertex more sparsely

with longish pale hair. The reticulation on the mesonotum becomes

stronger towards the apex ; the scutellum is less strongly reticulated

at the sides ; the post-scutellar region is thickly covered with white

hair. The apex of the pronotum is raised laterally at the base into

a sharp plate-like projection, which above is thickly covered with

white pubescence. Mesopleure obscurely reticulated. The base of

the median segment is irregularly reticulated, the longitudinal striz

are regular ; the transverse ones much more irregular and more or less

broken, the sides and the apical slope are thickly covered with white

pubescence, the hair on the sides is much longer than elsewhere.

The hair on the tibie and tarsi are fulvous, on the femora, sparser,

longer and white, the hair is fringed ; the outer spur on the hinder

tibia is armed with stout spines. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma

and nervures testaceous, the first recurrent nervure is interstitial.

Abdomen smooth, shining, impunctate ; the base of the second segment

has a band of white, depressed pubescence at the base ; the other

segments are broadly, but not thickly, fringed, with white pubescence

on the apex, the anal fimbra is rufous, the ventral surface is covered

rather thickly with long white soft hair.

The hinder tibiz and tarsiare distinctly rufous, this being also the

case with the femora beneath ; the tegul are rufo-piceous ; there are

no transverse furrows on the abdominal segments.

Comes near to H. /iodomus, Vachal.

Halictus bengalensis, un. s.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. BARRACKPORE (Lothiey).

This species comes near to H. ceylonicus, but it wants

the blue tint on the head and thorax; the base of the

median segment is strongly marked with stout twisted

keels, the clypeus is more strongly and distinctly punctured

all over, and there is a distinct transverse furrow on the

basal two abdominal segments.

Antenne black, brownish beneath towards the apex. Front

closely and uniformly punctured, the vertex is less closely and

132 Larridx, Odynerus and Apide from Barrackpore.

distinctly punctured especially near the ocelli. The cheeks are

thickly covered with white pubescence ; the face is sparsely and

minutely punctured ; the clypeus is much more strongly and dis-

tinctly punctured except at the apex. The punctures are large and

elongate, the centre at the apex is narrowly depressed. The labrum

projects slightly in the centre, it is closely and coarsely aciculated

with the sides smooth. Mesonotum shining, closely punctured,

more closely punctured at the sides than in the middle. There is a

distinct basal central furrow which extends beyond the middle and

a shorter one on the sides. Scutellum smooth, the sides and apex

punctured. Post-scutellar region covered closely with white pubes-

cence. The base of the median segment is covered with stout

irregularly twisted striz, which are more oblique laterally than in

the centre. The apical slope is smooth, shining, and is distinctly

bordered round the edges; its top in the centre is slightly bent

downwards with the edges oblique ; in the centre of the apical half

is a deep, clearly defined, furrow. The lower part of the propleurze

is irregularly striated ; below the middle at the base is an oblique

furrow. Mesopleure thickly covered with white hair. Wings

hyaline, the stigma testaceous, the nervures of a darker testaceous

colour ; the second recurrent nervure is interstitial. Legs black,

the hair white ; on the under-side of the tarsi fulvous, the calcaria

testaceous ; the spines on the hinder calcaria are long at the baze

and become gradually shorter towards the apex. Abdomen smooth,

shining and impunctate ; the segments at the base with a band of

white depressed pubescence. The anal fimbra is brownish and

broad ; the segment is brownish and the hair covering on it is long

and fuscous.

The eyes converge slightly below, there is a distinct keel on the

lower part of the front, the metathoracic area is not defined at the

apex by a keel or distinct margin ; there is a distinct transverse

furrow beyond the middle of the basal two abdominal segments ;

the apices of the tarsi are rufous. The pubescent band on the base

of the second segment is broader than it is on the other segments.

Comes near to H. albesens, which may be known from

it by the front not being carinate. It is related to H.

carinifrons, Cam.; that is a smaller, more slenderly-

built insect; the striated area reaches to the top of the

apical slope and the sides at the top are rounded, not

straight and oblique; the basal two segments of the

abdomen, too, want the transverse furrows. The calcaria

are more distinctly spined than usual.

( “33 -*)

VII. Notes on the nests of Bees of the genus Trigona. By

CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.

[Read March 4th, 1903.]

Priate V1.

FRoM time to time portions of the resinous masses formed

by species of Zrigona have been received by our National

Museum, and I believe have been exhibited at meetings

of this Society ; but so far as I know no complete nest has

ever been shown. When my friend Mr. Ridley, of the

Royal Botanic Gardens, Singapore, was last in England, I

asked him to endeavour to procure me one. This is

attended with some difficulty, as the nests are generally

built in hollow trees away in the forest, and usually at a

considerable height from the ground. Soon after his

return to Singapore, Mr. Ridley was fortunate enough to

see a large nest of 7. collina from Malacca being exhibited

at an Agricultural Show, and he very kindly purchased it

and sent it home tome. The bees were still alive in it

when it arrived. As soon as they ceased to come out, I

had the great mass of resin, which weighed 40 lbs., sawn

in half. Roughly speaking the nest is 24 inches long,

and 9 inches wide. The resinous parts, about 8 inches at

the top, and nearly the same at the bottom, have numerous

irregular galleries and cavities. Some of these cavities

are empty, but many of them are filled with pollen. This

was soft and spongy when the nest arrived; now it is

very hard, but the appearance is the same. The central

part of the block is occupied by what one may call the

nest proper. This is about 7 inches by 6. It consists of

innumerable galleries and chambers which are quite

irregular, separated by yellowish waxy partitions that are

not thicker than stout paper. In these partitions are

seen the oval cells containing immature bees.

The cells are 8 millimetres long, and about 4} broad.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL)

134 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on

They are placed quite irregularly as to position and

ee Sl ieee, eens

direction, sometimes in groups, sometimes isolated.

(Fig. 1.)

Although the Eastern 7vrigone are numerous and we

have a fair number in the British Museum, all the

specimens are workers, and only workers appear to have

been described. I was very glad to find some males in

the nest described.

Trigona collina, 2.

The male so closely resembles the worker that it might

easily escape observation. The antenne are a trifle longer,

and more slender, with the second joint of the flagellum

very short and strongly transverse. The face is relatively

narrower ; the clypeus with its limits ill-defined, and with

only the front margin obscure ferruginous. The posterior

tibiz are nearly of the same form as in the worker, but

the metatarsus, instead of being very broad and inclined

to be triangular, is parallel and as long as the following

joints of the tarsus taken together. The abdomen instead

of being obtusely acuminate and pubescent at the apex,

is almost truncate and beset with long, stiff, black hairs.

On the under-side it is longitudinally concave, and

generally more or less testaceous. The genitalia are

nearly always more or less visible.

The entrance to the nest of 7. col/ina is by means of a

long resinous tube, that stands out from the trunk of the

tree. The only complete one which has reached me and

which was exhibited at this Society in March 1900, is

14 inches in length, with a somewhat spoon-shaped

prolongation at the entrance.

The Nests of Bees of the genus Trigona. 135

Trigona ruficormis, Sinith.*

When the nest above described was received, Mr. Ridley

also sent a nest of Zrigona ruficorinis, Smith, one of the

smallest bees known. This was in a post in the Botanic

Gardens at Singapore, in a cavity evidently excavated by

Termites. The nest from which the type of this species

was described (Tr. Zool. Soc., vu, p. 185) was in a similar

excavation.

The nest is 8 inches long, in a cylindrical cavity of

about 24 inches diameter. There are various irregular

galleries or means of communication formed of black

waxy substance. In the lower part for about 4 inches

the space is occupied by closely-placed irregular closed

chambers, generally about one quarter of an inch in length,

formed of very thin, brownish wax. (Fig. 2.) These

chambers were nearly all filled with honey; two or three

with pollen. In the upper part of the nest are the brood

cells. These are oval, about 3; mm. long, and nearly

3 mm. broad, formed of brownish-yellow wax, either

isolated or massed together. (Fig. 3.) Many of them are

on a short peduncle. Most of them were filled with

pollen, but many contained immature bees. Those con-

taining the bees were of a lighter, more testaceous colour.

This difference is no doubt due to the pollen having been

consumed, so that they are dry.

Among the bees (which were alive when the nest

arrived) there were males and workers. They are

extremely alike, but nearly all the workers have the

abdomen entirely yellow; a few, however, have the apex

* If the genus Trigona is united with Melipona as is done by

some authors, the name smithii, proposed for it by Col. Bingham

(Fauna Indica) will have to be adopted on account of the older

Melipona ruficornis, Latr.

136 The Nests of Bees of the genus Trigona.

dusky. Possibly this is due to staining. All the males

have it fuscous at the apex, with the base clear yellow.

The apices of the genitalia are nearly always visible. The

form of the posterior legs is almost identical in the male

and worker, but the hairs forming the fringe on the upper

margin of the tibiz in the worker are white and brush-

like at the tip, whereas in the male they are nearly all

simple.

The type specimens of this species, which are from N.W.

India, have the antennz rusty-red. All the males from

the nest above described have them dark-brown, nearly

black. In the workers the scape is clear yellow, and the

flagellum hght-brown,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI,

Nest of Trigona collina, about one-fourth natural size.

P, P, chambers filled with pollen.

R, R, solid resin.

VU A remarkable new Lepidopterous Insect from Zulu-

land. By Sir GeorcE F, Hampson, Bart., B.A.,

F.ZS.

[Read April 1st, 1903.]

Genus APOPROGONES, nov.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi porrect extending about the

length of head, the 1st and 2nd joints fringed with long hair below,

the 3rd rather long, smoothly scaled ; frons smooth with large tuft

of woolly hair; eyes widely separated on vertex of head, large,

round, naked, overhung by long cilia; ocelli absent ; antenne

simple, dilated into a club before the terminal hook ; vertex of

head and thorax thickly clothed with rough scales mixed with some

hair; pectus with long hair ; tibize smoothly scaled, the mid-tibiz

with one, the hind-tibize with two pairs of moderate spurs ; abdomen

with some rough scales and hair on dorsum especially towards base.

Apoprogones hesperistis, 3 4

Fore-wing broad with the costa arched towards apex which is

rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein la forming a fork with

1b; le absent ; 2 from two-thirds length of cell; 3 from before

angle ; 5 from above middle of discocellulars ; 6 from upper angle ;

7, 8,9, 10 strongly stalked from just before upper angle, 10 from long

beyond 7; 11 from cell, straight; retinaculum a corneous bar

from subcostal nervure ; frenulum strong. Hind-wing with the

costa moderately arched; the termen excised from below apex to

vein 4, then crenulate, the inner margin long ; the inner area narrow,

vein la not extending to tornus ; le absent ; vein 2 from near angle

of cell; 3,4 from angle ; 5 from above middle of discocellulars ;

6,7 from upper angle ; 8 bent down and touching cell near base,

then widely separated.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (APRIL)

138 Sir G. F, Hampson on

Apoprogoncs hesperistis, n. sp.

¢. Head, thorax and abdomen black with a few grey scales and

hairs ; pectus with the hair mostly grey ; tarsi with white rings. Fore-

wing dark leaden grey irrorated and striated with black, forming

very ill-defined antemedial, medial and two postmedial waved lines ;

a small pink spot above base of vein 1; an ill-defined white bar

beyond the cell between veins 6 and 4, and a small triangular post-

medial spot above vein 6 ; a subterminal series of white points in

the interspaces with a small rufous spot before the one above vein 4.

Hind-wing black-brown, the costal area whitish towards base, the

inner area clothed with large rough leaden-blue scales and crossed by

numerous indistinct waved black lines with very ill-defined pink

striz between them towards tornus; an oblique white bar just

beyond the cell and traces of the white postmedial band of under-side ;

cilia of both wings chequered black and white. Under-side of fore-

wing with the basal area pale yellow slightly irrorated with brown ;

a large elliptical black discoidal spot with a white bar beyond it ; a

postmedial white band straight from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;

hind-wing with the basal area pale yellow thickly irrorated with

black-brown ; an elliptical black discoidal spot with oblique white

bar beyond it ; a postmedial white band with waved outer edge, bent

inwards and narrower towards costa ; the inner area whitish to the

postmedial line, interrupted below end of cell and before the

postmedial band.

Hab. ZULULAND, Eshowe 1500 feet, very thickly-wooded

country (Mrs. W. M. Mercer). Exp. 46 mill.

Type in Brit. Mus. A good deal rubbed.

The genusmust be assigned to the family EUSCHEMONID

represented by the single species Huschemon rafilesia,

Westw., from Australia, that however isa typical Hesperid,

except in having a strong frenulum and retinaculum,

whilst the present genus has veins 7, 8, 9, 10 of the fore-

wings stalked, in Luschemon and all HESPERIAD# all the

subcostal ves arising from the cell. -Apoprogones must

therefore be considered a development from the Lepido-

pterous stock at the point where the butterflies branched

off.

In what part of the world the butterflies first arose

we cannot of course say, but all the surviving forms at

all closely related to their point of origin belong to the

scattered remnants of the old Antarctic fauna; we have

first the Castniade found in the Neotropical region and

A remarkable new Lepidopterous Insect. 139

again in Australia, then the Neocustniadx# represented by

Tascina orientalis, Westw., from Singapore, Neocastnia

niceviller, Hmpsn., from Tenasserim, and NV. inetallica, Pag.,

from Palawan, next the Huschemonide represented by

Huschemon rapiesia from Australia, and finally Apoprogones

from Zululand. From this Antarctic fauna probably is

derived the greater part of the Australian fauna, a few

scattered representatives in Christmas Jsland, the Nicobars,

Singapore, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Palawan,

some in the Ceylonese subregion and Madagascar, a few

in South Africa, and it seems likely that the very specialized

and characteristic Neotropical fauna is derived from the

same stock.

APRIL 29, 1903.

( 141 )

IX. On Lepidoptera from the White Nile, collected by Myr.

W. L. S. Loat, F.Z.8.; together with further notes

on Seasonal Dimorphism wm Butterflies. By Dr.

FREDERICK A. Dixty, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wad-

ham College, Oxford.

[Read March 18th, 1903. ]

PAE Vell

Mr. W. L. 8. Loar, during his tenure of office as super-

intendent of the Nile Fish Survey under the Egyptian

Government, spent more than three years in a scientific

investigation of the waters of the Nile and its tributaries.

Though his biological activities were mainly engaged in

other directions, he took several opportunities of collecting

butterflies; and the specimens captured by him in April

1901, and in January and March 1902, are in many

respects of great interest. They are generally in excellent

condition, and are accompanied by ample data; but the

collection (which has been liberally presented by Mr. Loat

to the Hope Museum at Oxford) derives what is perhaps

its greatest value from the fact that the specimens are

marked in such a manner as to allow all those caught at

one time and in one spot to be grouped together. The

captor informs me that on these occasions no voluntary

selection was made on his part; that he tried, in fact, to

catch all he saw; so that each of his“ bags” may be taken

as a fair sample of the butterfly life that was at that

particular time on the wing.

The localities of Mr. Loat’s captures are as follows :—

J. Waite NILE; GHARB-EL-AISH, near KAKA; about

11° N. Lat.

II. WuirE NILE; near KAKA; about 10° 30’ N. Lat.

III. BAuR-EL-GEBEL (Nile); near MANGALA; about 5°

ING Wat:

IV. BAHR-EL-GEBEL (Nile); GonpoKoRO; 4° 43’ N. Lat.

Several of the species obtained from all these localities

are well known to be seasonally dimorphic. As will be

seen later, the present collection contains a preponderance

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART II. (JUNE) 10

142 oe, Dixey on

of “dry-season” forms. The large proportion of Pierines

to the whole number is remarkable ; as also is the general

resemblance borne by the whole assemblage to the butter-

fly fauna of Aden. It was remarked by Dr. Butler

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, p. 25, that the collection made by

Captain Dunn on the Bahr-el-Zeraf (White Nile) had a

very Aden-like aspect, and in particular that it contained

all the forms of Limnas chrysippus, Linn., just as they occur

at Aden. In Somaliland, as is well know n, the prevailing

form of L. chrysippus is L. klugit, Butl., w itha sprinkling of

its modification LZ. dorippus, Klug; in other respects the

present collection recalls the Somaliland fauna almost as

distinctly as it does that of Aden.

It will be neticed that Mr. Loat’s insect-collecting was

limited to a very few occasions, and to only three months

in the year. This will no doubt account for the absence

from his collection of a few species which occur in that of

Captain Dunn (/oc, cit.). Among such are Precis bodpis,

Trim., Adella phalantha, Drury, and especially Hypolimnas

misippus, Linn. There is no new species among Mr, Loat’s

captures, but they include the male of Pinacopterys

venatus, Butl., of which the female only has hitherto been

known to science,

Subjoined is an account of the places and dates of

capture, as carefully recorded by Mr. Loat, together with a

list of the specimens taken on each occasion. It has been

thought worth while to preserve his details, even to the

time of day at which the captures were made.

J. WuireE NILE; GHARB-EL-AISH, near KAKA; about

die IN] Lat:

1901, April 13

A, Between 1 and 2 p.m.

PIERIN &.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

Teracolus glycera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 144; Aun.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 1897, vol. 11, p. 461; Proc. Zool. Soc.,

L901, p. 25.

424,39. This, as Dr. Butler remarks, is a form of the

T. antigone group. It is barely, if at all, distinguishable

from 7’, evagore, Klug (7. saxeus, Swinh.). See below, p. 161.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 145

HESPERIID A.

GEGENES NOSTRODAMUS, Fabr.

1 @; with sharper wings and paler than Mr, Bennett's

Socotran example (also a ?).*

ZL. Between 5 and 5 p.m.

DANAIN A.

LIMNAS CHRySIPPUS, Linn.

L. chrysippus, Linn., 4 23 alcuppoides, Moore, 2 f; alcippus,

Cram., 12; klugit, Butl, 18; dorippus, Klug, 1 &.

These are of the colourmg usual in examples from the

northern districts of the “East African” subregion.

The chrysippus are duller and darker in hue than speci-

mens from Socotra, and the subapical white spots are

less discrete. The specimen of A/ugii is somewhat paler

than the average of that form. It is remarkable that

all five variations of chrysippus are represented in these

nine examples taken at the same time and in the same

place.+

NYMPHALIN &.

BYBLIA ILITHYIA, Drury.

12; intermediate between “wet” and “ dry.”

PRECIS CEBRENE, Trim.

1 9; wet.

PIERIN A.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

(a)

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Cram.

26,0 23 wet.

LYCAININ Al.

CHILADES TROCHILUS, Freyer.

LAS

TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS, F'abr.

1 2; rather small and dark.

* Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, p. 382.

+ On the varying forms of Limnas chirysippus, Linn., with their

distribution, see Poulton in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 473-

482, ibique citata; to which may be added a note by the present

writer in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1900, pp. 10, 11.

144 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

PoLYOMMATUS B&TICUS, Linn.

Ze eeomal

HESPERITD#®

GEGENES NOSTRODAMUS, Fabr.

Le,

April 14.

Between 9 and 10 a.m.

DANAINA.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L, klugw, Butl,-1 ¢.

NYMPHALIN&.

VANESSA CARDUI, Linn.

lie o..

PIERINE.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

lee Se:

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Crain.

1 f; wet.

LYCAININ A

TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr.

TARUCUS TELICANUS, Lan

>°

1 #3; rather small.

POLYOMMATUS B&TICUS, Linn.

1 9.

HESPERIIDA.

GEGENES NOSTRODAMUS, Fabr.

9 ft

At the time of the two days’ collecting above recorded,

the dry weather was breaking up. ‘Thunder was heard in

the distance, and the rains were just about arriving. The

next batch of butterflies was caught at a point on the

Nile a little further south, and a week later in the season.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 145

II. Waite NILE; near Kaka; 10° 30’ N. Lat.

1901, April 21.

A. Between 9 and 11 a.m.

DANAINA.

LIMNAS cHRystPpus, Linn.

L. alcippoides, Moore, 2 2; alcippus, Cram., 1 23 hlugii,

Buttle

NYMPHALIN.

PRECIS CEBRENE, Trim.

1 f; wet.

PIERINA.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

lee .

TERACOLUS DATRA, Klue.

3 4,22; all somewhat hghtly marked.

) ) 5 J

TERACOLUS LEO, Butl.

1 f, “dry,” but with no pink shade beneath; 1 9, white,

with very slight orange flush. Inclined towards “ wet.”

TERACOLUS PHISADIA, Godt..

12: with orange flush on upper surface of fore-wing,

and decided reddish shade beneath.

TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA, Klug.

BELENOIS GIDICA, Godt.

Northern form (2. abyssinica, Luc.), 2 2, 3 2. The males

tend to the wet form; one has the wings very sharply

pointed. Of the females, one is wet, one intermediate,

and the remaining one verges towards dry.

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Cram.

lore wel:

LYCANINA.

CHILADES TROCHILUS, Freyer.

POLYOMMATUS B&TICUS, Linn.

29.

146 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

HESPERIIDA.

CHAPRA MATHIAS, Fabr.

pea

PE. Between 3 and 5 p.m.

DANAINA.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L. chrysippus, Linn. 12; aleippus, Cram., 3 2%; klugit,

Butoh.

PIERIN A.

TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS, Butl.

1f,12 (yellow); both wet.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

1¢,12. Both of these are “dry” in character, but the

male is without the pinkish shade beneath, and the female

only has it to a moderate extent. Mr. Loat describes the

flight of the male m this and the preceding species as

er wil laeaes

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

ike

Oo,» —-4-.

TERACOLUS DAIRA, Klug.

Abe

TERACOLUS LEO, Butl.

1 2; yellow, with orange flush. Under-side pinkish, as in

the dry-season form.

TERACOLUS PLEIONE, Klug.

1; intermediate, verging towards wet.

TERACOLUS PHISADIA, Godt.

5¢, 19. Three of the males are full wet-season

forms, the other two show an infusion of flesh-colour in

the yellow of the under-side. The female is less reddish

beneath than the specimen of the same sex taken earlier

on the same day.

* Of. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s observations on the flight of “ purple-

tips.’—Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 354, 371; ‘see also Trimen,

“ South-African Butterflies,” vol. 111, 1889, p. 107.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 147

TERACOLUS AMELIA, Luc.

1 9. Dry-season; no basal duskiness on the upper

surface,

TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA, Klug.

2) 2.

BELENOIS GIDICA, Godt.

Northern form (B, abyssinica, Luc.). 1 2%, wet; 2 2,

dry.

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Cram.

2 ¢,2 9; all wet.

III. BAwr-EL-GEBEL (Nile); near MANGALA; about 5°

N. Lat. More or less open wooded country,

with scrub and dried grass in places; near the

river.

1902, January 8.

Between 3.30 and 5 p.m.

PIERIN &.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

12%, 12, intermediate; 1 9, dry. All these have more

or less basal duskiness.

TERACOLUS EVARNE, Klug.

aes lediye

TERACOLUS EPIGONE, Feld.

T. microcale, Butl. See Ann. May. Nat. Hist., 1897, i,

p. 472.

32; all dry.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

he ACS,

TERACOLUS DATRA, Klug.

Zee O.

BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cram.

Form boguensis, Feld. 1 2, intermediate.

148 Dr. F, A. Dixey on

January 9.

Between 9 and 11 a.m.

PIERINA.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

24,19, intermediate ; 19 dry.

TERACOLUS EVARNE, Klug.

192,39; all dry. The dry-season character especially

well-marked in the females.

TERACOLUS EPIGONE, Feld.

te 3 pen alldny,.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

TE gai ee

TERACOLUS DAIRA, Klug.

eels

BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cram.

1%, wet. Form boguensis, Feld. 32,19 (yellow); all

dry.

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Cram.

22,12, wet; 12, intermediate.

ERONIA CLEODORA, Hiibn.

1 g, wet.

LYCANINA.

TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr.

1g, 12. The male corresponds very closely with

specimens in Coll. Hope from Syria. The female, which is

of the blue form, comes very near to 7. sybaris, Hopff.

AZANUS JESOUS, Guér.

LYCENESTHES AMARAH, Gueér.

In a letter to Prof. Poulton, which he kindly permits

me to quote, Mr. Loat describes the present collecting-

ground as follows :—‘“ The country was flat, ground hard

and dry, very little undergrowth, a few large trees, open

bare patches of ground, a good deal of thorny scrub in

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 149

clumps, and every here and there tufts of dried grass.

The thorny scrub was mostly composed of a low-growing

shrub bearing a small whitish flower with a slight nonde-

script scent; this seemed rather attractive to the whites

and their allies.” The great preponderance of Pierimes in

this two-days collection at Mangala will be noticed.

The remaining captures were all made at Gondokoro or

in its immediate vicinity. With respect to them Mr. Loat

writes as follows:—“The series caught at Gondokoro

[Jan. 12, 16] were collected on a strip of land cleared of

elephant-grass and weeds, and turned into a kind of garden

with sweet potatoes, etc., growing in it, and a few wild

flowers about, close to the edge of the river. The Z.

chrysippus, with hardly an exception, and also the Acraas

were obtained on, or close to, the same strip of ground,

some of the remainder [Jan. 13, March 8] were taken on

ground like that described at Mangala. The weather on

January 8, 9, 12, 13, was dry, sunny and warm. The

rainy season generally begins [at Gondokoro] about the

15th of March, but this year (1902) it commenced about

one month earlier; that is to say, we had occasional

showers and squalls, with long intervals of fine weather.

About the end of March the rains start with a certain

amount of regularity, and last off and on till about October.”

In the neighbourhood of Kaka, 6° further north, the rains

are later. As was stated above, at Gharb-el-Aish, on April

13 (1901), they were only just beginning.

IV. BAHR-EL-GEBEL (Nile); Gonpokoro; 4° 43’ N.

Lat. Strip of ground by the river.

1902, January 12.

Between 3 and 4 p.m.

DANAIN.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

LL, chrysippus, Linn., 4 2 (one with slight white powdering

round gland-patch) ; a/cippoides, Moore, 1 2; aleippus,

Cram., 2 ¢; Alugit, Butl., 2 3; dorippus, Klug, 1 &.

ACRAIN A.

ACRHA VINIDIA, Hewits.

319,19. “Very numerous; takes a long time to die

when put in the killing-bottle.”—W. L. S. L.

150 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

NYMPHALIN&.

NEPTIS AGATHA, Cram.

Ege

PIERIN A.

TERIAS BRIGITTA, Cram.

1 @, wet. The occurrence in January of this well-

marked wet-season form is remarkable.

PAPILIONINA.

PAPILIO PYLADES, Cram.

19. “Rare.”—W. LS. L.

LYCANIN A.

POLYOMMATUS Ba&tIcusS, Linn.

12.

V. GonpdoKoro and neighbourhood. Ground as at

MANGALA.

January 13,

Between 3 and 3.30 p.m.

DANAINA,

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L. chrysippus, Linn., 2¢; klugu, Butl, 1 g and 1 &.

»)

Mostly on the strip of ground by the river.

ACRAINA.

ACREA VINIDIA, Hewits.

3%. On the strip of ground by the river.

PIERIN A.

TERIAS SENEGALENSIS, Boisd.

1 7, dry or intermediate.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

2 ¢,1 2; all somewhat “dry.

+B)

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

have

BELENOIS GIDICA, Godt.

Northern form. 1 §, dry.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 151

BELENOIS MESENTINA, Cram.

IL oliae

LYCANIN &.

TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS, Fabr.

1 Re

Jan. 16.

A. Between 10 and 11 a.m.

DANAIN/.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L. chrysippus, Linn., 8 2, of which two are small, and

several have a faint white powdering on the hind-

wing ; wleippus, Cram. 1 $; klugit, ButL, 3 2, one

with faint white powdering on hind-wing.

B. Between 11 and 12 a.m.

DANAINZ.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L. chrysippus, Linn., 3 2,19; aleippus, Cram., 1 2; klagr,

Butl., 1 Zand 1 , the latter with a slight powdering

of white on the hind-wings; dorippus, Klug., 1 %.

ACRAIN A.

ACRA&A ENCEDON, Linn.

1 ¢. This specimen is intermediate between typical

A. encedon and the form A. daira, Godm. & Salv. The

apical area is dusky, but the subapical bar is scarcely

paler than the general ground-colour. On the various

forms of A. encedon, and their relation with the correspond-

ing forms of L. chrysippus, see Poulton and Marshall in

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 479-484, etc., Plates

XLV, EV):

NYMPHALIN A.

PRECIS CLELIA, Cram.

1 f; rather small, intensely coloured; no trace of ocelli

on upper surface ; under-side looks “ dry.”

NEPTIS AGATHA, Cram.

PIERIN A.

TERIAS BRIGITTA, Cram.

1 2; wet or intermediate.

152 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

TERIAS SENEGALENSIS, Boisd.

2 ¢, dry, one small; 1 2 dry or intermediate, also

small.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

1 9, rather worn; dry or intermediate.

BELENOIS GIDICA, Godt.

Northern form. 1 ¢, dry or intermediate.

BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cram.

1 g, dry or intermediate.

All the captures on Jan. 16 were made in the “garden

strip,” on a patch of ground 50 yards square.

Jan. 18.

PIERINE.

TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA, Klug.

1 gf and 1 Q, paired.

March 8.

Between 9.30 and 11.80 a.m.

DANAINA.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, Linn.

L, klugit, Butl., 1 &.

PIERIN A.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE, Klug.

5 ,1; intermediate and dry.

TERACOLUS EVARNE, Klug.

15 ¢,12; all dry, most of them markedly so.

TERACOLUS GLYCERA, Butl.

Dae

LEUCERONIA BUQUETII, Boisd.

12)

PINACOPTERYX VENATUS, But.

1 ¢. This interesting Pinacopleryx is represented in

the National Collection by only two specimens, both

females. The first of these is the type, described and

figured by Dr. Butler in Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1871, p.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 153

169; Pl. VII, fig. 7. It was collected on the White Nile

by Petherick. The second is Captain Dunn’s, and was

captured in 1900 on the Bahr-el-Zeraf (Giraffe River,

White Nile). The former is much the more heavily

marked. Mr. Loat’s male corresponds rather with the

second specimen, which has more sharply-pointed and

narrower wings than the type, and probably belongs to

the dry-season phase of the species. The male appears to

be hitherto undescribed.

Pinacopteryx venatus, Butl.—Male.—General aspect somewhat like

that of P. Liliana, Grose Smith ; but smaller, and with fore-wings

narrower and more sharply pointed.

Exp. al. 40 mm.

Upper surface :—Wings white, Fore-wings with inner third of costa

and basal half of cell greyish ; a marginal black point at the

extremity of the third median branch, and marginal black spots at

the extremities of the first and second median, the two radial

branches, and the third subcostal. These spots increase in size from

behind forwards, and those belonging to the first radial and the

subcostal branches become fused, together with a costal spot, into a

dark apical patch, in which however the separate constituents are

still visible. A thin dark costal streak unites the apical black patch

with the basal grey. In the hind-wing, the marginal extremity of

each vein or branch, except the internal, is marked by a small black

spot ; the spots belonging to the second subcostal, radial, and second

and third median, are somewhat linear, being elongated in the

direction of the vein. Lower surface :—Fore-wings white, slightly

greyish along costa and towards base; a small roundish black spot

on lower disco-cellular venule. A fuscous mark, wedge-shaped with

the base uppermost, passes downwards from the second subcostal

near its termination to the space between the first and second radial

veins, crossing the common trunk of the third and fourth subcostals ;

and a large roundish dark spot is situated between the second and

third median branches, about half-way between cell and margin.

All the veins and their branches, except the submedian, are beset

near the margin with a shght powdering of fuscous scales, which at

the extremity of each vein or branch become collected into a more

or less definite spot. Hind-wings creamy white towards base and

costa, elsewhere white like the fore-wings ; costa edged with pale

yellow. A dark oval spot, several times larger than the discoidal

spot on the fore-wing, occupies the anterior half of the lower disco-

cellular vein, the latter forming its long axis. There is a large

fuscous spot on the costa at the termination of the costal vein,

154 Dr, F. A. Dixey on

continued posteriorly by another similar spot in the interspace

between the subcostals. From the posterior extremity of the latter

spot a fuscous band passes across the wing as far as the interspace

between the median and submedian veins, half-way across which it

terminates. This band is of irregular width and runs generally

parallel with the margin of the wing, about half-way between the

cell and border. The veins are more richly powdered with fuscous

seales than in the fore-wing, and the marginal spots. are more

preminent, all but that on the submedian being linear, like most of

those on the upper surface. The fuscous powdering is more strongly

marked on the third median branch than elsewhere, and is continued

inwards along two-thirds of the posterior area of the cell as a definite

dark streak, There is a rudimentary light fuscous spot in the

interspace between the costal vein and the cell, a little internal to

the origin of the first subcostal.

In the Hope Collection, Oxford. This form appears to

be quite distinct from P. simana, Hoptt., and P. Liliana,

Grose Smith. On the whole it most resembles the dry-

season phase of the latter; but the absence of veining on

the upper surface, and the much paler costal margin in

P. venatus f , together with the well-developed apical dark

patch and the dark marginal spots, seem to be distinctive.

BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cram.

cnya

A few moths were included in Mr. Loat’s collection.

They are as follows :—

SYNTOMID.

SYNTOMIS, sp.

LYMANTRIID.

DASYCHIRA ACRISIA, Plotz.

PYRALIDA.

SURATTHA, sp.

The above were all taken by Captain Bell on board a

White Nile steamer between 5° and 6° 30’ N. Lat., Feb.—

March, 1902.

ARCTIIDA.

DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA, Linn.

29; near Kaka, April 21, 1901.

GEOMETRIDA‘.

CZNINA AURIVINA, Butl.

Gondokoro, Jan. 14, 1902.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 155

FURTHER NOTES ON SEASONAL DIMORPHISM, SUGGESTED

BY THE ABOVE COLLECTION.

It will have been noticed that Mr. Loat’s specimens fall

roughly into three series; the first (A) consisting of the

butterflies captured near Kaka from April 13 to April 21,

1901; the second (£) comprising those collected at

Mangala and Gondokoro from Jan. 8 to Jan. 18, 1902;

and the third (C) being the final batch from Gondokoro

caught on March 8, 1902. From the accounts that have

been given above of the meteorological conditions prevalent

at these periods in the several localities, we should expect

all three series to show a preponderance of dry-season

forms, though some specimens in series 4 might exhibit

the influence of the early rains. The facts are well in

accordance with this expectation, but it will be seen that

series &, though belonging in point of time to the height

of the dry season, affords examples of the statement that

“in many cases where the existence of seasonal modifica-

tion has been reasonably presumed, or even actually

demonstrated, the seasonal relation is far from being

rigidly fixed.” *

Thus, the two January specimens of Z'erias brigitta are

both wet-season forms; and the same series (/) contains

several wet-season examples of Belenois mesentina and one

of B. severina. But the most curious instance of apparent

seasonal irregularity occurs in the case of Teracolus daira.

All the specimens of this form caught at Mangala on Jan.

8 and 9 are heavily marked on the upper surface, and

would certainly be pronounced at once by most authorities

to belong to the wet season. Those on the other hand

taken near Kaka on April 21, when the rains had well

started, are lightly marked, and bear all the appearance of

dry-season examples. Facts of this kind help to emphasise

the need that exists for still fuller and more accurate data

than we at present possess, if the problems of seasonal

dimorphism are to be satisfactorily unravelled.

Persistence of dry-season coloration. in the females of

seasonally dimorphic species—Myr. G. A. K. Marshall has

lately drawn attention to the fact that in the genus Acrwa

“where the summer males exhibit any particular brilliancy,

as petra, atolmis, or nohara, it is always compensated for

by an exceptional dulness on the part of their respective

* Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 193.

156 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

females.” * This dulness of coloration in the wet-season

females mentioned is with some hesitation imterpreted by

Mr. Marshall as being protective in its object. The present

is perhaps a fitting opportunity for pointing out that the case

of these three Acrwas seems to bear some relation to a far-

reaching principle which has met with less notice than it

deserves, and as to the significance of which no suggestion

has hitherto been made. The principle I refer to is

this :—that the dry-season garb of a seasonally dimorphic

butterfly, at least as regards its under-surface, 1s often far

better marked and more persistent in the female than in

the male. This is obviously of interest in view of Professor

Poulton’s interpretation of the cryptic character of dry-

season and desert forms. It would accord with all that

we know as to the special importance attaching to the

life of the female, and the means that are taken for

preserving it, that the more efficient mode of protection,

such as on Professor Poulton’s hypothesis the dry-season

colouring must be, should be more completely and persist-

ently adopted by the sex whose safety from enemies is of

such vital moment to the species. The interest of the

point perhaps justifies a slight digression, and I propose to

give here a few instances which will serve to support the

above ceneralization.

NXanthidia nicippe, Cram. North and Central America.

The wet-season female retains on the under-surface a

tinge of the dry-season purple

Ivias pyrene, Linn, India, etc. Here also the wet-

season female usually retaims the dry-season mottling.

Tvias marianne, Cram. India. The wet-season female

is nearly always brown beneath, as are both sexes in the

dry season. The under-side of the wet-season male is

yellow.

Catopsilia pomona, Fabr. Oriental and Australian

Region. In the wet-season form (C. crocale, Cram.)} the

female often retains in some degree the dry-season

* Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1902, pp. 433, 434. It is hardly neces-

sary to remark that the peculiar need for protection experienced by

the female sex was first pointed out by Mr. Wallace. Some of the

provisions towards this end were recoguized by him as cryptic (as

in many birds) ; others were supposed to be heendapGesinane It

is now known that synaposematism may also play an important part

in the special protection enjoyed by female insects. See Trans, Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 466, 467, ibique cit.

+ Ibid., pp. 431-433, ete. ser lbad; spat OO:

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 157

ocellation and other characters, though there is an extreme

erocale-form in which they are lost. The “dry-season ”

form C. catilla, Cram., which is probably strongly cryptic,

belongs solely to the female sex.

Pyrisitia proterpia, Fabr. Central and South America.

This is a wet-season form of which there is every reason

to suppose that P. gundlachia, Poey, is the dry-season

modification. The seasonal changes of this species aftord

an interesting parallel with those in the genus Precis

which have lately been so completely dealt with by Mr.

Marshall and Professor Poulton.* The cryptic under-side

of the dry phase is rendered still more leaf-like by the

uncination of the fore-wing and the prolongation of the

hind-wing into a tail-like process, as in Precis archesia and

P. antilope. This applies to both sexes, but is better marked

in the female, as can be seen in the specimens figured (PI.

VII, figs. 1-4). In the wet season both sexes have lost their

leaf-like contour, but the female remains of a duller hue than

the male. A somewhat similar case is that of Zeracolus

auxo, Luc., both sexes of which in the dry-season form (7

topha, Waller., or 7. keiskamma, Trim.) often show a slight

uncination in the fore-wing, though in this species “ tails”

are not developed. The cryptic colouring of the dry-season

under-side is to some extent retained by the wet-season

female (Pl. VII, figs. 5-8).

This latter is a common feature in the African and

Indian genus Teracolus. T. phlegyas, Butl., T. ione, Godt.,

T. regina, Trim., 7. danae, Fabr., 7. eucharis, Fabr., 7. ercs,

Klug, are all cases in point, for in each of them the wet-

season female shows beneath at least a trace of the

characteristic dry-season tinge. Even where this does not

occur, the under-side of the female in the wet season is

usually more cryptic than that of the male, as may be

seen, ¢.g., in 7. omphale, Godt., and 7. achine, Cram.

In Teracolus phisadia, Godt., and 7. puellaris, Butl. (Pl.

VII, figs. 9-12, 13-16) the principle receives perhaps its

highest development. The female of the latter species

retains its cryptic sand-coloured under-side at all seasons,

the under-side of the male in the wet season being bright

yellow. In the former species the female is always, on the

under-side, a cryptic, sand-coloured, ‘“ dry-season” form ;

the male in the dry season may be similarly cryptic, or

* See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 424 et sequ., P]. XII, XIII.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART II. (JUNE) 11

158 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

may possess, as it always does in the wet season, a

bright yellow under-surface, hke that of 7. puellaris.

Simultaneous occurrence of diverse seasonal forms.—

Attention has frequently been called to the fact that at

Aden, and probably in other arid districts, “dry,” “ wet”

and “intermediate” forms may all be found on the wing

together. Colonel Yerbury remarks with reference to

Aden that “seasonal dimorphism does not seem to occur

to any extent in the neighbourhood; though it may

possibly do so in the case of Teracolus calais and dynamene.” *

We may take this to mean, not necessarily that the

different phases usually associated with different times of

ear are never found at Aden (for the occurrence of some

of them at that spot is well attested), but that they do not

there undergo, as in many places, a regular alternation in

correspondence with the change of season. On the excep-

tional case of 7. calais Colonel Yerbury remarks further

as follows :—“The year 1883 was very wet, heavy rain

having fallen in May, consequently in July a large number

of Butterflies appeared—among others, a very brightly-

coloured form of 7’ calais (all, I believe, females however):

this may point to 7. calais ‘being the rainy-season form

and 7’, dynamene the dry. I never ey with this unusually

brightly-coloured form in after years.”

It may be noted in this record that at least a month

must have elapsed between the heavy rain and its supheree

effect on the numbers and aspect of the butterfly fauna ;

this seems to point (like the facts recounted by Poulton

for the genus Precis +) to the larval being the susceptible

stage. ‘On the other hand, the effect of rain may in some

instances be less remote, as appears from another state-

ment by Colonel Yerbury,t as follows :—‘“ Few passen-

gers (for the matter of that, no great number of the

residents) have any idea of the effect on ‘the barren rocks

of Aden’ of a few heavy showers; how almost immediately,

as if by magic, vegetation springs up in every ravine and

watercourse, accompanied by a tolerably abundant insect

fauna.” In the discussion that followed the reading of

the author’s paper on “ Seasonal Dimorphism ” (Proc. Ent.

Soc. Lond., March 19, 1902), Colonel Yerbury further ob-

served that “a temporary rainfall in a dry season in dry

* Proc. Zool. Soc., 1896, p. 257.

+ Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1902, p. 457, etc.

t Journal Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, 1892, p. 208.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 159

places had a marvellous effect in producing intermediate

and wet-season forms.” That the meteorological conditions

prevailing at or about the time of emergence may in some

cases influence the aspect of a brood appears also from

many experiments of Mr, Merrifield, especially those with

Selenia tetralunaria, Hufn., by which it was conclusively

proved that for certain effects of seasonal coloration “ the

later days of the pupal period were especially important.”*

It is worthy of notice that the rule which obtains in Precis,

as to the superiority in size of the dry-season form, is not

of universal application. Mr. Marshall rightly points out +

that Mr. Barker’s statement as to the generally smaller

size of dry-season forms is too sweeping; but there can be

no doubt that im many instances the statement in question

holds good. This is perhaps especially the case among the

Picrinze, concerning the Indian species of which group

Captain Watson says:—“In all genera the dry-season

forms are as a rule smaller than the rainy-season forms.” ¢

In other instances there appears to be no constant ditterence.

The superiority in bulk of the dry-season form in

certain species of Precis, resting as it does upon the result

of a careful series of weighings of the two forms by Pyo-

fessor Poulton, is quite beyond doubt; but it may be well

to remember that in other instances a difference 1n size may

sometimes be more apparent than real. This may possibly

be the case with the broods mentioned by Mr. Merrifield

in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, pp. 40, 41, on which,

together with a similar experience of Weismann’s, he

bases a guarded opinion that both size and shape may

be individually altered during the pupal state. This, is

a point that no doubt calls for further investigation, but

in the meantime it will probably be allowed that, whatever

may be the case with Precis, there is reason to believe

that the seasonal aspect is not in all instances deter-

mined before the assumption of the pupal condition. It

is, as has just been remarked, by no means certain that

the differences in size noticed by Mr. Merrifield were as

real as those in Precis, but, whether they were so or not,

they could not under the circumstances have originated

in the larval state.§

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 155-167.

Tt Lbid., 1896, p. 551 ; 1895, p. 413.

{ Journal Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, 1894, p. 492.

§ In considering the case of Precis it should not be forgotten that

160 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

The foregoing may perhaps help us towards an explan-

ation of the well-attested facts relating to the simultaneous

occurrence of seasonal forms in generally dry localities

like Aden. A feature in Colonel Yerbury’s graphic

description of a temporary rainfall and its effects is the

rapid springing-up of vegetation and the accompanying

increase of insect life, As Professor Poulton has shown,

these are the exact conditions which allow of the assump-

tion of aposematic colouring and habits in exchange for

those of a cryptic character. Now if we assume, as it

seems from Colonel Yerbury’s observations we may, that

many of the Aden species are in a condition to respond

almost immediately to a sudden access of moisture, the

occurrence of the more conspicuous “wet-season’’ con-

temporaneously with the cryptic “dry-season” forms

receives some explanation. Where there is a regular

alternation of long periods of drought and humidity, the

seasonal phases of “the insect fauna fall into a correspond-

ing regularity of succession; but where, as at Aden, a

general state of aridity is liable to be occasionally dis-

turbed by heavy rainfalls of a temporary character, the

intermittent meteorological conditions are apt, we may

suppose, to be reflected in a similar intermixture of apose-

matic and cryptic forms of insect life. It would not be

difficult for residents in such localities to test the

suggestion here offered.*

Note on Teracolus daira and 'T. evagore, Klug.—Dr.

Butler, in his “ Revision of the Genus Zeracolus” (Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 1897), distinguishes Zeracolus yerburit,

the usual rule as to the superiority in weight of the seswmus form

did not obtain in the instance of Mr. Marshall’s P. sesamus and P.

natalensis bred from two eggs laid by the same mother, The weights

as determined by Professor Poulton (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902

p. 451) show that in this case the natalensis form was the heavier of

the two. Whatever then may have been the influence which caused

the diversity between the two offspring, it did not find expression

in any increased bulk of the sesamus larva. It should also be borne

in mind that the larval conditions of the first dry- or wet-season

brood will probably differ from those of the second and subsequent

broods (should there be more than one) of the same season,

* See Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s account of the simultaneous flight

of different seasonal phases during an abnormal season in Mashona-

Jand (Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., 1901, vol. ii, p. 402), and compare the

discussion of the succession of seasonal phases in Precis by Pro-

fessor Poulton and Mr. Marshall in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp.

443-449,

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 161

Swinh., from 7. daira, Klug. Specimens of 7. yerburii,

however, collected at Lahej, Arabia, by Captain Nurse and

determined by Colonel Swinhoe, who presented them to

the Hope Collection, correspond closely with 7. daira as

figured by Klug. .The locality given by Klug for 7. daira

being “ Arabia felix,” it seems improbable that 7. yerburi

can be more than a synonym for 7. daira, though Mr.

G. A. K. Marshall and Professor Aurivillius agree with Dr.

Butler in keeping them distinct. 7”. evagore, * Klug, which

is no doubt identical with 7. sazews, Swinh., is regarded

by Butler as the dry-season form of 7. yerburii. Whether

7. glycera, Butl., be considered as a species, or as a mere

local race of 7. antigone, there is no doubt that it is barely,

or perhaps not at all, separable from 7. evagore. Hence,

int JA evagore ae the dry- -season form of the Arabian T.

yerburia (i.e. Z. daira), T. glycera should be the dry-season

phase of the s form of 7 daira occur’ ing in the same locality

with itself, viz. on the White Nile. When, however,

Captain Dunn’s collection arrived from the Bahr-el-Zeraf

branch of that river, it was found to contain 7. glycera

in different seasonal phases, all of which were quite distinct

from the specimens of 7’. daira captured in the same

district. In dealing with Captain Dunn’s collection Dr.

Butler * makes no attempt to unite these two forms, and

the examination of Mr, Loat’s specimens convinces me that

he is right in keeping them distinct. But this seems to

carry with it a similar conclusion with regard to the Arabian

TZ’. evagore, which, if the foregoing be correct, cannot be con-

sidered as the dry-season form of “ 7 yerburii” or 7. daira.

The only piece of evidence that seems to make against this

view is the supposed breeding of 7. yerburti and 7’. evagore

by Captain Nurse from similar larvae, Since writing the

note in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 195, I have been

strongly disposed to think that the inference drawn from

Captain Nurse’s account needed confirmation, and I was

accordingly quite prepared to agree with Colonel Yerbury

when I found him urging in Miss Sharpe’s very useful

“Monograph of the Genus Zeracolus” (p. 137) that ‘too

much stress should not be laid on the fact that Captain

Nurse bred a specimen of 7’ evagore from a caterpillar

taken with the larvee of 7. yerburit. ... 7. evagore and

T. yerburw may be seasonal forms [of each other], but

* Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, pp. 25, 26.

162 Dr. F. A. Dixey on

at present the fact is not proved.” Mr, Loat’s collection

appears to me to bring positive evidence against the view

ot their identity, and from the above considerations I think

there can be little doubt that Mr. G. A. K. Marshall is

right in entirely dissociating 7’. evagore in all its forms

(including 7. nowna, Lue.) from 7. yerburii (i.e. 7. daira).

I am indebted to Professor Poulton, F.R.S., for the

opportunity of working out Mr. Loat’s interesting col-

lection, and also for the Plate which accompanies this

paper.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fic. 1. Pyrisitia proterpia, Fabr., wet-season form, male.

oy tee - . ee i female.

» 93. P. proterpia, dry-season form (P. gundlachia, Poey), male,

sy oF female.

The wet-season 9 (Fig. 2) is less brightly coloured than the

corresponding ¢ (Fig. 1).

In the dry season both sexes adopt cryptic colouring on

the under-side, accompanied by leaf-like shaping of the

fore- and hind-wing, more pronounced in the 2 (Fig. 4)

than in the ¢ (Fig. 3).

Fic. 5, Teracolus auxo, Lucas, wet-season form, male.

59 Ah 5 oe “A 3 female.

» v7. T.auxo, dry-season form (2. topha, Wallgrn, = 7. keiskamma,

Trimen), male,

2 «

yy eh os "5 female.

The wet-season 9 (Fig. 6) retains some of the colouring of

the dry-season form.

Both sexes in the dry season (Figs. 7 and 8) show slight

uncination of the fore-wing.

The specimens represented in Figs, 6 and 8 were bred by

Mr. Mansel Weale, and belong to the series referred to in

Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1902, p. 201.

Fria.

8).

10.

1k,

12,

ales

14,

15.

16.

Lepidoptera from the White Nile. 165

Teracolus phisadia, Godt., wet-season form, male.

im 35 3 5 female.

T’. phisadia, dry-season form, male.

Po * female.

The under-side of the hind-wing in the g (Figs. 9 and 11)

is generally bright yellow, especially in the wet season.

The under-side of the hind-wing in the ? (Figs. 10 and 12)

is sand-coloured at all seasons.

Teracolus puellaris, Butl., wet-season form, male.

Fy 9 . Ar female.

T. puellaris, dry-season form (7. ochreipennis, Butl., = 7.

vorus, Swinh.), male,

<5 ” female,

The under-side of the ¢ is bright yellow in the avet season

(Fig. 13), sand-coloured in the dry (Fig. 15).

The under-side of the @ is sand-coloured at all seasons.

See pp. 157, 158 above. In all the figures, the under-side

alone is represented.

It should be borne in mind that in the absence of colour it

is impossible to represent the tone-values with complete

aceuracy. The difference, ¢.g., between the clear yellow

of Figs. 9, 18, and the sandy tint of Figs. 10, 14, is far

more conspicuous in nature than in the Plate.

X. An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain

By GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.

[Read March 18th, 1903. ]

In our Transactions for last year (pp. 115-129) I gave a

short account of a journey made by Dr. T. A. Chapmar

and myself in 1901 to Cuenca and other places in Central

Spain, with a list of the principal Coleoptera and Hemi-

ptera met with. In 1902 we made another excursion to

Central Spain, our objective point on this occasion being

the Sierra de Bejar, at the extreme southern extremity of

the large province of Leon, about forty miles south of

Salamanca, The locality was not a new one, entomologic-

ally, Dr. G, Seidlitz having spent a few days in the district

in 1865, at the same time of year, and published some

notes on the species of beetles he met with (cf. Berl. ent.

Zeitschr. 1867, pp. 167-178).* » Leaving London on the

morning of June 21st, we reached San Sebastian the

following afternoon, and after spending a few days at this

attractive seaside resort on the north coast, proceeded on

our way to Bejar, arriving at 8 am. on June 26th, passing

over the dreary plains ‘of Castile and Leon during the

night and early hours of the morning, but little of the

country being visible after daylight, owing to fog. Making

our head-quarters at the Fonda del Nuevo Siglo, we

remained at Bejar till July i7th. From this place we

made numerous excursions, chiefly to the summit of the

Sierra, about 8000 feet, the small omnibus running daily

to Candelario in the early morning and evening helping

us each way, and to Bajos, through the “ puerto,’ or gap

in the range separating Leon from Estremadura, whence

there is rough track back to Bejar over the mountains by

La Garganta. The town of Bejar, which is situate at an

elevation of about 3300 feet, is built on a narrow rocky

ridge just under the mountains sloping down to it on the

southern side, and on the north side the river Cuerpo del

* Dr. Chapman has already published some notes on the bap

doptera observed during our journey (Proce. Ent. Soc. London, 1902,

pp. XXxv-xxxvil ; Ent. ‘Record, 1903, pp. 14-16 et seq.).

TRANS. ENT. $0C, LOND. 1903.—PART II. (JUNE)

166 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hombre runs in a deep hollow, beyond which the arid

adjacent slopes are mostly occupied by terraced vineyards.

The hillsides were very gay on our arrival with one of the

various species of “broom” characteristic of the district,

viz. Genista florida, this being in full flower at the end of

June. On the higher parts of the Sierra this plant was

replaced by Cytisus purgans, the dense masses of its yellow

flowers being visible from a long distance. On the slopes

near the town, the vegetation chiefly consisted of chestnut

and small deciduous oaks, of which latter there were woods

atan elevation of quite 5500 feet, near La Garganta, as well

as low down on the other side of the river near San Gil;

and amongst the broom there was a great deal of arbores-

cent heath, lavender, and other aromatic plants, etc. The

whole of the Bejar region visited seemed to be of granite

formation, and no pines or other Coniferse were seen.

From the summit of the Sierra de Bejar, on which there

were large patches of snow up to the beginning of July, a

magnificent view was obtained of the ‘higher Sierra de

Gred dos, with its numerous jagged, snowy peaks, this

range extending far to the eastward towards the Guadar-

rama, becoming gradually lower in that direction; the

Sierra de Gata,* and some of the mountains of Portugal,

none of these appearing to be much over 6000 feet; the

plains of Leon and Castile, and a portion of those of

Estremadura, ete. The abundance and variety of “ brooms”

and the vast number of insects to be found on them when

in flower, especially on Genista florida, was to us the most

interesting feature of the district, nothing of the kind

having been noticed by us at Cuenca, ete., the previous

year. On the higher parts of the Sierra many beetles

were to be found, such as Asida castellana, Dorcadion

dejeant (the only species of the genus met with during

the entire trip), Corymbites of several species, including

C. hemapterus, a very elongate Athous, Otirrhynchus

dentipes, two Nebrivw, Cymindis of several species, Amara

ooptera, Trechus pandeller, a Bembidium of the B. glaciale-

eroup, Pierostichus azare, four species of Zabrus, cluding

Z. constrictus, Byrrhus depilis, Olocrates, Heliopates, Ten-

tyria, Timarcha, etc., many of them in plenty. A little

lower down Chienius dives ran about on the grassy slopes,

* Dr. Seidlitz visited Alberca and the Pena de la Francia in this

district in 1865. - We had intended also to go there, but deferred the —

journey till too late.

An Entomological Exewrsion to Bejar, Central Spain, 167

or among the stones, often with Dorcadion dejeani ; and

Platycerus spinifer was taken on the wing amongst Cytisus

purgans, this plant not ascending much over 7000 feet.

On its flowers, or on those of Genista horrida, a Zonabris

occurred in abundance, with Lytta vesicatoria, Cryptoce-

phalus koyi, Gynandroph halma amabilis, and a striped

Rhagonycha. On the grass-stems thereabouts Barypithes

sulcifrons, Polydrusus affinis, a Dasytes, a large Henicopus

—the ¢ with long black hair, and the @ with greyish-

white hair—Meloe mayalis, etc., were met with. Aphodius

bonvouloiri, too, was very common at about this elevation.

The tracks made by the goats amongst the dense growth

of Cytisus seemed to be the favourite haunts of Asida, Ten-

tyria, Olocrates, various Coprophaga, Histeridee, etc., as many

of the specimens captured had evidently been trodden

upon and injured by these animals. On the lower sum-

mits, especially in the walled-in enclosures where the

goats are driven in to rest, lots of common Coprophaga

were noticed—Aleuchus, Gymnopleurus, Sisyphus, Geotrupes,

etc. as well as Scawrus, Pimelia, and other Tenebrionids,

Histeridee, etc. In some of the open grassy places in or

near these enclosures the males of a Chasmatopterus flew

in the greatest profusion in the sunshine, close to the

ground, looking like bees on the wing, and they could be

caught in any quantity with a butterfly-net, paired speci-

mens frequenting flowers later in the day. In an oak

wood above La Garganta, in which there were many

“brooms,” Cardiophorus signatus and other members of

the genus, Lebia trimaculata, Strophosomus erinaceus,

various Cryptocephali, Clythra, Agrilus biguttatus, Melano-

tus, Athous, Brachyderes, Polydrusus, Phyllobius, and other

species were taken, some of them in plenty. On the

hillsides near the town of Bejar the Genista florida, while

in flower, produced a great variety of beetles, as Luperus

nigrofasciatus (in the greatest profusion), Cneorrhinus, sp.

(an abundance, but all females), Sciaphilus carinula, Apion

argentatum and others of the genus, Sitones, Polydrusus,

Melanotus, Cardiophorus, Coryimbites, Rhagonycha, Dasytes,

Haplocnemus, Danacea, Malachius, Malthinus, Ebeus,

Amauronia, Helops, Agrilus, Corebus, Cryptocephalus,

Zonabris, Lebia, etc. ; Hlater preustus, var. aurilegulus (an

plenty), a large Lachnea, various Cryptocephali, Athous,

etc, occurred on oak; a brassy Ha/tica on heath, ete.

In the open places on these slopes Corymbites gougelete

168 Mr. G. C. Champion on

was frequently taken on the wing, or found on grass-

stems; and Cerocoma schrebert was locally common on

flowers. In an oak wood on the dry slopes near San Gil,

in which there were many small flowering plants, a number

of interesting insects were captured, especially towards

evening, as Corebus fasciatus (rarely, on oak, and also

found in an ants’ nest under a stone), Anthaxia hungarica

and others of the genus, Serica mutata, Lagria rubida Gn

abundance, but apparently all males), a fine Pachytychius

(P. sparsutus) on Cytisus welwitschi, P. scabricollis, Smi-

cronyx, Orchestes, Cryptocephalus globicollis, etc., Pachy-

brachys, various Clythrids, ete. On the slopes between

this wood and the river a species of the remarkable

Neuropterous genus Nemoptera flew freely towards even-

ing. The river itself, or a small affluent of it, produced

many Hydradephaga, as Bidessus minutissimus, Deronectes

cartnatus, D. bicostatus, Hydroporus flavipes, H. bilineatus,

HH. lepidus, Agabus heydeni, A. brunneus, A, didymus, A.

paludosus, ete, also Gyrinus urinator, Orectochilus, and

various Hydrophilide. On the walls of the town, as

already recorded,* we noticed various galls on the stems

of a species of Cotyledon, a plant growing very commonly

in such situations, and these were found to contain speci-

mens of Nanophyes durieut in all its stages, a species not

mentioned by Dr. Seidlitz in his list of Bejar insects, and

originally described from Algeria.

Leaving Bejar on July 17th, we went on by the dili-

gence to Piedrahita, about five hours’ journey, in the heat

of the day, where we remained till the 28rd, our road

beyond the “puerto” being fairly level and extending

through a somewhat arid country, where the ground was

everywhere cultivated, even between the very old scattered

olive-like, evergreen oaks ( Quercus gramuntia) to be

seen In many places, the river Tormes being crossed by

an ancient bridge at about half-way. At Piedrahita the

best collecting-ground was the slope and summit of the

adjacent Sierra, about 5500 feet elevation, which runs

parallel with the Gredos, and is separated from it by large

elevated tracts and valleys, affording extensive pasturage

for cattle in the summer months. Cyfisus purgans grew

im abundance in these places (the old stems apparently

being in much demand for fuel), extending down the

slopes for about five hundred feet. Below this again was

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1903, pp. 87-91.

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 169

a belt of oak wood. On the summit of the Sierra a few

Dorcadion dejeant were seen, but all too worn to take;

also Chlenius dives, Amara oopte ra, various Cymindis and

Harpalus, Asida castellana, Steropus guiliani, a stoall

Olocrates, Zabrus, etc. Here, on Cytisus purgans,a curious

Cneorrhinus was met with: the ¢ of elongate shape and

with greyish scales, the 2 much larger, pyritorm, and with

green scales, the female in abundance, and the two sexes

often in company ; and with these occurred a few females

of the species found at Bejar on Genista florida. On the

stems of the Cytisus the local Cryptocephalus erosus was

often to be seen, but rarely captured, also various Cly-

thrids. In grassy places amongst this plant, on the Sierra,

Acmexodera teniata was to be found in profusion on flowers ;

and wherever there was any dung Aphodius bonvouloiri

could be taken in any quantity, occasionally in company

with the brilliantly-coloured Geotrupes coruscans. A patch

of uncultivated rocky ground near the town of Piedrahita, on

which there were many ancient evergreen oaks, and Genista

cinerea and the usual brooms, Eryngium, ete., produced a

good many interesting insects not seen elsewhere. On

July 19th an excursion was made to El Barco, on the

Tormes, in the valley between the “Bejar” and the

“ Gredos,” whence a rough road extends to the plains of

Estremadura. The long time occupied on the journey,

which was made in a not uncomfortable country cart

(tartana), gave us, however, but a few hours at the place,

our investigations being limited to the ground in the

immediate vicinity of the river. Here there was an

abundance of alder, sallow, and familiar marsh-plants, but

‘very little to be got by beating. Anomala rugatipennis

flew about pretty freely in the sunshine; and on the

flowers or stems of the gigantic Umbelliferze were Cardio-

phorus rufipes, Leptura fontenayi ; (f and §), Clytanthus

trifasciatus, Trichodes octopunciatus, an Agapanthia, and

Cerocoma schrebert, and an abundance of conspicuous

common Hymenoptera and Hemiptera. By the banks

of the Tormes Perileptus, Pxderus, Bledius, etc., were

found, as well as Pseudophleus, Emblethis, and other

Hemiptera.

On July 23rd we left Piedrahita for Avila, by the dili-

gence, a wearisome journey of six hours, remaining in the

last-mentioned place for three days. From this most

interesting old city the high ground was quite inaccessible,

170 Mr. G. C. Champion oz

though visible, so we had to content ourselves by collecting

in the immediate vicinity. The season was now too far

advanced for many of the beetles, though Zonabris, Cero-

coma, Clytanthus trifasciatus, and various Clythrids were

to be seen on flowers, and a Zhylacites abounded under

stones, exposed to the full heat of the sun. In the sandy

bed of the nearly-dried-up River Adaja there was, how-

ever, an abundance of interesting insects, including many

species of Bembidium and Philonthus, Aleochara rufipennis,

an undescribed Lathrolium, Tachyusa coarctata, Pederus

rujicollis, Heterocerus, Parnus, Aphodius, ete.

‘On our homeward journey we spent a day or two at

both Burgos and St. Jean de Luz, but the insects noticed

at these places do not call for special comment. At San

Sebastian, however, on June 23rd, we met with Orina rugu-

losa, STP S in some numbers, on a species of Centaurea, a

species that does not appear to have been recorded from

Spain.

The Coleopterous fauna of the Bejar and Piedrahita

districts seems, on the whole, to be very similar to that

of the Guadarrama, yet many genera are represented

by one or more different species, as Dorcadion, Nebria,

Creorrhinus, etc. The total absence of Coniferous trees,

so abundant at La Granja, must, however, make a great

difference, and it is probable therefore that the Guadar-

rama is much the richer of the two. Unfortunately, we

were unable to work the higher main Gredos range,

though rough accommodation could no doubt be obtained

at one or other of the small villages lower down in the

valleys on its northern or southern slope. The genus

Dima, amongst the Elateridz, well known from the

Guadarrama, was not found by us. The Sierra de Bejar,

it may be noted, could be much better worked from

Candelario, than from the more distant town of Bejar.

As regards the Hemiptera-Heteroptera, several of the

species have not previously been recorded from Spain, two

of the Capsidz being new.

The following is a list of the species of Coleoptera and

Hemiptera-Heteroptera taken, so far as at present identi-

fied. To avoid repetition the principal localities are in

most cases abbreviated thus :—S. Bej. = Sierra de Bejar;

Bej. = Bejar; Piedr. = Piedrahita; Av. = Avila.

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 171

COLEOPTERA.*

Cicindela hybrida, L., rarely, Av. Carabus melancholicus,

F., and (. latus, Dej., rarely, nodes stones, S. Bej. Nebria

paz, Seidl, one example, and JN. sp. n.?, a few speci-

mens, at the source of a small stream, near the melting

snow, S. Bej.: the types of the former were obtained

in the same locality. Bembidium carpetanum, Sharp

(the Guadarrama form of /. glaciale, Heer, of the Swiss

Alps, has been recently named &. carpetanum, and the

Sierra Nevada form B. montanum, Ramb., by Dr. Sharp),

in plenty, on the summit of the Sierra de Bejar,

near the melting snow. JB. elongatum, De}j., B. paulinoi,

Heyd., B. quadripustulatum, Serv., B. quadriguttatum, F.,

B. octomaculatum, Goeze, B. hispanicum, Dej., in profusion,

and others of the genus, Av., in the sandy bed of the

River Adaja; B. punctulatum, Drap., Av. and on the

banks of the Tormes at El Barco; B. maculatum, Dej.,

El Barco; B. ibericwm, Pioch., Piedr.; B. laterale, Dej., in

plenty, on the banks of streams, Bej., Piedr., Av. TZachys

parvulus, Dej. and T. sexstriatus, Duft., Bej. Trechus

pandellei, Putz. S. Bej. Perileptus areolatus, Creutz.,

banks of the Tormes, El Barco. Platynus marginatus,

L., Av.; P. viridicupreus, Goeze, Be}. Abacetus salzmanni,

Germ., Bej. Steropus ghiliani, Putz., under stones, S. Bej.,

Piedr.; S. sp.?, Piedr. Pacilus crenulatus, Dej., Be}.

Pterostichus nigrita, F., Bej.; P. azarz, Perez, S. Bej.,

four specimens. Amara ooptera, Putz. under stones,

summit of the Sierra de Bejar, a few specimens. Zabrus

constrictus, Graells, abundant, and Z. neglectus, Schaum,

4Z. silphoides, De}., and Z. estrellanus, Heyd., sparingly,

S. Bej. Chlenius dives, Dej., sparingly, and varying

greatly in colour, running in grassy places, near the

summit of the Sierras de Bejar and Piedrahita ; C. velu-

tinus, Duft., banks of the Cuerpo del Hombre, Bej.

Lelia eyanocephala, L., and L. trimaculata, Vill., sparingly,

by beating broom, oak, ete., Bej. Lienychus albonotatus,

Dej., banks of the Tormes, El Barco. Cymindis melano-

cephala, De}. (ruficollis, Graells), in plenty, and others of

the genus more sparingly, S. Bej.; C. variolosa, F., 8. Bej.,

Piedr.

* T am indebted to MM. Bedel, Fauvel, Reitter, and Schilsky, and

Dr. J. Daniel, for assistance in the determination of several of the

species enumerated.

172 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Haliplus spp., Bidessus ininutissimus, Germ., Deronectes

bicostatus, Schaum,* rarely, Hydroporus lepidus, Oliv.,

Hf, flavipes, Oliv., H. varius, Aubé, and A. tessellatus,

Drap., commonly, and various other species of the genus,

Liopterus ruficollis, Schall., Agabus brunneus, F., and A.

didynvus, Oliv., in plenty, and A. paludosus, F., A. heydent,

Wehncke, A. bipustulatus, L., and A. nitidus, F. , sparingly,

Liylius fenestratus, F., ete, in a small affluent of the

Cuerpo del Hombre, Bejar; Deronectes carinatus, Aubé,

not rare, and Dytiscus marginalis, L., in the river itself,

Bej. Gyrinus urinator, Ul. Orectochilus villosus, F.,

Be}.

Paracymus wneus, Germ., Calostoma hispanicum, Wiist.,

and various species of Phith ydrus, [Helochares, Limnebius,

Laccobius, Hydrochus, Helophorus, Hydrena, and Pornus,

Be}.

Aleochara rufipennis, Kr., not rare, in the sandy bed of

the Adaja, Av.; A. brevipennis, Grav., A. fuscipes, F., Be}.

Tachyusa co aretata, Er., Av. Notcthecta levicollis, Rey, in

an ants’ nest, Bej. Philonthus suavis, Bris., in abundance,

and -P. prea. eae and LP. pwnetus, Grav., rarely, 1

the bed of the Adaja, Av.; P. varius, Gyll., var. bimacu-

latus, Grav., P. laminatus, ibe P. politus, L., Be}. Scopeus

didymus, Er, Av. Sunius (Astenus) nh. sp., singly, under

a stone, Bej. Lathrobium n, sp.? ear L. punctatum,

Zett.), banks of the Cuerpo del Hombre, Bej. Pederus

ruficollis, F., common on banks of streams, Av., -Bej. ;

P. fuscipes, Curt., El Barco. Stenus longitarsis, Thoms.,

rarely, S. nanus, Steph., and S. lepriewri, Cussac, in plenty,

banks of stream, Bej. Dledius fracticornis, Payk., Av.;

L. hispidulus, Fairm., banks of the Tormes, El Barco.

Anthobium hispanicum, Bris., A. torquatwn, Marsh., A.

minutum, F., Philorhinum sordidum, Steph., Be}.

Mastigus palpalis, Latr., a few specimens by beating

herbage in damp places, Bej., also at Bafios. Si/pha sp.,

S. Bej. Olibrus bisignatus, Mén., in plenty on thistles, Be}. ;

O. xnescens, Kiist., not rare, Av. Dapsa acuticollis, Reitt.,

one specimen, Bej,, with the Mastic gus. Meligethes fuscus,

Oliv., Bej. Lrontes planatus, L., and Silvanus wiidentatus,

Oliv., under bark of an old cherry-tree, Bafhos. Aira-

philus sp., Be}. Atlagenus trifasciatus, F., common on

* The D. bicostatus of my Cuenca list (Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.

1902, p. 122) was incorrectly identified ; it is unknown to Dr.

Sharp, and is probably an undescribed species.

An Entomological Excursion to Bean Central Spain. 173

flowers, Bej. Ctesias serra, Be}. Orphilus niger, Rossi,

Be}. Byrrhus depilis, Graells, 8. Bej. Ltinnichus incanus,

Kies., Bej., El Barco. Hister major, L., H. inequalis,

Oliv., H. amplicollis, Er., here and there, S. Bej.; 7.

sinuatus, Ill, common in dung, Bej., Piedr., Av.

Lucanus cervus, L, Dorcus parallelopipedus, L., Be}.

Platycerus spwnifer, Schauf., a few specimens taken on the

wing amongst old plants of Cytisus purgans, high up on

the Sierra de Bejar.

Ateuchus sacer, L, A. laticollis, L., 8. Bej. Sisyphus

scheffert, L., abundant, Bej. Gymnopleurus pilularius, L.,

El Barco; G. flagellatus, F., 8. Bej. Bubas bubalus, Oliv.,

S. Bej. Onitis hungaricus, Herbst, Av. Onthophagus

schrebert, L., common in dung, and other species of the

cenus, Bej. ; 0. verticicornis, Laich., Piedr.; O. furcatus, F.,

Av. Oniticellus flavipes, ¥., Piedr., Av. Aphodius bon-

voulowrt, Harold, in abundance, Sierras de Bejar au

Piedrahita ; A, ferrugineus, Muls., Bej;; A. seroja,, EF;

Piedr. ; A niger, Panz, and others of the genus, Bej. ;

A. varians, Duft., Av. Ammecvus sp., Be}. Pleurophorus

cxsus, Panz., Bej. Geotrupes coruscans, Chevr., Sierra de

Piedr. ; G. levigatus, F., G. hypocrita, Serv., etc., S. Bej.

Lhizotrogus pygialis, Muls., Piedr., Av., flying im the

sunshine; &. pineticola, Graells, El Barco. Serica mutata,

Gyll., commonly, by beating herbage in open places in an

oak wood towards evening, ‘Bej. Triodonta aquila, Lap. (2),

Be}. Hymenoplia, sp., 1 plenty, on stems of grass, etc., 5.

Be}j., Piedr. Chasmatopterus villosulus, Ill., males found in

profusion flying over grass, near the ground, looking very

much like Hymenoptera on the wing, paired specimens

found on flowers, later in the day, the black females

comparatively scarce, Bej. and 8. Bej.; C. hispidulus,

Graells, C. hirtulus, Ill, sparingly, Bej. Anomala rugati-

pennis, Graells, not rare, on Hchiwm or flying in the

sunshine, banks of the Tormes, El Barco; A. sp., on the

wing towards evening, Av. Anisoplia betica, Er., Bej.

Hoplia spp. Bej. Cetonia oblonga, Gory, C. morio, F.,

Bej., Piedr. Hpicometis hirta, Poda, El Barco. Leucocelis

stictica, L., Be}.

Anthawia hungarica, Scop., rarely, by sweeping low

plants, Bej.; A. hg ypomelena, Ill., not uncommon on L7ryn-

gum, Piedr.; A. funerula, Ill., A. millefolu, F., Piedr., Be}.

Acmeodera txniata, F., in abundance on Aieraciwm

flowers, amongst the dense growth of Cytisus purgans,

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART II. (JUNE) 12

174 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Sierra de Piedr.; A. discoidea, F., A. adspersula, Tll., ete.,

Bej. Chrysobothrys affinis, F., one specimen, on an old

stem of Cytisus, 8. Bej. Corabus fasciatus, Vill., rarely,

by beating herbage, also found dead in an ants’ nest

under a stone, San Gil, near Bejar; C. xneicollis, Vill,

Bej.; C. giblicollis, Ill, Piedr., Bej. Agrilus biguttatus,

F., on oak, Bej.; A. cinctus, Oliv., not rare on Cenista

jlorida, Bej., Piedr., El Barco; A. roscidus, Kies., A. solieri,

Cast., A. hyperict, Cr., A. angustulus, Ill., Be}. Aphanis-

ticus elongatus, Villa, and A. emarginatus, F., Bej., by

sweeping. TZ'rachys refleca, Gené, one specimen, by sweep-

ing on the banks of a small stream, Bej., perhaps new to

the Spanish list.

Drasterius bimaculatus, Rossi, Be}. Hlater preustus, ¥.,

var. aurilegulus, Schauf., in numbers, by beating oak, on

the hillside near the town of Bejar; LZ. nigerrimus, Lac.,

one specimen, with the preceding, Bej. Jelanotus tene-

brosus, Er., and M. castanipes, Payk., common, Be}.

Cardiophorus signatus, Oliv., im abundance by beating

broom, etc., in oak woods; C. eqgwiseti, Herbst, C. graellsi,

Cand., etc., with C, signatus, but more sparingly, Bej.; C.

rufipes, Goeze, El Barco. Athous godarti, Muls., and other

species of the genus, not yet determined, Bej. Corymbites

hemapterus, Ill., under stones, on the summit of the Sierra

de Bejar, not rare; C. gowgeleti, Fairm., in numbers on the

hillside close to the town of Bejar, on stems of low

plants, on the wing, etc.; C. kiesenwetteri, Bris. (2), C.

latus, F., C. amplicollis, Germ., C. nivicola, Kies., ete.,

rarely, S. Bej. Stlesis rutilipennis, Ill, Be}.

Hydrocyphon sp.?, in plenty on sallows, Bej. Lampyris

sp., Be}. Telephorus, Rhagonycha, Malthinus, Malachius,

Attalus, Charopus, Hypebeus, Dasytes, spp. undetermined,

Faplocnemus albipilis Kies., ete., Bej. Henicopus, 2 spp.,

S. Bej., Piedr.: (1) (Z. heydeni, Kies.) very large, the ¢

deep black, with entirely black pubescence, the 2 with

ereyish- white hairs, the ¢ in abundance, and the 2

rarely, on grass-stems, etc., on the mountain slopes; (2)

(?H. rugosicollis, Duv.) $ and 2 with grey pubescence.

Danacxa atripes, Graells, Bej. Amawronia elegans, Kies.,

Bej. Trichodes octopunctatus, F., not rare, on Umbelliferze,

El Barco., 7. leucopsideus, Oliv., 7. ammios, F., Bej.

Lasioderma lxve, Ill., on flowers, Bej., Piedr. Xylopertha

sp., Be}.

Tentyria spp., 8. Bej., in plenty, running about on the

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 175

slopes, 8. Bej. Dichillus subcostatus, Sol., rarely, under

stones, Bej. Akis acuminata, F., in abundance, under old

straw, under the shelter of a large rock, Av. Scawrus

striatus, F., in numbers, under dung, etc., 8. Bej. Asida

castellana, Graells, in abundance at or near the summit of

the Sierra de Bejar, and rarely on that of Piedrahita,

running about in the sunshine, especially about dung in

the tracks made by goats amongst the Cytisws bushes ; A.

goudott, Sol., rarely, S. Bej., also taken at Burgos, and at

Guadalaviar and Albarracin, in 1901; A. sericea, Oliv., S.

Bej., also taken at Burgos, and at Tragacete and Albarracin,

in 1901. Pimelia sp., a few specimens, on the paths, near

dung, S. Bej. Crypticus kraatzt, Bris. (?), and Oochrotus

unicolor, Lue., rarely, under stones, Be}. Olocrates saxicola,

Muls. (saxeticola, Graells), a few specimens apparently

belonging to this species, found under stones, summit of

the Sierra de Piedrahita; O. foveolatus, Graells, i in abund-

ance, summit of the Sierra de Bejar, running about in

the sunshine, frequently in copula. Dendarus, Heliopates,

Micrositus ulyssiponensis, Germ., Gonocephalum, spp. un-

determined, Bej., Av., ete. Calometopus clypeatus, Germ.,

rarely, under bark of an old cherry-tree, and also under

a stone, Banos, Bej.: recorded by Graells as having been

found in a rotten chestnut-tree at Tornavacas. /elops

laticollis, Kiist. (2), by beating Grenista, etc., not rare, Be}.

Hymenalia rufipes, F., not rare, Bej. Omophlus ruficollis,

F., in abundance everywhere on flowers, Bej., Piedr.; 0.

incertus, Muls., O. picipes, Fabr., rarely, Bej. Lagria lie,

F., common on stone walls, etc., Piedr.. Av.; Z. grenieri,

Bris., Bej.; L. hirta, L., L. atripes, Muls., L. rubida, Graells

(parvula, Perris), Bej., the last mentioned in abundance

by sweeping low plants towards evening, but males only

seen, Bej. Scraptia dubia, Oliv., by beating oak, Be}.

Notoxus trifasciatus, Rossi, Bej., El Barco, Av.; NV. platy-

cerus, Laf., banks of the Tormes, El Barco. <Anthicus

rodriguesi, Latr., common, on the ground beneath low

plants, Bej.; A. quadriguttatus, Rossi, Av.; A. tristis,

Schmidt, Bej. Ochthenomus wunifasciatus, Bon., Bej.

Mordella aculeata, L., Mordellistena spp. Anaspis spp.,

Bej. Silaria brunnipes, Muls., S. trifasciata, Chevr.,

common on flowers, Bej. Hmenadia larvata, Schrank,

one specimen, on a flower, Piedr. Meloe majalis, L.,

common, occurring even high up on the Sierra, Bej.

176 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Cerocoma schrebert, F., locally common, on flowers, Bej.,

Piedr., Av. Lytta vesicatoria, L., in plenty in various

places, numerous males often seen near a single female,

on Cytisus purgans and C. scoparius, Be}j., Piedr., most of

the specimens with a space down the middle of the disc of

each elytron coppery or golden. Zonabris, various species,

some in great abundance on the Cytisus purgans and

Genista florida: Z. quadripunctata, L., Bej., Piedr., Av.;

Z. dejeani, Gyll., Bej.; Z. amori, Graells (2), Bej., El Barco;

Z. geminata, F., Piedr., and others. Coryna enon Gyll.,

Bej. Zonitis preusta, Fr, EH] Barco. Cidemera simplex, L.,

Bej., Piedr.

Otiorrhynchus dentipes, Graells, in plenty, running about

in the sunshine, summits of the Sierras of Bejar and

Piedrahita. Phyllobius sp. (near P. tuberculifer, Chevr.),

not rare by beating herbage, Be}. Polydrusus setifrons,

Duv., P. confluens, Steph. (2), on the Genista, and others

of the genus, Bej., Piedr.; P. (Homapterus) afinis, Chevr.,

very rarely, by sweeping long grass, 8. Bej. Sczaphilus

carinula, Oliv. (cristatus, Graells), mm plenty on Genista

florida, Bej. Barypithes suleifrons, Boh. commonly, by

sweeping long grass, in a damp place on the mountain

slope, S. Be}. Strophosomus erinaceus, Chevr., in numbers,

by beating oak, etc, Bej. Brachyderes incanus, L. i) in

abundance, with the preceding, Bej. Sidones gressorius, ¥F.,

S. regentsteinensis, Herbst, S. erinitus, Herbst, 8S. flavescens,

Marsh., and its var. cinnamomeus, All., and others of the

genus, chiefly on Genista florida, Bej. Cneorrhinus: various

species of the subgen. Afactogenus occurred at Bejar or

Piedrahita, and although these were the most character-

istic and interesting forms of Curculionidze obtained during

the trip, I am quite unable to name them with any

certainty from the published descriptions of Boheman,

Graells, etc. One of these forms, found in abundance on

or near the summit of the Sierra de Piedrahita, on Cytisus

purgans, is very nearly allied to C. pyriformis, Boh.,

and C. dispar, Graells: the female is of large size and

uniformly clothed with green scales; the male, which was

comparatively rare, and, when seen, usually in company

with the female, is narrow and elongate in form, and

clothed with greyish scales, there being always a few

green scales round the eyes, and sometimes several more

scattered about on the elytra or legs. [A very similar

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 177

species occurs at La Granja, specimens of which have been

given me by M. Bedel: this insect, too, has a green female *

and a grey male; the male, however, is less elongate than

the Piedrahita examples of the same sex.] Another form,

occurring in abundance in the immediate vicinity of Bejar,

on Genista florida, varying greatly in size and colour, with

dull greyish scales, the prothorax bi- or trivittate, and the

elytra with the margins whitish and the disc often mottled

with lighter or darker colour, may be referable to C. dispar,

var. meleagris, Graells: all the specimens obtained at

Bejar appear to be of the female sex (the smallest and

narrowest examples have been dissected, to make certain),

and a few females taken at Piedrahita, on Cytisus purgans,

seem to belong to the same species, which I also have

from Ferrol, N. Spain. <A third form, represented by a

single female specimen from Bejar, similar in colour to

(and perhaps an extreme form of) the preceding, bas the

eyes more prominent, the prothorax more transverse, and

the punctures of the striz closely placed and rather coarse.

[C. graellsi, Bris., quoted in Reitter’s Catalogue as a

synonym of C. dispar, var. meleagris, it may be noted, is

recorded as having been taken in plenty at the Escorial,

though females only were found; it is unknown to me.

The species of the <Atactogenus-group of Cneorrhinus

evidently require a thorough revision. It is a curious fact

that in two different localities a species has been taken in

abundance, without the males being obtaimed, and that

when specimens of this sex have been noticed, as at

Piedrahita, they were far outnumbered by the females.]

C. spinipes, Perez, sparingly on Cytisus, Bej. Thylacites

turbatus, Gyll., in abundance on the arid _ hillsides,

under stones fully exposed to the great heat of the sun,

Av.; 7. spp. (2), Piedr. Liwus iridis, Oliv., L. ascanit, L.,

L. spartii, Oliv., and LZ. cardui, Oliv., Bej., one or two of

them on Cytisus or Genista. Larinus spp., Antsorrhynchus

spp.,and Siieronyx sp., Be}. Pachytychius sparsutus, Oliv.,

not rare, on the woolly pods of Cytisus welwitschi, Piedr., Be}.,

Batios; P. scubricollis, Rosenh., in plenty by sweeping low

plants in dry places, Bej. Ceuthorrhynchidius wrens, Gyll.,

Be}. Ceuthorrhynchus geographicus, Goeze, C. biscutellatus,

Chevr., C. larvatus, Schultze, C. squamulatus, Bris., C.

melunostictus, Marsh., var. nvurinus, Gyll. C. denticulatus,

* This form should certainly be named OC. pyriformis, the type of

which, from Lusitania, I have recently seen.

178 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Schr., C. gougeleti, Bris., C. eleganiulus, Faust, var. gracilis,

Schultze, Bej. Baris timida, Rossi, Be}. Sibinia spp., Be}.

Rhynchenus quercus, L., L. sparsus, Fahr., R. avellane, Don.,

hk. ilicis, F., Bej. Lhamphus flavicornas, Clairv., Be).

Cionus blattari iw, F., Bey. Nanophyes duriewi, Lue., bred in

abundance from galls on Cotyledon, Bej., and one specimen

swept from herbage, El Barco; WV. lythri, F., in plenty on

Lytirum, Bej.; N. niger, Waltl, NV. rubricus, Rosenh., and

other species of the genus, Bej. Apion elongatissiinum,

Desbr., Bej., on Cytisws welwitschi, in numbers, and sub-

sequently bred from seed-pods of that plant brought home

to England; A. putoni, Bris., and A. argentatum, Gerst.,

more or less plentiful, on Genista florida, Be}. ; A. brevirostre,

Herbst, 4. cyanescens, Gylk, A. alcyonewm, Germ., A.

cantabricum, Desbr., A. kraatzi, Wenck., A. striatum,

Marsh., A. immune, Kirby, A. levigatum, Payk. (sorbe, EF.)

Cf ¢), A. xthiops, Herbst, and others of the genus, Bej.;.

A, schonherri, Boh., Piedr. Hypoborus ficus, Er, Be}.

Leptura fontenayi, Muls., a few specimens on Umbelliferz,

Piedr., El Barco. Strangalia nigra, L., and S. maculata,

Poda, Be}. Stenopterus ater, L., Piedr. Phymatodes testaceus,

L., Bej. Plagionotus arcuatus, L., a few specimens, Be).

Clytanthus trifasciatus, F., common on flowers (Lryngium,

Umbelliferse, etc.), Bej., El Barco, Av.; C. ruficornis, Oliv.,

one specimen, Piedr. Dorcadion dejeani, Chevr., in abund-

ance on or near the summit of the Sierra de Bejar (whence

it has been recorded by Dr. Seidlitz), at the beginning of

July, and a few worn specimens seen later in the month

on the Sierra de Piedrahita; it frequents grassy places,

and runs about in the sunshine. Tetvops preusta, L., Be}.

Agapanthia cardui, L., and others of the genus, Bej., El

Barco. Calamobius filum, Rossi, Be}. Phytecia virescens,

F., etc., Bej.

Donacia thalassina, Germ., Be}.; D. discolor, Panz., Piedr.

Labidostomis lusitanica, Germ., Be}. Lachnea vicina, Lac.,

Bej., Piedr. ; Z. pubescens, Duf., not rare, on Genista cinerea,

Be}., Piedr, LL. sexpunctata, Scop., common, on oak, readily

taking to wing in the sunshine. Zitubwa seamaculata, ¥.,

Bej., El Barco, Av.; 7. biguitata, Oliv., Piedr. Gynan-

drophthalina affinis, Hellw., Piedr. ; G. concolor, F., common,

on Genista florida, ete., Bej., Piedr.; G. amabilis, Lac., on

Genista horrida and Cytisus purgans, on the mountain

slopes, Bej., Piedr. Clythra atraphaaxidis, Pall, Av.; C.

leviuscula, Ratz., on oak, Bey. Coptocephala scopolina, L.,

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 179

Av., Piedr. Cryptocephalus bimaculatus, F., Bej., Piedr. ;

C. imperialis, Laich., Bej.; C. sexmaculatus, Oliv., Bej.,

Piedr.; C. bipunctatus, L., Bej.; C. quadripunctatus, Oliv.,

Bej.; C. erosus, Seidl., frequently seen and occasionally

caught, on Cytisus purgans, Piedr., Be}. (originally de-

scribed from Bejar); C. more, L. , Bej.; ; C. crassus, Oliv.,

not rare, Piedr., Bej., one specimen bred from a cocoon

found on Genista « C. koyt, Suffr., the commonest species

of the district, on flowers, etc., the sexes differing consider-

ably in the coloration of the prothorax, and the markings

of the elytra varying in both sexes, Bej., Piedr.; C. globi-

collis, Suffr., not rare on flowers in dry places, the elytra

usually of a coppery or golden colour, Bej.; C. cwrulescens,

Sahlb., Bej.; C. violaceus, Laich., common, on flowers, Bej.,

Piedr.; C. celtibericus, Suffr., occasional, on Cytisus and

Genista ; C. pygmeus, F., El Barco, Bej.; and others of

the genus. Pachybrachys viridissimus, Suttr., Bej., Piedr. ;

P. pteromelas, Graells, rarely, on Genista cinerea, Piedr.; P

sp.(2), Bej. Stylosomus sp., on arborescent heath, Bej.

Limarcha sp. (with femora and tibie partly red), not rare,

near the snow, 8. Bej. Chrysomela americana, L., and

others of the genus, Bej. Phytodecta variabilis, Oliv, and

P. olivacea, Forst., on Cytisus or Genista, Bej. Malacosoma

lusitanicum, L., abundant, on flowers, etc., Bej., Piedr., ete.

Luperus nigrofasciatus, Goeze (cirewmfusus, Marsh.), in

profusion, on Grenista florida; L. lividus, Joann., Be}. ; L.

niger, Goeze, Piedr. Bej. Adimonia tanaceti, L., Be}.

Ibolia timida, Ul. (?), not rare, on Lryngiwm, Piedr., and

others of the genus, Bej. Psylliodes cyanoptera, Il., ete.,

Bej. Chetocnema chlorophana, Duft., Bej. <Apteropeda,

Phyllotreta, Longitarsus, Aphthona, spp. undetermined,

Bej. Haltica sp., in profusion on arborescent heath,

specimens often brassy in colour, Bej. Hispa atra, Te

rarely, Piedr. Cassida spp., Be}.

Epilachna argus, Foure., Be}. Coccinella 14-pustulata,

L., C. variabilis, F., Bej., Piedr. Adalia mutabilis, Seriba,

Be}. Exochomus auritus, Scriba, Bej. Platynaspis villosa,

Foure., Bej. Hyperaspis reppensis, Herbst, Bey. Scymnus

areuatus, Rossi, and others of the genus, Bej.

180 Mr. G. C. Champion on

HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA.*

Odontotarsus grammicus, Linn., Be}. Psacasta cerinthe,

Fabr., one specimen, Bej. Hurygaster maura, Linn, £.

nigrocucullata, Goeze, Be}. Graphosoma lineatum, Linn.,

on flowers, Bej., El Barco. Geotomus punctulatus, Costa,

Be}. Brachypelta aterrima, Forst., Piedr. Ochetostethus

nanus, H.-8., Bej. Sehirus dubius, Scop. Bej. — Sezocoris

helferi, Fieb., Be}. dtlia rostrata, Poh., Bej., Piedr. Neotti-

glossa leporina, H.-S8., Bej. Rhaphigaster nebulosa, Poda,

Be}. Prionotylus brevicor mis, M. & R., Be}. Carpocoris

purpuripennis, De G., Be}. Peribalus sphacelatus, Fabr., Be}.

Hurydema festivum, Linn., El Bareo; E. oleracewm, Linn.,

Be}. Zicrona coerulea, Linn., Bey. Verlusia suleicornis,

Fabr., and V. quadrata, Fabr., Be}. Coreus hirticornas,

Fabr., Be}. Pseudophleus falleni, Schill. at the roots of

plants on the banks of the Tormes, El Barco; P. waltli,

H.-8., Be}. Strobilotoma typhecornis, Fabr. , Bej. Centro-

coris spiniger, Fabr., Bej., Av. Micrelytra Jossularum,

Rossi, Be}. Camptopus lateralis, Ger., Piedr., Bej. Stenoce-

phalus agilis, Scop., Be}. Corizus crassicor nis, Linn., C.

hyalinus, Fabr., C. rufus, Schill. C. parumpunctatus, Schill,

Bej. Neides aduncus, Fieb,, in plenty by sweeping low

plants in dry places, Bej., Piedr.; NW. tipularius, Linn., Be}.

Berytus hirticornis, Brullé, 2B. montivagus, Fieb., Be}.

Lygexus pandurus, Scop., L. saxatilis, Scop., L. albomaculatus,

Goeze, Bej.; LZ. superbus, Poll., in abundance under stones,

Bey. Nysius graminicola, Kol., WN. lineatus, Costa, Bej. ;

NV. punctipeniis, H.-8., two specimens, in sandy places on

the banks of the Tormes, El Barco. Cynius melanocephalus,

Fieb., common, Piedr., Bej. Cymodema tabidum, Spin.,

Bej. Lschnorrhynchus geminatus, Fieb., Bej. Geocoris

stculus, Fieb., El Barco. Heteroguster artemisix, Schill.

Be}. Micropla: v interrupta, Fieb., Piedr., Bej.; J. plagiata,

Fieb., Av. Metotoplax ditomoides, Costa, in plenty on low

plants, Bey. Macroplax fasciata, H.-8., Bej. Pterotinetus

staphylinoides, Burm., Bej., Piedr. Plinthious brevipeniis,

Latr. (macropt. form), Bej. Aoploseelis bivirgatus, Costa,

Av., Piedr. Peritrechus sylvestris, Fabr., Piedr. Rhyparo-

chromus sabulicola, Thoms., Bej., also found at Burgos.

* T am indebted to Dr. O. M. Reuter for the determination of

most of the Capsids and Anthocorids, and to Dr. G. Horvath and

Mr. E, Saunders for assistance with the Lygveids, ete.

An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain. 181

Trapezonotus arenarius, Linn., T. ullricha, Fieb., Bej.

Aphanus pint, Linn., El Barco ; A. quadratus, Fabr., El

Barco, Be}. Beosus maritimus, Scop., Bej. Lasiocoris

anomalus, Kol., Bey. Lmblethis angustus, Mont., in numbers,

Bej., El Barco. Notochilus andrez, Puton, three specimens,

Bej., probably not previously recorded from Spain. Monan-

thia echii, Wolff, in profusion in all its stages, on Hehiwm,

El Barco, Bey. Phyllontocheila awriculata, Costa, Bej.; P.

cardui, Linn., Bey. Dictyonota fuliginosa, Costa, in numbers,

by sweeping low plants, Bej.; P. strichnocera, Fieb., Be}.

Catoplatus carthusianus, Goeze,in abundance on Eryngium,

Piedr. Hydrometra stagnorum, Linn., Bej. Gerris najas,

De G., River Cuerpo del Hombre, Bej. Harpactor wra-

cundus, Poda, Bej.; H. sanguineus, Fabr., Bej. Coranus

Lgyptius, Fabr. , El Barco. Nabis reuter ianus, Puton, Piedr. ;

N. rugosus, Linn., Bej.; WV. ferus, Linn., Be}. ; J. lativentris,

Boh., Be]. Salda cocksi, Curt., Bej., Piedr.; S. prlosella,

Thoms. (7), in the dried- up bed of the Adaja, Av. Piczostethus

maculipennis, Baer., Be}.; P. terricola, Reut., one specimen

under a stone, Be}. Z'riphieps discolor, Reut., Bey. Pithanus

merkeli, H.-S., Bej. MMegalocerea erratica, Linn., Bej.

Lopus gothicus, Linn., Bej. Homodemus M-flavum, Goeze,

Piedr. Adelphocoris vandalicus, Rossi, Be}. Calocoris

roscomaculatus, De G., Bej.; C. sulphurews, Reut., Av.

Camptobrochis lutescens, Schill., Bey. Brachycoleus triangu-

lars, Goeze, in abundance on Lryngium, and varying

ereatly i in colour, Piedr., Bej. Capsus cordiger, Hahn, and

var. jfastidiosus, Reut.,* C. scutellaris, Fabr., C. ruber,

Linn., Bej. Strongylocoris lewcocephalus, Linn., and 8.

obscurus, Ramb., common, Be}. Cyllocoris histrionicus,

Linn., Bej. Globiceps pictetr, Fieb., Bej., El Barco. Tini-

cephalus discrepans, Fieb., Be}. Conostethus rosews, Fall,

Be}. Dicyphus geniculatus, Fieb., var. disjwnctus, Reut.,*

Bej.; D. hyalinipennis, Klug., et rare, by sweeping low

plants, Bej.; D. pallicornis, Fieb., var., Piedr., Be]. Grypocoris

noualhiert, Reut., Bej. Orthocephalus saltator, Hahn, Be}.

Dimorphocoris lividipennis, Reut.,* Bej., not rare. Hypsi-

tylus prasinus, Fieb., Bej. Platycranus metriorhynchus,

Reut., Piedr. Systedlonotus championi, Reut.* (gf and

2), Bej. Megalocoleus bolivari, Reut. Bej., in great

abundance on a yellow-flowered aromatic composite plant

(? Santolina sp.), the species in lite being of the same

colour as the flowers. Sthenarus ocularis, M. & R., Piedr.,

Be}. Onychumenus decolor, Fall., Bej.

182 An Entomological Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain.

The species or varieties marked with an asterisk are

described in the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for

May 1903, pp. 119-121.

The following species of Capsidze may be added to my

previous list (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1902, p. 129):—

Phytocoris exoletus, Costa, Albarracin; P. femoralis, Fieb.,

Bronchales; P. vittiger, Reut., var., Albarracin.

( 188 )

XI. An Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera made on

the Anambara Creek in Nigeria, West Africa. By

Percy I. Latuy, F.E.S.

[Read February 4th, 1903. ]

PuLaTe VIII.

THE collection of Rhopalocera dealt with in the following

pages is the largest that has yet been made on the Niger

River; in all it contains two hundred and twenty-six

species, twelve of which are undescribed.

Messrs. Godman, Salvin, and Druce, P.Z.S., 1884, pp.

219-229, and Mr. G. H. Carpenter, Proc. R. Dubl. Soc. (2)

8, pp. 804-310, 1895, have written two papers on Lepi-

doptera from this district; these two papers enumerate

seventy-two species, seventeen of which are not in the

collection here described, the names of these I give later.

I am indebted to Mr. Alex. J. Braham, the collector, for

the following information on the district.

The Anambara Creek flows into the Niger River just

above Asaba; the mouth of the creek is about three

hundred miles from Forcados, and it extends (navigably)

about a hundred miles inland. The whole country is flat,

with only a few slight hills about sixty to eighty metres

above sea-level; the banks of the waterways are densely

clothed with forest and undergrowth, away from the water

open bush prevails. The vegetation is chiefly of mush-

room growth, soft sap trees of the “paw-paw” type,

mingled largely with cocoanut and date-palms; ebony

and mahogany are also to be found, and small mangroves

are in profusion; orcbids are rarely seen in flower, in fact

flowers, the majority of which are glaring yellow in colour,

are seldom seen. The rainfall is very heavy, the difference

in the height of the rivers in wet and dry seasons being

as much as sixty feet; in the wet season the whole

country is practically under water, the high forest trees

appearing merely as bushes on its surface.

The season may be divided as follows: middle of

January to May intensely hot and damp, with many fierce

tornadoes; the weather is then cooler till July, when the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (JUNE)

184 © MroPietathys

rainy season commences and lasts till the second week in

October; during November and December dry winds

prevail, and all vegetation is dried up, the temperature

at noon rising as high as 110° Fahr. in the shade, and

dropping to 60° Fahr. at night.

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. Francis A. Heron,

of the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, for

his assistance in determining many of the species, and to

Mr. Henley Grose-Smith, who was so kind as to look over

the new Lyczenidee.

The types of all the new species here described are in

the collection of Mr. Herbert J. Adams.

1. Danais chrysippus.

Pap. chrysippus, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 471 °(1758).

The variety alcippus, Cram., appears to be the prevalent

form.

2, Danais petiverana.

D. petiverana, D. and H., Gen. D. L., p. 98 (1847).

3. Amauris vashti.

D, vashii, Butl., Cist. Ent. 1, p. 1 (1865).

4. Amauris niavius,

Pap. miavius, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 470 (1758).

5. Amauris psyttalea.

A. psyttalea, Plotz, 8. EK. Z. xli, p. 189 (1880).

6. Amauris hecate.

D. hecate, Butl., P. ZS. 1866, p. 44.

7. Elymnias phegea.

Pap. phegea, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ili, 1, p. 1382 (1798).

8. Lymnias banmakoo,

Mel. bammakoo, Westw., Gen. D. L., p. 405 note,

t. 68, f. 3 (1851).

9. Melanitis leda.

Pap. leda, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 474 (1758).

10. Gnophodes parneno,

G. parmeno, D. and Hi; Gen. D. Ly t.-6L, £ 21850).

11. Lieyclus phalanthus.

D. phalanthus, Stgr., Exot. Schin., p. 229, t. 82 (1887).

12. Mycalesis tenias.

M. tenias, Hew., Exot. Butt. Mycalesis, t. 8, f. 55, 56

(1865°.

14.

HG:

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 185

3. MMycalesis ignobilis.

M. ignolilis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870,

p. 124.

Monotrichtis sandace.

Mycalesis sandace, Hew., Exct. Butt. Mycalesis, t. 10,

fGp9( US (0).

. Monotrichtis mailyas.

Mycalesis milyas, Hew., Exot. Butt. Mycalesis, t. 6,

f. 34 (1864).

Monotrichtis safitza.

Mycalesis safitza, Hew., Gen. D. L. i, p. 394 note,

t. 66, f. 3 (1851).

Monotrichtis vulgaris.

Mycalesis vulgaris, Butl., Cat. Satyr., p. 130, t. 3, f. 8

(1868).

. Monotrichtis nebulosa.

Mycalesis nebulosa, Feld., Reise Novar. Lep., p. 502

(1867).

All the specimens belong to the form agraphis, Karsch.

IGE

Monotrichtis dorothea.

Pap. dorothea, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 19, t. 204,

feb Es (799):

pthima doleta.

Y. doleta, Kirby, Pr. R. Dublin Soc. (2) u, p. 336

(1880).

. Vpthima simplicia.

Y. simplicia, Butl., An. N. H. (4) xviii, p. 481 (1876).

2. Acrexa admatha.

A, admatha, Hew., Exot. Butt. Acrea, t. 3, f. 16, 17

(1865).

3. Acrea seis.

A, seis, Feisth., Ann. E. Fr. (2) vii, p. 247 (1850).

. ACTRA CAMBNA,

Ancomeng, Wnrur, Wily Mxoty ins, 1) ps i2t. 7, 1 2

(1773).

. Acreva zetes.

Pap. zetes, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 487 (1758).

. Acrxa egina.

Pap. egina, Cranf., Pap. Exot. i, p. 128, t. 81, f. C, D

(1775).

186

Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

. Acreva abdera.

A. abdera, Hew., Exot. Butt. Acrzea, t. 1, f. 1, 2

CUS52):

. Acrva pseudegina.

A. pseudegina, Westw., Gen. D. L., p. 5381 (1852).

. Acreva terpsichore.

Pap. terpsichore, L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 466 (1758).

. Acrvxa vinidia.

A, vinidia, Hew., Ent. M. Mag. xi, p. 180 (1874).

. Acrea bonasia.

Pap. bonasia, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775).

2. Acrea pharsalus,

A. pharsalus, Ward, Ent. M. Mag. viii, p. 81 ee:

. Acrea encedon.

Pap. encedon, L, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 488 (1758).

variable series, including several examples of ab

aleippina, Auriv.

D4,

Acrea pentapolis.

A, pentapolis, Ward, Ent. M. Mag. viii, p. 60 (1871).

A variable series showing specimens intermediate be-

tween the type, and the form described by Oberthiir

under the name of the/estis; this name will therefore have

to sink as a synonym.

35.

Acrea orestia.

A. orestia, Hew., Ent. M. Mag, xi, p. 131 (1874).

. Acrea parrhasia.

Pap. parrhasia, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii, 1, p. 175 (1893).

Acrea peneleos.

A, pencleos, Ward, Ent. M. Mag. viii, p. 60 (1871).

. Acrea lycoa.

A. lycoa, Godt., Enc. Meth. ix, p. 239 (1819).

9. Acrea jodutta.

Pap. jodutta, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 1, p. 175 (1793).

The series includes ? ab. carmentis, D, and H.

40.

Planema epea.

Pap. epea, Cram., Pap. Exot. iii, p. 64, t. 230, f. B, C

(1779).

41.

46.

47,

48,

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 187

Planema consanguinea.

P. consanguinea, Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiv, p. 282, f. 8

(1893).

2. Planema camerunica.

P. camerunica, Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiv, p. 282, t. 6,

f. 4, 5 (1898).

. Planema umbra.

Pap. wmbra, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. ii, p. 23, t. 18, f. 1,

2 (1782).

. Planema vestalis.

Acrea vestalis, Feld., Reise Novar. Lep., p. 369, t. 46,

f. 8, 9 (1865-7).

. Atella phalantha.

Pap. phalantha, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. i, p. 41, t. 21,

fl 27a):

Hypanartia delius.

Pap. delius, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. 11, p. 18, t. 14, f. 5, 6

(1782).

Pyrameis cardut.

Pap. cardwi, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 475 (1758).

Precis madagascariensis,

Junonia madagascariensis, Guén., Vinson, Voy. Mad.

Lep., p. 37 (1864).

. Precis clelia.

Pap. clelia, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 38, t. 21, f E, F

iis):

. Precis sophia.

Pap. sophia, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 1, p. 248 (1793).

. Precis octavia.

Pap. octavia, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 60, t. 135, f. B, C

. Precis pelarga.

Pap. pelarga, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 513 (1775).

. Precis laodice, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 64, t. 138,

f, G, H. (1777).

. Precis milonia.

P. milonia, Feld., Reise Novar. Lep., p. 403 (1867).

. Precis terea.

Pap. terea, Dru., Tl. Exot. Ins, ii, p. 32, t. 18, f. 3, 4

(1773).

188

63.

64.

Mr. Ee abathys

. Precis chorimene.

Vanessa chorimene, Gueér., Icon. R. Anim., p. 476

(1844).

. Catacroptera cloantha.

Pap. cloantha, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, p. 93, t. 338,

f, A,B Gd/7sl):

Salamis temora.

S. temora, Feld., Reise Novar. Lep., p. 404 (1867).

. Salamis anacardii.

Pap. anacardu, L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 467 (1758).

. Hypolimnas misippus.

Pap, misippus, L., Mus. L. Ulr., p. 264 (1764).

. Hypolimnas dubius,

Pap. dubius, Palisot, Ins. Afr. et Amér., p. 238, Lep.

t. 6, f. 2a, 2b (1805).

. Hypoliinnas anthedon.

Diadema anthedon, Doubld., Ann. N. H. xvi, p. 181

(1845).

Kallima rumia.

K. rwmia, Doubld. and Westw., Gen. D. Lep., p. 325,

tola2s 21850).

Kallima eynodoce.

Pap. cymodoce, Cram., Pap. Exot. 11, p. 5, t. 99, f. G, H

CLOKG:

A single male of this rare species.

65.

68.

69.

Hurytela hiarbas.

Pap. hiarbas, Dru., Il. Exot. Ins. 11, p. 17, t. 14, f. 1,

22):

. Hurytela dryope.

Pup. dryope, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 125, t. 78, f. E, F

(1775).

7. Neptidonsis onhione.

1 ']

Pap. ophione, Cram., Pap. Exot. 1, p. 27, t. 114, f. E, F

(eiere.

Ergolis enotrea.

Pap. enotrea, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 73, t. 236, f.

Agu 19):

Mescxantha ethosea.

Pap. ethosea, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. in, p. 51, t. 37, f. 3,

4 (1782).

70.

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 189

Byblia gotzvus.

Pap. gotzius, Herbst, Naturs. Schm. ix, p. 193, t. 258,

f. 3, 4 (1798),

71. Crenis amulia.

76.

78.

19.

80.

81.

85.

Pap. amulia, Cram., Pap. Exot. 11, p. 128, t. 180, f. C

(1777).

. Cyrestis camallus.

Pap. camillus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. u, p. 11 (1781).

. Neptis nemetes,

N. nemetes, Hew., Exot. Butt. Neptis, t. 1, f. 1, 2

(1868).

. Neptis agatha.

Pap. agatha, Stoll, in Cramer’s Pap. Exot. iv, p. 76,

te o2te ts Ay io Olir30):

. Neptis melicerta.

Pap. melicerta, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. ui, p. 34, t. 19,

f. 3, 4 1773).

Pseudacrexa lucretia.

Pap. lucretia, Cram., Pap. Fixot. i, p. 71, t. 45, f. C, D

GLAS):

Pseudacrxa boisduvalit.

Diadema boisduvalii, Doubld., Ann. N. H. xvi, p. 180

(1845).

Pseudacrea ewrytus.

Pap. ewrytus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 487 (1758),

Pseudacrea striata.

P. striata, Butl., Cist. Ent. i, p. 215 (1874).

Pseudacrva semire.

Pap. semire, Cram., Pap. Exot. iii, p. 3, t. 194, f B, C

Giana):

Pseudoneptis cenobita.

Hesperia cenobita, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ui, 1, p. 247

: (1798).

. Catuna angustata.

Euomma angustatum, Feld., Reise Novar. Lep., p. 425

(1867).

Aterica galene.

Pap. galene, Brown, New Ill. of Zool., p. 94, t. 37

(1776).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART I. (JUNE) 18

190 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

84. Hamanumida dedalus.

Pay. dxdalus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 482 (1775).

5. BKuphedra ruspina.

Romaleosoma ruspina, Hew., Exot. Butt. Romalzo-

soma, t22, 1-16, 4 (S05):

86. Luphedra eleus.

Pap. eleus, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. ii, p. 14, t..12, f. 1, 2

(1782).

87. Huphedra cers.

Pap. ceres, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 504 (1775).

88. Luphedra nigrocilia, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 1.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing blue-black, shot with greenish along costa

and about apex ; a large oval, greenish-yellow patch beyond cell,

between upper discoidal and upper median nervules; a large tri-

angular yellowish-green patch on innermargin. Hind-wing shining

blue, with yellowish-green discoidal patch ; outer margin black,

widely so at apex ; two large black spots near margin between

upper and lower median nervules.

Under-side.—Fore-wing greenish-yellow, inner margin slate colour,

outer margin and apex greenish ; the following black markings: a

spot in cell near base, two larger spots beyond, and a bar at end of

cell, with another bar outside ; a spot between upper and middle

median nervules, and an obliquely placed bar between middle and

lower median nervules ; a submarginal row of large spots increasing

in size towards anal angle. Hind-wing greenish-yellow, deep yellow

at anal angle and inner margin, greenish on outer margin, and with

the following black markings: a curved sub-basal band extending

nearly half-way along costa, a round spot in upper part of cell, and

an oval spot at end of cell; a series of four patches between sub-

costal nervure, and submedian nervule, decreasing in size towards

latter, a submarginal series of large patches, Cilia of both wings

black above and below.

Exp. 78 millim.

Allied to #. ceves, Cram., from which it differs in the

fore-wing having a subapical patch instead of a band, the

shining blue ground colour of hind-wing, and the black

cilia.

89, Huphedra thems.

Najas hilaris themis, Hiibn., Exot. Schm. 1, t. 60

(1806-16).

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 191

90. Huphedra janetta.

fomalevsoma janetta, Butl., P. Z.S. 1871, p. 80.

91. Huphedra aurata.

E. aurata, Carpenter, Proc. R. Dubl. Soe, (2) viii, p. 305

(1895).

92. Huphedra aureofasciata, sp. nov.

Upper-side.—Fore-wing black, costa shot with green; a wide golden-

yellow band extending from costa to below middle median nervule ;

a triangular bluish-green patch on basal half of inner margin, the

centre of this patch golden. Hind-wing shining bluish-green, outer

margin widely black, a faint trace of golden-yellow on disco-

cellulars.

Under-side.—Fore-wing yellowish-green, with inner margin black

below lower median nervule, and the following black markings : two

large spots in basal half of cell, each touching median nervure ; two

round spots in centre of, and a bar at end of cell ; a series of five

patches beyond cell, of which the lowest is the largest, and obliquely

placed, a submarginal series of square patches; outer margin

blackish. Hind-wing golden-yellow, greenish about cell, and along

outer margin; a wide crimson band along costa extending from

base to near apex ; the following black markings: a large spot in

upper part of cell with a small one below it, a bar at end of cell,

four markings beyond cell, of which the upper and lower are nearer

the base than the others ; the upper is the largest, and the lower

much the smallest of this series; a submarginal series of large

patches, the inner edges of which are dentate ; outer margin black.

Cilia of hind-wing greyish between nervules.

Exp. 90 millim.

This is probably a local race of £. crockeri, Butl., from

which it may be distinguished by the bright golden-yellow

band of the fore-wing and the darker cilia.

Only a single female was obtained, but there are several

specimens in the Natural History Museum from Nigeria

which agree with that here described.

93. Huphedra medon.

Pap. medon, L., Cent. Ins., f. 19 (1763).

94. Huphedra harpalyce.

Pap. harpalycec, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 78, t. 145,

f DPE Gn):

192

95.

Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

-Huphedra losinga.

Romalexosoma losinga, Hew., Exot. Butt. Romalzo-

soma, t. 1, f. 1 (1864).

One male and two females were taken.

96.

Huryphene theognis.

E. theognis, Hew., Exot. Butt. Euryphene, t. 1, f. 3, 4

(1864).

Huryphene mardania.

Pap. mardania, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 1, p. 249 (1793).

furyphene sophus.

Pap. sophus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1, 1, p. 46 (1793).

. Huryphene letitia.

HE. lxtitia, Plotz, 8. F. Z. xli, p. 192 (1880).

. Luryphene tentyrrs.

E. tentyris, Hew., Exot. Butt. Euryphene, t. 5, f. 21,

22 (1866).

. Diestogyna veronieda.

Pup. veronica, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, p. 73, t. 325, f. C,

D (1789).

2, Huryphura chaleis.

Harma chalcis, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. iv, p. 284

(1860).

. Luryphura plautilla.

Huryphene plautilla, Hew., Exot. Butt. Euryphene,

t. 3, f 14, 15 (1865).

One male has both wings fulvous to beyond middle ;

the form claudianus, Druce, is also fulvous, and has

hitherto been regarded as a female aberration; it is

possible that this specimen is the male of claudianus,

and a distinct species.

104.

Cymothoé theobene.

Harma theobene, D. and H., Gen. D. Lep., p. 288,

t. 40, f. 3 (1850).

. Cymotho€é egesta.

Pap. egesta, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 72, t. 46, f. B, C

(1775).

. Cymothoé becker.

Diademi beckeri, H. S., Aus. Schm. Tagf,, f. 81 (1850).

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 193

107. Cymothoé coccinata.

Harma coccinata, Hew., Exot. Butt. Harma, t. 6,

f, 24, 15 (1874).

108. Huptera svrene.

E. sirene, Staud., Iris, iv, p. 100, t. 1, f. 6 (1891).

A single specimen of this extremely rare species.

109. Huxanthe eurinome.

Pap. ewrinome, Cram., Pap. Exot. 1, p. 109, t. 70, f.

A (1775).

An aberration of the female was obtained, in which the

white markings are more extended, and the black ground

along median nervure and nervules powdered with white

scaling.

110. Charaxes brutus.

Pap. brutus, Cram., Pap. Exot. in, p. 82, t. 241, f.

Dp alice)

111. Charaxes epyasius.

C. epyasius, Reiche, in Ferret and Galin. Voy.

Abyss. Ent., p. 469, t. 32, f. 1, 2 (1849).

Only one specimen in the collection, a female, and

unfortunately in very bad condition.

112. Charaxes castor.

Pap. castor, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 61, t. 37, f. C, D

(1775).

113. Charaxes etesipe,

Nymphalis etesipe, Godt., Enc. Méth. ix, p. 355 (1823).

114, Charazxes cynthia.

C. cynthia, Butl., P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 626, t. 36, f. 3.

The two males received agree best with examples from

Accra, inasmuch as the discal band of hind-wing above is

buff yellow, edged with orange rufous, but differs below in

the much wider discal silvery band. The female agrees

best with a specimen from the Cameroons.

115, Charaxes protoclea.

C. protoclea, Feisth, Ann. E. Fr, (2) viii, p. 260 (1850).

116. Charaxes anticlea.

Pap. anticlea, Dru., Ul. Exot. Ins. i, p. 36, t. 27, f.

5, 6 (1782).

Two males only, they belong to the typical form, not

that described by Rothschild under the name of adwsta.

194 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

117. Charaxes etheocles.

Pap. etheocles, Cram., Pap. Exot. 11, p. 34, t. 119, f.

IDO CUETO

118. Charaxes tiridates.

Pap. tiridates, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 100, t. 161, f.

A, B (1777).

119. Charaxes numenes.

C. numenes, Hew., Exot. Butt. Charaxes, t. 2, f. 9-11

(1859).

120. Charaxes varanes.

Pap. varanes, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 100, t. 160, f.

IDE Glenroy

121. Charazxes fulvescens.

Palla varanes, var. fulvescens, Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xi,

p. 216 (1891).

122. Charaxes laodice.

Pap. laodice, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. in, p. 34, t. 26, f 1,

ZaClio2):

123. Charaxes ewpale.

Pap. eupale, Dru., Exot. Ins, ui, p. 7, t. 6, f. 3 (1782).

124. Monuwra zingha.

Pap. zingha, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, p. 53, t. 315, f.

BCrgi7s0).

125. Libythea labdaca.

L. labdaca, Westw., Gen. D. Lep., p. 413 note, t. 68,

f, 6 (1851).

126. Abisara gerontes.

Pap. gerontes, Fabr., Spec. Ins. u1, p. 117 (1781).

127. Telipna actinotina, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 2.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing dark brown, basal half brick-red, darker

towards base and along costa, and bordered on outer edge by a

blackish-brown band; two small red patches beyond cell. Hind-

wing semi-transparent brown, veins blackish.

Under-side.—Fore-wing as above, but ground colour paler and with

a yellowish band beyond dark border of basal red. Hind-wing

yellowish-brown, with veins and lines in interspaces blackish ; seven

small black spots at base.

Exp. 48 millim.

Only a single specimen of this very distinct species was

obtained ; its nearest ally appears to be 7’. parva, Kirby,

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 195

from which it may at once be distinguished by its much

greater size. The neuration of hind-wing resembles that,

of the genus Mimacrexa, inasmuch as the subcostal nervules

are on a long stalk, but the presence of the preecostal

nervure serves to separate it from that genus. It is very

curious that this species should bear such a strong super-

ficial resemblance to Actinote, a South American genus of

the Acreeine.

128. Pentila pauli.

P. pault, Staud., Exot. Schm. i, p. 267 (1888).

129. Pentila amenaida. =

P. amenaida, Hew., Exot. Butt. Pentila and Liptena,

tae Qe Os LSS):

130. Pentila radiata, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 3.

Upper-side.—Fore-wing fulvous, with broad black margin, the

inner edge of which is dentate towards inner margin ; costa blackish ;

two small black spots above and towards end of cell, and a large

round black spot at end of cell. Hind-wing fulvous, paler at inner

margin and widely bordered with black ; a round black spot at end

of cell.

Under-side.—Fore-wing fulvous, with black spot as above, outer

margin narrowly black, marginal black streaks in interspaces, de-

creasing in length towards anal angle. Hind-wing fulvous, outer

margin narrowly black with marginal streaks as in fore-wing, two

very small black spots near base, a large round black spot below costal

nervure not far from base, and a similar but somewhat larger spot at

end of cell.

Exp. 38 millim,

Nearly allied to P. pauli, Ster., from which it differs in

the total absence of discal spots below and in the sub-

costal spot of the hind-wing below being larger than the

cellular spot.

131. Pentila multipunctata, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 4.)

Upper-side-Fore-wing fulvous, with broad black margin, the

inner edge of which is dentate ; costa blackish ; the following black

markings ; a small spot above and towards end of cell, and a large

round spot at end of cell, three spots near marginal border between

upper median nervule and submedian nervure. Hind-wing fulvous,

with wide black margin, inner edge of which is dentate ; a round

black spot at end of cell and a series of seven black spots near

196 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

marginal border, the three nearest anal angle being further from the

border than the others.

Under-side.—Fore-wing fulvous, outer margin narrowly black,

with marginal streaks as in the preceding species, and the following

black markings: two pairs and one single spot on costa, a large

round spot at end of cell anda curved discal series of seven spots,

Hind-wing fulvous, outer margin narrowly black, and streaks as in

fore-wing, with the following black markings: a large spot above

and two spots below cell near base, a large spot at end of cell, a

curved discal series of eight spots, of which that next costa is much

the largest.

Exp. 42 millim.

Near to P. pauli, Stgr., from which it may be distin-

guished by the conspicuous discal spots.

132. Pentila abraxas.

Peabracas, Dy sand Gen DP epaat.. iat

(1852).

133. Iimacrea darwinia.

M. darwinia, Butl., Lep. Exot., p. 104, t. 38, f. 8

(1872).

One pair of this fine species.

134, Pseuderesia isca.

Liptena ica, Hew., Exot. Butt. Pentila and Liptena,

t. 2, f. 14-16 (1873).

135. Pseuderesia gordoni. (Plate VITI, fig. 5.)

P. gordoni, Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi

(Jan. 1903).

136. Pseuderesia cellularis.,

P. cellularis, Kirby, Ann. N. H. (6) vi, p. 262 (Sept.

1890).

137. Citrinophila similis.

C. similis, Kirby, Ann. N. H. (5) xix, p. 366 (1887).

138. Liptena submacula, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 6.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing white, costa and outer margin bordered

with dark brown. Hind-wing white, outer margin bordered with

dark brown.

Under-side.—Both wings as above, with exception of an oval black

spot at end of cell of hind-wing.

Exp. 32 millim.

This species may be distinguished from JL. simplicia,

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 197

Moschl., its nearest ally, by the black spot at end of cell of

hind-wing below.

139. Liptena undularis.

L. undularis, Hew., Exot. Butt. Pentila and Liptena,

t. 1, f. 7 (1866).

140. Liptena otlauqa.

L. otlauga, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. 14, Lyczen.

Afr., p. 46, t. 11, f. 9, 10 (1890).

141. Hresina corynetes.

E. corynetes, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Lyceen.

Atiry a Ae te Itt. 7, 8 L820).

142. Aslauga marginata.

Liptena marginata, Plotz, 8. E. Z. xli, p. 204 (1880).

143. Deudorix nomion.

D. nomion, Ster., Iris, iv, p. 158, t. 1, f. 11 (1891).

144. Deudorix eleala.

Hypolycena eleala, Hew., Ml. D. Lep., p. 52, t. 28, f.

25-27 (1865).

145. Deudorix camerona.

D. camerona, Plotz, 8. E.Z. xli, p. 201 (1880).

146. Deudoriz odana.

D. odana, H. H. Druce, Ent. M. Mag. xxiii, p. 204

(1887).

147. Deudorix caliginosa, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 7.)

Upper-side.—Both wings black, shot with rich purplish-blue.

Hind-wing with inner margin clothed with black hair ; a pale shin-

ing purplish sex mark above cell ; inner margin pale shining grey.

Under-side.—Fore-wing brownish-grey, with the following white

lines inwardly edged with brown: two at end of cell, a double row

beyond cell extending from costa to lower median nervule, and a

submarginal double row, these being obscure at apex ; a large tuft

of black hair from middle of inner margin. Hind-wing brownish-

grey, a pale-edged dark-brown spot in bend of subcostal nervure,

two whitish lines just beyond cell, and some obscure whitish mark-

ings between cell and inner margin, two double rows of whitish

lines as in fore-wing ; a black spot inwardly bordered with red near

inner margin, between middle and lower median nervules; anal

angle produced into a lobe, black-edged with metallic silvery-blue

scales ; lower median nervule produced into a long slender black

tail tipped with white.

Exp. 34 millim.

198 Mr. P. 1. Lathy's

The nearest ally of this species appears to be D. antalus,

Hopff.; its much darker colour at once serves to dis-

tinguish it from that species; the tuft of hair on inner

margin of the fore-wing below is much longer in D. livida

than in D. antalus.

148. Deudorix bimaculata.

Myrina bimaculata, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p.

353.

149. Deudoria lorisona.

Myrina lorisona, Hew., Ill. D. Lep., p. 37, t. 16, f 48,

49 (1863).

150. Deudoriz antalus.

Dipsas antalus, Hopff., Monatsb, Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1855, p. 641.

151. Myrina silenus.

Pap, silenus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 531 (1775).

152. Myrina subornata, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 8.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing black, a brilliant deep blue patch in cell,

and a large area of the same colour below cell. Hind-wing black,

cell and area below and beyond brilliant deep blue ; a deep crimson

spot at anal angle ; submedian nervure produced into a moderately

long white centred black tail.

Under-side.—Fore-wing dark brownish-grey, with a faint purple

tinge, paler towards inner margin. Hind-wing dark brownish-grey,

with a faint purple tinge; a black bar at end of cell; a curved

discal series of irregular black markings, those next inner margin

being inwardly edged with whitish ; submarginal whitish powdered

black marking extending from inner margin to middle median

nervule ; anal lobe deep crimson inwardly edged with white.

Exp. 38 millim.

This species may be separated from dL dermaptera,

Wer., a South African species, by the discal black mark-

ings of hind-wings below.

153. Oxylides faunus.

Pap. faunus, Dru., Il. Exot. Ins. ui, p. 2, t. 1, f. 4, 5

(17738).

154. Hypolycena hatita.

Avhatita,Hew., Ul,.D> Wep., p: 51, 23, a. 21-24

(1865).

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 199

155. Hypolycena antifaunus.

H. antifaunus, D. and H., Gen. D. Lep., t. 75, f. 1

(1852).

156. Hypolycena lebona.

HT, lebona, Hew., Ill. D. Lep., p. 51 (1865).

157. Hypolycena philippus.

Hesperia philippus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 1, p. 288

(1793).

158. Dapidodigma hymen.

Pap. hymen, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 519 (1775).

159. Jolaus adamsi, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 9.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing with basal half bright shining blue, apical

half black. Hind-wing bright shining blue, costa and apex narrowly

black, a black line along outer margin ; anal lobe white, a black

spot edged with dull crimson placed above it on inner margin, and a

black spot beyond it on outer margin, and beyond this a faint whitish

mark ; three slender black-centred white tails, that at the anal angle

being much the longest ; cilia whitish,

Under-side.—Fore-wing white, brownish towards outer margin,

blackish along inner margin, a faint brown submarginal line ; a

conspicuous tuft of black hair on inner margin, Hind-wing white,

a faint brown discal line extending from subcostal nervure to middle

median nervule ; a black spot with a red patch above it between

middle and lower median nervules, the discal line continuing

brokenly from it to inner margin; a short faint submarginal red

line from near apex ; a black spot on inner margin above anal lobe,

edged with a triangular red patch ; a little blackish sealing near outer

margin between anal tails ; a narrow black marginal line.

Exp. 42 millim.

Allied to J. laon, Hew., but differs in the absence of

dark borders to wings below.

160. Jolaus ewrisus.

Pap. ewrisus, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 47, t. 221, f. D,

Ean):

161. Aphneus orcas.

Pap. orcas, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. ii, p. 46, t. 34, f. 2, 3

(1782).

162. Aphneus brahamni, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 10.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing dark brownish-grey, cell and area beyond

and below densely clothed with purplish-blue sealing ; outer margin

narrowly blackish. Hind-wing dark brownish-grey, cell and lower

200 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

discal area densely clothed with purplish-blue scaling, outer margin

narrowly blackish, cilia white except at extremities of nervules,

where they are blackish ; a short black tail at extremity of lower

median nervule, and a very long slender black tail at extremity of

submedian nervure, the basal third of this tail is dull red and the

tip white.

Under-side.—Fore-wing brownish-grey, whitish along inner margin,

with the following silver markings all edged with deep dull crimson :

a spot at base of cell with one above it on costa, one crossing centre

of cell and a large one at end of cell, another on costa beyond cell,

and between this and apex two small spots one above the other, a

round spot on discoidals not far from outer margin, a figure-of-eight

spot on median nervules, and an obliquely-placed oval patch below

this, the lower part of this marking being obscure; outer margin

narrowly edged with deep dull crimson. Hind-wing brownish-grey,

with the following silver markings all edged with deep dull crimson :

a spot at base, a small spot in basal half of cell with a large one

above it, a large round spot at end of cell, an oval patch between

this and inner margin, and a small spot on inner margin; an

irregular series of seven discal spots, of which that on the costa is

large and almost round, the next three very small, and the remainder

long and irregularly shaped ; an obscure narrow dark band between

this series and outer margin ; outer margin narrowly edged with

deep dull crimson; anal angle the same colour ; tails as above.

Exp. 48 millim.

Very near to A. argyrocyclus, Holl, from which it differs in

the large circular spot at end of cell in hind-wing below, and

the more regular and complete series of silver spots beyond.

I have named this species after Mr. Braham the collector.

163. Spindasis mozambica.

Aphneus mozambica, Bertolini, Mem. Acad. Bologna

2, p. 177, sep., p. 13 (1851).

164, Awiocerses harpax.

Pap. harpax, Fabr., Synt. Ent., p. 829 (1775).

165. Lycenesthes sylvanus.

Pap. sylvanus, Dru., Ill. Exot, Ins. ii, p. 5, t. 3, f. 2, 3

(1773).

166. Lycenesthes larydas,

Pap. larydas, Cram., Pap. Exot. iii, p. 160, t. 282, f. H

(1780).

167. Lycenesthes flavomaculata.

L. flavomaculata, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot.

xxvi, Lycen. Afr. p. 104, t. 23, £7, 73 (1893).

168.

169.

170.

ale

178.

180.

181.

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 201

Cupido falkensteinie.

C. falkensteinii, Dewitz, N. Acta Ac. N. Cur. xli, 2,

p. 204, t. 25, f. 5 (1879).

Cupido lingeus.

Pap. lingeus, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, p. 176, t. 379, f.

KE alyteslL)

Cupido plinvus.

Hesperia plinius, Fabr., Ent, Syst. 11, 1, p. 284 (1793).

Cupido isis.

Pap. isis, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. i, p. 6, t. 3, f. 4, 5

(1773).

. Cupido mirza.

C. mirza, Plotz, 8. F. Z. xli, p. 203 (1880).

. Cupido beticus.

Pap. beticus, L., Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 789 (1767).

. Cupido malathana.

Lycena malathana, Boisd., Faune Madag., p. 25

(1833).

. Cupido osiris.

Lycena osiris, Hopft., Monatsh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1855, p. 642.

}. Cupido micyclus.

Pap. micyclus, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 160, t. 282, f.

F, G (1780).

. Cupido punctatus.

C, punctatus, Dewitz, N. Acta Acad. N. Cur. xli, 2,

p. 205, t. 26, f. 15 (1879).

Leptosia medusa.

Pap. medusa, Cram., Pap, Exot. 11, p. 86, t. 150, f. F

(1777).

Leptosia alcesta.

Pap. alcesta, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, p. 175, t. 379, f. A

(1781).

Mylothris chloris.

Pap. chloris, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 473 (1775).

Mylothris sprea,

M. spica, Moschl., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, xxxiil, p. 277

(1883).

Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

2. Appias rhodope.

Pap. rhodope, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 478 (1775).

. Appias phuola.

Pieris phaola, Doubld., Ann. N. H. (1) xx, p. 63 (1847).

. Appias epaphia.

Pap. epaphia, Cram., Pap. Exot. iti, p. 26, t. 207, f. D,

E (1779).

5, Pieris creona

Pap. creona, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 148, t. 95, £.C-F

(1776).

. Pieris calypso.

Pap. calypso, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins. u, p. 30, t. 17, f. 3, 4

(1773).

. Pierrs cebron.

P. cebron, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. vii, p. 59 (1871).

. Teracolus evippe.

Pap. evippe, L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 469 (1758).

. Catopsilia florella,

Pap. florella, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 479 (1775).

. Lerias brenda.

ZT. brenda, Wand H., Gen. De iep. pi 19, t20, 126

(1847).

. Terias senegalensis.

T. senegalensis, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. i, p. 672

(1836).

. Terias desjardinsi.

NXanthidia desjardinsii, Boisd., Faune Mad., p. 22, t.

2,4. 6 (1833):

. Papilio dardanus.

P. durdanus, Brown, Ill. Zool., p. 52, t. 22 (1776).

Typical female and one example of @ ab. dionysus, D.

and H., were obtained.

194.

NO:

196.

Papilio cynorta.

P. cynorta, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 1, p. 37 (1798).

Papilio nireus.

P. nireus, L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 464 (1758).

Papilio demodocus.

P. demodocus, Esp., Aus. Schm., p. 205, t. 51, fi 1

(1798).

Account of a Collection af Rhopalocera. 203

197. Papilio menestheus.

P. menestheus, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ins, 1, p. 15, t. 9, f. 1,

2 (1773).

198. Papilio ridleyanus.

P. ridleyanus, White, Ann. N. H. xi, p. 262, fig.

(1843).

A good series, including an interesting aberration in

which area above subcostal nervure is entirely white and

without black markings with the exception of marginal

border; the nervules “and interspaces, excepting those

Reena median nervules, are powdered with white scales ;

the inner margin is also much whiter than in typical

specimens ; these remarks apply only to the hind-wing, the

fore-wing being normal.

199. Papilio pylades.

P. pylades, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 1, p. 34 (1793).

200. Papilio leonidas.

P. leonidas, Fabr., Ent. Syst, i, 1, p. 35 (1793).

A large number of males, but only one female.

Z01. Papilio policenes.

P. policenes, Cram., Pap. Exot. i, p. 61, t. 37, f. A, B

(1775).

202. Sarangesa synestalinenus.

Antigonus synestalmenus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit.

XXXVili, p. 263, t. 6, f 8 (1898).

203. Tagiades flesus.

Pap. flesus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 185 (1871).

204, Hagris denuba,

Antigonus denuba, Plotz, 8. KE. Z. xl, p. 361 (1869).

205. Abantis elegantula.

A. elegantula, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890,

p. 32.

206. Hesperia ploctzi.

Hi. ploctzi, Auriv., Ent, Tidsk., 1891, p. 277.

207. Gorgyra mocquerysit.

G. mocquerysti, Holl, P. ZS, 1896, p. 33, t. 5,

f 10.

208. Oxypalpus fulvus, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 11.)

204 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s

Upper-side.—Fore-wing deep fulvous, clouded with dark brown at

base ; apex and outer margin narrowly edged with dark brown; a

blackish line along submedian nervure, and an oblong black patch

beyond cell. Hind-wing deep fulvous ; costa, a narrow outer marginal

line, and an oblong patch beyond cell black, inner margin blackish ;

the veins of both wings black towards extremities, cilia deep fulvous.

Under-side.—Fore-wing deep fulvous, a large black patch on basal

third of inner margin; a short black fascia, above - submedian

nervure, from this patch ; a narrow black marginal line. Hind-wing

deep fulvous, with a narrow black marginal line. Antennz beneath

fulvous.

Exp. 28 millim.

Allied to O. ignita, Mab., but exhibits many points of

difference, the chief of which are the smaller area of black

on the fore-wing above, the exterior part of inner margin of

fore-wing below being fulvous, and the antenne fulvous

beneath.

209. Oxypalpus annulifer.

O. annulifer, Holl. Ann. N. H. Oct. 1892, p. 298.

210. Osmodes distincta.

O. distincta, Holl., P. Z. 8., 1896, p. 43, t. 4, f. 16.

211. Hypoleucis ophiusa.

Hesperia ophiusa, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i,

p. 497 (1866).

212. Cyclopides abjecta.

C. aljecta, Snell., Tid. voor Ent. 1872, p. 52, t. 2,

eur I Ky

213. Chapra mathias.

Hesperia mathias, Fabr.. Ent. Syst. Suppl, p. 438

(1798).

214. Parnara micans.

Py micans, Holl, RP. Z.S:, 1896) p. 63st. 3, 1.19,

215. Baoris alberta.

B. alberit, Holl., P. Z. S., 1896,-p. 67, t. 2, f. 21.

216. Baoris ogrugana, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 12.)

Upper-side.—Fore-wing dark brown, with the following hyaline

markings : two spots at end of cell, three very small subapical spots,

a series of four discal spots of which the two centre ones are much

the largest, and the upper one is much nearer the outer margin than

Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera. 205

the others. Hind-wing dark brown, with a hyaline spot in cell, and

two very small discal hyaline spots.

Under-side.—Fore-wing dark brown, a short pale submarginal line

from apex, hyaline markings as above, the lowest of the discal series

being bordered outwardly by an oblong whitish patch. Hind-wing

dark brown, with obscure lilac-grey markings on discoidals and near

outer margin ; hyaline markings as above.

Exp. 32 millim,

Near P. wnistriga, Holl., but differs in possessing three

subapical spots, the upper spot of the discal series being

much nearer the outer margin.

217. Baoris netopha.

Hesperia netopha, Hew., Ann. N. H. (5) 1, p. 345

(1878).

218. Platylesches chameleon.

Pamphila chameleon, Mab., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxv,

pa ee9 Gisgih):

219. Pardaleodes incerta.

Pamphila incerta, Snell., Tijd. voor Ent. 1872, p. 29,

t. 10, f. 10-12.

220. Pardaleodes reichenowt.

Plastingia reichenowi, Plotz, 8. EH. Z. xl, p. 357 (1879).

221. Pteroteinon laufella.

Hesperia laufella, Hew., Exot. Butt. Hesp., t. 2, f.

28-30 (1867).

222. Ploetzia cerymrea.

Hesperia cerymica, Hew., Exot. Butt. Hesp., t. 2, f.

20, 21 (1867).

223. Ploetzia nobilior.

Panobvilior, Holl P. Zas: 1890; pagouts 9,0. :2.

224. Rhopalocampta forestan.

Pap. forestan, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, t. 391, fi EH, F

(1782).

225. Rhopalocampta chalybe.

Ismene chalybe, Westw., D.and H. Gen. D. Lep., t. 79,

f. 2 (1852).

226, Lhopalocampta iphis.

Pap. iphis, Dru., Ill, Exot. Ins. ii, t. 15, f. 3, 4 (1773).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Il. (JUNE) 14

206 Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera.

The following is a list of the species not obtained by

Mr. Braham, but which are recorded in the two previously-

mentioned papers :—

Monotrichtis desolata, Butl.

“pthima itonia, Hew.

Acrea cecilia, Fabr.

Atella columbina, Cram.

Precis cebrene, Trim.

Euryphene phranza, Hew.

Charaxes achemenes, Feld.

Lachnocnema bibulus, Fabr.

Zeritis neriene, Boisd.

Deudoriz nomenia, Hew.

Lycenesthes princeps, Butl.*

Cupido hippocrates, Fabr.

» lysimon, Hiibn.

Terias brigitta, Cram.

Eronia argia, Fabr.

Celenorrhinus galenus, Fabr.

Parnara borbonica, Boisd.

* It is probable that this species was not correctly identified, the

type being from Abyssinia.

EXPLANATION OF PuaTteE VIII.

Fig. 1. Euphedra nigrocilia, sp. nov.

2. Telipna actinotina, sp. nov.

3. Pentila radiata, sp. nov.

4. » multipunctata, sp. nov.

5. Pseuderesia gordon, Druce.

6. Liptena submacula, sp. nov.

7. Deudorix caliginosa, sp. nov.

8. Myrina subornata, sp. nov.

9. Jolaus adamst, sp. nov.

10. Aphneus brahami, sp. nov.

11. Oxypalpus fulvus, sp. nov.

12. Baoris ogrugana, sp. Nov.

XII. Hymenoptera aculeata, collected by the Rev. ALFRED

EK. Earon, M.A., in Madeira and Tenerife, in the

spring of 1902, including notes on species taken

by the late T. VERNON WoLLASTON and F. A.

BELLAMY. By Epwarp Saunpers, F.RS.,

F.L.S., ete.

[Read March 18th, 1903.]

In the little collection enumerated below, made by Mr.

Eaton in the above islands, there are several species of

interest. I have described four which appear to be new,

and besides these two or three will probably prove so when

more material comes to hand. A curious variety of Bombus

terrestris, L., is worthy of special notice, it is quite black

with the exception of the apex of the abdomen which is

snowy white. Mr. Eaton captured three males and two

workers, and remarks that the species is common in

Tenerife, and as he sent no ordinarily-coloured specimens, I

presume that this is the usual form in the island. Brullé

does not mention ¢errestris as a Canary Island species,

soroensis being the only representative of the genus which

he records, and I cannot help having a suspicion that he

has mistaken this black var. of terrestris for the similarly

coloured form of soroensis which is well known on the

Continent. So little is known of the Hymenoptera of

these islands that I thought the present communication

might be acceptable to the Society.

Since this paper was read, I have had placed in my

hands by Prof. Poulton two collections from the Hope

Department of the University of Oxford—one from Madeira

made in 1847 and following years by the late T. V.

Wollaston, and one made last year at Tenerife by Mr.

F. A. Bellamy ; as these contain several species not in-

cluded in my paper, I have, at Prof. Poulton’s suggestion,

incorporated them.

Wollaston’s collection was purchased in 1861 by the Rev.

F. W. Hope, and presented to the Oxford University

Museum. The specimens are of course old and more or less

faded, the smaller ones are often gummed on cards, which

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1903.—PART II. (JUNE)

208 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata

renders determination doubtful, and as it would be dan-

gerous to remove specimens of this age I have not at-

tempted to found any new species on them. At the same

time there is a bronzy Halictus which I think will prove

to be new, and also a 2 Prosopis entirely black with. the

exception of the yellow facial spots; it is larger than the

species described here and stands in the collection with a

label under it in F. Smith’s handwriting—n. sp.? allied to

signata. It is represented by a single specimen only and

is not referable to any species I know.

In spite of the poor condition of Wollaston’s specimens

it is important to record, as far as possible, the forms

which existed over half a century ago in an island so

liable to accidental immigration as Madeira.

Professor Forel has kindly examined the ants of the

collection and verified those already determined by Mr.

F. Smith. I am indebted also to Mons. J. Vachal, who

has recently examined Brullé’s Canary Island types in the

Paris Museum, for confirming, and in some cases correcting

my identifications of the Halicti.

In Mr. Bellamy’s collection is a fine series of the dark

form of terrestris mentioned above, including six females, all

coloured exactly like those met with by Mr. Eaton. As

all the specimens of both collections came from Tenerife,

it would be interesting to ascertain if the species has the

same coloration in the neighbouring islands.

In the following list Mr. Bellamy’s captures are indicated

by his name, the late T, V. Wollaston’s by his initials,

while all specimens not specially indicated were taken by

Mr, Eaton.

CAMPONOTUS RUFOGLAUCUS, Jerd., r. micans, Ny].

3 7. Orotava, Tenerife. F, A. Bellamy, 31. iii.

COs ven:

LASIUS NIGER, L.

229. Many of each. Madeira. T. V. W.

TAPINOMA ERRATICUM, Ltr.

$28. Several of each. Madeira. T. V. W.

PLAGIOLEPIS PYGMHA, Ltr.

2%. Numerous. Madeira. T. V. W.

collected in Madeira and Tenerife 209

PONERA CONTRACTA, Ltr.

On? O08 /Madeiras i We

TETRAMORIUM SIMILLIMUM, Nyl.

$2. Madeira, T. V. W.

LEPTOTHORAX UNIFASCIATA, Ltr.

S4, Madeira. T. V. W.

MoNoMORIUM SALOMONIS, r. subopacum, Smith.

2%. Numerous. Madeira, T. V. W.

MoNOMORIUM CARBONARIUM, Smith.

22045 52 Madeira, 1. V.. W.

PHEIDOLE MEGACEPHALA, Fab.

98. Several. Madeira. T. V. W.

TACHYSPHEX SIMONYI, Kohl.

221 2. Orotava, Tenerife; on the sea-shore, 20

and) 2111, 02,

MISCOPHUS EATONI, n. sp.

Niger nitidus subeneo-micans, facie punctatissima, mandibulis

testaceis, apicibus piceis ; alis hyalinis, margine apicali late infus-

cata, propodeo transverse rugoso, medio canaliculato, lateribus

oblique striatis, abdomine nigro, punctato et microscopice ruguloso,

segmentorum apicibus subpiceis, pedibus nigris.

? Black, shining, head and thorax in certain lights with a very

slight bronzy tinge, face very slightly convex, so closely punctured as

to be almost dull, a very fine smooth line extends from between the

antennew to about halfway between their insertion and the anterior

ocellus. Clypeus more shining than the rest of the face, slightly

raised down the centre, its anterior margin reflexed and rounded in

the centre. Mandibles testaceous darker at the base and apex. 3rd

joint of the antennee slightly longer than the following ones, vertex

shining, less closely punctured than the face; ocelli equidistant

from each other, cheeks posteriorly with a few short glittering pale

golden hairs, thorax shining and punctured like the vertex of the

head, wings hyaline, with a well-defined darker apical band, not quite

extending to the cell nerves, area of the petiolated cell of much less

extent than that of the radial, mesopleure distinctly punctured,

legs entirely black, propodeum shining transversely and somewhat

diagonally rugose, with a well-defined central sulcature, its sides

210 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata

diagonally strigose, and clothed with very short inconspicuous pale

golden hairs, abdomen black, finely punctured and microscopically

rugose between the punctures, posterior margins of the segments

slightly piceous, and with a very insignificant fringe of white hairs

at the sides, beneath finely and closely punctured, the posterior

margins with a few long exserted hairs,

Long. 5 mm.

Of this very distinct species, one specimen was taken at

Orotava, Tenerife, on waste ground near the road beyond

the Cemetery gate—21. in. 02.

AMMOPHILA (Psammophila) TYDEI, Guill.

@ 1. Laguna. Hill-side east of the city, about 2000

feet altitude, 15. 11. 02.

Orotava. “ Common, provisions its nest with the

larva of a Noctuid moth.”

AMMOPHILA (Psammophila) HIRSUTA, Scop.

¢222. T. V. W. These were named by F. Smith,

“ Madere, Dhb.,” but are I think referable to

the var. of hirsuta, which has pale hairs on

the propodeum; I have taken similar speci-

mens in Jersey and at St, Briac in Brittany.

SCELIPHRON TUBIFEX, Latr.

g 12 3. Madeira. T. V. W. All these have the

pedicel cf the abdomen black.

OXYBELUS TEGULARIS, sp. n.

Niger, abdomine flavomaculato, propodei mucrone apice dilatato

emarginato, tegulis nervisque basalibus alarum lete testaceis, pedibus

nigris, testaceo flavoque variegatis.

This species resembles /atvo, Dahlb., in the widened

emarginate propodeal spine, but differs widely from it in

other characters and is specially recognizable by the

bright testaceous tegule.

Black, without any bronzy tinge, head and thorax densely,

rugosely and closely punctured, mandibles red in the centre,

flagellum of the antennz red towards the apex, clypeus tridentate at

the apex in both sexes, with a strong central keel in the ¢ which

projects beyond the anterior margin on to the central tooth, and a

short angular keel in the 2 abbreviated before it reaches the anterior

margin, which is smooth and shining ; face clothed with glittering

collected in Madeira and Tenerife. 211

silvery hairs, vertex rather densely with short greyish-white ones,

those on the cheeks behind the eyes short and silvery.* Mesonotum

clothed with short greyish hairs with a narrow central keel posteriorly,

extending on to the scutellum, tegule and bases of wing-nerves

bright testaceous, rest of neuration brown—postscutellum longitudi-

nally strigose, lamellee pale ; legs black, anterior tibize and tarsi

except the former posteriorly, in both sexes, and all the tarsi in the

dé, testaceous, bases of the intermediate and posterior tibiz flavous,

the pale colour more extensive in the @; calcaria pale, intermediate

and posterior tarsi black in the ? , posterior metatarsi piceous in the ¢,

propodeal spine short, widened and emarginate at the apex, central

area shining, more or less diagonally rugose on each side, lateral

areas dull, with irregular transverse rugosities, sides shining, trans-

versely strigose ; abdomen more shining in the ? than in the 4,

strongly punctured, clothed with grey adpressed pubescence, especi-

ally in the ¢, puncturation of the basal segment slightly larger

and less close than on the following, ¢ with a narrow trans-

verse yellow spot on each side of the apical margin of the first 5

segments, these become longer and more band-like as the segments

approach the apex, in the @ the spots are paler and only occur on

the first 2 or 3 segments; in the @ the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th

segments have a short testaceous spine-like tooth at the posterior

angle,

Long. 5—7 mm.

Orotava, Tenerife, several $ and §, 20. iu. 02.

VESPA GERMANICA, Fab.

5. Monte Funchal, Madeira, above the Church, at

about 2000 feet altitude, visiting Scrophu-

laria, two or three examples at the same

individual plant, 4. 111. 02.

& 1. Funchal, altitude 3000 feet (EK. 8S. Goodrich,

in Hope Collection), 3.1. 01.

oP2) 6/2. Mademas >: TV. W.

% 6. Orotava, Tenerife, March and April 1902.

F. A. Bellamy.

The black on the abdomen of some of Mr.

Bellamy’s specimens is very extensive, quite

as much so as in dark examples of Vespa

vulgaris.

PoLISTES GALLICUS, L.

23. Madeira, .-V. W,

212 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata

ODYNERUS CRUENTATUS, Brullé.

ef and ®. Orotava, Tenerife, westward of the port.

ODYNERUS H&MATODES, Brulleé. :

? 1. La Laguna, Tenerife. Hillside to left of main

road to Tejina along a terrace of volcanic rock.

Altitude about 2200 feet, 15. in. 02.

® 1. Sauzal. Altitude about 900 feet, 4. iv. 02.

¢ 1 22; Madeira, “Va;

PROSOPIS, sp. ?

Madeira. T. V. W.

Carded and marked in collection as n. sp. allied to

signata.

PROSOPIS ATRA, 0. Sp.

Omnino nigra, facie maris flava, antennarum utroque sexu

flagello subtus testaceo exceptis, genis brevissimis, abdominis seg-

mento basali remote punctato, ruguloso, in femina microscopice,

apice linea laterali pilorum albidorum ornato.

Entirely black in the 9 ; ¢ with the face and a spot on the

anterior side of the front tibize yellow, flagellum of the antenni in

both sexes more or less testaceous beneath, wings hyaline, the

nervures brownish-black.

¢ Head and thorax and first joint of the antennz clothed with

long pale hairs, face yellow, of the same colour as in communis, the

colour not or rarely extending above the insertion of the antenne,

elypeus black at the apex, mandibles black, antennee with the first

joint curved but scarcely dilated, cheeks linear, vertex strongly and

closely punctured, thorax strongly punctured, but less closely than

the head, the intervals microscopically rugose, propodeal area

reticulate, abdomen somewhat dull, rugulose, punctured, punctura-

tion of the first segment fine and remote, that of the others,

closer and less definite, apex of the lst segment with a very

ill-defined fringe of white hairs at the sides, and 8th ventral

segment formed much as in pictipes, Nyl., but the apical wings of

the 7th are narrower and longer, and are twisted downwards at

an angle of about 60 degrees from the horizontal basal plates, and

are in this respect quite unlike those of any species I know—armature

with the stipites more or less pointed, with very long apical hairs.

Sagittz wide, paler, and slightly longer than the stipites, each

gradually narrowing to a rather blunt apex.

? punctured and sculptured much as the ¢, but the abdomen more

collected in Madeira and Tenerife. 213

shining, with quite microscopic rugulosities on the basal segment as

in genalis, face short, cheeks linear, orbital furrows much produced

posteriorly, slightly curved at their termination near the base of the

posterior ocelli, propodeal area smoother than in the 4, the reticu-

lations almost obsolete except at the base, basal segment of abdomen

with a distinct very narrow line of snowy-white pubescence ;

calcaria pale.

Long. 5 mm.

Orotava, visiting Prankenia, f 3, 21. i. 02.

Laguna, Tenerife, 2 1. 2 or 3 kilom from the city upon

the ridge to the left of the Tejina road. Altitude 2100—

2500 feet.

Sauzal, #1. Altitude about 900 feet.

HALICTUS, sp. ?

gf and 9. Madeira. T. V. W.

This pair is named quadristrigatus in the collection,

but neither @ nor 2 is I think referable to that species,

and in this opinion Mons. Vachal agrees; whether they

are f and ? of one species is also doubtful; the ¢ has the

clypeus entirely black; the 2 is in such bad condition that

it is impossible to be sure of its identity, and I hesitate to

describe a new species on a single @.

HALICTUS, sp. ?

2 3. Laguna, 15. ii. 02.

Closely allied to, if not a variety of H. scabiosx, Rossi,

but without knowing the other sex, I am afraid to deter-

mine it for certain, as there are already several closely

allied forms described in the group whose specific value

is very doubtful; Brullé (Webb-Berthelot, Hist. Can. 11,

p. 87) records scabiose as occurring in the islands, but

remarks that he has only seen one ¢@, which differs from

scabiose in having the antenne beneath entirely yellow;

this makes me suspect that Brullé’s ¢ and these ?s may

belong to a distinct Canary Island species.

HALICTUS, sp. (?).

Q Madeira. T. V. W.

In Wollaston’s collection there is a single 2 under the

name zebrus, Walck., but it is in such a condition as to

render identification practically impossible.

214 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata

HALICTUS VILLOSULUS, Kirb.

9 1. Monte Funchal (Madeira). Sheltering on a

flower of Vinca Major, 27. ii. 02.

92. Monte Funchal (Madeira). Sheltering on

Crepis and Taraxacum officinale, 4, 11. 02.

2 4, Laguna (Tenerife), 15. ii. 02.

9 2. Madeira, T. V. W.

These females do not quite agree in all points with

British examples of the above species, but I see no dis-

tinctive character to rely upon, so without seeing the ¢ I

think it is wiser to treat them as belonging to it. Mons.

Vachal, to whom I submitted a specimen, returned it to me

as villosulus ?

HALICTUS ALCEDO, Vachal.

g@ 1. Laguna, Tenerife. — Hillside, east of the city,

about 2000 feet altitude.

HALICTUS LETUS, Brullé.

2 1. Orotava, Tenerife, at la Cabezas, 24. 11. 02.

HALICTUS, n. sp.

2 1. Monte Funchal, Madeira, on Sonchus oleraceus,

1500 feet altitude, 27. ii. 02.

Allied to Moric, F., but more strongly punctured. In

the Wollaston collection there are two ¢ and two @ of

I believe the same species, but they are on cards and

therefore no satisfactory description can be made from

them; the males are peculiar in having very large heads

and unusually ovate bodies.

HALICTUS ViIRIDIS, Brullé.

9 4. Orotava, Tenerife, on Oxzalis by the sea-shore,

20 and 25sin. 02:

® 2. Laguna, Tenerife, 25. ii, 21-7. iv. 02. F. A.

Bellamy.

I am indebted to Mons. Vachal for the determination of

this species, as I had described it asnew. I was misled by

Brullé’s remark : “ Elle est revetue d’un duvet blanchatre

non seulement sur tout le corp mais aussi sur les pattes ”—

in the specimens I have seen this rubbed off, but traces of

it are left on portions of the abdomen; also he gives the

collected in Madeira and Tenerife. 215

size as that of swbawrata, Rossi, whereas it is almost as

large as cylindricus, F., but as Mons. Vachal saw Brullé’s

types in Paris recently there can be no doubt that his

identification is correct.

HALICTUS ARCTIFRONS, n. sp.

Niger, abdominis segmento basali apice, segmentis 2, 3 et basi

segmenti 4, testaceis, calcaribus pallidis, 3-spinosis, abdomine crebre

punctato.

? closely allied to H. angustifrons, Vachal (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1892, p. xxii), to which at first I was inclined to refer it, but on

communicating a specimen to the author he very kindly points out

that it differs from his species in being stouter and having the

posterior calcaria tridentate whereas in angustifrons they are 4-5

pectinate, and also in having the 2nd transverse cubital nervure

united with the Ist recurrent, whereas in angustifrons the 1st recur-

rent is received into the 2nd cubital cell at about a quarter of the

length of the cell from its apex. In colour it seems to agree well

with angustifrons, the head and thorax are black and the abdomen

black at the base and apex and testaceous red, from the middle of

the basal segment to the middle of the 4th. The eyes converge

rather rapidly so as to give the face rather an elongate triangular

aspect, the head and thorax are closely punctured and clothed with

whitish hairs, and there is a line of dense white pubescence in the

anterior depression of the pronotum and also in the depression

bordering the mesonotum, postscutellum also densely clothed with

whitish pubescence, propodeum with its basal area shallow and

semi-circularly bounded, finely clathrate at the base, shining at the

apex on the brow ; abdomen closely punctured, the puncturation of

the basal segment slightly less close than that of the 2nd, legs black

clothed with whitish hairs, apex of posterior metatarsi with a tuft

of golden bristly hairs.

Long, 5 mm,

Orotava by the sea-shore, visiting Frankenia, 20 and 23.

ili. 02.

ANDRENA BIMACULATA, Kirby ? var.

g and ¢. Madeira. T.V.W. In too bad condi-

tion to determine for certain.

ANDRENA BIPARTITA, Brullé.

9 2. Orotava, Tenerife, 21. iii. 02.

216 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata

ANDRENA MINUTULA, Kirb.

ft 2. Monte Funchal, Madeira, 6.11.02. At about

1100 feet altitude.

g 122. Madeira, IV. W-

These are I believe referable to minutula, but belong to

the form which has the mesonotum rugulose and with

very distant, shallow punctures. We have similarly sculp-

tured specimens in England, but those I possess belong to

the second brood, whereas the males of this collection have

the long-haired face of the first brood.

OSMIA LATREILLEI, Spin.

f2 91. Laguna, Tenerife, 15—17. iii, 02. At

altitudes of 2000—2200 feet.

$424. Madeira. T. V. W.

OsMIA SUBMICANS, Mor.

g 2. Laguna, Tenerife, 16. 11. 02. “ Hill north of

the city, at about 2150 feet altitude and under.”

MEGACHILE APICALIS, Spin.

g¢ 2. Orotava, Tenerife, 21. iii. 02.

MEGACHILE, sp. ?

¢ 1, Madeira. T. V. W.

In bad condition, but apparently closely allied to versi-

color, Smith, with similar pale apical joints to the tarsi.

PODALIRIUS QUADRIFASCIATUS, Villers.

a6 9 3. Madeira, To V. W.

Of the usual Madeiran type with fulvous bands = var.

Maderx, Sichel.

PODALIRIUS CANARIENSIS, N. Sp.

Niger clypeo maris triangulariter albosignato, facie albido-hirta

in lateribus pilis nigris intermixtis. Thorace albido-hirta fascia

interalari nigré abdominis segmento primo albido-hirta, reliquis

nigrohirtis fasciis interruptis apicalibus ornatis. ¢ metatarsis

intermediis ciliis nigris postice dense vestitis.

Although so like atroalba, Lep., as to be scarcely dis-

tinguishable in the §, the f is abundantly distinct in

collected in Madeira and Tenerife. 217

coloration and especially in the disposition of the black

hairs on the intermediate metatarsi; these are arranged

much as in balearicus, Freise, all being on the posterior

side of the joint.

¢ and @ very similar in coloration; black, the ¢ having a

triangular spot on the clypeus, sometimes a more or less extensive

spot on the labrum and a line on the front of the scape yellowish-

white ; in both sexes the hairs of the face are white intermixed with

black. The face in the ? is very broad, and the cheeks between the

eyes and mandibles very short, labrum clothed with silvery hairs.

The thorax is clothed with grey and black hairs intermixed above,

with nearly black hairs on the sides beneath the wings and with paler

hairs round the propodeum, abdomen clothed with greyish-white

hairs on the basal segment, with black hairs on the others, the 2nd,

3rd and 4th segments with a band of snowy-white rather long

hairs at the apex, slightly narrowed at the sides and broken in the

centre, legs clothed with black hairs, the intermediate and posterior

tibiz in both the ¢ and 9 with bright silvery hairs exteriorly and

the metatarsi of the same legs in the ¢ with silvery hairs at the

apex, intermediate metatarsi with a dense fan of black hairs on its

posterior side, in the 2 the silvery hairs of the scopz have a some-

what golden tinge.

Long. 12-13 mm.

La Laguna, Tenerife. Hill-side on left-hand side of main

road to Tejuna, nesting in cavities of volcanic rock, altitude

about 2200 feet, males only.

The 2 which I associate with this ¢ is from the collec-

tion of Mr. Morice taken in Tenerife, it very closely

resembles that sex of atroalba, but the face is wider, its

hairs are mixed with black, whereas in atroalba they are

all white. The hairs of the labrum are silvery and not

dull grey, and the bands of the abdomen are of much

longer hairs.

BompBus HorroRuUM, Linn.

2 1. Monte Funchal, Madeira, 17. 11. 02.

“In garden of Belmonte Hotel, visiting Azalea: nest

subterranean, common between 1450—1700 feet.” Differs

only from the ordinary type in having the hairs of the

apical segments of a brownish tinge, and the hairs of the

scope more or less reddish.

fg 223. Madeira. T.V.W. Similar to the above

in coloration.

218 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata.

BoMBUS TERRESTRIS, Linn.

f 3 92. Laguna, Tenerife, 14—16.ii1. 02. Allti-

tude 1900—2200 feet. “A common species.”

Numerous #9 and 9 various localities in Tenerife.

F. A. Bellamy. March and April 1902.

All the specimens are entirely black, with only the apex

of the abdomen white. A very unusual variety of this

species ; the ¢ armature, however, is like that of normal

specimens.

( 219 )

XIII. Descriptions of Twelve New Genera and Species of

Ichneumonidz (Heresiarchini and Amblypygi) and

three species of Ampulex from the Khasia Hills,

India. By PETER CAMERON, communicated by

GEORGE ALEXANDER JAMES ROTHNEY, F.ES.

[Read May 6th, 1903.]

spate

Caspipina, gen. nov.

Mandibles curved, sickle-shaped, unidentate. Apex of clypeus

transverse ; not separated from the face ; the fovex distinct. Occi-

put sharply margined. Scutellum flat; its sides on the basal half

keeled. Median segment completely areolated ; the areola, if any-

thing, broader than long and open at the base. Areolet 5-angled ;

narrowed at the top, the transverse basal nervure interstitial. Legs

stout ; the tarsi spinose. Antenne compressed and somewhat

dilated beyond the middle. The apex of the median segment has

an oblique, straight, not rounded slope. The inner orbits are sharply

margined. The recurrent nervure is roundly curved outwardly and

bears the stump of a nervure in the middle.

Caspipina ferruginea, sp. nov.

Ferruginous ; the edge of the pronotum, the lower edge of the

propleure, the tubercles, the mesopleurze broadly in the middle at

the base and the centre of the metapleure, yellow ; the edges of the

mesonotum, the space at the sides of the scutellums, the apex of the

median segment—the black projecting upwards along the keels—a

band shortly below the middle of the propleure, the base, top,

and apex of the mesopleure, and the base and lower-side of the

metapleure, black. Legs ferruginous, the fore cox yellowish ; the

tarsi thickly covered with short, stiff hair ; the incision on the base

of the fore tarsi wide and deep. The basal sixteen joints of the

antenne ferruginous, the rest black. Wings fusco-hyaline, the

nervures and stigma black. 9°.

Length, 13 mm.

Hab. Kuasta Hints. Coll. Rothney.

Head shining, the face and clypeus closely, but not strongly,

punctured and sparsely covered with short pale pubescence ; the

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Il. (JUNE)

220 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

front and vertex closely punctured, the inner and outer orbits

obscure yellow. Mandibles with a yellowish tinge at the base, the

apex black. Mesonotum closely and finely punctured, as are also

the scutellums. Median segment closely, rugosely punctured, the

punctures running into striae on the apex and on the spiracular

aree. Propleure shagreened, the meso- and metapleure closely

punctured. Prosternum stoutly keeled in the middle ; its apex and

the base of the meso- black. The base of the Ist abdominal

segment and of the 2nd, black; the 4th and the following

segments more or less black ; the post-petiole is raised in the middle

and separated from the sides ; its middle slightly depressed, closely

punctured and finely longitudinally striated, except at the apex ; the

gastroceli are stoutly striated.

ENCHISIADES, gen. nov.

Mandibles curved, ending in one tooth; the apex gradually

narrowed, rounded. Face flat. Labrum projecting. Clypeus not

separated from the face, its apex transverse. Scutellum roundly

convex, not much raised, its sides distinctly keeled. Post-scutellum

bifoveate at the base ; its sides not keeled. Median segment with a

gradually rounded slope, completely areolated, its areola longer than

broad, rounded behind, its apex bulging backwards, and with the

keel thin. Areolet 5-angled, narrowed above, the nervures almost

touching there. Post-petiole broadly dilated, distinctly separated

from the petiole. Legs stout; the tarsi long, spinose. Antenne

long, slender, slightly but distinctly, dilated towards the apex.

The hinder coxe are larger than usual ; the head is only slightly

developed behind the eyes ; the occiput is broadly rounded inwardly ;

its lower edge narrowly, but distinctly, keeled.

ENCHISIADES RUFIPES, sp. nov.

Black ; the face, clypeus, labrum, mandibles, orbits, the edge of

the pronotum narrowly, the line not extending to the apex, the

lower edge of the propleure slightly more broadly, the scutellar

keels, the sides of the scutellum, post-scutellum, the lateral region

of the apical slope of the metanotum, the tubercles, a line on the

inner- side of the mesopleure, commencing above the middle at the

base, where it is narrowed along the basal half and more broadly

on the lower half, where it is obliquely turned upwards ; two marks

under the hind-wings anda small mark above the middle of the

hinder coxe, lemon-yellow. Legs rufous ; the four front coxe and

trochanters and the four apical joints of the hinder tarsi yellowish-

white, the hinder coxie black ; the apex and an oblique line on the

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 221

middle above, lemon-yellow ; the apex of the hinder femora, the

base of the hinder tibie, their apical third and the metatarsus, black ;

the tarsi thickly spinose. Abdomen black ; an oblique mark on

either side of the post-scutellum, a large mark, broader than long, on

the sides of the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th segments with their apices

narrowly in the middle, lemon-yellow. Wings hyaline, the nervures

and stigma black. @.

Length, 11-12 mm.

Hab, Kuasta Hitis. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, the 10th to 17th joints beneath white ; the

scape minutely punctured and covered with black down. Face

and clypeus closely and uniformly punctured, the vertex closely and

minutely punctured, in the centre below closely transversely striated ;

the front smooth and shining. In the centre of the face is a large

bell-shaped black mark, its lower edges uniting with the clypeal

fove. Mandibles yellow, black at the apex ; the palpi pallid yellow.

Mesonotum opaque, granular, more distinctly punctured along the

sides and covered with a pale down. Scutellum with the basal half

indistinctly, the apical closely and distinctly punctured ; it is thickly

covered with pale hair; the basal keels are stout and extend to

shortly beyond the middle. Basal half of post-seutellum punc-

tured ; the two foveze large and deep; the depression at its sides

has five stout longitudinal keels. Metonotum closely and distinctly

punctured ; beyond the basal arew more or less transversely striated.

Pleure closely punctured ; the pro- at the base closely and finely

striated.

Darachosia, sp. nov.

Mandibles with a long, curved apical tooth and a short blunt one

in the middle. Antenne as long as the body, dilated and compressed

before the apex. Labrum projecting. Scutellum flat, its sides keeled.

Median segment completely areolated, its spiracles linear ; the areola

twice longer than broad, rounded behind, its apex indented by the

posterior median area. Legs long, the tarsi longer than usual ; the

anterior and hinder twice the length of their tibiz. Areolet 5-angled,

narrowed above. Abdomen with eight doreal segments; the apex

moderately blunt; the last segment short, about one-half the length

of the penultimate ; the ventral keel is distinct on the 3rd and 4th,

indistinct on the 5th segment ; the petiole is long and slender; the

sheaths of the ovipositor project largely.

The occiput is transverse ; the eyes large, sharply margined on the

inner-side ; the pronotum at the base is broadly raised ; the petiole

is long and slender ; it is not abruptly dilated at the apex.

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART I. (JUNE) 15

922 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

A. distinct genus easily known by the form of the

mandibles, by the long antennz dilated before the apex,

and by the very long spined tarsi.

This genus, as also do Hvirchoma, Sycaonia, and Legnatia,

as regards the mandibles, forms a transition between the

Amblypygi aud the Heresiarchini, there being a short sub-

apical tooth, which is indistinct and more widely separated

than it is with the former group, while in the latter the

mandibles become gradually narrowed.

Darachosia fulvipes, sp. nov.

Black ; the face, except for two short black lines in the middle,

the clypeus, the eye orbits—the inner on the upper-side narrowly,

the outer more broadly—the malar space, a line on the pronotum, two

lines on the mesonotum, in the middle, one opposite the tegul, the

seutellum, except in the middle—the black central mark narrowed

and rounded, its apex transverse—the post-scutellum, the sides of the

apical slope of the median segment, the yellow extending laterally

on to the spiracular area and at the apex on to the pleure ; the base

of the pronotum, a line below the middle of the propleure, the meso-

pleurz from shortly below the middle, the tubercles and the apex of

the mesopleure narrowly, pale yellow. Legs fulvous, the four front

coxe and trochanters pallid yellow; the femora lined with black

above, the front tarsi infuscated ; the hinder cox black; the apex

and the middle broadly above on the apical half, pale yellow ; the

trochanters, more than the apical third of the femora, and the apex

of the tibia, black ; the hinder tarsi pale yellowish. Abdomen black ;

the apices of all the segments lined with yellow, the apical three

segments more narrowly than the others. Wings hyaline, their base

with a slight fulvous tinge ; the stigma testaceous, the apical nervures

of a darker testaceous colour, the basal black; the areolet much

narrowed above, the nervures almost touching there. 9.

Length, 15 mm,

Hab. KHASIA Hitis. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne as long as the body, the scape below and joints 11-17

white ; the thickened joints brownish beneath; the scape closely

punctured and thickly covered with short white hair. Face closely

punctured ; it and the clypeus are covered with white pubescence.

The lower part of the front is smooth and shining, the upper

transversely striated, punctured laterally. Mesonotum closely and

uniformly punctured ; the scutellum is closely and more strongly

punctured ; its keels yellow. Median segment, except at the base in

Specves of Ichneumonide from India. 223

the middle, closely punctured ; the areola closely punctured on the

apical half; the basal smooth and shining and furrowed laterally.

Pleure closely punctured; the pro- striated behind; the meta-

more closely and strongly than the meso-. Mesosternum closely

punctured ; its basal slope stoutly transversely striated in the middle

and bearing two transverse yellow marks; on the apex, near the

middle coxe, are two small oblique marks. The petiole closely and

somewhat strongly punctured ; its sides, on the apical half, striated ;

the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments closely and uniformly punctured ; the

gastroceeli smooth, striated round the edges; the space between

them closely, longitudinally striated.

Hvirchoma, gen. nov.

Mandibles curved, with one longish apical and a short subapical

tooth, not separated behind. Apex of clypeus broad, transverse,

above separated from the face by a wide suture, which is deep on the

sides, shallow and wider on the top. Labrum projecting. Occiput

margined, Scutellum margined laterally at the base, large, convex,

gradually rounded at the base and apex. Median segment completely

areolated ; the areola longer than broad, rounded at the base, of

almost equal width throughout ; the spiracles linear, curved. <Areolet

5-angled, much narrowed at the top, the nervures almost touching

these ; the transverse basal nervure not interstitial, Abdomen with

seven dorsal segments, the last large, not retracted, as long as the

preceding, bluntly pointed ; the ventral keel is on the 2nd, 3rd and

4th segments ; the ovipositor projects, and is as long as the apical two

seginents united. Tarsi spinose.

Lvichoma pallidimaculata, sp. nov.

Scape of antenne rufous, closely, but not strongly, punctured ; the

flagellum stout, the 8th to 20th joints white, tinged with rufous, the

rest black, more or less brownish. Face and clypeus strongly and

closely punctured, the apex and sides of the latter smooth ; the face

yellow, broadly rufous in the middle; the clypeus broadly rufous in

the middle, the sides paler, and there is a darker band between.

Orbits yellow, broadly below; the vertex dark rufous, closely

punctured ; the front blackish, smooth. Apex of labrum fringed

with long, fulvous hair, Mandibles rufous, the teeth black. Palpi

yellow. Thorax dark rufous, the lower part of the pro-, the lower

half of the mesopleure, the scutellums and the sides of the median

segment at the apex, yellow, suffused with rufous. Mesonotum dark

rufous, very closely punctured. Scutellum strongly longitudinally

punctured, almost striated in the middle; the base black, the rest

yellowish, running into rufous. Post-scutellum yellow, finely

224 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

longitudinally striated. Median segment with the central three

ares smooth ; the basal central wider than long, narrowed towards

the apex ; the basal lateral bear shallow, widely separated punctures ;

the posterior median strongly transversely striated ; the spiracular °

at and behind the spiracles, almost impunctate, the rest obliquely

striated, the striz becoming stronger and more widely separated

towards the apex, especially behind the teeth, which are large,

keeled on the under-side, and united with the lateral keels. Pro-

pleure finely punctured above. Mesopleure yellow, black above,

under the tubercles and halfway down the middle, the lower part of

the base behind the keel black; the lower part is strongly longi-

tudinally striated, the upper strize being much shorter than the

lower. Metapleurew below the keel black, except at the base above,

and the apex obliquely on the lower-side; the yellow part is narrow

at the top, becoming wider at the bottom. Legs dark rufous; the

femora darker ; the four front cox and trochanters yellowish-white ;

the hinder broadly dark rufous at the base in front ; behind yellow,

except for a large mark on the base below ; the basal joint of the

hinder trochanters dark rufous ; the hinder tarsi thickly spined.

Petiole black, its apex yellow; the 2nd and 38rd segments black,

impunctate ; their apices broadly rufous ; the other segments for

the greater part dark rufous, their apices yellowish. The ovipositor

sheaths pilose, largely projecting, rufous in the middle.

Sycaonia, gen. nov.

Mandibles with one short upper tooth, distinctly projecting be-

yond the lower, which hardly projects and is bluntly rounded.

Face distinctly and broadly projecting in the middle, the projecting

part bordered laterally by a shallow furrow, which is wider and

more distinct below. Clypeus not separated from the face. Occiput

margined. Antenne stout, thickened beyond the middle. Scutellum

flat, only slightly roundly convex ; its sides not margined. Post-

scutellum with a depression on either side at the base and bordered

on the outer-side by a sharp keel. Median segment regularly

areolated ; its sides with a blunt tooth ; its spiracles curved, linear ;

areola separated by its own length from the base of the segment ;

it is longer than broad, slightly narrowed towards the apex. Areolet

5-angled, narrowed above. Legs stout, the tarsi spinose. Abdomen

with seven segments ; the last large all round ; if anything longer

than the penultimate ; its apex somewhat bluntly pointed.

Sycaonia rufo-facies, sp. nov.

Black ; the orbits all round narrowly, the apex of the petiole and

a mark, about three times broader than long and rounded on the

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 25

inner-side, on the sides of the 2nd abdominal segment at the apex,

yellow. Legs rufous, the four front coxee and trochanters, the tibiz

to beyond the middle—about the basal two-thirds—pale yellow ;

the hinder cox on the sides and beneath, the hinder trochanters,

apex of femora, their base more narrowly and the apex of the tibie

black ; the tarsi are covered thickly with stiff spines, The wings

have a slight, but distinct, fuscous tinge ; the stigma and nervures

are fuscous ; the 2nd transverse cubital nervure is faint. ?.

Length, 11 mm.

Hab. Kuasta Hints. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne with the 10th to 19th joints white except above ; the

scape rufous beneath, Face and clypeus strongly and closely

punctured and thickly covered with white pubescence. Front above

and elypeus closely and distinctly punctured. Mesonotum closely

punctured and thickly covered with short black hair. Scutellum

slightly roundly convex, sparsely punctured and thickly covered

with longish pale hair. The base of the post-scutellum is obliquely

depressed ; its apex has an oblique straight slope. Areola smooth

and shining ; the posterior median area closely transversely striated ;

the other ares closely and distinctly punctured; the spiracular

transversely striated beyond the stigma; the stricee on the apical

lateral areze are coarser, more irregular and more widely separated.

Pro- and mesopleure closely and minutely punctured, the apex and

middle of the former closely and the lower half of the latter, more

widely and strongly striated. The metapleure, if anything, are

more strongly punctured and with the apical half obliquely striated.

Petiole smooth above, except on the sides of the post-petiole, which

are punctured ; the gastrocceli shallow, closely striated near the

apex, which is testaceous ; the sides are closely striated ; the apices

of the other segments are narrowly testaceous, this being the case

also with the 2nd, 3rd and 4th ventral segments.

Legnatia, gen. nov.

Mandibles with one long, curved upper and a short blunt sub-

apical tooth. Abdomen with eight dorsal segments ; the cerci large ;

the apical segment blunt, small; the ventral keel on the 2nd and

3rd segments only; the ovipositor largely projecting. Antenne

longish, dilated and compressed beyond the middle. Labrum hidden.

Scutellum flat ; its sides keeled. Median segment completely areo-

lated ; it is longish and has a gradually rounded slope ; its areola

widely separated from the base of the segment, which is not depressed ;

it is twice longer than wide; the spiracles linear, curved. Areolet

226 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

5-angled, narrowed above. Legs longish; the tarsi long, the hinder

almost twice the length of the tibize ; the apices of the joints spined.

The post-petiole becomes gradually wider from the base to the

apex and is not clearly separated ; the gastrocceli large and deep ;

the head is not largely developed behind the eyes, and becomes

obliquely wider below before the middle; the eyes are large and

are sharply margined on the inner-side.

A genus easily known by the long antenne dilated

beyond the middle, by the curved mandibles with long

apical tooth, by the long spined tarsi and by the abdomen

having eight segments.

Legnatia fulvipes, sp. nov.

Black; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits, the outer—narrowly

above, entirely below—the lower part of the prothorax, the edge of

the pronotum, two lines on the basal two-thirds of the mesonotum,

the scutellum, except a narrow line down the middle, a squarish

mark on either side of the base of the metanotum, its lateral areze

entirely, the lower half of the mesopleuree, a mark under the hinder-

wings, the metapleure from shortly behind the middle, where they

are obliquely rounded, a small mark at the spiracles, the sides and

apex of the post-petiole, the apices of the 2nd and 3rd segments

broadly laterally, more narrowly in the centre, a line on the apex

of the 4th, interrupted in the middle, a small round spot on either

side of the middle of the 5th, the 6th on the apical half of the middle,

the whole of the 7th, and the 2nd, 3rd and 4th ventral segments for

the greater part, pale yellow. Legs fulvous; the four front cox

and trochanters and the hinder coxee, pale yellow ; the apex of the

latter on the outer-side, the apex of the hinder femora, of the hinder

tibie and the base of the metatarsus, black. Wings hyaline, the

stigma pale, the nervures black. @.

Length, 11 mm,

Hab. Kuasta Huts. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, as long as the body, the scape beneath and the

9th to 16th joints white beneath. Face and clypeus closely punctured

all over and sparsely covered with pale pubescence ; the vertex more

sparsely punctured, more closely and distinctly at the ocelli than

below ; the black band on the vertex and front is contracted on the

top of the latter. Mesonotum closely punctured; the scutellum

much more sparsely punctured ; the post-scutellum smooth. Median

segment closely, rugosely punctured ; the areola is shagreened and

is furrowed round the sides and base; the posterior median area is

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 227

strongly, if somewhat irregularly, transversely striated, as are also

the posterior intermedian. The lower half of the propleure longi-

tudinally striated, the upper smooth. Meso- and metapleure closely

punctured.

Hutanyacra, gen. nov.

d. Apex of abdomen bluntly pointed, with eight segments, the

8th produced in the middle into a long narrow process, which is

three times as long as the basal portion of the segment; the ventral

fold is only distinct on the 2nd and 8rd segments. Face flat, not

separated from the clypeus. Clypeal fovee large, deep. Mandibles

with one long upper and a blunt lower tooth which is not clearly

separated behind. Apex of clypeus transverse, its sides rounded.

Labrum hidden. Occiput sharply margined. Scutellum roundly

convex. Median segment areolated ; the areola about as broad as

long, and with its apex rounded. Spiracles elongated. Legs stout,

of moderate length; the tarsi spinose. Antennx serrate, shorter

than the body, distinctly tapering towards the body.

The edigus is much larger than usual ; it appears to form one

solid piece, united below at the apex and with a broad and deep

furrow on the basal two-thirds ; at the base of this is a large tubercle,

on either side under the base of the projection on the apical segment ;

the apex, looked at from the sides, is bluntly rounded on the lower-

side, which projects more than onthe upper. The 8th dorsal segment

is small and bears longish cerci. Gastrocceli large, deep.

Belongs, by the bluntly-pointed apex of the abdomen

and by the ventral fold being on the 2nd and 3rd segments

only, to the Amblypygi. In Ashmead’s arrangement the

genus comes near Psewdamblyteles. The 2 I do not know,

but the peculiar structure of the 8th ventral segment, the

very large edigus and the large cerci make the % repre-

sentatives of the genus easy of recognition.

Hutanyacra pallidicoxis, sp. nov.

Black ; the face, clypeus, inner orbits, a small spot on the base of

the mandibles, the upper edge of the pronotum, the scutellums,

tubercles, tegule, the apex of the post-petiole narrowly, its sides

more broadly, a large mark on the sides of the 2nd and 3rd segments

on the apical half and narrowed on the inner side, the apex of the

6th segment to near the middle and the greater part of the 7th

segment, pale yellow. Legs pale yellow, the hinder coxx, the

hinder femora, except at the base and the apical two-thirds of the

last joint of the tarsi, black. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous

99283 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

tinge ; the cubitus before the areolet and the 2nd transverse cubital

nervure are largely bullated. ?.

Length, 13 mm.

Hab. Kuasta Hitts. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne not much longer than the abdomen, distinctly tapering

towards the apex, the flagellum densely pilose, the apical joints

serrate ; black, brownish beneath ; the scape beneath, the 2nd and

the 7th to 14th joints white. Face and clypeus strongly and closely

punctured, and thickly covered with short white pubescence ; in

the centre of the face is a line which is irregularly dilated in the

middle; the front and vertex are strongly punctured ; the outer

orbits are less strongly and more closely punctured. Palpi pale

testaceous. Mesonotum closely punctured and thickly covered with

short silvery pubescence ; the scutellum is not so closely punctured

as the mesonotum, and is thickly covered with white pubescence ;

its apex is distinctly narrowed. Median segment closely rugosely

punctured ; the sides at the apex obliquely reticulated, more closely

behind than below. Pleure closely and distinctly punctured, as is

also the breast, which is deeply furrowed down the middle. Post-

petiole closely longitudinally striated ; the 2nd to 4th segments

closely punctured ; the gastrocceli stoutly striated.

Ancyra, gen. nov.

Areolet large, not much narrowed above, 5-angled. Clypeus not

separated from the face, its apex transverse. Labrum projecting.

Mandibles bidentate, the upper tooth not much longer than the

lower. Scutellum roundly convex, its base and apex with an oblique

slope. Median segment regularly areolated ; the areola about twice

longer than broad, transverse at the apex, the sides slightly angularly

produced in the middle. Metathoracic spiracles linear. Legs longish,

not very stout; the tarsi spinose. Abdomen longish, with seven seg-

ments, the last large ; the ventral fold on the 2nd and 3rd segments

only. Antenne short, not much longer than the abdomen, the

joints serrate beyond the middle; the apex distinctly narrowed.

Eyes large, parallel, their lower part reaching below the clypeal

foveze.

The stump of a nervure on the outer-side of the

recurrent nervure is longer than usual; there is none on

the disco-cubital; the transverse basal nervure is inter-

stitial. May be known by the large, wide areolet, by the

long, slender legs, by the large eyes which reach close to

the base of the mandibles, by the pyramidal scutellum

and by the long abdomen.

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 229

Ancyra flavomaculata, sp. nov.

Pallid yellow ; the hollowed lower part of the front, the ocellar

region, the vertex behind, an oblique mark behind and united to

the eyes near the top, the occiput, the mesonotum, except two yellow

lines down the middle, the parts at the sides of the scutellums, the

base, apex and central areee of the metanotum, a line in the centre

of the propleurz on the basal two-thirds, the base, upper part and

apex of the mesonotum, and two marks on the sides of the meso-

notum—broad at the apex, gradually narrowed behind—and the

greater part of the abdomen, black. Legs pallid yellow like the

thorax ; the four front coxee above and more or less below, the

four front trochanters more or less above, the base of the four

anterior femora, the hinder cox below at the base, the base of the

hinder femora to near the middle; the four anterior and the base

and apex of the hinder tarsi, the four front tibiz at the base behind

and the hinder at the base all round, black. Wings smoky-viola-

ceous ; the stigma and nervures black. Abdomen black ; the apical

half of the petiole, the apical half of the 2nd and 8rd segments,

except in the middle, and a small mark on the side of the 4th

segment, pallid yellow. ¢

Length, 19-20 mm.

Hab. Kuasta Hints. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne not much longer than the abdomen ; the scape pallid

yellow, black above ; the basal six joints entirely pallid yellow, the

7th to 13th yellow, marked with black above; the others black ;

serrate, distinctly tapering towards the apex. Face and clypeus

shining, punctured all over, but not very closely or strongly and

almost glabrous; the vertex is more closely punctured. Mandibles

yellow, their teeth black. Mesonotum closely punctured. Median

segment rather strongly punctured ; the areola roughly aciculated ;

on the sides are a few, oblique short keels, and on the apex in the

middle a central one ; except at the base the posterior median area

is closely, transversely striated ; on the smooth base are two longi-

tudinal keels, Pleuree closely punctured. Petiole closely punctured

at the base, the rest smooth. Gastrocceli deep and bearing three

stout keels. The black line on the 2nd abdominal segment is broad

at the base, narrowed at the apex ; that on the 3rd is much broader

and also gradually narrowed towards the apex ; the apex of the

segment is black.

Losgna, gen. nov.

Antenne compressed and dilated beyond the middle. Mandibles

bidentate, the upper tooth much larger than the lower. Scutellum

230 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

large, quite flat, its sides sharply keeled. Apex of clypeus broadly

transverse. Labrum projecting. Head largely projecting behind

the eyes, at the top obliquely narrowed. Eyes distinctly margined

on the inner-side. Median segment completely areolated ; the areola

large, longer than broad, its base roundly dilated ; the sides of the

segment bluntly toothed ; the keel below leaf-like. Legs normal ;

the tarsi long, spinose. Abdomen with seven segments, the last

bluntly pointed, and as long as the penultimate ; the ventral keel

on the 2nd and 8rd segments only ; the ovipositor largely projects.

The head behind is deeply and roundly incised; above it is

depressed ; the occiput is not distinctly margined. In addition to

the longish spines on the tarsi, their joints bear shorter spines, and

are also thickly covered with stiff hairs. The ocelli are placed on

the edge of the occiput.

Belongs to the Amblypygi. May be known from

Amblyteles by the very flat, keeled scutellum, by the

dilated antennz, by the spined tarsi, and by the abdomen

having seven segments.

Losgna forticeps, sp. nov.

Black ; the outer orbits broadly below, the inner narrowly above ;

the face, clypeus, labrum, palpi and mandibles pallid yellow; a line

on the hinder half of the pronotum, its base, the sides and apex of

the scutellum, the scutellar keels, the sides and apex of the apical

slope of the median segment, the lower half of the mesopleure and a

mark behind the metathoracic spiracles, white. The four anterior legs

pale fulvous, the coxie and trochanters yellow; the hinder coxe,

trochantersand femora pale fulvous, marked with black above, the tibize

and tarsi black. Abdomen black, the base of the petiole broadly, an

oblique mark on the sides at the apex, the sides of the 2nd and 3rd

segments on the apical half, an oblique mark on the sides of the 4th

and 5th—all extending backwards at the base ; the apex of the 6th

ali round and the 7th entirely, pallid yellow, as is also the whole

ventral surface. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 9.

Length, 15 mm.

Hab. KHasta Hitis. Coll. Rothney.

Antennz black, the scape and joints 11-20 white beneath. Face

broadly dilated in the middle, punctured ; the clypeus with scattered -

punctures. Front smooth and shining, broadly excavated laterally,

the ocelli in front surrounded by a semicircular furrow. Mesonotum

strongly and closely punctured and with two shallow, wide, longitu-

dinal furrows in the centre. The flat scutellum bears large, deep,

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 231

clearly separated punctures in the middle. Areola stoutly, closely,

mostly transversely, irregularly reticulated ; the posterior median

area closely transversely rugose. The hinder part of the propleure

stoutly, closely obliquely striated. Mesopleure closely, but not

strongly and the meta- closely, strongly, and uniformly punctured,

Pramha, gen, nov.

Metethoracic spiracles small, oval. Antennz thickened and com-

pressed beyond the middle ; annulated with white ; the basal joints

of the flagellum elongated. Clypeus separated from the face ; its

apex broadly rounded. Mandibles with a large apical and a small

subapical tooth. Labrum hidden. Areolet 5-angled ; the transverse

basal nervure interstitial. Abdomen with seven distinct segments ; its

apex blunt ; the ventral fold extends to the apex of the 4th segment,

the ovipositor large, projecting. Legs moderately stout, the penulti-

mate tarsal joint spinose.

Belongs to the Amblypygi. The scutellum is flat and

not keeled, the post-scutellum bifoveate; the face flat,

clypeal foveze large and deep; the occiput margined; the

temples not much developed ; the petiole as in [chnewmon ;

the gastrocceli large, shallow ; the transverse basal nervure

interstitial ; the last ventral segment is large; the cubital

nervure at the base is not angled, but broadly rounded.

The areola is wider than long, transverse in the middle with

the sides rounded at the base ; the apex rounded inwardly.

Pramha mandibularis, sp. nov.

Black, a line on the pronotum, broadest behind, the tecule,

tubercles, scutellums, a band on the base of the propleuree, yellow ;

the sides of the petiole broadly, the apex more narrowly, rufous ;

the 2nd, 3rd and 4th abdominal segments rufous and yellow at the

base and apex, the others yellow at the apex. The four front legs

fulvous, the coxe and trochanters yellow, the hinder pair rufous ;

the coxee fulvous-yellow behind, the tibiee of a much darker rufous

colour, the tarsi fulvous. Wings hyaline, the nervures fuscous, paler

towards the apex ; the lower part of the stigma pale testaceous. 9.

Length, 8 mm.

Hab. Kuasta Hints. Coll. Rothney.

The scape and the 10th to 16th joints of the antennz white, the 2nd

and the apices of the 3rd and-4th joints brownish. Face strongly

punctured, the clypeus less strongly and closely punctured and

covered with short white pubescence. The base of the mandibles

932 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

broadly and the palpi white. Front and vertex closely, strongly and

uniformly punctured and sparsely covered with short pale hair.

Mesonotum closely and finely punctured and thickly covered with

short fuscous hair. Secutellum with a black mark, rounded above on

the apex; the basal depression wide, deep and stoutly keeled

laterally. Median segment closely punctured all over and, except at

base, thickly covered with long fuscous hair ; the basal area is wider

than long and has oblique sides; the posterior median area slightly

hollowed and not clearly limited, the keels not being very distinct;

it is closely transversely striated. The upper part of the propleure

weakly punctured, the apex below stoutly transversely striated.

Mesopleure closely and strongly punctured ; in the middle above

is an oblique shining furrow. Mesosternal furrow wide, deep and

with some stout keels in the middle. Metapleurz closely punctured ;

the lower half of the basal depression with three stout keels. Apex

of petiole aciculated and marked with large, closely separated, punc-

tures ; the basal third of the 2nd segment is closely and strongly

striated ; the gastrocceli are represented by three shallow depressioxs,

the space between them being finely striated.

Benyllus, gen. nov.

Median segment completely areolated, its apex spined ; the posterior

median area largely projecting into the areola ; its spiracles linear,

curved. Scutellum convex, rounded, its sides sharply margined.

Mandibles unequally toothed, the upper much longer than the

lower. Clypeus not separated from the face. Occiput not margined.

Wing areolet 5-angled, narrowed above ; the transverse basal nervure

interstitial. Legs stout, the tarsi long, spinose. Abdomen with

seven segments ; the apex of the petiole curved ; the gastrocceli almost

obsolete ; the ovipositor largely projecting ; the 7th segment is nearly

as long as the 6th; the ventral keel stout, extending to the apex

of the 5th segment—to the base of the ovipositor. Antenne stout.

A genus of <Amblypygi characterized by the stout,

unequally-toothed mandibles, the stoutly-keeled scutellums,

the spined median segment, and by the posterior median

segment area largely projecting into the areola.

Benyllus rufus, sp. nov.

Rufus, nigro maculato, facie, clypeo orbitisque oculorum flavis,

mesonoto nigro, alis hyalinis, stigmate fusco. 9,

Length, 10 mm.

Hab, Kuasta Hinus. Coll. Rothney.

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 233

Head black ; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits and the outer more

broadly, except above, lemon-yellow ; the palpi of a paler yellow ;

the face and clypeus, except at the sides, punctured and covered with

pale pubescence ; the front smooth and shining, depressed, except at

the tap, where there is, in the middle, a raised punctured band ; the

vertex is closely and distinctly punctured ; a furrow runs down from

the lower ocellus. Mandibles yellowish, black at the apex. Thorax

rufous; the mesonotum and the sides of the median segment at the

base, black. Mesonotum and scutellum closely punctured ; the post-

scutellum irregularly punctured and striated. The basal areze of the

median segment are closely punctured ; the areola obliquely, stoutly

striated on the sides ; the posterior median punctured all over, the

punctures clearly separated, but not deep; the outer arex irregularly

punctured on the upper half, on the lower transversely striated ; the

spinesare large. Propleurz smooth and yellowish in tint; the meso-

metapleurz and mesosternum closely and distinctly punctured ; the

mesosternal furrow striated. Abdomen of a slightly darker rufous

colour than the thorax ; a mark on the petiole—half on the petiole

and half on the base of the post-petiole—and the basal two-thirds of

the 2nd and 3rd segments, black ; the post-petiole and 2nd segment

closely and distinctly, the 3rd less distinctly punctured ; the sheath

of the ovipositor blackish. Legs coloured like the body ; the four

front coxz and trochanters pale yellow.

Buathra, gen. nov.

¢. Antenne long, stout, distinctly tapering towards the apex ;

the 1st joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the 2nd. Eyes

prominent, parallel. Front and vertex deeply excavated. Clypeus

small, its apex rounded. Mandibles stout, with two stout, blunt,

subequal teeth. Parapsidal furrows, deep, distinct. Scutellum not

much raised, not keeled. Median segment rugosely punctured,

without areze, but with two transverse keels, bent backwards in the

middle ; at the sides these are united by a keel which ends in a

tooth, which is blunt, but distinct. Areolet almost square, hardly

narrowed in front; the disco-cubital nervure has a stump of a

nervure ; the transverse basal nervure is interstitial. Petiole

slender, the spiracles at the base of the post-petiole, which is not

much dilated. Gastrocceli indistinct. Metathoracic spiracles large,

oblique, linear. Clypeus roundly projecting.

I have only a ¢ of this genus, and am not sure about:

its exact systematic position. In the distinct parapsidal

furrows and in the squarish areolet it agrees with the

Cryptina, as it does also in the paucity of arez on the

234 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

median segment; in the position of the spiracles on the

petiole, and in having the stump of a nervure on the

disco-cubital nervure, it agrees with the Jchnewmonina.

Buathra rufiventris, sp. nov.

Black ; the abdomen from the apex of the petiole and the legs

ferruginous; the antennal scape in the middle below ; the inner

orbits narrowly above, broadly below—the band becoming broader

beyond the middle and narrowed obliquely towards the apex—a

mark, rounded at the apex, in the centre below the antenne, the

clypeus, mandibles, except the teeth, the palpi, the outer orbits

narrowly, except above, the tecule and tubercles, yellow. The

four front cox and trochanters are yellow in front and at the sides ;

the middle trochanters are black behind ; the hind cox and base

of trochanters black ; the apical four joints of the hinder tarsi

spinose. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. ¢.

Length, 15 mm.

Hab, Kuasta Hitis. Coll. Rothney.

Head densely covered with glistening, silvery-white pubescence.

Face strongly punctured. Median segment with a gradually

rounded slope to the middle, the apex oblique. Thorax covered

with glistening white hair, closely and strongly punctured, the

pleurz more strongly than the mesonotum ; the metapleure at the

apex coarsely obliquely striated. The punctures on the scutellum

large and clearly separated ; the basal depression large and with

some stout strie. Post-scutellum longitudinally striated in the

centre. Petiole strongly aciculated except at the apex, as are also

the sides and ventral surface.

AMPULEX KHASIANA, Sp. nov.

Length, 16mm. 9.

Hab. KHAsta Hints. Coll. Rothney.

Agrees closely with A. longicollis, Cam., but is smaller,

the prothorax is not quite so long nor so distinctly narrowed

at the base; the apex of the median segment is not

reticulated at the end of the transverse striations; the

fovea at the apex is neither so deep nor so clearly defined,

the narrowed basal part is longer and more distinctly

separated, and the bordering nervure on the radial nervure

is not so curved at the apex.

Antennz black, moderately stout, the 3rd joimt about twice the

length of the 4th. Head dark purple, coarsely punctured above the

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 235

antenne, sparsely covered with pale hair. Clypeus smooth, blue

above, the middle sharply carinate, the apex with an oblique short

tooth on either side ; the labrum smooth, glabrous. Front keeled in

the centre, the keel bordered by some oblique one. Temples largely

developed, roundly narrowed. Prothorax smooth, longer than

broad, narrowed at the base, which is raised and distinctly separated ;

the middle of the pronotum forms almost a triangle. Mesonotum

with large, deep, scattered punctures; the furrows are narrow,

complete. Scutellumat the apex bordered with large, deep, irregular

punctures ; there being also a few in the centre; the sides of the

post-scutellam with two large punctures, The three central keels

on the median segment are distinct and extend to the base of the

apical third, where the central keel roundly bifurcates ; the central

space is stoutly transversely striated ; the inner lateral area is finely

and closely, the outer more stoutly and widely striated ; at the apex

are three transverse keels, the apical being more widely separated

from the posterior than the latter are from each other; from the

hinder keel another projects backwards into the bifurcated apex of

the central keel ; the projecting apex in the centre is smooth,

broader than long, and has the apical third depressed ; the lateral

teeth are large and somewhat triangular. The apex of the segment

has an almost perpendicular slope, is transversely striated, rather

irregularly at the base, more closely and regularly in the middle

and apex, where it is thickly covered with long white hair. Meso-

pleure stoutly, deeply, irregularly punctured ; the tubercles large,

smooth and roundly convex ; the metapleure with two stout longi-

tudinal keels ; the space between these is smooth at the base, the

rest with stout perpendicular keels ; the base in the centre is smooth,

its lower part and the apex stoutly, irregularly reticulated. Meso-

sternum irregularly punctured ; the process is long, narrowed at the

base, slightly narrower and rounded at the apex ; the inner side is

slightly raised, the centre hollowed, Legs black, the four hinder

cox green, the basal half of the hinder femora red ; their apex and

the hinder tibiz purple ; the tarsi thickly spinose ; the tooth on the

claws is placed shortly beyond the centre. Wings deep smoky-

violaceous ; the stigma and nervures black ; the apex of the radius

is rounded ; the appendicular cellule is almost open at the apex,

elongate ; the basal abscissee of the radius of equal length; the

Ist recurrent nervure is received in the middle, the 2nd near the

apex of the basal third of the cellule. Abdomen shining, very

smooth, purple ; the narrowed basal part of the petiole is as long

as the widened apical half ; the 2nd segment is slightly longer than

all the succeeding segments united. The sides and lower part of the

petiole are stoutly striated ; the strize on the sides are oblique.

236 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera and

The pro- and mesonotum are largely tinted with green; the

metanotum is deep purple, blue at the base and apex and, to a less

extent, on the sides.

AMPULEX ASSAMENSIS, sp. nov.

Length,13mm. 4

Hab. Kuasta Hits. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, the apical joints perceptibly curved, the scape

thickly covered with pale pubescence; the 3rd joint slightly,

but distinctly, longer than the 4th. Head coarsely rugosely

punctured, the front transversely striated in the middle, the temples

obliquely narrowed ; the antennal tubercles stout, longish, narrowed

above, slightly curved; the temples narrowed. Clypeus green,

thickly covered with long white hair ; its apex ends in a triangular

tooth, there being no lateral ones. Labrum brownish, thickly

covered with long white hair. Mandibles black, the apex rufous,

the base punctured. Eyes only very slightly converging above,

where they are separated by slightly more than the length of the

2nd and 38rd antennal joints united. The thorax coarsely punctured,

the prothorax and sides of the mesonotum blue, the middle of the

metanotum indigo-blue; sparsely covered with long black hair.

The middle lobe of the median segment is stoutly striated ; the

striz distinctly curved, those at the base irregularly curved ; the

central keel is distinct; the outer are are more closely and regularly

striated ; the projecting apex is deeply hollowed, the hollow being

wider than long and bounded behind by three fovez, there being

another fovea behind the outer of these. The apex of the segment

is largely, irregularly reticulated, the upper reticulations being the

larger, the lower of the two teeth is small and triangular. Pro- and

mesopleure distinctly punctured, except on the middle of the former

and apex of the latter; the metapleure strongly reticulated. The

mesosternal process large, its sides oblique on the inner, rounded on

the outer-side. The four hinder femora are bright red ; the anterior

femora and tarsi of a duller red ; the femora are blue behind ; all

the tarsi black ; the hinder claws are stoutly bifid, the hinder claw

the stouter and shorter. The first two abscissee of the radius are

equal in length ; the Ist transverse cubital nervure is only indicated

slightly below. The narrowed basal part of the petiole is short, the

middle triangular and with a curved furrow on the sides at the base ;

it is sparsely punctured laterally ; the apex is more strongly punc-

tured ; the 2nd segment is more closely punctured all over ; the

apical segments are coarsely and deeply punctured below; the

Species of Ichneumonide from India. 23

punctures on the 2nd segment are more scattered, especially at the

base ; the other segments are coarsely and closely punctured.

AMPULEX CARINIFRONS, sp. Nov.

Length, 15 mm,

Hab. KHasta HILus. Coll. Rothney.

Agrees in coloration and closely, in some other respects,

with A. compressa, but may be known from it by the

parapsidal furrows being less clearly defined, by the raised

apex of the pronotum being smoother above and deeply

furrowed throughout, by the raised apex of the median

segment heing roundly depressed in the middle, and by

the 2nd abdominal segment being much more strongly

punctured.

Antenne black, the scape punctured, metallic green, the 3rd joint

not quite the length of the 4th. Head deeply punctured, the face

thickly covered with long white hair; the front and vertex with

brassy tints ; the front in the middle with an enclosed area, its keels

enclosing the front ocellus, the basal half of the area being broader

than the apical ; the keels bounding the latter are curved inwardly ;

the vertex has a furrow in the centre. Pronotum stoutly transversely

striated ; the furrows behind the middle are more widely separated ;

the apex is distinctly raised, smooth and furrowed down the middle.

Mesonotum with large, deep punctures which are more widely

separated in the middle at the apex ; the sides near the apex are

deeply hollowed, the inner-side of the hollow being stoutly striated,

the outer smooth. Scutellum more closely punctured than the

mesonotum ; the post-scutellum aciculated ; its sides, except at the

apex, with large punctures. Median segment transversely striated,

the striz on the middle more widely separated ; the middle keel is

straight, and reaches close to the apex ; the lateral are curved and

reach shortly beyond the middle ; the inner outer keel originates

from the outermost near its base. Tubercles stout, rounded at the

top; the keel bounding the apex is depressed in the middle. The

apex of the segment is irregularly reticulated all over and thickly

covered with long white hair. The upper part of the propleure is

strongly punctured, the lower smooth, faintly aciculated; the

mesopleure coarsely punctured except at the apex, where it is

aciculated ; the upper half striated below, reticulated above.

Mesosternum coarsely punctured, the central furrow not widened at

the apex as in A. compressa. Wings fusco-violaceous, darker along

the nervures, of which there are three; the cubital nervure is more

rounded upwards on the 2nd cubital cellule than in A. compressa,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Il. (JUNE) 16

238 Mr. P. Cameron on Twelve New Genera, ete.

and the 2nd recurrent nervure is received nearer the middle. The

base of the abdomen is distinctly narrowed and furrowed down the

middle. The base of the petiole is distinctly narrowed and furrowed

down the centre; the apex and the 2nd segment are distinctly

punctured all over, but not closely, the apical segments are more

closely and strongly punctured. The four hinder cox are brassy ;

the four posterior femora bright red, black at the apex ; the anterior

femora green, dull rufous in front, the tibiae are black in front, blue

or green behind ; the tarsi black ; hinder claws with a tooth at the

base. The eyes at the top are separated by the length of the 4th

antennal joint.

As the above concludes the descriptions of the new

species of Ampulex known to me from the Khasia Hills, it

may be useful to give a list of the Khasia species described

by me. In the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1899, p.

57, Ampulex (Rhinopsis) nigricans ; lc. 1890, pilosa, p.

37; pulchriceps, p. 38; lc. 1902, Rothneyi, p. 545 trichio-

soma, p. 55; ruficoxis, p. 56, /.c. 1903, montana, p. 319;

himalayensis, p. 320; interstitialis, p. 321; longicollis, The

Entomologist, p. 263, 1902; trigona, p. 264; brevicornis, p.

312. Described here, khasiana, assamensis, and carinifrons.

The known species from Khasia are latifrons, Kohl, and

compressa, Fab., in all seventeen species.

Bingham (Fauna of British India, Hym.) describes eight

Indian species only, but one of these (Cognata, Kohl)

appears to have been included in error. Cf. Cameron,

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1900, p. 39.

JUNE 2, 1903.

XIV. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Arctic America.

By Henry Joun ELweEs, F.R.S., etc.

[Read February 4th, 1903.]

PLATE IX.

THE collection of which I give a list was made by Mr.

David Hanbury, who has appended notes on the localities

and habits of the insects, which give an exceptional value

to it.

Though small in number of species, 1t is the most

interesting Arctic collection I have yet seen, and most of

the specimens are in beautiful condition. The variation

in some of the species is extraordinary.

Considering the difficulties under which collecting is

carried on in such a region, and that Mr. Hanbury had

not previously any experience in collecting, this collection

does him the highest credit.

He has been good enough to present the greater part

of it to the National Museum.

List oF Mr. Hanspury’s ArcTIC COLLECTION.

1. Hrebia fasciata. (Plate IX, fig. 11 g, 12 2.)

E. fasciata, Butler, Cat. Sat. B.M., p. 92, Pl. II, fig. 8

(1868).

Several specimens in beautiful condition ; from Point

Epworth, 11, vii; Cape Barrow, 30, vi ; Chapman Island,

27, vi; Gray’s Bay, 1, vii. These agree with the type in

the British Museum from Cambridge Bay, and vary con-

siderably in the amount of rufous in the fore-wing above,

which in the females extends to the base of the wing.

The fringe in quite fresh specimens is grey.

2. Hrebia disa.

Papilio disa, Thunberg, Diss. Ins. Suec. il, p. 37

(1791).

Three males and a female from Point Epworth, 11, vii.

These resemble specimens from Finland much more closely

than they do specimens of the var. mancinus, Hew., from

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART II. (ocT.) 17

240 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

Alberta, in having the band of the hind-wing below well

marked.

3. Hrebia rossit.

Hipparchia ross, Curtis, Ross’ 2nd Voy. App. Nat.

Hist., p. 67, Pl. A, fig. 7 (1835).

A pair from 140° W., 67° 40 N., 14, vii, and one from

Point Epworth, 11, vii, are perfectly fresh, and. seem to

show that this species is barely separable from the Asiatic

form, evo, Brem. Cf. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1899, p. 347.

I previously had only bad specimens from Hudson Bay

for comparison. Recently I have received a fresh female

taken by Mr. Sampson in Frobisher Bay, Baffin’s Land,

14, vii, 02.

The fringes of these three are all grey, which is not the

case In any of my Altai specimens however fresh, though

slightly evident in some from Transbaikalia.

4. ners bore, var. taygete.

(H. taygete, Hibner, Samml. Ex. Schmett. (1816-

1824).

Several pairs in beautiful condition from Barren Grounds,

Gray’s Bay, and Point Epworth; vary a good deal in the

breadth, shape, and distinctness of the bands on hind-wing

below. ‘Two show the marginal row of whitish spots on

hind-wing very distinctly, these are usually faint or absent

in Labrador specimens.

5. Gneis semidea, var. vel crambis, var. (Plate IX, fig.

9 2,10 9)

Hipparchia semidea, Say, Amer. Ent. IIT, Pl. 50

(1828).

Chionobas crambis, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. V, Pl. 440,

figs. 3-4 (1844).

Five specimens from Barren Grounds and one from Point

Epworth, fresh and in good order, must, I think, be referred

to one of these species. I might call them peartiv, Edw.,

or assimalis, Butl., but they are intermediate between the

types of those two forms in the British Museum, being

rather less conspicuously banded on hind-wing below than

the former, and rather more so than the latter.

Some of them show more or less trace of the marginal

row of grey spots on hind-wing, which at first led me to

Collection of Lepidoptera from Arctic America. 241

think that they were cranbis; but in a fresh state they

are much blacker than any of the faded specimens of

crambis I have before me. Whether that species, which I

only know certainly from Labrador, occurs also in Arctic

America, and whether when we know it better it will be

possible certainly to distinguish it from semidea, are points

which at present remain obscure.

6. Caenonympha tiphon, var. niaturata.

C. tiphon, var. mixturata, Alpheraky, Rom. Mem. sur.

Lep. IX, p. 326 (1897).

Two males and a female from Dismal Creek, taken

30, vil, are in bad condition, but are sufficient to show

that the form found here, like that from Alaska, is nearer

to the Kamschatkan variety than to any other.

7. Argynnis pales,

Papilio pales, W. V., p. 177 (1776).

Three males and a female from the Barren Grounds,

taken 16 and 18, vi, are the first specimens of this species

I have yet seen or heard of from America, where I have

long expected to hear of its discovery.

The males are quite typical, and could not be dis-

tinguished from some Alpine specimens.

The female is like some I have from Northern Siberia.

8. Argynnis polaris.

A, polaris, Boisduval, Ind. Meth., p. 15 (1829); ad.

Icones, Pl. XX, figs. 1, 2 (1833).

Specimens were taken in all the localities visited in the

first half of July, and are quite typical.

9. Argynnis chariclea. (Plate IX, figs. 6, 7, 8.)

Papilio chariclea, Schneider, Neuest. Mag. V, p. 588

(1794).

The most extraordinary variation is shown by the

specimens of this species, which occurs in all parts of

Arctic America, and was taken by Mr. Hanbury at all the

places where he collected.

Among them a male from Chapman Island is almost

black. Another from Dismal Creek is very small and

pale, but a female from Point Epworth is a wonderful

242 Mr. H. J. Elwes on a

aberration, and I cannot say positively whether it 1s

polaris or chariclea, though the size and the shape of the

wings indicate the latter species.

10. Argynnis frigga, vax. umproba.

Papilio fr igga, Thunberg, ¢.¢., p. 33.

Argynnis vinproba, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. XIII,

p. 206 (877), ;

Several from the Barren Grounds and one from Point

Epworth are like the type, and show but little variation.

ll. Lycena orbitulus, var. franklinit.

Papilio orbitulus, Esper, Schmett. I, 2, Pl. CXII, fig.

4 (1800).

Lycena franklinii, Curtis, t.c., p. 69, Pl. A, figs. 8, 9.

A pair from the Barren Grounds are not so distinct

from the Arctic form found in Europe, var. agwilina, Ster.,

= aquilo, Bdv., as those from Labrador, and are perhaps

nearer to those I have taken in the Rocky Mountains

near Laggan.

12. Oolias hecla.

C. hecla, Lefebvre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1836, p. 383,

Pl. IX, B, figs. 3-6. -

Four males and three females from the Barren Grounds,

114° W., 67° 40 N., 13-16, vii. Agreeing well with other

specimens from Arctic America, some of which were

called glacialis by McLachlan.

Staudinger now catalogues the Lapland form as var.

sulitelma, Auriv. The specimens in Mr, Hanbury’s collection

differ inter se to a remarkable extent in the colour of the

borders and discal spots of the wings above.

13. Colias boothii. (Plate IX, figs. 1-4 2,5 9.)

C. boothit, Curtis, t.c., p. 65, Pl. A, figs. 3-5.

This was represented by several fresh specimens, which

enable me to confirm the opinion formed on very in-

sufficient previous knowledge, that it is a species perfectly

distinct from the last. The variation in this species 1s so

great that I have had to figure five specimens to give a

fair idea of it; some of them would be supposed by their

markings to be females, but though the abdomens are

Collection of Lepidoptera from Arctic America. 243

difficult to examine, owing to their hairy covering and

being somewhat compressed in packing, I can find only one

undoubted female among them. None of the specimens

sent are quite what Curtis figures as chione, in which the

marginal band is faint or absent.

The species seems to have been fairly common at Point

Epworth, Gray’s Bay, and on the Barren Grounds.

14. Colias pelidne.

C. pelidne, Boisduval, Icones, Pl. VIII, figs. 1-3.

Three pairs from Point Epworth, Barren Grounds, and

Dismal Creek, of which the females differ dnter se a good

deal, one being white and two lemon-yellow.

15. Colias nastes.

C. nastes, Boisduval, /.c., figs. 4, 5.

Four males and two females from Barren Grounds, all

varying. These might be called rossti, Guen., or moina,

Streck., by those who hke to try and distinguish local

forms, a very uncertain task in the case of Arctic insects.

Heterocera by Sir GEorGE F. Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S.

NOcTUID&.

THypsophila zetterstedti, Ster., 4° 67 40".

GEOMETRID®.

Aspilates orciferaria, Wik., 114° 67° 40°.

Cidaria, sp. 114° 67° 407,

TORTRICID A.

= = ni .

gen. sp., Point Epworth.

FIG.

355

4D a5;

Os;

iis

1. 5,

”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

oP)

”)

”

”»

”

”?

oP)

. Hrebia fasciata, B

. Colias boothii, Curtis, ¢. Point Epworth.

¢. Barren Grounds.

bP]

gd. Gray’s Bay.

. Arygynnis chariclea, Schn., ab.

”

utl.,

”

Point Epworth.

Bathurst Inlet.

Dismal Creek.

Barren Grounds.

Point Epworth.

Cape Barrow.

Point Epworth.

XV. A contribution to the life history of Orina (Chryso-

chloa) tristis, Fabr., var. Smaragdina, Weise. By

THomMAs ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ZS.

[Read April Ist, 1903.]

PLATES X AND XI.

IN our observations on some species of Orina presented

to the Society by Mr. Champion and myself in December

1900, besides several viviparous species, we noted Orina

tristis to have a habit that was not viviparous, nor yet

strictly oviparous in the ordinary manner. Unfortunately

our material of this species consisted of only one female

beetle and our observations were accordingly somewhat

restricted, so that I was pleased to meet with the beetle

in some abundance on May 30th, 1902, near Pino, on Lago

Maggiore. The beetles were disporting themselves, often

a good number together, in the sunshine on a rather tall

upright species of Centaurea that looked otherwise very

like our nigra. I brought a number of beetles home and

had them alive throughout the summer. They laid eggs

freely, but began to die off about the middle of September.

In the first week in October egg-laying seemed to be

stopped, but a small batch of seven was laid October 18th,

at which date only that number of beetles remained alive.

Two males were still living on February 7th, 1903. I

noticed in several beetles that died that the posterior

tibiz and tarsi were damaged or wanting and must have

been eaten by the other beetles; whether this was a

cause of death or only occurred after mortal illness had

supervened I do not know. I twice found a beetle so

damaged, that was still very decidedly alive.

I may note parenthetically that at the end of June we

(Mr. Champion and myself) met with Orina rugulosa at

San Sebastian. We found both beetles and larvae, and

observed the egg-laying to follow almost precisely the

same methods as in 0. smaragdina, indeed the eggs were

almost indistinguishable from each other (I had some of

the latter with me). They were on a very nigra-like

species of Centaurea; the impossibility of obtaining

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (OCT.)

246 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

Centaurea at the places we visited in Spain brought to

a very early conclusion my attempts to rear the two

species side by side.

The account given in 1900 of the egg of O. tristis and

of the hatching of the larva is correct as far as it goes,

but wants much supplementing. When the larva is ready

to emerge it shows very visibly through the egg-shell

three black patches on either side, just above the spiracular

line, on the 2nd and 83rd thoracic and Ist abdominal seg-

ments; except the spiracles, eyes, some mouth parts, and

finally the cutaneous hairs it is otherwise colourless.

These three patches are apparently ordinary portions of

the cuticular covering that become hardened and matured

at this early period for a special function, just as the Ist

spiracular region and some other parts are solidly chitinised

with special objects in various Lepidopterous pup, whilst

the rest of the pupal integument is still soft. These three

hard black patches are slightly convex and project centrally,

but I cannot make out that they have any sharp or

angular point.

Their function is to determine the lines of rupture of

the egg-shell. The force used to open the egg-shell is

one that is in common use with many insects, especially

for emergence from the pupa. Here it 1s used for emerg-

ence from the egg. It is the secretion of air into the

interior of the larva; the large air bubbles look as if in

the general body cavity of the insect, and I am not positive

that they are not, but as some air often escapes by the

mouth and anus, when the insect is flattened, I incline

to believe it is in the alimentary canal. The effect of

this air being so secreted is to enlarge the bulk of the

larva and exert a bursting tension in the egg-shell. If

this tension became sufficient the shell would burst by

explosion in some irregular manner, but the presence of

these three hard points on either side of the larva is to

increase the tension along a line passing along them, and

so, long before the strain is sufficient to produce an explo-

sive rupture, the egg-shell splits along each side over these

points. The modus operandi is in principle precisely the

same as that by which the pupz of the Lepidopterous

genera Limacodes and Hriogaster open their cocoons; in these

a pressure, produced by air secretion within the insect, is

localised as to the severest point of strain by a pupal

beak, and so a lid splits off at the so-determined line.

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 247

When the egg-shell is split, a portion of the larva slightly

protrudes through each slit, but the larva soon manages

to turn round and escape through one of them head first.

Since the larva can emerge through only one of them,

why should there be two slits?) These do not reach the

top of the shell and are still further from reaching the

bottom, but now and then they deviate from this symmetrical

arrangement, one may be longer than the other, and this

deviation may account for one slit only existing and that

one reaching to the top of the egg-shell. This is com-

paratively rare, but still not infrequent, and was the only

form I noticed in the few eggs I had in 1900. The two

slits are probably useful in affording the larva escape by

one, when the other is obstructed by the egg being

against one of its neighbours, or possibly even glued to

it or some other object, by some accident, either in the

disposal of the parental glue that fastens the egg to the

surface on which it is laid, or by a neighbouring egg

being injured and its contents acting as a cement, as

must not infrequently happen to eggs laid naturally on

a leaf. The eggs are laid in regular order, in several

adjacent rows, and are slightly inclined to the surface of

attachment, instead of being perpendicular to it, so that

one side of the egg is tolerably free, the other almost or

even actually touches its neighbours. The larva could

hardly hope to escape, if a solitary slit occurred on this

side, I had made many observations of these beetles, of

their egg-laying, of their hatching, had fed many of them

from hatching to full-fed larvze, and was still of the opinion

that this species could not be 0. tristis, because I had

observed O. tristis lay eggs quite ready to hatch, whilst

my insects from Pino laid eggs quite undeveloped. I was,

however, puzzled to find that some eggs hatched in a few

days whilst others did not do so for over a week. Some

showed the imaginal jaws through the shell very early

and soon. Still all the eggs I examined when new laid

showed no coloured indications of the young larva.

On August 29th, however, a new experience awaited

me. I found several eggs that had been laid since the

26th were already hatched. I determined therefore to more

closely scrutinise the periods from laying to hatching of

future eggs. Further light was closer at hand than I had

expected. At 11 am., August 29th, the beetles were fed

and as usual placed in a clean jar with fresh food, clean paper,

248 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

etc. At 2 p.m. I found three small batches of eggs laid,

two presenting the usual clear aspect, but the third, which

the beetle was at the moment depositing, consisted of two

egos that were actually hatching and of six others which

presented the imaginal eyes well developed, but no jaws,

spiracles, or other larval parts visible.

The eggs that I had supposed to be quite undeveloped,

usually presented a rather opaque aspect, except at the

unattached (head) end, where about one-fourth or one-

fifth of the egg was apparently occupied with clear yellow

fluid, and it had struck me as curious that the eye-spots,

which were the first imaginal parts to be seen, occurred

on this transparent area. I now, however, understood that

this transparent region had no relationship to a similar

one that occurs in the newly-laid eggs of Zygaenids

(Anthrocera) amongst the Lepidoptera, and that it was

really the larval head, after considerable development of

the embryo had taken place. Most of the eggs are laid

at this stage, when the embryo is well-developed but

before the eye-spots appear. I now carefully examined

other eggs and found some with a fairly uniform aspect,

from end to end. I saw several such eggs actually laid,

and examined them immediately, and found I could treat

them as transparent objects sufficiently well to see that

the greater part of their contents were in small rounded

masses, but that at the free end there was within the

shell a delicate membrane and inside this several large

rounded processes, one nearly half the diameter of the egg

across, another smaller, with a clear angular space between

them, and smaller ones extending down the egg. I make

no doubt these are the early cephalic lobes of the embryo

with further segmental divisions.

So far as I have noticed, these are the youngest eggs

that are laid, the greater number are rather more advanced,

and they may even be so far advanced as to show the eye-

spots, and as an exceptional occurrence, they may be just

ready to hatch.

T regret that Iam ignorant of the methods of examining

the younger eggs, and of overcoming the difficulties pre-

sented by the tough leathery egg-shell and the very

delicate contents, but I feel satisfied that what I have been

able to observe justifies the conclusion just stated, that

the eggs have always undergone some development when

laid and sometimes have made a near approach to hatching.

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 249

_Those of 0. tristis I watched during August two years

ago were well advanced when laid, none were so this year

till towards the end of August, so that it may be, that

only towards the end of its egg-laying are the ova retained

until the larva is well-developed. But it is also certainly

the case that the ovum is not fertilised at the moment

of deposition, but at some interval previous to that time,

notwithstanding that the egg-shell is a solid structure

similar to that of eggs that have (as, in fact, these always

have) to exist externally for some time before hatching.

They have, in fact, taken the first step towards becoming

viviparous, and it is of interest to note that the step is

not a definite and constant one, but varies from a habit

nearly that of ordinary egg-laying insects, to one that is

almost that of viviparity, not in different races of the

beetle, or even in different individuals, but apparently in

the same individual possibly according to its age. Not

certainly according to differences of treatment, as all my

beetles were kept together, yet their habits were not

always all alike.

It is interesting to notice that Mr. W. M. Wheeler in the

Journal of Morphology (Boston), vol. iii., 1889, figures

the young larva of Doryphora decemlineata as existing

within the egg-shell as almost identical in appearance with

that of O. tristis. The only difference I note in his figure

or description is that the hatching spines in D. decemlineata

have definitely sharp apices, those of 0. tristis being com-

paratively flat and blunt. He describes the hatching as

taking place by the contained larva moving within the

egg-shell so as to cut it with these spines, and says that it

cuts the egg on both sides and that these two incisions

meet over the apex, making one large opening. I should

certainly like to see this process take place; still I see no

reason to doubt that it is very possible for similar struc-

tures in allied species to exercise the same functions, or at

least to attain the same objects in very different ways. A

remarkable instance of this I mentioned lately to the

Entomological Society in the case of two species of Lepi-

doptera, Hh ybocompa milhausert and H. dryinopa, in which

a similar pupal spine is used in quite a different way in

each species for opening the cocoon.

In 0. tristis it 1s certainly the case that no movement of

the young larva takes place before the opening in the egg

is formed, and that it takes place by rupture under tension

250 Dr. T. A. Chapman's

from within, and merely the place where it shall occur, but

not the actual rupture, being determined by the hatching

spines.

It is certainly matter of some interest from a classi-

ficatory point of view, to find the egg and the embryo

within it and the method of hatching (hatching spines,

ete.), so very nearly identical in Doryphora decemlineata

and in Orina tristis, Wheeler's observations especially

relate to the development of the embryo; and as his

observations were made entirely on eggs already laid, and

he begins with the egg segmentation preceding the embryo,

it is clear that in Doryphora there is no quasi-viviparity as

in 0. tristis, There is, in his paper, no suggestion of the

possibility of such a thing. He would ‘certainly have

noticed and recorded it had there been any trace of it,

although it was not strictly the subject of his paper.

I believe Doryphora and Orina are not classified very

closely together. It may be that this method of hatching

is common to many species of Chrysomelids; if so, record

of it ought certainly to be more frequent than it is.

Immediately after each of its three subsequent moults,

the skin of the larva is quite colourless, exhibiting all its

interior anatomy, trachez, alimentary canal, etc., but it is

sufficiently loaded with yellow fat and fluids to make

details difficult to observe. It rapidly (in half-an-hour or

so) becomes black. At these moults there is no trace of

these hatching spines to be noticed. Two circumstances

attracted my notice; one was that the larva used inflation

to assist the rupture of the effete larva skin. This is not

pushed away towards the tail and so stretched in front till

it splits as is the method in Lepidoptera, but the whole

larva skin is fully on the stretch, and finally shts down the

dorsum, the new white larva protruding at once and then

creeping out slowly, leaving the empty larval skin slightly

contracted, but still looking uncommonly hke a living

larva, and nowhere with its segments crushed together.

It merely takes up the aspect of a younger larva with its

subsegmental ridges, when the tension of a full-fed larva

within it is withdrawn.

The larva when newly moulted and still colourless is

seen to be especially translucent in the thoracic region,

and several larger and smaller globules of air are seen to

1 Mr. Jacobi informs me that the Colorado beetle is not a Dory-

phora, but belongs to a genus very near to Orina.

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 251

occupy this region; that they are in the alimentary canal

seems almost certain, as they escape by the mouth when

the larva is subjected to pressure.

The other circumstance connected with moulting that

seemed to me curious, is no doubt so, only because my

experience in watching the moulting of larve has been

almost entirely amongst the Lepidoptera; in these, the

larva always completely voids the alimentary canal at a

moult. A newly-moulted larva has no food contents at any

stage. In 0. tristis the anterior part of the alimentary

canal contains no food, but the hinder portion, in several

loops, in the abdominal segments, is more or less loaded.

The effete larval skin appears to be held in place so that

the larva may crawl out of it by a more or less half-dried

faecal deposit glueing the-anal extremity to the leaf.

The rupture in the larval skin divides the head into two

lateral (epicranial ?) pieces, and the clypeus with the mouth

parts and slits down the thoracic and two first abdominal

segments dorsally as if along a dorsal suture; the third

abdominal segment is often “slit in the same way, and I

have once seen the fourth slit also, but irregularly towards

one side, as if any dorsal suture was here certainly absent,

as it probably is in the third abdominal segment.

At the moult to pupa the skin collapses, and so far as

can be judged by the condition of the cast skin the process

of moulting is very similar to that in Lepidopterous larvie.

The eggs are not absolutely uniform in size and shape.

Their length i is about two-and-a-quarter times their width ;

their sides are not quite straight but curved, so that the

middle of the egg is the w idest part; sometimes the

longitudinal section is an ellipse, at others there is some

tapering towards one or both ends (as in the small end of

an egg).

The actual dimensions of four eggs measured was :—

owes) eal

eas PRIA 5 ABV A ana

Wider Osage ao 10;

94 ofan sO Pa) 7 O97 mm.

It is to be noted, that as the embryo is always developed

with the head to the free end of the egg, and has already

advanced in its development so far as to already have its

head to that end when laid, the orientation of the embryo

in the egg must be determined by its relations to the

ovarian tubuli in which it develops, and as these are coiled

in all directions, gravity has no share in the determination,

252 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

but simply which is the end of the egg nearest the top of

the tube.

Though a dissected beetle shows the tubules loaded

with eggs of all sizes, my observations go no further in

this direction; it would be of interest to know whether

the eggs attain their full size before they are fertilised and

development begins, or whether they grow after develop-

ment of the embryo is begun. Probably not, but as the

embryos of the viviparous species grow considerably whilst

still in the tubules, only definite observation can determine

what happens in this species.

When hatched the larva of O. tvistis 1s colourless, except

for the eyes, jaws, spiracles and the six black spots that

may be seen through the egg-shell, but it very soon

becomes quite black, with the exception of the fine brown

hairs which are plentifully scattered all over it. The head

and prothorax are at this stage exceptionally large,

forming fully two-fifths of the length of the larva. The

legs are nearly colourless and the under-surface is pale,

the larva is blacker than at later stages, the blackness but

encroaching a long way on to the ventral surface.

The intersegmental depression divides the segment

deeply, but terminates some way above the spiracle, the

anterior and posterior subsegments meeting as a raised

ridge, below which the spiracle lies in a depressed

triangular area that extends to the front of the segment.

Length 2°0 mm., greatest breadth 1:0 m.

At the first moult, 7.e. in the second instar, the head

and prothorax remain dirty yellow for some time after the

abdomen has become black, and they remain a little paler

throughout the instar. The subsegments still meet in a

definite ridge above the spiracle, which is now hardly in a

depressed area, but has the diagonal grove separating Ist

and 2nd flange below it; the anterior branch of the sub-

segmental incision exists, but is not at all pronounced or

visible in all attitudes of the larva, Length 3:0—4:0 mm.,

width up to 2°0 mm., when contracted is almost a sphere

of 2°5 mm. in diameter.

In the third instar the larva is very similar to the

second, the head and prothorax are still a little paler than

the abdomen. The branch of the subsegmental incision

is very short, but distinct in the 2nd instar, and is

very similar in the third. Length 5:°0—8:0 mm., width

2°5—3'0 mm.

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis, 258

The full-grown larva has the general aspect and structure

of Orinas, as described (Ent. Soc. Trans., 1901, p. 18). The

thorax is relatively smaller than in some other species, and

looks even less than it is, by comparison, being of the same

dark colour as the rest of the dorsum, without any kind of

paler tinting. The colour of the dorsum is black with a

bronzy shade, due either to texture and polish, or also

perhaps to a certain amount of the olive or brownish tint

that appears laterally and predominates ventrally, declaring

itself in the finer depressions of the minute wrinklings.

These wrinklings are apparently the same as in the other

species described. They are generally in transverse lines,

each elevated line being somewhat broken by partial or

complete sulci in more or less diagonal directions which are

sometimes independent, but are sometimes the transverse

sulci anastomosing. So far as it is possible to count them,

there are about thirteen or fourteen transverse ridges on

each segment. The transverse depressions, which are

most marked about the fourth or fifth abdominal segment,

and indicate subsegmentation of the segments, and

varied somewhat in each species previously described, are

well marked, and are probably characteristic. They smooth

out nearly completely in some attitudes. Dorsally it is

about central, the anterior margin highest. Rather lower

than half-way down to the spiracle, it sends back a branch

from its anterior margin, that fades out before reach-

ing the dorsum. The spiracle is a minute raised ring

surrounded by a small smooth surface; just below this is

a very definite diagonal groove, passing backwards and

ventrally. In certain attitudes the dorsal subsegmental

groove passes down as little more than a fine line in front

of the spiracle, and seems continuous with this diagonal

groove. This diagonal groove is in fact the demarcation

between the spiracular and subspiracular flange. The

segmental incision in the subspiracular flange is double, a

sulcus from below passing up behind one descending from

the dorsum. The marginal (3rd) flange is simple, its

upper and lower grooves being longitudinal.

The colour of the lower surface is yellowish-brown, over-

laid by a clouding of small blackish spots. The head and

prothorax has a tolerable coating of fine brown hairs; these

have to be looked for, the surface having at first glance a

glabrous aspect. After they are seen, one decides that the

254. Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

abdomen really is glabrous, till a closer search shows that

it carries a large number of fine brown hairs, less than half

the length of those on head and prothorax.

The legs and incisions are of the same olive-brown

already noted.

Length 10-14 mm. Width head 2°3 mm.

prothorax 4:0 mm.

mesothorax 3°8 mm.

5, Oth abl. '5°0=6:0 mm:

The colour of the larva varies a good deal. Taking it

as typically black above and pale luteous olive below, the

whole of the mouth region of the head belongs to the pale

lower region; the demarcation between the two regions

being the lower margin of the subspiracular flange (middle

ridge of the triple marginal flange). In many specimens,

however, the anterior portion of the larva, especially the

prothorax, is dorsally paler, without being pale enough to

suggest the yellow colouring this segment has in some

other species. The marginal area may also be a little

more invaded by the ventral paleness.

The blackness of the dorsum is also variable. In a

majority perhaps it is a brownish-olive, approaching black,

witb a bronzy aspect in some lights, its paler tones being

due to lighter colourmg (or comparative thinness of

pigment) in the bottoms of the minute sulci of the finely-

wrinkled surface. In some specimens the blackness is

dense and undoubted over the whole dorsum.

The most remarkable fact as to the colouring observed

was as to two specimens, differing apparently in no way

from any of the others, that formed part of a number

turned out in the field: these two were placed on open

flowers of the Centaurea when goimg out, and were still

there half-an-hour later when returning, but in the sun

were now of nearly as bright a metallic green as that of

the imago. I have been unable to induce others to exhibit

this colouring.

According to its attitude the segmentation of the

larva looks rather different. The prothorax is of course

always very evident, and when the full-fed larva is

active and lively the mesothorax is a good long segment,

much like the others, but with the two ridges lower,

especially the anterior one. When at rest, however, and

especially if the larva be a little sulky and only half-grown,

bb)

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 255

the mesothorax partially or wholly disappears beneath the

prothorax, which may even slightly overlap the metathorax.

The 2nd thoracic segment is in these circumstances easily

overlooked, and owing to the backward direction of the

cox it 1s even difficult to believe that the 2nd and 3rd

pair of legs do not actually belong to the 3rd thoracic and

Ist abdominal segments, taking each of these in fact for

the segment in front of it.

The 7th abdominal segment is the last coloured like the

others, and has the appearance of a broad anal plate, the

8th is somewhat coloured, but is simple in structure and

retractile, the 9th and 10th are colourless and retractile,

the 9th forming a foot used in all progression.

The hairs, which seem to disappear as the larva passes

to its later instars, do not in fact do so. On the contrary

they persist, though the larva grows however, they do not,

but maintain almost precisely the same size and distribu-

tion they had in the Ist instar. Their length in the Ist

instar is tolerably uniform all over the larva, viz. ‘25 to

‘30 mm. in length. In the 2nd and 3rd instars they are

almost precisely the same, but of course make relatively a

much less show on these larger larve. In the last instar

they remain of almost identically the same length on the

head, over the dorsum and posteriorly, but laterally they

have actually dwindled to a length of only from 0°06 to

0°20 mm.

The hairs on the appendages and many of those on the

head appear like the ordinary tactile hairs terminating in

a solid sharp point, but the great majority, and nearly all

those on the general surface, are expanded at the tips, and

appear to be hollow, making the extremity trumpet-shaped,

but not so widely expanded perhaps as this suggests.

The arrangement of the hairs may be described as

irregular, merely, no doubt, because it is too complex to

describe ; on the 2nd thoracic and following segments they

are placed on the summits of the two subsegmental ridges,

on 2nd thoracic almost in one row on each, on 3rd the row

on front ridge is a little irregular, on the back one they are

better described as in two rows. On the front ridges of

the Ist and 2nd abdominal they are in two rows, the hairs

in the rows alternating, they are more numerous on the

back ridges, whilst on both ridges of 5 and 6 they may be

described as in three or four rows, but in all cases without

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART UL. (ocT.) 18

256 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

the strict regularity that the idea of rows implies; they are

wanting near the incisions, both segmental and subseg-

mental. The 8th and 9th abdominal segments possess

hairs, especially a row of strong ones along their hind

margins, and 10 is not without finer hairs, Beneath the

abdomen each segment possesses shorter hairs, about ten

on each side, placed with some but not absolute bilateral

symmetry. The subspiracular flange on each segment has

a separate chitinous plate carrying four or five longer and

four or five shorter hairs.

The hairs on the prothorax are very numerous, and

except a certain regularity round the margin, are equally

but irregularly distributed over the whole surface, they

number about 110 on either side.

The pupa of O. tristis is 10 mm. long and 4°5 deep from

back to front across the 3rd abdominal segment, and 6°5

wide from knee-joint to knee-joint of 2nd legs, but this

when they are a little set forward, the natural position

would give perhaps nearer 5°3 mm. This is from a small

specimen, a larger one would probably be 12 mm. long.

The colour is pale whitish tending to flesh-colour, and

deepening as the beetle matures.

The head is well bent forward, 2. ¢. ventral, so that the

face is directed ventrally, and the abdomen is also curved

forwards, so that the ventral line is nearly straight, running

from the frons down the clypeus, labrum, labium, tarsi to

the anal point. The dorsum, on the other hand, presents a

curve from one of these points to the other, and distant

from it (as above noted) 4°5 mm. at the widest point.

The antennz pass first backwards then down behind

the Ist femora, their apices pointing forwards between the

1st and 2nd knee-jomts. The wings pass down between

the 2nd and 3rd legs, and curving round to the front, hide

the greater part of the 3rd femora and tibiw, and do not

meet in front by about 26 mm. The first wings (elytra)

show several longitudinal ribs or veins of which one on

either side is marginal, and three over the centre are more

marked than the others. The 2nd wings (wings) are visible

dorsally in a narrow slip passing under the Ist wings,

and their apices also appear beyond the first over the 3rd

tarsi.

The jaws, labrum, labium with palpi, the maxillary palpi

of three (?) joints passing straight backwards are very

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 257

distinct, but these, with the legs and wings, are thickened

and fleshy (compared with the imago), but present no

spines or other definite armature except a few fine brown-

ish hairs on the upper outer exposed aspects of the femora.

The ventral aspect of the abdomen is equally smooth, but

dorsally all the segments have a greater or less supply of

short pale brown hairs. Over the front of the head and

the prothorax these are especially regularly and thickly

scattered. The prothorax is a large, somewhat square plate,

55x45 mm., as in the larva and imago. The meso-

thorax is narrow, 13 mm., witha projecting angle at centre

of its posterior margin ; just in front of this is a small

raised boss, which carries a few, the only, hairs on the

segment. The metathorax is again rather wide, 1°7 mm.

(the projecting point of mesothorax makes these measures

unduly favourable to that segment), with a dorsal longi-

tudinal grove, it is very smooth and polished, and possesses

only some half-dozen scattered hairs on each side, two on

either side near the middle of the hind margin being

especially strong.

The first abdominal segment 1s narrow (about 0°6 mm.),

and has a central dorsal grove, which on the second is

replaced by an elevation, the remainder having no dorsal

peculiarity. The first six abdominal segments are narrow

(about 5-0 mm. together), each however rather broader

than the one in front. The next is longer (2:0 mm.) “

is apically produced to an angle. Each of these (1-7

abdominal) has a spiracle, a small round chitinous ring,

about 1:0 mm. across, below which the dorsum of the

segment is rounded off, forming a lateral flange. 1-6

carry a fringe of hairs along their posterior margins, which

are carried round the margin of the flange, and where more

especially they are less a fringe, and more uniformly

scattered over the surface. Abdominal 7 has hairs scattered

all over it except its extreme anterior margin.

Dorsally 8 and 9 (abdominal) rapidly taper to a fine

brown chitinous point with which 9 terminates, 9 has a

very few inconspicuous hairs, on 8 they are more numerous

and evident but less so than on 7.

Ventrally 8, 9, and 10 are marked by sundry elevations

no doubt marking the genitation.

On March 4th, 1903, there still remained alive two

males of the beetles taken at Pino on May 30th, 1902. It

is not, however, the case that these represent the amount

o2)

Dr. T, A. Chapman’s

of survival amongst the beetles taken. Comparing these

with the numbers that died, and eliminating those that

escaped, that were given away, or were otherwise disposed

of, these two represent the survivors rather of from eight

to ten beetles living in August 1902.

About this date (March 4th, 1903) I examined the pot

in which a number of larvee had gone down in September

and October, and was vexed to find that the earth was

apparently quite dry, and two larvee that I unearthed from

near the surface were apparently quite dead and dried up,

with the ventral and dorsal surfaces almost in contact.

Placing these in warm water, after twenty-four hours both

were alive and active. Though still looking somewhat

starved and contracted, they obviously had a good deal

of tissue within their skins.

I was, therefore, encouraged to damp the pot of earth

and put it in a warm place. Unfortunately again, I

overdid this.

On March 23rd I found a perfect beetle had emerged,

and forthwith examined the pot and contents. I found

it contained several beetles ready to emerge, one living and

one dead pupa, a number of dead larve, distended almost

to bursting by excess of imbibition but really close on

pupation, and others that had died at an earlier stage.

Disappointing as this result was, disappointing also

because so much due to my own want of intelligent care,

still, it enables me to say that I have reared the beetle

from the egg, and also to describe and figure the pupa.

The hibernating chamber of the larva, in which it

pupates in the spring, remaining probably as a pupa

from two to four weeks, according to temperature, 1s

nearly spherical, and about 2 inch in diameter, with the

interior wall pressed smooth.

The following data, giving dates of hatching of batches

of eggs laid at the same time, give some indication of the

various degrees of maturity of the eggs at the date of

laying.

Laid September 22-23 Laid September 12-13

3 hatched ae 26 1 hatched 3 15

pee fe 28 oe fe 17

22, a 29 1 a f 18

OW, cs, October 1 OW) 3 tas Way, os 23

Sie, 30 | geen Dy, Dame 21

leaving 14 still to hatch. | 5 mature eggs remaining.

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis.

Laid September 17

9 hatched fs 24

Gor to ad 26

15 ” ) 27

2 i) 38

2 addled

Laid August 5-6

1 hatched He 8

2 ’9 ” 10

1 ” ” 13

We C4215

10 left of which the last

hatched ily

Larve 3 have moulted

Ist on August 19

All e 24

4 have moulted

2nd on August 26

All on 29

”

Many have moulted

3rd on September 4

Most 5 7

All 3 9

Nearly all full-grown 15

259

Laid September 13-15

1 hatched 3 17

1 ” #) 18

12 have died and blackened

that were ready to hatch

when laid.

5 hatched September 21

a a 23

ees ” 24

4 ” ” 26

After no eggs laid for 10

days, 7 were laid on

October 18th, 1 near hatch-

ing and 6 with top end

transparent. These show

eye-spots on 20th on which

date one more egg laid

with all spots visible.

The following actual notes show the time taken by the

larvee to feed up.

Batch laid August 12

4 hatched ie WW,

Many ° 19

Several lst moult ,, 24

All : s 29

Several 2nd moult ,, 31

Most 5, september 4

Some 3rd moult a 4

Nearly all full-grown ,,

Hatched August 12

Most in 2nd skin __,, 19

Six in 3rd skin ‘ 26

Some in 4th skin ,, 29

Nearly all in 4th skin 31

All September 4

Full-fed = 9

Hatched August 3-4

1st moult . 12

3 specimens 2nd moult 17

3 specimens 3rd moult 24

Eating little and very

fat 3 31

Had eaten nothing for some

time and allowed to go

down on September 9.

Laid August 7-8

1 hatched ,, 12

2 ” ” 13

OMe ame e if 15

7 in 2nd skin 21 rest removed

2 moulted to 8rd August 26

All in 8rd skin A 29

5 in 4th skin September 2

All a Ps 4

Full-fed i 13

260 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s

Hatched September 18 | Eggs laid August 3-4

Full-fed 2nd skin 3 27 Those (11) hatched 9-12 removed

All in 8rd skin October 4 The rest hatched August 13-15

2 in 4th skin Se BiG Several in 2nd skin ,, 17

All in last skin (4th) ,, 12 All . _ omer

Full-fed a eal Some in 3rd 5 ast O26

Going down ie le Some in 4th 29

Nearly all in 4th akin Sept. 2

Hatched September 13 | All ‘ is yon

Most in 2nd skin _,, 21 |» Full-fed sy als

BHHOl "ps 7 ih

Many in 4th skin __,, 30

It may be useful to summarise the items of the life

history of O. tristis noticed above. The beetles emerge from

the ground in May, and eating freely of the food- -plant

(Centaurea sp.) and pairing frequently, lay eggs abundantly

during June, July and August, and even on to November,

some specimens living (in confinement) until the following

March.

The eggs are rarely laid singly, usually in small batches

up to twelve or twenty, or even considerably more. When

laid the eggs have already undergone some development,

sometimes only to the mulberry stage, usually the larva is

already largely developed, and more rarely the eggs may

be ready to hatch. This seems to be more frequent later

in the season. The eggs hatch by two slits forming, under

internal pressure caused by the secretion of air in the

alimentary canal of the young larva, their site being

determined by the presence of “hatching spines.” The

larvee moult three times, the effete skim being similarly

split by pressure from “ inflation.”

They feed up in about a month, rather longer in cool

weather, shorter probably in hot, and then bury themselves

in the earth to a depth of one to five or six inches, remain-

ing unchanged to the following March or April, when the

further changes are rapidly gone through. It seems

possible, but I have no evidence whatever to make it

at all probable, that the earlier larvae feed up and may

emerge the same year,

Postscript, June 11th, 1903.—As an indication of the

date of the appearance of the beetle, on April 27th, 1903,

at the habitat of the beetle at Pino, only two specimens of

the beetle could be found, these happened to be a male

and female; the Centaurea was only some twelve inches

high. On May 30th, 1902, it was three to four feet high,

Contribution to the life history of Orina tristis. 261

but not in flower, and the beetles were plentiful. On

May 30th, 1903, two beetles were found at Reigate in my

garden, from larvee turned out last autumn, and one or

two a day have appeared since. These are all soft and

Immature.

The Orina taken at Pino April 27th, paired on May 7th

and May 8th, but not for long periods. They were placed

again in the same jar May 24th, and remained paired for

forty-eight hours on May 25th, 26th and 27th. The

female again paired with one of the Reigate beetles May

30th and 31st. On June 4th she laid two eggs ready

to hatch, and two more on the 5th. Of these one failed

to hatch, the others hatched on 5th and 6th, and larvee are

now feeding.

These are probably the result of the pairing of May 7th

and 8th, but this is by no means certain. The beetles do

not seem happy or to feed freely, when kept solitarily.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES X AND XI,

PRAtH xe

Fia. 1. Egg ready to hatch, showing “hatching spines” and other

parts of contained larva x 13.

. Egg-shell showing slits made at hatching x 13.

. Larva in Ist stage x 30.

5 2nd

55 Bye B IICO)

Athy; 3 6:

x dorsal view 6.

x 6,

x 6.

>t) ” ”

. Pupa lateral view

» ventral ,,

ODAAAS ww

PLATE xo

Fia. 1. Newly-hatched larva squeezed flat, showing hatching

spines and air bubble in gullet, ete.

. Another specimen, air bubble pressed out, now entangled

with legs.

XVI. The Butterflies of Chile. By Henry JOHN

ELwEs, F.R.S., F.L.S., ete.

[Read June 4th, 1902.]

Puates XII, XIII, XIV, anp XV.

Our present knowledge of the butterflies of Chile consists

almost entirely of bare descriptions published by authors

who had little knowledge of the country or of the climatic

conditions which have tended to make the fauna of this

country so interesting and peculiar.

Guérin in the ‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ published in 1832,

was the first entomologist who seems to have received any

butterflies from Chile, except a few of the very common-

est, which Molina, Drury, and Hiibner had already

described.

Blanchard in Gay’s ‘Fauna Chilena, published in 1852,

has described and figured more of the commoner ones.

Philippi has described others in ‘ Linnzea Entomologica’

in 1860, but though an excellent botanist he has paid

little attention to the Lepidoptera of his adopted country.

feed, an English naturalist long resident in Chile,

published in 1877 a small work in Spanish, ‘ Mariposas

Chilenas,’ with indifferent figures and descriptions of

several of the rarer ones, but gives little information as to

- their habits and distribution.

Wallengren in the ‘Wiener Ent. Monatschrift,’ and

‘Eugenie’s Resa,’ and Felder in the ‘Reise der Novara,’ add

a few more to the list, but the first serious attempt at a

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Chile was that by Butler

in this Society’s Transactions for 1881.

This paper was based on a collection made in Chile by Mr.

Thomas Edmonds, and describes a good many new or sup-

posed new species, giving a full synonymy of those already

described, with some useful but rather fragmentary notes

by Mr. Edmonds on the localities in which they were

found.

A translation of this paper into Spanish, with a list of

the Microlepidoptera of Chile described by Ragonot and

Zeller, was published by Mr. Bartlett Calvert, a member

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Il. (OCT.)

264 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

of our Society, in the ‘ Anales de la Universidad de Chile’

in 1895.

None of these writers, however, have told us much of

the nature of the country which produces these insects, or

described the very peculiar geographical and physical con-

ditions which have influenced their variation and distribu-

tion, and no one has realized the great amount of variation

which is found in many of the species. Therefore in

attempting to give a better idea of the Butterflies of Chile,

I have had to rely mainly on my own observations.

I left England in November 1901, and arrived at

Buenos Ayres on December 2nd. Here I endeavoured

to find a companion who knew the language, and who

had travelled in the Southern Andes, which until quite

recently have been unvisited and undescribed by natural-

ists. I arranged with Mr. Arneberg, a Swedish engineer,

naturalized in Argentina, to accompany and assist me, but

when I reached “Santiago de Chile, I found that the

strained political relations between Chile and Argentina,

which very nearly led to war, and which delayed my start

for over a mouth, made it undesirable to carry out this

plan, and I eventually secured the companionship and

assistance of Mr. Bartlett Calvert of Quillota, who speaks

Spanish like a native, and who is a well-known ento-

mologist and an accomplished photographer.

I arrived at Puente del Inca, to which point the Trans-

andine railway is now open, on December 10th, and

stayed twonights in the excellent hotel which belongs toDr.

Cotton, and which stands close to the celebrated Natural

Bridge and warm baths, at an elevation of over 9000

feet. Here I was able to gain some idea of the flora and

butterflies of the high Andes, though the weather was

extremely dry, and the high wind from the west, which is

a daily feature of this locality after nine a.m., makes

collecting difficult.

I found at the entrance to the valley called Horcones,

and round the Laguna de Horcones, a few very interesting

species, including Scolitantides andina, a Colias which I

thought at the time was near cuxanthe, Feld., Argynnis

lathonioides, and Phulia nymphula, all of which are

peculiar to the high Andes of Chile and Bolivia.

I was unfortunate enough to lose the bag which con-

tained most of these specimens when star ting in the dark

the next morning to cross the pass into Chile, but I saw

The Butterflies of Chile. 265

enough to convince me that the envirous of Puente del

Inca are well worth a week’s stay in January by a passing

entomologist, and that a few of the species described by

Staudinger, in Iris Vol. vii, from the Bolivian Andes would

probably be found here. The pass between Puente del

Inca and Chile is over 12,000 feet, but very easy to cross

on mule-back except for three or four months in winter, and

the vegetation of the Chilean side from 10,000 down to

about 6000 feet is much richer than that of the eastern

valleys. Juncal, where there is a comfortable inn kept by

a Frenchman, would also be a desirable halting-place for

any one who wished to collect on the western side of the

pass. I was obliged, however, to hurry on, and could do

little in the way of collecting on this occasion. When I

returned at the end of February the season was far

advanced, and I was again unable to stop as I had to

catch the steamer at Buenos Ayres. From Juncal a good

carriage road leads down to Salto de Soldado, whence there

is a railway connecting at Los Andes with the Chilean state

railway to Valparaiso and Santiago, making it possible to

go in one day as I did from Puente del Inca to Santiago.

In this beautiful city I met with the greatest hospitality

and civility from many men of science and distinction,

among whom I should especially mention Prof. Federigo

Philippi, the director of the Museum, a most distin-

euished botanist, whose father, the describer of so

many Chilean plants, still enjoys life at the age of ninety :

Dr. Barros the Rector of the University, who was kind

enough to give me an introduction to a family from whom I

afterwards received the greatest possible kindness and help ;

and Sefior Dr. Vicente Isquierdo, who has the most complete

collection of Lepidoptera in Chile, and who has been good

enough to send some of them to the British Museum for

identification. The brother of the latter, Sefor Salvador

Isquierdo of Santa Ines, has a large and most interesting

collection of trees, and is developing the rising fruit-growing

industry in Chile in a manner worthy of the best EKuropean

horticulturists. Sefiora Ana de Jordan, the hostess of Miss

North, was kindness itself, and, ike many of the members

of the old Chilean families, gave me a charming idea of the

state to which progress and civilization have reached in her

delightful and to most Europeans little-known country.

Whilst waiting until the question of peace or war should

be settled I visited the Baiios de Cauquenes, a well-known

266 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

watering-place in a valley three hours south of Santiago

by rail, which has been described by Miss North, by Mr.

Ball, and by Darwin. Here I stayed four days and

collected all the species which were then out, but

failed in an attempt to reach the highest part of the

valley, where there is said to be good collecting ground

at 5000 to 6000 feet. This valley, however, is well

known in comparison with the mountains I afterwards

visited farther south, and has been visited by Reed and

others. The country around was dried up, hot and windy,

and the variety of insects not great, though I got one

species which seems to be undescribed.

I then went by rail to Concepcion on the coast, three

hundred miles south of Santiago, and visited the beautiful

park and gardens of the late Sefora Cousinho at Lota,

where Mr. O'Reilly, the superintendent of the gardens

and plantations, was good enough to show me everything

he could. I found few butterflies, however, in this neigh-

bourhood though there is some very good-looking collect-

ing ground near Coronel, and some trees and shrubs

characteristic of Southern Chile, which do not occur much

farther north, are found on this part of the coast.

On December 21st I left Concepcion by train, and got

to Chillan by 11 o'clock. From here there is a carriage

road to the celebrated Baths of Chillan situated in a

wooded valley of the Andes about sixty miles distant.

Starting in the afternoon ina carriage, I reached the second

stage of the j journey at dark, and slept in a fair roadside

inn. From here the road to the Baths passes through a

country which was once covered with forest, and is still in

many parts most beautifully wooded, the last stage from

Las Trancas to the Baths being specially fine, through

splendid forests of beech, of which three or four different

species constitute the principal forest trees in this latitude.

At the Baths I found excellent accommodation and a

rich flora. This was Mr. Edmonds’ best collecting ground,

and during January and February most of the peculiar

Chilean forest species may be found in the woods below

the Baths, and many of the Alpine species on the bare

mountains above them. I spent four days here, and got

the greater part of the species found by Edmonds, though

I was too early for two or three of the rarest. The snow

still lay at an elevation of 6000 to 7000 feet in shady places

near the Baths, and the weather, which had been wet

The Butterflies of Chile. 267

previously, was fine and hot, though, as usual in the

Andes at this season, very windy in the afternoon.

On December 28ta I returned to Santiago to make

arrangements for my journey to the south, and as our

Minister, Sir B. Cusack Smith, advised me not to take an

Argentine subject as my companion, I went to Quillota,

where I arranged with Mr. Calvert to meet me as soon as

he could get away on January 9th. Quillota has been so

well described by Darwin* that I need say nothing of it.

There is no good collecting ground within four or five

hours’ ride, but I got a few specimens here and at

Llai-llai, the junction between the lines to Santiago and

Valparaiso. Mr. Paulsen, who lives at Quillota, and

Mr. Calvert have both collected here, especially Coleoptera,

and the latter showed mea very nice collection mainly

of Coleoptera.

Leaving Santiago on January 3rd, I slept at San

Rosendo, where the line to what is called “la Frontera ”

diverges from the line to Concepcion and Lota. Here I

had only a morning in which to sample the environs, and

next day reached Victoria, a large new town to which most

of the live stock raised in the frontier districts of Argen-

tina comes over the Lonquimay Pass to market. Most of

the country round here has been cleared of forest near the

railway, but at Temuco further south, and at Tolten which

was then the terminus of the line now being extended

to Valdivia, I found the virgin forest which covers the

greater part of Chile south of the Biobio river, and soon

became convinced that, though the moths might afford a

rich harvest to a resident collector, the south of Chile, like

the centre, is, away from the mountains, very poor in

diurnal Lepidoptera. Returning to Victoria I engaged a

German anda Chilean as servants for my Andean journey,

and went on by a branch line to Mulchen, whence I drove

twenty miles east through a country recently cleared of

forest to the hacienda of San Ignacio, the property of

Sefiora Bussey, who received me with the greatest hospi-

tality,and to whose husband, George Bussey, Esq., I am in-

debted forinvaluable assistance in engaging reliable men and

mules for my journey. Whilst these were. being brought

in I collected in the neighbourhood, but found that though

the valley of the Renaico river, near which the hacienda is

situated, is mostly virgin forest with the rich evergreen

* Darwin’s ‘Journal,’ New Edition, Murray, 1890, pp. 269-286.

268 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

vegetation peculiar to Southern Chile, very few butterflies,

and those the same as I had previously taken, were to be

found. Moths, however, are abundant at light, and a

good many were collected. San Ignacio lies some little

way from the foot of the Pemehue Mountains, which

constitute an outlying group on the west of the Biobio

Valley, and the country round the hacienda is now mainly

under wheat cultivation.

I was here delayed more than a week by a sudden and

severe attack of illness, from which I was fortunate enough

to be cured by the medical skill of Senora Bussey’s brother,

Dr. Puelma, and was nursed with as much care and atten-

tion as if I had been at home. I cannot speak too grate-

fully of the kindness and hospitality of this charming

family, who, like many of the upper-class Chileans, are,

though living in a country only recently conquered from

the Indians, as civilized and well educated as any people

in Europe.

I was at last able to make a start on January 22nd, a

month later than I had hoped to do, and rode in two days

up the valley of the Renaico river through a beautiful

country mostly covered with virgin forest, and then over

the Sierra de Pemehue to Lolco, a hacienda belonging to

Senor Manuel Puelma, another brother of Senora Bussey’s.

This is a beautiful place near the Biobio river, and near it

I got some of the best insects I found on my journey. No

one except Mr. Calvert had ever collected Lepidoptera on

this road before, and if I had not been so pressed for time

I should have stayed longer.

On January 27th we started early from Lolco on a very

cold morning, and rode first through grassy valleys which

reminded one of Mongolia, and splendid araucaria and

beech forests, over a very striking pass about 8000 feet

high, to Lonquimay, which is the Chilean outpost and

custom-house, on the main road from Victoria to Argentina,

and from here in one and a half days up the head-waters

of the Biobio we reached the Argentine frontier, which is

an open bare ridge about 5000 feet high, and not the

least like the northern passes over the Andes, the higher

mountains in this latitude being isolated volcanoes; which

lie well to the westward of the watershed. Close to the

pass is an outpost of Argentine cavalry at Los Arcos, where

I was civilly received by the lieutenant in command, and

from here we turned more to the southward, and reached

The Butterflies of Chile. 269

the beautiful Lake of Aluminé, one of the long line of lakes

which are found mostly on the east side of the watershed, and

which form the head-waters of many rivers, some of which

run to the Pacific and some to the Rio Negro, and which

are in the frontier region, of which parts were in dispute.

This country has been described by Senor Moreno.* From

here my route southwards for three weeks lay through

Argentine territory, but I soon realized that there is no

well-marked natural boundary between Chile and Argen-

tina in this latitude, and that the influence of the rainfall,

which rapidly becomes less when the watershed is crossed,

is the real factor in determining the boundary between the

wet sub-evergreen forest which clothes the western slopes

of the mountains, and the dry grassy hills and valleys on

the east, which gradually fall away into the great arid

pampas of Patagonia that now form part of the ‘Argentine

territory of Neuquen.

It also became evident that nearly all the mountain

and forest species of butterflies which hitherto have been

considered peculiar to Chile occur in Argentine territory as

well, and that there are few species peculiar to the Pampas

in the country which [ passed through.

On reaching Lake Quillen im lat. 41° S. I made an

attempt to re-cross into Chile by a track which formerly

existed through the forest to Villarica, but it had become so

much blocked by fallen trees that we could not get through,

and after two days in the forest I turned south from Lake

Quillen, crossing a pass over a lateral ridge about 6000 feet

high to Junin de Los Andes, where an attempt has been

made to found a frontier town in a very sparsely inhabited

but fine cattle-ranching country. Up till now the weather

had been splendid, too hot for comfort in the middle of the

day, when high wind from the south usually prevailed, but

now we had a spell of bad weather which very much

hindered my collecting. At San Martin on Lake Lacar

we found a military settlement commanded by Col. Perez,

from whom, as well as from the other officers of the 3rd

Argentine Cavalry, we had a most hospitable reception.

This would be a good collecting station, as, though the

elevation is under 3000 feet, there is a heavy snowfall in

winter and a rich forest vegetation on the shores of the

lake, whilst a range of mountains about 7500 feet high,

* Notes préliminaires sur une excursion aux territoires du Neuquen

Rio Negro, etc., de Francisco P. Moreno. Musée de la Plata, 1898.

270 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

and wooded up to about 6000 feet, which is the approxi-

mate timber-line in this latitude, is within a ride of the

town. Here I got a good Indian guide, and left on

February 8th, intending to reach the great Lake Nahuel-

huapi, which is the largest of all the lakes on this part of

the frontier.

Our route through the mountains was extremely inter-

esting and picturesque on account of the extraordinary

volcanic rock formations which occur in these valleys, but

the heavy rain which came on soon after leaving San Martin

swelled the numerous mountain streams to an extent which

made some of them difficult and dangerous to ford with

loaded mules.

From San Martin to Nahuelhuapi I was able to do but

little insect collecting, having long marches and_ broken

weather, but the few “butterflies which I saw showed that

there was not much change in the fauna, and the country

began to assume an autumnal appearance. At the point

where the great river Limay runs out of Lake Nahuel-

huapi, I found a ranch and store kept by a Scotchman

named Neil, who is in partnership with Mr. Jones, one of

the earliest and principal ranch owners of the district ;

here I sold my mules and horses, and had intended to

take a boat and follow the river Limay down to its

confluence with the Rio Negro, about five days’ journey by

river and then by rail to Buenos Ayres. But I heard such

good accounts of the pass into Chile which is called the

pass of Perez Rosales that I gave up the idea of returning

by this route, and went on to a settlement called San Carlos,

founded by the German firm of Hube and Achelis, which

is on the south shore of Lake Nahuelhuapi. From here

there is a regular route to Puerto Montt by small steamers

on the lakes of Nahuelhuapi, Todos Santos, and Llanquihue,

which are connected by good mule-roads, and where lodgings

can be got in new houses built and managed by this enter-

prising and obliging firm. Anything more beautiful,

interesting, or novel than this route, which can be traversed

in about three days, cannot be imagined, and it must some

day be the favourite tourist resort of South America.

Though very profitable from a botanical pomt of view, I

was too much pressed for time to be able to add much to

my entomological collections on this part of the trip, and

after being delayed a day on Lake Llanquibue, only arrived

at Puerto Montt just in time to catch the steamer to Con-

The Butterflies of Chile. 201

cepcion, whence I had to hurry back to Santiago, and after

packing and drying my botanical collection, part of which

had been left at the museum in charge of Dr. Philippi,

I re-crossed the Andes by the Mendoza Pass, and reached

Buenos Ayres in time tocatch the mail steamer on March Ist.

Before giving a list of the butterflies I collected, which

include almost all the species hitherto described from Chile,

I must say a few words as to the climate of different parts

of the country. From a naturalist’s point of view Chile

may be divided into three regions.

First, Northern Chile, which consists of the long strip

of country comprising the provinces of Tacna, Tarapaca,

Autofagasta, Atacama and Coquimbo, from 18° to 32°S.,

between the sea and the Andes,about which I know nothing

personally. It includes the nitrate districts which are

absolutely arid, and most of the best mining districts ;

and from a zoologist’s pomt of view is poor, on account of

the very slight rainfall and absence‘of vegetation, except in

the valleys of the few perennial streams and tracts which

are cultivated solely by means of irrigation. It includes a

great tract of high mountains 1m the district of Autofagasta

and Tarapaca, which are, as far as I can learn, almost if

not entirely destitute of trees, and which have therefore

afforded no route by which tropical forms could extend

from the north, as they might have been expected to do if

the country had not been too dry.

Secondly, the coast region and valleys of Central Chile

from about lat. 32° down to about the latitude of Con-

cepcion and the river Biobio. This part of Chile has a

climate much like that of Southern Spain, damper on the

coast and drier in the great central valley between the

coast range and the Andes, and is the most populous and

richest part of Chile from an agricultural point of view,

being fertilized by the deposit from numerous mountain

streams which are made to irrigate large tracts of highly

fertile country. Forest is now found in Central Chile only

at and above elevations of 3000 to 6000 feet, and in the

upper parts of the Andean valleys; and I doubt whether

there was ever much true forest in the neighbourhood of

Santiago, where the hills are covered with shrubs and

thorny bushes, and where rain usually falls only during

twenty to thirty days in winter.

In the latitude of Chillan heavy forest is found, or rather

was found until it was destroyed by fire, along the foot and on

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Ill. (ocT.) 19

paler Mr. H. J. Elwes on

the outer valleys of the Andes, but on the coast there is much

brushwood, and in narrow gorges and valleys some timber,

though the plains are still very dry. South of the Biobio

the climate changes very suddenly, and when Valdivia is

reached the rainfall is so great that the country is covered

with a forest so dense that one can hardly penetrate it;

where ferns grow twelve feet high, and a bamboo-like

grass climbs the trees to a height of forty feet.* Inland,

however, there is some open savannah and marshy

country at the foot of the volcanoes, south of Lake

Lianquihue.

This region has a tew peculiar Satyridze and Hesperidee,

but is extremely poor in diurnal Lepidoptera, though very

little collecting has been done except about Valdivia and

La Union.

Lastly, I take the region south of lat. 42° down to the

Straits of Magellan, which is familiar to us from the

writings of Dar win, Cunningham, and other naturalists, and

which includes a ereat number of forest-clad islands and

unexplored mountains, of which our zoological knowledge

at present is very limited. Some parts of the coast are

fairly well known to naturalists, and the district lying

south of Lake Nahuelhuapi and east of the watershed,

which has been described by Moreno and more recently

by Prichard,+ is beginning to attract colonists, especially at

the head-waters of the Chubut river, where there is some

good ranching country now occupied by Welsh settlers

from the east coast. This region will probably be found

to contain many of the species which I found farther north,

but the west coast and Straits of Magellan have such a

very wet and inclement climate that there can be but few

butterflies, and those few nearly allied to or identical with

those of Chile and Argentina.

The list of butterflies which follows is based on what

is by far the most complete collection of Chilean butterflies

ever brought together in Europe, comprising my own

collection, that of Mr. Edmonds, which was contained in

the British Museum, and Mr. Godman’s collection, and the

specimens taken by our fellow, Mr. J. J.Walker, R.N., when

serving on the coast at Coquimbo, Valparaiso and Concep-

f=)

cion. I have also been able to examine the types of

* See Darwin’s ‘Journal,’ New Edition, Murray, 1890, pp. 318-

322.

f+ Prichard, ‘Through the Heart of Patagonia,’ London, 1902.

The Butterflies of Chile. 273

several species described by Mabille, Felder, and Reed,

and have added some specimens from the late Mr. Crowley’s

collection now in the British Museum, where the whole

of this material is now placed.

There are, no doubt, in the collections of Mr. Paulsen

and Dr. Isquierdo many specimens which would have

been invaluable in studying the variation of Chilean

butterflies, and perhaps some new species, but as they have

had no means of identifying their specimens with the

types, which are all in Europe, and I was too ignorant of

the Chilean species to make notes of them when I saw

them, this list must not be taken as more than an

attempt to improve the foundation of what is still very

fragmentary and incomplete knowledge.

What is wanted are resident collectors, especially in the

south, who will observe the seasonal and local variations,

and bring together much larger series than now exist;

by which means alone my conclusions as to specific values

can be proved or disproved.

It will be seen from this list :—

First, that the number of species is extremely small,

being, if the diverse conditions of climate are considered,

the smallest found in any country in the world of equal

length from north to south.

Secondly, that the number of butterflies which are not

endemic in Chile, if the Argentine as well as the Chilean

slopes of the Andes are included, is very small.

Thirdly, that the scarcity of Nymphalidze and Lyccenide

is extreme; only six species of the former and seven of

the latter occurring in this immense tract of country, a

smaller number than could be taken in a single day in

almost any part of North America, Europe, or the

temperate region of Asia. Not a single Lyccenid and

only one or two Nymphalid butterflies seem to have been

taken south of Valdivia; a case quite unparalleled in

other parts of the world.

The Chilean butterflies consist almost entirely of

Satyridz and Hesperiidee, many of which are confined to

the forest region of the centre and south, and there is

a marked absence of alpine species ; only

2 Pierids

Nymphalids

Lyccenid, and

or 3 Satyrids

re po

274 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

can be considered as strictly alpine butterflies, though

several of the common species of the valleys and forest are

found up to, and even above, timber-line. Many of the

forest insects seem to be found only where Chusquea, a

bamboo-like grass, is abundant, but some others, such as

Argyrophorus argenteus, Cosmosatyrus leptonewroides, and

Neomenas simplex, are found on grassy downs and hills, and

never enter the forest so far as I observed. .

In the arrangement of the Hesperiideze I have availed

myself of Watson’s ‘Classification’ of that group (P.Z.8.

1893, pp. 8-132).

I have not studied the generic characters, as it seemed

to me that this could not profitably be done without

undertaking a study of the allied species from other parts

of 8. America.

SATY RIDA.

1. Hina lefebvrer.

Satyrus lefebvrei, Guérin, Voy. de la Coquille, p. 281

(1829).

S. montrolvi, Feisthamel, Mag. Zool., Ms., Pl. 20 (1839).

Laswmmata montrolu, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep.,

p. 387 (1851).

Q Elina montroli, Blanchard, in Gay’s Fauna

Chilena, vii, p. 29, Pl. V, fig. 7 (1852).

A well-known and very distinct species, the largest of

the Chilean Satyrida. I found it common at the Baiios

de Cauquenes, where it flies in shady woods and settles

on the trunks of trees. It was also common at Temuco

and near San Ignacio, but I did not see it in the mountains.

The southern form is darker than that found at Valparaiso

and Quillota.

2. Hlina vanessordes.

Elina vanessoides, Blanchard, t. ¢., p. 28, Pl. V, figs. 5, 6.

Also a very distinct species which I did not take myself,

but which is common in the neighbourhood of Valdivia.

3. Hlina neomyrioides. (Plate XIV, fig. 5 3.)

2 Satyrus neomyriordes, Blanchard, t.c., p. 33, Pl. IT,

figs. 6, 7.

I doubt whether this species belongs to the same genus

as the last. I took it at San Ignacio in January, and at

The Butterflres of Chile. 275

Port Blest on Lake Nahuelhuapi in February. I have

figured a male of this species as it appears to be

undescribed.

4. Elina calvertiu, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 3 ¢, 4 2.)

This species was not uncommon in the forest below the

Bafios de Chillan in December, when I took five males

and one female in fair condition. I also found a single

female in the thick forest on Lake Quillen in Argentina

on February 3rd; and there is in the British Museum a

female taken by Edmonds below the Baths of Chillan,

which Butler has mistaken for the female of neomyrioides

and marked as such. There is a distinct patch of velvety

androconia on the fore-wing in this species and the last

which is not found in the species of Elina, and they are

probably not congeneric. The base of the fore-wing below

in L. calvertii is, like that of #. edmondsit, fulvous, which

distinguishes it at once from neomyrioides, and the lower

part of the band on the hind-wing below is also much less

defined and does not form a conspicuous white patch on

the costa. On the upper-side the band is also much less

distinet forward.

5. Pedaltodes flora.

2 Satyrus flora, Philippi, Linnea Entomologica, xiv,

p-. 267 (1860).

Hipparchia ? flora, Butler, Cat. Sat., p. 58 (1868).

Pedaiiodes oaxes, d., Cist. Ent., i, p. 25 (1870).

Stibomorpha tristis, id. (nec Guerin), Lep. Exot.,

p. 180, Pl. LXII, fig. 3 (1874).

Satyrus tristis, Reed, Mon. Marip. Chil. Pl. ILI,

fig. 4 (1877).

Stibomorpha veedi, Reed (nec Butler), ¢t.c. explic. de

las laminas, lam. iu, fig. 4 (1877).

Neither im its appearance, habits, nor flight has this

species any affinity with lina lefebvrer or with any other

species of Elina that I observed. I found it abundant in

marshes overgrown with reeds, bushes, and great tufts of

Gunnera scabra on the east shore of Lake Llanquihue, where

it was fresh in February. It has a slow flight amongst

the rushes and bushes, and is very easy to take. The

females differ but little from the males. Edmonds found

it common in marshes at Valdivia.

276 Mr. H. J. Elwes

6. Hpinephele edmondsii.

EF. edmondsit, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 451, Pl. X XI, fig. 2.

This seems to be a distinct species, which was described

from one specimen only, taken near the Baths of Chillan

in March by Edmonds. This specimen is in the British

Museum, and agrees very closely with two in that collec-

tion from Cordoba and two from Uruguay sent by Berg to

Zeller.

7. Epinephele anirioides.

E. janirioides, Blanchard, t.c¢., p. 34, Pl. I, fig. 8 2.

Satyrus limonias, Philippi, ¢.¢., p. 268 ¢; Reed, ¢.¢.,

Pie 7.

Var. Epinephele dryas, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep.,

ill, p. 492 (1867).

This was common at the Banos de Cauquenes on dry

hill-sides covered with bushes from the 18th to 21st of

December, and at San Ignacio in January. It is common

at Valparaiso in November and December, and has been

taken at Taleahuano and at Valdivia. The specimens in

the British Museum from this locality are smaller than

mine but not otherwise different. As I think Blanchard’s

figure of this species is unmistakable I adopt his name.

8. Epinephele monachus.

Satyrus monachus, Blanchard, ¢. ¢., p. 35.

Epinephele valdiviv, Felder, t.¢., p. 493.

Pedaliodes lugubris, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1, p. 25 (1870).

Stibomorpha monachus, id. Lep. Exot. p. 179,

Pl, XII, fig. 2 (1874): Reed}z.<., Pi Ul, figs5;

and explic. de las laminas, lam. 11, figs. 5, 6.

Satyrus luctwosus, Reed, t.c., Pl. I, fig. 6 2.

This species was very abundant in the heavy virgin

forest south of Temuco, where it was fresh out on January

10th. It was also very abundant amongst the dense

bamboo undergrowth in the Upper Renaico Valley at

3500 feet at the end of January, and was common in

similar forest on Lake Quillen and at Port Blest in the

middle of February, when it seemed to be nearly over.

I cannot distinguish the insect which Reed figures badly

under the name of /uctwosus. I have compared the type

of valdiviv, Feld., with my specimens from Temuco, and

believe it to be identical.

The Butterflies of Chile.

“I

9. Hpinephele tristis.

? Satyrus tristis, Guérin, Voy. Coq., p. 281.

? Argynnis tristis, rd., t.c., Atlas. Ins. Pl. XVI, fig. 5

(1832).

? Epinephele cocter, Reed, t. ¢., expl. de las laminas, lam.

ay stTe 3)

2S. pales, Philippi, t. ¢, p. 268.

Guérin’s figure being, like his description, very bad,

there is much confusion as to the synonymy of this species,

which being a common insect in all the low country varies

a good deal in size and in the markings on both sides.

I recognize two allied species only, of which this is the

larger. It was common amongst bushes at Bafios de

Cauquenes on December 15th and up to about 3000

feet; also amongst bushes at San Rosendo on the lower

Biobio on January 5th. I found it nearly over at

Llai-llai on January Ist, and took a single female at over

4000 feet in the Chillan Valley on December 22nd.

10. Epinephele coctet.

H. coctei, Guérin, t.c., id., Mag. de Zool. Ins., Pl. XI

(1839).

Erebia cocter, Westwood, t. ¢., p. 380.

¢? Hpinephele coctet, Butler, Cat. Sat., p. 68 (1868) ;

2 Satyrus tragiscus, Reed, t.c., Pl. IL], fig. 3.

Guérin’s figure of this species is I think unmistakable.

It is a smaller species than the last, and probably distinct,

though it may be only a mountain form of it. I did not

find it anywhere in the low country, but first saw it

abundantly flying amone the scrubby bushes and grass

tufts in the Upper Biobio Valley above Lonquimay on

January 28th. From here as far south as the Rio

Limay it was common on suitable ground from 2000

up to about 4000 feet. The males are always, when

fresh, darker than the last, and the under-side is less

variegated, but I can find no distinction that I could

consider specific between the two. The only specimen

I find in the British Museum marked cocter is a female

from Talcahuano sent by Edmonds; Butler says he thinks

this is only a dwarfed form of ¢ristis.

11. Neomenas cenonymphina.

N. cenonymphina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond.,

1881, p. 454, Pl. X XI, fig. 4.

278 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

This is a species somewhat like the last above, but

perfectly distinct by the broad pale band on the hind-wing

below, and on both wings in the female above, which

Butler’s figure does not well show. According to Edmonds

it is local at Valparaiso. I did not take it myself.

12. Neomenas fractrfascia.

N. fractifascia, Butler, t.c., p. 455, Pl. XXI, fig. 3.

A very distinct species which I found scarce at San

Martin, near Lake Quillen, and in the forest at Port Blest

in February. It frequents open places in the forest, and

was also taken by Edmonds near the Baths of Chillan in

March. The female has much more red on both wings

above, but both sexes vary in this respect.

13. Neomenas servilia.

N. servilia, Wallengren, Kon, Vet. Akad. Forh., p. 78

(1858); id., Wien, Ent. Mon., iv, p. 36 (1860) ;

wd., Kug. Resa, p. 354, Pl. VI, fig. 1 ¢ (1861).

Stibomorpha decorata, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., x,

p. 205 (1874); zd., Lep. Exot., p. 179, Pl. LXII,

fig. 3 2 (1874).

I took one only at Cauquenes. It is not uncommon

at Valparaiso and elsewhere, and frequents bushy un-

cultivated ground, but is not, I think, found in the forest

region.

14. Neomenas wallengreni.

N. wallengrenii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 456, Pl. XXTI, fig. 5.

A rare species, which seems distinct from the last, and

is represented in the British Museum by two bad speci-

mens taken by Edmonds in the woods below the Baths

of Chillan in March. I did not find it myself.

15. Neomenas ? inornata, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 1 7,

2 ¢.)

This species seems to be most nearly allied toservilia, Wall.,

with which it agrees in size and shape, but it is darker in

colour above and has the under-side of the fore-wimg in

both sexes of a deeper rufous colour. The hind-wing below

is perfectly plain olive-grey with a darker marginal line.

The female has on the fore-wing above an indistinct black

ocellus, and both sexes have on the fore-wing below an

The Butterflies of Chile. 279

ocellus like that of servilia. As in that species there

is no sexual patch on the fore-wing of the male. It is

also somewhat like Argyrophenga simplex, Butler, but

larger and much more rufous above, and has the hind-

wings of a different shape. I can find no described species

to which it can be referred in any collection. 1 took two

males and one female at the Banos de Cauquenes on

December 15th, flying on a bushy hillside above the

Baths and settling on low trees.

16. Neomenas ? edmondsit.

Argyrophenga edmondsii, Butl., t.c., p. 457, Pl. XXI,

fig. 6.

I know this only from the very bad specimen in the

British Museum which Edmonds took in March 1880 in

woods below the Baths of Chillan.

17. Neomenas ? humilis.

Stygrus humilis, Felder, t.c., p. 489.

Butler identifies as above a distinct species with the

same markings as ambioriz, but the ocelli much smaller

and fainter. It can be distinguished, however, I think

from ambiorix, certainly by the absence of any chocolate

colour in the fore-wing below, and by the rounder and less

pointed fore-wings. Edmonds found it common in woods

near Valdivia. I only took two or three males in forest

at Quillen and near Lake Aluminé at about 3000 feet;

these agree with Edmonds’ specimens, which I have

compared with Felder’s type and find identical.

18. Cosmosatyrus leptoneuroides. (Plate XV, figs. 3 2, 4 2,

6 2.)

Cosmosatyrus leptoneuroides, Felder, t.c. p. 495, &.

Satyrus antarctica, Reed, t.¢., Pl. I, fig. 4.

Tetraphlebia germaini, id., t.c., explic. de las laminas,

lam. 11, fig. 4.

2=T. plumbeola, Butler, Cat. Sat., p. 95, Pl. I, fig. 11

(1868).

I first took this species in the Renaico Valley at

Maitenes, a farm of Mr. Bussey’s, about 2500 fect

elevation, when it was fresh out on January 24th, and

common in grassy openings in the woods. Afterwards it

280 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

became abundant everywhere, and was generally dis-

tributed at elevations of 3000 to 5000 feet in all suitable

situations. I have figured three specimens to show the

great variation which exists in the species. The type of

leptoneuroides is a very large male, and agrees well with

my largest. Though at first I thought that the androconia

on the male fore-wing of some specimens would distinguish

them, yet on careful comparison of my very large ‘series I

am unable to separate what Butler calls plwmbeola, which

he thinks the mountain form of Jleptonewroides. This,

which is often smaller, was found by Edmonds at 6000 feet

in January, but was not out when I left Chillan at the end

of December. The species does not seem to occur in the

low country or on the coast of Chile, as Reed says he has

never seen it. It is probable that what he figures as

S. antarctica is the same as p/winbeola Butler, described

from the Straits of Magellan, which however he does not

allude to in his paper on Edmonds’ collection. This is also

found at Port Famine, and was placed with plumbeola in

the British Museum by Butler. Staudinger also figures as

Erebia plumbeola, var. Duseni, a variety of the same form

from the Rio Aysen in 8. Chile, showing that the species

has a continuous distribution from about the latitude of 38°

to the far south of Chile. From the figure of Duseni I

do not see much to distinguish it, and it is to be hoped

that the practice of giving varietal names to specimens of

whose distribution and variation so little is known will not

be adopted as largely by authors as it has been in the

Holarctic Butterfly Fauna.

19. Cosmosatyrus chiliensis. (Plate XV, figs. 9 J, 10 2.)

Satyrus chiliensis, Guérin, t.c., p. 280; Atlas, Ins.,

Pl. XVI, figs. 4, 5 (1832).

Stibomorpha veedii, Butler, Lep. Exot., p. 180 (1874).

This is one of the common species of Chile which I

first took in the Chillan Valley at about 3000 feet in

December, when it was just coming out. Afterwards I

found it on the coast near Coronel rather worn, and later

it was common in the Renaico Valley at 2000 feet, and

was found almost everywhere up to about 3000 to 4000 feet

and as far south as Nahuelhuapi, where, however, the

specimens show differences which might enable those

from Argentina to be separated from those taken in

Chile. In order to show these differences clearly, and

The Butterflies of Chile. 281

also how chiliensis can be separated from the next

species, I have figured a male and female from the

east side of Lake Nahuelhuapi, the farthest point south

which I visited. These were flying on grassy pampas

where the rainfall is very much less than in Chile and

the snowfall and cold of winter much greater, and theit

markings show a good deal more resemblance to those of

monticolens. It is possible that this form may prove

distinct from chiliensis.

20. Cosmosatyrus monticolens. (Plate XV, figs. 7 ¢, 8 §.)

Satyrus monticolens Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 484, Pl. XXI, fig. 1.

I first found this at the head of the Lolco Valley on the

road to Lonquimay, at about 5000 feet, and was at once

certain from its flight that it was a species new to me,

Instead of a slow short flight among bushes like that of

chilvensis, it has a rapid straight flight of 20 to 50 yards

backwards and forwards over wet subalpine meadows always

amongst grass and stones, and was in consequence much

harder to catch. It was afterwards found between the

Aluminé Lake and Pulmari on similar ground at about

4500 feet, and also near San Martin on a mountain side at

6000 feet. It varies considerably, and I have figured a

pair from Pulmari to show the differences between it and

chiliensis. These agree fairly well with Butler’s type,

which came from the mountains above the Baths of

Chillan, where it had not yet appeared at the end of

December.

Cosmosatyrus williamsianus.

Arge williamsianus, Butler, Cat. Sat., p. 159, Pl. IV,

fig. 1 (1868).

(Hneis antarcticus, Mabille, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (3), 1,

p. 142, Pl. X, figs. 5, 6.

The type of williamsianus in the British Museum is a

female in bad condition from Port Famine, Patagonia, and

has been compared with the type of Geis antarcticus,

which appears to be identical. I believe that it is very

nearly allied to, if not identical with, monticolens ; the

shape of the wings and the white veins on the hind-wing

below being similar, and the difference not more than one

might expect in the species when starved and dwarfed by

an ungenial climate.

282 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

21. Argyrophorus argenteus.

A, argenteus, Blanchard, Fauna Chil. vu, p. 30.

Chionobas argenteus, vd., t.c., Pl. II, figs. 9-11.

This is one of the most beautiful and unique butterflies

in Chile, or I may say in the world, and as its habits are

undescribed I will give an account of them, as I had ample

opportunities of observing it. Though found at various

places in the mountains it seems local. Mr. Calvert has

taken it on the Campana Mountain near Quillota, and

Edmonds says he took it near La Union in the province

of Valdivia, but at what elevation he does not mention.

I first found it in the Villacura Valley east of the Pemehue

range at the end of January, where it was abundant at

about 3000 feet on grassy hillsides and flats covered with

long tufted herbage. In the morning when it first begins

to move, and before the wind has become strong, it may be

taken without much difficulty, though even then it 1s very

shy. Later it flies in the sun with such rapidity that it is

only by waiting in the line of flight that you can take them,

The brilliance of the shining silvery wings of this butterfly

make it a most beautiful and striking object when fresh,

but they soon become worn and broken, and a very large

proportion of those I took were not worth keeping. All

along the upper valley of the Biobio and on the Argentine

side of the frontier about Lake Aluminé I found it common

up to about 4000 feet, always on the grassy hill-sides but

never in the forest. It settles on the ground amongst tufts

of grass, and the larva is no doubt a grass-feeder. It was

common about San Martin and as far south as the valley

of the Limay, and when I re-crossed the Andes at the end

of February I saw one or two in the Aconcagua Valley

at about 6000 feet elevation.

22. Faunula stelligera. (Plate XV, figs. 1 f, 2 2.)

fF. stellagera, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 460, Pl. XXI, fig. 10.

I found this species common on the grassy hillsides and

ridges above timber-line near the Bafios de Chillan at

6000 to 7000 feet in December, when many specimens

were already worn. The flight and habits are essentially

like those of the Alpine grass Erebias, and as it never

occurs far from the dwarfed form of “ colihue” (a bamboo-

grass very like the Arundinarias of the Himalayas) which

covers large areas of these mountain-sides, I have little

The Butterflies of Chile. 283

doubt that the larve feed on this plant. The specimens

taken here average much larger than those which I after-

wards found abundant in January and February above

Loleo and near Pulmari, Quillen, and San Martin in

Argentina, always at elevations of 4000 to 6000 feet. They

vary a great deal, and some do not show as plainly as

others the toothed band on the hind-wing below which is

characteristic of the species, though Butler’s figure does

not show it. I have figured a pair from Lolco.

23. Faunula leucoglene. (Plate XIV, fig. 6 f.)

F. leucoglene, Felder, t.¢., p. 488.

This is essentially a high Alpine species, which I only

took myself on the top of the pass from Loico to Lonquimay

on January 27th at 8000 feet. Here it flew among stones in

a very exposed situation among a rich variety of Alpine

plants, sheltering itself from the high wind behind stones,

and so difficult to approach that in an hour's work I only

took one pair. It also occurs in the Cordillera near Santiago

at Condes, at 6000 feet according to Calvert, at 7000 to

10,000 according to Edmonds.

This species 1s curiously similar in appearance to Hrebiola

butleri, an Alpine species from New Zealand.

I saw a butterfly which looked like this on the Argentine

side of the Mendoza Pass near Las Cuevas, at about 10,000

feet, but failed to catch it.

24. Neosatyrus ambiorir.

N. ambioriz, Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon., iv, p. 36

(1860); 2d., Eug. Resa, Pl. VI, fig. 2 (1861).

2N. minimus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 461, PIXE fies 7

This is a common forest insect wherever dense growth

of bamboos is found, and usually occurs m great numbers,

though hard to get in really fresh condition. I found it

at Bafios de Cauquenes and Bajios de Chillan up to 6000

feet in December, in the Pemehue Mountains at the head

of the Renaico Valley in January, and all along the

Argentine frontier at 3000 to 4000 feet in February. Both

sexes vary a good deal in the ocelli of the under-side, and

those taken at Cauquenes may belong to a different form

from those taken in Argentina and Pemehue, the males

when fresh having a distinct fulvous tinge at the base of

the wings above which is not seen in those from Pemehue

284. Mr. H. J. Elwes on

and Argentina. The females also of the Cauquenes form

are brighter-coloured above, much more yellow below, and

with larger ocelli. 1. minimus appears to be a small

starved variety of doubtful origin, and impossible to

describe from the specimen which is in the British

Museum collection.

25. Neosatyrus ? simplex.

Argyrophenga simplex, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 458.

Specimens of this agree with Butler’s type in the

British Museum taken by Edmonds above the Baths of

Chillan in March. I found it only in one place in a grassy

valley at about 5000 feet on the road from Lolco to

Lonquimay on January 27th. I took six or seven males

all in the same place which vary a good deal, most of them

being without the white dash on the hind-wing below which

exists in the type. It flies among the low bushes like an

Epinephele, and should be placed, I think, near Neosatyrus

ambworix, which it resembles in form and flight.

26. Neosatyrus vesagus. (Plate XIV, figs. 9 $,10 @.)

Erebia vesagus, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn.

ep, Panny ies also):

Homeonympha pusilla, Felder, t. ¢., p. 487.

Neosatyrus ochreivittatus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1881, p. 462.

NV. violaceus, id., t. c., p. 463, Plate XXI, fig. 8.

? N. hahni, Mabille, Miss. Cap. Horn. Lep., p. 3, Pl. I,

fig. 3.

? Erelna boisduvaliz, Blanchard, ¢. ¢., p. 32.

I am by no means sure of the above synonymy, as the

specimens before me vary a good deal and may belong to

two species.

First I have the type of vesagus in the Hewitson collection

from South America, which is undoubtedly the same as

violaceus and ochreivittatus, of which the types from Chillan

and Chile are in the British Museum. Also a pair of the

same from Valparaiso (Walker) in Mr. Godman’s collection ;

and a pair which I took at Coronel on December 19th, in

which the bands of the hind-wing below are less distinct.

Then I have a pair which I took near the Baths of Chillan

where Edmonds got the type of violaceus ; these, though

otherwise very like vesagus, have a distinct marginal band

The Butterflies of Chile. 285

of spots on hind-wing below, and seem to agree very

nearly with Felder’s type of pusilla. I have figured these

as none of the figures cited are satisfactory.

Then I have what seems a smaller species which has the

bands less distinct and the spots more so, which Butler calls

hoisduvalii, and of which two males and a female are in

Mr. Godman’s collection from Concepcion (Walker) close

to Coronel, where I took the larger form above-men-

tioned.* Then I have a single male from some part

of Chile which comes very near the figure of Hahnu

from Punta Arenas, which looks like, and probably is, a

starved southern form of the same. Until we get much

more ample material from intermediate localities in the

south the specific identity of these forms must remain

undecided.

27. Neosatyrus nycteropus. (Plate XIV, figs. 7 3, 8 2.)

Neosatyrus nyctexopus, Reed, t. c., Plate II, fig. 2.

I can find no other name for or description of this

species. What Reed speaks of in the explanation of the

plates as Hipparchia boisduvalvi is the same, but that name

cannot be identified certainly, and the figure Reed gives

of the under-side cannot I think be mistaken for that of any

other species. I can distinguish this from all others in Chile

known to me, by the distinct scalloped band on the hind-

wing below outwardly edged with white,in which Neosatyrus

hahnii, which I have referred to vesagus, resembles it more

than any other. On the upper-side both sexes usually (but

not always the male) have a fulvous submarginal band on

the hind-wing above not reaching either the costa or

inner margin of the wing.

I know this insect from two pairs taken at Coquimbo

by Walker in Collection Godman, a male and female

given me by Mr. Paulsen of Quillota, and three males

which I took on the scrubby hill-sides near Llai-llai on

January Ist. It seems, therefore, to be confined to the

coast region of Central Chile.

28. Neosatyrus reedii. ‘

N. reedit, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 463,

Pl. XXI, fig. 9, var. fuscescens, id., t. ¢., p. 485.

This is a distinct species, which I did not take. It was

* What Blanchard called Boisduvalii came from the Straits of

Magellan and is probably same as Hahnui, but I cannot recognize it

by the description.

286 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

described by Butler from Reed’s collection without definite

locality, and is distinguished by the broad pale band on

hind-wing below. The figure of /Janiroides in Gay’s plate

(Fauna Chilena, Pl. III, fig 2), which Butler gives as a

synonym, is I think impossible to identify.

29. Tetraphlebia germainii. (Plate XV, fig. 5 2.)

T. germainii, Felder, t. ¢., p. 488.

Satyrus promaucana, Reed, t. ¢., Plate III, fig. 5.

I took the male of this in the woods below Chillan at

about 4000 feet at the end of December, and a single worn

female in the Villacura Valley at 3000 feet on January

25th. Itis a very distinct species. Reed says that it is

not scarce in the central provinces, but specimens are rare

in collections.

NYMPHALID.

30. HLuptoieta hortensia.

Argynnis hortensia, Blanchard, ¢.¢., p. 24.

This species does not seem common anywhere, but I

took specimens at Quillota, San Rosendo, and San Ignacio

in January.

31. Argynnis cytheris.

Papilio cytheris, Drury, Il]. Exot. Ent., ii, Pl. IV, figs.

3, 4 (1773).

Argynnis siga, Hiibner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett, figs. 677,

678 (1832).

One of the commonest butterflies all over the country,

and found from the sea-level up to at least 7000 to 8000 feet

near the Baths of Chillan. It extends from about Copiapo

in the north to as far south as the Straits of Magellan ;

and though it has several synonyms I cannot distinguish

any marked local varieties, except perhaps the one found

in the Falkland Islands. The largest and palest I have

is a female from 7000 feet elevation taken above timber-

line at Chillan, though probably it was bred in the valley

below. The smallest are those from the low forest country

near Mulchen and Tolten, though Edmonds says the con-

trary is the case. It occurred in Argentina as far south as

Nahuelhuapi.

32. Argynnis lathonioides.

A. lathoniwides, Blanchard, ¢. ¢., p. 22, Pl. H, figs. 1, 2.

The Butterflies of Chile. 287

? A. anna, id., t.¢., p. 23.

? A. dexamene, Boisduval, Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr., 1859,

De low

The only place where I took this species was in the

Horcones Valley near Puente del Inca in Argentine terri-

tory at about 10,000 feet, on December 12th, 1901, where

it was not uncommon. Most of my specimens were lost,

but Fitzgerald took one probably in the same locality, now

in the British Museum, and Edmonds found it in the

mountains above the Baths of Cauquenes at 6000 feet in

January. It is very rare in collections, and the females

might easily be mistaken for pale examples of the same

sex of cytheris. The male, however, is very unlike

the male of that species and very similar to its own

female. It seems to be a true mountain species confined

to the northern parts of the country, and perfectly distinct

from either cytheris or modesta.

33. Argynnis modesta.

A, modesta, Blanchard, ¢. ¢., p. 24, Pl. IT, figs. 3, 4.

I found this first above the Banos de Chillan at 7000 to

8000 feet on bare stony ridges above timber-line. Here

it was very hard to take, as it flew very fast aud quite close

to the ground, and was also very shy. I spent at least an

hour in securing two specimens, though they kept returning

to the same spots on little bare sandy places close to the

peaks but a little sheltered from the high wind. I did not

take the female, but have one from Edmonds, who found

it in the same place as the last but 2000 to 4000 feet higher ~

up. Ialso saw it and caught one specimen in Argentine

territory near Lake Aluminé at about 5000 feet on January

30th. It froze hard the previous night in our camp but

was very hot in the afternoon.

34, Pyramets carye.

Hamadryas decora carye, Hiibner, Samml. Exot.

Schmett, i, Pl. XLV (1806).

Common in the low country, but not found by me in

the mountains.

35. Pyrameis terpsichore.

Vanessa terpsichore, Philippi, Lin. Ent., xiv, p. 266

(1860).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (OCT.) 20

288 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

Taken at San Rosendo, San Ignacio, Lolco, and on

Lake Llanquihue in December, January, and February,

and at San Martin in Argentina up to about 3000 feet.

LYCHANIDA.

36. Scolitantides collina.

Lycena collina, Philippi, t. ¢., p. 270.

LL. lyrnessa, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi, p. 107

(1874).

? Scolitantides plumbea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 486.

This belongs to a group which is represented in the

Andes of Bolivia by S. speciosa, Stgr., in Peru by vapa, Ster

and in Ecuador by an unnamed species of which there

are specimens in the British Museum. I am uncertain

whether plwmbea, Butler, is identical; Edmonds thought it

was only a variety, and though the type is larger and

duller in tint, I find no character in it to enable me to say

decisively. I took a single specimen exactly like the

type of plumbea, but am uncertain of the locality. I found

the species very abundant at 5000 to 6000 feet near the

Baths of Chillan in December, and also took it in the

Sierra de Pemehue in January. It frequents bushy ground

and also the bare ridges above timber-line. Philippi says

he took it on the hills near Santiago.

37. Scolitantides andina.

S. andina, Calvert, An. Univ. Chile, xxxiv, p. 832

(1894).

¢ Lycena endymion, Blanchard, t.c., p. 37, Pl. II,

fig. 3 a, b.

I cannot identify this species with certainty, as, if

Blanchard’s plate is correct, the under-side is different from

that of Calvert’s species which I know from two females sent

by him to the British Museum, where they stood without

name. I found the same species common near Puente

del Inca on December 11th, flying on bare ground among

grass tufts at about 9500 feet near the entrance to the

Horcones Valley. It differs from collina in the colour above,

which is more greenish in the male and grey in the female.

Beneath the markings are very like those of collina, but

the female has no red on the under or upper surface of

The Butterflies of Chile. 289

the wings. Calvert’s species was taken near Condes above

Santiago at 3000 metres elevation.

Endymion is said by Blanchard to come from Coquimbo.

It appears that Kirby in Cat. Diur. Lep., p. 377, gave

the name of Szbyl/a to Blanchard’s figure, because the name

endymion was pre-occupied. I prefer to use the name of

andina.

38. Scolitantides chilensis.

Lycena chilensis, Blanchard, ¢. c., p. 37, Pl. II, fig. 4

CaO!

2 Polyommatus atahwalpa, Wallengren, Wien. Ent.

Mon., iv, p. 37 (1860).

I found this species common at Banos de Cauquenes in

December. It is also found, according to Edmonds, at

Valparaiso and Copiapo.

39. Lampides trigemmatus.

L. trigemmatus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p: £68.

This species seems to be peculiar to the north of Chile.

Besides the types in the British Museum there are four

specimens from Tarapaca. It is nearly allied to L. telicanus

of Europe.

40, Thecla bicolor.

Lycxna ? bicolor, Philippi, t.¢., p. 269.

2 Theela quadrimaculata f , Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag.,

xi, p. 106 (1874).

I am not convinced of the specific distinction of this

species from the next; it may be a mountain form of it.

The only specimen I have is labelled Puente del Inca,

but Iam inclined to think that this label has been misplaced.

The specimen is smaller, and on the under-side somewhat

different from qguadrimaculata. The males of both forms

have a large sexual patch in the fore-wing, which has led

Butler to put them in the genus Callipsyche, Scudd. The

type was taken near Santiago.

41. Theela quadrimaculata.

2 7. quadrimaculata, Hewitson, /. ¢.

Hewitson appears also to have doubted the distinctness

of this from the last, as he has put the female type as the

290 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

male of bicolor, I took two males of what Butler calls

quadrimaculata at Coronel and one at Banos de Cauquenes,

both at low elevations.

42. Strymon americensis.

Thecla americensis, Blanchard, t.c., p. 38.

I took a pair on the road up to the Baths of Chillan at

about 2000 feet on December 20th, and found it also near

Temuco and at San Ignacio in January. Edmonds took

it at Valparaiso, Valdivia and Cauquenes. The male

has the same sexual patch as bicolor, with which I think

it is congeneric,

PIERIDA.

43. Heliochroma leucothea.

Papilio (D.) lewcothea, Molina, Saggio sulla Storia

Naturale del Chili, libr. iv, p. 347 (1782).

Pieris gayi, Blanchard, t.c., p. 10, Pl. I, fig. 4.

Though Edmonds says this is common in the Cordillera

of the Cauquenes hacienda in January, I was informed

by M. Germain, the veteran entomologist of the Museum

at Santiago, who knows the insects of Chile very well

though he has never written on the Lepidoptera, that the

species was confined to the coast, where it comes out early

in spring. I only saw it near Coronel in December flying

among bushes where I was unable to take it.

44. Terias chilensis.

fT’. chilensis, Blanchard, t.c., p. 17, Pl. J, fig. 5 a, 0.

I only saw it near Llai-llai on January Ist in irrigated

fields. It seems to be common at low elevations.

45. Callidryas drya.

Papilio drya, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 478 (1775).

Callidryas drya, Butler, Lep. Exot., p. 61, Pl. XXIII,

figs. 5-8 (1871).

C. amphitrite, Blanchard, t. ¢., p. 20, Pl. V, figs. 1, 2.

A few were seen in the lower part of the Aconcagua

Valley. Edmonds says it is common at Valparaiso and

is found at Copiapo, and occurs almost throughout the

year. He found the larva on Cassia.

The Butterflies of Chile. 291

46. Colias lesbia.

Papilio lesbia, Fabricius, t.¢., p. 477.

This was abundant and very variable at Buenos Ayres,

and was found as high as 9000 feet near Puente del Inca.

I also took a single albino female on the Chilean side of

the pass at about 9000 feet on December 18th. I cannot

find that the species has been recorded previously west of

the Andes, and I did not find it anywhere in Argentina

along the frontier.

47. Colias vauthiert.

C. vauthieri, Guérin, Voy. de la Coquille, Pl. XV,

fig, 2 (1829).

a C. rutilans, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Lep., p. 642, Pl.

XIX, fig. 3 (1836).

C. minuscula, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 470; Pl xox fo

C. cunninghami, id., t.c., p. 471.

Very abundant everywhere in Chile and in Argentina

along the frontier from sea-level up to 8000 feet and

probably higher. Extremely variable in size and in the

colour and markings of the female; of which, however,

I have never seen an orange form. I could not see that

climate had any influence on the species, those from the

cold and windy plains about Lake Nahuelhuapi being

as large and bright as those from the damp warm forest

near Temuco.

The spring brood, however (minuscula, Butl.), which I

did not find, is small, and has a narrower black border on

both wings, and Cunninghami, Butl., is a narrow-winged

southern form from Sandy Point.

48, ? Colias cuwanthe.

Colias ewxanthe, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep., u, p. 196

(1865).

I took what I believe to be this species in the Horcones

Valley near Puente del Inca at about 10,000 feet on

December 12th, but the specimens were unfortunately lost

on the road when starting for Chile, and I have never

been able to recover the bag which contained them. As

it is a native of the mountains of Bolivia and Peru, there is

nothing improbable in its extending southwards.

292 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

49, Phulia nymphula.

Pieris nymphula, Blanchard, t.c., p. 14, Pl. I, fig. 3

C10:

? Phulia nymphea, Staudinger, Iris, vii, p. 49 (1894).

Taken near Puente del Inca in the Horcones Valley

at 10,000 feet on December 11th, and on the pass in

February at 11,000 feet. Chilean specimens are some-

what larger than those in the British Museum taken in

Bolivia by Sir M. Conway, and what Staudinger describes

as nymphea seems inseparable.

50. Tatochila autodice. (Plate XII, figs. 1—4.)

42 Synchloe autodice, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schmett,

i, Pl. CXX VII, 1—4 (1816).

2 Pontia mercedis, Eschscholtz, Kotzebue’s Reise,

ili, p. 215, Pl. IX, figs. 22 a, b-—36 (1821).

var.? Pieris microdice, Blanchard, t. ¢., p. 14. (Plate

MT igs) 5,76.)

I have had great difficulty in naming the Tatochilas I

found in Chile on account of their variation, and because

Blanchard has described three forms without figures which

I cannot identify certainly.

The first is a well-known species which occurs all over

Argentina and Chile, and is known as autodice, Hiibn.

This I took near Buenos Ayres. When I crossed the pass

into Chile, I saw flying on the head of the valley at about

9000 feet a small silvery form, of which I have figured a

f on Plate XII, fig. 5. This had a rapid flight and

appears to be distinct, and to be what Blanchard called

microdice. I could not find the female here, but two

months later found what I think is the same species fairly

common at 4000 feet and upwards on the Argentine

frontier near Lake Aluminé, and as far south as Lake

Nahuelhuapi. Of these I have figured a female from

Lake Quillen, fig. 2, one from Nahuelhuapi, fig. 6, and

one from the Sierra de Pemehue, in Chile, fig. 1. A male

from Pulmari is like the figure which Mabille calls theodice

in Miss. Cap. Horn Lep., xi, fig. 2.

51. Tatochila demodice. (Plate XII, figs. 7 2, 8 ¥.)

2 Pieris demodice, Blanchard, ¢.¢., p. 13.

Tatochila argyrodice, Staudinger, Hamb. Magal.

Sammelreise Lep., p. 14, fig. 11 (1899).

? Pieris theodice, Boisduval, Voy. Astr. Lep., p. 51

(1832), 2 dimorph. apud Staudinger, /. ¢.

The Butterflies of Chile. 293

This species was common at Bajios de Cauquenes in

December, in the Pemehue range in January, and down

south as far as Nahuelhuapi in February, practically at

all the localities where I found the last species. I have

figured a pair from San Martin, Pl. XII, figs. 7 ¢,

8 ?. What I take to be a form of the same species is

found as far south as the Straits of Magellan, where it

is known as argyrodice, Stgr. Of this I have figured a

pair (Pl. XII, figs. 9 ¢, 10 2) taken by Walker at Punta

Arenas. These are probably if not certainly the same as

what Staudinger calls theodice, Bdv., of which he makes

demodice, Blanch., a synonym, but a large series are

necessary to understand the variation of this species.

52. TLatochila theodice.

Preris theodice, Blanchard, t.c., p. 12, Pl. I, fig. 1 a, 0.

Tatochila blanchardii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 472, Pl. XXI, fig. 15.

Lastly we have a species which is perhaps a second

brood of one or the other species usually identified with

theodice, Blanch. (nec Bdv.) = Blanchardii, Butl.

This is easily distinguished by the double bar at the

end of the cell, and extends from as far north as Islay in

Peru to about lat. 38°, where I took it at San Ignacio in

January. It seems to be common at Valparaiso, ‘and is in

Mr. Godman’s collection from Valdivia. Xanthodice, Lucas,

is another mountain species which is common in Ecuador

and Bolivia, but has not been found in Chile, though

Mabille figures under this name in the Miss. du Cap.

Horn. Lep., Pl. I, fig. 1, a species which appears to me

very near argyrodice, Steger.

PAPILIONIDA.

53. Papilio bias,

P. mas, Roger, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bord., 1 (1826).

I saw this in the Botanical Gardens at Santiago, but

not elsewhere, though Edmonds records it as common at

Valparaiso in successive broods from October to June.

HESPERIIDAL.

54. Hesperia fusca. (Plate XIII, figs. 1 f, 2 2.)

HT, fusca, Reed, Mon. Marip. Chil., p. 81 (1877).

This was common near Lolco in one place at the

confluence of the Lolco with the Biobio river at about 2500

294 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

feet. It seems a rare species, but I have a pair from

Copiapo, and Reed says it occurs in the province of

Valdivia. The male figured is from Lolco and the female

from Copiapo.

55. Hesperia americanus.

Syrichthus americanus, Blanchard, ¢. ¢., p. 44, Pl. II,

fig. 10.

I took this at the Baths of Cauquenes and at Coronel,

but it does not seem common anywhere.

56, Hesperia fulvovittatus.

Pyrgus fulvovittatus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 475.

This was described from a single specimen in Edmonds’

collection, locality unknown. There are some from Callao

collected by Walker in the British Museum collection

which seem very close, and it may not be a Chilean species.

57. Hesperia trisignatus. (Plate XIII, figs. 3 2, 4 2.)

Scelothrix trisignatus, Mabille, Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr.,

1875, p. cexiv.

? Hesperia notata, var. valdiviana, Reed, l.c., p. 81.

I took a single female at Quillota and another near

Llai-llai on January Ist. Afterwards I found it abundant

on a dry bushy plain below the Quillen lake in Argentina

on February 2nd at about 3000 feet. Here it was flying

about small bushes close to the ground. The male figured

is from Quillen and the female from Quillota. There are

specimens in the British Museum collection from Callao

and Coquimbo taken by Walker.

A co-type of valdiviana in coll. British Museum looks

like a variety of the same species but may be distinct.

58. Hylephila fasciolata. (Pl. XIII, fig 7 2.)

a Hesperia fasciolata, Blanchard, ¢.¢, p. 42, PI. II,

hie: (:

DME SLONALH, 10., UC.

IT am not sure that I took this myself, though I found

a pair in one of my boxes without locality. It seems

rarer than the next species, though Kdmonds took it at

Copiapo, Cauquenes, Valparaiso and Valdivia.

The Butterflies of Chale. 295

59. Hylephila fulva. (Plate XIII, figs. 5 f, 6 9, 8 9, var.)

Hesperia fulva, Blanchard, t.c., p. 48, Pl. III, fig. 8.

I found this common in many places and have specimens

from Coronel, Cauquenes, Llai-llai, San Ignacio and

Lolco. The female from the Renaico Valley (fig. 8)

belongs. to the form mentioned by Butler as being larger

and with more markings than the other. The originals of

figs. 5 and 6 are from Lolco.

The species comes near phylewus, Drury, which has a

very wide range in America and extends as far south as

Buenos Ayres. A specimen from thence in the British

Museum seems very near fulva, Both these species

frequent grassy places in the open.

60. Argopteron aureipennis.

Syrichthus aureipennis, Blanchard, t.c., p. 40, Pl. I,

figs. 5 a, 5 b and 6.

I took this in the dense forest on the shores of Lake

Lacar near San Martin on February 8th, where it settles

on the bamboo and has exactly the same habits as the next

species. On the under-side the male is like puelmex, but

the female has the fore-wing below much more like

Jruticolens. 'The white spots on the under-side shown in

Gay’s fig. 5b are not in my specimens, and as Gay says, “sin

mancha alguna,” I presume this is an error of the artist.

I think I also saw this species at Puerto Blest on Nahuel-

huapi, and Edmonds found it at Valdivia.

61. Argopteron puclme. (Plate XIII, figs. 11 g, 12 2.)

Cyclopides puelmex, Calvert, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxv, p. 34

(1888).

I found this beautiful species very abundant among the

bamboo in the dense forest on the Pemehue range at

3000 to 4000 feet between Maitenes and Chilpa on January

26th. The flight is quite peculiar, and the insect settles on

bamboo leaves and also the orange flowers of Alstremeria

aurantiaca in the sunny openings of the forest. It seems to

represent aureipeniis in the north, but has a limited range.*

62. Butleria fruticolens. (Plate XIII, figs. 9 f, 10 2.)

Cyclopides fruticolens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

HSSI- pp. 477, E> Xox tomes

* It seems impossible to reproduce by chromo-lithography the

shining gold of the under-side which makes this such a conspicuous

insect when flying.

296 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

Steropes tripunctatus, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Belg., xxxv,

p. lxiv (1891).

I found this along the frontier at 3000 to 4000 feet in

forest from the Pemehue range as far south as Puerto Blest.

The female figured is from the latter locality and the

male from Chilpa. It does not seem to vary in the

mountains so much as on the coast, where Edmonds found

it at Corral in March. Butler has described three varieties

as tractipennis, quadrinotatus and pulcher, which differ in

the number of spots on the upper-side and in other minor

characters. In Mr. Godman’s collection is a male from

Chile marked “tripunctatus=type, Mab.” This is described

as coming from high mountains.

63. Butleria philippit.

Cyclopides philippui, Butler, l.c., p. 479, Pl. XXI,

Very near the last but has an additional silver stripe

on the hind-wings below which I have never found

in fruticolens. I did not take this species, which occurs

at Las Zonas in Valdivia.

64. ? Butleria sotoi.

Cyclopides sotoi, Reed, Mon. Mar. Chil., p. 86 (1877).

The only specimen of this in British Museum marked

“type” seems distinct from either of the last by the

yellowish colour at base of both wings below, and the

presence of a spot on the hind-wing below. Reed

took it in the hacienda of Cauquenes, but does not

say at what elevation. I found a single worn speci-

men, which I believe is identical, in thick forest by the

waterfall at Las Trancas, the last station below the Baths

of Chillan, at about 4000 feet, on December 24th, but

neither this nor the type are in good enough condition to

figure.

65. Butleria flavomaculatus.

2 Syrichthus flavomaculatus, Blanchard, ¢.c¢., p. 44, Pl.

LUBE ree SR oni

? Butleria vicina, Reed, t.c., p. 88.

The next three or four species are nearly allied to each

other, but I have not sufficient material to define them

accurately, and their synonymy is doubtful.

What seems to agree best with Blanchard’s plate is a

The Butterflies of Chile. 297

small species which I took on the edge of the forest at

Lake Quillen, and which is distinguished from the others

by the spots of the under-side being yellow and not white

or silvery. This is in Mr. Godman’s collection from

Staudinger as paniscoides, Blanch. The description of

this is not sufficient in my opinion to identify it by, or to

separate it from flavomaculatus on the material before me.

66. Butleria valdivianus. (Plate XIII, figs. 15 2,16 9,

ae 2.

Syrichthus valdivianus, Philippi, Linn. Ent., xiv, p.

272 (1860).

? Carterocephalus exornatus, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep.,

Pp; 02 PEG XERING fies; FS; 19° (1867):

? Butleria paniscordes, Reed, t. ¢., p. 82.

I found this species common both in the Pemehue range

at about 3000 feet, and in the marshy places on the edge

of the forest at Quillen, from which locality I figure a pair

(figs. 15 and 16). The original of fig. 17 is from Lolco.

It varies extremely in the spots of the hind-wing below,

which, however, seem to me to distinguish it from the

last species by their silvery white colour, and from the

next by the irregularity of the marginal series, which are

sometimes faint or absent. On the inner and costal

margins of the hind-wing below, these spots often coalesce

into a streak; as is also sometimes the case in the next

species. Hxornatus is described as from Valparaiso.

67. Butleria polyspilus. (Plate XIII, fig. 18 2.)

2? Carterocephalus polyspilus, Felder, Verh. Z. B. Wien.,

xu, p. 495 (1862).

I identify this with great doubt. In Mr. Godman’s

collection there are three’ specimens named C. exornatus,

Feld. I am not certain whether it is distinct from the last,

but have found it in much more open grassy places, and

took it in the valley of the Traful river in Argentine

territory as well as at Quillen. The specimen figured is

from the Traful Valley.

68. Butleria bissexguttatus. (Plate XIII, figs. 13 Z, 14 2.)

2 Steopes (sic) bissexguttatus, Philippi, Linn. Ent., xiv,

p. 272 (1860).

I found this first in the forest at Temuco on January

3rd, and afterwards at several places in the Pemehue range

List OF CHILEAN BUTTERFLIES SHOWING

298 Mr. H. J. Elwes on

and Argentina always in or close to the heavy forest. It is

easily distinguished by the colour of the under-side from the

allied species above. The specimens figured are from Chilpa.

69. Thanaos funeralis.

Nisoniades funeralis, Scudder and Burgess, Proc. Bost.

Nat. Hist. Soc., xiii, p. 293, fig. 7 (1870).

Butier includes this on Edmonds’ authority, but no

locality is given for it, and I think the identification highly

dubious. In the forest on the Pemehue range I am

certain that I saw a Hesperiid belonging to this group,

but did not succeed in taking it.

THEIR DISTRIBUTION AND RANGE.

OOD CON He

| 27

A E | ELSE-

a | CENTRAL. ze WHERE.

4 | n |

SATYRIDE. |

Elina lefebvret, Guer..............++- | x low dese |

», wanessoides, Blanch. .........| ... |x low ese |

», neomyriotdes, Blanch........ | |x middle eases |

MEA COLUCTIU UH S senate teeters | ... |x middle

Pedatliodes flora, Phil. ............... |... |x low bes a

Epinephele edmondsii, Butl......... ... |x middle ... | Argentina

e janirioides, Blanch. ... |x low Peers

a monachus, Blanch...... ... |x lowand middle

tristis, Guér. ............| x |x low and middle |

a COCLEU, (GUI aecceneneeere ; ... |X lowand middle| ...

Neomenas cenonymphina, Butl...| ... |x low

5 Fractifascia, Butl.......| ... |x middle

- servilia, Wall............ PS nLOW, [Nera

ae wallengrenii, But). ...) ... |x middle ea

an WNOyNAtH, TM. S......0.06- (ieeeal scal ow: eae |

f.. edmondsii, Butl......... x middle leita

humilis, Feld Pp seaccaic ... |x lowand middle| x |

Cosmosatyr us leptoneuroides, Feld.| ... | x middle ligeee

», var. plumbeolus, Buti.| ... |x middle Weer

es chiliensis, Guér...... |... |x lowand middle} x |

aA monticolens, Butl....| .... |x middle Sea ||

», var. williamsianus, Butl. | ... ane x

Argyrophorus argenteus, Blanch. | x? x middle

Faunula stelligera, Butl............. | ... |x middle

es leucoglene, Feld. ......... eo. [Selene |

Neosatyrus ambiorix, Wall. ...... | ... |x lowand middle] ... |

:: simplex, Butl. ......... | ... |x middle es,

+ vesagus, Doubl.......... |... |x low Saal

- nycteropus, Reed. ......| ... |x low 486

si TCCUUYsWDUble weeeasecece x low WSS

Tetraphlebia germainii, Feld. x middle

The Butterflies of Chile. 299

Zz CENTRAL. z WHERE

; eres

— = = — | —

NYMPHALID. |

30 | Euptoicta hortensia, Blanch. ...... x low | aise 7

\¢ ee Se : { Falklands and’

31) Argynnis cytheris, Drury ......... x x lowand middle| x “(Magellan

32 - lathonioides, Blanch. ... |x middleand high we

33 modesta, Blanch. ......... --. |x high

34 | Pyrameis carye, Hiibn. ............ x |x low

35 of terpsichore, Phil..........| ... |x low and middle |

LYCENID. |

36 | Scolitantides collina, Phil. ......... |x middleandhigh| ...

37 me andina, Calv. ......... x high eee

38 a chilensis, Blanch. ...| ... | x low

39 | Lampides trigemmatus, Butl....... | x | me

£00), Thecla, bicolor. Phil sseesesee sere: |... |x middle? high #

pal > quadrimaculata, Hew. =] ee) oo low

42 | Strymon americensis, Blanch....... x low |

PIERID&. | | |

43 | Heliochroma leucothea, Mol. ...... x low

AS) Tervas chitensts, Blanche... ee |< lows:

45 | Callidryas drya, Faby. ............ x |x low

CNT CONTA UAREUO, MEN OTES pacecece ecohosece | ... |x high? Ex

47 >, vauthiert, Guér. .............. | Seale low and middle x ae

48 55 hetnantie, Belds sesssss.-- x?) x high Bolivia

49 | Phulia nymphula, Blanch..........| -.. | x high | do.

50 | Tatochila autodice, Hiibn. ......... x lowand middle| ... | Argentina

or var. ? microdice, Blanch. x high bax

51 53 demodice, Blanch. ...... |x lowand middle| x

Bz xp theodice, Blanch. (nec

Bdvi)fe- 2 ee eee x |x low Ed)

PAPILIONIDS.

) 0s) | Papilio nas; Roger .......<..:-.0--- x low

HESPERIIDE.

bf | Hesperia fusca, Reed. .2.-.2.-..+s-- | x |x lowand middle

55 a americanus, Blanch. ...| ... | x low

56 5 Julvovittatus, Butl. ...... [esate a8:

57 33 trisignatus, Mab. ......... | ... |x lowand middle 3

58 | Hylephila fasciolata, Blanch....... | .- | x low Me

59 Meteo pice, blanch. 5...2:2..-6. | +? x lowand middle | Ba

60 | Argopteron aureipennis, Blanch.. x middle

61 - puelmex, Calv. ......... x middle

62 | Butleria fruticolens, Butl. ......... x middle

63 so SUC LOD, Naa eeeece babe x low

64 35 GOLOTMILCED Sore oe eniccanc rose . x middle

65 3 flavomaculatus, Blanch. _x middle |

66 re valdivianus, Phil.......... _... x lowand middle

67 #5 ? polyspilus, Feld.......... bE: ... x lowand middle

68 bissexguttatus, Phil....... ee fe low and middle

2 Thanaos Juneralis, Scudd.

(

EXPLANATION OF

300 )

Prates XTI—XYV.

Pisce Xe

Fic. 1. Latochila autodice,

” ”

4, on 5

5, a microdice,

6. bP) 9)

ile democlice,

9. a argyrodice,

10. “

9, Pemehue.

@, Quillen.

d, Cauquenes.

Se ? oP]

¢, Above Juncal.

9, Nahuelhuapi.

¢, San Martin.

2 P) of} 7

¢, Punta Arenas (Walker).

bh) 9

Prare Xin:

Fia. 1. Hesperia fusca,

2. 9 0

3. cs trisignatus,

A, ” ”

5. Hylephila fulva,

6. ? ”

ie Reis

dee *s fasciolata,

8. 5 fulwa, var.?

9. Butleria fruticolens,

10. ” ”

11. Argopteron puelme,

12. »

13. Butleria ? bissexquttatus,

14. ” ”

15. a valdivianus,

16. % s

Wet?” s, rs

18. y } polyspilus,

3d, Loleo.

2, Copiapo.

d, Quillen.

2, Quillota.

g, Loleco. -

4g, Quillota or Cauquenes.

2, Renaico.

9, Port Blest.

3, Chilpa.

”

f, Quillen.

2 >} 5

g, Lolco.

OF erat:

”

inigey, 1h,

2 gm

10,

Explanation of Plates. 301

BEATE: ORVE

” bP 9

. Elina calvertii, n. sp.,

1) ” ”

5 neomyriordes,

. Fawiiula lewcoglene,

. Neosatyrus nycteropus,

. Neomenas ? inornata, n.sp., ¢, Batios de Cauquenes.

g ) re) yy) ”

3d, Banos de Chillan.

g b] ” 29 ”

3g, Chile Mus. Crowley.

, Lolco Pass. ~

6, Llai-lai.

Pol ies

» ”

55 vesaagus, 3d, Banos de Chillan.

ye) ~ ” 2? ) ” ” ”

PLATE eX Ve

Faunila stelligera,

” 9

Cosmosatyrus leptonenroides, &,

” 9

” ?

Tetraphlebia germainii,

Cosmosatyrus monticolens,

3, Lolco.

e 9

2, Aluminé.

?, Villacura Valley.

¢, Chillan Valley.

dé, Pulmari.

? > ”

” ”

He chiliensis, ? var. ¢, Lake Nahuelhuapi.

” ” ? 9) >

—— rs <A te.

2 eee a | ip aS aT Eg

7 = : 7 / e

(=-303) )

XVII. On the genus Theodosia and other Eastern Golia-

thides, with descriptions of some new species. By

OLIVER E. JANSON, F.ES.

[Read June 3rd, 1903.]

THEODOSIA, Thoms.

Westwoodia, Cast., Helionica, Thoms., Atopocerus, Kz.

THIS genus was established by Castelnau in 1873 under

the name of Westwoodia, with howitti, Cast., as its type.

His generic name being preoccupied, Thomson in 1880

substituted that of Theodosia and at the same time erected

what he considered a distinct genus, Helionica, for the

reception of the species westwoodi, Thoms. ; the characters,

however, that he relied upon to separate it from Theodosia

are certainly not of generic value, and the two genera

must therefore be merged into one. In 1888 Kraatz,

evidently ignorant of the fact that Thomson had already

eight years previously re-named the genus, published the

name Atopocerus as a substitute for the preoccupied one

of Westwoodia, his name therefore must also be sunk as

a synonym.

The genus is very closely allied to Phedimus, Waterh.,

of which the type is cwmingi, Waterh., and Bates has

regarded them as generically inseparable, but this view

has not been adopted by subsequent authors, and I

certainly think they are sufficiently distinct to warrant

separation; besides a very different general facies and some

minor characters, in the male of all the Theodosia species

the head is flat with the horn arising from the extreme

front margin of the clypeus, the thorax has no distinct

lateral margin on the anterior part to separate the upper

and under surfaces, and the horn is formed as a prolonga-

tion of the exceedingly convex disk, the anterior tarsi are

also slender and longer than the tibize, whereas in Phedimus

the head is excavated and has the clypeus projecting

beyond the base of the horn, the thorax is strongly and

completely margined at the sides and with the horn arising

from close to the anterior margin, and the anterior tarsi

are stout and distinctly shorter than the tibiez.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Ill. (ocr.) 21

304 Mr. O. E. Janson on the genus

Considerable trouble has been experienced in the identifi-

cation of the species of this genus largely owing to the

confusion occasioned by Dr. Kraatz in using the preoccu-

pled name westwoodi, and in giving distinctive names to

slight variations and degrees of development. After a

careful study of the rather large material I have had an

opportunity of examining and the various descriptions, I

am only able to adopt five out of the nine names that

have been published, as representing distinct species, and

these only, with the two new species now added, are in-

cluded in the following tabulation which I have drawn

up of their most prominent male characters. Female

specimens are rarely received, and it is very difficult, or

almost impossible, to decide with any amount of certainty

to which species they pertain.

1. Cephalic horn acute at apex.

A, Anterior tibiex bare.

a. Angles of clypeus strongly

produced, spiniform. . . howitli, Cast. 8. Borneo.

b. Angles of clypeus only

slightly produced, obtuse.

aa. Thoracic horn without

prominences near apex. westwoodi, Thoms, N. Borneo.

bb. Thoracic horn with a

small prominence on

each side near apex. . magnifica, Roths. N. Borneo,

B. Anterior tibiae densely pilose

oninnerside. . . . . . perakensis, Moser, Perak.

2. Cephalic horn bifid at apex.

A, Anterior tibiz densely pilose

oninnerside. . . . . . rothschildi, Jans. N. Borneo.

B. Anterior tibize bare.

a. Thorax green, sub-opaque. telifer, Bates. N. Borneo.

b. Thoraxbrassy, very polished auwrata, Jans. N. Borneo,

The other names that have been given in the genus

are :—

T. westwoodi, Kz. This is evidently identical with magni-

fica, Roths., the latter name having priority. I think this

species may perhaps prove to be merely a variety of west-

woodi, Thoms., when we have an opportunity of examining

a larger series.

H., waterstradti, Kz. This is the larger highly developed

Theodosia and other Kastern Golrathides. 305

male form of westwoodi, Thoms., and should not bear a

separate name.

H., denticornis, Kz. This is a slight variety of the same,

and unworthy of a distinctive name.

HT, viridicollis, Kz. This is described as a variety of

westwoodi, Thoms., but is stated to have the angles of the

clypeus acutely produced and to come from South Borneo,

in which respects it agrees with howitti, Cast., and I think

it is probably a small and lesser developed form of the

male of this species.

Theodosia rothschildi, n. sp.

gd. Viridis, subnitida, elytris flavescentibus ; capite cornu sat

brevi, apice profunde bifido, supra igneo-eupreo ; thorace cornu

robusto, apice bifido, dilatato, igneo-cupreo ; tibiis anterioribus intus

dense flavo pilosis.

Long. (cornu excepto) 25 mm.

Mount Kina-balu, N. Borneo,

This species most nearly resembles 7’. ¢elifer, Bates, but

is to be at once distinguished from all the other known

members of the genus, except perakensis, Moser, in having

the inner-side of the anterior tibize densely clothed with

fine pale yellow pubescence. The horn on the head is

a little broader than in ¢elzfer and the thoracic horn is

less flattened and more dilated at its apex, the sides of

the thorax are a little more prominent in the middle, the

scutellum is much broader at the base, as in magnifica,

Roths., the elytra are broader and more rounded at the

sides before the middle, and the mesosternal process is

broader and more rounded at its apex. The sculpture is

very similar to that of felifer except that the punctuation

of the scutellum is very dense and confluent. The legs

are deep green with the upper-side of the femora flaves-

cent, otherwise the colour is similar to that of ¢elifer. The

length of the prothorax including the horn is 17 mm., the

cephalic horn is 6 mm. in length.

T. perakensis, Moser (Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1902, p. 379), is

the only other described species having pubescent anterior

tibize, but in that species the cephalic horn is acute at

the apex, not bifid as in rothschildt.

Theodosia aurata, n. sp.

¢. Aureo-viridi-flavescens, micans ; capite igneo-cupreo, cornu

brevi, apice bifido ; thorace dorso subtilissime punctato, nitidissimo,

306 Mr. O. E. Janson on the genus

cornu brevi, apice paullo emarginato, igneo-cupreo; scutellum

magnuim, basi latiusculum.

Long. (cornu excepto) 20 mm.

Mount Kina-balu, N. Borneo.

Most nearly allied to 7’. telifer, Bates, but differs in

having the thorax shorter and much broader, especially

across the middle, and more abruptly narrowed in front,

the dorsal surface is very shining, being much less closely

and more finely punctured, the horn is short, flattened

and with a slight notch, but not dilated, at its apex, the

scutellum is much broader at its base than in felifer and

less strongly punctured, the elytra are also more feebly

punctured and have the apical sutural angles strongly

rounded. The colour is a rather golden yellow with a

shght metallic greenish tint, the thorax is of a more brassy

tint and very polished on the dorsal part, with the horn

and median anterior part fiery coppery, whilst in tedifer

it is green and the entire surface sub-opaque by reason of

the dense granulose punctuation. The head is coppery

with the sides of the clypeus green and the horn greenish

brassy and darker at its apex. The under-side is more

strongly tinged with green and the legs are of the same

colour as the elytra. The second and third abdominal

segments are deeply impressed in the centre. The length

of the cephalic horn is 4 mm., and of the prothorax,

including the horn, 10 mm.

Mycteristes imermas, vi. sp.

3d. Gracilis, fuseo-olivaceus, opacus, parcius flavo-squamulosis ;

capite sub-nitido, inermi, clypeo apice medio anguste reflexo, ro-

tundato ; elytris planiusculis, sub-carinatis; subtus nitidus, viridi-

tinctus, griseo-squamulosis, Long. 14 mm.

Mount Kina-balu, N. Borneo.

Narrow, elongate, above dull olivaceous brown with sparse ap-

pressed, yellowish, coarse, squamiform sete. Under-side and legs

red-brown, shining, and with a greenish or brassy tinge in places,

more thickly clothed than the upper-side with finer and longer grey

setae, tibiae coppery.

Head shining, coarsely punctured, a small shghtly elevated smooth

spot near the base, elypeus convex in the centre, the side margins

elevated in front of the eyes, the apical margin narrowly reflexed

and rounded in the centre. Thorax much narrower than the elytra,

the basal two-thirds parallel-sided, then obliquely narrowed to the

Theodosia and other Eastern Goliathides. 307

front, strongly but rather narrowly lobed behind, the basal angles

right angles, the front margin slightly raised in the centre and green,

the disk with a slight curved carina on each side, convergent in

front, the elevated parts almost impunctate, the other parts with

rather close coarse irregular semi-circular punctures. Scutellum

large, depressed and smooth in the centre, a small group of coarse

setiferous punctures near the apex and on each side at the base, the

apex acute. Elytra depressed, narrowed behind, the apex slightly

rounded with the sutural angles a little produced, a sinuous dorsal

carina on each from the base to the apical tubercle, and a short

outer one from the humeral tubercle to about the middle, these

carinz almost impunctate, the depressed portion between the dorsal

carina and the suture, behind the middle, longitudinally strigose,

the other parts with rather close coarse semi-circular punctures.

Pygidium strongly and somewhat concentrically strigose. Under-

side and legs coarsely punctured and strigose. Mesosternal process

conoid, the apex rather acute. Abdomen with a strongly punctured

central impression. Anterior tibie with two equidistant lateral

teeth, posterior tibie strongly channelled, the inner-side fringed with

long grey hair, the outer-side with a strong spinose tooth below the

middle.

The absence of any form of cephalic or thoracic horn in

the male at once separates this interesting species from

all others hitherto described. It is most nearly allied to

khasiana, Jordan, and microphyllus, Wood-Mason, but

besides the absence of horns it differs from both species

in many other points that I have given in the description.

The female is unknown to me.

Cephalocosmus moewist, Kraatz (Deuts. Ent. Zeit., 1895,

p. 107), from the description, is evidently identical with

M. microphyllus, Wood-Mason, this latter name having

fourteen years’ priority.

INGRISMA, Fairm.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1893, p. 292.

This genus established only in a note, and omitted in

the Zool. Record (though included in the recent ‘ Index

Zoologicus’), has been generally overlooked; rasuta, Fairm.,

is the type and cupreola, Fairm., from the, description

would appear to be merely a colour variety of the female

of the same ‘species. 7. whiteheadi, Waterh., has been

since added, and besides the two additions I now make,

the Heterarrhina euryrrhina, Gestro, and Coryphocera

308 Mr. O. E. Janson on the genus

tonkinensis, Moser (Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1901, p. 525), must

also be referred to this genus, but judging from the

description the latter is apparently identical with rasuta,

Fairm., in which case the genus would now comprise five

species, all of which are known to me.

Ingrisma binghami, n. sp.

Cyanea vel viridis, nitida, coxis posticis marginibus pedibusque

rufis, tarsis rufo-piceis, elytris striato-punctatis.

d. clypeo elongato, medio constricto, apice valde dilatato, margine

antico medio late reflexo ; tibiis anticis tenuoribus, lateribus

inermibus. Long. 30 mm.

2. clypeo piceo, apice leviter dilatato, rotundato ; tibiis anticis

brevioribus, latioribus, lateribus apiceque valde dentatis.

Long. 26 mm.

Tenasserim.

Deep purple blue, or green with a reddish-golden tint in certain

lights, the sides of the head and thorax, the base of the pygidium

and the abdomen slightly rufescent, the hind margin and exposed

upper-side of the meta-coxee, sides of the abdomen and the legs red,

the femora tinged with blue or green, the knees, extreme apex of the

tibia and the tarsi reddish piceous ; in the female the anterior part

of the clypeus is also piceous. The whole of the upper surface and

the abdomen have a very fine and dense punctuation, which is only

discernible under a lens.

Head rugosely punctured, the base smooth, clypeus strongly

constricted about the middle and very much dilated in front, the

side margins strongly elevated and acute, strigose on the outer side,

the apex broadly reflexed with the entire apical margin strongly and

uniformly rounded. Thorax a little rounded at the sides and

narrowed from the base, the basal margin distinctly emarginate

above the scutellum and with the lateral angles rounded, finely and

sparsely punctured on the disk and at the base, more strongly

punctured towards the sides. Scutellum broad and _ triangular,

remotely punctured. Elytra broader than the thorax at the base,

the disk obsoletely bicostate and with rows of coarse semi-circular

punctures, five of which are regular and continuate, the others

being irregular, the sides more finely and irregularly punctured, and

strigose towards the apex, the sutural angles almost right angles.

Pygidium very finely and closely strigose, slightly impressed on

each side near the apex. Beneath coarsely strigose at the sides:

mesosternal process long, broad and flattened, obliquely divergent

and slightly curved, its apex rounded ; anterior tibiz slender and

Theodosia and other Eastern Goliathides. 309

strigose, the outer edge without any indication of teeth, intermediate

and posterior tibize fringed with golden hair, the latter with a slight

sub-median tooth.

The female is smaller than the male, and altogether more strongly

punctured, the clypeus is scarcely constricted and very much less

dilated, with the side margins less elevated, the apex much less

produced and more narrowly reflexed, the legs are shorter, the

anterior tibiz are very broad with a large obtuse sub-apical tooth

and a strongly produced apex.

Allied to ewryrrhina, Gestro, but larger than that species, and

with the mesosternal process broader and more strongly divergent,

the clypeus in both sexes is longer, more rugosely punctured, and

with the side margins more strongly raised, in the male it is also

much more dilated and broadly reflexed at the apex.

A pair of this fine species have been given to me by

Col. C. T. Bingham, who took them on the flowers of

Ficus religiosa in the Thaungyin Valley, Tenasserim, in

August 1894. The male is of a beautiful purple blue

colour and the female is green, but this difference is

without doubt an individual variation, such as is seen in

nearly all the green Heterorrhiny and in other genera of

this family.

Ingrisma femorata, n. sp.

dg. Elongata, convexa, viridis, nitida, coxis posticis extus tibiisque

rufis, tarsis piceis ; clypeo antice abrupte dilatato et medio profunde

bi-foveolato, margine antico arcuato, reflexo, angulis lateralibus sub-

acutis ; elytris fere levibus, lateribus transverse plicatis ; pedibus

anticis longioribus, femoribus dentatis, tibiis curvatis, intus tenuiter

serratis, Long. 28 mm.

Korat, Siam.

Bright bluish, green, very shining, the exposed margin of the

meta-coxee and the tibia red, femora green changing to reddish on

the upper parts in certain lights, knees, extreme apex of the tibi

and the tarsi reddish piceous.

Head slightly convex in the centre between the eyes, the entire

surface, except at the base, rather closely covered with minute black

tubercles which become rather larger, and elongate in form, towards

the front, clypeus nearly straight at the sides with the margin

scarcely elevated, strongly and abruptly dilated just before the apex,

and with two large deep fovez in front separated by a slightly raised

carina, the apical margin broadly reflexed and regularly arcuate

with the lateral angles sub-acute and elevated. Thorax very convex,

310 Theodosia and other Hastern Goliathides.

the sides regularly rounded and narrowed almost from the base,

basal margin almost straight with a slight emargination above the

scutellum and the lateral angles obtuse, the disk extremely finely

and sparsely punctured, more coarsely so towards the sides. Scutel-

lum large elongate-triangular, almost impunctate. Elytra without

any trace of coste, the surface a little uneven but impunctate with

the exception of an almost obsolete sutural row on the basal part,

the inclined lateral part transversely wrinkled in the middle and

coarsely strigose behind, the sutural angles distinctly produced and

obtuse. Pygidium coarsely and irregularly, but not closely, strigose.

Beneath remotely strigose at the sides, the mesosternum punctured,

and with some fine pale pubescence in front ; mesosternal process

long, obliquely divergent, narrow and slightly curved inwards

towards the apex, which is obtuse. Anterior legs long, the femora

very stout and furnished with two closely approximate teeth on the

under-side about one-third from the apex, the tibiz slender, curved

and finely rugulose, slightly dilated and finely serrate on the inner-

side from a little below the base, the outer side without any indica-

tion of teeth and the apex but shghtly produced ; intermediate and

posterior tibiz fringed with hight brown hair, the latter with a very

slight tooth a little below the middle.

The form of the clypeus, the very convex thorax

strongly deflexed in front, the almost impunctate elytra

and remarkable anterior legs are sufficient to at once

distinguish this species from 7. binghamt, to which it is

most nearly allied.

(Padtl =)

XVII. Leperiments in 1893, 1894, and 1896 upon the

colowr-relation between lepidopterous larve and

their surroundings, and especially the effect of

lichen-covered bark upon Odontopera bidentata,

Gastropacha quercifolia, etc. By Epwarp B.

PovuLton, D.Sc., M.A., LL.D. (Princeton), F.R.S.,

etc., Hope Professor of Zoology in the Univer-

sity of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford.

[Read June 3rd, 1903. |

Pirates XVI, XVII, anp XVIII.

THE circumstances under which the experiments re-

corded in the present memoir were undertaken, afford a

good example of the stimulus and encouragement to work

rendered possible by that mutual intercourse and exchange

of experience and ideas which are promoted by meetings

of scientific societies.

In the year 1892 I conducted an extensive series of

experiments upon the adjustment of the colours of the

larvee of Amphidasis betularva to those of their environ-

ment (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, pp. 337-369). Living

examples of the chief results obtained were shown at the

meeting of Section D of the British Association at Kdin-

burgh, on August 9th (Report of the 1892 Meeting, p.

786, where however the word “pups” is erroneously

printed instead of “larve”). After the larvz had been

exhibited, Dr. Stacey Wilson, of Birmingham, asked if I

had tried the effect of lichen-covered bark. Dr. Wilson

stated that he had once beaten the larva from a food-

plant with twigs covered by lichen, and that its appear-

ance was entirely different from that usually borne by

betularia. He looked upon it, in fact, as the larva of

some other species, and was only convinced by breeding

the moth (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 360). The

idea of making use of an environment of lichen-covered

bark had not occurred to me, and I determined to try

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (OCT.)

312 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

the experiment on this and other suitable larvae on the

first opportunity.

I propose to state the results of these experiments

forthwith, referring to the plates which accompany the

paper. Hence it will be possible to gather the conclusions

by looking at the few first pages, while those who desire

to study the evidence in detail will find it recorded in the

later part of the memotr.

The first larva which appeared suitable for the purpose

was Odontopera bidentata, and Mr. G. T. Porritt very kindly

consented to look out for eggs. Mr. Porritt had himself

suggested to me that the larva would probably prove to

be especially suitable for the purpose of this enquiry, and

he wrote on May 9th, “the larva varies so very much in a

wild state according to its food, that I fancy it will form an

interesting subject for your experiments.” * On May 9th,

18938, he kindly sent me from Huddersfield a batch laid by a

single female, and, on June 13th, asecond consignment laid

by two females, from Sledmere on the Yorkshire Wolds.

The first set afforded the material of Experiments I to IX

(including VA) described in this paper. The second mixed

set formed the subject of Experiments X to XVIII.

The chief results of both experiments will be gathered by

a glance at Plate XVI, in which figs. 1 to 5 represent

larvee from the first set of eggs, figs. 6 to 11 larvee from the

second set. At the same time results like those shown in

the former figures were produced in larvee of the second set

and like those in the latter figures, in larvee of the first set.

The detailed account of the experiments shows the

number of days which elapsed before the influence of each

environment became visible, and the time which was

necessary in order to produce the full effect. A very large

number of records proves that the larvae, im the great

majority of cases, rested by day upon the object which

* Dr. T. A. Chapman wrote to me (June 14, 1903), concerning the

forms and habits of bidentata :—‘ About forty years ago, I took

three or four beautifully green latticed larve off the lichen-covered

trunk of an old alder-tree in Glen Messen (Argyleshire). They

were quite new to me, and though very like (of course) bidentata,

I thought they must be something else, a lichen-feeder. When they

produced bidentata, I got no further than wondering whether bidentata

was sometimes a lichen-feeder. I remember well their resting-place

was near the ground, many feet from any leaves,—as long a journey

for feeding as the larva of Aprilina makes,”

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 313

they afterwards came to resemble. This, however, is pro-

bably not the case in the earliest stages, when the larvae

doubtless rest on the leaves and stalks.

The extreme sensitiveness of this larva is clearly shown

by a glance at Plate XVI. The four first figures indicate

a power of adjustment about equal to that of the most

sensitive larva hitherto known, Amphidasis betularia (com-

pare Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, Plate XIV). The effect

of green leaves and shoots, shown in fig. 5, is however

very inferior to that produced upon betularia, which

becomes bright green in this environment. The effect of

green leaves alone upon /identata is the same as that

observed in many other larvee, Noctuze as well as Geometre,

viz. the reduction of the brown ground-colour to a very

pale tint which would be far-.less conspicuous than the

more ordinary appearance. The contrast between the

results of an effective environment of green, and nothing

but green, as shown in fig. 5, and of green scattered over a

brown background of bark, as shown in figs. 6 to 11, is very

striking, and suggests renewed experiments with an artificial

arrangement of combined colours. Another interesting fact,

suggesting the restriction of larval susceptibility to the

immediate surface upon which the resting periods are

passed, is the entire absence of any effects traceable to the

green leaves of the food-plant when present with the

other forms of environment employed in these experiments.

The complex nature of the result produced is well seen in

the oblique white lateral marks which are found in larve

with the green lichen-like patches (figs. 6, 9), and probably

assist in the general effect by breaking up the larval

surface. The green markings are developed in the vicinity

of and include the projecting ridges, ete——a fact which

is of obvious significance in promoting the resemblance

to small scattered masses of lichen. ‘The various kinds

of lichen made use of did not produce corresponding

effects.* Thus the green dorsal patches shown on the

larvee which had been exposed to orange lichen (figs. 8,

9) did not differ in any marked degree from those in

which a green lichen had been chosen. It is by no means

* My friend Professor 8. H. Vines, F.R.S., has very kindly given

me the probable names of the lichens made use of. They will be

found in the detailed account of the experiments, and in the

description of Plates XVI to XVIII. The names could not be given

with certainty because the specimens themselves had been lost.

314 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

unlikely, however, that under entirely normal conditions

special detailed adjustments of this kind may be brought

about. With regard to the sensitiveness to lichen, bidentata

appears to be as superior to betu/aria, as it is inferior to the

latter larva in sensitiveness to green leaves, so that the

two species may be considered about equal in the power

of colour adjustment. It is interesting to observe that

dark purplish-brown twigs with white spots, although

producing lighter larvee than those upon unspotted but

otherwise similar twigs (compare figs. 4 and 3), did not

lead to the appearance of white marks upon the larvae

(fig. 4).

Dr. Stacey Wilson’s experience led me to try the same

experiments with an environment of lichen in the case of

A, betularia, My friend Mr. Arthur Sidgwick kindly gave

me a small batch of eggs in the summer of 1893, and the

fourteen young larvee which hatched from them were sub-

jected, together with lidentata, to this form of environ-

ment, in Experiments XII to XV. It will be seen

however that eleven of the resulting larvee were yellowish-

green, two brownish-green, and one grey mottled with

brown.

The same experiments produced the larvze of bidentata

of which typical examples are represented in Plate XVI,

figs. 6—11. So far as any conclusion can be drawn from

these four small experiments, betu/aria does not seem to be

nearly so sensitive or so specialized to this form of environ-

ment as bidentata. At the same time lichen must have

been the cause of the etularia larvee, with one exception,

becoming green; for ordinary bark tends strongly to

the production of dark forms of this species, even in

the presence of a great preponderance of green leaves

(Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1892, pp. 381, 332). It will be

of interest to repeat these experiments upon a much

larger scale, and to introduce the larvee immediately after

hatching ; but it does not appear to be probable that this

species often exhibits the kind of susceptibility to lichen

observed by Dr. Wilson; for (1) it is remarkably sensitive

to other surroundings almost throughout its life-history

(see pp. 318—320), and (2) the four small experiments,

conducted in 1893, do prove considerable sensitiveness to

lichen although they did not lead to the production of

lichen-like larvee.

The fortunate discovery of a company of young larvwe

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 315

of Gastropacha quereifolia by Mr. W. Holland, on July

22nd, 1893, enabled me to experiment on this interesting

species, which is well known to present grey and lichen-

like forms. The company, evidently the product of a

single batch of eggs, was so numerous that I was able to

start four experiments with fifteen larvae im each, on

July 28th. All were fed on hawthorn, the food-plant on

which the larvee had been found. This in three cases was

intermixed with environments more or less harmonizing

with known varieties of the larva—the rough black-barked

twigs of the Turkish oak, bramble-stems of a rich reddish-

brown colour, and sticks bearmg an abundant growth of

lichen (probably Ramalina farinacea in all cases). In the

fourth case the larvee were as far as possible restricted to

the green leaves and youngest shoots of their food-plant.

It was, however, impossible altogether to exclude shoots

of greyish and reddish-brown shades, and these probably

produced some effect.

At first the young larve rested chiefly on the food-

plant, but soon preferred the bark of the older wood. The

change took place simultaneously in each of the three

sets containing dark bark and lichen, as will be seen by

a glance at the following summary of Mr, Holland’s careful

notes :—

| | I. | IL, IIL.

| etes Food- Black Food- | Lichen: | ood | Reddish-

| plant. bark plant. | oe yer plant. brown bark,

| Aue. Tae 3 i ie Cee ie tea

PSS Var 2 cee oa feet ow GS te {are A ee!

Aug. 5. \ i es ee 5 a *

| Aug. 9 3 ee 1 | 14 1 13 |

* 3 on muslin roof. + 1 missing,

There is no reason to suppose that these effects were

due to any gradual recovery from disturbance. The re-

cently hatched larvze were found at the tip of a young

shoot on July 22nd, and it is probable that by August 5th

the period had been reached when they begin to seek the

older wood for the diurnal rest. After August 9th only

single larvee were found except upon the environments

which had been provided, and it is probable that, under

316 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

entirely natural conditions, larvee of the same age would

never be found upon the leaves or green shoots.

It is of interest to note that the larvee never rested upon

the lichen itself, but upon the bark of the sticks between

the masses of lichen. This position is consistent with

the larval appearance, which is that of bark partially

grown over with lichen.

There can be little doubt that the larva is influenced by

the colours of the environment from the time at which it

first seeks the older wood, but a certain period is required

before the effects become visible. A very obvious adjust-

ment to the three forms of environment was recorded on

August 14th—so obvious indeed that the first trace of a

visible result might probably have been detected some few

days earlier. The adjustment continued to become more

complete right up to the beginning of hybernation. On

Aug. 31st it was noted that the effects of the three environ-

ments had greatly increased. On Sept. 21st a careful

comparison of all the larvze was made upon a white paper

background. It was then thought that the adjustment

was as complete as it was likely to be before hybernation,

and for many larve this conclusion was justified. In

others however the effects continued to deepen right on

into October, as will be seen in the complete account of

the experiments. The latest changes probably took place

after the larve had ceased to feed; indeed they had eaten

very little for some time previous to October 3rd. The

degree of cryptic adjustment to the three environments

which had been reached by the beginning of hybernation

can be seen by a glance at the upper part of Plate

XVII, where examples of all the types of colouring are

represented.

In arranging the larve for hybernation many of the

environments were shifted, in order to test the existence

of any larval susceptibility during this period; and, as no

effects were visible when the larvee were compared after

the winter, these same surroundings were continued in

each case, right up to the time when the nearly mature

larvee were sent to Lord Walsingham for preservation, in

May. ‘The results of various comparisons point to the

conclusion that the larve of G. quercifolia are not sus-

ceptible to the colours of the environment after the begin-

ning of hybernation. Thus Plate XVIII, fig. 1 represents

a nearly mature larva, of which the appearance before

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 317

hybernation is shown in either fig. 4 or fig. 9 on Plate

XVII. The latter appearance was a response to an en-

vironment of lichen-covered sticks; but after October 16th

these were replaced by black-barked twigs, which it is seen

produced no effect at all. Again, Plate XVIII, fig. 2 repre-

sents a later stage of Plate XVII, fiz. 6. Here too the

resemblance between older and younger larve is very close,

although the former had been subjected to the same black

environment after October 16th. The negative result

of a transfer experiment in the opposite direction is seen

in Plate XVII, fig. 14, the representation of a larva which

had been exposed to lichen-covered sticks after October

3rd. All the larvee did not remain as uniform throughout

their life-history as these three. Thus Plate XVIIL fig.

3 represents a nearly mature larva of which the appear-

ance before hybernation is seen in Plate XVII, figs. 4

or 9. In this case the larva darkened considerably after

the winter, although its environment had not been shifted,

but consisted of lichen-covered sticks throughout.

It is probable that the power of adjustment to environ-

ment possessed in so marked a degree by this species is

specially directed to protection during hybernation, when

the food-plants are leafless, and when enemies are often

pressed by hunger. But it is doubtless also of importance

later on when the larva becomes so much larger and would

on this account be far more conspicuous. It is probable,

however, that the caterpillar does not wander from its

food-plant, and that complete adjustment to the old wood

before hybernation is an adequate defence in the following

spring and summer. If this be correct there would be no

advantage in a prolonged larval susceptibility.

The same relationship between susceptibility and the

particular needs of each species is seen in the effect of

an environment of green leaves and shoots upon G. que7-

cifolia, O. lidentata, and A. betularia, The first-named

probably invariably rests by day, except for a brief period

after leaving the egg, upon the older wood, and the power

of adjustment to leaves and young shoots, being altogether

useless to it, has never been acquired. The last-named,

with its remarkable range of food-plants, including many,

such as broom or rose, in which green shoots are a

prominent feature, is frequently in a position in which

a green colour would best conceal its nearly smooth and

cylindrical form; and we find that, as a matter of fact,

318 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

it always responds in this way to an environment of the

kind described above. Sidentata doubtless occupies an

intermediate position between the other two species in

this respect. The occasions are probably rare, but not

altogether wanting, in which it is compelled to develop in

a green environment. We find that it has the power of

making some considerable approach towards such surround-

ings, but not of attaining any high degree of resemblance to

them. It is probably the case, however, that the tint which

it produces on green leaves and shoots is of great value

on a pale yellowish-brown bark, which may often form its

environment; and it may well be that it is something

in common between the light reflected from this and from

green leaves which explains the similarity in the effects

produced upon the larve.

Typical examples of all the forms of quercifolia larvae

produced in these experiments were shown alive at the

meeting of the Entomological Society of London on May

2nd, 1894, and also at the Soirée of the Royal Society in

the same month. A brief account of the exhibit is printed

in the Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. xvi. It is also referred

to in Mr. C. G. Barrett’s “Lepidoptera of the British

Islands” (Lond., 1896, vol. 1, p. 45).

The nearly mature larve of quercifolia, forming the

subject of the experiments described in this memoir, were

in almost every case sent to Lord Walsingham, and, with

the exception of one which was spoilt, were kindly preserved

by him. The specimens are now to be seen in the Hope

Department, Oxford University Museum, and in the British

Museum of Natural History

The last series of experiments described in this paper

grew out of the surprising restriction of susceptibility to

the younger stages of G. quercifolia. The results naturally

suggested further experiments upon other species well

known to be highly sensitive, and I immediately fixed

upon Amphidasis betularia as the most suitable for the

purpose. The investigation was carried out entirely by

the present writer, in the laboratory at Wykeham House,

Oxford. The results are clearly shown in the accompany-

ing diagram and summary. The Roman figures represent

the corresponding stages of larval life. The shaded squares

indicate stages passed in a black environment, the unshaded,

stages passed in the green surroundings,

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 319

Experi-

migritl 116 II Ill. IV. Vs VI. Colour of mature larve.

B 5 green, 1 intermediate.

7 i Se eae

Us i ren smoky-black.

WY GY jj Rs igek (1 dark oi

B2 , 7 J) 3 eee greyish patches).

_ yo // 4 black.

eA YY | 5 black (overspread with |

grey).

| 1 brownish-black. |

6 dark (with grey

; C | patches).

| Y | | 3 intermediate.

y WIM) | 3 dark (respectively

yj Y | overspread with grey,

Yy Uy | greenish on sides, and

A GY YY YY with pale yellowish spots).

7 1 green (with brown

| | /dorsal line and lateral

YY, WY | patches).

| B; 2 black. |

5) Yy Y 2 dark overspread with

A* | Y | yy grey. |

Z; Ye VU, 1 bright green.

\ | 2 green, sprinkled with |

7) | grey, 1 greenish inter-

| jj mediate.

| Ae | Uj

1 whitish, 2 blackish

with grey markings.

1 distinct but dull green

with brown broad dorsal

line and slight lateral traces.

A glance at the diagram and results proves conclusively

that there is no restriction of susceptibility to the younger

stages of this species.

Experiment B* shows the strong

influence of a black environment applied only to: the two

latest stages, while A! shows considerable effects traceable

to black which was present in the 2nd stage only. When

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART II. (oOcT.) 22

320 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

we furthermore take into: account the more intense effects

which were produced as additional stages were exposed to

a dark environment, we may feel confident that every stage

except the Ist and the 5th or 6th, is sensitive. These

require further experimental testing.

A very interesting and unlooked-for effect was produced

in many of the transferred larvee, viz. an overspreading

ereyness or the appearance of grey patches. Thus, although

the effect of the earlier surroundings appeared at first

sight to be entirely obliterated, the larvae were nevertheless

unable to develop their full and characteristic response to

the later environment. Details will be found in the account

of the experiments. It only remains to point out that

experiment A! probably indicates that these larvae are

susceptible to the colours of the branches at a period when

they are at any rate chiefly to be found upon the leaves

and leaf-stalks, and that there was some evidence to show

that the influence of environment may be largely a question

of time, so that of several larvae passing the same stages in

given surroundings, those which grow most slowly are, on

the whole, the most affected.

Finst EXPERIMENTS WITH LARVZ OF

O. BIDENTATA (1893).

The larve from the first set of eggs sent by Mr. Porritt

from Yorkshire hatched at about the same time, so that

nearly all the experiments recorded on pages 322—325 in

a tabular form were started on the same day, May 22nd.

The observations were in part conducted by Mr. Holland and

in part by me, as is indicated by the initials or name under

the dates in the left-hand column of the table. Hence in

the account of each experiment there is the opportunity of

comparing two independent sets of observations.

‘he food-plant made use of in all these experiments was

the black poplar (Populus nigra).

A careful comparison of the results of the 10 sets of

experiments (viz. I to IX, including VA) was made by the

present writer on July 6th, 1893, all the larvee being placed

on a background of white. At this time all except one

were in the last stages, and many in all the cylinders were

approaching maturity. Of the forms of environment made

use of, 7 had produced dark larve, and 3 light.

between lepidopterous larvee and ther surrowndings. 321

A. DARK LARV OF BIDENTATA ON JULY OTH.

I. Black sticks Fourteen out of the 15 larvae were very

black, the exception being quite small and probably in the

3rd stage. These larvee were the darkest of all the sets.

II. Deep blue paper spills—These 12 larvee were very

dark, coming next to those upon the black twigs in this

respect. The dark purplish-black colour was also very

uniform over the whole larval surface corresponding to the

unvarying tints of the environment.

I. Purplish-brown twigs.—These 15 larvee were slightly

more variegated than II, in correspondence with the less

uniform darkness of their environment. Except for this

slight introduction of rather lighter shades these larve

were as dark as II.

IV. White spotted purplish-brown twigs.—These 16 larvee

were dark, but distinctly lighter than those of the three

previous sets. They also varied a little, whereas the

groups first described were more uniform. Although the

relative lightness and the darkness of these larve, as

compared with III, corresponded to the general effect of

their respective environments, there was no marked

resemblance to the special details of the twigs which

had been carefully selected for Experiment IV.

V. Brown twigs—The 17 larvee were distinctly brown

and not nearly so black or purplish as the preceding sets.

The shade of brown varied, being much hghter in the

smaller larvee. The brown larval surface was also some-

what variegated with different shades of the same colour.

Va. Bark overspread with a bright yellowish-green powdery

lichen—The 18 larve varied very greatly, some being as

dark as the blackest of set 1; many were variegated with

shades of brown, harmonizing well with the environment ;

for the lichen soon lost its green tint and became various

shades of brown. This is the only note relating to this

experiment which has been found. There is no doubt that

the young larvee were introduced on May 22nd or 28rd.

VI. Lichen-covered sticks—The lichen was probably dead

and. had become much paler. These larvze too were much

lighter ‘than any of the previous sets, although a few

were quite dark. Nearly all were light brown and much

variegated with shades of brown, harmonizing well with

the environment.

Of the 7 sets of larvae described above, the degrees of

Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

| : ae | Dal paorplheb -

t 1393 Blick iica ot D P blue > aper | Dark purplish-brown White- spotted

ae Terk otk, | Pap 7) ey Sige pote meine ee

_ — - | —

May 22 15 Young larve, (May 23.) 15 15 Jlarve in-| 16 young larvee

| (E. B. P.) | introduced |young larve in- troduced (just introduced.

| troduced. hatched).

June 11. (tne f Re- fed. | 12 larve counted; (June 16). All 15 counted.

(EB .P;)) 7) eee very 15 dark like the |

| dark. twigs, but not |

| markedly purplish. |

a | | = = = ae} =

June 19 | (June 17.) All; All 12. very All 15 on twigs, 12 larve on

(E. B. P.) | 15 very black Hs) dark, very dark and/ twigs, 4 on green.

‘the twigs. purplish. | All dark, but

/greyer than those

/in III, and not so

| dark as latter.

June 25. | (June 22. ) As| As before. All |

(E. B. P.) | before. All at rest | on spills, |

(on twigs.

July 1. | As before: all | (June 27.) All (June 27.) Re-fed.

(E. B. P.) | on twigs. (15 dark brown, |

| | |

July 6. 2 at rest on| 9on aig, lon) All15 ontwigs. 13 on twigs, 3.

Careful com- | green, 13 on twigs. | green, 2 not noted. | All very dark. on green. Dark,

parison on = All very black. — | All 12 of a uniform | but much lighter

white paper. | ‘dark purplish- | and less constant

(EB E)) | black. | than III.

ae ere eee at ij | |

| July 10. 2 at rest on! Sonspills,4don| 14 on twigs, 1 | 15 on twigs, 1 |

| (W. Holland. )

July 12.

(W. Holland. )

green, 13 on twigs.

| All very black.

15 on twigs.

/green, All very|ongreen. Alldark on green. The,

dark. purplish-brown. larve remain

lighter in tint

‘than 1a,

9 on spills, 30n| 13 on twigs, 2 |

green. ; on green.

/on leaves.

13 on twigs, 3

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings.

323

Reddish-brown

twigs.

17 young larve

introduced,

Vile

Lichen-covered

sticks,

| 14 young larve

introduced.

AUT

| Weathered pale grey

barkless twigs.

VIII.

Green leaves and

shoots of food-plant

(Populus nigra).

ix |

Orange paper

spills.

(June 3.) 15) 15 young larve

young larve in-/| introduced.

troduced,

15 young larvee

introduced.

__ All 17 evidently

_ becoming

like the twigs.

brown |

| iN

| (June 9.) Re-fed.

Apparently be-

coming light

/brownish and ap-

proaching colour

of twigs.

Brown like the

twigs.

As before. 14

on twigs,

green, 1 uncertain,

2 on!

14 larvee ; vari-

able, with no

marked resem-

blance to lichen.

iG}

brown,

on twigs, 1 on

muslin roof, 1 on

green. All closely

resemble twigs.

All 15 very | |

pale brown

(June 17.) All

very

pale

some

faintly greenish.

6 on spills, 1

on muslin root,

8 on green. All

very light brown.

on green. Some

distinctly varie-

gated light and

dark brown, but

no green marks

yet.

10 on sticks, 4

(June 22.) 10

on twigs, 1 on

muslin, 3 on green,

before.

(June 22). As

14 on spills, 1

on green. Colour

as before.

|__ All 17 on twigs.

They become much

‘lighter when

changing skin.

9 on sticks, 5

on green. Larvee

still very varie-

gated.

13 on twigs, 1

on green.

17 on twigs.

Distinctly brown,

and not purplish

like III and IV.

12 on sticks, 2

on green. <A few

dark but mostly

light and _ varie-

gated with shades

of brown.

All 14 light grey

and harmonizing | very

perfectly with

twigs. | greenish,

16 on twigs, 1

on green. All

brown as before.

12 on sticks, 2

on green. Two

larvee variegated

with dark green:

the rest as before,

| but darker brown.

on green,

16 on twigs, 1

13 on sticks, 1

on green, 4 larvee

with dark green

patches, strongly

developed in 2 of

them.

10 on twigs, 4

on green. 1 larva

injured. Appear-

ance as before,

11 on twigs, =

on green.

14 larve. All

light

brown, but not

All 15 on spills.

Larve resemble |

VIII, only not,

quite so light.

11 on spills, 4 |

on green. Very

light yellowish-

brown.

12 on spills, 3

on green,

324 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

| | 4 | 11. IL. AY:

Dates in 1893. Black twigs of | Deep blue paper eee Pp urplishs Tew wi hite-spotted :

Tuyleishi ale spills. glossy twigs probably purplish-brown twigs

| of birch. of birch. |

| ; | :

| July 15. | 15 on twigs. All| 10 on spills, 2} 14 on twigs, 1] 12 on twigs, 4

“Ow. Holland.) | very black.

on green.

dark.

All very

on green. All very

dark purplish-

brown.

on green, Colour

darkish brown but

| distinctly paler

i: than IIT.

As before.

July 18. As before.

(W. Holland.)

—| |

July 23. | As before.

_(W. Holland.)

— ee = =

Some mature

and spinning up.

July 27. Some pupating.

6 larvee remain,

As before.

As before,

Allavery uniform

brown, almost

black, but not so

much so as those

with the

spills.

all on — twigs.

(July 30.) A

typical larva

painted ; shown in

Plate XVI, fig. 3.

blue

9 still feeding : |

As before.

All dark greyish-

brown and very.

uniform.

12 still feeding :

all on twigs. |

(July 30.) AY

typical larva}

painted ; shown in

Plate XVI, ze: 4,

Careful ecom- | All black, but one nearly mature. All| dark purplish-

| parison ‘has very faint | very dark purplish,

_ (KE. B. P.) | traces of green on almost black, as

| 'sides anteriorly, on many previous

| These larve_ occasions.

lar ‘blacker and_ less

purple than those

| ‘with blue — spills

| (II).

| |-

July 28. | 8 Jlarve still 5 still feeding.

|(W. Holland.) feeding. All on 4 on spills, 1 on

| twigs. leaf,

Aug. 3. (July 31.) A

| (W. Holland.) |

|typical larva|

painted ; shown in

| Plate XVI, fig. 1.

(Aug. 4.) Re-fed. |

| (Aug. 8, | Re-fed.. One or

two still feeding.

|W. Holland.) |

5 still feeding.

on twigs.

\4 on twigs, 1 on

| green.

As before. All 5 |

6 feeding. All

on twigs.

5 feeding: all,

'on twigs. Colour)

las before. (Aug.

/19.) 8 still feed- |

ing g.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings.

VI.

Reddish-brown

twigs.

Lichen-covered

sticks.

10 on twigs, 7 on

VIL.

Weathered pale grey

barkless twigs.

VIII. |

Green leaves and |

shoots of food-plant|

(Populus nigra).

IX.

Orange paper

spills.

10 on sticks, 4

12 on twigs, 1

11 on spills, 4

very pale brown, |

| 4 feeding on |

| Aug. 26, “and 1|

| or more on Aug. |

green. All brown | on green, 6 with | on green, All very | on green, All

like twigs. ereen patches, pale and extremely | | pale yellowish-

‘very marked in 2. | like twigs. | brown. |

| ne

As before. As before. Some | As before. As before.

larvee mature.

Some laryw]| Others mature. As before, | Some larvee |

mature. mature,

i | |

Some larve have! 3 or 4 with, All now much) Larve very! Very light.

become of a much | ereen patches, 3 darker, but still|light brown, brown, like VIII.

darker brown or 4 with brown. like the darker) like IX.

lately. The change twigs in the!

probably due to |eylinder. Some | |

maturity. mature. |

- ae aie ieee | ee

10 still feeding. 7 feeding. All| 10 feeding ; all | (July 31.) Aj; 7 feeding, all}

8 on twigs, 2 on on sticks. ontwigs. A typical} typical larva on spills. |

green, larva was painted ;| painted ; shown

shown on Plate lon Plate XVI,

| | XVI, fig. 2. | fig. 5.

a p Mth Bt [eae Asa is eee

4 feeding. All. 2 feeding. | 6ontwigs,lon) 6 feeding. All 5 feeding. 4 |

on twigs. | green. | pale brown. on spills, 1 on.

| muslin.

(Aug. 19.) 1 (Aug. 18.) All| 7 still feeding. hoe feeding, 1| As before. All.

still feeding. _pupated, |(Aug. 19.) 2 still | dead. (Aug. 19.) 2 aa spills. (Aug.

| | feeding. '5 feeding ; ait 0.) All pupated.

326 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

darkness follow in the same order as that in which the

results are recorded, except that V and VA were much

alike, the brown differing in tint rather than in depth.

VI were much lighter than any of the others.

B. LIGHT LARVE OF BIDENTATA ON JULY OTH.

VII. Weathered grey barkless twigs—The larve were

very light; of a distinct grey colour, harmonizing perfectly

with the environment.

VIII. Green leaves and shoots of food-plant—The 14

larvee were all very light brown but not at all greenish.

IX. Orange paper spills—The 15 larve closely re-

sembled VIII, but were not quite so light.

Some of the results of this comparison have been

incorporated in the tabular statement. Another careful

comparison was made on July 27th, but in this case it

was possible to include the whole in the table.

SECOND EXPERIMENTS WITH LARV OF O. BIDENTATA.

EXPERIMENTS WITH LICHEN ON LARV OF

A. BETULARIA (18938).

In sending the second mixed set of eggs of bidentata,

Mr. Porritt wrote on June 13th, 1893—“TI certainly had

no expectation of seeing any more Odontopera bidentata

this season. However, when collecting on Saturday, at

Sledmere, in a high wood on the Yorkshire Wolds, I found

several! Two of the females have deposited a few eggs,

which I forward at once with this. Sledmere is on the

chalk, and bidentatw there is quite of a different type to

our West Riding moth, being of the pale, ochreous banded,

distinctly southern form.”

The eggs were placed in a single cylinder, and as soon

as a sufficient number of larvae had hatched, I started

Experiments X to XV, between June 27th and July 3rd,

the 14 larvie of A. betularia received from Mr. Arthur

Sidgwick being divided between Experiments XII to XV.

Experiments XVI to XVIII were started on August 3rd

by Mr. Holland, with the latest larvae of bidentata. All

the observations on Experiments X to XVIII recorded

in the tabular statement on pages 328—331 were made by

Mr. Holland. The food-plant used throughout was Populus

nigra. When flat pieces of bark were introduced (XII,

between lepidopterous larve and ther surroundings. 327

XIII, XIV, as well as VA in the first series of experiments),

they were tied together in pairs with the lichen-covered

surfaces outwards.

EXPERIMENTS XVI, XVII, and XVIII with THE LARVzA

OF O. BIDENTATA UPON GREEN LEAVES AND SHOOTS

OF THE FooD-PLANT (Populus nigra).

The results of these experiments were uniform, and

require so little description that a tabular form of

presentation is unnecessary.

Experiments XVI (10 young larvee), XVII (17 larvee),

and X VITI (14 larvae) were begun by Mr. Holland on August

3rd, 1893. He recorded that the larvee of XVI were pale

brown, 2 of them rather variegated; while of XVII, 14

were pale brown and 3 rather variegated. Of XVIII no

record was made. The larvze were the last hatched from

the mixed batch of eggs which supplied the material for

Experiments X to XV.

August 8th. All re-fed. Sixteen larvee in XVII.

August 12th. XVI and XVIII re-fed ; the latter noted

as nearly all pale brown, a few rather variegated.

August 15th and 19th. XVI and XVIII re-fed; larve

10 and 14 respectively.

August 17th. XVII re-fed; 16 larve.

August 21st. XVII re-fed; 8 larve had escaped. The

10 larvee in XVI were all of a pale brown colour.

August 22nd. _ XVIII, 13 larve pale brown, 1 darker

with a few green markings.

August 26th and 31st. All re-fed; larvee 10, 8, and 14

respectively.

September 5th. XVI, becoming mature (2 still feeding

on 9th and 13th ; no further notes on this set). XVI, 7

larvee, all pale brown. XVIII, 14 larve.

September 8th. XVII, 2 mature (all mature on 13th).

XVIII, 1 mature, 1 dead. Of 12 still feeding, 10 pale

brown, 2 rather darker brown. ‘T'wo out of the 12 slightly

tinged with green.

September 13th. XVIII, 6 still feeding. On the

18th they were neither pupating nor feeding, and on the

23rd the last died. It appears possible that there was

a tendency towards hybernation on the part of the larvae

with the slowest rate of growth.

328 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

XI.

X. | XI. Bark covered with

Dates in Dark purplish-brown | Reddishebrown bright yellowish-green

1893. glossy twigs, | twigs. powdery lichen, the colour

probably of birch. of which faded and left

the dark bark,

(July 2.) 13 small) (July 3.) 20 larve| 3 betwlaria, smaller

| larvee introduced, introduced, at begin-|than in XIII and

. |mostly in 2nd stage, ning of second stage.|XV, introduced. 15

June 27. | The smallest about} bidentata, similar to

5‘5 mm. long, and/those introduced in

| none much longer, XIII.

| |

> jinw A. a SSS es = Sa EE aoa!

Half of the larve| 20 counted. Afew| 3. betularia, pale

_becoming purplish. | becoming reddish- | yellowish - green. 15

July 12. | _ brown. bidentata variegated. |

| |

July 15. Re-fed. | Re-fed. 20 counted. Re-fed. 3 and 15!

counted, —

eee SUE FS aes |e ck

| 9 on twigs, 4 on 10 on twigs, 8 on) 2 betwlaria, mature. |

July 18. green. -green. Larvie becom-|14 bidentata, all |

ing dark reddish-| darkish, variegated.

brown and variegated.

| (July 24.) 12 on | 15 on twigs, 1 on| Last betularia

‘twigs, 1 on green. | green, 1 on muslin. | mature. 10 bédentata ,

| Almost all dark, | As before. on bark, 1 on green, 3

July 23. | on muslin. All varie-

July 28. | variegated; 3 paler on muslin. 8 changed

12 on twigs, 1 on

green. 10 dark brown, |

and less variegated,

gated brown, slightly |

touched with green |

and with white dashes

(July 27.) 12 on|

twigs, 4 on green, 1

skin and of a more

uniform brown colour.

along sides.

13, all on bark (as

also on Aug. 1). About

half darker, but all

still variegated. All

except 2 with more |

or less green. |

Aug, 3.

| i11-.on twigs, 2 on

green. 11 dark brown

‘and more uniform.

than before, 2 rather

|paler. One or two

have patches of pale

| green,

(July 31.) 14 on|

twigs, 1 on green.

8 brown like the

twigs; 4 paler and

Jess uniform ; 3 varie-

gated and patched

with green. (Aug. 4.)

12 on bark, 1 on

muslin. As before,

but have become

darker. This is the

darkest set of Experi-

ments XII to XV.

12 on twigs, 2 on

green, 1 on muslin.

'As before. |

eh ea i

Se a ee

between leprdopterous larve and their surroundings.

XIII.

Bark covered with

bluish-green lichen, probably

Physcia pulverulenta.

XIV.

Bark covered with orange

lichen, probably Physcia

parictina, combined with

P. pulverulenta.

XV.

Lichen-covered sticks.

The lichen probably

Ramalina farinacea.

3 betularia, about 12)

mm. long, introduced.

12 bidentata, about 6)

mm. long, introduced,

mostly changing skin.

4 betularia and 10

about 7 mm. long, intro- | bidentata introduced.

duced. 1 changing first; Both similar to those in

or second skin, others | XIII.

rather larger. 8 bidentata, |

‘about 6 mm. long, in-|

troduced. |

a | | ——~ = ll ——— —————— fa

3 betularia pale, 3 betularia yellowish-

2 betularia yellowish- |

| green, 1 brownish-green.

(June 25.) 4 betwlaria,

yellowish-green, 1 grey FE green, 1 dark brownish-

110 = bidentata much | mottled with brown. 2. green. Bidentata

‘variegated, much smaller than others. | mottled.

| Bidentata rather pale, |

yariegated. | |

2 Sy

Re-fed. 3 and 10; 2 yellowish - green) 4 and 10 counted,

counted. | betudars ia still feeding. |

| Betularia as before.

Betularia, all mature. | <All betularia mature.| 3 betwlaria mature, |

9 bidentata much | 4 bidentate on bark, 3,1 escaped. 10 bidentata

variegated. on green. All brightly. “dark, mottled; some

variegated. green on sides. |

8 on bark, 1 on green. | 4 on bark, 3 on green. (July 24.) 8 on sticks, |

2 seemed unhealthy, All |

much variegated

pale brown ‘and green.

Small white dashes on |

sides.

7 on bark, 1 on green. |

Colours as before. Typical

larve painted, Aug. Ist

-and 3rd, shown in ” Plate |

| XVI, figs. 6 and 7.

8 on bark. 1 unhealthy,

6 brown, lighter than in

XII, brightly mottled

‘with paler brown and

green. 1 paler, less varie-

‘gated, with little green.

_1 small and pale, without

green. White lateral

| dashes only on former 6.

‘

with | with shades of brown,

All brightly variegated} 1 on green, 1 on muslin. |

“Nearly all patched a

and patched with green. "green.

6 on bark, 1 on green.! 10onsticks. 6 darkish |

As before. brown mottled with green |

and paler brown: white |

dashes on __ sides. 3 |

\similar but paler. 1

eseoue green.

7onbark. All Siena 7 oo more or less_

skin. 1 blackish-brown, | patched with green, some,

4darkish brown, 2lighter| very strongly. 1 grey,

brown; all variegated | and brown strongly |

with much green, and the | patched with pale green. |

darker ones also with 2 pale brown with little

paler brown. All with} green. Most show white

lateral white dashes, ‘lateral dashes.

330 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-velation

| XIL.

| DG XI Bark covered with

| Datesin Dark purplish-brown cea Ss bright yellowish-green

1893. glossy twigs, Boden ie own powdery lichen, the colour

ES of which faded and left

| probably of birch.

the dark bark.

9 on twigs, 4 on (Aug. 7.) 14 on 10 on bark, 3 on

green. All dark brown, twigs, 1 on green. green. 10 of a rich

some with a little dark brown patched

green. | with lighter brown

and green: 3 lighter

Broree brown variegated with

aa | still paler brown and |

'green. All but one of

_ these paler larve with |

little white dashes on |

sides. The green marks |

| less pronounced than |

}in XIII and XIV.

| (Aug. 10.) 11 on} (Aug. 10.) 13 on 10 on bark, 2 on |

/11 purplish- brown, 2 All brown, mostly

Aug. 12. | rather paler. Several | rather darker than

| larve with green twigs, but 4 rather

'patches on sides. ‘paler. Several patched

with green,

12 on twigs, 1 on| 12 on twigs, 3 on| - (Aug. 14.) 10 on.

green. As before. green. As before. bark, 2 on green, ol

but 2very dark brown,

fo)

| Aug. 15. with far less green

! than XIII and XIV.

10 on twigs, 2 on 10 on twigs, 5 on! 12 larvie, as before.

green. Purplish- | green. All _ brown,

Aug. 19. brow n, several with a several patched w ith

little green. 2 rather green.

paler brown.

8 on twigs, 4 on| (Aug. 22.) 12 on (Aug? 9222) 29) ton

green. 10 purplish-| twigs, 3 on green. | bark, 3 on green.

brown, 2 brown. Only | All brown, 8 resemb-

Aug. 21. | 1 or 2 slightly marked | ling twigs, 2 rather

with green. dark ker, 2 rather

‘lighter.

Rani 256 (Aug. 25.) 12 on| Re-fed. 10 on bark, 2 dead.

eam (Stleks:

9 on sticks, 2 on| 2 mature, and 2|} 6 on bark, 4 on

green. 1 mature. more on Aug. 31. green. The colour of

Aug. 30. the lichen had faded,

and left the dark

bark.

Mostly mature. 2 | (Sept. 4.) Nearly} (Sept. 4.) Larvee |

feeding Sept. 8. All|all mature. Only 1| becoming mature. A

Sept. 5. | mature Sept. 18. feeding Sept. 9. few oy feeding Sept.

9 and 13.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 331

XIV.

Bark covered with orange

lichen, probably Physcia

parietina, combined with

P. pulverulenta.

XII.

Bark covered with

| bluish-green lichen, probably

| Physcia pulverulenta.

Lichen-covered sticks.

The lichen probably

Ramalina farinacea.

| Bon bark, 2 on green.| 7 on bark. As before.| 10 on sticks. As”

As before. Typical larvee painted | before. |

Aug. 4 and 5, shown in

}

Plate XVI, figs. 8 and 9.

| (Aug. 14.) 7 on bark. (Aug. 10.) A typical

As before, except that larva painted, shown in

‘smallest larva now marked | Plate XVI, fig. 10. |

with green.

(Aug. 14.) 7 on bark. (Aug. 14.) 10 onsticks.

Lighter and greyer|8 grey-brown mottled

ground - colour. Green| with darker brown and

patches very marked. much green, so that some |

|are half green ; 2 similar

_ but browner.

7 on bark. Brown, 5 on bark, 2 on green. 10 on sticks. Colour

variegated with paler| Colour as before. _as before.

brown and with green

(strongly 5, less strongly

2).

6 on bark, 1 on green. 6 on bark. Allvarie-| 10 on _ sticks. As|

Colour as before. gated greyish - brown, | before. |

strongly patched with

green. White lateral |

dashes. |

| (Aug. 25.) 60nbark,| (Aug. 25.) 6 on bark. (Aug. 25.) 9 on twigs,

1 on green. 1 on floor. |

2 mature. <A typical} 6 on bark. Colour as, Larve becoming mature. |

‘larva painted Aug. 31, | on Aug. 21. |

shown in Plate XVI,

fot Tl. |

aa pis

(Sept. 4.) All mature. All mature except one. | All mature.

Last mature Sept. 8. |

332 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

EXPERIMENTS UPON THE LARVA OF GASTROPACHA

QUERCIFOLIA (1893-4).

On July 22nd, 1893, Mr. W. Holland found a company

of young larvee of this species crowded together towards

the end of a shoot of hawthorn near Steeple Aston, Oxford-

shire. They were all the same size, and had evidently not

long before hatched from a single batch of eggs.. Thus was

afforded the opportunity of tryimg another set of experi-

ments upon a larva which is known sometimes to assume

a lichen-like appearance. Furthermore, there was the

additional interest of testing larval susceptibility to en-

vironment before, during, and after hybernation. The

food-plant employed throughout was hawthorn. The

present writer is responsible for the starting of the experi-

ments, the arrangements for hybernation,and the comparison

of larvze on September 21st, October 3rd to November 3rd,

March 26th, April 27th, May 7th and 25th. The other

records were chiefly made by Mr. W. Holland, in much less

part by the present writer.

LG. queresfolia.

July 28th, 1893. Fifteen larvae of quercifolia placed

with intensely black twigs of the Turkish oak (Quercus

cervis), intermixed with their food-plant, hawthorn. They

were re-fed and examined on the following dates.

August 1st. Twelve larve on the green leaves and

shoots, 3 on the black twigs. All blackish-grey in colour.

August 5th. Four larvze on the leaves and shoots, 11 on

the black twigs.

August 9th. Three larve on the leaves and shoots, 12

on the black twigs.

August 14th. Fifteen larvee counted; all on the black

twigs. The colours were black and white with a little

grey.

August 19th. All 15 larvee on black twigs.

August 22nd. All 15 larve on black twigs.

August 31st, All 15 larve on black twigs. The larvee

were now much blacker, but white markings were still ~

present.

September 4th. Fifteen counted.

September 7th. Fifteen larvee on black twigs.

September 9th. Fifteen larvee on black twigs.

between leprdopterous larve and their surroundings, 333

September 14th. Fifteen larvee on black twigs, 2

blackish, 18 black with white markings.

September 16th. Fifteen larvee on black twigs.

September 18th. Fifteen counted.

September 21st. Fourteen larvee on twigs, and 1 little

one on leaf. The larva were re-fed on September 26th

and 30th.

IL. G. queretfolia.

July 28th, 1893. Fifteen larvee of quercifolia placed with

sticks profusely covered with lichen (probably Ramalina

farinacea was employed thoughout) intermixed with their

food-plant, hawthorn. They were re-fed and examined on

the following dates.

August 1st. One larva on lichen-covered stick ; all the

others on leaves and leaf-stalks. All blackish-grey in colour.

August 5th. Twelve larve on lichen-covered sticks ; 3

on food-plant.

August 9th. Fourteen larve on lichen-covered sticks ;

1 on food-plant.

August 14th. Fourteen larvee on lichen-covered sticks,

Colours black with white and grey markings; the latter

larger than on the larvee of the other experiments.

August 19th. Thirteen larve on sticks; 1 on food-

plant.

August 22nd, Thirteen larvee on sticks.

August 26th. Thirteen larvee on sticks.

August 31st. Thirteen larvee on sticks. The white

and erey markings had now developed to a much greater

extent.

Septenber 4th, Thirteen larvee on sticks.

September 9th. Thirteen larvee on sticks.

September 14th. Twelve larvae on sticks Colours

white and grey and black, except in the case of 2 larvae

without any black.

September 16th. Twelve larvee counted.

September 18th. Twelve larvee on sticks.

September 21st. Nine larvee on sticks; 3 on the twigs

of hawthorn. At this time of the year it was almost

impossible to get a sufficient quantity of the green shoots

of the hawthorn, so that darker twigs were sometimes

included, and upon these the larvae occasionally rested.

The larvae never rested upon the lichen itself, but on the

surface of the bark between the masses.

334 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

The 12 larvze were re-fed on September 26th and 30th,

and on October 3rd and 7th.

IIL. G. quercifolia.

July 28th, 1893. Fifteen of the quercifolia placed with

red-brown stems of the bramble, intermixed with their

food-plant, hawthorn. They were re-fed and examined

on the following dates.

August 1st. Only 1 resting on bramble stem, others on

leaf-stalks. Blackish-grey in colour.

August 5th. Seven on stems, 5 on green parts of food-

plant, 3 on gauze top of cylinder.

August 9th. Thirteen on stems, 1 on green parts of

food-plant, 1 missing. .

August 14th. Fourteen on stems. Some black with

white markings, some grey and some mottled reddish-

brown.

August 19th. Fourteen on stems.

August 22nd. One missing, all on stems.

August 26th. Thirteen counted.

August 31st. Thirteen on stems. All were now grey-

brown with black and white markings.

September 4th. Thirteen on stems.

September 7th. Thirteen on stems.

September 9th. Thirteen on stems.

September 14th. The colours were now as follows :—

1 brown and grey with white markings, 2 brown with white

markings, 3 brown with various shades of grey, 3 grey and

brown with white markings, 2 grey with white markings

and brown patches, 2 dark grey with white markings.

September 16th. Thirteen counted.

September 18th. Thirteen on stems.

September 21st. Twelve on stems; 1 on hawthorn

twig.

They were also re-fed on September 26th, 30th, October

3rd and 7th.

IV. G. queresfolia.

July 28th, 1893. Fifteen larvee of guercifolia placed

with green leaves and shoots of the hawthorn. They were

re-fed and examined on the following dates.

August 4th. Fifteen counted. Blackish-grey in colour.

August 8th. Fifteen counted.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 335

August 14th. Fifteen counted. Rather variable in

colour, but somewhat greyer than at first.

August 19th. Fifteen counted.

August 22nd, Fifteen counted.

August 26th. Fourteen counted.

September 1st. Fourteen counted.

September 5th. Fourteen counted.

September 9th. Fourteen counted. -

September 13th. Fourteen counted. Colour variable:

3 black and white; 9 grey and black-and-white ; 2 grey

and brown-and-white.

September 16th. Fourteen counted.

September 18th. Fourteen counted.

September 21st. Fourteen counted. All on the shoots

of the hawthorn.

September 26th. Fourteen counted.

October 37d. Fourteen counted.

October 7th. Fourteen counted.

October 18th. Fourteen counted. Colour unchanged,

but rather darker than when last noted. Arranged for

hybernation in two muslin bags on the hawthorn tree

described on p. 337; one bag containing the 7 darkest, the

other the 7 lightest.

First GENERAL COMPARISON (SEPTEMBER 21ST), ALL

THE QUERCIFOLIA LARV# BEING PLACED UPON A

UNIFORM BACKGROUND OF WHITE PAPER.

I. G. quereifolia.

As regards the larvee with black twigs of Turkish oak, it

should be noted that the moisture in the glass cylinders

had encouraged the growth of small whitish spots of mould

upon the dark bark, and it is possible that some etfect may

have been produced by their presence in the environment.

Of the 15 larve, 6 were remarkable for the very slight

development of light markings upon the intense black

ground-colour: in one larva mdeed the light markings

were altogether wanting. The remaining 9 larve were

black, chequered with white markings, which were however

far less developed than in the former group which had

been with lichen-covered sticks. The ground-colour of

these 15 larve differed strongly from that of all the others

in its deep black shade.

_ TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART II. (OCT.) 23

336 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

Two of the 6 caterpillars described above, including the

uniformly dark one, were selected for painting, together

with a representative of the 9 chequered larvee. The larva

without white markings was painted by Mr. Bayzand on

September 23rd, and is shown on Plate XVII, fig. 2; the

one with minute white markings on September 26th

(Plate XVII, fig. 3), and the chequered larva on September

25th (Plate XVII, fig. 1).

Il. G. querectfolia.

By far the most marked result was seen in the 12 larvee

with an environment of lichen-covered sticks. Not one of

the 12 could be mistaken for any larva of the other

groups. In the case of 4 larvee the effects were especially

marked, these being of a light colour over nearly the whole

of the exposed surface, the black ground-colour quite

replaced by a pale brownish tint in one and by grey in the

others. The 8 remaining larvee closely resembled each

other, being dark chequered with white; but the ground-

colour, although dark, was not black like that of the larvae

with Turkish oak (I), while the white markings possessed

a greyish tinge in one larva and a bluish in another.

The 4 larvee first mentioned were separated from the

others for painting at this date, together with the one in

which the markings were bluish-white, and another repre-

sentative of the commonest type of appearance, viz. a dark

ground-colour with white markings.

IL. G. quereifolia.

The ground-colour of all the larvee with brown bramble-

stems was very dusky and brownish. Five of them had a

distinct brown patch on each side of the 2nd abdominal

segment, partially extending on to the Ist, and another

patch on the dorsal surface of the 5th abdominal. The

dorsal hump on the 8th abdominal, and in some larvee the

area surrounding its base, were also brown. In the remain-

ing larve the light markings were more generally greyish

than white, and were often evanescent. Of the first-named

5 larvee only one had the light markings well developed, and

this was selected for painting together with another in which

these markings were almost absent. The remaining larve

were similarly represented by the larva with the white

markings best developed and the one in which they were

feeblest,

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 337

IV. G. quercifolia.

The larvae with green leaves and shoots were very

varied, showing tendencies in the direction of all the other

groups, but chiefly resembling the chequered black-and-

white larvee with the black twigs of Turkish oak, although

the ground-colour was not nearly so dark. A few tended

towards the greater development of the hght markings

which was characteristic of the group with the lichen-

covered sticks, while all of them approached the larve

with the brown stems in the dusky tint of the dark ground-

colour. There was no reason for painting any of these

larvee.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR HYBERNATION AND FINAL

COMPARISON OF THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVAE

BEFORE HYBERNATION.

I. G@. quereifolwa.

October 3rd. Larvee with black twigs. It was evident

that the larvee were ready to hybernate. ‘They had eaten

very little, and some of them were spinning a foot-hold.

The size was that shown on Plate XVII, figs. 1 to 3. A

great change had taken place since the last comparison on

September 21st: only 3 larvee instead of 9 were now

chequered black-and-white, 6 having become nearly as dark

as 5 out of the 6 darkest members of the group. The

white patches of the chequered individual painted on

September 25th were now far duller and less conspicuous.

The larve of this and all the other series were specially

arranged so as to test for the existence of any susceptibility

to the colours of the environment during hybernation. All

were enclosed in muslin sleeves upon a large hawthorn

tree, with pink double flowers, in the garden of Wykeham

House, Oxford. It should be noted that the branches

enclosed in the sleeves were very dark, although not so

intense a black as the twigs of the Turkish oak.

A. The 3 chequered black-and-white larvee were enclosed

with an abundance of black twigs of Turkish oak.

B. The 5 darkest were similarly placed with lichen-

covered twigs.

C. Six dark larvae, but not quite so dark as the last lot,

were similarly enclosed with black twigs,

338 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

Il. G. quercifolia.

October 16th. Larvze with lichen-covered sticks. Many

of these larvae had also undergone considerable changes

since September 21st ; so much so indeed in certain cases,

that two of the examples set aside for painting had to be

changed for others which better represented the appear-

ance. borne by the former when they were selected. Of

the 4 lightest larvee on September 21st only one remained

greyish (painted October 2nd, shown in Plate XVII, fig. 6);

2 were now of a brownish tinge (painted October 3rd, fig.

4, and October 7th, fig. 9, Plate XVII); while the 4th

had become so much darker that another brownish larva

was substituted for painting (painted October 6th, fig. 5,

Plate XVII). The latter was not, however, as light as any

of the other 3 set aside on Sept. 21st. Of the other 2

darker larve previously selected for painting, the one with

bluish-white spots had altered, and another more like its

former appearance was substituted (painted October 9th,

Fig. 8, Plate XVII). The remaining 6 dark, white-marked

unpainted larve had not changed, except that the white

marks upon two of them had become smaller and less

conspicuous.

These 6 larvae, with the dark, white-marked one which

was painted on October 10th, and is shown on Plate XVII,

fig. 7, were divided into two groups for hybernation.

D. Four dark, white-marked larve, including the darkest

larva of all the 7 with the smallest white spots, were

enclosed with lichen-covered sticks.

E. Three dark, white-marked larve, including the

darkest larva but one of all the 7, were enclosed with

black twigs of the Turkish oak.

The 3 lightest larva were thus treated.

F. One larva was enclosed with lichen-covered sticks

(Plate XVII, figs. 4 or 9).

G. Two larve, including the greyish one (Plate XVII,

fig. 6), were enclosed with black twigs. The other larva

is represented in Plate XVII, figs. 4 or 9.

H. The two remaining larvee which had been substituted

for painting, viz. the brownish larva (Plate XVII, fig. 5),

and the dark one with bluish-white marks (Plate X VII,

fig. 8), were enclosed with lichen-covered sticks.

hetween lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 339

Ill. G. quercifolia.

November 3rd. The larvee with brown bramble-stems were

compared and arranged for hybernation. The larve were

more distinctly brown and more uniformly so than when

last compared. The brown patches on three parts of the

surface of certain larve, viz. the 2nd, 5th, and 8th

abdominal segments, were still evident and more distinct

than ever. On some individuals they had increased in

size. In only a single larva were the light patches at all

large and conspicuous. Seven larvee were very uniform

in appearance—dark brown with light brown patches

generally present. The remaining 4 larve were also dark

brown, but 1 was distinctly marked with white, 2 less

distinctly marked with brownish-white, while the dorsal

surface of 1 was overspread with grey. The latter larva

was painted on October 17th (Plate XVII, fig. 12). One

of the brownish-white-marked larvee was painted on October

13th (Plate XVII, fig. 10); and 2 of the 7 first described

were painted on September 30th (Plate XVII, fig. 11) and

October 16th (Plate XVII, fig. 13).

This group of larve was arranged for hybernation as

follows :—

I. Four of the 7 uniform larve were enclosed with

lichen-covered sticks.

J. The remaining 3 were enclosed with black twigs.

K. The 4 more spotted or hghter larvee were enclosed

with brown stems.

First GENERAL COMPARISON AFTER HYBERNATION,

Marcu 26th, 1894.

The weather was very warm on March 25th and 26th,

and the buds of the hawthorn were well out.

I. THE 14 QUERCIFOLIA LARV2 ON BLACK TWIGS BEFORE

HYBERNATION.

A. The 3 chequered larve with black twigs.—All three

larvee were quite healthy, and freely moved about when

disturbed. Two were at rest on the black twigs, 1 was

walking about, probably disturbed by the examination.

They had eaten many of the buds, and one had changed

340 Professor EK. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

its skin probably since hybernation: the old skin was

found in the muslin bag.

B. The 5 darkest larve with lichen-covered sticks. —All

the larvee were in the same healthy and vigorous condition

as those just described, and had eaten the buds of the

hawthorn. Every trace of the winter torpor had dis-

appeared, and they moved freely when touched. The

larvee were uniformly dark brown, and quite unaffected by

the presence of the lichen. Four were resting on a branch

of the hawthorn, while one was on the muslin.

C. The 6 dark larvx with black twigs—Three were dead

and dried up, 2 in the bag and 1 still fixed to a branch of

the hawthorn. Of the living larvae, 2 were fixed to the

muslin and 1 to a branch. One larva appeared to be

unhealthy. One had changed its skin, and the hawthorn-

buds had been eaten. All the larvee, including the dead

ones, were uniformly dark.

It was clear from this comparison that no change had

been wrought by the winter surroundings.

II. THE 12 QUERCIFOLIA LARVA WITH LICHEN-COVERED

STICKS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

D. The 4 dark, white-marked larve, including the darkest

of the 12, with lichen-covered sticks——These larvee had

evidently eaten, and were healthy and easily disturbed.

Three were on branches of the hawthorn, and 1 on a

lichen-covered stick, but all had left their silken foot-holds.

All retained the appearance they possessed before hyberna-

tion: the contrast between dark ground-colour and lght

markings was weakest in the larva on the lichen-covered

stick.

E. The 3 dark, white-marked larve, including the darkest

but 1 of the 12, with black twigs——All 8 larvee were on the

hawthorn branch, and were in the same condition as the

above-described set (D). One was resting on a silken

foot-hold, but this was probably accidental, as there was

no trace of torpidity. All possessed the lchen-like

appearance borne before hybernation.

F. One of the 3 lightest larvx, with lichen-covered sticks,—

The larva was resting on the muslin. It was doubtful

whether anything had been eaten, but the larva readily

moved on disturbance, and was not resting upon a foot-hold.

It still remained one of the three lightest larva, and had

not undergone any change during hybernation.

between lepidopterous larve and their surrowndings. 341

G. Two of the 3 lightest larvx, with black twigs —Both

larvee were healthy and irritable; they had evidently eaten.

One was resting on the hawthorn branch and 1 on a

black twig. They still remained very light, like that

described above (F), and were quite unaffected by their

dark surroundings during hybernation.

H. The 2 larve—the brownish one and that with bluish-

white spots—with lichen-covered sticks,—It is improbable

that anything had been eaten, and these larvee did not

appear to have emerged from hybernation. The one with

bluish-grey marks was upon a lichen-covered stick: it was

shrunken, and it appeared doubtful whether it would

survive. The other was still attached to its foot-hold on

the hawthorn branch, and had evidently not moved during

the winter. It was very lichen-like, and entirely unchanged

by its winter environment.

III. tHe 11 QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ WITH BROWN

BRAMBLE-STEMS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

I. Four of 7 uniformly brown larve, with lichen-covered

sticks— All were healthy and had eaten freely: 3 were

on the hawthorn branch, 1 on the muslin. All were

distinctly brown.

J. Three of 7 uniformly brown larve, with black twigs.—

One larva was dead, while 2 healthy ones had evidently

eaten. Both were on the black twigs, and possessed the

same dark brownish ground-colour with brown patches as

the 4 last-mentioned larvee (1).

K. The 4 most distinctly spotted or lightest larve, with

brown stems.—One larva was dead, while 3 healthy ones

had evidently eaten. All 3 were on the hawthorn-branch.

This set still included the most distinctly white-spotted

individuals of the whole 11. It was evident that no

change occurred during hybernation.

IV. THE 14 QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ UPON GREEN LEAVES

AND SHOOTS OF THE HAWTHORN.

L. Seven larve enclosed in a muslin bag containing a

branch of the hawthorn.—One larva was dead, 3 were on

the branch, 2 on the muslin, while | became detached in

removing the bag. All had left their foot-holds, with the

doubtful exception of one on the branch. All 6 were

healthy and irritable, and most of them had evidently fed ;

. 342 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

in fact one of those on the branch was eating when the

examination was made. The larve were on the whole

darkish but very variable.

M. Seven larve arranged as in the last set (Li). One

larva was dead, 2 were on the branch, and 4 were on the

muslin. All had left their foot-holds and were healthy

and irritable. They had evidently eaten. Their appear-

ance was similar to that of the set last described.

A complete history of the larve of each set, I to IV,

subsequent to hybernation, will now be given, followed by

an account of the careful comparisons of the whole which

were made from time to time, all the larve being then

placed on a uniform background of white paper.

I. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVAZ ON BLACK TWIGS BEFORE

HYBERNATION.

A. The 3 chequered black-and-white quereifolia larve on

black twigs throughout.

April Tth—-Re-fed. Three black larve with small

white patches. Unchanged when re-fed on the 10th: all

on twigs.

Apr il 16th—Re-fed. Two larve on twigs, 1 on haw-

thorn: appearance unchanged, as also when re-fed on 20th,

23rd, 27th, and May 3rd: all larve invariably resting on

the twigs.

May Tth—Re-fed. One larva unaltered, while 2 had

changed skin, and the white markings had become less

bright. In one of these the old skin was still adherent

anteriorly. This larva was removed to cylinder C (p. 344).

The other older darker larva was sent to Lord Walsingham

on May 11th.

May 11th.—Re-fed. _ The single remaining larva was at

rest on twig; it was still black with white markings, and

was unaltered when re-fed on the 17th, 22nd, and 25th,

its position on the twig being noted on the two former

dates. It was sent to Lord Walsingham on May 31st.

B. The five darkest quercifolia larve with lichen-covered

sticks during and after hybernation.

April 7th. Re-fed. All 5 larve black, 3 of them with

white spots.

hetween lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 343

April 10th. Re-fed. Four larve on sticks. Appear-

ance unchanged.

April 16th, Re-fed. Four on sticks, 1 on hawthorn.

Only 1 larva was now entirely black, the remaining 4 had

acquired large white patches. Two larve, including the

first-mentioned, were removed to cylinder B}.

April 20th. Re-fed. All 3 on sticks, appearance un-

changed and on sticks, as also when re-fed on the 23rd.

April 27th. Re-fed. Two on sticks, 1 on hawthorn.

It was noted that im one of the larve the white marks

were less developed than in the others.

May 1st. Re-fed. The last-mentioned larva had

changed skin and the white markings were reduced to a

single anterior pair and were quite small. The 2 others

remained as before, and no further change was seen when

the 3 larvee were re-fed on the 3rd, 11th, 17th, 21st, and

25th. They were noted as at rest on the sticks on all these

dates, except the first and last. The darkest larva was

painted by Mr. Bayzand on May 19th, and is shown in

Plate XVII, fig. 14. Of the two others, the one with the

more intensely black ground-colour was painted by him

on the 22nd, and is shown in fig. 15 of the same plate.

Both these figured larvee were sent to Lord Walsingham

on May 25th, and the third was sent on May 31st.

Bt. The two quercifolia larve separated yrom cylinder B on

April 16th.

Apri 16th. The larvee were respectively entirely black,

and black with white patches.

April 20th. Re-fed. Both on sticks, colour unchanged.

Similar results were noted when re-fed on the 23rd and

27th.

May 1st. Both larve had apparently changed skin.

The darker one had gained a pair of small white marks

anteriorly. On May 5th the larve were brought back

from London. No further change.

May 11th. Re-fed. The black-and-white larva was

sent to Lord Walsingham. The single dark larva, on stick ;

appearance unchanged. Similar notes on the 17th, 22nd,

and 25th, except that it rested on the hawthorn on the

first-named date, and its position was not recorded on the

last-named. The larva was sent to Lord Walsingham on

May 31st.

344 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

C. Three dark quercifolia larve (out of 6) on black twigs

throughout.

April Tth. Re-fed. Two larve dead. The third at rest

on twig; black. When re-fed on the 10th it was on twig

and unchanged.

April 16th. Re-fed. At rest on twig. It had changed

skin and was black with a few whitish spots. When

re-fed on the 21st, 28rd, 27th, and May 3rd it was un-

changed, and on each occasion resting on a twig.

May 7th. Re-fed. At rest on twig; unchanged. A

rather darker larva from cylinder A was added. Part of

the skin of the previous stage was adhering to the anterior

part. When re-fed on the 11th, 17th, 21st and 25th,

these larvae were unchanged in appearance. Upon all

dates except the last it was noticed that they were both

upon twigs. Both larvae were sent to Lord Walsingham

on May 31st.

Pete QUERCIFOLIA LARVA ON LICHEN-COVERED

STICKS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

D. Four dark, white-marked quercifolia larve, including the

darkest of U1, on lichen-covered sticks throughout.

April Tth. Re-fed. Four larvae, of which one appeared

to be unhealthy. All were darkish with large white

patches.

April 10th. Re-fed. One larva had died, 3 upon sticks.

Two had changed skin, 1 remaining unaltered, the other

with a further extension of the white patches.

April 16th. Re-fed. ‘lwo larve upon sticks, 1 upon

hawthorn. All were dark with large white patches, and 1

larva was very small.

April 21st. Re-fed. The 2 larger larve on sticks, the

small one on hawthorn. The former dark grey and pale

greyish-brown respectively; both with very large white

patches. The small larva was brownish-grey with pale

marks. When re-fed on the 23rd all were on sticks and

unchanged, as also on the 26th, except that the small larva

was on the hawthorn.

May 3rd. Re-fed. The pale greyish-brown larva had

changed skin and was now a darker blackish-brown, with

large pale markings. ‘The other larvae were unaltered.

May 11th. Re-fed. Two on sticks, the third, the large

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 345

dark grey larva, having been sent to Lord Walsingham on

this date. The remaining large larva was dark brown

with large yellowish markings; the small larva had

changed its skin and was bluish-grey. The larvee were

re-fed on the 17th and 22nd, when they were on sticks

and unchanged in appearance. The larger larva appeared

to be unhealthy on the 22nd and died on the 28rd.

May \5th. Re-fed. The colour of the small larva was

unchanged, as also on June Ist and 7th. It continued to

grow slowly without further change, and finally spun up

on July 28th.

K. Three dark, white-marked quercifolia larve, including

the darkest but one in II, on black twigs during and after

hybernation.

April Tth. Re-fed.

April 10th. Re-fed. All 3 larvee on twigs. Two larvee

had changed skin, but the appearance of all 3 remained

the same, viz. black with very conspicuous white markings.

They were unchanged and at rest on the twigs when

re-fed on the 16th, 21st and 23rd.

April 26th. Re-fed. All on twigs. The dark colour of

the larve appeared to have become more distinctly grey—

dark grey in two cases, grey in the third. As before, the

dark shade was combined with white markings.

May 2nd. One dark grey and white larva had changed

skin and was blackish and white.

May 11th. Re-fed. The largest larva with a rather

darker ground-colour than others was sent to Lord

Walsingham, The 2 remaining larvee on twigs; both

blackish and white. Re-fed again on the 17th, when they

were on the twigs and unchanged. The smaller larva did

not seem healthy and had not grown like the other. The

larger larva, the darkest of all in set II, was painted on

May 17th, and is represented in Plate XVIII, fig. 4.

May 22nd. Re-fed. Two larvee on twigs. The appear-

ance unchanged, but neither looked healthy. The larger

larva died on the 25th and the smaller on June Ist.

F. One light quercifolia larva on lichen-covered sticks

throughout.

April Tth. Re-fed. White and pale grey.

April 10th. Re-fed. On stick. The larva had changed

its skin, and had become white with markings of two

346 Professor E. B. Poulton on eolowr-relation

shades of brown. It was re-fed on April 16th, 21st (mark-

ings of two shades of pale brown), and 23rd, and was

always found on sticks with appearance unchanged.

April 26th. Re-fed. On stick. The larva was now

white with grey and brownish markings. On May 38rd it

was re-fed, the appearance being unchanged.

May 7th. The larva had changed skin; the white parts

had become yellower. It was re-fed on May 11th, 17th,

and 22nd, and was noted as at rest on stick on the 11th

and 22nd. It remained to the end of a yellowish-white

with markings of grey and brown.

May 25th. The larva was painted by Mr. Bayzand and

is shown in Plate XVIII, fig. 3. It was sent to Lord

Walsingham on the same date.

G. Two light quercifolia larve on black twigs during atd

after hybernation.

April Tth. Re-fed. Both lichen-like.

April 10th. Re-fed. Both at rest on twigs. One had

changed skin, and the greyish markings had become rather

darker. Both were at rest on twigs with appearance

unchanged when they were re-fed on the 16th. _

April 21st. Re-fed. Both on twigs. One larva was

white with pale grey markings, the other creamy-white

with markings of a brownish-grey. Unchanged and on

twigs when re-fed on the 23rd.

April 26th. Re-fed. Both on twigs. The white colour

of the larva first mentioned on the 21st had gained a faint

bluish tinge. The other larva unchanged.

May 5th. Re-fed, after having been brought back from

London. The creamy-white larva had changed skin and

was rather paker in tint. Both were on twigs and un-

changed when re-fed on the 11th. The creamy-white

larva was painted by Mr. Bayzand on the 14th, and is

shown in Plate X VITI, fig. 1.

May 17th. Re-fed. Both on twigs. One larva large

and pale creamy-white with greyish-brown markings.

The other much smaller, white with bluish-grey markings,

but with tints duller than they were formerly. It had not

grown much, nor changed its skin. Both larvee were un-

changed in appearnce, and were resting on twigs when

they were re-fed on the 22nd. The creamy larva was sent

to Lord Walsingham on May 25th. The smaller bluish-

between lempidopterous larve and their surroundings. 347

grey larva was painted on May 28th, and is shown in Plate

XVIII, fig. 2. It was sent to Lord Walsingham on

May 31st.

H. The brownish quererfolia larva and the larva with blursh-

white marks on lichen-covered sticks throughout.

April Tth. Re-fed. One larva dead; the other grey

and white. The larva was re-fed on the 10th, 16th, 20th,

23rd, 26th, and on May 38rd. Its appearance remained

unchanged. On all these dates except the last it was

noted that the larva was at rest on the sticks. On May

5th it was dead.

III. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ ON BROWN BRAMBLE-

STEMS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

I. Four uniform quercifolia larve on lichen-covered sticks

during and after hybernation.

April Tth. Re-fed. All 4 dark brown, 2 rather darker

than the others.

April 10th. Re-fed. All 4 at rest on sticks: 2 un-

changed, and 2 had changed skin, becoming respectively

dark grey with white patches and blackish-grey with white

patches and brown marks.

April 14th. Re-fed. Larve on sticks. The larger ones

unchanged. The 2 smaller had now changed skin, be-

coming respectively very dark blackish-brown with white

marks, and dark brown mottled with pale grey.

April 16th. Re-fed. Larvze on sticks. The 2 larger

darker larvee were now placed in another cylinder. The

two remaining were respectively—mingled shades of dark

and light grey with brown patches, and a uniform grey

with large white patches. These 2 larve were re-fed on

April 21st and 23rd without change. They were always

at rest on the sticks.

April 26th. Re-fed. Both larve on sticks. One larva

retained same appearance, grey with brown patches; the

other was of a pale brownish-grey with paler marks.

May 1st. The latter larva had become of a much darker

brownish-grey with brown and pale marks. On May 38rd

they were re-fed, and both were on sticks: appearance

unchanged.

May 11th. Both larve on Sticks. The last described

348 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

larva unchanged. The other had now also darkened,

becoming blackish-grey with paler marks. The larve

were re-fed on May 17th, 21st, and 25th, without further

change in appearance. It was noted that they were at rest

on the sticks on the 17th and 21st. On May 31st both

larvee were sent to Lord Walsingham.

I. The two larger darker quercifolia larve separated from

I on April 16th.

April 16th. One larva was now bDlackish-brown with

white marks, the other very dark grey with white and

brown marks.

April 21st. Re-fed. One larva on sticks, 1 on twigs

of hawthorn. Appearance unchanged, as also on April

23rd and 26th, when they were re-fed and both found on

sticks. .

May 1st. The dark grey larva had changed skin and

become blackish-brown with pale and brown spots. On

May 3rd they were re-fed and found unchanged in appear-

ance on the sticks.

May 11th. The larva with pale and brown spots was

sent to Lord Walsingham. The remaining larva was at

rest on stick, and blackish with two pale marks. It was

re-fed on May 17th (on stick) and 25th. On the 31st it

was sent to Lord Walsingham, There was no further

change in its appearance.

J. Two uniform quercifolia larve on black twigs during

and after hybernation.

April Tth. Re-fed. One larva purplish-brown and black,

the other had changed skin and was black with small

white patches and minute brown points. Both were resting

on twigs and unchanged in appearance when re-fed on

the 10th.

April 16th. Re-fed. Both on twigs. The purplish-brown

and black larva appeared to be even darker, the other

unchanged. Both were on twigs and unaltered when

re-fed on 21st and 25rd.

April 26th. The black larva with small white patches

and minute brown points was dying.

April 27th. The last-mentioned larva was dead. The

other purplish-black larva was at rest on a twig.

May 1st, The larva had changed skin, and was black with

hetween lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 349

a pair of small white marks. It was on a twig unchanged

when re-fed on the 3rd.

May 25th. The larva was sent to Lord Walsingham.

Mr. Bayzand completed his painting of it on the 11th, and

the larva is represented on Plate X VIII, fig. 6.

K. Three of the more spotted or lighter quercifolia larve on

brown bramble-stems throughout.

April 7th. Re-fed. One larva brown, 1 brown with few

white marks. The third grey-brown one had changed

its skin and become brown-grey with white patches.

April 10th. Re-fed. Larve resting on stems. The

brown larva had become brown and very dark grey with

white patches. The other two remained the same.

April 16th. Re-fed. Larve resting on stems. The brown

larva with a few white marks had become darker, and was

now black along the median dorsal area and very dark

brown on the sides: the white patches large. The two

other larvee remained the same.

April 20th, 23rd, and 27th. The larve were re-fed on

each of these dates, and were invariably found upon the

stems. The appearance was unchanged.

May 1st. One of the brownish-grey larve changed its

skin, becoming rather browner in shade.

May 3rd. Re-fed. Three larvee resting on stems. Ap-

pearance unchanged.

May 11th, Re-fed. Two larvee on stems. Appearance

unchanged. Mr. Bayzand finished painting the brownest

larva which is represented on Plate XVIII, fig. 5. The

brownish-grey larva sent to Lord Walsingham for pre-

servation. Another brown one was sent on the 12th.

May 17th, 22nd, and 25th. The single remaining larva

was re-fed on each of these dates. It was noted as at rest

upon a stem except on the 25th. Its appearance was the

same on all occasions, viz. blackish with pale grey marks

and brown spots. It was sent to Lord Walsingham on

May 31st.

IV. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ ON LEAVES, TWIGS, OR

SHOOTS OF THE HAWTHORN THROUGHOUT.

April 7th. Re-fed. One brown larva dead. Appearance

af others unchanged, viz. 8 brown and 2 blackish-brown,

350 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

April 10th. Re-fed. Three larvee unchanged. One brown

and 1 blackish-brown larva had changed skin and become

blackish-grey with large white patches.

April 16th. Re-fed. The two largest larvee last described

removed to another cylinder, L'. The three others un-

changed. One of two smaller brown larve appeared

unhealthy.

April 20th. Re-fed. One larva had changed -skin and

grown much. Of the others, neither of which had changed

skin, one was dead and one appeared to be dying.

April 23rd. The single healthy larva was brownish-black

with white marks.

April 27th, The small larva was dead. The appearance

of the other unchanged, as also on May 3rd and 11th, when

it was again re-fed. On May 17th the larva had died.

The two larva separated from L on April 16th were

re-fed and examined on April 21st, 23rd, and 27th, the

appearance remaining the same throughout, viz. dark

grey with large white patches. On May 3rd the larger of

the two larve looked sickly ; on May 5th it was dead and

the smaller one seemed unhealthy. The latter died on

May 7th.

April 7th. Re-fed. Five larve alive, all greyish-brown.

One of two unhealthy-looking larve had died.

April 10th. Re-fed. Four larvee unchanged; the fifth

had changed skin and had developed larger white patches.

April 16th. The 2 largest larvae were now separated

and placed in another cylinder, M'. The remaining 3

were brownish-grey, 2 of them ‘with pale patches. The

smallest was browner than the others and appeared to be

unhealthy.

April 21st. Re-fed. The last-mentioned larva was dead ;

the others unchanged in appearance although one had

changed skin during the interval.

April 23rd. Re-fed. Unchanged.

April 27th. Re-fed. One larva had become darker, viz.

blackish-grey with white patches. The larva were re-fed

and compared on May 8rd, 11th, and 17th, without change

in appearance.

May 22nd. Re-fed. The brownish-grey larva had died,

the darker one unchanged.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 351

May 25th. The last-named larva had died. Neither of

these larvee had grown large.

The 2 largest larvee separated from M on April 16th.

Both were greyish-brown with distinct white patches.

April 21st. Re-fed. Unchanged. The larve were also

re-fed on the 28rd, 27th, May 3rd, 11th, 16th, and 22nd,

and examined on each occasion. The appearance remained

the same throughout. On the 25th both were sent to

Lord Walsingham.

SECOND GENERAL COMPARISON AFTER HYBERNATION,.

April 27th, 1894. The larvee were carefully compared

and were all placed upon a background of white paper.

Nearly all of them were sluggish, probably preparatory to

the last ecdysis.

I. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ WITH BLACK TWIGS BEFORE

HYBERNATION.

A. The three chequered larve with black twigs—These

larvee were unchanged and still remained the lightest of

the whole of series I. Hence the black twigs had _pro-

duced no effect during hybernation.

B. The five darkest larvxe enclosed with lichen-covered sticks

during hybernation.—One was very dark, the darkest of

the whole group; 1 was dark with faint light spots; 3

were black chequered with white markings, which however

were less developed than in A.

It is possible that these last-mentioned three larvee may

indicate some susceptibility to the effect of the lichen-

covered sticks after they were enclosed upon the tree and

before the commencement of hybernation.

C. The six dark larve with black twigs—Only one

larva was alive, and this was dark with very faint dull

white spots.

All the above described 9 larve were healthy and

well up to the average size.

II. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ WITH LICHEN-COVERED

STICKS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

D. The four dark, white-marked larvx, with lichen-covered

sticks——Three larvee were alive and unchanged: one was

very small.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Ill. (ocT.) 24

352 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

E. The three similar larve, with black twigs—These also

were practically unchanged and like D. One of these

was now the blackest larva, but the smallest in D was

almost exactly the same. It is possible that some very

slight effect was produced by these black twigs before

hybernation.

F. One of the three lightest larve with lichen-covered sticks.

—The larva was quite unchanged.

G. Two of the three lightest larve with black twigs.—No

effect had been produced by the black surroundings. The

bluish-grey larva remained very distinct.

H. Z'wo larve with lichen-covered sticks —The brownish

larva had died. The other still remained the darkest

individual of the lighter part of the group (F, G, H) as

it was when the arrangements for hybernation were made.

Comparing these two important groups I and II as a

whole, it was seen that the lightest larva of I (@n A) was

almost precisely similar to the darkest of I (in E) :—in

fact they could not have been distinguished as regards the

size of the hght patches. On the other hand, the larva in

I was healthy and of the average size, while that in II

was rather small. The smallest in D was not considered in

this comparison, as it had grown but little and was a stage

behind the others. Its light patches, although very dull

and grey, were almost exactly the same size as those of the

darkest larva in D. The remaining nine larve in II were

all large and healthy, and much lighter than the lightest

larva in I.

III. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARV2 WITH BROWN BRAMBLE-

STEMS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

Comparing these as a whole with sets I and IJ it was

obvious that the lightest of them was distinctly darker

than the darkest of the group just described (IT) and exposed

to lichen before hybernation. The larve were perhaps as

dark as those in group I, exposed to Turkish oak before

hybernation, but they were not so black, and, except in two

larvee, the light markings were less white, being greyish

and clouded over.

I. The four uniform dark larve » with lichen-covered sticks.

—Two larve were very dark with a dull blackish ground-

between leprdopterous larve and thei surroundings. 353

colour. The two others were not so dark and bore brown

points and patches, which tended to fuse at their edges

with the dark greyish ground-colour.

J. The three similar larve with black twigs—Only one

larva was alive, and this was rather darker than the darkest

of the set just described (1), having a dull blackish ground-

colour. One dead larva had a very black ground-colour

with brown dorsal points and distinct although small white

patches. It is probable that some slight effect was

produced by the black twigs just before hybernation

began.

K. The four lightest and most distinctly spotted larva,

with brown twigs.—Three larve were alive. ‘The smallest

one possessed the blackest ground-colour and the whitest

patches of any in the whole series (III), The other two

closely resembled the two lighter larve in I.

IV. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ UPON GREEN LEAVES AND

SHOOTS OF THE HAWTHORN,

L, M. There was no distinction between the two lots.

The larvee, as before hybernation, presented a great range

of variation, but the ground-colour was upon the whole

greyish. The lightest individual was rather lighter than

the darkest of those upon lichen before hybernation (II),

while the next in order was about the same as the darkest

of II. Four others were rather less light, while a fifth was

a distinctly dark form. Hence the set was upon the

whole intermediate between I and II and distinctly

lighter than III.

April 28th. The length of all those larvee which had

ceased to feed preparatory to a change of skin was about

560 mm. A few days later the cast skins were examined,

and were seen to possess the white markings as well as the

dark ground-colour. Hence these characters are in part,

if not entirely, cuticular in position.

THIRD GENERAL COMPARISON OF THE LARVA MADE

AFTER HYBERNATION, MAy 7TH.

or ene QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ WITH BLACK TWIGS BEFORE

HYBERNATION.

A. The 3 chequered larve with black twigs—Two larve

were dark, and 1 black chequered with white markings,

which were larger than those of any other larve in I, but

354 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-velation

much smaller than any in II, except the small larva in

E and 1 in D.

B. The 5 darkest larve with lichen-covered sticks.—Three

larvee, 1 of which was changing its last skin, were black

chequered with white markings, which were not quite so

large as those of the larva in A. Two larve were very

dark and unspotted.

C.. The single dark larva with black twigs was changing

its last skin, and was still dark.

Hence probably no etfect had been produced by the

surroundings to which the larvie had been exposed since

hybernation.

II. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVA EXPOSED TO LICHEN-

COVERED STICKS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

D. The 3 dark, white-marked larve with lichen-covered

sticks.—Two larvee were large in the last stage. One of them

became much darker after changing its last skin, but still

remained black with light markings. The effects of their

dark and light tints were more brownish and yellowish,

and on the whole darker than those of the 2 large larvie

in K. In fact, a comparison of D and E did not support

the conclusion that the larve were sensitive to their

environment after hybernation.

The small larva in D which had lagged behind the

others had changed its skin and was rather hghter. It

was still in an earlier stage than any of the others, but

apparently healthy.

EK. The 3 similar larve with black twigs during and

since hybernation—Two larvie were large in the last stage

and remained black-and-white. The third larva was smaller

and had been injured. It was probably unable to change

its skin in consequence.

F. One of the lightest larve with lichen-covered sticks

throughout.——This larva was in last stage, and its lght

markings had become much darker in tint, being of a

yellowish-brown colour.

G. Two of the lightest larve with black twigs during and

since hybernation.—The lighter of the 2 remained about

as in the previous stage; the other, the bluish-grey larva,

had not yet changed its last skin, but was apparently

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 355

rather darker. These 2 larvee were upon the whole

somewhat lighter than those in F and H.

H. The larve with bluish-white spots exposed to lichen-

covered sticks throughout—This larva was dying. It was

now lighter than the larva in F, but this difference was

entirely due to changes in the latter.

III. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVA WITH BROWN BRAMBLE-

STEMS BEFORE HYBERNATION.

I. The 4 wniform larve with lichen-covered sticks during

and since hybernation.—Three larvee were in the last stage,

2 of them brownish with small white spots like those in K,

but with the ground-colour darker. The 3rd was con-

siderably darker. The 4th larva was changing its skin.

It possessed a deep brownish-black ground-colour, which

appeared to be overspread with grey.

J. The uniform larva with black twigs during and since

hybernation—The larva was very large in the last stage,

and very uniformly dark and unspotted, although rather

less black than those which had been exposed to black twigs

before hybernation (1).

K. The 3 spotted or lighter larve upon brown stems

throughout.—Two larve in the last stage were dark

brownish with small light patches. The third, in the last

stage but one, was more black-and-white, resembling the

larve which had been exposed to black twigs before

hybernation (1).

Compared as a whole the larvee of I were blacker than

II, although these were very dark. The latter were

distinguished by greyish-brown shades absent from the

ground-colour of I. The lght patches, when present,

were distinguished in III by a brownish tinge, and were

more clouded and less distinct than in I.

Comparing carefully the darkest larva of II (viz. the

4 darkest in D) with those of I, it was seen that the pale

patches were of the same size as those of the larvze in which

they were most developed of all exposed to black twigs

(viz. the lightest larvee in A). But although the patches

were of the same size, those of the former were yellowish-

brown and clouded, and those of the latter white. The

ground-colour of the larva in II was, however, much lighter,

being a brownish-black, than that of the lightest larva in

I. Hence the darkest larva in II was distinctly darker

356 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

than the lightest in I as regards its pale patches, but

distinctly lighter as regards its ground-colour. And this

comparison only holds for a single exceptional dark larva.

All others in II were far lighter? than any in either [ or ITT.

IV. THE QUERCIFOLIA LARVZ EXPOSED THROUGHOUT TO

THE LEAVES AND SHOOTS OF THE HAWTHORN.

Only 6 larve remained alive, and of these but 2 were in

the last stage. Four larve possessed a ground-colour very

like that of series III, but the white patches were far

larger, and tended to spread as a greyish shade down the

sides. The light patches were, however, much smaller

than in the larve of series II. One of the smallest larvee

was dark with very small white patches, like one of the

darkest of III. A dying larva, unable to change its skin,

was intermediate between this latter and the 4 first-

mentioned larve.

The colours of these larve in series IV seem to have

been influenced by the brownish and greyish twigs and

shoots of the hawthorn.

Last GENERAL COMPARISON OF THE QUERCIFOLIA

LARVZ AFTER HYBERNATION, MAy 25TH.

Of series I it was recorded that the single larve in A

and 2 in B were black with conspicuous white markings ;

while 1 in B, 1 in B!, and 2 in C were dull black with

only a pair of small inconspicuous white markings.

Of series IT nothing is recorded which is not contained

in the description of cylinders D to G.

Of the 4 larve then remaining in III it was noted that

the larve in K much resembled the black-and-white ones

in A and B; while the 3 in I and [' were dull blackish

with the pale markings very inconspicuous.

Only 2 larve remained alive in IV. The brownish

ground-colour of both was much clouded and overspread

with grey, and the pale patches tended much to spread

downwards, becoming grey and clouded especially towards

the ventral surface.

TRANSFER EXPERIMENTS WITH THE LARV2 OF

AMPHIDASIS BETULARIA IN 1896.

A female moth, captured at Oxford, laid a small batch

of eggs, which provided the material for the following

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 357

experiments, undertaken in order to attempt to ascertain

the susceptible stages of this highly-sensitive larva.

The experiment started on May 10th, when the young

larvee were first fed upon the leaves of Populus nigra, all

dark twigs and branches being at first rigidly excluded.

It must be remarked, however, that for a few days after

May 10th the leaves had only just expanded and were

somewhat brownish. Various sets of larvae were withdrawn

from the stock, and the transference experiments were then

conducted in the following manner. All measurements

were taken when the larve were stretched and straight.

A convenient summary of the results of the following

experiments will be found in the table on page 319.

A. A. betularia.

May 16th. Twenty betularia larve at the end of the Ist

stage, and nearly all changing the first skin, and 5°0 mm.

long, were transferred from green to black surroundings

(the twigs of the Turkish oak). Up to this date the green

leaves of P. nigra upon which they had been placed on

May 10th were somewhat brownish, because the buds had

only just opened.

May 20th. The larvae were examined from time to time

between the 16th and this date, and had always been found

upon the leaves and never upon the twigs. On the 20th

every single larva was found upon the leaves. They even

avoided the stem of the food-plant. Ten larve changing

the 2nd skin, and 8°5 mm. long, were re-transferred into

green surroundings (A'). The 10 remaining larve had

attained various degrees of development in the 2nd stage,

3 being at the end of it, but not yet changing the 2nd

skin. From this date to the 29th these 10 larve were fed

upon Balsam Poplar, but from the latter date onwards

upon P. nigra.

May 25th. Only 1 on the twigs, the rest on the leaves.

One larva was changing the 2nd skin, and none had yet

entered the 3rd stage.

May 29th. Two larvee on the twigs, and both these

were changing the 3rd skin. Of the rest 1 was changing

the 8rd skin and 125 mm. long, and 2 had just changed

it. These 5 were re-transferred to green surroundings

(A2). The remaining 5 were in the 3rd stage, 4 nearly at

the end of it, and 1 very small.

May 31st. Only 1 on twigs. Four changing 3rd skin,

358 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

the 5th still small in the 3rd stage. The black twigs were

removed at this date, and the 5 larve by this means

re-transferred to green surroundings.

June 2nd. Four in 4th stage, and 1 nearly at the end

of 3rd stage. Four distinct medium brown colour; 1 very

black.

June 5th. One changing 4th skin and light reddish-

brown; 2 in 4th stage, both darkish brown ; 1 at beginning

of 5th stage and medium brown; the 5th small one was

only 9:0 mm. long.

June 14th. One small in 6th stage, and dark brown

with distinct grey markings prominent on it; 1 changing

5th skin and light brown with ventral surface rather

greenish; 2 at end of 5th stage, 1 intermediate and 1

similar to but rather darker than the larva changing its

skin.

June 20th. Four in 6th stage, 2 dark, overspread with

greyish, 1 green with brown dorsal line and _ lateral

patches, 1 dark form becoming greenish on the sides.

June 26th. One dark larva mature and removed.

July 2nd. The green larva and the one with greenish

sides mature and removed. The remaining larva was very

dark, with distinct sharply-marked pale yellowish spots on

its sides, and one on each side of the dorsal surface of each

segment.

July 12th. The larva described above had been

accidentally drowned.

CONCLUSIONS.

The effect of the dark surroundings is evident. The

green environment of the three last stages was doubtless

the cause of the greyish tint, the greenish sides, and the

yellowish spots on the 3 dark larve. In the case of the

4th larva the effects of the latter surroundings were pre-

dominant, although the larva still retained strong traces of

its earlier environment in the brown markings. Comparing

this result with that of A‘, the relative unimportance of

environment in stage IT becomes clear.

Al. A, betularia.

May 20th. The 10 betularia larve re-transferred from

black into green at the end of the 2nd stage, changing the

2nd skin, and 8°3 mm. long.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 359

From this date to the 29th the larve were fed upon

Balsam Poplar, and then again upon Populus nigra.

May 25th. Most of the larve were changing the 3rd

skin, and all were apparently dark.

May 29th. All had changed the 3rd skin except 2,

which were changing it. All were dark brown except

the 2 latter, which, together with 1 which had just changed,

were light brown. The average length was 14°25 mm.

June 2nd. Four were changing the 4th skin; 5 were

at various points in the 4th stage, with an average length

of 20°75 mm.; 1 was in the Sth stage. All were brown,

although not very dark.

June 5th. Four were changing the 5th skin, 33:0 mm.

long, and 1 at end of 5th stage. The latter was medium

brown, the others 3 light brown and 1 green with light

brown markings. The remaining 5 were much smaller,

being all in the 4th stage, 3 dark brown and 2 light brown.

June 14th. Five were nearly mature, 2 green sprinkled

with distinct greyish dots much more numerous in the

larger larva, which was practically mature and 55:0 mm.

long. The ground-colour of this latter larva was bright

green, the dorsal tubercles dark grey. Of the other 3

large larvee, 1 was very light grey, almost whitish with

darker dots and mottling, 2 were much darker, blackish

rather than brown, with ight grey markings. The largest

of the set of smaller larve was changing its 5th skin and

greenish-brown, 1 smaller in the 5th stage was green with

dorsal brown line, 1 smaller still, chocolate brown. Two

larve were still quite small, viz. 12°25 mm., and probably

still in the 4th stage. Both were dark brown, but they

appeared to be unhealthy.

June 15th. The greenest, the whitish, and 1 dark larva

had become mature and were removed.

June 20th. One green larva mature and removed. Two

in 6th stage, 1 dark with greyish markings not greatly

developed, 1 intermediate, brownish-green; 1 changing

5th skin, green, 2 in 5th stage and lightish brown.

June 22nd. The dark larva in 6th stage mature and

was removed. Two larve in 6th stage, 1 on green side of

intermediate, viz. green clouded over but not entirely

obscured by brown, 1 distinct green with a brown dorsal

line and a little brown on the sides. Of the 2 smaller

larve, 1 was in the 5th stage-and brownish-green, 1 in

the 4th and light brown.

360 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

June 26th. The brownish-green larva in the 5th

stage was dead. The 2 large ones as last described.

July 2nd. The greenish intermediate larva had become

mature and was removed. The distinct green one was

very large, being 64°6 mm. long. The green ground-colour

was somewhat dull, and the brown dorsal line broad but

not dark. The remaining larva was in the 5th stage and

intermediate.

July 12th. The last-mentioned larva was dead. The

other had pupated.

CONCLUSION.

The effect of a dark environment during the 2nd stage

alone, although slight, is very remarkable. The grey

which overspread the green forms may be compared to the

grey patches on the dark form in this and so many of the

other experiments.

A’, A. betularia.

May 29th. The 5 betularia larvee re-transferred to green

surroundings after they had been in black during the 2nd

and 3rd stages.

May 31st. All 5 larvee were advancing in the 4th stage,

and all dark or distinct brown.

June 2nd. Two larve were changing the 4th skin and

22:0 mm. long; the 3 others advancing in the 4th stage.

Appearance unchanged.

June 5th. One larva changing 5th skin and medium

brown; 2 half-grown in 5th stage and 1 nearly at end of

it; 2 dark brown, 1 of the larger pair light brown. The

5th larva in 4th stage and dark brown.

June 14th. Four approaching the end of the 6th stage ;

2 very black and 2 similar, except that the ground-colour

was overspread with light grey, in one case slightly, im the

other thoroughly. The latter was nevertheless a darkish

larva. The 5th larva was changing the 5th skin, and

green with a brown median dorsal line.

June 15th. One dark larva had become mature and

was removed.

June 20th. One dark larva mature and removed. The

remaining 3 larve were all in the 6th stage. The grey

colour of one of the dark larve was still very distinct.

The brown dorsal line was pronounced upon the green

larva.

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 361

June 26th. The 2 dark larve mature and removed.

The 5th larva had now became a typical and distinct

bright green form, the brown dorsal line having almost

disappeared.

July 2nd. The green larva mature and removed.

CONCLUSIONS.

This is a deeply interesting little set, showing the effect

of the dark surroundings persisting unaltered in the 2

larvee which were first to pupate, the green environment

producing some effect in the greyness overspreading the

next 2, and predominating altogether in the last.

B. A. betularia.

May 20th. The 51 betuwlaria larve remaining in the stock,

with green leaves and shoots of Populus nigra, were care-

fully examined. Two larve had just entered the 3rd stage,

having changed the 2nd skin, 5 were small in the 2nd

stage, while all the rest were changing the 2nd skin, and

thus at the end of the 2nd stage. Twenty of these latter

were transferred to a cylinder (B') with an abundance of

black twigs of the Turkish oak, while the remainder were

put back into the green environment. From this date to

the 25th all the larvae were fed on Balsam Poplar.

May 25th, Thirty larvee counted at this date. Of these,

15 changing the 3rd skin were transferred to a cylinder

(B*) with black twigs. The remaining larve were smaller,

but even in the 3rd stage a small proportion of green in-

dividuals had begun to appear among the brown. All

the larvae were fed on Populus nigra from this date

(May 25th) onwards.

May 29th. The 15 larve remaining in the green environ-

ments were mostly at the end of the 3rd stage and many

were changing the 3rd skin. They were mostly light

brown but some were green.

June 2nd. Six larve had reached the end of the 4th

stage, although they were not changing their skins. Of

these 5 were green with slight traces of brown, while the

6th, although green, retained a larger amount of the darker

shade. Six larve were smaller, having reached various

points in the 4th stage. Of these 2 were green with

slight traces of brown, while four were brownish-green or

hght greenish-brown, Three larve were still in the 3rd

362 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

stage, and of these the smallest was dark brown while the

other 2 were light greenish-brown.

June 3rd. The five largest larvae were changing the 4th

skin, and were placed in a cylinder (B*) with black sticks.

Their colour was as described on June 2nd, and their

length 20°5 mm. The colours of the remaining 10 larvee

had not altered.

June 5th. Only 9 larvee were found. Two larve were in

the 5th stage and bright green. Five were more or less

advanced in the 4th stage, and were distinctly green with

a variable degree of development of brown patches. Two

were much smaller in the 4th stage and light greenish-

brown in colour.

June 20th. Three larve were large in the 6th stage, and

all very bright green with only a trace or no trace at all

of a brownish tint along the median dorsal line. The other

6 larvze were not noted on this date.

June 26th. Only 8 larvee were found. Two of the

largest green larve had become mature, and were removed

for pupation. The remaining 6 were of various sizes, but

all were bright green except one.

July 2nd. One green larva was mature and was re-

moved. Three were in the 6th stage,2 bright green, one of

them with a little brown on the sides and a brown dorsal

line ; the 3rd was intermediate, with a brown dorsal line,

and green and brown patches alternating on the lateral

surfaces. One was changing the last skin and one in the

5th stage, both bright green.

July 12th. One green larva mature and removed.

The 2 small ones were dead. Of the two remaining larvee

in the 6th stage 1 was bright green and 1 intermediate.

CONCLUSIONS.

The only point which calls for remark is the occurrence

of a single intermediate larva. This was a probable

result of the large numbers of the young larve in a single

cylinder: so that some effect in a specially susceptible

individual followed from the presence of other young

brownish caterpillars.

B!. A. betularia.

May 20th. The 20 betularia larve changing the 2nd skin

transferred from green leaves and shoots to an environment

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 363

of black twigs. The larve were of a very uniform length

of 8°55 mm.

May 25th. Six were found on the black twigs, the rest

on the leaves. Ten larve, all about 140 mm. long, at the

end of the 3rd _ stage, and mostly changing the 3rd skin,

were transferred to green surroundings (C). The remain-

ing larvee were fed on Balsam Poplar from May 20th until

the 29th. Green forms had begun to appear among the

brown.

May 29th. Only 1 on black twigs. Seven larvae were at

the beginning of the 4th stage, 6 dark and 1 greenish.

Two were changing the 3rd skin and 1 nearly mature in

the 3rd stage.

June 2nd. Four larve on the twigs. Two were chang-

ing 4th skin, and § at various degrees of development in

the 4th stage. All brown and the largest larve very dark

brown.

June 3rd. Only 1 on the twigs. Two had now changed

4th skin on the 2nd, and were transferred to green sur-

roundings (C'): 1 was very black, the other a medium

brown.

June 4th. Three on twigs. All larve in 4th stage, all

brown of various shades: those on the twigs very black.

June 5th. Only 1 on twigs and that a light brown one.

One light brown larva changing 4th skin and transferred to

green surroundings (C'). Five in the 4th stage, including

1 dark brown larva which had just died, 1 in 3rd stage.

All brown (more or less dark).

June 7th. Two on twigs, dark and medium brown. The

latter was changing its 4th skin and was transferred to

green (C'), together with another dark brown larva

which had just entered the 5th stage. The remainder

were as last described, and all were advancing in the 4th

stage.

June 14th. Two were on the twigs; both in the 5th

stage, one dark greyish-brown and the other dark chocolate-

brown. Two were on the leaves, both in the 5th stage and

greyish-brown, lighter than the former two.

June 20th. Two large in the 6th stage and very dark.

June 26th. Four in the 6th stage and all very dark

indeed.

July 2nd. Two of the dark larve had become mature

and were removed. The remaining larve were very black

and nearly mature.

364 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation

July 12th. The 2 last larve had forced their way through

the hole in the plate and were drowned. Their appearance

had not changed, and it is probable that they had become

mature and began to wander.

CONCLUSIONS.

In the final result we probably see the full and char-

acteristic effect of the black twigs unmodified by the green

environment in which the two youngest stages were

passed.

B2. A. betularia.

May 25th. Fitteen betularia larve transferred from green

to black; all changing the 3rd skin and 140 mm. long.

Some were becoming greenish, but most were brown.

May 29th. Allexamined: the colour varied very greatly,

but none were altogether green although there was much

green ground-colour on some. All were in the 4th stage;

1 only on the black twigs and that happened to be a

particularly green one. Many light brown and many dark

brown.

June 2nd. Five on twigs, 3 in the 5th stage, 1 chang-

ing 4th skin, and 1 nearly at end of 4th stage. The

latter and 1 in the 5th stage dark greenish-brown, the

remaining 3 very dark brown. On the leaves and green

stems there were in the 5th stage, 1 green, 3 light brownish-

green, and 2 light brown (1 slightly greenish); in the 4th

stage, 2 brownish-green and 2 medium brown.

June 5th. On the black twigs there were 8 larve, 7 in

the 5th stage (3 of them changing the 5th skin), 5 dark

brown, 1 bright green (changing skin), and 1 brownish-

green (half-grown in stage); 1 in 4th stage and brownish-

green. On the light brown stem of P. nigra was a single

larva which harmonized with it very exactly. On the

leaves were 5 larvee, 2 small in the 5th stage and light

brown, 38 in the 4th, 1 dark (changing the 4th skin), 1

brownish-green, and 1 greenish-brown.

June 14th. Six larve in the 6th stage were on the

twigs and very deep black, some of them with a small

amount of greyish markings. One similar larva on

green: 1 larva in the 6th stage on green was of a

uniform dull light grey tint: of 2 larve in the Sth stage,

1 was changing the 5th skin and light brown overspread

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings, 365

with grey, 1 smaller and darker with less grey. Two

smaller larvee, probably in the 4th stage, or perhaps at

the beginning of the 5th, were respectively lightish and

darkish-brown.

June 15th. One of the darkest larvae had become mature

and was removed.

June 18th. One of the darkest larvee become mature and

was removed,

June 20th. Two very dark larve mature and removed.

One very small one dead. Ofthe 6 in the last stage, 4

were very black, in 3 cases overspread with dull greyish

patches; 1 was greyish on the dorsal surface, lighter

grey elsewhere; the 6th and smallest somewhat resembled

that last described.

June 26th. All had become mature except that last-

mentioned, which had become a dark brownish-black.

July 2nd, No further change.

July 12th. The larva had become mature and was

removed.

CONCLUSIONS.

The power of the black surroundings is evident, the in-

fluence of the green being only seen in the occasional grey-

ness on the black larvz,and especially in the one larva which

was entirely grey. The brownish shade of the larva which

was the last to reach maturity is unusual on the twigs of

Turkish oak. These probable effects of the green on the

larvee which had been longest exposed to the influence of

black (being the last to pupate), are contrary to the results

observed in the other experiments.

B3. A. betularia.

June 3rd. Five betularia larve in green surroundings

up to the end of the 4th stage were transferred to

black. They were changing the 4th skin and 20°5 mm.

long.

June 5th. One larva, a green one, was on a black twig,

the others on the leaves. Four were brownish-green and

1 medium brown, All were advancing in the 5th stage

and about the same size.

June 20th. Three large in the 6th stage, 1 dark smoky-

black ; 1 greyish smoky-black, and 1 intermediate, greenish-

brown. One small one dead, 1 missing.

366 Professor E. B. Poulton on colowr-relation

June 26th. One had pupated, and 1 was mature and

removed. The 3rd larva was greyish smoky-black.

July 2nd. The last larva had become mature and was

removed.

CONCLUSIONS.

The great power of a black environment is well shown,

in the production of 2 dark larvee and 1 intermediate.

At the same time the dark larvee were not quite the

characteristic forms produced by black-barked twigs.

C. A. betularia.

May 25th. Ten of the 20 betwlaria larvie transferred from

green to black for the 3rd stage, and re-transferred to

green at the end of it when they were changing the 3rd

skin and 140 mm. long.

May 29th. All in 4th stage and all dark.

June 2nd. Four in Sth stage, 5 changing 4th skin, 1 not

quite mature in 4th stage. All dark brown.

June 5th, Four changing 5th skin and 33:0 mm. long ;

2 nearly mature in 5th stage; all lightish brown over-

spread with a greyish cloud. Three small in the 5th stage,

2 of them as above and 1 dark brown. One in 4th stage

and very black.

June 14th. Six nearly mature in the 6th stage and all

very dark smoky-black with a pair of distinct grey patches

on the dorsal surface of each segment. Three in the 5th

stage, 2 as above and 1 lighter and really intermediate.

June 15th. Three dark larvee had become mature and

were removed.

June 18th. One dark larva mature and removed.

June 20th. Two larvee large in the 6th stage, very dark

smoky-black with the paired segmental light grey patches

distinct.

June 26th. The 2 larve above described had become

mature and were removed. Of the 3 remaining larvie, 2

were large in the 6th stage, one bright green with brown

dorsal line and a small brown patch on anterior part of

each side of the segments, the other smaller and darker

with more brown upon it, but still with a bright green

eround-colour. The third larva in the 5th stage and

chocolate-brown.

July 2nd. All 3 in 6th stage, but the smallest was now

intermediate. In view of the considerable development of

between lepidopterous larve and their surroundings. 367

brown markings the other 2 can only be considered as

rather on the green side of intermediate.

July 12th. The smallest larva was still feeding and still

intermediate. The other two had become mature and

were removed. There was no further change.

CONCLUSIONS.

These results are deeply interesting. The 6 larve

which first became mature were certainly influenced by the

green environment of the three last stages, inasmuch as

the final appearance was a dark smoky-black with a pair

of distinct grey patches on each segment, instead of the

well-known intense dead black which is the characteristic

effect of the black-barked twigs of Turkish oak. At the

same time, the remarkable susceptibility to this stimulus is

seen in the pronounced darkness of these 6 larvee after only

a single stage (of 5 days’ duration) had been passed among

black twigs. It is interesting to note that the 3 inter-

mediate larvee grew more slowly after May 25th, and

thus passed a relatively longer time in the green

environment.

Cl. A. betularia.

June 3rd. Two betularia larve at the beginning of the

5th stage re-transferred to green surroundings after they

had been in black for the 3rd and 4th stages.

June 5th. A third larva, changing its 4th skin, was

similarly re-transferred. It was of a light brown colour.

Of the 2 former, 1 was nearly at the end of the 5th stage

and dark brown, the other rather smaller and darkish

brown overspread with grey.

June Tth. A fourth larva changing its 4th skin and a

fifth at the beginning of the 5th stage were similarly

re-transferred.

June 14th. Three larve in 6th stage, smoky-black with

prominent light grey markings especially distinct in one

of them. One in Sth stage and 1 changing 5th skin, both

dark chocolate-brown with a little grey.

June 20th. Four large in the 6th stage, smoky-black

overspread with grey. The black ground-colour resembles

that of the larvee still in black surroundings.

June 23rd. Two had become mature and were removed.

June 26th. Two mature and removed. The 5th was

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART UI. (ocT.) 25

368 Professor E. B. Poulton on colour-relation, ete.

now large in the 6th stage, a dark brownish-black rather

than the dead black of the other 4 and those still on the

black twigs.

July 12th. Mature and removed. No further change in

appearance.

CONCLUSIONS.

In this case the grey which overspread. the black

ground-colour of 4 larve must be regarded as an effect of

the green environment during the 2 last stages. The 5th

larva took longer to develop, and there was a slight

departure from the characteristic dead black of the other

tour.

Explanation of Plates. 369

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Results of Experiments in 1893 upon the colour-relation between

the larve of Odontopera bidentata and their environment.

All the figures are of the natural size.

Fie. 1.

Nearly mature larva of 0. bidentate showing the effect of

an environment of black-barked twigs (Quercus cerris).

This typical example of the results of Experiment I was

painted by Mr, P. J. Bayzand on July 31st, 1893. All the

larve figured on this plate were fed upon the leaves of

Populus nigra, but they nearly always rested by day on

the twigs or pieces of bark made use of in the experi-

ments here illustrated. The larva represented in this

figure is not in its normal diurnal resting position, having

been disturbed ; and the same is more or less the case

with Figs. 3, 5, 7 and 9.

Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of weathered pale grey barkless twigs. This typical

example of the final results of Experiment VII was

painted on July 28th. A little earlier the larve had

been rather paler and resembled more closely the majority

of the twigs made use of.

Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of dark purplish-brown, glossy twigs, probably of birch.

This typical result of Experiment III was painted on

July 30th.

Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of white-spotted, purplish-brown twigs of birch. This

typical result of Experiment IV was painted on July

30th. Although the details of the environment were

not reproduced, the larva was distinctly less dark than

that shown in Fig. 3.

Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of green leaves and shoots. The food-plant (Populus

nigra) was employed for this purpose, all dark-barked

twigs being carefully excluded. A comparison of this

figure with the others on the same plate indicates that

the leaves of the food-plant produce no effect when they

are combined with dark twigs or lichen-covered bark ;

while a reference to Experiments I to XV shows that

the great majority of the larve rest by day upon these

latter objects in preference to the leaves. This typical

result of Experiment VIII was painted on July 31st.

370 Explanation of Plates.

Fic. 6. About half-grown larva showing the effect of an environ-

ment of bark covered with bluish-green lichen, probably

Physcia pulverwlenta. This typical result of Experiment

XIII was painted on August Ist.

About half-grown larva showing the effect of the environ-

ment last described. This second typical example of the

results of Experiment XIII was painted on August 3rd.

8. Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of bark covered with orange lichen, perhaps Physcia

parietina, probably combined with P. pulverulenta. This

typical result of Experiment XIV was painted on

August 4th.

9. Nearly mature larva showing the effect of the environment

last described. This second typical example of the

results of Experiment XIV was painted on August 5th.

10. Nearly mature larva showing the effect of an environment

of lichen-covered sticks. The lichen was probably

Ramalina farinacea. This typical result of Experiment

XV was painted on August 10th.

11. Nearly mature larva showing the effect of the environment

described in Fig. 6. This third typical example of the

results of Experiment XIII was painted on August 31st.

Comparing the last six figures of larve together with the repre-

sentation of the various forms of lichen-covered bark employed in

the experiments, it is seen that there was no special resemblance to

the characteristic features which distinguished one form of environ-

ment from the others. Thus the orange colour of the lichen did not

produce any corresponding effect upon the larve shown in Figs. 8

and 9.

The whole results prove that bidentata is a larva with remarkable

susceptibility to the colour of its environment. In this respect it

is equal to the most sensitive of all larve hitherto tested—Amphi-

dasis betularia. The latter is more susceptible to green leaves and

shoots, becoming bright green when restricted to their influence.

When exposed to lichen-covered bark, however, bidentata was shown,

in Experiments XII to XV, to be far more sensitive.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE KV,

Results of Experiments in 1893-4 upon the colour-relation between

the larve of Gastropacha quercifolia and their environment.

All the figures are of the natural size, and all represent the

normal resting position, except that the larvee more frequently rest

Explanation of Plates. 371

with the head downwards than is shown in the plate. Perhaps the

young larvee under normal conditions invariably rest in this position,

Figs. 1—13 represent the larve in the autumn of 1893, just before

the beginning of hybernation.

Figs. 14 and 15 represent the larva, nearly mature in the last

stage, in May 1894.

Fia. 1. Larva of Gastropacha quercifolia just before hybernation,

showing the effect of an environment of black-barked

twigs (Quercus cerris). This typical example of the nine

black larvee, chequered with white, described on Septem-

ber 21st, 1893, was painted by Mr. Bayzand on September

25th. Although these larve had eaten very little, and

had not grown appreciably by October 3rd, the white

marks on six out of nine of them had become reduced

almost to the condition represented in Fig.3. The white

patches on the larva shown in Fig. 1 had also become

much duller and less conspicuous. The persistence of

the process of colour-adjustment right up to the begin-

ning of hybernation is very interesting, and contrasts

remarkably with its entire cessation during and after

hybernation. The difficulty with which the contour of

the larvee could be made out against the black bark is

correctly rendered in Figs. 1—3.

2, Larva at the same period and exposed to the same environ-

ment as that shown in Fig. 1. The figure represents the

darkest larva, without any trace of white markings,

described on September 21st. The painting was made

on September 23rd.

3. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shown in Fig. 1. This typical ex-

ample of five out of the six darkest larvee, described on

September 21st, was painted on September 26th.

4, Larva just before hybernation, showing the effect of an

environment of lichen-covered sticks. The lichen was

probably Ramalina farinacea. The figure represents

one of the four lightest coloured larve produced

in this environment and separated for painting on

September 21st. The larva was painted on October 3rd.

By October 16th, when the larve of series II were

arranged for hybernation, many changes had taken place,

but this larva remained among the lightest throughout.

5. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same environ-

ment as that shown in Fig. 4. The figure represents

372 Explanation of Plates.

one of the four lightest larvee on October 6th when it

was painted. It was not among the four lightest larvae

on September 21st, but changes took place after this date.

Fic. 6 Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shownin Fig. 4. The figure represents

one of the four lightest larvee separated for painting on

September 21st, and the only one which remained of a

greyish tint, the others becoming brownish. It was

painted on October 2nd.

7. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shown in Fig. 4. The figure repre-

sents one of the commonest types of appearance on

September 21st, viz. the group of six dark white-marked

larve. The drawing was made on October 10th.

8. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same

environment as that shown in Fig. 4. Among the

eight darkest larve of this series II on September 21st,

was one in which the white markings possessed a bluish

tinge. This was set aside for painting. But changes

took place later on, and one of the other seven larve was

found more nearly to represent the previous appearance

of the separated larva. The former, which had become

greyish, was therefore painted on October 9th.

9. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shown in Fig. 4. The description of

Fig. 4 applies in every respect except that the larva here

represented was painted on October 7th.

10, Larva just before hybernation, showing the effect of an

environment of reddish-brown stems of bramble. The

larva represented was one of the two mentioned on

October 16th, in which the light patches were well

developed and of a brownish tint. It was painted on

October 13th.

11. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shown in Fig. 10. The larva repre-

sented was the lightest of the seven very uniform dark

brown larve with lighter brown patches and small white

marks mentioned on October 16th. These light patches,

which are not very distinct in this figure and in Fig. 13,

were generally present on the 2nd, 5th, and 8th abdominal

segments. The larva was painted on September 30th.

12. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same en-

vironment as that shown in Fig.10. The larva repre-

sented was the brown individual with the dorsal surface

Explanation of Plates. 373

overspread with grey mentioned on October 16th. The

greyish appearance does not come out in the figure, the

effect being merely to render the brown of a paler tint-

The larva was painted on October 17th.

Fic.13. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same envi-

ronments as that shown in Fig. 10. The description of

Fig. 11 applies in every respect, except that the larva

here represented was a specially dark example, and was

painted on October 16th.

14. Larva, nearly mature in the last stage, showing the effect

of an environment of black-barked twigs up to the

beginning of hybernation. During and after hybernation

the larva was placed (I, B) in an environment of lichen-

covered sticks, but, as the figure indicates, it had ceased

to be susceptible to such influences, and no effect was

produced. Before hybernation it had been one of the

five darkest larvee. The painting was made on May 19th.

15. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same environ-

ments (I, B) both before and after hybernation as that

shown in Fig. 14. Although conspicuous white patches

appeared on this and other larvae subsequent to hyber-

nation, it is improbable that this effect was due to the

lichen which formed the surroundings after the begin-

ning of hybernation. The comparison of the whole

of the larve indicates that they had then ceased to be

susceptible to the colours of the environment. The

larva was painted on May 22nd.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XVIII.

Results of Experiments in 1893-4 upon the colour-relation between

the larve of Gastropacha quercifolia and their environment.

All the figures are of the natural size, and all represent the

natural resting position.

All the figures represent the larvee in the last stage, and all but

one nearly mature, in May 1894.

Fic. 1. Larva of Gastropacha quercifolia, nearly mature in the last

stage, showing the effect of an environment of lichen-

covered sticks up to the beginning of hybernation.

The lichen employed was probably Ramalina farinacea.

During and after hybernation the larva was placed in an

environment of black-barked twigs (II. G) which, it is

Fig; 2.

Explanation of Plates.

obvious, produced no effect whatever. The appearance

of this same larva just before hybernation is represented

in Plate XVII, fig. 4 or 9. The painting of the nearly

mature larva was made on May 14th.

Larva, small but probably in the last stage, exposed to the

same environments (II, G) both before and after hyber-

nation, as that represented in fig. 1. Here too it is

clear that the black-barked twigs which surrounded the

larva during winter and spring produced absolutely no

effect. The appearance of the same larva just before

hybernation is represented on Plate XVII, Fig. 6. The

painting of the more mature larva was made on

May 28th.

3. Larva, nearly mature in the last stage, showing the effect

of lichen-covered sticks throughout (II, F). The lichen

was probably Ramalina farinacea. The appearance of

this same larva just before hybernation is represented in

Plate XVII, fig. 4 or 9. The painting of the nearly

mature larva was made on May 25th.

4. Larva at the same period and exposed to the same

environments both before and after hybernation as that

represented in Fig. 1. The larva here represented (from

Il. E) was the darkest of all the mature larve which

had been exposed to an environment of lichen before

hybernation (series I]). There is no reason to sup-

pose that the black twigs produced any effect in winter

and spring. The larva was one of the seven darkest

in series I] before hybernation. The painting was made

on May 17th.

Larva, nearly mature in the last stage, showing the effect

of reddish-brown stems of bramble throughout (III, K).

The specimen represented was one of the four more

spotted or lightest larve before hybernation, and the

same relationship towards the other divisions of this

series (III) was maintained during and after hyberna-

tion. The painting was finished on May 11th.

G6. Larva, nearly mature in the last stage, showing the effect

reddish-brown stems of bramble before hybernation.

During and after hybernation the larva was placed in an

environment of black-barked twigs (III, J). It had

been one of the uniform brown larve before the winter,

and there is no reason for the belief that the black twigs

introduced later produced any effect. The painting was

finished on May 11th.

7-_~

XIX.—A Revision of the Old World Lymeantriidz in the

National Collection. By CoLONEL CHARLES

Swinnog, M.A, F.LS., ete.

THE order in which the genera and species of this Family

are placed in this paper is the same as that in which they

now stand in the National Collection.

In working out the material, I have gone through the

whole of the accessible literature: I may have increased

the synonomy somewhat by describing species that have

been described before, but their careful descriptions will in

any case be useful.

The difficulties to be overcome in examining literature

published in German, Dutch, Swedish, and French is much

increased by the extraordinary system now prevailing in

the formation of indices to the various scientific serials.

With the exception of the “ Tring Journal,” the “ Journal

of the Bombay Natural History Society ” (and perhaps one

or two others), all the scientific pericdicals have generic

indices ; this may be sufficient for mammalia, ete., where

the genera are so few you can almost count them on your

fingers : but for entomological workers such indices are

merely an aggravation, and are absolutely useless with so

large a number of genera. In working out small insects

mistakes in the reference of species to genera are very

liable to be made, and it is next to impossible te decide

with any accuracy the genus in which an author has put

the species one is looking for. The result of this is that

in working out references it becomes necessary to plod

through the papers of each writer, species by species.

I have found it neces ssary to sink a number of so-called

genera, especially under the well-known genus Dasychira ;

and though I have twice examined every ‘type specimen of

every one > of these genera, I can detect no distinctive points

in any of them sufficient to differentiate it.

Both sexes of typical Dasychira have peculiar dorsal

tufts of hairs on the abdomen, and a second characteristic

is the enlarged and truncate formation of the anal segment

of the abdomen, especially noticeable in the female.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IL (OCT.)

376 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Sir George Hampson, in his able work on the Moths of

India, has included in this genus, under separate sections,

moths otherwise agreeing, but without these particular

characteristics, and I have followed him; but I should here

point out that the species without dorsal tufts on the

abdomen have likewise the anal segments pointed in both

sexes, and that therefore these sections are to that extent

divergent from the type. I have, however, been content

to separate merely into sections those species with tufts

and those without, as a guide for future workers.

The species of the Australian genus Anthela = Colussa

= Darala = Newmania differ in the neuration of the

hind-wings from typical Lymantriide; veins 7 and 8 are

divergent from base, and never approximate at any point

of the cell. In one species, Anthela (Colussa) varia, the

type of the genus Colussa, these veins are united by a

strong bar. ‘This disposition of the veins 7 and 8 of the

hind-wings is the same as in the Hupterotide; but vein 5

of both wings rises below the middle of the discocellulars,

whereas in Lupterotide it should arise from, or from above

the middle. This Australian genus therefore appears to

claim a place for itself intermediate between the true

Lymaniriide and the Eupterotidxy, and though included in

the former in this paper, must be considered as partially

abnormal.

Genus DENDROPHLEPS, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 491

(1892).

DENDROPHLEPS SEMIHYALINA.

Dendrophleps semihyalina, Hmpsn., |. ¢.

1 Z, Khasia Hills (type). 1 9, Sikhim.

Genus CARAGOLA, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 46 (1879).

CARAGOLA IMPRESSA.

Leucoma impressa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xx, p. 8, pl. 1, f. 1

(1877).

Redoa impressa, Kirby (part), Cat. Moths, 1, p. 435 (1892).

1 9, Sandakan. 1 9, Fergusson Isl.

Snellen’s type came from Java. It is just as distinct

from cygna, Moore, as rinaria, Moore, is from dica, Swinh. ;

I have both sexes from Java and Amboina; the male has

acute fore-wings like the males of ochripes, Moore.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 377

CARAGOLA RINARIA.

Redoa rinaria, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., u, p. 336 (1859).

Caviria rinaria, Hmpsn. (part), Moths, India, i, p. 490

(1892).

Leucoma margaritacea, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxix, p. 35,

pl. 1, f. 2, 2a (1886).

Arctornis snelleni, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 432 (1892).

1 ¢, Sumatra. 3 3,1 9, Java, including the type.

Snellen’s type came from Sumatra.

CARAGOLA DICA.

Redoa dica, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 478.

Caviria rinaria, Hmpsn. (part), Moths, India, 1, p. 490

(1892).

1 2, Khasia Hills (type).

I do not think the sinking of this form to the Island

species is justifiable ; dica is much larger, and has rounded

hind-wings, whereas the hind-wings of vinavia are more or

less square, the margin being straight from vein 2 to vein

7; Ihave both sexes from the Khasia Hills in my own

collection.

CARAGOLA CLARA.

fRtedoua clara, Walker, xxxii, 343 (1865).

Caviria clara, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 490 (1892).

i$) Hong: Kone... 3.2,

type. '

CARAGOLA CYGNA.

Caviria cygna, Moore, P. Z. §., 1877, p. 601.

Caviria eygna, Hmpsn., Moths, India, 1, p. 489 (1892).

1 g, Ceylon (type). 1 2, Andamans (type).

CARAGOLA MARIA.

Redoa maria, Kirby, Ann, Mag. N.H. (6), xviii, p. 383

(1896).

1 g, Mtzbe, E. Africa (type).

CARAGOLA SERICEA.

Stilpnotia sericea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 45 (1879).

Caviria sericea, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 490 (1892).

1 $,39,Masuri. 2 ¢,2 2, Sikhim, including the types.

42, Thibet. 4 9, Kashmir.

5 ¢, Sikhim, including the

378 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

CARAGOLA OCHRIPES.

Stilpnotia SEES) Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 45 (1879).

Denar ophleps ‘semil: yalina, o. Swinh, (nec Hmpsn. »; Thine

Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 14.

1 g, Moupin, W. China. 1 9, Chin Hills. 1 2, Khasia

Hills.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

Genus Leucoma, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 64

(1829).

Rtedoa, Walker, iv, 826 (1855).

Kanchia, Moore, Lep, Ceylon, 1, p. 92 (1883).

LEUCOMA SUBMARGINATA.

Redoa submarginata, Walker, iv, 826.

Leucoma submarginata, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 487

(1892).

Redoa transiens, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p. 128

(1862).

Leucoma hipparia, Swinh., Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xii, p. 214

(1893).

2 ¢, Sarawak, Borneo, including the type of transiens.

1 ¢,Sandakan. 1 ¢, Pulo Laut. 3 ¢,1 2, Singapore,

including the type of ese (as oh ok Se lan eon | ote

Fergusson Isl. 2 N. Guinea. 1 ¢, N.Ireland. 1 ¢,

NaBritam, 2 fy i Java. 1 ¢, Chusan Isl. 1 ¢,

Ichang, W. China. t,19, Darjiling. 2 3, 19, Cachar.

5 f, Trevandrum. 3 au Ceylon. 1 #, Maulmein. 1 @,

1 2, Silhet (types). 2 $, Burma. 1 ¢,Andamans. 1 @,

Nilgiri Hills.

LEUCOMA CYGNA.

Redoa cygna, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 401.

ftedoa cymbicornis, Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 48, pl. 89, f. 2

(1881).

Redoa nigricilia, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 478.

1 9, India (type). 2 9, Yokohama. 1 ¢, Pu-tsu-fong,

China. 5 ¢,1 2, Sikhim, including the type of cymin-

cornis. 1 2, Khasia Hills (type nigricilia). 1 3, Nilgiri

Hills. 1 ¢, Andamans. 3 ¢, Penang. 1 ¢, Borneo.

1 gf, Singapore. 2 2, Queensland.

g,N

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 379

LEUCOMA FLAVESCENS.

fedoa flavescens, Moore, P. Z. S., 1877, p. 600.

Leucoma flavescens, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 488 (1892).

Redoa sericea, Moore, |. c.

3 $, Andamans, including both types. 1 7,19, Nilgiri

Hills. 2 ¢, Travancore.

LEUCOMA PRUINOSA.

Leucoma pruinosa, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 236

(1879).

Arctornis pruinosa, Kirby, Cat. Mothis, i, p. 433 (1892).

1 2, Madagascar (type).

LEUCOMA NITIDA, nov.

6, 2. Palpi, fore-legs and frons orange ochreous; top of head,

middle and hind legs, body and wings above and below pure white ;

antenne with the shaft white, branches ochreous grey ; thorax of the

male suffused with orange ochreous ; fore-wings with a beautiful

silvery sheen, with thin longitudinal curved waves in certain lights;

the first runs from base to apex, the second from hinder margin near

base to outer margin above the middle, and the third from the middle

of the hinder margin to outer margin below the middle. Costal line

and cilia ochreous grey ; hind-wings without the sheen and without

any markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,8,, 9 2.3, inches.

gf 2, types, Old Calabar (S. D. Crompton and F. W.

Sampson). 1 2, Ogove River. 1 9, Lagos (H. Strachan).

1 2, Sapele, River Niger. 1 2, Gold Coast (W. Ef. Johnston).

LEUCOMA LUTEIPES.

Stilpnotia luteipes, Walker, 1v, 843, 2 (1855).

Homeomeria luteipes, Kirby, Cat. Moths., i, p. 437 (1892).

Redoa laba, Schaus and Clements, Lep. Sierra Leone, p.

25, pl. 1, f. 4 g (1893).

ftedoa ogovensis, Holland, Ent. News, Phil., 1893, p. 63, pl.

3, f. 12, 13.

2 $,2 2, Sierra Leone, including the type. 1 7, Old

Calabar. 1 2, Ogove River.

There can be no doubt that Jaa is its male; the locality

and description fit it exactly; and I have compared an

example from Mr. Druce’s collection, given him by Dr.

Holland as ogovensis, with Walker's type: these are also

identical.

380 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

LEUCOMA EGERINA.

Leucoma egerina, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xu, p. 214

(1893).

4 4,12, Singapore, including the type.

LEUCOMA MARGINALIS.

Redoa marginalis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

128 (1862).

Leucoma marginalis, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p.

202 (1892).

1 2, Singapore. 3 7,Sarawak. 1 7,1 2, Kuching.

The type from Sarawak is in Mus. oe

LEUCOMA ALBA

Aroa alba, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pet., iii, p. 478 (1861).

Aroa alba, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 41, pl. 5, £ 18 (1864).

Leucoma alba, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 143.

Redoa sinensis, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 92

(1s77).

=e ie 2 China, including Moore’s type. 1 ¢

oS Oo}

Shanghai. ie 192, Fusan. 2 ¢,1 2,Gensan.

LEUCOMA MOOREI.

Leucoma moorei, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 1453.

Redoa alba, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 92 (1877)

(preoce.).

1 2, Shanghai (Moore’s type). 3 7, Ichang. 12, Chang

Yang. 2 2,12, Omeishan. 3 a , Moupin. 1 Q, Wa-

Shan.

LEUCOMA MINUTISSIMA, nov.

4. Pure white; frons, pectinations of the antennz, and the tarsi

tinged with greyish ochreous; a very small black dot at the end of

the cell of the fore-wings ; otherwise the insect above and below is

entirely without markings.

Expanse of wings 4 inch.

Hah, SARAwAk, Borneo (Wallace).

I should think it is the smallest species of the genus;

the example is in excellent condition.

LEUCOMA DIVISA.

Euproctis divisa, Walker, iv, 836 (1855).

1 Z, Silhet (type). 1 7%, Bhutan. 2 7, Donat Range,

Burma. 5 7,1 2, Singapore. 1 f,1 2, Penang, 17,

12, Java. 2 7, Pulo Laut. 1 27, Sarawak.

Walker described two perfectly distinct moths as male

and female of his species; I take his type to be the first

one, following his description; it isa female from Nepal,

a true Huproctis; the next is a male from Silhet, a

Leucoma, and as the name is not preoccupied and his

deseription is sufficient, it must stand.

LEUCOMA SILHETICA.

Penora sthetica, Walker, xxxii, 341 (1865).

1 7, Khasia Hills. 1 2, Silhet (type).

This is a common form in the Khasia Hills: it is almost

completely hyaline, and is quite distinct from divisa, which

is well clothed in both sexes.

LEUCOMA DIAPHANA.

ftedoa diaphana, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 46, no. 1051, ¢

(1879).

Redo lactea, Moore, |. c., no. 1053 2.

3 2, Bengal 2 ¢, Kulu. 1 7,1 Q, Omeishan.

Moupin. 1 2, Kwei-Chow.

LEUCOMA PELLUCIDA, nov.

3, 2- White; palpi and top of head orange ; frons white ; antennz

and thorax tinged with orange in the males; wings very thinly

elothed, almost hyaline ; the costal line orange ; cilia tinged with

orange ; a small, rather promment, black mark in the middle of the

discoidal vein of fore-wings ; fore-legs orange, hind-legs white.

Expanse of wings ¢ 135, 2 2 3, imehes.

Hab. Kuasts HILts.

I have two from the same locality in my own collection ;

one I have had for some years unnamed.

LEUCOMA TIPHIA, nov.

3; 2. Antenne black, the shaft speckled with white; palpi

black with some ochreous hairs ; frons with some ochreous hairs in

the male ; pectus ochreous in the male, and the thorax below covered

with ochreous brown hairs ; legs white ; fore tibiz striped with black

in front in both sexes ; head, bedy, and wings above and below pure

white sparsely covered with shining scales, semi-hyaline : costal line

382 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

of fore-wings black for one-third of its length from the base above

and below, but below the whole costal space is also tinged with

ochreous ; no other markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,%,, 2 144 inches.

Hab. Natropt Forest, Kikuyu, British E. Africa

(Crawshay), 4 $,1 @.

LEUCOMA USEBIA, nov.

¢. Antenne black, shafts whitish ; frons, fore-legs, and hind

tibia ochreous; otherwise the insect is pure white without any

markings whatever above or below ; veins 6 and 7 of the hind-wings

are on a long stalk.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inches.

5 ft, Lake Nyassa (de Jersey).

LEUCOMA CROCIPES.

Cypra crocipes, Boisd., Faune.Madag., p. 87, pl. 12, f. 2

(1833).

Cypra crocipes, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 438 (1892).

2 ¢, Madagascar.

LEUCOMA TAVETENSIS.

Leucoma tavetensis, Holland, Ent. Suppl. xxv, p. 93

(1895).

Antiphella telesilla, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), iui, p. 469

(1889).

The type came from the Taveta Forest, Kilimanjaro

(Abbott), and is in the U.S. Nat. Mus.: in the B. M. there

isone male from the same locality (Hannington), and two

males from Lagos (Strachan); there is no apparent difterence

between the Eastern and Western examples ; Druce’s type

is from Zanzibar; it is rather larger than the continental

examples, but otherwise identical.

LEUCOMA GRACILLIMA.

Leucoma gracillima, Holland, Ent. News, Phil., 1893, p. 64,

pls, 1. o.

1 Z, Ogove River. 1 2, Old Calabar.

LEUCOMA VATA, nov.

¢. Antenne and frons orange ; legs white, orange-grey in front ;

head, body, and wings above and below silky white ; costal line of

fore-wings orange ; no other markings; fore-wings rather long and

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 383

narrow, the outer margin being longer than the hinder margin, the

hinder angle well rounded.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inches.

Hab. River NIGER, Sapele (&. W. Sampson).

LEUCOMA RUFIMARGINATA, Nov.

S, °. Pure silky white ; palpi and branches of antenne, body

beneath, and legs ochreous grey, the last with some dark brown

spots ; costa of fore-wings rufous; a spot of that colour at the end of

the cell, and the outer margins and cilia of both wings rufous, except

at the angles.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1 inch, 2 1% inches.

2, 1-2, Pulo Laut:

Allied to LZ. submarginata, Walker, but has no white

frons, and no black and yellow spots and markings on the

fore-legs.

LEUCOMA PRIMULA, nov.

¢, ¢. Palpi chestnut-brown, whitish beneath and on the inner

sides ; antenne grey, the shafts pale primrose ; frons dark chestnut-

brown ; legs, body, and wings above and below of a uniform pale

primrose colour ; fore-wings with the apical third of the costa and

the outer margin, including the cilia, dark chestnut-brown, a small

space just before the hinder angle not coloured ; hind-wings with

the outer marginal line and cilia from a little before the middle to

near the anal angle similarly coloured ; a very small brown dot in the

middle of the discoidal vein of the fore-wings. The fore-wings are

broad, and the hinder margin is nearly as long as the costa.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,4, 2 3; inches.

Hab, SANGIR (Doherty).

LEUCOMA MICACEA.

Redoa micacea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., vi, p. 127

(1862).

Leucoma micacea, Swinhoe, Cat. Hee Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 203

(1892).

4%, Sarawak, Borneo, including the type.

LEUCOMA FLORA, nov.

¢. Palpi and antennx pale chestnut ochreous, shaft of antenne

grey speckled with white ; frons pure white ; top of head white ;

space between the antenne chestnut-brown ; fore-legs with brown

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (OCT.) 26

384 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

patches, tarsi ochreous ; body and wings white tinged with primrose;

thorax and fore-wings slightly irrorated with chestnut-brown atoms ;

a suffused lunular mark of that colour at the end of cell; the costa

near apex and the upper middle portion of the outer marginal space

both rather darkly suffused with the same colour; on the hind-

wings, which are otherwise unmarked, there are triangular marks on

the outer margin, and the cilia are of paler chestnut-brown.

Expanse of wings 1,}, inches.

Pulo Laut, 2 $ (Doherty); Sandakan, 1 gf (Pryer).

LEUCOMA DISCIRUFA, nov.

Antenne, palpi, head, body, and fore-wings above ochreous fawn

colour ; fore-wings with a large ochreous red mark at the end of the

cell ; the costal margin and outer marginal line and cilia of both

wings of the same colour ; hind-wings with the costal half whitish,

the lower half the same colour as the fore-wings ; a few minute black

irrorations in the fore-wings ; underneath, body, legs, and wings pale

yellow, nearly white, the wings with the margins and cilia red.

Expanse of wings | inch,

Hab. PuLo Laut (Doherty).

LEUCOMA SATURNIOIDES.

Laelia saturniordes, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 105, pl.

8, f. 7, 7a—c (1879).

Leucoma saturnioides, Snellen (part), Iris, vii, p. 139

(1895).

The type came from Celebes: it is in the B. M. from

Singapore.

The venation is well figured by Snellen ; it is not quite

typical, but very nearly so, vein 5 arising a ‘Little above the

lower end of the cell instead of from it: it certainly is nota

Laelia. Snellen says Leucoma fenestrata, Hmpsn., Il. Het.,

ix, p. 78, pl. 160, f. 6 2 (1893), is the same thing; but in

this I am convinced he is wrong; Hampson’s and Snellen’s

figures are both good ; both the types are females, so is the

example of satuwrnioides from Singapore ; and they appear

to me to be quite distinct one from the other.

LEUCOMA FENESTRATA.

Leucoma fenestrata, Hmpsn., Moths, India, 1, p. 489

(1892).

Macrauzata fenestrata, Hmpsn., Il. Het., ix, p. 78, pl. 160,

f. 16 (1893).

1 , Ceylon (type).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection, 385

LEUCOMA SUBVITREA.

Leucoma subvitrea, Walker, xxxil, 344 (1865).

Kanchia subvitrea, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1, p. 93, pl. 113, f.

5 (1883).

1 3,4 9,Hong Kong. 1, Bengal (type).

LEUCOMA L-NIGRA.

Bombyx l-nigrum, Miill., Faun. Fridr., p. 40 (1764).

Bombyx v-nigrum, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 577 (1775).

Leucoma v-nigra, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 64,

pl. 16, £2

&, 2, Tokio, Japan (Pryer), and many European

examples.

LEUCOMA COMMA.

Ocinara comma, Hutton, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1865, p. 330.

Leucoma comma, Hmpsn. (part), Moths, India, 1, p. 487

(1892).

2°, Masuri, including the type. 1 9, Darjiling.

LEUCOMA AURIFRONS.

Euproctis aurifrons, Moschler, Abh. Senck. Ges., xv, p. 75,

f. 3 (1887).

1 2, Eb Urru, British E. Africa (Betton).

Moschler’s type, a male, came from Aburi on the Gold

Coast. Though he called it a Huproctis the venation of his

figure is that of a Lewcoma; and as his description corre-

sponds exactly with the female Lewcoma from Eb Urru I

feel sure my identification is correct, though the localities

are very far apart; but we have many instances of Kast

and West Africa having the same forms of moths.

Genus CREAGRA, Wallengr., K. Vet. Akad. Handl., (2), v,

(4), p. 38 (1865).

CREAGRA DEALBATA.

Liparis dealbata, Herr.-Schaff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett, i, f.

111 (1854).

Creagra dealbata, Wallengr., |. ¢.

Creagra dealbata, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 460 (1892).

12 ¢,1 2,South Africa. 2 $, 2 9, Knysna.

386 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus CaLruRA, Moore, P. Z.S., 1879, p. 401.

CALTURA ALBA.

Caltura alba, Moore, 1. c.

Caltwra alba, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 98, pl. 114, f.

2, 2a, b (1883).

Cispia alba, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 493 (1892).

3 gf, 1 92, Ceylon.

The type, from Ceylon, is in Mus. Dublin.

CALTURA FLAVIPES.

Cispia flavipes, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 493 (1892).

1 9, Sikhim (type).

CaLTURA PUNCTICILIA.

Naxa puncticilia, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 575.

Cispia puncticilia, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 493 (1892).

Caltura puncticilia, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p.

204 (1892).

1f,1 9, Nilgini Hills (co-types).

The types from the Nilgiri Hills, both males, are in

Mus. Oxon.

Genus Naroma, Walker, vii, 1744 (1856).

Hysibada, Walker, xxxii, 497 (1865).

Zarfa, Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg., 1, p. 338

(1869).

NAROMA SIGNIFERA.

Naroma signifera, Walker, vii, 1744 (1856).

Naroma signifera, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 716 (1892).

Hysibada varipes, Walker, xxxii, 498 (1865).

Zarfa lunifera, Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg., 1, p.

339.

1 g, Sierra Leone (type). 2 ¢, Accra. 2 J, Old

Calabar. 1 3,2 2, Natal, including type of varies. 19,

Congo (type lunifera). 5 f, 2 9, South Africa. 1 Z,

Uganda. 14,8. Nigeria.

Genus Hrmata, Moore, Lep. Atk., i, p. 57 (1879).

HIMALA ARGENTEA.

fiedoa argentea, Walker, iv, 827 (1855).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 38T

Himala argentea, Moore, 1. e.

Himala argentea, Butler, Ill. Hep., v, p. 49, pl. 89, f. 6 |

(1881).

Dasychira ilita, Moore, Cat. Lep. KE. I. C., u, p. 341

(1859).

1 ¢, Kangra. 1 gf, Dalhousie. 1 ¢, Dehra Doon.

1 g¢,1 , Darjiling, including Moore’s type 9. 1 4%,

Assam (type).

Genus GAZALINA, Walker, xxx, 398 (1865).

Oligoclona, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 94, f. 10 (1868).

GAZALINA APSARA.

Dasychira apsara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., u, p. 341

(1859).

Gazalina venosata, Walker, xxx1i, 398.

Oligoclona nervosa, Felder, |. c., pl. 95, f. 8.

1 9, Subathu. 1, Dalhousie. 1 ¢, Dharmsala. 1 9,

North India (type). 1 3,19, N.E. Himalayas. 5 ¢, 7 9,

Sikhim, including Walker’s type.

GAZALINA CHRYSOLOPHA.

Liparis chrysolopha, Kollar, Hiig. Kasch., iv, p. 470 (1844).

Dasychira antica, Walker, iv, 867 (1855).

Gazalina antica, Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 49, pl. 89, f. 4

(1881).

Oligoclona chordigera, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 94, f. 10

(1868).

1 g,N. India (type anizca). 1 2, Dalhousie. 1 ~,1 9,

Murree. I ¢, 1 $, Dharmsalay I 9, Kangra. 8 7,

2 ¢, Sikhim. I f¢, 1 2, Washan. 1 $, Chang Yang.

1 ¢, Pu-tsu-fong. 1 ¢, Kwei-chow.

GAZALINA INTERMIXTA.

Gazalina intermixta, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), vi, p.

306 (1900).

1 Z, Jaintia Hills.

A very distinct form; the wings are much shorter than

the wings of chrysolopha, the bands more erect, the inner

band almost upright and not oblique; I have a nice series

of both sexes.

388 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus IVELA, nov.

Palpi short, covered with hair, last joint depressed ; abdomen

cylindrical, of male slender, just reaching the end of hind-wings in

both sexes; antennz bipectinate, the pectinations ciliated ; fore-

wings with the costa slightly arched, apex rounded, outer margin

convex, not oblique, hinder margin slightly rounded, nearly as long

as the costa, making the wing somewhat triangular ; vein 2 from

middle of cell, 3 from one-sixth before end, 4 and 5 from end,

discoidal angled inwards, 6 from upper end, 7, 8, and 9 stalked

from end of cell, 10 from one-third before end, 11 from a little

beyond the middle. Hind-wings rounded, 2 from beyond middle, 3

from one-sixth before end of cell, 4 and 5 from lower end, their

origins not quite touching, discoidal with the lower arm produced

and angled, its upper portion erect, 6 and 7 on a short stalk.

Type, Zvela auripes (Leucoma), Butler, from Japan.

IVELA AURIPES.

Leucoma auripes, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 402

(1877).

Leucoma awripes, Butler, Ill. Het., u, p. 9, pl. 24, f. 1 (1878).

Sitvia denudata, Swinhoe (nec Walker), Cat. Het. Mus.

Oxon), p: 20214892).

S $, 5 9, Japan, including the type. 1 ¢, Omeishan,

W. China.

Genus STRACENA, nov.

Q. Palpi short, upturned, and hairy; antenne bipectinate with

cilia and fine spines at the ends of the branches ; fore-wings long,

rather narrow, costa arched before apex, which is rounded, outer

margin curved, oblique, hinder angle rounded, hinder margin nearly

straight ; vein 2 from near middle of cell, 4 and 5 from lower angle,

3 from half-way between 2 and 4, discoidal angled inwards, 6 from

upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9, and 10 stalked, 11 from one-third before

end of cell ; hind-wings with the outer margin rounded ; vein 2 from

one-third before end of cell, 3, 4, and 5 from end, but not touching

each other at their origin ; discoidal having its lower half produced

and angled, its upper portion erect ; vein 6 and 7 from upper angle.

Type, S. fuscivena, nov.

STRACENA FUSCIVENA, nov.

2. Antenne, palpi, and legs black; head, frons, pectus, and

shoulders ochreous ; thorax, abdomen, and wings dull white, tinged

slightly with grey, the costa of fore-wings tinged with ochreous ;

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 389

costal line, the median vein, discoidal, and veins 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6 and

7 brown ; hind-wings with the veins grey near the outer margin ;

both wings are semi-hyaline, and have very minute grey irrorations ;

no other markings.

Expanse of wings 23 inches.

Hab. River Nicsr, Sapele, 5 2 (Sampson).

STRACENA PROMELENA.

Sulychra promelena, Holland, Ent. News, Phil. iv, p. 61,

jolla ae IDNs)

1 2 from R. Gaboon.

Genus SAPELIA, nov.

d, ¢. Palpi upturned and hairy, very short in the female ;

antenne bipectinated, with cilia and fine spines at the ends of the

branches ; fore-wings with the costa nearly straight but rounded

before apex, which is also rounded, the outer margin curved, not

very oblique, but nearly as long as the costa and rounded at the

hinder angle, the hinder margin also rounded ; vein 2 from middle of

cell, curved hindwards in its middle, 4 from angle of cell, 3 from

half-way between 2 and 4, 5 from a little above the angle, discoidal

angled inwards, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from just

before end of cell, 11 from one-third; hind-wings rounded, vein 2

from a little beyond middle of cell, 3 from a little before end, 4 and

5 from the end, but their origins not quite touching, discoidal angled

inwards, 6 and 7 stalked, the stalk about half the length of the

veinlet.

Type, Sapelia limpida, nov.

SAPELIA LIMPIDA, nov.

¢, ¢. Antenne black, body above and below, legs and wings

pure white; wings of the male very thinly clothed, of the female

hyaline ; costa of fore-wings and veins of both wings more or less

covered with ochreous scaling, making them somewhat prominent ;

the male has a grey dot at the lower extremity of the end of the cell ;

no other markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,%, 2 2:°; inches.

Hab. River NIGER, Sapele (Sampson).

SAPELIA FLAVIPECTUS, nov.

9. Like limpida, but the antenne are only blackish at the tips,

the rest being yellowish ; the head, frons, entire body below, and

390 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

femora are bright yellow, the tibize and tarsi white ; the veins of the

wings are more prominent and more ochreous, and veins 6 and 7 of

the hind-wings are on a long stalk ; in the other forms of this genus

the stalk is short.

Expanse of wings 24 inches.

Hab. SAPELE, Niger River (Sampson).

Genus Sitvia, Walker, xxxu, 387 (1865).

Kettelia, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), 1,

p- 560 (1879).

SITVIA DENUDATA.

Sitvia denudata, Walker, xxxui, 388.

Kettelia lowii, Butler, |. c.

1 f#, Malacca. 1 9, Penang. 5 ¢, 1 2, Borneo, in-

cluding type of lowit.

Walker’s type from Malacca is in Mus. Oxon.

Genus OLaPa, Walker, iv, 823 (1855).

Antiphella, Walker, vii, 1743 (1856).

OLAPA FLABELLARIA.

Phalena jlabellaria, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11, p. 188 (1787).

Liparis erocicollis, Herr.-Schaft., Ausser-Kur. Schmett., 1, f.

110 (1854).

Olapa temperata, Walker, iv, 823.

Antiphella vecontia, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ili, p. 469

(1899).

7 g, 10 2 from Abyssinia, Knysna, Natal, and the Cape.

Druce’s type came from E. Africa; it is smaller than usual,

but one of the Natal examples is still smaller.

OLAPA ARGENNA.

Cypra argenna, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ivin, p. 725

(1899).

1 gf, Madagascar.

Mabille does not give the sex of his type, neither does

he give the measurement, but his description exactly

corresponds with this example; it isa true Lymantrid, and

not a Cypra, Boisd. = Cozistra, Walker, the type of which,

delicatula, Boisd., is a Boarmid, as shown in my Memoir

on the Geometers in the National Collection, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 633.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 391

OLAPA (?) ATRINOTATA.

Antiphella atrinotata, Butler, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 854, pl. 43,

it,

1 ¢, Nyassaland (type).

This species does not appear to belong to this genus,

but as Sir George Hampson is writing a paper on the

moths of Africa south of the Zambesi, I leave it to him to

determine its genus.

Genus Ocoa, Walker, vii, 1768 (1855).

OGOA SIMPLEX.

Ogoa simplex, Walker, vii, p. 1764, 2.

1 g,1 2, Natal, including the type. 3 2, Brit. H. Africa.

Genus Cropera, Walker, iv, 825 (1855).

CROPERA TESTACEA.

Cropera testacea, Walker, iv, 826, 2.

1 g,2 2, But. Es Africas 5: #)6) 2 Nataltand Cape

Colony, including the type.

CROPERA ADSPERSA.

LIiparis adspersa, Herr.-Schaff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett., f.

109 (1854).

Laelia prolixa, Wallengr., Wien. ent. Mon., iv, p. 162

(1860).

Gr ee Natale

CROPERA FULVINOTATA.

Olapa fulvinotata, Butler, P. Z. S., 1893, p. 678.

5 g¢, Zomba, including the type. 7 ¢,1 2,58. Africa.

Genus CrorEeMA, Walker, iv, 811 (1855).

CROREMA MENTIENS.

Crorema mentiens, Walker, iv, 811.

Cispia (2) obliqua, Walker, vii, 1734 (1856).

Euproctis ampla, Walker, xxxil, 346 (1865).

1 3,1 9, Old Calabar. 4 7,3 9, Sierra Leone, including

all three types. 1 9,8. Nigeria. 1 #, Gold Coast.

392 . Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus TopomMEsa, Walker, xxxv, 1921 (1866).

TOPOMESA SUBINANIS.

Topomesa subinanis, Walker, xxxv, 1921.

Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 469 (fig.),

(1892).

2 ¢, Java, including the type. J 2, Borneo. 2 ¢,

Singapore. 2 ¢, Tenasserim.

” )

TOPOMESA DISCOLOR.

Topomesa discolor, Hmpsn., Moths, India, iv, p. 490 (1896).

2 ¢, Ceylon, including the type.

Genus CoBANILLA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 11, p. 120 eee)

CoBANILLA MARGINATA.

Cobanilla marginata, Moore, |. ¢., p. 121, pl. 124, f. 4.

2 ¢, Ceylon, including the type.

Genus PorTHESIA, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent, Haust., 11, p. 65

(1829).

Chionophasma, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886,

p. 384.

PORTHESIA SIMILIS.

Phalena similis, Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins., p. 35 (1775).

Bombyx chrysorrhea, Esper. Schmett., 1, pl. 39, f. 1, 2

(1785).

Bombyx auriflua, Hiibn., Bomb., f. 68, 69 (1800).

9 ~,5 2, Japan and Corea. 1 3,Shanghai. 3 J, 1 9,

W. China. Besides many European examples.

PORTHESIA VIRGUNCULA.

Huproctis virguncula, Walker, iv, 836 (1855).

ELuproctis marginalis, Walker, vii, 1731 (1856).

3 ¢,5 92,N. India, including both types. 2 ¢,2 $,

Kutch. 1 2, Trevandrum: 34,22, Burma. 4°35 3°92

Java. 1 ¢, Sumatra,

PORTHESIA PARADOXA.

Chionophasma paradoxa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886,

Dao, pl..9; £2, 2 Cisse):

Porthesia panabra, Turner, Tr. Roy. Soc., S. Austral., 1902,

p. 176.

2 ¢,3 2, Queensland, including the type. 2 ¢,1 $,

Bondin Island. 29, Damma Island. 1 9, Queen’s Island.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 393

Hardly separable from virguncula, but uniformly smaller.

One of the males from Queensland was received from Dr.

Turner as panabra.

PORTHESIA GALACTOPIS.

Porthesia galactopis, Turner, Tr. Roy. Soc., S. Austral., 1902,

p. 176.

2 ¢, 1 9, Queensland.

PoRTHESIA ENTHYSANA.

Porthesia enthysana, Turner, Tr. Roy. Soc, 8S. Austral.,

1902, p. 175.

1 f#, Queensland (Turner).

PORTHESIA MIXTA.

Porthesia mixta, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), ix, p. 88

(1882).

Leucoma mixta, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 445 (1892).

2 9, Tasmania, including the type.

PORTHESIA FIMBRIATA.

Teara fimbriata, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. W., 1891,

SD:

Porthesia fimbriata, Turner, Tr. Roy. Soc., 8. Austral., 1902,

[Oe Itsy:

2 ¢, Queensland (Turner).

PORTHESIA ALIENA.

Porthesia aliena, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 386.

Leucoma aliena, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 445 (1892).

1 g, Peak Downs (type).

PORTHESIA MELANOSOMA.

Porthesia melanosoma, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), 1x, p. 87

(1882).

Leucoma melanosoma, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 445 (1892).

1 g, Melbourne (type).

PORTHESIA NIGRIFINIS, nov.

¢. Antenne ochreous-grey, shafts white ; head, body above and

below, legs, and wings above and below pure white, without any

markings. There is a very slight ochreous tinge on the thorax and

394 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

the costal and basal portions of the fore-wings ; the last segment of

the abdomen is black above and golden yellow below, and there is a

black stripe underneath.

Expanse of wings 1,% inches.

Hab. Kikuyu, Machakos to Neugia (Crawshay).

The only African Porthesia in the National Collection,

and, I believe, the first one recorded.

PORTHESIA PRODUCTA.

Huproctis producta, Walker, P. Z. 8., 1863, p. 168.

Porthesia depauperata, Mab., Comptes-Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

XXlll, p. xvii (1880).

1 ¢, 4 9, Madagascar, including the type.

PORTHESIA VARIA.

Nola varia, Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges., 1880, p. 176.

& » Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 372 (1892).

Hab. Nosst BE.

Not in B. M.

PORTHESIA PULVEREA.

Porthesia pulverea, Ampsn., Monograph Christmas Isl.,

p09; pl. OF tI 00):

8 $,6 @, Christmas Isl., including the types.

PORTHESIA IRRORATA.

Huproctis irrorata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ui, p. 347

(1859).

Leucoma wrrorata, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 445 (1892).

1 2, Java (type).

PORTHESIA XANTHORRHGA.

Liparis xanthorrhwa, Kollar Hugel’s Kasch., p. 470 (1844).

Luproctis subdita, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 400.

Luproctis flavonigra, Moore, l.c., pl. 32, f. 11.

Euproctis subnigra, Moore, Lep. Atk., i, p. 48 (1879).

74, Punjab. 3 ¢, N. W. India. 14%, Sultanpore. 2 ¢,

Umballa. 1 2%, Kangra, 2 $, Nepal, including type

of flavonigra. 1 ¢, Jawar Hills. 1 3, Khasia Hills (type

submgra). 1 3, Travancore. 3 f, Ceylon, including type

of suwbdita.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 395

PORTHESIA LUTEA.

Bombyx lutea, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 574 (1775).

Porthesia lutea, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc.,S. Australia, 1902,

ps live

Artaxa chrysophila, Walker, xxxii, 334 (1865).

Porthesia iobrota, Meyrick, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Australia,

1891, p. 194.

Artaxa wbrota, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. W. (2), vii,

p. 251 (1892).

2 9,1 2, Queensland. 3 $f, Australia, including

Walker’s type. 1 2, St. Aignan, Louisiade Islands. 2 2,

Kapaur, N. Guinea.

The Fabrician type and another are in the Banksian

Cabinet, both females. Artaxa varians, Walker, doubtfully

referred to this species by Turner, and luci/uga, Lucas, have

vein 5 of the hind-wings present, and are true Luproctis.

PORTHESIA FULVONIGRA, nov.

d 2. Antenne blackish; palpi, frons, head, thorax, and fore-

wings above ochreous ; hind-wings black with the border broadly

ochreous ; abdomen black, anal tuft of female yellow ; body below,

legs and wings yellow ; both wings with the interior portions suffused

with black. The males somewhat vary; one has a great deal of

blackish suffusion on the fore-wings, another has it slightly, and

there is a melanistic variety entirely black above and below, the

wings with some yellow in the cilia, the frons, palpi, and legs yellow.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1 inch, 2 1,%; inches.

Hab. GUADALCANAR ISLAND, Solomons (Jeck), 4 2,1 9.

PORTHESIA AURANTIACA.

Porthesia aurantiaca, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 485

(1892).

1 g, Sikhim (type).

PORTHESIA STIGMATIFERA.

Porthesia stigmatifera, Hmpsn., Moths, India, iv, App.,

p. #91 (1896).

1 2, Bhutan (type).

Genus Euproctis, Hiibn., Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 159

(1818),

Lacipa, Walker, iv, 790 (1855).

Artaza, Walker, iv, 794.

396 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Antipha, Walker, iv, 806.

Dulichia, Walker, iv, 809.

Lopera, Walker, iv, 919.

Arna, Walker, v, 1176 (1855).

Somena, Walker, vu, 1734 (1855).

Utidava, Walker, xxvi, 1689 (1862).

Cozola, Walker, xxx1i, 390 (1865).

Adlullia, Walker, xxxu, 392.

Themaca, Walker, xxxii, 394.

Orvasea, Walker, xxxul, 502.

Bembina, Walker, xxxul, 505.

Microgymna, Wallern., K. Vet. Akad. Handl., 2 (v), 4, p. 38

(1865).

Gogana, Walker, xxxv, 1920 (1866) (preocc.).

Cherotricha, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 98, Erk., p: 3 (1874).

Terphothriz, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 474 (1893).

EUPROCTIS NEGRITA.

HLuproctis negrita, Hmpsn., Moths, India, 1, p. 471 (1892).

4 f, Sikhim.

The types ¢ 2 from Sikhim are in coll. Elwes.

EUPROCTIS JOSIATA.

Orgyia josiata, Walker, xxxii, 326 (1865).

Artasxa josiata, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 453 (1892).

Cherotricha nobilis, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 98, f. 17 (1868).

1 g, Celebes (type).

EUPROCTIS SUBNOBILIS.

Porthesia subnobilis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxiv, p. 128

(1881).

Artaxa subnobilis, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 455 (1892).

Artaxa simulans, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xi, p. 200

(1884).

1 ?, Amboina (type simulans). 2 2, Key Island.

EUPROCTIS NIGRIBASALIS, nov.

2. Palpi, head, fore part of thorax and shafts of antenne orange

colour ; branches of antenne, rest of thorax, and abdomen above and

below black ; pectus and legs pale yellow; wings nearly white,

tinged faintly with primrose; a black spot at the end of the cell on

fore-wings, and some slight blackish suffusion at the base; on the

hind-wings nearly the entire basal half is black, in which the black

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 397

cell spot can be traced ; the under-side is more distinctly primrose ;

there is a black spot at the end of each cell, and nearly the entire

basal half of both wings is suffused with black.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inches.

Hab. KINA Bau.

EUPROCTIS RENOMINATA,

Charnidas wniformis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii, p. 56, pl. 140,

f, 4 (1891) (preocc.).

Euproctis renominata, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 471

(1892).

1 f, Nilgiri Hills (type).

EUPROCTIS LEUCOMELAS.

Huproctis leucomelas, Walker, iv, 838 (1855).

EHuwproctis obsoleta, Walker (nec Fabr.), iv, 839.

ss zs Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 192

(note) (1892).

A long series from Hobart, Tasmania; N. Holland; and

Melbourne. The Fabrician obsoleta, the type of which is

in the Banksian Cabinet, is a Lelia, and was misidentified

by Walker ; dewcomelas is a very variable insect.

EUPROCTIS DIVISA.

Huproctis divisa, Walker, iv, 836 (1855).

i. » Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p, 471 (1892).

Te Nepal (type), gs ieee pollsimiecin peo ae

W. China.

EUPROCTIS LATIFASCIA.

Leucoma latifascia, Walker, iv, 831, 2 (1855).

Euproctis latifascia, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 472 (1892).

Huproctis antica, Walker, iv, 835, 2.

Euproctis postica, Walker, xxxii, 348, f (1865).

Euproctis abdominalis, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 398, 2.

1 gf, N. India (type postica). 1 f,1 2, Dharmsala

(type abdominalis). 29, Kangra. 1 2, 2 9, Nepal (types

antica and latifascia). 1 9, Sikhim. 1 9, Bhutan.

EUPROCTIS SUBFASCIATA.

Artaxa subfasciata, Walker, xxxii, 332 (1865).

Euproctis subfasciata, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 472

(1892).

398 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

2 $2 9 Sikhims- 72/4, Assam. 179; Cachan, auld) any,

Nilgiri Hills.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

EUPROCTIS SIGNATA.

Liparis signata, Blanch. Jacquemont, Voy. Inde, iv,

Ins., p. 24, pl. 1, f. 7 (1844).

1 ¢, Murree. 1: ¢, Punjab Hills. 1 ¢, Skardo.

EUPROCTIS CHIONITIS.

Euproctis chionitis, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Australia,

1902, p: 177.

2S, S. ED Australia. plas 2) @ucensland

(Turner).

EUPROCTIS VIRGO, nov.

¢. Antenne ochreous, shafts white; head, body, and wings

above and below uniform white, rather dull in colour; anal! tuft

ochreous ; a pale greyish suffusion on the costa of fore-wings above,

and a dark brown costal stripe below, though the margin itself is

white ; fore-legs striped with brown on their inner sides, tarsi with

grey marks.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

1 f, Mandalay (type). 4 ¢ from Katha and Thyetmyo,

Upper Burma, collected by the late Capt. E. Y. Watson,

and 1 ¢, Rangoon.

EUPROCTIS TENUIS, nov.

¢ @. Antenne, frons, head, thorax, and legs greyish-ochreous ;

shafts of antennw white ; wings white, thinly clothed ; an ochreous

costal stripe on fore-wings in the male only ; a very slight tinge of

ochreous all over both wings ; no other markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ +4, @ 1 inch.

Hab. SAMBAWA (Doherty).

There is also a male from Kapaur, N. Guinea, collected

by Doherty, and a male from St. Aignan, one of the

Louisiade Islands, collected by Meek, which do not appear

to me to be separable from the Sambawa species, only

differing in being without the ochreous tinge.

EUPROCTIS BIMACULATA.

Euproctis bimaculata, Walker, iv, 836 (1855).

ELuproctis bigutta, Walker, 1v, 837.

Old World Lymantriudx in the National Collection. 399

EHuproctis lutescens, Walker, iv, 837.

Huproctis celsa, Walker, xxxv, 1915 (1866).

19, Shanghai. 5 ¢,49,W. China. 1 3, India (type

lutescens, f). 1 g, Poona. 2 3, 1 9, Kanara, including

type bigutta, g. 19, Nilgiri Hills. 1 9, Ceylon (type).

29,1, Burma. 1 9, Philippines (type ce/sa).

EUPROCTIS ALBESCENS. nom. nov.

Euproctis immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884, p. 358

(preoce. ).

2 9, Sikhim, including the type. 1 g, Bhutan. 1 8,

Java. 1 2, Levuka.

This immaculate white insect must be distinct from

bimaculata.

EUPROCTIS TITANIA.

Luproctis titania, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 237

(1879).

- - Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 444 (1892).

1 f, 1 2, Madagascar (types).

EUPROCTIS LUNATA.

Euproctis lunata, Walker, iv, 837 (1855).

if » Dubler dl -Hety vp. 50; pl 189, £9

(1881).

1 % Subathu. 29, Kangra. 1 ¢,2 9; Umballa. 1.2,

1 9, N. India (type). 19, Bengal. 42, Poona. 2 7, 2 9,

Madras.

EUPROCTIS CONSOCIA.

Euproctis consocia, Walker, xxxu, 347 (1865).

Artaxa modesta, Schaus and Clem., 8. Leone Lep., p. 26

(1893).

1 g,1 9, Sierra Leone (type). 2 g, Brit. E. Africa. 6 ,

1 2, Machakos.

EUPROCTIS SEMISIGNATA.

Cispia semisignata, Walker, xxxii, 3856 (1865).

Artaxa citrina, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 344

(1877).

Artaxa leithiana, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 399, pl. 32, f 9

Artaxa erecta, Moore, l.c., p. 399, pl. 32, f. 6.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (OCT.) 27

400 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Artaxa brevivitta, Moore, |. c., p. 400, pl. 32, f. 10.

19 ¢,11 Q from various parts of India, including all

the types except citrina.

EUPROCTIS ILLANTA.

Euproctis illanta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 13

1 f, Poona, 1 2, Alibagh, Bombay (types).

A small pure white form, without any markings.

EUPROCTIS HOWRA.

Artaxa howra, Moore, Lep. Atk., 1, p. 51 (1879).

Artaxa rhoda, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 138.

Artaxa obsoleta, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., vin, p. 57, pl. 140, f. 12

(1891).

1 g, Calcutta (type). 1 ¢, N. Kanara (type rhoda).

1 g, Nilgiri Hills (type obsoleta). 1 g, Burma. 2 ¢,

Andamans,

EUPROCTIS ENDOPLAGIA.

Euproctis endoplagia, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xi,

p. 295 (1897).

1 f, Khasia Hills (type). 1 $, Ichang. 1 $, Moupin.

EUPROCTIS PAUPERATA.

Euproctis pauperata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 138.

2 £,2 2, Moupin, including the types.

EUPROCTIS ZEBOE.

Artaxa zeboe, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 350, pl. 9a,

f. 7 (1859).

1 g, Java (type).

EUPROCTIS SULPHURESCENS.

Artaxa sulphurescens, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 399.

5 f,Subathu. 3 2, 2 9, Kangra, including the types.

1 2, Dharmsala. 1 ¢,Sikhim. 2 ¢,Sultanpore. 1 6,

Burma.

EUPROCTIS MONTIS.

Artazxa montis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).

2 ¢, Chang Yang, including the type. 1 2, Chia-kow-

ho (type).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 401

EUPROCTIS INCONCISA.

Artaxa inconcisa, Walker, xxxii, 332 (1865).

5 ¢, 49, Sikhim, including the type. 1 2, Sultanpore.

1 2, Khasia Hills,

EUPROCTIS INCONSPICUA.

Luproctis inconspicua, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 133.

1 2, Kia-ting-fu (type). 1 2, Omeishan.

EUPROCTIS VENOSA,

Artaxa venosa, Moore, Lep, Atk., p. 50, pl. 2, f. 5 (1879).

1 2, Tenasserim.

The type from Sikhim is in coll. Staudinger.

EUPROCTIS FULVIPUNCTA.

Euproctis fulvipuncta, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 474

(1892).

Lopera fulvipuncta, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix, p. 76, pl. 159,

ff. 2-8; pl. 175, f. 14 (larva) (1893).

1 f, 4 9, Ceylon, including the types.

EUPROCTIS BIFASCIA.

Luproctis bifascia, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii, p. 58, pl. 141, f. 18

(1891).

1 ¢, Nilgiri Hills (type). 1 2, Travancore.

EUPROCTIS IDONEA, nov.

g. Antenne (including shafts), palpi, frons, body above and

below, and legs ochreous ; wings above and below whitish, slightly

tinged with ochreous, the fore-wings rather darker than the hind-

wings, with the costal and hinder borders, the outer marginal line

and cilia darker ochreous ; two thin transverse bands, composed of

blackish-brown atoms, antemedial and discal, both stopping short of

the costa; under-side uniform pale ochreous white, the apical

portion of the fore-wings tinged with fuscous ; otherwise both wings

are unmarked.

Expanse of wings 1,2; inches.

Hab. SHERLOCK RIveR, W. Australia (Clement); two

examples.

EUPROCTIS IMPUNCTA.

Lacipa impuncta, Butler, P. Z.8., 1898, p. 427, pl. 32, f. 6.

3 ¢,5 9, Brit. E. Africa, including the types.

402 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

EUPROCTIS POSTINCISA.

Huproctis (?) postincisa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 400, pl. 32,

ioe

2 2, N.E. Bengal, including the type.

EUPROCTIS BIZONOIDES.

Lacipa bizonoides, Butler, P. Z. 8., 1893, p. 677.

1 2, Zomba (type).

EUPROCTIS KARGALIKA.

Huproctis kargalika, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), 1, p. 231

(1878),

= k Moore, 2d. Yark. Miss. Lep., p. 7, pl.

Piel SAG S7T 9):

ie oe varkand., ol fralso-eiumai let. eee oaiie =

Kanda 2, Purkistan, | Wea eo? Amani

The types from Yarkand are in the Indian Museum,

Calcutta.

EUPROCTIS NOBILIS.

Panthea (?) nobilis, Herr.-Schiff, Ausser-Eur. Schmett,

f 980 (18a):

Lopera nobilis, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 463 (1892).

1 $, Cape Colony. 1 9, Knysna.

EUPROCTIS GEMMATA.

Lacipa gemmata, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p. 200

(1897).

eee? Natal:

The types, from the Transvaal, in coll. Distant.

EUPROCTIS OSTRA, nov.

2. Fulvous above and below ; legs striped with dark brown above,

tarsi brown ; fore-wings darker than hind-wings ; orange spots on

the hinder portion of the wings, showing indications of three trans-

verse bands, subbasal, antemedial, and discal ; five black spots from

near the lower end of cell in a row towards apex, the outer orange

spots connected with this row of black spots hindwards ; under-side

with the interior of the wing suffused with brown; no other

markings.

Expense of wings 1;'5 inches.

Old World Lymantiriide in the National Collection. 403

1 2, Machakos (Crawshay) (type). 4 ¢, Kibanui, Brit.

E. Africa (Crawshay).

It belongs to the group of nobilis, Herr.-Schaff., and the

male has probably got the orange bands complete, the

outer one running through the row of black spots.

EUPROCTIS QUADRIPUNCTATA.

Lacipa quadripunctata, Dew., L.-C. Akad., xlu, p. 67, pl. 3,

f. 4 (1881).

Lacipa seepunctata, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p. 201

(1897).

Lacipa quinquepunctata, Distant, |. c. (7), 1, p. 117 (1898).

5 $,3 2, South Africa.

EUPROCTIS FLORIDA, Dov.

¢d. Antenne grey, shafts white; palpi ochreous, black at the

base ; head and thorax white, pale yellow at the sides ; abdomen

yellow, with broad black segmental bands, anal tuft yellow ; thorax

beneath and legs grey, the latter striped with black ; fore-wings

silvery white ; costal and outer marginal line yellow; two thin

transverse orange bands, antemedial and discal ; the former bent.

outwards above its middle, the latter nearly straight, from hinder

margin one-fourth before the angle to the costa near the apex ; spots

deep black and prominent, one subbasal, below the costa, another at

one-fourth, below the middle, three, with indications of a fourth, at

the end of cell, two smaller spots on the interior margin of the outer

orange band a little above its middle, and a submarginal row close to

the margin ; hind-wings pale yellowish without markings ; under-

side pale yellowish ; fore-wings suffused with brown, hind-wings

with a brown spot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inches.

Hab. Natrosi Puains, Kikuyu, Brit. E. Africa (Craw-

shay).

Allied to £. quadripunctata, Dewitz.

EUPROCTIS SUNDARA, nov.

¢. Antenne ochreous grey, shafts white; palpi and frons dark

ochreous orange, the former striped with black below ; head orange,

collar white; thorax orange in front ; abdomen pale orange, the

base and middle marked with grey; under-side of body and ‘legs

ochreous; tarsi brownish ; wings white, not shining; fore-wings

with the bands and spots bright orange ; bands subbasal, antemedial,

and discal, all more or less sinuous and outwardly curved ; a row of

somewhat triangular marginal spots of a darker orange than the

404 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

bands, three (and indications of a fourth) similarly coloured smaller

spots at the end of the cell ; hind-wings with all but a broad outer

marginal space suffused with pale blackish-brown ; under-side white;

fore-wings with all but the margins suffused with darker blackish-

brown, and the hind-wings similarly suffused at the base.

Expanse of wings 5% inch.

Hab. Katesa, Uganda, Brit. E. Africa (Betton).

EUPROCTIS GRACILIS.

Lacipa gracilis, Hopff., Peter’s Reise Zool., v, p. 430, pl.

ff. 4, 5 (1862).

1 g, Brit. E. Africa, 1 9, Lake Nyassa.

Le)

fore)

EUPROCTIS PUBESCENS, nom. nov.

Lacipa pulverea, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), i, p. 117

(1898) (preocc.).

4 g, Natal. 1 ¢, Zululand.

Pulverea is pre-occupied, Leech having employed the

name in 1888 for a Chinese Luproctis.

EUPROCTIS PICTA.

Liparis picta, Boisd. Delagorgue, Voy. Afr. Austr., 11, p. 599

(1847).

3 ¢,Knysna. 1 f, Cape. 2 f, Natal.

EUPROCTIS DERSA.

Euproctis dersa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., ii, p. 347 (1859).

1 3, 2 9, Java, including the types.

EUPROCTIS HOLOXUTHA.

Euproctis holozutha, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Australia,

1902, p. 178.

1 g, Adelaide River. 3 2, Townsville, Queensland.

Dr. Turner has not described the female; it resembles

the male, except that the last four segments of the ab-

domen have broad black bands above, and the tip of the

anal tuft is pale blackish, or dark grey ; one example has

the fore-wings dark deep orange like the male; the other

two are paler, the fore and hind-wings being almost con-

colorous; it is quite distinct from crocea, Walker.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 405

EUPROCTIS PURA, nov.

3 ¢. Palpi, frons, pectus, under-side of body, and legs bright

ochreous ; antennz, thorax, and fore-wings of a uniform clear lilac

grey ; abdomen above with the base and anal tuft ochreous, the remain-

ing portions deep black ; actually the four last segments are banded

with black, the bands in the ¢ type specimen being quite close

together, while in the others there are slight indications of ochreous

segmental lines ; the hind-wings are ochreous, without any markings

in either of the males, and with some black suffusion in the

abdominal marginal third in the female ; the under-side is pale

uniform ochreous, with no markings in the males, and black suffusion

in the female as on upper side.

Expanse of wings g 14, ? 2,1; inches.

1 #,1 9, Townsville, Queensland, bred (Dodd). 1 f,

Queensland (Raynor coll.).

I cannot find that this has been described by any one in

Australia, probably because it stands in collections as £.

edwardsii, Newman; but we have Newman’s type, and in

my opinion it is quite a different insect, being more nearly

allied to E. holoxutha, Turner; Newman’s type is well

figured in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856, pl. 18, f. 10, and any one

comparing it with this beautiful Queensland species will

see that it is quite different.

EUPROCTIS EDWARDSII.

Teara edwardsii, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856, p. 284, pl.

Spt. Os LO:

1 ¢, Australia (type).

EUPROCTIS OCHREA,

Gogana ochrea, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), i, p. 459

(1878).

Nygmia ochrea, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 449 (1892).

1 f,1 9, Madagascar (types).

EUPROCTIS CROCEA.

Teara crocea, Walker, xxxii, 355 (1865).

Nyginia crocea, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 449 (1892).

Artaxa arrogans, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland, xv,

p. 140 (1900).

Type 2, Moreton Bay.

Lucas’ types came from Cairns; his description exactly

suits Walker’s type.

406 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

EUPROCTIS PULVEREA.

Artazxa pulverea, Leech, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 623, pl. 31, f 5.

2 Z, 2 2, Satsuma, including the types. 2 ¢, Nagasaki.

2 Z,1 2, Loo Choo Islands. 1 ¢, Gensan. 12, Kia-

ting-fu.

EUPROCTIS FLAVINATA.

Artaza fiavinata, Walker, xxxii, 331 (1865).

Luprocis flavinata, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 475 (1892).

ELuproctis recurvata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., ae p. 138.

; 2,1 2, Shanghai, including the type. 2 7, Chusan.

: $, Ningpo. 3 z, Chang Yang, ers peers type.

1 2, Sarawak. 2 7,1 9°, Nilgiri Hills. , 1 2, Ceylon.

1 2, Maulmein. .

EUPROCTIS ARGENTATA.

Euproctis argentata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 139.

1 27, Japan (type).

EUPROCTIS CALVA, nov.

3 ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and fore-wings dark bright

orange ochreous without any markings; hind-wings pale whitish

ochreous, also without any markings. :

Expanse of wings ¢ 14, 9 15 inches.

1 7, Sambawa (Doherty) (type). 1 2, Bali, Low Country

(Doherty) (type). 1 2, Lombok

The species is much like £. holoxutha, Turner, from

Australia, but that species has a pale spot at the end of the

cell of the fore-wings, the hind-wings are dark orange

ochreous instead of being whitish, and the abdomen of the

female has broad black bands.

EUPROCTIS FULVA.

Artaxza fulra, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x, p. 227

(1882).

1 2, Duke of York Isl (type). 1 2,N. Britain. 1 7,

Port Darwin. 1 2, Queensland.

EUPROCTIS VARIANS.

Artaza varians, Walker, iv, 796 (1855)

Euprocis pygmxa, Moore, Lep. Atk, p- 48 (1879),

(preocc.).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 407

Artaza pusilla, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1, p. 86, pl. 112, f. 4

(1883).

26 ¢, 14 2 from various parts of China, India and

Ceylon, including the types of varians and pygmea.

EUPROCTIS PYGMAA.

Aroa pygmea, Walker, iv, 793 (1855).

5 f, Sierra Leone, including the type. 3 ¢, Accra.

1 g, Congo. 13, Gold Coast. 1 3, Old Calabar.

EUPROCTIS SCOTOCHYTA.

Euproctis scotochyta, Turner, Tr. Roy. Soc., S. Austral., 1902,

p. 178.

1 gf, Adelaide River.

EUPROCTIS CERVINA.

Artaxa cervina, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 345

GUS:

6 $,3 2, Ceylon, including the type.

EUPROCTIS CHRYSOPHEA.

Orgyia chrysophea, Walker, xxx, 324 (1865).

Notolophus chrysopheus, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 493

(1892).

Abyssinia, type 2.

Veins 3 and 4 of the hind-wings are on an unusually

long stalk.

EUPROCTIS MAZA, nov.

¢. Primrose yellow ; body and legs without markings ; fore-wings

darker and brighter yellow ; a large round subbasal red spot near the

hinder margin ; a broad red discal band, divided by the veins into

elongated marks, acutely angled in its middle towards the outer

margin, which it does not touch ; it also stops short of the costa >

there are likewise indications of a central band of scales darker than

the ground colour of the wing, in two examples more pronounced

than in the others.

Expanse of wings 3; inch.

Four examples from Kapaur, N. Guinea (Doherty) ; it is

closely allied to £. titania, Druce, from Fergusson Isl. ;

there is a female in the collection from N. Guinea with

erange streaks between the veins, but with some of the

408 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

transverse markings distinguishable ; it may be the female

of this species.

EUPROCTIS DRUCEI, nom. nov.

Euproctis titania, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ili, p. 469

(1899), (preocc.).

2 7, Fergusson Island.

Titania is pre-occupied in the genus by Butler fora

Madagascar Luproctis.

EUPROCTIS DANA, nov.

¢. Palpi, antennz, head, body above and below, and legs brown-

ish ochreous, paler and brighter below than above ; fore-wings much

the same colour but inwardly suffused with brown, with two in-

distinct transverse pale lines beyond the middle rather close together,

forming a band which in some examples is darker than the rest of the

wing, as in E. cervina, Moore, from Ceylon ; hind-wings blackish-

brown ; cilia of both wings rather long and bright ochreous.

Expanse of wings ,{, inch.

6 ¢, Dana, Kashmir, June 1888 (WeArthu7).

Two of the examples have the fore-wings almost clear

of the brownish suftusion and the transverse pale lines

nearly obsolete, the insect thus looking very like JZ.

chrysophea, Walker, from Abyssinia.

EUPROCTIS LUCIFUGA.

Artaxa lucifuga, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. W., 1892, p.

250.

Luproctis chrysophea, Turner (nec Walker), Trans. Roy.

Soc., S. Australia, 1902, p. 178.

3 ¢, Mackay, Queensland.

This is not the same as Walker’s Abyssinian species, the

type of which is now before me, and it is hardly to be

expected that it would be ; the fore-wings of chrysophea

are perfectly smooth dull orange colour, and the under-side

of both wings pale bright orange without any suffusions,

whereas Juwcifuga has the fore-wings more or less covered

with brown irrorations, which give the wings a fuscous

orange appearance, and on the under-side both wings are

dark brown with orange borders.

EUPROCTIS FULVISTRIATA, Nov.

¢ ¢. Bright orange ochreous, with darker orange streaks in the

interspaces, leaving the veins pale yellow ; two indistinct pale yellow

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 409

transverse lines, medial and discal, both curving outwards; abdomen

with whitish segmental lines, the last segment entirely whitish ;

anal tuft grey ; legs with the tarsi whitish ; under-side of wings pale

ochreous yellow without any markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 13%, 2 1y‘s inches.

Hab. St. AIGNAN Isz., Louisiade Group (Meek).

EUPROCTIS ARCLADA, nov.

2. Much larger and darker in colour than filvistriata ; the anal

end of the abdomen is narrowly white ; the legs are orange ochreous

without any white on the tarsi ; the orange stripes on the fore-wings

are similar, but the hind-wings are much darker than the fore-wings,

being of a curious vermilion orange colour.

Expanse of wings 2,2; inches.

Hab. WooDLARK ISLAND (Jeez).

EUPROCTIS APICALIS.

Bembina apicalis, Walker, xxxu, 505 (1865).

1 $,2 2, Ceylon, including the type 9.

EUPROCTIS FERVIDA.

Artaza fervida, Walker, P. Z. S., 1863, p. 168.

. 2 Saalm., Lep. Madag., p. 185, pl. 7, ff. 115,

116 (1884).

1 $, Madagascar (type).

EUPROCTIS SUBFUSCULA.

Artaxa subfuscula, Hmpsn., ll. Het., viii, p. 56, pl. 140,

ff. 5-11 (1891).

3 9,3 2, Nilgiri Hills, including the type.

EUPROCTIS TERMINALIS.

Aroa terminalis, Walker, iv, 794 (1855).

9 9, 1 9, Natal, including the types.

EUPROCTIS SQUAMOSA.

Lopera squamosa, Walker, iv, 920 (1855).

1 ¢,1 2, Natal (types).

EUPROCTIS PUNCTIFERA.

Aroa punctifera, Walker, iv, 792 (1855).

Lopera gaudens, Walker, xxxui, 357 (1865).

1 f, Caffraria (type). 7 3,19, Natal, including the type

of gaudens.

410 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

EUPROCTIS CROCATA.

Liparis crocata, Boisd. Delagorgue, Voy. Afr. Austr., i, p.

599 (1847).

Ss » Herr.-Schiff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett., i, f.

112 (1854).

Sot, 2 Os, Airiea:

EUPROCTIS PALLIDA.

Cropera pallida, Kirby, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xviii, p. 384,

Peel ost ondisoG)):

1 ¢, Mozambique (type). 1 3, Mandala. 1 ¢, Delagoa

Bay. 47,5 9, Natal. “2 ¢, Mashonaland.

EUPROCTIS MONOSTICTA.

Lopera monosticta, Butler, P. Z.S., 1898, p. 428, pl. 32, f. 7.

1 ¢, Taru, E. Africa (type). 1. gf, Machakos.

EUPROCTIS FASCIATA.

Dulichia fasciata $, Walker, iv, 809 (1855).

Artaxa squamiplaga 9°, Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc.,

Glasgow, i, p. 338 (1869).

Euproctis susanna, Staud., Iris, vu, p. 258, pl. 9, f. 9

(1894).

Euproctis torrida f, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p. 202

897):

Euproctis stellata 2, Distant, 1. ¢.-

Twenty-two examples of both sexes from Natal, Zulu-

land, Congo (including type of sqguamiplaga), Old Calabar,

Sierra Leone (type), Aden, and Palestine.

KEUPROCTIS JONASI.

Aroa jonasi, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 402

sigh):

P > Butler, TI Het. ai, p, fOM pk Za ws 78):

8 ¢, Japan, including the type.

EUPROCTIS UNIPUNCTATA.

Euproctis wripunctata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p.

136.

2 g, 5 9, W. China, including the types.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 411

EUPROCTIS TRIFASCIATA.

Artaxa trifasciata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 51 (1879).

1 g¢, Kangra. 2 g, Umballa. 1 fg, Darjiling. 1 Z,

Assam (type). 2 $, Cachar. 1 g, Bhamo. 1 @, Chia-

kow-ho.

EUPROCTIS DIGRAMMA.

Bombyx digramma, Guérim, Icon. R. Anim., Ins., p. 508,

pl. 86, f. 4 (1830).

12, Hone Kone, see bhutan. 1 9 Nepal 254) 3

Ceylon. 1 ¢, Burma. 1 %,Sumatra. 3 f,1 9, Java.

Kirby puts this as a synonym to flava, Fabr.; I have

examined the two specimens in the Banksian Cabinet, put

with a query as types; they are too faded and discoloured

for purposes of identification.

EUPROCTIS UNIMACULA-

Artaxa unimacula, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 399.

1 f, 2 2, Khasia Hills, including the type.

EUPROCTIS GUTTATA.

Artaza guttata, Walker, iv, 795 (1855).

1 2, N. India (type). 2 2,1 2, Dharmsala. 1 9, Kangra.

EUPROCTIS PELONA.

Artaxa pelona, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 138.

2 $, Khasia Hills, including the type.

There is a form from Ceylon, which appears to me to be

different from either guttata or pelona, but we want more

material for decision.

EUPROCTIS FRATERNA.

Artaxa fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 85 (1883).

2 ¢,Subathu. 1 $,Sahibgunge. 1 ¢,1 2, Bombay.

5 f, 5 9, Ceylon, including the types.

EUPROCTIS SASTRA.

Artaxa sastra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 351 (1859),

2 4, Java, including the type.

EUPROCTIS INCOMMODA.

Artaxa incommoda, Butler, Cist. Ent., 111, p. 11 (1882).

1 gf, Madagascar (type).

412 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

EUPROCTIS COMMUTANDA, nom. nov.

Aroa immaculata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x, p. 227

(1882) (preocc.).

1 2, Duke of York Island (type).

EUPROCTIS CHEELA, nov.

¢. Ochreous yellow ; palpi, antenne, head, and body dark bright

chrome yellow; branches of the antenne, thorax, and basal third of

fore-wings suffused with pale brown; hind-wings pale yellow ;

under-side whitish, just tinged with yellow, a little blackish suffusion

on fore-wings near the base on the hinder margin ; no other markings

above or below.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inches.

Hab, SINGAPORE (fid/ey).

EUPROCTIS MUNDA.

Euproctis munda, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

129 (1862).

2 gf, Sarawak, including the type. 1 9, Nias. 1 f,

Singapore.

EUPROCTIS CIVITTA.

Euproctis civitta, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p. 195

(1903).

1 f, Kuching, Borneo.

EUPROCTIS LODRA.

Euproctis lodra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 349, pl. 9a,

f. 6 (1859).

2 4 semper, Het. Philipp., p. 471 (1898).

1 9, Java (type).

EUPROCTIS INTENSA.

Artaza intensa, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 402

(1877).

Butler, Il, Het! 11, p. 10) pl 23, f£ 12

(1878).

6 4 2 9, Central China, 6356 2% Japan. 5 ¢) 2-9,

Corea.

>P) ”?

EUPROCTIS VITELLINA.

Tiparis vitellina, Kollar, Hugel’s Kasch., iv, p. 471 (1844).

Euproctis gamma, Walker, vii, 1731 (1856).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 413

Artaxa princeps, Walker, xxxui, 331 (1865).

Themaca comparata, Walker, xxxu, 395.

3 2, 1 2, Murree, 4 2, Dalhousie. 1 2, Dharmsala.

26,3 9, Kanera. 2 ¢, 3 9, N. India, including all

Walker’s types. 1 3, 2 9, Sultanpore.

EUPROCTIS LIMONEA,

Cherotricha limonea, Butler, Cist. Ent., i, p. 11 (1882).

1 ¢, Madagascar (type).

EUPROCTIS STRAMINEA,

Euproctis straminea, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 135.

1 2, Chia-kow-ho (type). 1 2, Omeishan (type).

EUPROCTIS CONSPERSA,

Artaxa conspersa, Butler, Cist. Ent., ii, p. 117 (1882).

Huproctis conspersa, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 140.

5 ¢, 7 2, Japan, including the type.

EUPROCTIS INEPTA,

Artaxa inepta, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xix, p. 228

(1887).

1 g, 2 9, Alu, including the types.

EUPROCTIS ANGULIGERA.

Artaxa anguligera, Butler, P. Z.8., 1886, p. 385.

1 f, Murree (type). 1 ¢, Andamans.

EUPROCTIS AMPHIDETA,

Euproctis amphideta, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Australia,

QO 2F pele

1 2, Townsville, Queensland.

Turner’s description is not quite clear, but I think I have

properly identified the insect, and the size and locality

agree ; moreover, as Turner says, this species has vein 7 of

the fore-wings absent: but in the specimen before me the

grey portion of the fore-wing is limited by a sordid pink

band, which runs along the costa with a spot in its centre,

then submarginally to the hinder margin, having a tooth

outwards in the centre, not at “two fifths of termen” as

Turner says.

414 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

EUPROCTIS PECLA, nov.

¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore-wings dark bright

yellow ; two bands composed of blackish-brown, minute scales ; first

before the middle, interrupted but erect, consisting of a small piece on

the hinder margin and a spot in the cell ; the other discal, also erect,

but dentated above the middle, with a prolonged tooth that reaches

the outer margin ; abdomen, hind-wings, and under-side whitish,

slightly yellow-tinged, with no markings,

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Hab. Mune Bay, New Guinea (Meek).

EUPROCTIS LIVIA, nov.

do. Pale yellow ; palpi ochreous ; antennz grey ; head and body

pale yellow ; fore-wings with chestnut grey bands covering nearly

the whole surface ; the first occupying more than the basal third,

divided from the second by a thin yellow outwardly curved band ; the

second narrower, also with a narrow yellow outer margin, which is

acutely bent outwards above the middle ; there is a yellow spot on

the costa, attached to it, and the outer portion of the wing is grey on

the costa and at apex, and thinly on the outer margin ; its inner portion

yellow, with two prominent black spots at the end of the angle of the

outer margin of the second band, these spots being joined together by

a line of black scales ; cilia pinkish-yellow ; hind-wings and under-

side pale yellow, nearly white, without markings.

Expanse of wings 3% inch.

Hab. MILNE Bay, New Guinea (Jeek).

KUPROCTIS BASALIS.

Artaxa basalis, Moore, Lep. <Atk., p. 51, pl. 2, f. 16

(S79):

1 2, Khasia Hills.

The type from Dayjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

EUPROCTIS BIDENTATA.

Huproctis bidentata, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soe., xi, p.

296 (1897).

1 ¢, Darjiling (type). 1 2, Yatong, Sikhim.

EUPROCTIS GENTIA.

Huproctis gentia, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p. 195

(1903).

1 2, Kina Balu (type).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 415

EUPROCTIS SEXMACULA.

Euproctis seemacula, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii

p. 195 (1903).

1 2, Kina Balu (type).

EUPROCTIS MIRABILIS.

d, @. Antenne, palpi, frons, and head pale ochreous; palpi

brown above ; thorax brown; abdomen ochreous; fore-wings with

the ground colour pale ochreous, but the wing is entirely covered

with dark brown scales, except at the costa and outer margin ; the

latter in the male is broadly yellow, with two short projections

into it from the brown portion, but in the female these projections

are broad and run into the outer margin ; there is also a transverse

ochreous thin band through the brown portion a little before the

middle of the wing, which contains a large ochreous spot above its

centre; abdomen of the female brown, anal tuft ochreous ; hind-

wings and under-side pale ochreous without any markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1 inch, 2 1; inches.

Hab. ANDAMAN ISLANDS.

EUPROCTIS UTILIS, nov.

¢, 2. Palpi brown above, white beneath; frons whitish with

some ochreous hairs above the palpi ; head, thorax, and fore-wings

pale yellow ; two broad transverse bands, medial and sub-marginal,

composed of blackish scales, not very thickly packed together and

divided by the veins; abdomen whitish, anal tuft fulvous ; hind-

wings, both wings below, body, and legs pure white, without any

markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,4, @ 14% inches,

Hub. OLD CALABAR (Crompton).

Corresponds somewhat to Holland’s description of his

Artaxa melaleuca from the Ogove River, but his insect, a

male, measures only 15 mm. and has a basal band.

EUPROCTIS SUBFLAVA.

Aroa flava, Brem., Bull. Acad. Sci. Pet., ili, p. 479 (1861)

(preocc.).

Arou subflava, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib. p. 41, pl. 3, f 19

(1864). ;

Leucoma subflava, var. piperita, Oberth. Et. d’Ent., v, p. 35

(1880).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Ill. (OCT.) 28

416 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

Porthesia snelleni, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., 11, p. 207, pl. 12,

f. 3 (1887).

6 2 9. Japan. 2d aw Ching,

EUPROCTIS ATROSQUAMA.

Goyana, atrosquama, Walker, xxxv, 1921 (1866).

Euproctis atrosquama, Semper, Het. Philipp., p. 464, pl. N,

ff. 11-13 (1898).

Cherotricha glandulosa, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 98, f. 14

(1868).

1 ¢, Philippines (type).

EUPROCTIS PLANA.

Euproctis plana, Walker, vu, 1731 (1856).

Cherotricha plana, Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 51, pl. 89, f. 13

(1881).

Euproctis discinota, Moore, P. .Z. 8., 1877, p. 601.

i ?, Houg Kone, 3 3,1 2, Dharmsalas aia; toe

Kanera. 2 $,1 2, Darjiling, including the type. 1 9,

Burma. 2 9, Omeishan, W. China. 1 Jf, 1 9, Andamans

(type discinota).

EUPROCTIS IMMACULATA.

Cherotricha immaculata, Butler, Ill. Het., v, pl. 89, f. 14

(1881).

EHuproctis immaculata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 137.

1 2, Darjiling (type).

There is no more constant character in the species of

this genus than the cell spot, and therefore 1 cannot

believe that this immaculate insect with white hind-wings

is the same as plana, as Hampson says.

EUPROCTIS CATALA, nom. nov.

Euproctis atomaria, Walker, iv, 837 (1855) (preocc.).

a . Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 347,

pl.16, f. 1, la Garva) (1859).

. " Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xx, p. 11, f. 4, g

(1877):

Euproctis miilleri, Snellen, 1. c., f. 6, 2 (only).

6 $,5 2, Java, including the types.

Horsfield bred this species, and we have his examples

in the National Collection; therefore I feel no doubt

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 417

that Snellen’s figure of his female mii/lert represents this

species; I have not been able to identify his male. The

name atomaria is preoccupied, Walker himself having

used it at p. 796 of the same vol. under his genus Artaza,

which is the same as Huproctis,

EUPROCTIS ANNA.

Huproctis anna, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p. 194

(1903).

1 ¢, 1, Kina Balu (types).

EUPROCTIS ORESTES,

Cherotricha orestes, Druce, P. Z. 8., 1887, p. 674.

ee, Aburi.n 274) eo Goldi@oast-

The type from Mongo-ma-Lobah is in coll. Druce.

EUPROCTIS MADANA.

Euproctis madana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 348

(1859).

1 2, Darjiling (type).

EUPROCTIS ICILIA.

Bombyx icilia, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., p. 158, pl. 35, f. 5

(L791).

Cherotricha decussata, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx,

p. 345 (1877).

x ” Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ui, p. 91, pl. 113,

f, 2, 2a, b (1883).

Zo, Wurbuncass to Kanwar g.Malabara| 179

Trevandrum. 1 ¢, 2 @, Ceylon, including the type of

decussata,

EUPROCTIS STIRASTA.

Adlullia stirasta, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xii, p. 214

(1893).

1 ¢, Mone, Shan States (type).

I have a female from the same locality in my own

collection.

EUPROCTIS BARBARA.

Huproctis barbara, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p.

197 (1903).

1 g, Kuching, Borneo (type).

418 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

EUPROCTIS STAUDINGERI.

Cherotricha staudingert, Leech, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 624, pl. 31,

i, 0:

5 f, 5 9, Japan, including the types.

EUPROCTIS VARIA.

EHuproctis (2) varia, Walker, iv, 840 (1855).

Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 348,

pl. 9a, f. 5 (1859).

1 ¢, Subathu. 37,12, Sikhim, 1 9, Khasia Hills.

The type, without locality, is in Mus. Oxon.

” dy)

KUPROCTIS OREOSAURA.

Adlullia oreosaura, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xiv,

p. 435 (1894).

1 ¢, 1 9, Khasia Hills (types).

There is a small male from Kuching, Borneo, which

much resembles this species.

EUPROCTIS NIPHONIS.

Cherotricha niphonis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 9, 2.

Cherotricha squamosa, Butler, 1. ¢., 9.

Porthesia raddei, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., iii, p. 207, pl. 17,

f. 3 (1887).

7 $, 5 9, Japan, including both Butler’s types. 2 2,1 9,

Amur.

EUPROCTIS PLAGIATA,

Cispia plagiata, Walker, iv, 858 (1855).

1 9, Nepal (type). 1 ¢, Mount Parisnath. 1 2, N.

India.

EUPROCTIS MARGINATA,

Cherotricha marginata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 49 (1879).

Cherotricha quadrangularis, Moore, |. ¢., p. 50, pl. 2, f. 25.

2 $, 2 9, Darjiling, including the type. 1 f, Kurse-

yong.

The type of quadrangularis, from Manipur, is 1n coll.

Staudinger.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 419

EUPROCTIS PRACURRENS.

Adlullia precurrens, Walker, xxxui, 392 (1865).

Cherotricha globifera, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 98, f. 13,

@ (1868).

Nygmia globifera, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 449 (1892).

Euproctis guttulata, Snellen, Notes Leyden Mus,, viui, p. 7

(1886). .

Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent, xxix, p. 36, pl. 1,

f. 3 (1886).

Adlullia boleora, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 186,

pl. 6, £2, % (1892).

4 2,52 from Dinding, Sarawak, Kuching, and Singa-

pore; Felder’s type came from the Moluccas, and is

undoubtedly a female, though figured as a male; the types

of precurrens from Celebes and of boleora from Sarawak

are in Mus. Oxon.

”? »?

EUPROCTIS PALLIPES.

Euproctis pallipes, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 108, pl. 9,

if, 8) (ESi7/8)h

1 2%, Celebes.

EUPROCTIS OSUNA, nov.

2. Dull ochreous tinged with chestnut colour ; fore-wings long,

costa arched, outer margin nearly as long as the costa, much rounded,

the curve taking in the short hinder margin to the base ; two macular

transverse chestnut-coloured bands, discal and marginal; the first

consisting of five or six square spots ; the other complete, the spots

well separated ; indications of another band towards the base, where

there is a small group of black irrorations ; all the spots covered with

these irrorations, as also are the cilia of both wings, the antecilial line

being pale; abdomen and abdominal half of hind-wings suffused

with black ; under-side much as above.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Kapaur, New Guinea (Doherty).

Somewhat like #. (Cherotricha) armandvillei, Oberth.,

Etud. Ent., xix, p. 35, pl. 5, f. 31 (1894).

EUPROCTIS EGREGIA, nov.

Q. Palpi ochreous with some brown hairs; head and thorax

ochreous; abdomen blackish-brown, tip ochreous; fore-wings

blackish-brown, with a very broad orange ochreous outer marginal

420 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

border, occupying quite one-fifth of the wing ; hind-wings with the

basal third black, the outer portion orange ochreous; cilia of both

wings ochreous ; under-side of body and legs blackish-brown ; wings

as above, but the brown part darker.

Expanse of wings 2;°5 inches.

Hab. BATJAN.

EUPROCTIS SERVILIS.

Huproctis servilis, Walker, xxx, 350 (1865).

Artaxa servilis, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 190

(1892).

Darala prima, Walker, xxxv, 1917 (1866).

Euproctis incompta, Snellen, Tid. v. Ent., xx, p. 9, pl. 1, f. 2

(1879).

Euproctis cinerea, Heylaerts, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxvi,

p- 10 (1392).

Euproctis nurma, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), m1, p. 469

(1899).

3 $,19, Java. 12, Sambawa (Doherty). 1 %, Celebes

(Doherty).

Type Celebes (Wallace) in Mus. Oxon., as is also the

type of prima from the same locality; Snellen’s and

Heylaert’s types came from Java, Snellen also records it

from Celebes; Druce’s type came from Timor. The colour

of fore-wings varies much, from very pale yellow to olive-

brown, and the hind-wings from yellow to white. I have

before me the two extremes from the same locality: the

female has all yellow fore-wings, white hind-wings, without

markings.

EUPROCTIS UNIFORMIS.

Cherotricha wniformis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 49 (1879).

1 2, Darjiling.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

EUPROCTIS CALESIA.

Huproctis calesia, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), ix, p. 81

(1902).

1 9, Lawas, Borneo (type). 1 9, Sandakan.

Old Worid Lymantriide in the National Collection. 421

EUPROCTIS POSTNIGRA, nov.

@. Antenne, palpi, head, and thorax brownish-ochreous ; fore-

wings with the ground colour sordid ochreous, irrorated with minute,

deep black atoms; a whitish space at the end of the cell, in which

there is a somewhat large black spot ; a discal, indistinct, transverse

whitish band, outwardly curved above its middle; abdomen and

hind-wings black, anal tuft and cilia of both wings sordid ochreous ;

under-side of body and legs black ; wings blackish-brown, with the

margins narrowly sordid ochreous.

Expanse of wings 2,7; inches.

1 9, Matang, Borneo (type). 1 2, Pulo Laut (Doherty).

T have it in my own collection from Pulo Laut.

HUPROCTIS INDECORA.

Teara indecora, Walker, xxxu, 353 (1865).

1 2, Moreton Bay (type).

EUPROCTIS DEFICITA.

Teara deficita, Walker, xxxil, 352 (1865).

3 f, 2 9, Australia, including the type.

EUPROCTIS FUNERALIS, nov.

d¢, @. Palpi, frons, and anal tuft of abdomen ochreous, paler in

some examples than in others ; antennze ochreous grey, shafts white ;

head, thorax, and fore-wings ochreous, the ground colour of the fore-

wings is ochreous grey, and the wings are covered with brown,

minute irrorations ; one Sarawak male example has the fore-wings

much darker than the others, and a Sarawak female is the palest and

yellowest of the lot; the hind-wings of the ¢ type are nearly white,

the abdominal margin broadly suffused with blackish ; in the female

they are entirely blackish-brown with pale yellowish outer margins ;

abdomen above and below black; legs yellowish; wings below

whitish in the male with blackish internal suffusions, entirely

suffused in the female. The species varies much in size and in shade

of colour; in some of the females the veins of the fore-wings are.

yellow and prominent.

Expanse of wings ¢ 15%, 2:'s inches.

1 g,1 2, Singapore (types) (fidley). 4 9, Singapore.

1 ¢, 12, Sarawak. 1 2, Penang (Plower). 1 2, Java.

Was many years ago wrongly identified in the B. M. as

conspersa, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 98, f. 12, but has

very little resemblance to it ; conspersa is not in the B. M.

422 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

EUPROCTIS FLAVOCILIATA.

Euproctis flavociliata, Swinhce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), vii,

p. 465 (1901).

1 9, Perak (type). 12, 1 9, Singapore.

EUPROCTIS TRANSVERSA.

Artava transversa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 352, pl. 9a,

f. 8 (1859).

ss Ws Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1, p. 188

(1892).

Huproctis guttistriga, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi,

p. 129 (1862).

1 ¢,3 2, Singapore. 3 2, Sumatra. 1 dg, 1 9, Borneo.

2 2, Java, including the type.

Walker’s type from Sarawak is in Mus. Oxon.

EUPROCTIS LEUCOSPILA.

Cozola leucospila, Walker, xxx, 390 (1865).

Cherotricha leucospila, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 98, f. 16

(1868).

1 2, Celebes (Doherty).

The types, from Celebes, are in Mus. Oxon. and coll.

Rothschild.

EUPROCTIS CHIRUNDA, nov.

?. Palpi, frons, head, and fore-part of thorax yellow ; thorax and

fore-wings dark chocolate brown ; costal margin yellow ; a patch of

that colour in the middle extending to the end of the cell, where it

is rounded, and contains a large black spot ; a square yellow patch on

the outer margin above the middle, and another at the hinder angle ;

abdomen black, with pale segmental lines and yellow anal tuft; hind-

wings blackish-brown, yellow on the outer margin; cilia of both

wings yellow ; under-side, body and legs yellow, wings blackish-

brown, with the yellow marginal marks much as above.

Expanse of wings 2,5 inches.

Hab. SANDAKAN.

EUPROCTIS PERPLEXA, nov.

2. Antenne, palpi, head, and tip of abdomen ochreous ; thorax

and fore-wings dark ochreous brown, the lower part of the wings the

darker ; a large black spot of embossed scales on a pale ochreous

ground on the hinder margin a little before the middle ; another

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 423

just above it, the pale margins joining ; abdomen black ; hind-wings

blackish-brown, darker than the fore-wings ; cilia of both wings

brown, with some ochreous hairs ; underside of wings paler, margins

broadly ochreous ; body and legs also ochreous,

Expanse of wings 1,/; inches.

Hab, SINGAPORE (Lidley).

There is another female caught apparently at the same

time and place by Ridley, which differs from the above in

having the apex of fore-wings tinged with ochreous, and

containing a brown subapical spot with a brown dot close

above it.

EUPROCTIS MAGNA.

Somena magna, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 479, §.

Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p. 197,

b dy

¢ (1903).

1 $,19, Khasia Hills (types).

I have one male and two females from the same locality

in my own collection.

EUPROCTIS BIPARTITA.

Cherotricha bipartita, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 49, pl. 2, f. 4

(1879).

1 2, Darjiling.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

EUPROCTIS HAMPSON], nov. nom.

Artaxa variegata, Ampsn., Ill. Het., vii, p. 56, pl. 140, f. 6

(1891) (preocce.).

1 g, Nilgiri Hills (type).

Variegata being prececupied by Moore for Daplasa

variegata, which is an Kuproctis, Hampson’s species must

have a new name.

EUPROCTIS LUTEIFASCIA.

Artaxa luterfascia, Hmpsn., Il. Het., viii, p. 57, pl. 141, f. 2

(1891).

1 ¢, Nilgini Hills (type).

EUPROCTIS ATRISIGNATA, nov.

g¢. Antenne, head, thorax, and fore-wings red-brown, tinged with

ochreous; fore-wings with three pairs of white spots on the outer

424 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Kevision of the

margin, apical, medial, and on the angle ; a small white dot between

each ; faint indications of two transverse pale lines, the first out-

wardly curved, the other outwardly curved above its middle ; a large

prominent black spot at the end of the cell ; cilia with white spots ;

hind-wings blackish-brown, with ochreous white outer marginal

border and cilia; under-side, palpi, pectus, body, legs, and wings

ochreous white; fore-wings suffused with brown, except on the

margins ; hind-wings suffused on the abdominal half; a black spot

at the end of each cell of both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,3; inches.

Hab, SINGAPORE (Lidley), two examples.

EUPROCTIS SCINTILLANS.

Somena scintillans, Walker, xu, 1734 (1856).

Artaxa justiciw, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 352, pl. xvi,

ff. 6 (larva) (1859).

Orvasca subnotata, Walker, xxxii, 502 (1865).

EHuproctis mooret, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 106, pl. 8,

f. 8 and 10 (1879).

Artaxa limbata, Butler, Il]. Het., v, p. 53, pl. 90, f.3 (1881).

Somena wrrorata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 11, p. 87, pl. 111, f. 2

(1882).

A long series from different parts of India, Ceylon,

Burma, and Singapore. I have it in my own coll. from

Bombay, Poona, Karachi, and the Khasia Hills. I do not

see how any of the above can be specifically separated.

EUPROCTIS SIMILIS.

Artaxa similis, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 351

(1859).

1 9, Java (type). 2 2, Singapore.

The ¢ type I cannot find.

EUPROCTIS BIPUNCTAPEX.

Somena bipunctapex, Hmpsn., Nl. Het., vil, p. 57, pl. 140,

f. 13 (1891).

29, Nilgiri Hills, including the type. 2 9, Kangra.

19, Burma. 1 3%, Singapore. 7 3g, 10 9, China.

EUPROCTIS OBSCURA.

Artaxa obscura, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., u, p. 351

(1859).

1 2, Java (type). 1 9, Singapore.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 425

EUPROCTIS ATOMARIA.

Artaxa atomaria, Walker, iv, 796 (1855).

Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 58, pl. 90, f. 2

(1881).

19, N. India (type).

9 »

EUPROCTIS APICALIS.

Arna apicalis, Walker, v, 1177 (1855).

Artaxa apicalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 85, pl. 111, f. 4,

4a, b (1883).

2 2, Bombay. 2 f, 3 2, Ceylon, including the type.

I cannot agree with Hampson, that this is the same as

the northern form atomaria, which has no yellow costa.

EUPROCTIS ABJECTA.

Somena abjecta, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 405, pl. 43,

iL” 118

1 f, 4 @, Karachi and Kotri, Sind, including the types.

EUPROCTIS SAGROIDES.

Somena sagroides, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii, p. 57, pl. 140, £, 14

(1891).

1 g, Nilgiri Hills (type).

EUPROCTIS FLAVICOSTA.

Euproctis flavicosta, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xiii, p.

420, pl. B, f. 3 and pl. 2, f. 18 (1900).

1 f, Sikhim (type).

EUPROCTIS RENIFERA.

Luproctis renifera, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p.

LOE

is 2 Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p.

196, f (1903).

1g, 2 ¢, Khasia Hills (types).

EUPROCTIS MINUTISSIMA, nov.

¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore-wings ochreous ; fore-

wings sparsely irrorated with grey atoms, and with a large black

sub-apical spot near outer margin ; hind-wings black, with ochreous

cilia ; under-side, body and legs ochreous-white, both wings covered

426 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

with blackish-brown suffusion, the borders ochreous white, rather

broadly so at the apex of the fore-wings.

Expanse of wings +, inch.

Hab. SINGAPORE (Ridley).

With the spot on the fore-wings as in rubiginosa,

Snellen, from Java, Tijd. v. Ent., xx, p. 107 plete

(1877).

EUPROCTIS LINTA.

Artaxa linta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p- 351 (1859).

1 $, Java (type). 2 3, Sandakan.

EUPROCTIS KALA.

Artaxa kala, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 351 (1859).

1 9, Java (type).

EUPROCTIS XANTHOPERA:

Huproctis canthopera, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soe., x1, p.

295 (1897).

1 Z, Khasia Hills (type).

EUPROCTIS ORMEA, nov.

2. Palpi yellowish white, grey above; frons and pectus ochreous ;

antenne and thorax greyish-ochreous ; fore-wings with the ground

colour whitish-ochreous, almost entirely suffused with ochreous-

brown, and irrorated with black atoms, leaving some apical streaks,

a longitudinal streak below on the outer margin, and the outer

marginal line pale; two transverse lines also of that colour both

slightly sinuous, the first a little before the middle, nearly erect,

curving somewhat outwards above the middle, the other more or less

dentated, starting from the middle of the hinder margin close to the

first line, then well curved outwards and inwards on to the costa ;

a pale spot at lower end of the cell; cilia, with ochreous spots; hind-

wings pale black, with ochreous cilia ; abdomen and body below pale

black ; under-side of both wings suffused with pale black, with

ochreous margins ; legs yellowish-white.

Expanse of wings 1} inches,

Hab. 8. HE. BoRNEO (Doherty).

EUPROCTIS CERASINA, DOV.

4. Palpi white, black on the inner sides ; frons, antenna, and head

ochreous ; thorax and wings pale primrose-yellow ; hind-wings

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 427

without markings ; fore-wings covered with cherry-coloured scales,

irrorated sparsely with black atoms, the ground colour of the wings

showing through here and there ; two transverse pale lines, anti-

medial and discal, both elbowed outwards above the middle, the first

acutely, the second somewhat near the outer margin; the space

beyond these mostly primrose-yellow, with some cherry-coloured

scales and black irrorations: the marginal border with very pale

pinkish markings, and a biack mark on the cilia at the middle of the

margin ; abdomen ochreous with some brown suffusion ; under-side

of body and legs ochreous, tarsi whitish ; wings pale primrose-

yellow, nearly white, with a rather broad blackish suffused sub-

costal streak on fore-wings.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inches.

Hab. SAMBAWA (Doherty).

EUPROCTIS OLIVATA.

Huproctis olivata, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soe., xi, p. 295

(1897).

1 f, 1 9, Khasia Hills (types).

EUPROCTIS SUBRANA.

Artaxa subrana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii

(1859).

1 @, Java (type). 1 2, Singapore.

, p. ddl

KUPROCTIS DISTRACTA.

Artaxa distracta, Walker, xxxu, 333 (1865).

1 g, Sarawak (type).

The type specimen is much rubbed and _ hardly

recognisable.

EUPROCTIS ALBODENTATA.

Pida albodentata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 401.

1 9, N. W. Himalayas (type). 1 9, Burma.

EUPROCTIS FACETA, nov.

6. Palpi, frons, head, and thorax white ; fore-wings greyish-

olive, costa white; two transverse white lines, ante-medial and

discal ; the first, nearly erect, bends inwards on to the costa, consisting

of two largish lunules, the lower being the outside margin of a large

white spot in the interno-median interspace, and which contains a

428 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

red-grey spot, while below this is the half of a similar mark on the

hinder margin; the outer line is lunulate and dentate, and curves

outwardly in its centre ; the lunules of the inner line are bent out-

wards and of the outer line inwards ; the cilia are white with grey

marks at the ends of the veins; hind-wings and abdomen sordid

ochreous white, unmarked; under-side nearly white, unmarked,

except for the grey streaks below costa of fore-wings.

Expanse of wings 5 inch.

Hab. Kapaur, New Guinea (Doherty).

EUPROCTIS ATRIPUNCTA.

Euproctis atripuncta, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xi, p.

295 (1897).

1 f, 2 9, Khasia Hills (types).

EUPROCTIS RECRABA.

EHuproctis recraba, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p.

196 (1903).

1 ¢, 1 2, Java (types).

EUPROCTIS ALBA, nov.

d, 2. Palpi grey, white beneath ; antenne grey ; head, thorax,

and wings white; fore-wings with some indistinct red scales at the end

of the cell, and also at the base ; some black irrorations on the lower

portion of the wing, more dense in the female than in the male ; hind-

wings with some brown suffusion on the abdominal area in the

female only ; abdomen blackish above, except the base and the anal

tuft, which are ochreous ; under-side white without markings.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inches,

Hab, SAMBAWA (Doherty).

EUPROCTIS LANARIA.

Terphothrix lanaria, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 474 (1593),

2 f, Ogove River (Holland).

EUPROCTIS VARIEGATA.

Huproctis variegata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 48, pl. 2, f 24

(1879).

Daplasa variegata, Ampsn., Moths, India, 1, p. 458 (1892).

1 f, Sikhim (Pilcher).

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger. |

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 429

EUPROCTIS STRIGIFIMBRIA.

Antipha strigifimbria, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi,

p. 126 (1862).

Artaxa fracta, Walker, xxxii, 333 (1865).

6 f, Sarawak, including both types. 1 2, Pulo Laut.

EUPROCTIS COSTALIS.

Antipha costalis, Walker, iv, 806 (1855).

Utidava incomptaria, Walker, xxvi, 1689 (1862).

Lacida complens, Walker, xxxu, 336 (1865).

Rilia (2) illepida, Walker, xxxii, 436.

5 2, 2 2, Ceylon, including all the types except complens,

which was in coll. Layard, but the collection is lost.

EUPROCTIS ANTICA.

Lacida antica, Walker, iv, 802, J (1855).

Anaxila notata, Walker, iv, 919, &.

4 f, 2 2, Ceylon, including both types.

EUPROCTIS ANTIPHATES.

EHuproctis antiphates, Hmpsn. Moths, India, i, p. 478

(1892).

1 fg, Khasia Hills (type).

EUPROCTIS PHA.

EHuproctis phexa, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xiii, p.

234 (1900).

2 2, Khasia Hills, including type.

_ Genus Hapiopseustis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 34.

Acnissa, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, 1902,

p- 180.

HAPLOPSEUSTIS ERYTHRIAS,

Haplopseustis erythrias, Meyr., |. c.

Acnissa pyrrhias, Turner, |. ¢.

2 f, 2 2, Port Darwin, whence also Meyrick’s type.

The type pyrriias from Townsville, Queensland.

430 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the ,

Genus PERINA, Walker, iv, 966 (1855).

PERINA NUDA.

Bombyx nuda, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11, p. 119 (1787).

Stilpnotia subtencta, Walker, iv, 843, 9.

Perina basalis, Walker, iv, 966, 2.

Euproctis combinata, Walker, xxxii, 347, (1865).

2 t,3 2, Hong Kong, including type of combinata. 5 f,

2 9, Nepal, including type of basalis. 3 2, 1 2, Bombay.

12, Mhow. 292, Belgaum. 1 9, Nilgiri Hills. 1 4,3 9,

Ceylon.

The type of swbtincta from India is in Mus. Oxon.

PERINA PURA.

Perina pura, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 17

(1869).

1 Z, without locality (type) ex. coll. Norris. 2 2,39, N.

India. 1 9, Calcutta. 1 9, Cachar.

Genus Dapiasa, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 51 (1879).

DAPLASA IRRORATA.

Daplasa irrorata, Moore, 1. ¢., p. 52, pl. 2, f. 17.

1 f, Khasia Hills. 2 3, Omeishan.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

Genus Cispia, Walker, iv, 857 (1855).

CISPIA CHARMA.

Cispia charma, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ui, p. 112

(1899).

3 7, 2 2, Karwar, including the types.

CISPIA PUNCTIFASCIA.

Cispia punctifascia, Walker, iv, 857 (1855).

3 2,1 9, Sikhim, including the types. 1 9, Ceylon.

CISPIA VENOSA.

Cismia venosa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 264.

Drs 20% Sikhim.

The type, marked India, is in Mus. Oxon.

Old World Lymantriide im the National Collection. 431

Genus HERACULA, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 804.

HERACULA DISCIVITTA.

Heracula discivitta, Moore, |. ¢., pl. 48, f. 2.

3 3,1 §, Sikhim.

The type is in coll. Russell.

Genus Pipa, Walker, xxxii, 399 (1865).

Locharna, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 53 (1879).

PIDA APICALIS.

Pida apicalis, Walker, xxxui, 400.

a x Hmpsn., Moths, India,i, p. 457 (fig.) (1892).

1 g, Darjiling (type). 12, Nepal. 32, Sikhim. 17,

Silhet. 1 2, Khasia Hills.

PIDA DECOLORATA.

Cyclidia (2) decolorata, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p.

96 (1869).

1 f, Khasia Hills. 1 2, Darjiling. 1 ¢, Subathu.

The type from Benares is in the Devon and Exeter

Museum.

PIDA STRIGIPENNIS.

Locharna strigipennis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 53, pl. 3, f. 11

(1879).

19, Burma. 1 2, Shan States. 17, Omeishan. 1 9,

Ichang. 1 9, Chang Yang.

The type, from the Khasia Hills, is in coll. Staudinger.

Genus FoDINOIDEA, Saalm., Madag., 1, p. 154 (1884).

FODINOIDEA STAUDINGERI.

Fodinoidea staudingert, Saalm., |. c., pl. 5, f. 63, 63a.

2 f, Madagascar.

FODINOIDEA VECTIGERA.

Eusemia vectigera, Mab., Le Nat., 11, p. 100 (1882).

Fodinoidea maculata, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi, p. 198

(1885).

2 f, Madagascar, including Butler’s type.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Ill. (OcT.) 29

4.32 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus NuMENES, Walker, 101, 662 (1855).

Pseudomesa, Walker, iv, 928 (1855).

NUMENES PATRANA.

Numenes patrana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., u, p. 367

(1859).

Numenes partita, Walker, xxxi, 290 (1864).

142, Bhutan (type). 7 2,49, Sikhim.

The type of partita from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

NUMENES SILETTI.

Numenes siletti, Walker, 111, 663, 2 (1855).

Pseudomesa quadriplagiata, Walker, iv, 923, $ (1855).

2 2,39, Silhet, including both types. 2 2, Sikhim. 1 ,

Cachar. 6 9, Burma.

NUMENES INSIGNIS.

Numenes insignis, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., u, p. 367, pl.

10a, £. 6,? (1859).

Pseudomesa leta, Walker, xxxv, 1916, (1866).

2 ft, 4 2, Java, including both types.

NUMENES DISPARILIS.

Numenes disparilis, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., 1, p. 200, pl.

il, f 2a; bi(iss7):

Numenes disparilis, var. separata, Leech, Entom., xxii, p.

112 (1890).

Lymantria albofascia, Leech, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 629, pl. 31,

i, 0, c

2,12, Chang Yang, including type of separata. 1 2,

Ohoyama (type albofascia), 19, Chia-kow-ho. 1 9

Kiukiang. 1 2, Moupin.

NUMENES LIBYRA.

Aroa libyra, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xvi, p. 352.

(1896).

Heteronygiia flammeola, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7),

vu, p. 360 (1899).

Druce’s types f 2? came from W. Africa, Distant’s type

? from the Transvaal ; the species is not in the B. M.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 433

NUMENES HYPOXANTHA.

Heteronygmia hypoxantha, 2, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 416

(1893).

One female from the Ogove River, the locality where

Holland’s type came from ; it is closely allied to Numenes

libyra, Druce.

Genus MArpDARA, Walker, xxxii, 402 (1865).

Mahoba, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 52 (1879).

MARDARA PLAGIDOTATA.

Cyclidia (?) plagidotata, Walker, xxv, 1483 (1862).

2 2, Darjiling, including the type.

MARDARA RUFICEPS.

Mardara ruficeps, Hmpsn., Moths, India, iv, p. 489 (1896).

1 f, Bhutan (type).

MARDARA CALLIGRAMMA.

Mardara calligramma, Walker, xxxii, 402 (1865).

7 2, 2 2, Darjiling, including the type. 1 2, Kurseyong.

1 2, Sikhim.

MARDARA AFRICANA.

Lepasta africana, Holland, Ent. News Phil., 1893, p. 343,

oi Abs. ai ile

1 Z, Sierra Leone. 1 2, River Niger.

Genus NycTEmERA, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 178.

Otroeda, Walker, 11, 402 (1854).

NYCTEMERA HESPERIA.

Geometra hesperia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii, pl. 251, f. A, B

(1780).

Otroeda hesperia, Walker, ii, 402.

14 3,19, W. Africa.

NYCTEMERA JONESI.

Otroeda jonesi, Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N. H (6), vii, p. 184

(1891).

1g, Congo. 4 2, W. Africa.

434 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

NYCTEMERA MANIFESTA, nov.

¢. Belongs to the hesperia group, and is closely allied to that

species, but there is no sign of orange or ochreous on the hind-wings ;

the submarginal spots on both wings are somewhat differently placed,

forming a continuous and evenly-disposed curve, the upper one the

largest, lessening in size hindwards on both wings; in hesperia and

its allies the subcostal spot of the fore-wings is displaced inwards,

making the row of spots angled at its upper part, and in the

hind-wings the second spot (and sometimes the fourth) runs into the

white of the wing.

Expanse of wings 3} inches.

Hab. CoNnco.

NYCTEMERA CAFRA.

Bombyx cafra, Drury, Il. Ex. Ins., iii, pl. 5, f. 1 (1780).

2 g, Sierra Leone. 1 g, River Niger. 1 ¢, 8. Nigeria.

NYCTEMERA OCCIDENTIS.

Otroeda occidentis, Walker, 11, 403 (1854).

1 f, Sierra Leone (type). 1 ¢,Cameroons. 1 ¢, R. Gaboon.

i ¢, Rio del Rey. 1 2,8. Nigeria.

NYCTEMERA VESPERINA.

Otroeda vesperina, Walker, ii, 403 (1854).

2 f, Congo, including the type.

NYCTEMERA VARUNAA.

Otroeda varunxa, Druce, P. Z. 8., 1882, p. 780.

1st. Wi Atrica.

The type, from Congo, is in coll. Druce.

Genus RAJACOA, nov.

¢. Antenne bipectinated to the tips, pectinations ciliated and of

moderate length ; palpi upturned, very short and hairy ; fore-wings

with discoidal nearly straight, vein 2 from middle of cell, 4 from

lower end, 3 from half-way between, 5 from below middle and some-

what curved, 6 from below upper end, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 from 10

anastomosing with 7 and 8 to form the areole, 11 from one-third

before end of cell ; hind-wings with lower half of the discoidal pro-

truding, vein 2 from one-third before lower end of cell, 4 from end,

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 435

3 from half-way between, 5 from a little above end and curved, 6

and 7 on a long stalk.

Type £. forbesi, Druce (Cypra).

RAJACOA FORBESI.

Cypra (2) forbesi, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ii, p. 469

(1899).

2 3, Fergusson Isl. (Meek). 2 2, Milne Bay (Jeek).

RAJACOA ANTRA.

Rajacoa antra, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xu, p. 194

(19038).

1 ¢, Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty).

I have also two males in my own collection from the

same locality.

Genus Crmo.a, Walker, iv, 817 (1855).

CIMOLA OPALINA.

Cimola opalina, Walker, iv, 817.

Anomeotes thymiathis, Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag., xx, p. 156

(1883).

3 $, Delagoa Bay. 5, Natal, including the type.

CIMOLA ELEUTEBRIA.

Bombyx eleuteria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., pl. 36, f. 18 (1791).

Cypra eleuteria, Walker, iv, 816 (1855).

10 4 19, Sierra Leone. 17) “Ashanti, 12, Benue

River.

Genus Pirea, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidsk., xii, p. 192 (1892).

PIRGA LASEA.

Xenosoma (?) lasea, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), iu, p. 468

(1899).

2 f, 1 2, Sierra Leone.

Druce’s type came from the same locality. The type of

the genus is P. mirabilis, Auriv., described in Ent. Tidsk.,

xiii, p. 192, but figured in vol. xii, p. 228, pl. 2, f. 2, and put

in the Family Vyctemeridx = Deilemeridx: Karsch, however,

in Ent. Nachr., xvi, p. 351 (1900), pointed out that this

genus along with Otroeda, Walker = Nyctemera, Hiibn.,

really belongs to the Lymantrude.

436 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

PIRGA MAGNA, nov.

3, 2. Palpi, frons, antennz, head, ‘and body deep black, collar

golden-orange ; all the markings on the body of the same colour; a

tuft on each side of the thorax, a band behind, and segmental bands

on the abdomen ending on each side in bright orange-red spots,

joined together on the abdomen below by thin orange-red lines ;

wings nearly hyaline, the veins dark brown ; fore-wings pale blackish ;

a sordid white sub-costal streak from the base ; the interior third of

the interno-median space of the same colour ; hind-wings sordid

white, with the outer third pale blackish narrowing hindwards ;

under-side of body and legs black ; wings as above.

Expanse of wings ¢ 2,°%,, 9 3 inches.

Hab, Kixuyu, British E. Africa (Crawshay).

Genus MARBLA, nov.

Antenne bipectinated to the tips, branches of male long, of female

a little less than half the length of the male, minutely ciliated, each

branch with two long and one short spine at itsend ; palpi long and

porrect, last joint very short and blunt; fore-wings with the costa

bent at the base, otherwise nearly straight ; apex rather produced but

rounded ; outer margin slightly curved, two-thirds length of costa ;

hinder margin of the male much rounded, of the female nearly

straight ; discoidal bent inwards in its centre, vein 2 from one-third

before end of cell, 3 from before end, 4 and 5 from end, 6 from a

little below upper end, 7 and 8 on a long stalk from upper end of

cell, 9 and 10 also on a long stalk arising from a little before the end,

11 from one-third before end ; hind-wings with the lower end of the

discoidal square and slightly projected, vein 2 from a little beyond

middle of cell, 3 from before end, 4 from the end, 5 from a little

above, 6 and 7 from the upper end.

Type JL. divisa, Walker (Hloria).

MARBLA DIVISA.

Eloria divisa, Walker, iv, 815 (1855).

Hylemera tenera, Holland, Ent. News Phil., iv, p. 61, pl. 3,

f, 7 (1893).

Walker’s type, a male, has no locality ; but there are

two male and seven female examples, the same as type,

from Sierra Leone and Lagos: Holland’s description and

figure fits this species very well.

Old World Lymantriidx in the National Collection. 437

MARBLA (?) NYSES.

Cypra nyses, Druce, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 678.

1 g, Old Calabar.

The type from Oid Calabar is in coll. Druce.

MARBLA (?) BIGUTTA.

Soloé bigutta, Holland, Ent. News Phil., 1893, p. 62, pl. 3,

1 7, 1 2, Ogove River (Holland).

Genus Pantana, Walker, iv, 819 (1855).

Lirnara, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), 1

560 (1879).

PANTANA VISUM.

Liparis visum, Hiibner, Zutr., 11, p. 82, f. 543, 544 (1825).

Pantana dispar, Walker, iv, 820.

1 2, Maulmein (type dispar). 5 2, Burma. 1 2, Shan

States. 2 2%, Tonkin.

PANTANA AMPLA.

Pantana ampla, Walker, iv, 820 (1855).

1 , Hong Kong (type). 5%, Hainan.

PANTANA BICOLOR.

Orgyia bicolor, Walker, iv, 787 (1855).

Genusa delineata, Walker, iv, 818.

Genusa circumdata, Walker, iv, 819.

Stilpnotia sordida, Walker, vil, 1732 (1856).

Genusa comparata, Walker, xxxil, 340 (1865).

1 f, Kangra. 1 ¢, Dharmsala. 3 f, N. India, including

type of circumdata. 37, Silhet, including types of

delineata and sordida. 49,29, Sikhim. 2 3,1 2, Khasia

Hills. 17, Bhamo, Burma.

The type, marked India, is in Mus. Oxon.

PANTANA BASWANA.

Pantana baswana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ui, p. 336, pl.

Gay td (1859):

5 f, Java, including the type.

438 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

PANTANA SIMPLEX.

Pantana simplex, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 122.

8 ¢, W. China, including the type.

PANTANA TERMINATA.

Genusa terminata, Walker, xxxii, 340 (1865).

1 g, India (type). 5 $,1 9, Burma.

PANTANA NIGROLIMBATA.

Pantana nigrolimbata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 121.

5 $,3 9, W. China, including the type.

PANTANA SINICA.

Pantana sinica, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 92

(1877).

* » Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 121.

1 Z, Shanghai (type). 1%, Chekiang, 1 2, Fouchau.

PANTANA ALBIFASCIA.

Orgyia albifascia, Walker, xxx1i, 825 (1865).

1 f, Darjiling.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger. I have

it from the Khasia Hills.

PANTANA SUBFASCIA.

Orgyra subfascia, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 803.

1 f, Bengal (type).

Hampson puts this with a/bifascia, but it seems to me

to be a very good form; there are some examples from

Sikhim in coll. Pilcher.

PANTANA INTERJECTA.

Pantana interjecta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891, p. 478,

[OG TEs a od

1 fg, Khasia Hills (type).

I have several examples from the same locality.

PANTANA LUTEICEPS.

Pantana luteiceps, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xvii,

p. 361 (1896).

1 2, Khasia Hills.

Old World Lymantriidx in the National Collection. 439

PANTANA PLUTO.

Gynephora pluto, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).

2 ft, Ichang, including the type. 1 g, Moupin. 1 7,

Kwei-chow.

PANTANA EURYGANIA.

Pantana eurygania, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ii, p. 470

(1899).

1 ¢, Chang Yang.

The type from Szechuen is in coll. Druce.

PANTANA SEMILUCIDA, nom. nov.

Pantana bicolor, Walker, iv, 820 (1855) (preocc.).

1 f, without locality (type). 1 gf, Cambogia, Siam.

2g, Penang. 1 gf, Sarawak.

PANTANA LINEOSA.

Etobema lineosa, Walker, xxxui, 389 (1865).

Birnara nubila, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), 1, p.

560 (1879).

2 ¢, Malacca, including Butler’s type. 1 2, Singapore.

1 9, Sumatra.

Genus L&LIA, Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins., 1, p. 52 (1827).

Charnidas, Walker, iv, 797 (1855).

Repena, Walker, iv, 799.

Anthora, Walker, iv, 801.

Lacida, Walker, iv, 802.

Procodeca, Walker, iv, 812.

Ricine, Walker, iv, 824.

Odagra, Walker, xxxii, 401 (1865).

Harapa, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 47 (1879).

Lxlioides, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 83 (1883).

Hondella, Moore, 1. ¢., p. 144.

L#LIA SUBROSEA.

Anthora subrosea, Walker, iv, 801.

Lelia subrosea, Schaus and Clements, Sierra Leone Lep.,

We2Gply lt one (89s):

Lelia subrufa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xv, p. 39 (1872).

3 J, 1 2, Sierra Leone, including the type. 1 2, Natal.

Snellen’s type came from Lower Guinea.

440 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

LALIA FASCIATA.

Lxlioides fasciata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 84, pl. 110,

f. 6 (1882).

Procodeca testacea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 574.

Leiroides rubripennis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884, p. 358.

1 g, Bengal (type testacea). 1 $,1 9, Barrackpore. 4 2,

2 2, Ceylon, including the type. 1 2, Burma (type rubri-

pennis). 1 2, Tongoo, Burma.

The female type of ¢estacea is in Mus. Oxon.

L&#LIA FIGLINA.

Lelia figlina, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), iv, p. 361

(1899).

1 Z, 1 9, British E. Africa.

The type from the Transvaal is in coll. Distant.

L#LIA LILACINA.

Lelia lilacina, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884, p. 357.

1 g, Nilgiri Hills (type).

LZLIA DEVESTITA.

Odagra devestita, Walker, xxxii, 402 (1865).

Lelia pallida, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884, p. 358.

Lelvoides lactea, Moore, 1. ec.

1 2, Punjab Hills (type lactea). 19, Umballa. 2 f,

Karachi. 1 ¢, Bombay.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

LALIA PROLATA.

Lelia prolata, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 195

(1892)

5 2, N. India, including the type. 1 2, 2 2, Maulmein.

1 Z, Kangra. 2 9, Borneo.

A perfectly distinct form.

LALIA OBSOLETA.

Bombyx obsoleta, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 1, p. 463 (1793).

5 Sg, 49, Australia.

The type is in the Banksian Cabinet in the B. M.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 441

L&LIA SINENSIS.

Lelia sinensis, Walker, iv, 829 (1855).

Leucoma brevicornis, Walker, vii, 1729 (1856).

1 2, 2 2, Hong Kong, including both types.

LALIA CANDIDA.

Lelia candida, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 121 (text).

3 2, Chang Yang, including the type.

It is a pure white form of cwnosa, Hiibner.

LAELIA SANGAICA.

Lelia sangaica, Moore, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 92

(1877).

6 2,59, Japan. 1 2, Shanghai (type). 2 7, Ningpo.

L#LIA SUFFUSA.

Ricine suffusa, Walker, iv, 824, 9 (1855).

Procodeca angulifera, Walker, iv, 919, 2.

Lelia subrufa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxxii, p. 105, pl. 8, f.6

(1879).

1 2, Maulmein (type 2, angulifera). 2 $, 3 9, Java,

including the tyye ¢.

Snellen has identified this species from Celebes as the

same as his African subrufa, but his figure represents the

Island form and not the African; this form is more closely

allied to Lelia sangaica, Moore, from China.

LALIA GIGANTEA.

Lelia gigantea, Butler, Cist. Ent., ili, p. 117 (1885).

1 2, 5 2, Japan, including the type.

LAELIA PUNCTULATA.

Lopera punctulata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xvi, p. 400

(1875).

8 2, Natal, including the type.

LZLIA SETINOIDES.

Lelia setinoides, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 431 (1893).

1 2, Ogove River (Holland). 1 9, Natal. 2 2, Kaniss,

Brit. E. Africa. 1 2, Shambe.

442 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

LAELIA CALAMARIA.,

Lelia calamaria, Ampsn., Journ, Bo. N. H. Soe., xiii, p.

234, pl. B, f. 19 (1900).

3 4, 2 9, Nilgiri Hills, including the types.

LA&LIA UMBRINA.

Procodeca wmbrina, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 398.

Charnidas umbrina, Butler, Ill. Het., vii, p. 36, pl. 123, f. 8

(1889).

1 g, Kulu (type). 1 3, Subathu. 2 2, Dharmsala. 1 2,

Dalhousie. 2 2, Kangra. 1 2,1 2, Sultanpore.

LZLIA CARDINALIS.

Lelia cardinalis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix, p. 74, pl. 158, f. 29

30 (1893).

2,1 2, Ceylon, including the type.

LALIA BUANA.

Phragmatobia buana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 358

(1859).

1 f, Java (type).

LALIA FRACTA.

Lelia fracta, Schaus and Clements, Sierra Leone Lep., p.

26, pl. 1, f£. 12 (1893).

3 2,2 9, Sierra Leone.

LALIA VENOSA.

Lelva venosa, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 601, pl. 59, f. 1.

3 ¢, Andamans, including the type. 1 9, Singapore.

LA&LIA ATESTACEA.

Lelia atestacea, Hmpsn., Moths, India, 1, p. 443 (1892).

Harapa testacea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 47, pl. 2, f. 15, 2

(nom. preocc.).

1 g, Khasia Hills.

There is a female in coll. Pilcher from Sikhim, and both

sexes in my own coll. from the Khasia Hills. The type

came from Darjiling, and is in coll. Staudinger; it is the

largest species in the genus, even larger than adalia,

Swinhoe.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 443

LALIA LAVIA, nov.

¢. Olive-brown ; palpi with black hairs beneath ; frons, antenne,

head, and thorax dark brown ; shafts of antenne white ; fore-wings

pale olive-brown, darkest on the margins ; a discal outwardly curved

row of seven black spots, and a blackish lunule at the end of the cell ;

abdomen and hind-wings paler, evenly coloured ; a blackish lunule

at the end of the cell; under-side dull pale olive-grey ; a brown

lunule at the end of each cell ; legs ochreous with brown stripes.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inches.

2 ¢, Lavi, Brit. E. Africa (Betton).

L#LIA EXCLAMATIONIS.

Euprepia exclamationis, Kollar, Hugel’s Kasch., iv, p. 469

(1844).

Repena cervina, Walker, iv, 800 (1855).

Lacida rotundata, Walker, iv, 802.

Cycnia rubida, Walker, xxxi, 297 (1864).

Lymantria disjuncta, Walker, xxxii, 366 (1865).

9 f, 12 ¢, from various parts of India and Ceylon,

including the types of votwndata from Ceylon, and disjuncta

from South India.

The type of cervina from India is in Mus. Oxon., the

type of rubida from Ceylon was in Layard’s lost collection.

LALIA ADALIA.

Lxlia adalia, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), vi, p. 307

(1900).

1 f,1 ¢, Jaintia Hills (types).

Put with exclamationis in the B. M., but it is certainly

more nearly allied to atestacea; it is a good and distinct

form, and one of the largest of the genus. I have a nice

series of both sexes,

L2ALIA TESTACEA.

Cycnia testacea, Walker, 111, 683 (1855).

Lelia wniformis, Hmpsn. (2 only), Il. Het., viii, p. 56, pl.

140, f. 20 (1891).

Charnidas colon, Himpsn., l. c., f. 3, 19.

1 2, N. India (type). 1 9, Allahabad. 1 2, Bombay.

19, Mhow. 2 g, 4 9, Nilgiri Hills, including both of

Hampson’s types. 1 2, Travancore.

44.4 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

LALIA ADARA.

Procodeca adara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 337 (1859).

1 9, Java (type).

LALIA JUVENIS.

Ptilomacra juvenis, Walker, v, 1099 (1855).

Fondella juvenis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 144, pl. 137,

f. 4 (1883).

2 f, 2 9, Ceylon, including the type.

A very peculiar and distinct form.

LALIA LITURA.

Charnidas litwra, Walker, iv, 797 (1855).

2 4,Subathu. 1 gf Kangra. 1 g, Nepal (type). 2 3,

Sultanpore.

LA&LIA FURVA.

Ocneria furva, Leech, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 631, pl. 31, f. 10.

ea? Ichane:. 19s Pekin:

I cannot find the type.

LALIA HETEROGYNA.

Lelia heterogyna, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 443 (1892).

12 7, 6 2, Dras, Kashmi, including the types.

The females have aborted wings.

Genus DacryLoRHYNCHA, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 470

(1892).

DACTYLORHYNCHA PALLIDA.

Charnidas pallida, Umpsn., Ill. Het., vii, p. 56, pl. 140, f.

10 (1891).

2 ¢, Nilgini Hills, including the type.

DACTYLORHYNCHA LUTEIFASCIA.

Dactylorhyncha luteifascia, Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895,

p. 292.

1 f, Pauk Yaw, Burma (type).

Old World Lymantrudx in the National Collection. 445

Genus ANTHELA, Walker, iv, 853 (1855).

Darala, Walker, iv, 886.

Colussa, Walker, xxi, 288 (1860).

Leptocneria, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 386.

Newmania, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 199

(1892).

ANTHELA RUBICUNDA.

Darala rubicunda, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ix, p. 419

(1st June, 1902).

Anthela phenicias, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia

(1st July, 1902), p. 182.

1 g, Roebourne (type). 4 g, Sherlock River. 1 ¢,

Queensland.

Turner's type came from Roebourne.

ANTHELA PUDICA.

Darala pudica, $, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), 1x, p. 419

(Ist June, 1902).

Anthela aspilota, 2, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia

(Ist July, 1902), p. 182.

1 f, Roebourne (type). 6 ¢, 2 2, Sherlock River.

ANTHELA RUBESCENS.

Darala rubescens, Walker, xxxui, 370 (1865).

1 g, Australia (type).

ANTHELA ELIZABETHA.

Odonestis clizabetha, White, Grey, Journ. Exped. Austral.

ii, p. 478 (1841).

2 f, King George’s Sound.

ANTHELA ADRIANA.

Darala adriana, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ix, p. 419

(1902).

3 ¢, Sherlock River, including the type.

ANTHELA PARVA.

Darala parva, Walker, iv, 892 (1855).

1 g, Sydney. 1 3, Tasmania (type). 2 3%, 6 9, SE.

Australia. 1 2, Victoria.

Very near fer7ruginosa.

44.6 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

ANTHELA FERRUGINOSA.

Anthela ferruginosa, Walker, iv, 854 (1855).

1 9, Tasmania (type). 1 9,8.E. Australia. 19, Sydney

ANTHELA ADDITA.

Darala addita, Walker, xxxii, 372 (1865).

1 9, Tasmania (type).

ANTHELA VENOSA.

Colussa venosa, Rosenst., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xvi, p. 384

(1885).

1 9, S. Australia (type).

ANTHELA CLEMENTI.

Darala clementi, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ix, p. 81

(1902).

3 7, 2 2, Sherlock River, including the types.

ANTHELA GUENEI.

Teara guenéi, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856, p. 284,

fol: US yats wo:

Newmania guenéi, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 199

(fig.) (1892).

1 f, 2 §, Australia, including the type.

ANTHELA FIGLINA.

Darala figlina, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ix, p. 81

(1902).

3 7, Sherlock River, including the type.

ANTHELA BINOTATA.

Leptocneria binotata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 386,

Ole Beat oe

1 3, Peak Downs (type). 1 9, 2 9, Port Darwin.

ANTHELA REDUCTA.

Darala reducta, Walker, iv, 888 (1855).

4 7, 3 9, Australia, including the type 2.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 447

ANTHELA OCELLATA.

Darala ocellata, Walker, iv, 887 (1855).

Ommatoptera tetrophthalma, Herr.-Schiiff., Ausser-Eur.

Schmett., f. 506, 507 (1856).

7 f, 12 9, Australia, including the types.

It is a somewhat variable insect.

ANTHELA DENTICULATA.

Teara denticulata, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856, p. 283.

Darala basigera, Walker, xxxii, 372 (1865).

Darala undulata, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 98, f. 11 (1868).

1 2, Adelaide (type). 1 ¢, Melbourne.

ANTHELA OSTRA, nov.

¢. Antenne black, shafts white ; palpi, frons, head, and shoulders

bright ochreous ; thorax blackish-brown ; wings dark black ; fore-

wings with a minute spot in the cell, a round spot at end, both yellow,

as also are the costal margin, the outer half of cilia, and a sub-

marginal row of dots; hind-wings with the entire cilia yellow,

and arow of larger spots near the margin, and extending into it ;,

abdomen dark dull orange ; under-side of body and legs bright

ochreous ; fore-wings yellow, with the reniform distinct, the disc

blackish, intersected by a yellow transverse line, the outer margin

slightly suffused with black ; hind-wings deep black, with a yellow

cell spot, and broad marginal yellow border.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inches.

Hab. ADELAIDE RIVER.

ANTHELA UNISIGNA, nov.

¢. Antenne blackish-brown, shafts. whitish ; palpi and frons

blackish-brown ; thorax covered with dark bright chestnut-brown

hairs, variegated with pure chestnut colour ; abdomen pale crimson,,

anal tuft white ; fore-wings pale ochreous-grey ; a transverse erect

and straight brownish-grey band beyond the middle, in which is a

prominent pure white spot ringed with blackish-brown at the end of

the cell, another more attenuated similar band in the disc, followed

rather closely by a broad brownish-grey marginal band ; hind-wings

paler, nearly white, with a similar broad outer marginal band ;

under-side of wings white, with the first band of fore-wings and

cell spot, the cell itself suffused with ochreous ; hind-wings with a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART III. (octr.) 30

448 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

small brown lunular mark at upper end of cell; pectus and legs

brownish-grey, with some crimson hairs; abdomen white.

Expanse of wings 2,3, inches.

Hab. SHERLOCK River, W. Australia (Clement).

Of the shape of stygiana, Butler.

ANTHELA STYGIANA.

Darala stygiana, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), ix, p. 88

(1882).

1 $, Melbourne (type).

ANTHELA TRITONEA, NOV.

?. Antenne black, shafts pale red; palpi and frons black,

ochreous at the sides; head brown; thorax and abdomen covered

with very dark blackish-chestnut hairs with a bronzed tint ; in the

female the thorax is covered with grey and white hairs; the

abdomen is coloured like that of the male, but the segments are

ringed with long crimson hairs ; fore-wings black, minutely and

very densely irrorated with grey, crossed by three black bands rather

close together in the middle of the wing, the first outwardly and

irregularly curved, the other two nearly erect, the last including a

small pale spot at the end of the cell ; another transverse black band

in the disc, sinuated, almost crenulate, outwardly edged with white,

and close to it a prominent white semi-dentate band, which runs

from close to apex toa little in front of the hinder angle ; hind-

wings pale brown tinged with ochreous, especially towards the base,

where there is a bunch of dark chestnut hairs in the male ; a broad

darker brown transverse straight band before the middle, a duplex

whitish sinuated thin band before the blackish border ; under-side

whitish irrorated with pale black; a white spot in cell of fore-

wings, another at the end, both ringed with brown ; a brown even

band across end of cell, and continued across both wings; a discal

sinuate thinner band; an inner brown spot on hind-wings ; thorax

and legs dark chestnut-brown, with some crimson hairs ; abdomen

white,

Expanse of wings ¢ 4, @ 4 -¢ inches.

Hab, QUEENSLAND.

These examples were presented in 1896 by Mr. Wailley :

they seem to be allied to A. magnifica, Lucas, Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S. W. (2), vi, p. 286, but differ in many characters

from Lucas’s description ; they are the largest examples of

the genus I think yet recorded.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 449

ANTHELA CONNEXA.

Darala connexa, Walker, iv, 898 (1855).

Darala Jervens, Walker, iv, 898.

Darala zonata, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 99, f. 1 (1868).

5 $,5 9, Tasmania, including types of connewa and fervens.

The type of zonata from Australia is in coll. Rothschild.

ANTHELA POSTICA,

Darala postica, Walker, iv, 899 (1855).

1 2, Australia (type).

ANTHELA NICOTHOE.

Bombyx nicothoé, Boisd., Voy. de | Astrolabe, i, p. 226

(1882).

Darala adusta, Walker, iv, 897 (1855).

Lelia australasivw, Herr.-Schaff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett,, f.

386 (1855).

9 3, 8 9, Australia, including Walker’s type.

ANTHELA REPLETA.

Darala repleta, Walker, iv, 896 (1855).

1 f, 2 9, Tasmania, including type ff.

ANTHELA CINERASCENS.

Darala cinerascens, Walker, iv, 900 (1855).

2 J, 1 9, including type 9.

ANTHELA RUFIFASCIA.

Darala rufifascia, Walker, xxxui, 370 (1865).

2 , 1 9, Tasmania, including type 9.

ANTHELA FERRUGINEA.

Darala ferruginea, Walker, iv, 890 (1855),

Ommatoptera diophthalma, Herr.-Schiff., Ausser-Eur.

Schmett., f. 508 (1856).

4 ¢, Tasmania, including type.

ANTHELA ACUTA.

Darala acuta, Walker, iv, 889 (1855).

3. ¢, New Holland, including the type. 5 2 S.E.

Australia.

450 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

ANTHELA DELINEATA.

Darala delineata, Walker, xxxil, 371 (1865).

1 ¢, Melbourne. 1 @, Australia (type).

ANTHELA SUBFALCATA.

Darala subfaleata, Walker, iv, 894 (1855).

1 ¢,2 9, Tasmania, including the type ¢.

ANTHELA HAMATA.

Darala hamata, Walker, iv, 895 (1855).

Darala latifera, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 266.

Colussa uvaria, Walker, xxxv, 1576 (1866).

12,3, Moreton Bay, including types of Jatifera and

wvaria. 1 9, Sydney (type).

ANTHELA VARIA.

Darala varia, Walker, iv, 890 (1855).

Colussa odenestaria, Walker, xxi, 288 (1860).

2 ¢, New Holland, including the type. 1 ¢, SE.

Australia, 2 9, Australia, including the type of odenestaria.

ANTHELA SIMPLEX.

Darala simplex, Walker, iv, 891 (1855).

1 ¢, without locality (type). 2 ¢, 3 9, Sydney.

ANTHELA PLANA.

Darala plana, Walker, iv, 892 (1855).

1 g, Australia (type).

In poor condition, and without antenne, doubtfully

distinct from simplex.

ANTHELA CANESCENS.

Darala canescens, Walker, iv, 901 (1855).

Dreata deficiens, Walker, xxx, 874 (1865).

1 2, Australia (type). 1 2, S.E. Australia. 2 9, Swan

River. 1 ¢, N. Australia (type deficiens). 1 2,Carnarvon,

W. Australia.

They are of different shades of colour, but not more

so than is common in the genus, and their markings are

all identical.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 451

ANTHELA CARNEOTINCTA, nov.

3g, 9. Of a uniform ochreous-grey, tinged with flesh colour, the

female rather darker than the male and tinged with pink ; antenne,

palpi, pectus, under-side of body, and legs more or less ochreous ;

on the sides of the abdomen of the male there are some brown

patches ; on the fore-wings a brown dot in the middle of the cell

and a brown spot at the end; a very indistinct, more or less

crenulated grey line across the dise of both wings and even with the

margins ; cilia of both wings ochreous; in the female there is, in

addition, an inner discal duplex band in the fore-wings and indica-

tions of asimilar band in the hind-wings, and very faint indications

of an inner band across both wings; the under-side is evenly coloured

like the upper-side, but yellower in the male and pinker in the

female, with a brown spot in the cell and another at the end in both

wings, and indications of the upper transverse bands.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 275, 9 33 inches.

2 f, 1 2, Freemantle, bred March, 1891 (Walker).

ANTHELA CRENULATA, nov.

2. Palpi brown-pink ; antenne, head, body, and wings above

and below of a uniform ochreous-grey colour, with a slight shade of

pink in it ; fore-wings with a small brown spot in the cell, and larger

spot at the end; an ante-medial transverse brown band, inside the

first spot, bent outwardly in an irregular manner in the middle, and

continued in a very indistinct form across the hind-wings ; a discal

band across both wings formed by a very evenly crenulated line ;

cilia of both wings ochreous ; under-side with only the crenulated

discal band, and a brown spot in the cell and another at the end in

all the wings; fore-legs brown above.

Expanse of wings, 2,55 inches.

Freemantle, bred March, 1891 (Walker).

Of a beautiful tint of colour; but this colour varies

much, and in two examples is more yellow, and in two

others bright yellow; the markings are identical, though

in some examples more distinct than in others. They were

all bred at the same time and place.

ANTHELA CONSPERSA.

Darala conspersa, Walker, iv, 891 (1855).

Darala quadriplaga, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p.

269.

Ennomos (2) potentaria, Walker, xxvi, 1519 (1862).

452 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

1 ¢, without locality (type). 19, New Holland. 1 9,

S.E. Australia. 1 9, Australia (type potentaria).

The type of quadriplaga marked Australia is in Mus.

Oxon.

ANTHELA EXCISA.

Darala excisa, Walker, iv, 889 (1855).

4 $, 1 9, Sydney, including the type 2.

Very near conspersa.

ANTHELA CONSORS.

Darala censors, Walker, xxxii, 369 (1865), (ex err. typ.).

Darala consors, Walker, xxxv, 1917 (1866).

3 g, S. Australia, including the type %. 1 3, S.E.

Australia.

ANTHELA EXCELLENS.

Darala excellens, Walker, iv, 902 (1855).

1 Z, 1 2, Australia, including the type &.

ANTHELA INTEGRA.

Darala integra, Walker, iv, 893 (1855).

1 $, New Holland (type.) 1 2, Australia.

ANTHELA LIMONEA.

Darala limonea, Butler, Cist. Ent., i, p. 291 (1874).

1 Z, 1 2, Rockhampton (types).

ANTHELA INORNATA.

Darala inornata, Walker, iv, 901 (1855).

1 g, Swan River (type).

ANTHELA FLAVALA, nov.

@. Of a uniform rather bright yellow colour; upper-side of

palpi brown ; both wings with a grey spot in the cell, and another

at the end; indications of an inner outwardly curved transverse

line, and a post-medial broader line, followed by two thin crenulated

lines ; under-side same as upper-side.

Expanse of wings, 13’; inches.

Hab. SHERLOCK River, W. Australia (Clement).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 453

There is also a still brighter yellow female, collected by

Dr. Clement at the same place, with very similar markings

(which are however very indistinct), in which the cell

spots are somewhat closer together.

ANTHELA PINGUIS.

Darala pinguis, Walker, xxxii, 372 (1865).

1 f,1 9, Australia, including the type 9.

ANTHELA OBSCURA.

Trichiura obscura, Walker, vi, 1481 (1855).

1 gf, Australia (type).

Not a typical Anthela, quite a small insect ; as it is an

unique example, its proper position can only be determined

when more specimens are obtained.

Genus PTEROLOCERA, Walker, iv, 883 (1855).

PTEROLOCERA AMPLICORNIS.

Piterolocera amplicornis, Walker, iv, 884.

1 g, Adelaide (type). 13, Melbourne. 5 2, Australia.

PTEROLOCERA INSIGNIS.

Pterolocera insignis, Herr.-Schaff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett.,

f, 459 (1856).

1 Z, Australia.

Genus Aroa, Walker, iv, 791 (1855).

Baziza, Walker, xxx, 398 (1865).

AROA MAXIMA.

Aroa maxima, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix, p. 74, pl. 159, f. 9

(1893).

1 f, Ceylon (type).

AROA MAJOR.

Aroa major, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix, p. 74, pl. 159, ff. 3,5

(1893).

1 g, 1 9, Pundaloya, Ceylon (types). 1 g, Ceylon.

1 2, 1 2, Trevandrum.

454 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

AROA PLANA.

Orgyia (?) plana, Walker, iv, 786 (1855).

Charnidas junctifera, Walker, xxxui, 334 (1865).

1g; Ne india (type): 25a, 2 8, Nolo Ells, one

Trevandrum. 4 2, 1 2, Ceylon.

AROA OCHRACEA.

Charnidas ochracea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 44 (1879).

1 Z,1 9, Nilgini Hills. 1 2, Calcutta (type).

AROA SIENNA.

Avoa sienna, Ampsn., Ill. Het., viii, p. 55, pl. 140, f. 29

(1891).

23,19, Nilgiri Hills (type). 4 3, Ceylon.

AROA SUBNOTATA.

Lacida subnotata, Walker, iv, 803 (1855).

5 $, 39, Ceylon, including the type #. 12, Nilgiri Hills.

AROA FLAVICOLLIS.

Crinola flavicollis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).

6 f, Chang Yang, including the type Z. 2 9, Chia-kou-

ho, including the type &.

AROA ATRELLA.

Aroa atrella, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 489 (1892).

1g, Sikhim. 1 2, Khasia Hills.

The type, from Margharita, is in coll. Elwes.

AROA ATRESCENS.

Aroa atrescens, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xi, p. 294

(1897).

1 g, Khasia Hills (type).

AROA CINNAMOMEA.

Charnidas cinnamomea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 44 (1879).

Charnidas aurantiaca, Warren, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 296.

3g, Kunawar, including the type. 1 3, Attock (type

aurantiaca).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 455

AROA SAGRARA.

Aroa sagrara, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 299, pl. 20, f. 13.

4 2, Belgaum, including the type. 2 2, 1 9, Jubbulpore.

1 9, Rajputana.

AROA CLARA.

Aroa clara, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 299, pl. 20, f. 10.

2 f, 2 2, Bombay, including the type.

AROA SIMPLEX.

Orgyia simplex, Walker, xxxui, 325 (1865).

1 3g, 8. India (type). 2 3, Nilgiri Hills.

AROA XERAMPELINA.

Gynxphora cerampelina, Swinhoe, P.Z.8., 1885, p. 299, pl.

Pak tis fe),

1 g, 2 $, Poona, including the types. 1 2, Deccan.

1 f, Bombay. 1 2, Nilgiri Hills.

AROA FLAVEOFUSGCA.

Aroa flaveofusca, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), ix, p. 80

(1902).

1 f, Lawas, Borneo (type). 1 ¢, Sandakan.

AROA MIRMA, nov.

¢. Orange-yellow ; branches of antennze black ; head and thorax

brown ; fore-wings with a rather large brown spot at the end of the

cell, and dark brown irrorations forming a broad band at the apex ;

some paler brown spaces on the costa, base, and hinder margin, the

irrorations being less thick, leaving only a small place in the middle

of the wing clear ; hind-wings with the costal space broadly dark

brown ; under-side without any irrorations, except at the apices of

both wings, but the brown spaces more limited on the hind-wings,

there being merely a brown apical patch ; body and legs pale whitish-

yellow.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

2 f, Sumatra (Lricson),

With the wings rather broad and short and Wee apices

rounded as in flaveofusca, Swinhoe, from Borneo,

456 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

AROA COMETARIS.

Aroa cometaris, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xix, p. 223

(1887).

1 ¢, Alu (type). 2 3, Guadalcanar Island.

AROA DISCALIS

Aroa discalis, Walker, iv, 792 (1855).

14,8. Africa (type). 13, Kilimanjaro. 1 g, Zomba.

22 2, Natal, Mashonaland and Zululand.

Kirby, p. 463, sinks dificilis, Walker, to this species, but

difficilis is a Dasychira.

AROA BISTIGMIGERA.

Aroa bistigmigera, Butler, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 847, pl. 42,

Lea.

3%, Nyassaland, including the type. 2 g, Zululand.

2¢, Port Ugowe. 2%, Basutoland. 2 ¢, Natal. 1 3,

Transvaal. 6 ¢, Neugia, Brit. E. Africa.

AROA DREGEI.

Orgyia dregei, Herr.-Schiff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett., 1, f. 114

(1854),

2 g, Cape.

AROA MELAXANTHA.

Orgyia melaxantha, Walker, xxxii, 324 (1865).

1 ¢, Cape (type).

AROA SUBSTRIGOSA.

Aroa substrigosa, Walker, iv, 794 (1855).

MA 7 Butlers wy ket. vp 4) pl, COmatae®

(1886).

Aroa pyrrhochroma, Walker, xxxui, 329 (1865).

28 2, 5 2, from parts of North India and China, including

both types.

Typical pyrrhochroma with its broad black outer marginal

band looks very distinct from typical swbstrigosa, which

has no band whatever, but I have received both forms and

any number of intergrades from the Khasia Hills, where

the species is quite common, and I am convinced that they

are both one and the same very variable form.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 457

AROA SOCRUS.

Gynzephora socrus, Geyer, Zutr., v, p. 12, ff 837, 838

(1837).

4 f, Java.

The “East Indies,” which Geyer gives as his locality,

undoubtedly meant the Dutch East Indies; his figures

correspond with the Javan form, which is quite different

from the Indian.

AROA RISORIA, nov.

¢. Antenne black, shafts white ; palpi and frons ochreous ; head,

body, and fore-wings pink-grey, with pale blackish-brown indistinct

streaks along the interspaces above and below the cell, and near the

hinder margin ; hind-wings brownish-grey, paler towards abdominal

margin, in one example pale yellowish-white and very uniform in tint ;

cilia of both wings dark brown-pink ; under-side paler, both wings

uniformly coloured, the apex of fore-wings with an obscure grey

space ; body and legs grey, strongly tinged with pink.

Expanse of wings 2%; inches.

3 f, Arjuno, Java, 3000 feet (Doherty).

Belongs to the socrws group.

AROA CHARAX.

Neurophana charax, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xvii, p.

352 (1896).

1 g, Nyassaland.

The type from E. Africa is in coll. Druce.

AROA OCHRACEATA.

Aroa ochraceata, Walker, xxxil, 327 (1865).

1 9, Natal (type). 4, Salisbury, Mashonaland. 2 9,

Zomba.

AROA SIGNATA.

Aroa signata, Walker, xxxii, 328 (1865).

6 9, Natal, including the type. 1 2, Port Ogowe.

Genus TrIA, Walker, iv, 803 (1855).

TEIA ANARTOIDES.

Teia anartoides, Walker, iv, 804.

5 g, Tasmania, including the type. 2 2, S.E. Australia.

458 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

TEIA PUSILLA.

Tcia pusilla, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), ix, p. 88 (1882).

1 g, Melbourne (type). 7 2g, Sydney. 1 2, SE.

Australia.

Genus OrGyYIA, Ochs., Schmett. Eur., i111, p. 208 (1810).

Notolophus, Germ., Prodr., 11, p. 35 (1812).

Gynephora, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 161

(1818),

Acyphas, Walker, iv, 797 (1855).

Micropterogyna, Ramb., Cat. Lep. Andalusie, p.

281 (1866).

Clethrogyna, Ramb., |. ¢.

Thylacogyna, Ramb.,1. ec.

Apterogynis, Guen., Stat. Sci. d’Eure et Loire, p. 78

(1876).

ORGYIA NIGROCROCEA.

Orgyia nigrocrocea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

124 (1862).

4, Sarawak, including the type. 1 2, Matang, Borneo.

ORGYIA NIGRIPLAGA.

Orgyia nigriplaga, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p.

194 (1908).

1 ¢, N. Borneo (Fruhstorfer) (type). 1 2, Perissiu,

Borneo.

ORGYIA TURBATA.

Orgyia turbata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2), 1, p.

560 (1879).

1 g, Malacca (type). 1 g¢, Province Wellesly. 1 4,

Tenasserim. 1 g¢, Heipaw, Burma.

ORGYIA GONOSTIGMA.

Bombyx gonostigma, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 585 (1775).

Orgy ia approximans, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 10.

1 gf, Tokio (type approvimans). 1 g, Oiwake.

Besides many European examples.

ORGYIA NUCULA.

Orgyia nucula, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xiv, p. 435

(1894).

Old World Lymantrudxe in the National Collection. 459

Orgyia nucula, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 7, pl.

IL Se IB

1%, Khasia Hills (type). 1 g, Fort Stedman, Shan

States.

ORGYIA LEECHI.

Orgyia prisca, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890)

(preoce.).

Notolophus leecht, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 495 (1892),

2 ¢, Chang Yang, including the type. 10 3, various

parts of Western China.

ORGYIA SENICA.

Orgyva senica, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xiii, p. 234,

pl. B, f. 23 (1900).

1 g, Chitral (type).

ORGYIA THYELLINA.

Orgyia thyellina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 10, ¢.

: » leech iRs ZS: 1883;) p625, ple sl f° 7,

(hy Sh

1 f, Tokio, Japan (type). 3g, Yokohama. 1 2, Oiwake.

5 f, 6 2, marked Japan.

ORGYIA VIRIDESCENS.

Acyphas viridescens, Walker, iv, 798 (1855).

2 $, Ceylon, including the type.

ORGYIA DEWARA, nov.

¢. Antenne, body, and wings dark brown-pink ; branches of the

antenne black; thorax and fore-wings with many pale pinkish

markings very difficult to describe ; fore-wings crossed by a number

of dark brown very irregular bands, and with a submarginal series

of large brown spots on a pale ground, all very obscure ; hind-wings

without markings, of a uniform colour, much darker than the fore-

wing, nearly black ; cilia of both wings with ochreous-white tips ;

under-side much paler brown ; both wings uniform in colour and

without markings ; palpi, body beneath, and legs dull ochreous, the

legs with some dark brown stripes.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inches.

Hab. Kapaur, N. Guinea (Doherty).

The fore-wings are narrower than is usual in this

genus.

460 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

ORGYIA POSTICA.

Lacida postica, Walker, iv, 803 (1855).

Orgyia postica, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 437 (fig.)

(1892).

r es Pag., Zoologica, xxix, p. 40 (1900).

Orgyia ceylanica, Nietner, Ed. New Phil. Journ., xv, p. 34

(1862).

Orgyia ocularis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 44 (1879).

Orgyia ludekingit, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 104, pl. 8,

f. 5 (1879):

One from Hong Kong, 1 Formosa, 2 Calcutta, including

Moore’s type of ocularis, 5 Ceylon, 1 Maulmein (type), 1

S arawak, 5 Java, 1 New Guinea, 1 Yorubaland, all males.

ORGYIA AUSTRALIS.

Orgyia australis, Walker, iv, 787, 2 (1855).

Orgyia canifascia, Walker, xxxii, 325, $ (1865).

2 2,1 9, Australia, including both types.

ORGYIA TISDALA, nov,

¢. Brown, with a slight pink tinge ; palpi on the inner sides,

body beneath, and legs very pale, nearly white ; wings with the

veins brown, rather prominent, rather thinly clothed, the costal and

outer marginal spaces of fore-wings dark brown ; a large dark brown

spot at the end of the cell.

Expanse of wings 34 inch.

3g, Arjuno, Java (including type), (Doherty). 2 3,

Sumatra (de Nicéville).

A very small example of the genus; the outer margins

of fore-wings much rounded.

Genus Lacuana, Moore, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 397.

LACHANA LADAKENSIS.

Lachana ladakensis, Moore, 1. ¢., p. 398.

ms “ Butler, Ill. Het., vii, p. 30, pl. 121, f. 6

(1889),

1 g, Ladak (type). 1 3, Skardo.

Genus Icta, Walker, iv, 922 (1855).

IcTA FULVICEPS.

Icta fulviceps, Walker, iv, 922.

2 ¢, Australia, including the type.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 461

Genus VARMINA, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 405.

VARMINA INDICA.

Gluphisia (?) indica, Walker, v, 1039 (1855).

1 gf, Simla. 2 7,19, Kangra. 1 fg, 19, Dharmsala.

1 g, 1 3, Umballa.

The type marked India is in Mus. Oxon.

Genus CASAMA, Walker, xxxui, 611 (1865).

CASAMA VILIS.

Euproctis vilis, Walker, xxxii, 348, f.

Casama indeterminata, Walker, xxxii, 611, 9.

1 3,1 9,58. India (types $2). 1 g, Nilgiri Hills. 2%

Ceylon. 14,2 2, Muscat, Arabia. 1 3, Somaliland. 1 ¢

Abyssinia.

Hind-wings with costal and sub-costal nearly touching

at the middle, 3 and 4, and 6 and 7 stalked.

Genus TuracipAs, Walker, v, 1027 (1855).

THIACIDAS POSTICA.

Thiacidas postica, Walker, v, 1028, 2.

Dirymonia (2) denotata, Walker, xxxui, 414, 2 (1865).

FHeterocampa (2) nigroscripta, Walker, xxxii, 423 9.

Cnethocampa (?) curvata, Walker, xxx1i, 429, 2.

Cnethocampa (2) basifurca, Walker, xxxii, 430.

12 ¢, 11 9, from various parts of India, including all the

types.

Costal and sub-costal touching close to base, 3 and 4, and

6 and 7 from the angles of the cell.

Genus Dasycuira, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 58

(1829).

Psalis, Hiibn., Zutr., 11, p. 19 (1823) (non descr.).

Olene, Hiibn., 1. c. (non deser.).

Arestha, Walker, iv, 805 (1855).

Melia, Walker, iv, 808 (preocc.).

Anaxila, Walker, iv, 810.

Argila, Walker, iv, 811.

Nioda, Walker, v, 1069 (1855).

Dediama, Walker, v, 1074.

Rilia, Walker, v. 1075.

462 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Phineca, Walker, vii, 1746 (1856).

Ilema, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 341

(1859) (preocc.).

Anchyneura, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., xliii,

p- 331 (1861).

Janassa, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

135 (1862).

Thelde, Walker, 1. c., p. 139.

Boreconia, Walker, xxxii, 460 (1865).

Turriga, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 15

(1869).

Tearosoma, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 100, f. 6 (1868)

(non descr.).

Cadrusia, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 54 (1879).

Calliteara, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 12.

Ludasychira, Mosch, Abh. Senck. Ges., xv., p. 75

(1889).

Pseudonotodonta, Mosch., 1. ¢., p. 76.

cura, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 389 (1893).

Euproctidion, Holland, |. c., p. 414.

Notohyba, Holland, |. c., p. 434.

Thamnocera, Holland, 1. c., p. 454.

Bathmochtha, Karsch, Ent. Nachr., xxi, p.368 (1895).

SECTION I, WITHOUT DORSAL TUFTS ON ABDOMEN.

DASYCHIRA SECURIS.

Psalis securis, Hiibner, Zutr., 111, p. 9, ff. 291, 292 (1823).

Arestha antica, Walker, iv, 805 (1855).

Rigema falcata, Walker, xxxii, 437 (1865).

Rigema tacta, Walker, xxxii, 438.

Anticyra approximata, Walker, xxx1i, 440.

14 2, 13 92, from many parts of India, Ceylon, Java,

Australia, and Africa, including all Walker’s types.

DASYCHIRA OLEARIA.

Olene olearia, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 297, pl. 20, ff. 14,

1 Z, 1 9, Poona (types). 5 9, Nilgiri Hills.

DASYCHIRA FUSCA.

Anthora fusca, Walker, iv, 918, 7 (1855).

Boreconia subviridis, Walker, xxxii, 460, 2 (1865).

Old World Lymantriidz in the National Collection. 463

17,1 2, South Africa (types $2). 127,Cape. 43,19,

Knysna.

The type example of subviridis is a female, not a male as

stated by Walker.

DASYCHIRA CCERULEIFASCIA.

Thamnocera ceruletfascia, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 469

(1893).

12, Ogove River (Holland). 67, 22, River Niger

(Ff. W. Sampson).

Holland’s type, a female, came from the Ogove River.

DASYCHIRA ROBUSTA.

Aecyphas (2) robusta, Walker, iv, 799 (1855).

1 Z, Sierra Leone (type).

DASYCHIRA DELICATA.

Notohyba delicata, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 451, pl. 18, f. 4

(1893).

\ /

1 Z, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA CITANA.

Utidava (?) citana, Schaus and Clements, Sierra Leone

Lep., p. 26, pl. i, £10 (1893).

1 Z, Sierra Leone.

DASYCHIRA PUNCTIFERA.

Erastria (?) punctifera, Walker, xu, 809 (1857).

1 f, Congo (type).

DASYCHIRA PECULIABRIS.

Mardara (2) peculiaris, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p.

240 (1879).

1 3, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA BASISTRIGA.

Phineca basistriga, Walker, vu, 1747 (1856).

1 2 without locality (type).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1905.—PART UI. (ocT.) 31

464 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

DASYCHIRA ANTICA.

Dediama antica, Walker, v, 1074 (1855).

Bathmochtha albilunulata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr., xxi, p. 368,

pl. 4, £ 12 (1895).

1 2, without locality (type).

Karsch’s type came from the Cameroons.

DASYCHIRA LIGNEA.

Nioda lignea, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 241

(1879).

1 Z, Madagascar (type).

SECTION II, WITH DORSAL TUFTS ON ABDOMEN.

DASYCHIRA MENDOSA.

Olene mendosa, Hiibner, Zutr., u, p. 19 ff. 293, 294 (1823).

Antipha basalis, Walker, iv, 806 (1855).

Nioda fusiformis, Walker, v, 1070 (1855).

Rilia lanceolata, Walker, v, 1075.

Dasychira sawanta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 340, ¢

(1859).

Dasychira divisa, Walker, xxxii, 368, ¢ (1865).

Dasychira basigera Walker, xxxii, 363, 2.

Rilia distinguenda, Walker, xxxil, p. 435, 2.

Olene basivitta, Walker, xxx, 436 9.

Turriga invasa, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 15,

(1869).

9 f, 13 9, from various parts of India and Ceylon, includ-

ing the types of lanceolata, fusiformis, and basivitta. 1 f

Singapore, 1 f 1 ¢ Borneo, 2 f1 2 Java, including the

type of savanta ; 1 f Christmas Isl., 4 26 2 Australia, includ-

ing the types of basalis, divisa, invasa, distinguenda and

basigera.

DASYCHIRA BASALIS.

Argila basalis, Walker, iv, 811 (1855).

1 fg, Sierra Leone (type).

DASYCHIRA ORIMBA.

Olene orimba, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xiv, p. 435

(1894).

1 g, 1, Khasia Hills (types).

Old World Lymantride in the National Collection. 465

DASYCHIRA INVARIA.

Repena (?) invaria, Walker, vii, 1724 (1856).

Dasychira inclusa, Walker, vii, 1737.

Thelde patula, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p. 140

(1862).

Dasychira dalbergix, Moore, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 399.

1 2, Philippines (type). 8 3, 8 2, Java, including type

Zt of inclusa. 29,Sambawa, 2 2, 3 2, Dharmsala, includ-

ing type f of dalbergix. 22%, Bengal. 1 9, Hong Kong.

DASYCHIRA ASVATA,

Dasychira asvata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 340

(1859).

1 Z, 1 9, Java (types). 1 2, Dinding Isl., Malaya.

DASYCHIRA FLAVIMACULA.

Dasychira flavimacula, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 804.

1 f, Bengal (type). 43,2 9, Darjiling. 1 3,1 2, Yatong,

Thibet.

The Yatong examples are not quite typical; the mark-

ings are practically the same, but the fore-wings are

shorter and the outer margin rounder, especially in the

female, the wings not being elongated, with a very oblique

outer margin, as in the Sikhim and Bengal examples.

DASYCHIRA RENDALLI.

Dasychira vendalli, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p.

203 (1897).

3%, Mashonaland. 1 7, Natal.

The type from the Transvaal is in coll. Distant.

DASYCHIRA MUNICIPALIS.

Lelia municipalis, Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p. 200,

ai (1897):

Lacipa diffusa, Distant, |. ¢., 2.

13 3,6 2, Cape. 19, Natal. 2 92, Nyassaland.

The types from the Transvaal are in coll. Distant.

DASYCHIRA EXTORTA.

Dasychira extorta, Distant, Arn. Mag. N. H. (6), xx, p. 203

Gisam):

4.66 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Lymaniria hera, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), i, p. 209

(1898).

1 Z, Brit. E, Africa. 17, Natal. 5 4192, Mashonajand.

The type from the Transvaal is in coll. Distant, and the

type of hera from British E. Africa in coll. Druce.

DASYCHIRA NUBIFUGA.

Notohyba nubifuga, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 451, pl. 18, f. 33

(1893).

2, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA MISERATA.

Llema miserata, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 471, pl. 17, f. 3

(1893).

1 2, Ogove River (Holland). 1 9, Lokoja.

The type from Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA OCELLIFERA.

Occura ocellifera, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 454, pl. 18, f. 5

(1893).

1 3, Ogove River (Holland).

The label on this example has got on it Notopriota

ocellifera, Holland, co-type, but I can find no reference to

any such genus, except on Holland’s plate; the genus does

not seem to have been described. The type from the Ogove

River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA MALIGNA.

Parorgyia maligna, Butler, Cist. Ent., ii, p. 17 (1882).

1 f, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA PHASIANA.

Parorgyia phasiana, Butler, Cist. Ent., i, p. 17 (1882).

1 $, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA CHALANA.

Dasychira chalana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 339

(1859).

Lacida costiplaga, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

126 (1862).

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 467

47%, 3 9, Java, including the type 9.

The type of costiplaga f from Sarawak is in Mus. Oxon.

DASYCHIRA MISANA.

Dasychira misana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 340, pl.

9a, t 271859):

2 f, Java, including the type.

_ DasYCHIRA WHITEI.

(Ecura whitei, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), i, p. 209 (1898).

1 2, Old Calabar. 2 ¢, Natal. 1 ¢, Durban.

The type from W. Africa is in coll. Druce.

DASYCHIRA GOODII.

(Eeura goodii, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 390, pl. 9, ff. 3, 4

(1893).

1 f, Ogove River (Holland). 3 9, Sierra Leone.

The types from the Ogove River are in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA COSTALIS.

Melia costalis, Walker, iv, 808 (1855).

3 2, 7 2, Java, including the type 2. 1 3, Heipaw,

Burma.

DASYCHIRA CROMPTONI, nov.

¢. Antenne grey, shafts white ; palpi, frons, and thorax greyish-

ochreous ; fore-wings ochreous fawn colour; two black subbasal

marks, a brown obscure spot in the cell, a white lunule at the end

with a white dot above and another below it, an antemedial semi-

dentate erect brown line, a postmedial brown band from centre of

hind margin straight to the costa one-fourth from apex, where it

curves in; within this band there isa very fine semi-dentate blackish

line with pale points; an oblique row of blackish-brown spots

parallel to the second line ; the lower portion of the space between

the first line and the band brighter ochreous than the rest of the

wing; hind-wings pale ochreous-grey, without markings ; under-side

of wings uniform ochreous-grey, with an oblique grey line in the disc

of each wing ; body and legs ochreous ; tarsi with black spots.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inches.

1 2, Old Calabar (Crompton) (type). 2 2, River Niger

(Sampson).

The Niger examples are without any ochreous tinge,

but the markings are identical.

468 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

DASYCHIRA TENEBROSA.

Dasychira tenebrosa, Walker, xxxii, 361 (1865).

1 fy) 9, Dalhousie, 5 45 Yatong, Ehibet.| Aras =,

Darjiling, including the type. 5 ¢, W. China.

DASYCHIRA BHANA,

Dasychira bhana, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 804.

4 ft, Darjiling, including the type.

The same size as tenebrosa, but can at once be distin-

guished by its large dull ochreous spot at the end of the

cell of fore-wings, instead of the black stigma of that

species.

DASYCHIRA NIGRITULA.

Dasychira nigritula, Walker, xxxii, 360 (1865).

1 3, 2 9, N. India, including the type.

Much larger than the two preceding forms, the ochreous

spot at the end of the cell very large, in some examples in

the form of a patch, prominent in fresh examples.

DASYCHIRA FEMINULA.

Mardara feminula, Hmpsn., Il. Het., viii, p. 58, pl. 141, ff 1,

7 (1891).

6 3, 7 9, Nilgini Hills, including the type.

This is the South India form of the bhana group; the

great difference in the female is quite enough to differ-

entiate it; the male is as large as migritula, and the

ochreous markings on the transverse bands of the fore-

wings are more distinct and conspicuous.

DASYCHIRA CHINENSIS, nov.

4, @. Greyish-brown ; palpi black above ; antennz with whitish

shafts ; fore-wings variegated with greyish-white in both sexes, more

especially on the outer half; four transverse, indistinct, brown lines,

subbasal and medial both sinuous, discal dentated and recurved,

submarginal line lunular, followed by a marginal row of lunules

with whitish inner parts, and brown spear-shaped marks pointing

inwards; hind-wings brown, with indications of a darker discal

band; cilia of both wings ochreous with brown patches ; under-side

pale olive-grey ; a double discal thin brown band across both wings ;

a large brown lunular mark at the end of the cell of hind-wings,

cilia as above.

Expanse of wings g 44mm., 2? 56 mm.

Old World Lymantrudx in the National Collection. 469

1 2,1 2, Moupin (types). 13,1 9, Ta-chien-lu, 10,000

feet (Pratt). 1 3, Kwei-chow.

Belongs to the bhana group, but is different from any of

the Indian forms; its coloration is peculiar, and the trans-

verse lines on fore-wings are differently shaped.

DASYCHIRA MAGNALIA.

Dasychira magnalia, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p.

198 (1903).

1 ¢, 1 2, Khasia Hills (types).

DASYCHIRA NIGRA.

Dasychira nigra, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., xiii, p. 416,

pl 2a. 1941900):

1 2, Sikhim (type).

DASYCHIRA GWELILA, nov.

¢. Antenne black; palpi, frons, and head brown; body and

fore-wings very dark grey, nearly black, caused by very minute

black irrorations closely packed on a grey ground colour ; veins more

or less prominent ; faint indications of antemedial, postmedial, and

discal transverse bands, and a submarginal series of more prominent

black spots close to the outer margin; hind-wings white, without

markings ; under-side of fore-wings grey, becoming white hindwards ;

hind-wings white, with no markings; body and legs whitish, the

latter with some brown stripes.

Expanse of wings 1,', inches.

Hab. GWELIL, Brit. E. Africa (Betton).

DASYCHIRA ALBIBASALIS.

Llema albibasalis, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 470 (1898).

1 f, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA GABUNICA.

Euproctidion gabunica, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 414, pl. 10,

f, 19 (1893).

1 g, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

470 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

DASYCHIRA GONOPHORA.

Ilema gonophora, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 470, pl. 17, f. 1

(1893).

Lelia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr., xxi, p. 372, pl. 4,

f. 6 (1895).

1 f, Ogove River (Holland). 1 9, Cameroons.

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA ALBINOTATA.

Thamnocera albinotata, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 469 (1898).

1 f$, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA STRIATA.

Notohyba striata, Holland, Bee vi, p. 452, pl. 17, f. 28

(1893).

1 g, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland, very

close to if not identical with albinotata,

DASYCHIRA BRUNNEICOSTA.

Tlema brunneicosta, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 471, pl. 17, f. 10

(1893).

1 f, Ogove River (Holland).

The type from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA HORRIDA, nov.

¢. Dark brown; thorax blackish-brown in front ; abdomen with

the first and last two segments smeared with white ; fore-wings

tinged with olive; an inner, outwardly curved, transverse, rather

sinuous blackish-brown line; a lunule at the end of the cell; a

nearly straight and erect discal line; marginal spots black, flecked

with white ; hind-wings a little paler ; marginal line dull ochreous,

otherwise without markings; under-side uniform pale brown; a

lunule at the end of each cell, a discal thin even band across both

wings, and indications of a similar band between that and the

margin.

Expanse of wings 1 inches.

Hab. OLD CALABAR (Crompton).

ee ee

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 471

DASYCHIRA PLAGIATA.

Anaxila plagiata, Walker, iv, 810 (1855).

1 f, without locality (type).

DASYCHIRA VARIA.

Dasychira varia, Walker, iv, 868 (1855).

» Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 219,

note (1892).

Dasychira maruta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 339

(1859).

1 2, Darjiling (type maruta). 1 9, Subathu. 6 %,

Dalhousie.

DASYCHIRA LUNULATA.

Dasychira lunulata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 403

(1877).

i Butler, Ill. Het., ii, pl. 24, f. 8, oy

Dasi yohir a solitaria, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., iii, pl. 2,

2 (1878).

Dasychira acronycta, Oberth., Etud. d’Ent., v, p. 35, pl. 5,

tine, (LSSih):

3 2, 6 2, Japan, including the type ¢.

DASYCHIRA ALBESCENS.

Dasychira albescens, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 59 (1879).

3,1 9, Darjiling.

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

DASYCHIRA CINCTATA.

Dasychira cinctata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 59 (1879).

ig 2 Darling:

The type from Darjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

DASYCHIRA AMPLIATA.

Dasychira ampliata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), ii, p. 460

(1878).

1 2, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA ANGULATA.

Dasychira angulata, Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 292.

ig, cikhim (ype). 1 2) Upper Burma. 1. 7, 2 9;

Khasia Hills.

472 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

I put the Khasia Hill specimens very doubtfully with

this form; they are white instead of dull ochreous, and

the lines seem to be different; but the lines are not very

distinct in the type, and we must await more Sikhim

examples.

DASYCHIRA PSEUDABIETIS.

Calliteara pseudabietis, Butler, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 118 (1885).

Calliteara abietis, Leech, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 631.

Dasychira pryert, Butler, l.c., p. 119.

Dasychira pudica, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., ii, p. 204 (1887).

Dasychira modesta, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 483 (1892).

6 f, 4 2, Japan, including both of Butler’s types. 1 2,

1 $ from Amur.

Staudinger’s type came from the Amur; the name

pudica was preoccupied in the genus, and therefore Kirby

re-christened it modesta ; but the Amur and Japan examples

are not separable.

DASYCHIRA POSTFUSCA.

Dasychira postfusca, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 9,

Pl pr 2:

1 g, Khasia Hills (type).

DASYCHIRA THWAITESI.

Dasychira thwaitesi, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1, p. 98, pl. 116,

f. 1, la, b (1883).

Dasychira pudica, Moore, |. ¢., 11, p. 538 (1887).

1 g, 1 9, Ceylon (types), 1 3,1 9, Trevandrum. 1 32;

Nilgiri Hills.

The type of pudica is a dwarf female.

DASYCHIRA GROTEI.

Dasychira grote’, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 338

(1859).

Dasychira kausalia, Moore, P. Z. §., 1879, p. 401.

Dasychira varia, 2 only, Walker, iv, 868 (1855).

1 f, Kasaoli (type kausalia, ). 1 3, Subathu. 1 3,14,

Dharmsala. 1 ¢,1 9, Kangra. 1 9, N. India (type). 14,

Himalayas. 2 9, Darjiling. . 1 9, Calcutta. 1 9, Moupin,

W. China.

Old World Lymantrude in the National Collection. 473

DASYCHIRA HORSFIELDII.

Arctia horsfieldit, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1851, p. 162,

play 2,, tie 1.2.

Dasychira arga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 11, p. 339 (1859).

Dasychira longipennis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi,

p. 13 (1862).

Dasychira nilgirica, Ampsn., Il. Het., viii, p. 58, pl. 114,

ff. 13, 14 (1891).

1 2, 2 2, Nilgiri Hills, including Hampson’s types. 3 2,

29,Ceylon. 4 3,19, Java, including Moore’s types. 1 2,

2 9, Singapore.

Saunders’ and Walker’s types should be in Mus. Oxon.,

but I have been unable to find them; Walker's type was a

female, and his description well agrees with this form.

DASYCHIRA GEORGIANA.

Dasychira georgiana, Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc., xv, p. 314,

pl. 49, ff. 19, 20, 21 (1900).

2g, £ 2, Natal” 1 2) Wransvaal!

DASYCHIRA CERIGOIDES,

Janassa cerigoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi, p.

135 (1862).

a 5 Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p. 297,

pled; & O1892):

1 2, Borneo.

The type $ from Sarawak is in Mus. Oxon.

DASYCHIRA GRANDIDIERI.

Calliteara grandidiert, Butler, Cist. Ent., 111, p. 14 (1882).

1 $, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA VIBICIPENNIS.

Dasychira vibicipennis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv,

p. 239 (1879).

1 f, 1 2, Madagascar (types).

DASYCHIRA GENTILIS.

Dasychira gentilis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 239

(1879).

2 9, Madagascar, including the type.

474 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

DASYCHIRA ACRISIA.

Deiopeia (?) acrisia, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xli, p. 83 (1880).

Dasychira acrisia, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 484 (1892).

Dasychira crausis, Druce, P. Z.S., 1884, p. 228, pl. 17, £5, 9.

1 f, Acera. 1 3, Old Calabar.

The type came from W. Africa, the type of crausis from

the Lower Niger.

DASYCHIRA ELEGANS.

Calliteara elegans, Butler, Cist. Ent., 11, p. 13 (1882).

1 f, Madagascar (type).

DASYCHIRA MGRENS.

Calliteara merens, Butler, Cist. Ent., 11, p. 14 (1882).

1 g, 1 9, Madagascar (types).

DASYCHIRA PUMILA.

Calliteara pumila, Butler, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 16 (1882).

2 ¢, Madagascar, including the type.

DASYCHIRA ARGENTATA.

Dasychira argentata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 12.

5 t, 1 9, Japan, including the type &.

DASYCHIRA ASPERSA.

Tearosoma aspersa, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 100, f. 6 (1868).

2 2, Natal.

Felder’s type, a female without locality, is in coll.

Rothschild.

DASYCHIRA ROTUNDATA.

Teara rotundata, Walker, iv, 851 (1855).

1 gf, Tasmania (type). 1 3, Australia. 1 g, Moreton

Bay.

DASYCHIRA SUBLUTESCENS.

Dasychira sublutescens, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 433 (1898).

1 2, Ogove River (Holland).

The types ¢ ¢ from the Ogove River are in coll. Holland.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 475

DASYCHIRA SUBFLAVA.

Anaxila subflava, Walker, iv, 918 (1855).

1 f, Ashanti (type).

The type has a female body put on it wrong side forward ;

it is a mere fragment, but was evidently once a Dasychira.

DASYCHIRA DIFFICILIS.

Aroa diffcilis, Walker, xxxii, 328 (1865).

3 2, Natal, including the type.

Walker described this type example as a male.

DASYCHIRA ENOS,.

Aroa (?) enos, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xvui, p. 353

(1896).

1 9, Sapele, Niger River.

The type, a female, from Old Calabar, is in coll. Druce.

DASYCHIRA STRIGATA.

Dasychira strigata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 58 (1879).

- fs Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 449 (1892).

is » swithoe, Ann, Mag, N: . (7), xu,

p- 197 (1903).

Dasychira niveosparsa, Butler, Il. Het., v, p. 59, pl. 91, f. 7

(1881).

1 2, Masuri (type). 1 9, Darjiling (Butler’s type). 1 3,

Khasia Hills.

I have it also from the last-named locality; the male

does not differ much from the female; the transverse

duplex bands on the fore-wings are less sinuous, and the

abdomen and hind-wings are more ochreous. Expanse of

wings 2), inches.

DASYCHIRA VIOLA.

Calliteara viola, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 240

(1879).

2 f, Madagascar, including the type.

DASYCHIRA CHLOROPTERA.

Dasychira chloroptera, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 450

(1892).

1 Z, Khasia Hills (type).

476 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

DASYCHIRA VIRESCENS.

Cadrusia virescens, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 54, pl. 3, f. 16

(1879).

Dasychira virescens, Hmpsn., Moths, India, i, p. 451 (1892).

2 2, Darjiling, including the type.

DASYCHIRA MASCARENA.

Dasychira mascarena, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), ui, p.

294 (1878).

Dasychira cangia, Druce, P. Z.8., 1887, p. 674.

¥ = Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 567, pl. 10, f. 12

(1893).

1 Z, 1 9, Madagascar (types).

The types f 2 of cangia from Delagoa Bay are in coll.

Druce; I do not see how they can be separated from

Butler’s species.

DASYCHIRA PASTOR.

Calliteara pastor, Butler, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 15 (1882).

1 Z,1 2, Madagascar (types).

DASYCHIRA CATOCALOIDES.

Mardara catocaloides, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 126.

1 7, Moupin (type). 1 2, Ta-chien-lou.

DASYCHIRA PRASINA.

Calliteara prasina, Butler, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 16 (1882).

2 ¢, Madagascar, including the type.

DASYCHIRA BARUNA.

Somena baruwna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C., ii, p. 346 (1859).

x » Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 55 (1892).

Dasychira viridis, Druce, Aun. Mag., N. H. (7), iii, p. 470

(1899).

3 2, Java (Horsjield), including the type. 1 7, Penang

(Flower).

The type of viridis came from Perak and is in Mus.

Druce.

Old World Lymantrudz in the National Collection. 477

DASYCHIRA GNAVA, nom. nov.

Pseudonotodonta virescens, Moschler, Abh. Senck. Ges., xv,

p- 77, f. 6 (1889) (preocc.).

1 f, Old Calabar (Sampson).

Moschler’s type, a female, came from Aburion the Gold

Coast: it cannot be generically separated from Dasychira.

DASYCHIRA INFIMA.

Somera infima, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 479, pl. 17, f. 29

(1893).

1 f, Ogove River (Holland).

The type 2 from Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

DASYCHIRA REMOTA.

Dasychira (?) remota, Druce, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 675.

4 9, Niger River.

The type, a female, from Gambia is in coll. Druce.

DASYCHIRA VARIEGATA.

Dasychira variegata, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 568, pl. 18,

f. 13 (1893).

1 2, Ogove River (Holland).

The types 7 2, from the Ogove River are in coll. Holland.

SECTION III, ABDOMEN CLOTHED WITH LONG HAIR AND

WITHOUT DORSAL TUFTS.

DASYCHIRA COMPLICATA.

Dasychira complicata, Walker, xxxii, 365 (1865).

Trisula pustulifera, Walker, xxxii, 576.

49,29, Darjiling. 17%, Sikhim. 2 g,N. India (types).

SECTION IV, ABDOMEN SMOOTHLY SCALED, WITHOUT DORSAL

TUFTS ; WINGS VERY BROAD; FEMALE WITH BRANCHES

OF ANTENNA UNUSUALLY LONG.

DASYCHIRA LINEATA.

Lymantria lineata, Walker, iv, 875 (1855).

1 9, Silhet, including the type. 1 2, N. India.

The type was described as a male; but the male of this

species is unknown to me.

478 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus MunycurvylA, Walker, xxxii, 395 (1865).

MUNYCHRYIA SENICULA.

Munychryia senicula, Walker, xxxii, 396.

1 $, Moreton Bay (type).

Genus ANEPA, nov.

Palpi porrect, slightly bent downwards ; frons, head, and thorax

covered with long hair ; abdomen with dorsal tufts on each segment ;

antennee bipectinate to the tips, the branches long, ciliated, and with

bristles at their ends; wings shaped as in Dasychira of the Olene

group; fore-wings with veins 7, 8, and 9 stalked, 10 and 11 co-

incident and form the cell; hind-wings with veins 6 and7 on a long

stalk ; hind-legs with two pairs of spurs.

Type A. fusca, Walker (Acyphas).

ANEPA FUSCA.

Acyphas fusca, Walker, iv, 798 1855),

2 ia Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 472 (1892).

2 f, Australia, including the type. 1 ¢, Tasmania.

Kirby has left out from his genus Acyphas the type

of the genus viridescens, Walker, from Ceylon, which is

an Orgyia.

ANEPA FULVICEPS.

Charnidas fulviceps, Walker, iv, 797 (1855).

4 7, Tasmania, including the type.

Genus Urocoma, Herr.-Schaff., Ausser-Eur. Schmett., 1

p. 82 (1855).

UROCOMA LIMBALIS.

Urocoma limbalis, Herr.-Schatf., 1. c., f. 389.

4g, 19, Sydney.

UROCOMA BALIOLALIS.

Urocoma baliolalis, «Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

pelo. pl6, ©.4 @s92):

1g, Moreton Bay. 1 2,29, Australia. 1 $, Sydney.

The type f from Australia is in Mus. Oxon.

Old World Lymantrudx in the National Collection. 479

UROCOMA MARGINALIS.

Trichetra marginalis, Walker, iv, 845 (1855).

1 f, Tasmania (type), 1 2%, Australia.

Genus ABYNOTHA, nov.

¢. Antenne bipectinated to the tips, the branches long, with

cilia and with spines at their ends; palpi upturned, thickly clothed,

the last joint short; fore-wings with vein 3 a little before end of

cell, 4 from end, and 5 from a little above it; 6 from the upper

angle ; 7, 8 stalked, 9 from 10, anastomosing with 7 and 8 to form

the areole ; hind-wings with veins 3, 4, and 5 as in fore-wings, 6

and 7 from upper angle of cell.

Types A. preussi, Mab. (Liparis).

ABYNOTHA PREUSSI.

Tiparis (?) preusst, Mab., Vuill. Nov. Lep., i, p. 57, pl. 9,

f. 5 (1892).

Lymantria (?) preussi, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidsk., xii, p. 194,

(fig.) (1892).

Phxgorista (?) preussi, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 918 (1892).

4 f from the Cameroons.

Genus PacuycispiA, Butler, Cist. Ent., iui, p. 11 (1882).

PACHYCISPIA PICTA.

Pachycispia picta, Butler, l.c., p. 12.

3 ¢, Madagascar, including the type.

Genus CiruNA, Walker, v, 1172 (1855).

Baryaza, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 45 (1879).

CIFUNA LOCUPLES.

Cifuna locuples, Walker, v, 1173.

1 9, Silhet (type). 1g, N.E. Bengal. 2 ¢, Khasia Hills.

62,39, Japan. 1 fg, Gensan. 1 gf, Chang Yang. 4 f,

iS Acar

The Amur examples are very dark.

CIFUNA BIUNDULANS.

Cifuna binndulans, Hmpsn., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soce., xi,

p- 294 (1897).

1 f, Khasia Hills (type).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART UI. (OCT.) 32

480 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus HETERONYGMIA, Holland, Psyche, vi, p. 414 (1893).

HETERONYGMIA RHODAPICATA.

Heteronygmia rhodapicata, Holland, |. ¢., p. 416, pl. 10, f. 15.

1 2, Ogove River (/olland).

The type ¢ from the Ogove River is in coll. Holland.

HETERONYGMIA CHISMONA, nov.

g. Palpi covered with crimson hairs; antenne grey; head,

thorax, and fore-wings pale fawn colour, covered with very minute

grey atoms; three very indistinct transverse grey upright bands;

hind-wings white, without markings ; abdomen above and below

pale crimson ; under-side of wings white without markings ; pectus

and legs yellowish-grey.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inches.

2 g, Aburi, Gold Coast, 1880 (Carter).

Genus Lomaponta, Holland, Psy che, vi, p. 417 (1893).

LOMADONTA ERYTHRINA.

Lomadonta erythrina, Holland, |. ¢., pl. 10, f. 1.

1 g, Ogove River.

The types f 2 from the Ogove River are in coll. Holland.

LOMADONTA JOHNSTONI, nov.

¢. Antennz ochreous ; palpi, frons, head, and thorax with the

ground colour covered with crimson - hairs ; fore-wings ochreous,

washed with crimson, the costal and outer margins dark red ; two

semi-hyaline indistinct whitish spots in the lower disc ; the entire

wing covered with well-separated red striz ; a brownish line from

the costa a little beyond the middle to the upper whitish spot, where

it is outwardly angled, then straight down to the hinder margin ;

a submarginal line of brown lunules ; hind-wings white tinged with

crimson, especially towards the outer margin, which is dull crimson ;

cilia of fore-wings purplish, of the hind-wings crimson ; under-side

whitish ochreous, crimson-tinged, with the marginal lines dark ; a

dark lunule at end of cell of fore-wings, a spot at end of cell of

hind-wings ; pectus and fore-legs covered with crimson hairs.

Expanse of wings 14 inches.

Hab. Conco Forest, July, 1900 (H. H. Johnston).

Allied to LZ. erythrina, Holland, the type of the genus

from Ogove River.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 481

Genus L&vapia, Butler, Ann. Mag..N. H. (5), iv, p. 238

(1879).

LALAPIA NOTATA.

Lelapia notata, Butler, |. ¢.

6 7, 1 2, Madagascar, including the type @.

Genus ACLONOPHLEBIA, Butler, P. Z. S., 1898, p. 428.

ACLONOPHLEBIA FLAVINOTATA.

Aclonophlebia flavinotata, Butler, l.c., pl. 32, f. 8.

2 f, Brit. E. Africa, including the type.

Genus NUMENOIDES, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv,

p- 238 (1879).

NUMENOIDES GRANDIS.

Numenoides grandis, Butler, 1. ce.

2 2, Madagascar, including the type.

Genus Maracuitis, Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p. 291.

MALACHITIS MELANOCHLORA.

Malachitis melanochlora, Hmpsn., |. ec.

. _ Dudgeon, Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc.,

xi, p. 413, pl. 1, f. 7 (1900).

1 f, Bhutan (type).

Genus ENomE, Walker, iv, 883 (1855).

ENOME AMPLA.

Enome ampla, Walker, iv, 883.

4 ft, Ceylon, including the type. 3 #, Calcutta. 1 2,

Malabar. 3, Bangalore. 1 ¢, Burma.

ENOME INCERTA.

Lymantria incerta, Walker, iv, 880 (1855).

1 , N. India (type). 2 3, Kangra. 1 2, Jubbulpore.

5 2, Nilgiri Hills.

I cannot find the type of Lymantria aryama, Moore,

from Canara, which Hampson puts as a synonym to this

species.

482 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

ENOME DETERSA.

Lymantria detersa, Walker, xxxui, 365 (1865).

Enome detersa, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 300, pl. 21,

ff. 3, 4.

Lymaniria costalis, Walker, xxxii, 365.

2 4,8. India (types of both.) 7 3, 19, Mhow. 9 2,

Poona. 4, Belgaum.

The locality for detersa in Walker's Catalogue is entered

as Mauritius, the insect from the Entomological collection ;

but this is a mistake: the example came from the East

Indian Museum, and the locality label on it is India. This

form belongs entirely to South India; I have bred many

specimens from larvze in Poona.

ENOME OBFUSCATA.

Lymantria obfuscata, Walker, xxxui, 367 (1865).

1 9, N. India (type). 2¢ N.W. Himalayas. 9 3, Murree.

1 Z, Kangra. 1 3, Campbellpore, Punjab. 1 9, Kalu.

1%, Sultanpore. 2 2, Karis, Cashmir. 1 f, Skardo.

Genus LyMANTRIA, Hiibner Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 160

(1818).

Liparis, Ochs., Schmett. Eur., ii, p. 186 (1810)

(preoce.).

Porthetria, Hiibner, |. ¢.

Hypogymna, Steph., Il. Brit. Ent. Haust., 11, p. 55

(1828).

Psilura, Steph., |. ¢., p. 57.

Pegella, Walker, xxxv, 1922 (1866

Nagunda, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 53

Barhona, Moore, 1. ¢., p. 55.

)

(1879).

LYMANTRIA MCRENS.

Dasychira (?) merens, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 99, f. 4

(1868).

1 f, 1 2, Ceylon.

The type from Ceylon is in coll. Rothschild.

LYMANTRIA DISPAR.

Bombyx dispar, Linn. Syst. Nat., x, p. 501 (1758).

Porthetria umbrosa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 10.

2 4,3 2, Japan, including Butler's types.

Many examples from different parts of Europe.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 483

LYMANTRIA JAPONICA.

Liparis dispar, var. japonica, Motsch, Etud. d’Ent., 1860,

p. 31.

Porthetria hadina, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 11.

8 2,5 2, Japan, including Butler’s types. 4 7,1 2,

Though closely related to dispar it is a uniformly

distinct form.

LYMANTRIA EURYDICE.

Porthetria ewrydice, Butler, Cist. Ent., ii, p. 118 (1885).

Dasychira amata, Stand.,Rom.sur Lep., iii, p. 206, pl. 12,

f. 2 2 (1887).

1 7, Choyama (type). 1 2,1 9, Japan.

Staudinger’s type came from the Amur.

LYMANTRIA ATLANTICA.

Liparis atlantica, Ramb., Faune Ent. Andal., ui, pl. 15,

f. 7 (1842).

1 7, N. Africa.

LYMANTRIA FUMIDA.

Lymantria fumida, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p. 402

(1877).

» Butler, TH, Het., 11, pl. 24, f. 4 2 (1878).

Lymantria sinica, Moore, P.Z. S., 187 9, p. a

4 7,4 9, Japan, including the types. t, N. China

(type sinica). 2 7, Formosa.

LYMANTRIA RHODINA.

eas rhodina, Walker, xxxii, 366 (1865).

= Sean Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., 1,

p. "222 (note) (1892).

1 7, India (type).

LYMANTRIA CEREBOSA, nov.

¢d, 2. Antenne orange-ochreous ; palpi and frons dark brown

with some white hairs ; head, body, and fore-wings dark olive-grey,

irrorated with white atoms ; markings darker grey and very indis-

tinct ; a lunular double line at end of cell, and four transverse

duplex lines, more or less sinuous but erect, subbasal, antemedial,

484 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

discal, and submarginal ; whitish lunules on the outer margin ;

hind-wings dirty white or pale greyish-white ; a grey spot at the

end of the cell; under-side pale grey ; a lunular mark at the end of

each cell; an indistinct and incomplete grey discal straight band

across both wings ; tarsi with whitish spots.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 115, @ 2 inches.

Hab. Soon, Simla (Reed).

LYMANTRIA MOESTA, nov.

¢, @. Palpiand antenne brown ; head, thorax, and fore-wings

dark grey ; two transverse darker grey lines on the fore-wings, one

ante-medial, angled outwards above the middle and crenulated, the

other discal, even with the margin, rather close to it, and semi-

dentate ; a grey lunular mark at the end of the cell ; all these very

indistinct ; abdomen and hind-wings paler grey, tinged with pink,

without markings; under-side uniform pale grey, no markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 13, 9 11% inches.

1 2, Kasaoli (Reed). 1 9, Kangra Valley (Dudgeon).

LYMANTRIA FURVA.

Ocneria furva, Leech, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 631, pl. 31, f. 10.

5 2, 6 2, Japan, including the type. 1 2, 2 2, W. China.

LYMANTRIA DISSOLUTA, nov.

¢, @. Antenne, palpi, frons, and head brown; thorax and

fore-wings dark brownish-grey ; transverse sinuous lines brown,

first antemedial, angled outwards above the middle, second discal

slightly recurved, dentated in parts, third submarginal ; a large

angled dark brown mark on the discoidal vein; cilia grey with

blackish-brown patches ; hind-wings and both wings on the under-

side of a uniform paler grey colour, without markings; on the

upper-side the wing is slightly darker towards the outer border in

some specimens ; abdomen pale dull crimson.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, 2 2 inches.

1 gf, 2 9, Hong Kong (Walker).

Belongs to the obsoleta group.

LYMANTRIA TURNERI, noy. nom,

Lymantria aurora, Walk. (?), Turner, Trans. Roy. Soe. S.

Australia, 1902, p. 181.

1 gf, Cape York.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 485

Butler in Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), 'xx, p. 403 (1877)

described a Lymantria aurora from Japan; the name

aurora for this form cannot therefore stand. The history of

this name is rather curious: on this insect, which was

purchased from Mrs. Higgins in 1867, is a Jabel with the

following, “Lymantria aurora, W.,n.s. named on a spec. of

Mr. Chapman.” Some one must have taken a specimen to

Australia which had been named from Mrs. Higgins’

Cape York example, and ever since this insect has been

called Lymantria aurora, Walker, in Australian collections;

but where the writer of the label containing the name

aurora, Walker, got it from it is impossible to say; cer-

tainly Walker never published any description of this form.

Turner has well described it; there are several examples

in coll. Druce from Cooktown. It is, however, only a form

of antennata, Walker, differing merely in colour.

LYMANTRIA ANTENNATA.

Lymantria antennata, Walker, iv, 881 (1855).

1 g, Richmond River (type). 2 ¢, Moreton Bay.

LYMANTRIA OBSOLETA.

Lymantria obsoleta, Walker, iv, 880, f (1855).

Lymantria bhascara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., i, p. 345,

OGsa9)):

Lymantria vinacea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 408, §.

2° Hone Kone. 1 22) Bormosa. fg, N. india

(type). 2 9, Silhet. 19, N. India (type bhascara). 2 g,

Calcutta. I 3,1 9, Bombay. 19, Poona. 1 92, Madras.

29, Trevandrum. 1 JZ, Ceylon.

This is a South Indian form, and I doubt the localities of

Silhet and N. India on the old examples; I have never got

it from any northern locality; I cannot find the type ?

vinacea from Canara.

LYMANTRIA ALBOLUNATA.

Lymantria albolunata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 405.

1 gf, 1 2, Dharmsala (type 3). 1 2, Simla (type).. 44,1 9,

Dalhousie. 3 2, Subathu.

The northern form of obsoleta, but easily separable :

there are two diminutive examples from Omeishan and

Moupin in the National Collection, which come very near

to this form.

486 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

LYMANTRIA SOBRINA.

Lymantria sobrina, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 402.

1 f, Dharmsala (type). 1 9, N. India (type).

Quite distinct I think from obsoleta, where it is put in

the B. M. collection; I do not consider it to be near

enough allied to that species, even to put it in the form

of what is called a sub-species.

LYMANTRIA SEMICINCTA.

Alope semicincta, Walker, 111, 620 (1855).

Nagunda semicincta, Butler, Hl. Het., v, p. 54, pl. 90, f. 7

(1881).

1 9, N. India (type). 3 9, Darjiling.

I do not know the male of this form.

LYMANTRIA MONACHA.

Bombyx monacha, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, p. 501 (1758).

Af, 5 9, Japan.

Many examples from European localities.

LYMANTRIA CONCOLOR.

Lymantria concolor, Walker, iv, 876, 2 (1855).

F - Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 55, pl. 90, ff. 8, 9

(1881).

Lymantria superans, Walker, iv, 876, 9.

Lymantria micans, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 99, f. 2, 2

(1868).

Lymantria carnecolor, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 399.

ig cimla, 1a Dalhousie, 1925272) Dharmsalas 3.7

3 2, Kangra, including type f carnecolor. 1 3,1 9, Sultan-

pore: 1 ):9) «Abbottabad. 1) 23. Manipur. ae

Sikhim, including both of Walker’s types. 1 ¢, Kujiar.

1 f, Jawai Hills.

This form is common in the Khasia Hills, from whence I

have received many examples of both sexes; Felder’s type

from Silhet is in coll. Rothschild.

LYMANTRIA TODARA.

Lymantria todara, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 402, pl. 33,

f (6.

2 $,2 9, Nilgiri Hills, including the types ¢ 9. 1 2,

Shevaroy Hills. 1 9, Travancore. 1 9, Malabar.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 487

LYMANTRIA SIMILIS.

Lymantria similis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 402, f.

Lymantria cara, Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 56, pl. 90, f. 13, 2

(1881).

1 2, Calcutta (type). 1 2, Bengal. 1 9, Bhotan (type

CUT).

I think it may be fairly assumed that these are conspe-

cific, though the examples do not come from the same

locality; the differences in the sexes are similar to those

usually occurring in the concolor group, and the double

band on the hind-wings is similar in both sexes.

LYMANTRIA BEATRIX.

Bombyx beatriz, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., pl. 40, f. 2 1791).

1 9, Java.

Stoll’s figure is excellent; I have three females from

Java in my own collection, all identical with the B. M.

example and with Stoll’s figure, and have seen many

others ; it appears to me to be very distinct from the Indian

forms put under it in the B. M.

LYMANTRIA GANAHA, nov.

2. Fore-wings, upper-side of a uniform purplish-grey colour,

slightly tinged with pink, and with a glazed appearance ; markings

and hind-wings the same as beatria ; in beatrix the fore-wings are

pure white.

Expanse of wings 2,°,-—3 inches.

49, Java. 1 9, Kuching, Borneo.

A form of beatriz, Ihave 3 2 in my own collection from

Java and 3 7, and there are three Javan males in the

B. M.; but without breeding I do not think it is possible

to say whether they belong to this form or to beatriz, but

they are quite different from the males of various Indian

forms sunk under beatriz.

LYMANTRIA MARGINATA.

Lymantria marginata, Walker, iv, 877 (1855).

Lymantria pusilla, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 99, f.3 (1868).

Lymantria nigra, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 399.

1 ¢, Bengal. 1 9, Silhet (type). 2 9, Sikhim. 1 9,

Burma. 3 2,3 9, Kangra (including Moore’s types). 2 2

Masuri. 2 Z, 2 9, Sikhim.

488 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

The males vary much in size, but are quite different

from the Javan males; they vary also much in shade of

colour, but none of them have any tinge of yellow; the

females vary in the width and intensity of the medial band

of the fore-wings ; their hind-wings are always pure white,

with a black border ; I have this form in my own collection

from Dharmsala, Sikhim, and the Khasia Hills.

LYMANTRIA FULIGINOSA.

Lymantria fuliginosa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1883, p. 17.

5 f, 2 2, Bombay, including the types. 1 9, Ceylon.

I have it also from Bombay where I have bred this

form; there is a general yellow tinge in the male; it is

nearer to the Javan form than any of the other Indian

forms; the hind-wings are always more or less yellow ; the

hind-wings of the female are always entirely suffused with

black; I have never seen an exception. The type of

Moore’s wmbrina I have not seen, it is also included by

Hampson under beatriz without any mention of the differ-

ences between the forms, just as if they ran into each

other, but this they do not do.

There are 1 2,3 2 from Moupin, and 1 2 from Chang

Yang, and 1 ¢, 2 from Penang which appear to repre-

sent two more forms, and I have no doubt that there are

many otber forms of this species, or group, still unknown.

To call them all beatrix is very misleading.

LYMANTRIA VELUTINA.

Orgyia (Dasychira) velutina, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., iu,

p. 90 (1878).

1 gf, Madagascar.

LYMANTRIA AURORA.

Lymantria aurora, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx, p.

403 (1877).

* - Butler, Il]. Het., ui, pl, 24, f. 5 (1878).

Lymantria aurora, var. fusca, Leech, P. Z. 8., 1888, p.

629.

1 gf 1 §, Japan (types). 13,19, Yesso. 4 3, Naga-

hama, including type fusca.

Sunk to mathura inthe B. M. collection, but it is a

distinct form, the male being uniformly blackish-brown.

Butler's male type example is an old worn and faded

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 489

specimen ; whether his female type is really the female of

this form is I think very doubtful.

LYMANTRIA MATHURA.

Lymantria mathura, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 806.

1 ¢, N. India (type). I ¢, 1 2, Kangra. I 9, Dehra

Doon. 2 2)1 9) sikh 02) NH. Eimalayas: 93°) 02

Loo Choo Islands. 1 2, Chefoo, China. 2 9, Omeishan.

2 f, 3 Q, Japan.

LYMANTRIA VIOLA.

Lymantria viola, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 406.

1g, 9 2, Thanna, Bombay, including the types. 2 @,

Jubbulpore.

LYMANTRIA GRANDIS.

Lymantria grandis, Walker, iv, 874, § (1855).

* as Butler, Ill. Het., v, p. 57, pl. 91, ff. 1, 2

(1881).

Lymantria maculosa, Walker, iv, 881, ¢ (1855).

Lymantria metarhoda, Walker, xxxui, 365, f (1865).

1 ¢, 2 2, Ceylon, including the type. 1 ¢ marked

N.S. W.

The type of metarhoda from Ceylon is in Mus. Oxon.

LYMANTRIA SUBROSEA, nom. nov.

Lymantria rosea, Ampsn., Ill. Het., ix, p. 76, pl. 158, f. 28

(1893).

1 f, Ceylon (type).

Butler’s Lymantria rosea from Madagascar (1879) ante-

dates this.

LYMANTRIA LUCESCENS.

Porthetria lucescens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 11.

1 f, Hakodate, Japan (type). 1 ¢, Tokio. 2 2, Oiwake.

LYMANTRIA MANICATA.

Lymantria manicata, Aurivill., Ent. Tidskr., xiii, p. 193, 2

(1892).

2 9, Old Calabar. 1 9,Sapele, River Niger.

The type from Cameroons is in Mus. Stockholm.

490 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

LYMANTRIA XYLINA, nov.

¢. Antenne black ; palpi brown, white on the inner sides ; head,

body, and wings creamy white ; some crimson hairsat the base of the

antenn ; collar crimson ; fore-wings with a blackish-brown sub-

costal dot near the base, a small spot on the middle of the costa, a red-

brown, rather pale, sinuous, erect transverse thin band beyond the

middle ; hind-wings with some brown suffusion on the costal space ;

both wings with brown marginal dots between the veins; under-side

dirty white, with indications of a transverse band on both wings, ex-

tending to lower end of cell on hind-wings, and some brownish

suffusion in and near cell of fore-wings ; face, pectus, body, and legs

crimson.

Expanse of wings 2,%; inches.

Hab. FORMOSA.

LYMANTRIA GALINARA, Nov.

¢. Antenne ochreous-grey ; palpi black, white inside ; body and

wings white ; thorax with three black spots ; abdomen with blackish

segmental bands ; fore-wings with five transverse, upright, more or

less sinuous bands, similar to those in the fore-wings of J. lepcha,

Moore, from India ; hind-wings with a grey submarginal band and

some slight pinkish suffusion near abdominal margin ; under-side

white, without markings ; face black ; body and legs white.

2. Antenne ochreous-grey; palpi brown; head, body, and wings

dull white ; fore-wings rufous grey, irrorated with white atoms ;

indications of central, discal, and submarginal rufous grey transverse

bands; a ringed lunular mark at the end of the cell, and sub-

marginal whitish lunules ; hind-wings and under-side of both wings,

body, and legs dull white without markings.

Expanse of wings ¢ 2:45, 2 3;°5 inches.

1 2,19, Singapore (fzdley) (types). 1 2, Bali, low country

(Doherty). 1 %, Tambak, Borneo.

I have both sexes from Java, and a very large female

from New Mecklenburgh measuring 5,5, inches in expanse.

Semper records it from the Philippines under the name of

Lymantria lepcha, Moore ; and the female at p. 460 of Het.

Philippines he doubtfully identifies as the female of

Dasychira grossa, Pagenstecher.

LYMANTRIA LEPCHA.

Porthetria lepcha, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 54, f (1879).

Barhona carneola, Moore, |. ¢., p. 56, 9.

3 2, 6 9, Sikhim, including both types.

Old World Lymentriide in the National Collection. 491

LYMANTRIA BRUNNEIPLAGA, nov.

¢. Palpi black with white thick hairs at the tips ; antenne# brown,

shafts white at the base ; head, thorax, and fore-wings white ; costa

with four brown spots, the first and second large, third small, fourth

composed of two streaks ; a large brown patch on the middle of the

hinder margin; some brown dots near the base: two dentated

transverse brown lines across the middle; another submarginal ;

some rather large brown spots on the outer margin ; abdomen pink,

with a dorsal row of brown spots ; hind-wings grey ; a slightly darker

marginal border and white cilia; under-side, pectus brown ; legs

white with black spots ; fore femora crimson and some crimson hairs

on the white thorax.

Q. With wings shaped as in the female of lepcha; head and thorax

chocolate brown ; fore-wings chocolate grey, the central and sub-

marginal transverse dentated lines of the fore-wings as in the male,

also the large brown patch on the middle of the hinder margin and

the brown spots on the outer margin, which however are on both

wings ; the hind-wings of a pale grey colour.

Expanse of wings ¢ 1,5, 2 2,5, inches.

1 $1 9, Java (types). 2 fg, Borneo. 1 J, Sumatra.

1 9, Penang.

Unfortunately in describing cara, Butler queried these

Bornean males as probably the males of his species, and

consequently these examples have remained over the cara

label ever since, and so stand in many collections ; but

they have no connexion with cara, which Hampson was

perfectly justified in putting as the female of similis.

LYMANTRIA LUNATA.

Bombyx lunata, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 369, f. C (1782).

Pegella wchorina, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xiii, p. 201

(1884),

2 2, 2 9, Amboina, including Butler's type. 1 2, Celebes.

1 9, Aru.

I have it also from Celebes, Amboina, New Guinea, and

Kast Java.

LYMANTRIA CURVIFERA.

Pegella curvifera, Walker, xxxv, 1922 (1866).

Lymantria curvifera, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., i, p.

223 (note) (1892).

Lymantria lunata, Semper, Het. Philipp., p. 461, pl. N, ff.

5, 7 (larva and pupa) (1898).

492 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

1 2, 1 9, Philippines, including Walker’s type 2, which

Walker described as a male.

I have it from Gilolo and Batjan under Staudinger’s

MS. name batjana. There are apparently two forms of

lunata on all the different islands: the large typical male

with well-marked wings, and the small form lke the

Philippine male of curvifera, the bands in which are

straighter and all the markings ill-defined; the breadth of

the middle transverse bands on the fore- wings of the

female is very variable in both forms ; sometimes it is

a mere line, often broad and commences extended inwards

on the hinder margin.

LYMANTRIA PLUMBALIS.

Lymantria plumbalis, Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1895, p.

292.

ft, Tinlin- Yaw, Burma (type),

LYMANTRIA ASCTRIA.

Lymantria asetria, Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett., u, ff.

1-4 (1818).

Dasychira antica, Walker, vii, 1739, 2 (1856).

Lymantria pramesta, Moore, Cat. Lep. EK. I. C., 1, p. 344,

pl. 9a, £. 3 (1859).

1%, Maulmein. 19,Thyetmyo. 62, 7 9, Java, includ-

ing the types of antica and pramesta.

LYMANTRIA NARINDRA.

Lymantria narindra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 342

(1859).

Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1, p. 479 (1892).

Lymantri ia hilari is, Voll, Tijd. v. Hnt., vi, p. 143, pl. 10;

ff. 2, 3 (1863).

1,1 2, Java, including the female type.

I have in my own collection a female from Java and a

male from Sumatra (where Vollenhoven’s types ¢ 9 came

from); the two names undoubtedly belong to the same

species.

LYMANTRIA GRISEA.

Lymantria grisea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 55, pl. 3, f 5

(1879).

Old World Lymantrvide in the Naticnal Collecticn, 498

1 gf, N.E. India. 1 9, Darjiling (type). 1 3, N. Chin

Hills, Burma.

LYMANTRIA SILCA.

Lymantria silea, Swin hoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xii, p. 197

(1903).

1 f, 1 2, Fergusson Isl. (types). 12%, Fergusson Isl. 1 2,

Milne Bay. 1 2,19, Kapaur, New Guinea.

LYMANTRIA GANARA.

Lymantria ganara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 344

(1859).

4 ft, 2 9, Java, including the type 2 1 2, Sumatra. 5%,

Borneo. 1 f¢, Singapore. 2 ¢, Burma.

LYMANTRIA BIVITTATA.

Pegella bivittata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 57 (1879).

1 2, Darjiling (type). 1 9, Silhet.

I do not know the male of this form.

LYMANTRIA VACILLANS.

Lymantria vacillans, Walker, iv, 873 (1855).

1 2, Congo (type).

LYMANTRIA DULCINEA.

Lymantria dulcinea, Butler, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 12 (1882).

1 Z, 2 $, Madagascar (types).

LYMANTRIA ROSEA.

Lymantria rosea, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv, p. 239

(1879).

1 Z, 1 9, Madagascar (types).

LYMANTRIA LUGARDI, nov.

2, d. Palpi brown, under-side yellow ; antenne black ; frons

brown ; thorax chestnut-brown; abdomen crimson ; fore-wings

purple brown, in the female almost purplish slate colour; some

dark brown, irregular and wavy, transverse bands; one at the

base ; a very broad one in the middle, with very irregular sides,

and containing a large nearly white irregular square with its

upper edge against the costa, and in the middle of it a black

494 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Levision of the

spot at the end of the cell ; a pale sinuous discal line, and some pale

yellowish elongated spots in the disc ; all these markings more or

less obscure and contracted in the male, prominent in the female ;

cilia yellow with brown spots; hind-wings ochreous without

markings,

Expanse of wings ¢ 1

2 $, 3 9, N’Gami Country (Lugard).

10 ? liv inches.

LYMANTRIA BANANA.

Lymantria bananx, Butler, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 848, pl. 42,

f. 9.

1 Z, Nyassaland (type).

LYMANTRIA TOTTEA, nov.

gd. Palpi with the lower and under parts white, tips and last

joints black, and a tuft of black hairs immediately below ; antennwe

grey ; frons brown, with the edges greyish-ochreous ; head and

thorax greyish-ochreous ; fore-wings pale brownish-grey with a tinge

of yellow ; a broad whitish band divided by the veins into eight

square-shaped large spots, and a large square spot at the end of the

cell, divided from the band by a thin band crossing the discoidal

vein ; a small round spot in the middle of the disc outside the band ;

abdomen pale greyish-yellow ; hind-wings white tinged with yellow ;

under-side white without markings ; pectus and fore-legs ochreous ;

legs white with black tips.

Expanse of wings 1,5; inches.

Hab. OLD CALABAR.

Allied to banane with which I found it, but very

different, except superficially.

LYMANTRIA MOSERA.

Lymantria mosera, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), i, p. 208

(1898).

1g, 1 9, Delagoa Bay. 22,19, Natal. 1 ¢, Rhodesia.

LYMANTRIA EDDELA, nov.

¢. Antenne black, shafts white; frons, head, thorax, and fore-

wings pale pinkish buff; a black spot at base of fore-wings, and three

other spots close toit ; antemedial and discal transverse lines of black

spots, erect but slightly sinuous ; three black spots at the end of the

cell ; abdomen orange with a dorsal row of black spots ; hind-wings

paler than the fore-wings, nearly white; a broad marginal black

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 495

band ; under-side of body and legs blackish ; both wings of the

colour of the fore-wings above ; fore-wings with an apical and outer

marginal grey band, which narrows hindwards ; hind-wings with a

broad black band as above.

Expanse of wings 1,5, inches.

Hab. Fwameo, Tanganyika,

LYMANTRIA CARRIALA, nov.

?. Frons, antenne, thorax, and fore-wings pale blackish-brown ;

two white spots on the thorax ; fore-wings with a large white patch

on the middle of the hinder margin, with a white spot immediately

above it, and with four small black spots inside it almost in the form

of a square ; two or three indistinct pale spots in the upper disc ;

hind-wings pale pink ; a rather broad apical pale blackish-brown

band, which stops abruptly half-way down the outer margin ;

abdomen yellow, with dorsal and lateral black spots ; under-side,

wings as above, very thinly clothed ; body and legs blackish.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inches.

Hab. ANGOLA.

Belongs to the group of LZ. mosera, Druce, from Natal.

LYMAXTRIA GONDONA.

?. Thorax and fore-wings pale grey, nearly white, the latter with

four darker grey transverse bands, limited by brown lines; the first

basal, the second before the middle and bread, the limiting lines

rather sinuous, the third discal, a little narrower than the second,

bent outwards above the middle, the limiting lines semi-dentate,

the fourth apical ; the inner margin very sinuous ; hind-wings white

without markings; cilia with pale brown spots ; abdomen pink.

Expanse of wings 1} inches.

Hab. SABAKI VALLEY, Brit. E. Africa.

Genus Dura, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 56 (1879).

DURA ALBA.

Dura alba, Moore, |. e.

1 9, Darjiling (type). 2 f without locality.

The type ¢ from Dazjiling is in coll. Staudinger.

DURA ALBICANS.

Dasychira albicans, Walker, vii, 1739 (1856).

1 2, Celebes (type). 4%, Borneo. 1 2, Singapore.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART TI. (OCT.) 33

496 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision of the

Genus Imavs, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 54 (1879),

IMAUS MUNDUS.

Lymaniria munda, Walker, iv, 875 (1855).

1 4 49; Sikhim. 1 9, Silhet (type). 29, Java.

Genus: PyrAMOocERA, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., xv,

p. 85 (1880).

PYRAMOCERA FULIGINEA.

Pyramocera fuliginea, Butler, |. ¢. (fig.).

1 f 1 Y, Madagascar (types).

Genus PotymMona, Walker, iii, 768, 2.

Morasa, Walker, iv, 859 (1855).

Sarothropyga, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 100, f. 23, 3

(1868) (undeser.).

POLYMONA RUFIFEMUR.

Polymona rujifemur, Walker, ui, 768, &.

Morasa lorimeri, Butler, P. Z.S., 1878, p. 387, &.

1 & Africa (type). 2 2, Natal, including Butler's type. |

1g, Rhodesia. 1 3, Nyassaland. 1 2, Mashonaland.

POLYMONA MODESTA.

Morasa modesta, Walker, iv, 859 (1855).

Sarothropyga rhodopepla, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 100, f. 23,

2 (1868).

1 9,8. Africa (type). 5%, 8 2, Natal.

Genus NatTaxa, Walker, v, 1179 (1855). |

Dicreagra, Felder, Reise Nov., pl. 100, f. 2 (1868)

(undeser.).

NATAXA FLAVESCENS.

Perna (2) jflavescens, Walker, v, 1128.

Natazxa flavijascia, Walker, v, 1179.

Diereagra ochrocephala, Felder, 1. ¢.

1 Z, Australia (type). 1 2, Tasmania (type flavifascia).

17,19, Melbourne. 5 9,S.E. Australia.

Old World Lymantriide in the National Collection. 497

NATAXA RUBIDA.

Nataxa rubida, Walker, xxxui, 512 (1865 ).

1 f, Australia (type).

It differs from flavescens in having no central band, only a

yellow spot on the costa where the band commences in the

other form.

The following genera have been removed from the

Lymantriide in the National collection, but I have been

unable to find them. The numbers are those of the genera

in Kirby :-—

44. Comana, Walker, xxx, 495.

90. Xanthodura, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), v, p. 384.

103. GEnosandra, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856, p. 286.

112. Murcipa, Walker, iv, 807.

156. Epipyrops, Westw., Proc. and Trans. Ent. Soc., 1876, pp. xxiv,

522,

163. Sarsina, Walker, iv, 800.

Genera in Kirby’s Catalogue wrongly included in the

Lynantrude :—

1. Geodena, Walker, vii, 1691 . Belongs to the Aganaide.

2. Soloé, Walker, 1, 557 é : Pe 1 é

3. Isine, Walker, 11, 545 = Chione-

ma, Herr.-Schiff., Ausser-

Eur. Schmett., p. 20 . d - PF Lithosiide.,

13. Lerna, Walker, xxxiil, 805=

Castulo, Walker, i, 562. 5 ss Fi

27. Cypra, Boisd., Voy. de l’Astro-

labe, p. 201 . ‘ : ‘ s » Boarmiide.

28. Deroca, Walker, iv, 822 . : Fe » Drepanulide.

41. Trichetra, Westw., Mod. Class.

Ins. Gen. Syn., p. 92 . ; s » Lupterotide.

42. Marane, Walker, xxxii, 397. iS 7 1

43. Apina, Walker, ili, 756 . : % 35 Noctwide.

51. Phiala, Wallengr., Wien. Ent.

Mon., iv, p. 165 . : : D » Lupterotide.

72. Raphipeza, Butler, Ann. Mag.

N.H. (5), v, p. 386. : 5s . Lasiocampide.

73. Chrysopsyche, Butler, 1. ¢. p. 387. 5 a +

Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Revision, ete.

. Trisula, Moore, Cat. . Lep.

Hol. Ci, ai, p. 420

. Trisuloides, Butler, Ann. Mag.

N. H. (5), vii, p. 36

. Rhanidophora, Wallengr., CEf-

vers. Vet. Akad. Forh., xv,

p. 213 .

. Amsacta, Walker, iv, 804

. Teara, Walker, iv, 846= Agla-

osoma, Scott, Austral. Lep.,

p. 14

. Ochrogaster, Felder, Reise Nov.,

pl. 94, f. 5

}. Sitina, Walker, iv, 854

. Callia, Walker, vi, 1482 .

. Amana, Walker, ii, 661 .

. Vanga, Walker, xxxii, 453=

Smyriodes, Guen., Phal., i,

p- 223

° Beralade, Walker, lv, 852

. Cebysa, Walker, 11, 486

. Castulo, Walker, 11, 561

. Cluaca, Walker, xxxi, 268

. Lecriolepis, Butler, Ann. Mag.

IN; @EE(5), Vv; Pp. Beco

. Laganda, Walker, xxxii, 389

. Ticilia, Walker, xxxii, 394

. Cosmethis, Hiibner, Verz.

Schmett, p. 179= Arycanda

Walker, vii, 1775

Belongs to the Noctwide.

” ”

” a0)

5 Arctiide.

» LHupterotide.

” ”

», Lasiocampide.

” aed)

* Uraniide.

55 Boarmiide.

,», Lasiocampide.

Tineide.

ss Lithosiide.

oe) ”

», Lasiocampide.

s Bombycide.

» Drepaniulide.

» Boarmiide.

OcToBER 5TH, 1903.

a a a

( 499 )

XX. On the antenne of Hepialidee—Lepidoptera Jugate.

By AMBROSE QUAIL, F.E.S.

[Read October 7th, 1903. ]

jy oe. © DD.

THE characters which separate Jugatx from other Lepido-

ptera in the imago stage are well known to be definite and

constant, being essentially the structure of the wings,

which have nervures more numerous than prevails with

other Lepidoptera, and a “jugum” or lobe near the

base of the fore-wings which may be noted among Neuro-

ptera, Diptera, and Hymenoptera, but not elsewhere among

Lepidoptera. The Hepialid group have neither maxillary

palpi nor tibial spurs, which characters are well developed

among other Jugate.

The species which comprise the well-defined Hepialide

have great diversity of antennal structure, which I have

examined, so far as my material permits, to observe whether

inter se there is evidence indicating which is the older and

more primitive form; I believe the subject will interest

others. To properly examine the antennal structure one

must remove and mount in balsam, or other media; for this

reason one is confined to insects in one’s own collection,

and in consequence many of my otherwise perfect specimens

are minus antenne.

In my previous yaper I did not note the presence of

scales on the Hepialid antenna, having devoted attention

to the pectination per se; the scaling, however, is very

obvious. The large proximal joint (scape) is invariably

scaled more or less completely, the scales are long—often

overlap one or more further segments—striated, slender,

attenuated throughout when viewed sideways, and look

very like a hair; in fact, as Bodine puts it, “the scale is

a hair flattened out.” The segment next the scape

(pedicel) is smaller and sometimes clothed with scales

similar to those of the scape, but usually with shorter and

broader scales approximating to the scales of the wings,

and this kind of scale prevails on the other (clavola)

segments of the antenna.

TRANS, ENT. SOO, LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.) 34

500 Mr. A. Quail on

On the surface of the segments there are minute “hairs,”

which may be sparsely scattered as on the scape, or closely

cover the surface of the segment as on the clavola; those

of the scape are perhaps more bristle-like, and remind one

of the minute hairs on the Hepialid wing membrane. One

cannot help thinking that these are the original antennal

“hairs,” antecedent to all other hairs and scales on the

Lepidopterous antenna; those which we find on the clavola

segments everywhere, scaled or not, are, I take it, these

‘primary ” hairs, perhaps somewhat modified ; they serve

probably the function of protection.

Amongst the “primary” hairs others arise which are

longer and tapering, not rigid, usually fine but sometimes

stout with socket rims at base; these are probably “sense ”

hairs, and appear to be in some way associated with reduced

scaling. The sensory hairs appear to be confined to the

clavola segments. One has, however, some diffidence in

deciding whether some forms of “sense” hairs are not

bristles. There are short, pointed, socket-rimmed bristles

at the base of both scape and pedicel, and scattered among

the scales are longer bristles; there are always bristles on

the clavola segments. The transition from pale-coloured,

fine scape bristles to red-tinted, robust, rigid clavolar

bristles, I have demonstrated on the antenna of Porina

fuscomaculata. The bristles on the antenna of one species

may resemble the “sense ” hairs on the antenna of another

species, but all the “sense” hairs on any given antenna

differ from the bristles of that antenna.

There appear to be good reasons for believing the

primitive form of Lepidopterous antenna to have been

one closely covered with scales—such forms one finds

among the lower groups of Lepidoptera—the scales after-

wards replaced by “‘sense” hairs, but amongst the scales

there were semi-erect bristles, and, it may be remarked,

similar bristles, whatever their functions, occur on different

parts of the “scale-covered” wings. The bristle is probably

older therefore than “sense ” hairs.

The scape and pedicel retain comparative rotundity with

remarkable constancy throughout the Hepialidz known to

me, with the exception of Oncoptera (intricata), in which

the scape is remarkably elongate. The scape and pedicel

are never pectinate in the Hepialide.

The segments of the clavola vary greatly in number,

form, and dimensions in Hepialide, The proximal joint

the antenne of Hepialide—Lepidoptera Jugatz. 501

is usually smaller than succeeding segments, being as it

were a transition between the pedicel and clavola, each with

its definite functions; this joint has usually only rudi-

mentary appendages on antenne with pectinations; rarely

is true pectination developed, and never does it attain

proportional length. The proximal joint of the clavola,

at least, lags behind the others in the onward march of

specialization.

The sexes on the whole agree as to number of clavola

segments per species, for instance Hepialus humula, 8, § ,

and var. Hethlandica, have an equal number; sometimes a

variation in number occurs, but such has been noticed

mostly in the female sex. It is an interesting fact that

sometimes segments are partially or wholly coalesced, the

sutures being obliterated, but hairs, bristles, etc., are

normal. I have noted this in Charagia virescens, C. daph-

nandre, Hepialus argenteo-maculata, Cibyra sylvinus. The

division of the clavola into more or less segments does not

seem of first importance, their functions being collective.

As far as possible several specimens of each of the following

species have been examined, to arrive at the probable

typical number of clavola segments.

HEPIALUS = unpectinate antennee.

humauli. 20 clavola segments, a few scales on five

basal segments.

velleda. 23 clavola segments, a few scales on first

basal segment.

lupulinus. 24 clavola segments, one or two scales

on first basal segment, also single

scales per segment on apical thirteen.

hectus 3. 12 clavola segments, one or two scales

on first and second basal segments,

Subg. STHENOPIS = unpectinate antenne.

argenteo-maculata. 21 clavola segments, a few scales on six

basal segments.

Subg. CHARAGIA = unpectinate antenne.

daphnandre. 28 clavola segments, numerous scales on

four basal segments and dorsal scales

on next fivesegments ¢ ; dorsal scales

on nine basal segments 9.

virescens. 39 clavola segments, numerous dorsal

scales on six basal segments ¢ ; few

dorsal scales on six basal 9.

502 Mr. A. Quail on

eximic, 28 clavola segments, dorsal scales on

four basal segments.

ramsayi. 35 Pa A ar A

lignivora. 24 clavola segments, few dorsal scales

on four basal segments.

Snbg. CipyrA = — Jatero-ventral enlargement of antennal segments,

sylvinus. 23 clavola segments, dorsal scales from

base to tip of antenna.

ONCOPTERA = unpectinate antenna.

intricata. 17 clavola segments, numerons scales

on nine basal segments, with dorsal

scales on others to apical segment.

( ?) = ventral enlargement of antennal segments.

bacotii 50 clavola segments, devoid of scales.

GORGOPIS = _ bipectinate antenne.

libania. 41 clavola segments, devoid of scales.

HECTOMANES= bipectinate antenne.

Susca. 30 clavola segments, dorsal scales from

base to tip of antenna,

simulans. 34 = - - es

erocet. 34 clavola segments, dorsal scales on

basal thirteen segments.

PORINA = semi-tripectinate antenne.

cervinata, 36 clavola segments, devoid of scales.

despecta. B10 on -s

umbraculata, 38 clavola segments, one or two dorsal

scales on three basal segments.

signata.

enysit ¢.

40 clavola segments, devoid of scales.

49 clavola segments, one or two dorsal

scales on four basal segments.

45 clavola segments, a few dorsal scales

on six basal segments.

fuscomaculata ¢. 56 clavola segments, one or two dorsal

scales on first basal segment.

TRICTENA = tripectinate antennze 7, unipectinate 9.

labyrinthica. 71 clavola segments, dorsal scales on

four basal segments,

PIELUS = ventral enlargement of @ antennal

segments.

hyalinatus. 54 clavola segments, few dorsal scales

on seven basal segments.

Evriocrania admitted on other grounds—embryological

the antenne of Hepialide—Lepidoptera Jugatx. 503

and imaginal—to be more ancient than Hepialide, and

accepted as such by Bodine and Chapman in respect to

antennal structure, has (subpwrpurella) elongated scape

and fully-sealed clavola—forty- one segments in number—

the scales bidentate, alignment not definite, the outer row

of scales overlap base of next segment ; the segments are

circular in transverse section, and are clothed with a erowth

of primary hairs, the apical segment an elongated cone

with scales, “ primary ” hairs and numerous bristles. An

associated genus Mesarchea (hamadelpha) furnishes a form

with short scape, fully-scaled clavola, the scales bidentate,

overlapping. Palwomicra (chalcophanes) furnishes a form

with short scape curiously swollen at both ends, the clavola

having on each segment a few remarkable broad leaf-like

scales placed in pairs, one of each almost covering its

fellow; on the segments bristles rise from beneath, between

and beyond the scales. We have the support of our

authorities in selecting the eriocranid form of antenna

as being probably the most generalized.

Examining our material among the Hepialidx, Oncoptera

arrests our attention. Two or three basal segments are

not unlike the eriocranid in shape, circular in transverse

section, apparently fully scaled on all aspects ; the segments

beyond gradually become less eriocranid-like, shorter,

broader, and developing towards the apical segment

a ventral ridge. Completely scaled as are the basal

segments with. typical flat, striated, bidentate scales, align-

ment not definite ely two rows,* the outer scales overlapping

next segment, localization of hairs commences on a ventral

area of the third clavola segment, where there are only

“primary” hairs and one or two bristles, gradually the

scales are replaced on a larger ventral area, “sense” hairs

develop, the scales becoming dorsal only. We find associ-

ated with the scaled clavola of Oncoptera an elongate scape ;

we suspect that with fuller material others would be found

with elongate scape and somewhat fully-scaled clavola ;

meanwhile we look upon these as primitive characters

retained by Oncoptera, which has, however, somewhat

specialized on the other clavola segments.

The clavola segments of Hepialus and Charagia are

circular in transverse section, and the apical segment of

some species, like Hriocrania, isan elongate cone; H.humuli

* IT cannot detect alternate lines of scales and hairs, there appear

to be only scales except for occasional bristles.

504 Mr. A. Quail on

is typical in this respect. The majority of species of

Charagia have only a few dorsal scaleson not more than

half-a-dozen basal segments, the scales of the antenna

like those cf the wing being green in colour, striated, not

dentate, and the segments have numerous pits bearing

superficial resemblance to sockets of long-lost scales. C.

daphnandrex preserves some basal segments scaled dorsally

and laterally, with “primary” and “sense” hairs and

bristles located on a ventral unscaled area; the segments

beyond are devoid of scales, “sense” hairs are not numer-

ous on the dorsum, they are so, however, both laterally

and ventrally, with bristles on all aspects at the distal end

of the segments. C. lignivora has gone a long way

ahead, the scales having almost completely vanished, and

“sense ” hairs are numerous on all aspects.

European Hepialus have likewise gone a long way

towards complete loss of clavola scales. H. /upulinus

retains single scales per segment curiously enough on the

apical half of the clavola, the scales are not dentate and

are longer than ordinary clavolar scales; one finds here

“sense” hairs on the dorsum as on other aspects. The

antennal scales of H. lupulinus suggest that Hepialus,

which now so generally have only a few clavolar scales,

somewhere in the past had antennz scaled from base to

tip. The subgenus Cibyra preserves exactly this condition,

and must have separated from Hepialus when the antenne

were scaled to tip; it is not in the least likely that Cibyra

has since developed scales after Hepialus once lost them.

Cibyra then retains this character, but has developed latero-

ventral enlargement—the beginnings of pectination—there-

by increasing the “sensory” area, which indeed is wholly

covered with “primary” and “sense” hairs, there being

pone of the latter on the scaled dorsum.

The latero-ventral enlargement of Cibyra is not properly

unipectination although in profile it appears to be so, it

is a widening and ventral lengthening of the segment as a

whole. Definite ventral unipectination does exist else-

where among Lepidoptera (Jnewrvaria muscalella), and

may be observed among Diptera (Zipulidz).

Among the latero-ventrally enlarged forms known to me

the clavola segments of bacotii (Gorgopis ?) are most special-

ized; “sense” hairs completely cover the segments on all

aspects together with “primary” hairs, even the bristles

are reduced in size, so that the clothing of the segments 1s

Lepidoptera Tugate. 505

the antennx of Hepialide

remarkably uniform. We have here a form of Hepialid

antenna answering the Jordan requirements of an antenna

covered with hairs and devoid of scales ; this form, however,

from our standpoint 1 is reached by. specialization, and

therefore is not primitive. Indeed it seems abundantly

evident that the tendency in the Hepialide has been to

completely get rid of the clavola scales. This seems at

first sight somewhat at variance with the tendency shown

by the majority of the Lepidoptera, which generally preserve

the dorsal scales; but Hepialidx are a very distinct and

somewhat isolated group, moreover the antenne are

admitted to be “sense” organs, and it seems only reason-

able to conclude that on the antenne and on the wings the

function of scales is identical, and it can hardly be as

aiding any special sense, such as we believe to be centred

in the antenne, for similar sense can hardly be supposed

to exist in the wings. It is not illogical to believe that

when the primitive Lepidopteron developed scales—how-

ever far back we may have to go, the development com-

menced somewhere, and has since extended and become a

permanent and characteristic feature of the Lepidoptera—

the scales spread over the several organs, proving to be an

encumbrance on the antennae, although of some utility to

many groups of Lepidoptera, since not only are scales

retained on the dorsum of the shaft, but they are spread

over the dorsa of pectinations; but the effects of elimination

can be traced everywhere in the localization of the scales

instead of their general distribution over the clavola

segments, which is to be observed among the very primitive

groups, as for instance the eriocranid already discussed.

Complete loss of scales by elimination has been the

ultimate result on the antenne of many Hepialide.

Hectomanes have bipectinate antenne generally scaled

from base to tip on the dorsum of the clavola, the scales

not dentate, with “ primary ” hairs, ventral “sense” hairs,

and numerous ventral pits. The pectinations of Hecto-

manes are essentially lateral extensions, short and curved ;

one can hardly say whether highly specialized or no, judg-

ing from the scales they are not. The bipectinate, unscaled

antenna of Gorgopis (libania) is a very highly-specialized

form. The pectinations are long slender appendages,

provided with ‘ primary” hairs, “sense” hairs on the

inner side, and bristles on the outer side; on the dorsum

of the shaft the ‘primary ” hairs are modified or replaced

506 Mr. A. Quail on

by sharp-pointed spines, of which I do not know the like

elsewhere among Hepialidx. I erred in placing bacotii in

the genus Gorgopis; although both are highly specialized,

as regards the antennee the structure is so different.

The antennz of Porina are interesting. Viewed from

the side clavola segments are apparently uniform, with

sight ventral extension, “sense” hairs encircling the

anterior rim of the segment, and others gathered over a

ventral posterior area; a transverse view shows the seg-

ments are somewhat quadrangular with posterior append-

ages; viewed from above, the lateral angles of the quad-

rangular figure appear now to be the tips of lateral

bipectination, and the shaft of the segment is small and

constricted. The appearance of pectination is greater

beyond the middle of the antenna, where the shaft is

smaller and the lateral elongations are longer, still how-

ever preserving the quadrangular form tr ansversely ; the

apical segment presents a much-specialized structure.

Porina fuscomaculata has an antenna which in the ¢

has complete bipectination, which supports our view of

the specialized form being like Gorgopis; on the ventral

surface there is, however, a “sensory ” tubercle which

brings this definitely bipectinate Porina in line with the

other species of the genus. The bristles appear to be

always placed irrevularly on the different segments of the

clavola in Hepialide, and P. fuscomaculata is a convenient

species to examine in this connection. On the dorsum of

Ist clavola segment are some half-dozen bristles (slender) ;

2nd has several slender and one large bristle on dorsum,

and one large bristle on one of the pectinations ; 3rd, four

slender bristles on dorsum, two large bristles on one

pectination; 4th, two slender, two large bristles, on

dorsum; 5th, one slender bristle middle of dorsum, one

near pectination, three large bristles at intervals on pectin-

ation, and two ditto on opposite pectination ; 6th, two

slender bristles on dorsum, four large on pectination, one

on opposite pectination ; 7th, one slender bristle in front,

one large one at middle of dorsum, three large on one

pectination, one on opposite. In addition to large bristles

placed irregularly on the pectinations, succeeding seg-

ments have on the dorsum of shaft, one large bristle on

Sth; next has two large bristles, then three segments have

one bristle each; next has two bristles; thirteen consecutive

segments have one bristle each; next has two; next one;

Pam

the antennx of Hepialide—Lepidoptera Jugate. 507

next one; next two; four segments have one each; next

two, and so on. Not only is the irregularity in number

and position interesting, but the transition from slender

bristles to stout ones is also.

Nowhere in Porina do we find the ventral “sensory ”

area develop into a definite appendage, but the centring

of “sense” hairs on a ventral area which is a feature of

Porina antennal structure, suggests that such ventral

development might occur, and that we find such in

Trictena is most interesting.

The female antenna of 7'rictena (labyrinthica) is remark-

able in the appendage—distinctly ventral—being very

much larger than the shaft of the segment ; this antenna

presents a very near approach to unipectination in the

remarkable slender appendage. The swollen area above is,

however, the rudiment of lateral pectinations, which we

find highly developed in the male, which has probably the

most specialized Hepialid antennz. Decidedly the male of

Trictena, with its tripectinate antenna, is more highly

specialized than the female. We may then regard a

laterally-pectinated antenna as specialized, and look back

consistently, touching Porina by the way, to the latero-

ventral forms—Pvielus, bacoti, Cibyra, thence to Hepialus

and Oncoptera. We suggest divergence in several direc-

tions from some such form as Oncoptera (but not Oncoptera

itself). It is unlikely there has been convergence from a

number of points represented by several forms of pectinated

antenne, and some others.

We can indeed corroborate to some extent the conclu-

sions arrived at from a study of the antenne, by examination

of the wing neuration. Oncoptera, Hepialus, Charagia,

Gorgopis, bacotii, Trictena, are of one pattern; from a

previous paper I make the following quotation—“ It is

as nearly certain as anything of the sort can be that the

Hepialus-Trictena pattern of neuration is a generalized

pattern, from which the wing patterns of Hectomanes,

Palpiphorus, and of Hepialiscus, and Porina, have been

derived.”

Fig.

<3)

”

10.

Wik,

12.

13.

14.

15,

16,

18.

MS).

20.

21.

(508)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Eriocrania subpurpurella.

”) »

Palxomicra chalcophanes.

Oncoptera intricata.

” 9

Charagia virescens.

% ”

” ”

2 97

» fuscomaculata.

Hectomanes crocea.

Gorgopis libania.

a hn

) bacolit.

)

Pielus hyalinatus.

Trictena labyrinthica.

” ”

Scape, pedicel, first clavola

segments x 200.

Clavola segment x 200

” ” )

Scape, pedicel, two clavola

segments x 100.

Clavola segment x 200

Scape, pedicel, first clavola

segment xX 50.

Base of scape showing bristles

x 200.

Clavola segment lateral view

x 200.

Clavola segment transverse

x 200.

Clavola seginent terminal

x 200.

Clavola segment lateral view

x 200.

Clavola sesyment transverse

x<e2 00;

Clavola segment beneath x

200.

Clavola segment terminal x

200.

Clavola segment x 50.

‘ ia x 200.

. » x50.

Spines on dorsum of shaft x

200.

Clavola segments lateral view

x 200.

Clavola segments transverse

x 200.

Clavola segments lateral view

x 100.

Clavola segments transverse

x 100.

Clavola segments ¢ x 50.

PS (0),

»P) )

Magnification quoted is approximate,

XXI. On the Laparostict Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Grenada

and St. Vineent (W. Indies). By GILBERT J.

Arrow, F.E.S.

[Read October 7th, 1903.]

In 1900 I published a paper in these Transactions dealing

with the Pleurostict Lamellicornia collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith in the islands of St. Vincent and Grenada. The

present paper contains an enumeration of the remainder

of the Lamellicornia of the same collection. The total

number of species of the Laparostict families is 22, making

in all 40 species of Lamellicorns now known froin the

islands. Of the present 22 species, 9 are known as in-

habitants of the mainland of America, 2 more have been

described from other islands of the Antilles, and 10 are

here described as new. One of the latter, <Atenius

tenebrosus, is also a widely-distributed form and, with the

exception of 3 represented by single specimens and 3 by

two specimens, only 3 of the whole number did not occur in

both islands; and two of these three occur elsewhere. The

families dealt with in my previous paper therefore differ

curiously from those now under consideration in the

localization of their species.

The fauna of St. Vincent has assumed a very special

interest since the volcanic catastrophe from which the

island has so recently suffered, and which can hardly have

failed to produce a permanent effect upon its fauna and

flora. It is fortunate that so excellent a collection was

brought from the island before the event, so that future

comparisons will be possible which should throw valuable

light upon biological problems.

I have also characterized in this paper a few Central

American allied forms, as to which confusion has previously

existed.

CopRID&.

Charidium tllesum, Harold.

This insect was found in decaying fruit and other

vegetable débris. It was very common in St. Vincent,

Grenada, and Mustique in the Grenadines. It has only

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Iv. (DEC.)

510 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn

previously been recorded from Mexico, but will no doubt

be found in other West Indian islands.

Pseudocanthon chlorizans, Bates.

A specimen was found in Mustique, and another in

Union Island, in the Grenadines. This species also has

only so far been known from Mexico. The green tinge is

exceedingly faint, as in the specimens from Yucatan, and

traceable only on the head and thorax. The elytra are

quite black in all known examples except the type, found

in Juquila.

The angulate inner edge of the front tibia of the male is

the only substantial distinction between this genus and

Canthon, the parallel-sided thorax mentioned by its author

being only an optical effect produced in a particular position

of the specimen.

Uré..ys Vineentie, sp. n.

Parum elongatus, cupreo-niger, nitidus, capite polito, sat crebre

punctato, oculis supra angustis, clypei margine setoso, medio biden-

tato ; prothorace levissime punctato, lateribus valde angulatis, pro-

funde sulcatis, sulco ad basin attingente ; elytris extus carina integra

apice paulo depressa circumdatis, striatis, striis haud perspicue

punctatis ; pygidio polito convexo, es profunde bi-impresso ; tibiis

anticis gracilibus, tridentatis, dentibus omnibus multo pest medium

positis.

Long. 3-4 mm.

Hab. Sv. VINCENT, Cumberland.

Two specimens of this minute species were found beneath

rubbish on a damp rock near the sea. It has the form and

size of U. pygmeus, Harold, but the upper division of the

eyes is narrow, and there are no supplementary teeth on

the margin of the clypeus. The disk of the latter is with-

out any trace of transverse wrinkles. The slight depression

at the suture of the carina surrounding the elytra suggests

the origin of the apical processes which form such a

remarkable feature of some of the larger species of this

genus,

Onthophagus Antillarum, sp. n.

Fusco-niger, opacus, supra parce brevissime setosus, pygidio

femoribusque 4 posterioribus plerumque flavis, elytris basi nonnun-

quam flavo-maculatis ; clypeo integro, leviter punctato-rugoso, maris

Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vineent (W. Indies). 511

vertice cornnbus 2 intus curvatis, cum carina connectiva cirenlum

fere formantibus, armato ; prothorace minute sat regulariter punctato,

antice utrinque profunde impresso, lobo crasso antico formante,

postice medio leviter canaliculato, margine angulato ; elytris subtiliter

striatis, striis haud punetatis, interstitiis minutissime et disperse

punctulatis, punctis setiferis, elytris nonnunquam minus nigris, basi

vage rufo-flavo-maculatis ; pygidio, abdominis lateribus, femoribusque

4 posterioribus plerumque flavis, pedum reliquis fusco-castaneis, tibiis

anticis acute 4-dentatis.

Long. 65 mm.

Hab. St. VINCENT; GRENADA, Balthazar, Mt. Gay

Estate.

The armature is described from the best-developed male,

in which the horns are about as long as the head and, with

the connecting ridge, form three-quarters of a circle. The

female is similar, but the head bears only two transverse

ridges, and the thorax shows only vestiges of the anterior

depressions. O, Antillarum is allied to O. marginicollis,

Harold, which js similar in size and form, while the traces

of yellow marking often present in the new species also

point to this affinity. It is less shining, however, the

striz are not punctured, and the horns of the male, although

not longer, are more slender.

APHODIID A.

Aphodius luridus, Olivier.

A single specimen of this almost universally distributed

species was found on the Leeward side of Grenada.

Aphodius cuniculus, Chevrolat.

This was found in numbers in St. Vincent, Grenada, and

Mustique, and is no doubt distributed throughout the

Antilles. It also occurs on the American mainland.

Atenius strigicauda, Bates.

This widely-distributed species was found in numbers

in St. Vincent and Grenada, and a specimen was also

brought from Becquia Island. It generally occurred

beneath rubbish in swampy places.

512 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn

Atenius frater, sp. n.

A. strigicaude forma et magnitudo, sed differt capite crebre

punctato, haud ruguloso, elytrorum interstitiis minus convexis,

sparsissime punctulatis, metasterno femoribusque omnibus disperse

et grosse punctatis.

Long. 5-55 mm.

Hab. St. VINCENT, South end; GRENADA, Leeward side.

At first sight this species is indistinguishable from

A. strigicauda, but a close examination reveals slight

differences which in combination sufficiently establish its

distinctness. The punctures on the head are very fine,

and, though not uniformly distributed, are everywhere

distinct, and do not change into rstaltdtes anteriorly as in

A, strigicauda. The elytral interstices show lateral strive

behind, as in that species, but unlike it the interstices are

strewn with minute punctures. The evenly-punctured

surface of the metasternum and middle and hind femora

perhaps constitute the most evident difference between

the two, these in A. strigicauda being smooth except for

clusters of about half-a-dozen punctures on each side of the

median furrow of the metasternum and at the distal

extremities of the femora.

This appears to be a very local species, but considerable

numbers were found at the southern end of St. Vincent

and a few specimens in Grenada (Grand Etang Lake and

Mount Gay Estate). It occurred under the same conditions

as the allied form, but in different places.

Atenius terminalis, Chevrolat.

Numerous specimens were found in Grenada of the form

referred to by Chevrolat as inhabiting most of the Antilles.

Its apparent absence from St. Vincent is rather remarkable.

All our specimens have the yellow border extending round

the elytra from shoulder to shoulder.

Atexnius tenebrosus, sp. 0.

Niger, opacus, griseo-vestitus, latus, parum convexus, capite densis-

sime rugose punctato ; anaiihannes creberrime sed distincte punctato ;

elytris striatis, striis haud profunde punctatis, interstitiis subcari-

natis, haud ie 3 prothoracis lateribus medio fere rectis, angulis

eee arcuatis,

Lat.2mm. Long. 4°5 mm.

Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vincent (W. Indies), 513

Hab. GRENADA; TRINIDAD; BraziL, Marajo, ete.

A single specimen was found by Mr. Smith in a marshy

place on Mount Gay Estate, Grenada. It agrees with a

specimen in the British Museum from Trinidad and others

from Brazil bearing the unpublished name tenebrosus,

Reiche. The species is very near A. tmbricatus, Melsh.,

which has been recorded from Cuba by Harold under the

name of A. sordidus. A. tenebrosus, however, is a broader

insect, more finely and densely punctured on the head and

thorax, and without visible setze upon the elytral coste.

Alxnius Vincentix, sp. 0.

Valde elongatus, nigro-piceus, opacus, clypeo, prothoracis margine

antica pedibusque rufis ; clypeo bidentato, dentibus minutis, capite

antice nitido, transversimn rugato, postice crebre punctato ; prothorace

minute, fere confluenter, punctato, angulis omnino obliteratis, sulea

obsoleta media postice impresso; elytris anguste carinatis, ubique

punctato-rugoso.

Long. 3°3 mm.

Hab. St. VINCENT, Leeward side and South end.

This was always found near the sea, beneath vegetable

débris, It is a species closely allied to A. scalptifrons,

Bates, and A. Steinheili, Harold—especially the former. It

is more elongate, however, the posterior angles of the

thorax are completely obliterated, and the head is more

coarsely sculptured and shining,

Atenius polyglyptus, Bates.

A number of specimens agreeing with the variety

jalapensis of Bates occurred both in St. Vincent and

Grenada. They were also found under rubbish, but

generally beside forest streams at an elevation of 250—

1000 feet.

- Atxnius gracilis, Melsh.

Several specimens were found at Balthazar and Mount

Gay Estate in Grenada, and one in St. Vincent. The

species occurs throughout the Western Hemisphere.

Atzxnius, sp.

A single specimen from Mustique Island of a species

near A. polyglyptus, but probably new.

514 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn

Psammobius parvulus, Chevr.

This minute insect was very commonly found on the

wing at sunset in both St. Vincent and Grenada. The

species was described from a single Cuban specimen which

I have not been able to trace, but M. Oberthiir has

kindly sent me specimens from Cuba which there is no

reason to doubt belong to Chevrolat’s species, and I am

not able to distinguish our series from these. The

Psammobius from Mexico and Guatemala identified by

Bates as P. parvulus, although closely related, is not the

same, and the Amazonian specimens also ascribed to it by

him, and which I have seen in M. Oberthiir’s collection,

represent a third species.

For the sake of clearness it may be well to re-name the

Central American form shortly described by Bates, which

I will call P. Batesi. This is generally larger than

P. parvulus and considerably stouter, the width of the

elytra together being greater than that of the thorax,

whereas they are of equal width in Chevrolat’s species,

producing a very characteristic linear form. The head

and prothorax are less markedly darker than the elytra in

P. Batesi, and the thoracic puncturation is sparser.

Saprosites grenadensis, sp. 0.

S. parallelo affinis sed paulo minor, minus grosse punctatus. Rufo-

piceus, capite prothoraceque magis rufescentibus, prothorace haud

crebre sed irregulariter punctato, elytris profunde striatis, striis

fundo punctatis, metasterno late canaliculato, segmentis abdominali-

bus subtus minutissime punctatis; tibiis anticis extus minute

serratis, dentibus tribus majoribus.

Long. 4 mm.

Hab. GRENADA, Grand Etang (1900 feet).

A single specimen only was found under the bark of a

decaying log. Its colour is distinctly red on head and

prothorax, but this is probably not a constant specific

feature. It differs from S. parallelus, Harold, of Central

and South America, by its smaller size and finer punctura-

tion. The elytral strize are deeper, and the punctures of

which they are formed less distinctly traceable. The

abdomen, which is smooth in S. parallelus, is very thickly

and finely punctured. As in the other species, there is a

minute tooth between the two upper of the three large

teeth of the anterior tibia.

Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vincent (W. Indies). 515

ORPHNID.

Hygidium vincentig, sp. n.

Parum elongatum, nigro-piceum, capite crebre punctato, clypeo

antice leviter acuminato, prothorace grosse punctato, (¢, medio

longitudinaliter excavato, minus dense punctato) lateribus valde

arcuatis, grosse crenulatis, setigeris, postice perspicue marginato ;

scutello levi, modice elongato ; elytris vix quam eapite et prothorace

longioribus, ical wbique ennnvethe: haud costatis, dense strigose

punctatis, punctis setigeris.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. St. VINCENT, La Souffriere Volcano, Petit Bordelle

Valley, 1000—2500 feet.

Two specimens, one of each sex, were found under logs.

The male is probably almost at the minimum develop-

ment. The species is near 4. parvulum, Westw., but

rather more elongate, although considerably shorter than

4. colombianum, Westw. The elytral costze have almost

entirely vanished. The sides of the prothorax are much

more ‘distinctly and regularly crenated than in &. parvu-

lum, and the flattened hind margin is broader. ,

It must be noted here that the Central American insects

described by Bates as varieties of £4. colombianum are

quite distinct specifically from that form. Both sexes

are smaller and relatively shorter, much more strongly

punctured, especially upon the head and metasternum,

and with a less narrow and parallel-sided scutellum. In

the male the thorax is almost rugosely punctured, whereas

in Westwood’s species it 1s polished and shining, Although

in the latter there are large scattered punctures in the

dorsal cavity, they are of a different nature, and do not

interfere with the smoothness of the surface.

4{. colombiaxum seems to inhabit Western South

America as far south as Chili, from which country there

are two female specimens in our collection which cannot

be distinguished from it. The Central American species

ranges from Nicaragua to Bogota. It should be called

4h. cribratum, that name having been given to the typical

specimen figured by Batesas a variety of &. colombianwm.

It is curious that a remarkable sexual characteristic of

these insects has been overlooked, although Westwood has

figured the structure of the genus in such detail. The

front tibia of the female has three external teeth and a

very strong short spine internally. In the male this spine

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.) 35

516 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn

is wanting, but is replaced by a supplementary tooth

anterior to the others and directed internally, so that the

tibia becomes a broad digging instrument, recalling the

same member in the mole-cricket.

HyBosoriD&.

Celodes nigripennis, sp. n.

Castaneo-rufus, elytris nigris; clypeo breve, fere rugoso, fronte

polito, paulo tumido ; prothorace minutissime et sparsissime punctato

(¢ antice medio leviter excavato) ; scutello polito ; elytris lineato-

punctatis, lineis haud perspicue geminatis, linea suturali profunde

impressa ; pedibus corporeque subtus flavo-rufis, tibiis anticis parum

longis, extus haud copiose denticulatis, dentibus tribus majoribus,

quorum medio maximo,

Long. 4°5 mm.

Hab. St. VINCENT, Leeward side.

The species of Calodes are very much alike in their

general form and appearance, and require careful examina-

tion to di stinguish them, C., nigripennis is a small species

about the size of CL parvulus, Westw., but besides the

difference in the colour of the elytra these are rather more

finely and uniformly punctured, the rows of punctures

being less evidently paired. The clypeus is short, not

much narrowed anteriorly, and shining, but not smooth

The anterior tibia is not elongated, the apical tooth is

short and rounded, and the minute denticulations are few.

TROGID.

Trox suberosus, Fab.

Specimens of this were brought from St. Vincent by Mr.

Smith, who has noted it as occurring commonly in fungi.

It is strange that it was not found in Grenada, as it is a

very common species distributed over the greater part of

the New World.

Acanthocerus relucens, Bates.

The recorded range of this species is from Jalapa, in

Mexico, to Panama, but it will probably be found to have

a much wider distribution. Five specimens were brought

by Mr. Smith from St. Vincent agreeing with the type in

all essentials. The lines of punctures upon the elytra are

Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vincent (W. Indies). 517

exceedingly faint, and the marginal line of the thorax

is rather further from the anterior edge at the angles.

But the species is in certain respects very variable. A

remarkable peculiarity of this genus, which has not

previously been noticed, is the extreme variability in size

of the division of the eye situated upon the upper part of

the head, which in this species diminishes from a large,

almost circular disc to a mere narrow vestige, and in a

larger series would probably be found to vanish altogether,

as it has done in some specimens of Acanthocerus vicarius,

Bates, which I have examined. ‘To show how remarkable

is this peculiarity I have sketched the heads of a series of

four specimens of Acanthocerus relucens, brought respect-

ively from St. Vincent, Mexico, Guatemala and Honduras.

As far as our materials show, individuals from the same

place are similar, but there is no real segregation into

geographical races, nor is the variation in the eyes corre-

lated with the variation in other respects to which

the species is subject. All the specimens of A. relucens

from St. Vincent have the eyes well developed above.

These specimens were found in different parts of the

island and at different times of year.

. Cleotus rufopriceus, sp. n.

Paulo elongatus, rufo-piceus, nitidus, capite strigoso-rugoso, medio

leviter elevato, clypeo antice late arcuato, medio vix angulato ; pro-

thorace erebre strigoso-punctato, undique marginato, angulis anticis

productis, posticis late arcuatis; scutello parce punctato ; elytris-

omnino punctato-striatis, postice multo profundius ; pedibus lte

rufis, tibiis anticis acute serratis, dentibus tribus apicalibus majoribus,

518 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn

tibiis intermediis et posticis latis, supra politis, subtus longitudinaliter

striatis, tarsis omnibus subtus dense fulvo-pilosis.

Long. 5 mm.*

Hab. St. VINCENT, Chateaubelair, Petit Bordelle Valley ;

GRENADA, Grand Etang (1900 feet).

This species has about the size and shape of C. brunnipes

and C. bidens, but is more strongly punctured. Its non-

metallic deep red colour distinguishes it from all the other

species known to me.

It occurred under bark and on brushwood.

Claotus crassicollis, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, prothoracis lateribus pedibusque rufopiceis, capite

tumido, rugoso, medio sulea transversa curvata levi impresso, clypeo

transverse strigoso, margine arcuato ; prothorace irregulariter punc-

tato, marginibus lateralibus (postice nonnihil extensis) valde incras-

satis, linea marginali impressa completa demarcatis, margine posteriori

medio fere angulato, angulis anticis et posticis curvatis ; scutello

parvo, polito, epimeris mesosternalibus supra vix perspicuis ; elytris

conjunctim exacte hemisphiericis, lineato-punctatis, punctis elongatis,

setas albas decumbentes ferentibus, interstitiis postice et lateraliter

fortiter et acute elevatis, costas interruptas formantibus, humeris

tuberculiferis; tibiis quatuor anterioribus paulo longis, anticis extus

minute serratis, singulo apice dentibus duobus majoribus approxi-

matis, intermediis leviter incurvatis (¢, intus apice fortiter curvato-

producto), posticis paulo brevioribus, subcompressis, posterioribus

quatuor longitudinaliter striatis.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab, Sv. VINCENT, Morne a Garon (1500 feet).

Two specimens of this, apparently representing the two

sexes, were found in rotten wood. It is a very well-

marked form, which may be compared with C. posticus,

Germ., although not closely related to that or any other

known species. It is of similar colour and form to

C. posticus, although rather larger, and the elytral cost

are similar, but much more prominent, and extending over

half the total area of the elytra. The lines of punctures

are fewer, and each puncture contains an elongate white

scale. The most distinctive feature, however, is the

* As these insects have been measured sometimes in the rolled-up

and sometimes in the extended condition, it is necessary to say that

I have given measurements of them in the condition of normal

extension.

Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vincent (W. Indies). 519

conspicuous submarginal thickening of the pronotum

extending on each side from the anterior angle to about a

quarter of the length of the base.

While dealing with Tropical American species of Clwotus,

I may conveniently point out that Bates has wrongly

recorded C. metallicus, Har., from Central America. In

the Biologia Cent.-Americana he has referred a specimen

from Panama and another from Costa Rica to that species,

but the two are not conspecific, nor is either C. metallicus.

The latter was described from specimens collected by

Bates at Ega, of which a series is in the British Museum.

It is distinguished from both the other forms by the serrate

humeral margins of the elytra, the three acutely-raised

interstices at their apical end, and the narrower and more

curved intermediate tibiz, which have three or four strize

on their lower face.

The specimen from Bugaba, Panama, agrees with another

from the same locality referred by Bates to his C. vividi-

pennis, of which all true examples are from Chiriqui. The

distinctive characters of this undescribed species are shortly

diagnosed as follows :—

Claotus bugabensis, sp. n.

C. viridipenne valde affinis, differt magnitudine paulo minore, colore

magis cupreo, prothoracis disco impunctato, linea marginali antice

medio interrupto, tarsisque anticis tenuioribus.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. PANAMA, Bugaba.

The Brazilian species which appears to have been

mistaken by Bates for C. metallicus, Har., and from which

I cannot distinguish the Costa Rican specimen mentioned

above, is also characterized here :-—

Cleotus acutipes, sp. 0.

C. metallico et viridipenne valde affinis, sed tibiis anticis fortiter

dentatis, dentibus tribus apicalibus majoribus: tibiis intermediis

paulo latis, subtus levibus, prothorace prope lateribus solum leviter

punctato ; elytrorum marginibus humeralibns haud serratis, inter-

stitiis apicalibus leviter hand acute elevatis.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro; Costa Rica, Irazu.

This is no doubt a widely-distributed species.

520 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Laparostict Lamellicorn, ete.

In conclusion I describe, supplementary to my previous

paper, a Pleurostict species belonging to a genus of Melo-

lonthidz not hitherto recorded from the West Indian

Islands, a single representative having been found in Mr.

Smith’s collection since the publication of my enumeration

of the Pleurostict Lamellicornia.

Faula insularis, sp. 1.

Ferruginea, prothorace nigro-maculato, elytris paulo’ infuscatis,

capite supra granuloso, elypeo arcuato; prothorace punctato-rugoso,

macula magna media duabusque parvis lateralibus nitidis, media

nigra ad margines antice et postice fere attingente, postice dilatata,

pronoti lateribus valde angulatis, angulis posticis acutis, margine

postica spina acuta medio instructa ; scutello fere circulari, grosse

punctato, antice profunde indentato ; elytris ad humeros quam pro-

thorace paulo Jatioribus, deinde leviter ampliatis, ante medium

usque ad apices angustatis, punctato-rugosis, dense breviter erecte

pilosis, vage costatis, humeris prominentibus, nitidis; pedibus graci-

libus, rufis, tibiis anticis tridentatis, dente superiori ad medium

posito.

Long. 10 mm. Lat. max. 5 mm.

Hab, Sv. Vincent, Leeward side (500 feet).

A single female specimen of this species was found. It

is easily recognizable by the smooth black area shaped like

a vine-leaf occupying the centre of the prothorax. In the

shape of the scutellum and the sharp tooth m the middle

of the hind margin of the thorax, which fits into the deep

notch in the former, it resembles Ceraspis and Ancistrosoma,

but it has the typical form and size of Fawla as well as the

entire claws distinctive of that genus.

XXII. Note on the habits of Chironomus (Orthocladius)

sordidellus. By THomas HaArotp Taytor, M.A.,

E.ES.

[Read October 7th, 1903. ]

THE larva of this insect lives submerged in brisk streams.

It has the usual structure of a bloodworm, but like other

surface-feeding Chironomus-larvee, it is greenish in colour,

and lacks the ventral gills on the last segment but one.

When full-grown it measures 7 mm. in length. This

larva constructs for its abode a hollow cylindrical tube, one

end of which it attaches to the surface of a stone, leaving

the other end free and open. The material of the tube is

furnished by the secretion of the salivary glands without

any admixture of foreign substances. Within the long

and flexible silken tube the larva may be seen creeping to

and fro, or, if stationary, bending its body up and down in

the undulations often practised by tube-dwelling larve,

as a means of renewing water which has been vitiated by

respiration. Pure water is admitted by special inlets,

which may be either mere slits or roundish holes. The

food of the larva consists of unicellular and filamentous

alge. Although these grow in abundance on the stones

around, the strength of the current, and the incessant

oscillations of the tube make it a matter of some difficulty

for the larva to browse upon them. But since the tube

itself soon becomes overgrown with diatoms and other

microscopic algze, the larva, thrusting its head out of the

terminal opening and holding on by its anal feet, is able

to search the exposed surface of its own tube. The range

of its body is of course very small, but the tube is flexible,

and admits of being bent upon itself or even doubled in

two. By reaching out, the larva can draw up to its mouth

any part of the surface of its tube, which thus not only

affords lodging, but board as well.

When the larva is full-grown, it transforms the old tube

into a pupal case. It fetains the free end for its abode,

and converts the rest into an anchoring strand by drawing

the sides together with threads of silk. The free end

becomes dilated into an oval chamber, the terminal aper-

ture of which is somewhat more narrowed than in the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.)

522 Mr. T. H. Taylor’s Note on the

larval dwelling. The last thing the

larva does before pupation is to make

a new aperture at the fixed end,

which may be distinguished as the

front opening. This aperture is

seldom single; generally two, three

or even four small circular holes are

arranged in a ring around the attach-

ment of the stalk. The advantage of

several small holes over one large one

is obvious; they do not weaken the

strand so much, nor are they so

liable to be torn by the force of the

stream. Whenall is ready the larva

pupates ; the old larval skin is usually

allowed to float out of the tube, for it

is seldom seen afterwards.

The pupa of this species of Chirono-

mus has minute prothoracie horns in

which no apertures are visible, and

an effective tail-fin. It lies in the

chamber with its head towards the

attached end, that is, pointing up-

stream. It maintains an undulatory

movement with its body, which causes

water to be drawn in at the front

opening and passed out behind. As

the front opening looks up-stream

and the hinder down-stream, it follows

that the course of the respiratory cur-

rent is parallel to and in the same

direction as the flow of the stream.

When, in the course of a few days,

the fly is ready to emerge, the pupa,

by means of the hooks on its body,

forces a way through the front open-

ing. It then rises to the surface of

the water, when the skin at once

splits open along the back and allows

the fly to escape.

It frequently happens that while

the pupa is still within its case, the

six-legged larva of a water-mite is

found attached to its body, generally Fig. 1. Larval tube of

_ ; Chironomus (Orthocla-

on the upper part of the thorax. dius\ sondage!

habits of Chironomus (Orthocladius) sordidellus, 528

Its colour, which is bright red,

renders the mite conspicuous

even through the wall of the

tube. The mite does not appear

to do any injury to its host,

even when, as sometimes occurs,

two are present on the same

pupa. It has not been seen

upon the larva. When the pupa

is extricating itself from its

chamber, the mite occasionally

becomes dislodged, and is left

behind, evidently ill at ease, as

its agitated movements show.

Generally, however, the mite is

carried up to the surface of the

water together with the pupa

itself. And then an unexpected

thing happens. One might

imagine that when the fly

emerges, the mite would remain

attached to the pupal skin ; but

such is not the case. When the

pupa rises to the surface, the

mite is apparently aware of what

is going on, and, all alert, at the

very moment when the old skin

cracks, it releases its hold and

transfers itself to the body of

the half-extricated fly. It is

interesting to watch the mite,

hitherto perfectly passive, exe-

cute this rapid and sudden move-

ment. ‘Thus when the fly leaves

the water and rises into the air,

the mite, still a six-legged larva,

is borne along with it. The

ultimate fate of the mite can

only be guessed at.

My best thanks are due to

Professor Miall for his valuable ~

assistance during the preparation

of this note.

Fig. 2. Pupal tube of Chirono-

mus (Orthocladius)

sordidellus x 8.

( 525)

XXIIL. Additions to the Rhynchotal fauna of Central

America. By W. L. Distant, F.E.S.

[Read October 7th, 1903. ]

My last contribution to our knowledge of the Rhynchotal

fauna of Central America appeared-in the pages of our

Transactions for 1900 (p. 687). The following descriptions

and notes refer to a sinall collection recently sent me by

Prof. P. Biolley, and which was made in Costa Rica, It

contained three new species, and two others not enumerated

in the “ Biologia Centrali Americana.”

HETEROPTERA.

Family PENTATOMIDA.

CYDNINA.

Cyrtomenus vestigiatus, sp. 0.

Piceous, corium more or less piceous-brown ; legs, antennee and

rostrum, pale castaneous ; head broad, rounded, lateral lobes some-

what transversely rugose, lateral margins of the central lobe strongly

defined, lateral lobes not meeting in front of central lobe, and

thus cleft at their apices ; pronotum with a strong transverse im-

pression near middle, this impression and the lateral and anterior

margins, sparingly, strongly, linearly punctate, a few coarse punctures

on anterior disk of posterior lobe; scutellum very sparingly but

very coarsely punctate, its apex impunctate, and distinctly posteriorly

depressed ; corium somewhat thickly and finely punctate ; membrane

pale ochraceous, longly passing abdominal apex ; rostrum reaching the

intermediate coxee, its apex piceous; intermediate and posterior

femora with a few coarse lateral punctures ; tibize with outer series

of strong piceous spines, inwardly longly hirsute.

Long. 8 to 9 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica, San José (Biolley).

Taken at electric lamps.

Allied to C. mirabilis, Perty, from which it differs by its

shorter and more robust form, and its more sparsely and

deeply punctate scutellum.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART Iv. (DEC.)

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Additions to the

lon)

PENTATOMIN A.

Hdessa cervus.

Kdessa cervus, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11, p. 283 (1787).

Hab. Costa Rica, Surubres, near San Mateo (Biolley).

Not previously recorded from Central America.

Family LYGAIDA.

" APHANIN ES.

Gonatas costaricensis, sp. 0.

Piceous-brown ; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and

body beneath, piceous ; veins and lateral margins of corium, rostrum,

antenne, and tibie, luteous; antennw with the first, second, and

third joints hirsute, fourth pilose, second joint longest ; head glabrous

with a few long hairs at apex ; pronotum with the lateral margins

longly pilose, anterior lobe glabrous, posterior lobe sparingly punctate

and somewhat obscurely pilose, lateral posterior angles slightly

nodulose ; scutellum long, triangular, foveately discally ceed a

few scattered hairs on posterior half, anterior half glabrous ; corium

distinctly ochraceously pilose, and punctate between the veins,

margins of clavus, luteous ; intermediate and posterior tibia some-

what longly setose ; membrane subhyaline.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab, Costa Rica, Surubres, near San Mateo (Biolley).

Allied to G. diversus, Dist., but ditfering by the glabrous

head, anterior pronotal lobe, and anterior half of scutellum ;

corium shining, punctate, without spots, veins and lateral

margins luteous ; pronotum shorter, ete.

HOMOPTERA.

Family CICADID.

Odopea liolleyi, sp. n.

¢. Body dark chocolate-brown ; vertex of head—excluding a few

obscure spots, lateral and posterior margins of pronotum and two

oblique discal spots at both anterior and posterior margins, two

discal linear posteriorly broadly angulated spots, bordered on each

side by a curved oblong linear spot, and some obscure linear

markings to mesonotum, basal cruciform elevation, sternum, opercula

and a broad basal annulation to tibize, obscure olivaceous-green ;

Rhynchotal fauna of Central America. 527

abdomen beneath thickly, ochraceously, very finely pilose. Tegmina

pale dull ochraceous, semihyaline ; costal membrane and veins,

brownish-ochraceous, or very obscure olivaceous, apical two-thirds

somewhat thickly spotted with fuscous, the spots almost entirely

situate on the veins ; wings a little paler and subhyaline, the veins

brownish-ochraceous, but unspotted.

Long. excl. tegm. ¢ 32 millim, Exp. tegm. 85 millim.

Hab, Costa Rica, Cerro Carisia (Biolley).

Alhed to O. medea, Stal.; body much longer and more

robust; tegmina pale ochraceous and with the apical two-

thirds of venation somewhat thickly spotted; opercula

much more truncated interiorly, and therefore more widely

separated ; colour altogether darker, ete.

Carineta postica.

Carineta postica, Walk., Ins. Saund. Hom., p. 238 (1858).

Hab. Costa Rica, Cariblanco, Sarapiqui (Ch.

Lankester) ; COLOMBIA.

Not previously recorded from Central America.

XXIV. Notes on some Central and South American

Erycinidee, with descriptions of new species. By

FREDERICK Du CANE GopmAN, D.C.L., F.R.S., etc.

[Read October 7th, 1903, ]

PEATES" XOXOXO XN PAN De kee TE

THIS paper includes descriptions of various South American

Erycinide that have been accumulating for many years in

my collection. The opportunity is also taken to correct

certain synonymy, and of figuring a few forms of which one

sex only was previously known, or which had been figured

from specimens in bad condition.

Mr. Schaus [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv, pp. 397-406

(1902)] has recently described twenty-six species of this

group from Central or South America. One of these

(Hurygona tarinta) I had already characterized in MS.,

and a figure of this insect and three others are added

in the accompanying plates.

MESOSEMIA PHACE, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 1, t.)

¢. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis ocello nigro ad cellule finem albo tri-

punctato, lineis quatuor transversis, una ad basin, secunda et tertia

ultra eam ocellum includentibus, quarta arcuata latiore a costa ante

apicem ad angulum analem extendente, viridibus (aut ceruleis) ;

posticis lineis “angustis septem transversis coloris ejusdem ; subtus

griseis, anticis ocello ut supra sed linea ochracea circumcincta, lineis

undulatis fuscis per alarum medium, altera latiore margini exteriori

propiore ; posticis lineis angustis variis undulatis coloris ejusdem,

anticis et posticis macula in medio marginis externi nigra, illa in

posticis multo majore.

Hab, British GUIANA, Roraima, Quonga (Whitely).

Four specimens from Guiana, all males, three from

Roraima and one froin Quonga. The stripes crossing the

wings seen in certain lights are of an emerald green

colour, while in other positions they are of a dark blue.

Allied to JZ. bella, Sharpe, but may be distinguished by

having more transverse bands on the upper side.

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.)

530 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

MESOSEMIA THERA, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 2, 2.)

¢. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis ocello indistinctoad cellule finem nigro,

albo-punctato, fasciis tribus submarginalibus communibus exteriore

angustissima, costa anticarum et ad alarum basin céruleis; subtus

sriseo-fuscis, anticis ocello sicut supra, sed punctis tribus albis no-

tatis et lineis obseurioribus incertis circumcinetis, fascia lata sub-

marginali coloris ejusdem ; posticis lineis angustis undulatis variis

fuscis, puncto nigro in cellula ornatis.

Hab. BRazt., Chapada (H. H. Smith).

A single male much resembling J/. orbona described

below. It may, however, be readily distinguished from

that species by the ocellus in the primaries being smaller

and less conspicuous; the blue stripes, too, on both wings

are much narrower.

MESOSEMIA ORBONA, sp. n: (Plate XX, fig. 3, 2.)

d. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis ocello magno ad cellule finem nigro

albo-pupillato et czeruleo circumcincto, fasciis duabus communibus

submarginalibus, tertia prope basin (in posticis angustissima) et ad

basin ipsam ceruleis ; subtus griseo-fuscis, anticis ocello sicut supra

sed albo-tripunctato, lineis duabus obscurioribus circumeinctis, fascia

latiore margini propiore coloris ejusdem ; posticis lineis variis an-

custis undulatis (marginem versus latioribus) obscuris, puncto in

cellula nigro.

Hab. SURINAM, Paramaribo (ea Semper’).

Dr. Semper sent us some years ago a single male

example of this species in bad condition, under the name

of IL. ephyne, Cram., but it does not agree with the figure

of that insect. It is not very unlike the Colombian J/.

thetis, G. and S., but the arrangement of the bands is

different, those towards the outer margins especially being

much wider and of a brighter colour. J/. orbona also

resembles J/. bella, Sharpe, from Brazil, but the blue at

the base of the wings on the upper-side is interrupted by

a dark transverse band, and it is likewise different beneath.

CREMNA MALIS, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 4, %.)

¢. Alis fuscis maculis albis transversis notatis, anticis exterioribus

lunulatis ; posticis maculis submarginalibus valde angulatis, aliis

irregularibus interioribus albis, inter lineas et in margine exteriore

some Central and South American Erycinide. 531

squamis ceruleo-griseis indutis ; subtus pallidioribus, colore albo

magis extenso et dimidio basali maculis nigro-limbatis,

Hab. W. Cotomsia, San Pablo, Rio San Juan (ex

Staudinger).

Very like C. beltiana, Bates, from North Brazil (of which

the female only is known), but the white spots on the

upper-side are much smaller, the marginal ones being

obsolete ; and the posterior wings towards the anal angle

are clothed with bluish-grey scales, which show a tendency

to form a band between the two submarginal white lines.

HYPHILARIA ORSEDICE, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 5, 9.)

Q. Alis pallide flavis, anticis costa et triente distali fuscis, linea

submarginali ad costam in maculas fracta, ad angulum analem angus-

tissima, notata; posticis margine externo late fusco, lineis duabus

(exteriore angustissima) pallide flavis ; subtus sicut supra sed anticis

prope marginem externum maculis variis quoque flavis notatis.

Hab, VENEZUELA (Mus. Brit.); BRITIsH GUIANA,

Roraima ( W/itely).

Similar to H. nicias (Stoll), but without the transverse

bands crossing the wings at the end of the cell. Two

specimens in our collection and one in the British Museum.

EURYGONA AURANTIACA.

Hurygona elmira, Hew., Ent. Monthly Mag. vi, p. 226 (1870).

In the “ Biologia” we omitted to note that Hewitson

had described /. aurantiaca, Godm. and Salv., under the

name of #, elmira; the former, however, has two years’

priority.

EURYGONA LICINIA, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 6, 2.)

?. Alis fuscis, posticis litura magna alba rotundata prope mar-

ginem externum ad angulum analem extendente ; subtus griseis,

posticis dimidio distali fere albo, linea communi a costa anticarum

ultra cellulam ad medium marginis interni extendente ferruginea,

ultra eam in anticis fascia transversa obscura, posticis macula ad

medium marginis externi, aliisque minutis angulum analem versus,

margine externo ipso flavo limbato. ;

Hab. BRITISH GUIANA, Roraima (Whitely).

On the under-side this insect closely resembles the cor-

responding sex of #, mys, H.S., but the large white patch

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.) 36

532 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

occupying nearly half the upper-side of the secondaries at

once separates it from that species. I have a very long

series of both sexes of #. mys, but none of them show any

white on the upper-side. £. effinia, Hew., from Ecuador,

somewhat resembles £. licinia above, but is quite different

beneath. One specimen.

EURYGONA AUTHE, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 7, 3.)

¢. Alis fuscis, anticis litura magna infra cellulam ad marginem

internum extendente rufo-aurantia, hine ad basin ferruginea ; pos-

ticis fere eodem modo notatis, sed litura aurantia ultra (nee infra)

cellulam posita ; subtus pallide fuscis, fascia communi a cellula anti-

carum ad marginem internum prope angulum analem posticarum

extendente alba, intus linea fusca limbata; posticis punctis in serie

submarginali nigris albo circumcincetis, illo in medio maximo,

Hab. BRazit, Chapada (1. H. Smith).

Very like £. eubule, Feld., from Central America, but

with the orange colour on the secondaries not extending

to the outer margin. On the under-side, too, there is a

broad white transverse band nearly crossing both wings.

EURYGONA RHODOGYNE, sp.n. (Plate XX, figs. 8, ¢; 9, 2.)

dé. Alisnigro-fuscis ceruleo tinctis, anticis fascia obliqua prope cos-

tam ultra cellulam fere ad medium marginis externi extendente rufo-

aurantiaca; subtus rufo-griseis, fascia ferruginea communi a costa

anticarum ultra cellulam ad medium marginis interni posticarum

extensa, altera sinuata (in anticis fere obsoleta) exteriore, anticis mar-

gine interno grisescentiore ; posticis ocello parvo, extus albo notato,

in medio marginis externi, aliisque minimis in serie angulum

analem versus.

@. Majore et multo pallidiore, fascia anticarum multo latiore,

Hlab, COLOMBIA (Wheele7).

One pair, not very unlike Z. ewhemerus, Hew., from the

Amazons, of which the female only has been described ; it

differs, however, in having the band on the primaries

longer and less graduate, and in the female reaching the

costal margin; the markings, too, on the under-side are

more distinct. The blue colour on the upper surface is

only visible in certain lights, and is entirely wanting in

the female. Of 4H. ewhemerus I have two females obtained

by Bates at Para,

some Central and South American Erycinide. 588

EURYGONA TARINTA. (Plate XX, fig. 10, 4)

Hurygona tarinta, Schaus, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv,

p. 398 (1902).

Hab, COLOMBIA.

I now have three males of this species, two sent by Dr.

Staudinger and one by Wheeler, the latter being labelled

as coming from the neighbourhood of Bogota. It is allied

to LH. euwpepla, G. and 8.,* but differs in having the blue

lustre on the upper-side brighter and on the primaries

confined to the outer half. This colour is seen only when

the insect is held in a certain light. The female is pro-

bably of a pale fuscous colour with a broad white band

crossing both wings, as in Z. ewpepla.

EKURYGONA FABIA, sp.n. (Plate XX, fig. 11, 2%.)

dg. FH. tarinte similis sed dimidio anticarum et margine externo

posticarum purpurascentioribus; subtus magis ferrugineis, fascia

externa fere obsoleta, posticis ocello ultra ineam albam absente.

Hab. EK. Peru, Pebas (ee Staudinger), Sarayacu

(Buckley).

Of this insect I have three males, and have seen others

from San Paulo in the late Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

E. fabia is a very close ally of H. ewpepla, from which it

differs in having the blue of the fore-wing less extended,

and on the under-side it is of a more ferruginous colour,

the ocellus of the hind-wing, too, is not edged with white

externally.

MESENOPSIS PULCHELLA, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 12, 9.)

2. Alis nigris, litura lata mediana a basi extensa (ultra cellulam

albo-terminata) rufo-aurantia ; posticis quoque litura mediana a basi

fere ad marginem externum extendente ; subtus sicut supra sed ciliis

ad angulum analem posticarum albis ; corpore supra nigro ; palpis

et pedibus ochraceis; capite, collo et ad abdominis basin aurantiacis,

Hab, AMAzONS, Massauary (ex Staudinger).

A very close ally of JZ melanochlora, G. and S., from

Central America, but differs from it in having the broad

* Mr. Schaus quotes this insect under the name of £. eupiola,

Hew. This is doubtless an error, as Hewitson described no such

species,

534 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

median streak on the primaries less extended outwardly

and in being white beyond the celi; the streak on the

secondaries, too, does not reach the outer margin. One

specimen.

CHAMAELIMNAS PANSA, sp. n. (Plate XX, fig. 13, 3.)

¢. Alis nigrescentibus, anticis fascia angusta obliqua a vena sub-

costali vix ad marginem externum prope angulum analem extendente

pallide flava ; subtus sicut supra, sed anticis margine interno paulo

pallidiore ; collo flavo.

Hab. Brazit, Chapada (/, H. Smith).

I have five males of this insect from Chapada and a bad

specimen from Semper’s collection. The species is very

like Felder’s figure of C. tivcis, from Bahia, but the trans-

verse band of the primaries extends almost -across the

wing. From the Amazonian C. iwris, Bates, it differs in

having a longer and paler band on tle primaries.

CHAMALIMNAS JOVIANA. (Plate XX, fig. 14, 2.)

Chamelimnas joviana, Schaus, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.

xxiv, p. 401 (1902).

Of this species, which I take the opportunity of figur-

ing, I have numerous specimens from both Bolivia and

Brazil; some of these were sent by Staudinger under the

name of Jsapis joviana. C. similis, Schaus, which occurs

with C. joviana at the same locality (Bueyes in Bolivia),

appears to be only an extreme form of it, with the orange

band on the secondaries obsolete. Mr. Schaus’s types of

both insects were from Peru.

SISEME PEDIAS, sp.n. (Plate XXI, fig. 1, 2.)

¢. Alis nigro-fuscis, fascia communi in cellula anticarum angu-

lum analem posticarum versus (sed non attingente) extensa alba,

altera ultra eam cerulea ; posticis plaga aurantia ad angulum ana-

lem ; subtus fere ut supra, sed colore cieruleo, praesertim in anticis

multo latiore et ad basin regionis costalis extenso.

Hab, COLOMBIA (Wheeler).

This species differs from all others known to me be-

longing to the genus in having the outer blue band

crossing both wings. It is somewhat faintly shown on the

upper- -side, but beneath, especially on the primaries, it is

very brilliant, and occupies the space beyond the white

band, extending nearly to the outer margin.

some Central and South American Erycinide. 535

RiopinA (?) THEODORA, sp. n. (Plate X XI, figs. 2, 7; 3, 2.)

6 Allis fuseis, anticis macula (interdum duabus) in cellula et fascia

transversa subapicali albidis aut flavescentibus, duabus infra cellule

finem, aliis duabus subquadratis in margine externo ochraceis ; posti-

cis fascia interrupta a costa prope apicem ad marginem internum

extendente, maculis duabus prope marginem externum, echraceis ;

subtus fere ut supra, sed maculis anticarum majoribus ; posticis fascia

transversa pallidiore et magis distineta, maculis marginalibus absen-

tibus ; ciliis anticarum fuscis et albis ; capite et collo ferrugineis.

2. Mari similis, sed maculis duabus infra cellulam anticarum et

fascia transversa posticarum obsoletis ; subtus posticis immaculatis.

Hab. Brazit, Chapada (H. H. Smith).

This and the following species probably do not properly

belong to the genus Riodina, but they can be included in

it for the present ; both have much longer palpi than the

type of Riodina—R. lysippus (Linn.). 2. luctus, Berg, and

L. lysistratus, Burm., too, may have to be removed from it.

Three specimens.

RIoDINA (?) ALBOFASCIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXI, fig. 4, f.)

¢d. Alis fuseis, anticis macula ad cellule finem, altera majore trans-

versa apicem Versus, tertia (interdum quarta) infra cellule finem,

albidis ; posticis fascia venis interrupta, a costa prope apicem ad

cellule finem extendente, alba ; subtus fere ut supra, sed fascia com-

muni venis divisa a costa anticarum ad marginem internum postica-

rum extendente alba ; collo aurantio ; ciliis anticarum albis.

9. Mari similis, sed posticis fascia alba obsoleta.

Hab, ARGENTINE ReEpPuBLIC, Corrientes (Perrens), Cor-

doba (Berg, in Mus. Brit.); PaARaGuay (Coll. Crowley, in

Mus. Brit.).

I have long had numerous males of this peculiar species,

but have hitherto been unable to identify them. There

are specimens of it from Cordoba and also from Paraguay

in the British Museum; the former have the common

white band beneath broader than it is in our examples.

L. albofasciaia is undoubtedly a close ally of L. theodora,

but is much smaller and differently marked.

ANTEROS CARUS, sp.n. (Plate XXJ, fig. 5, ¢.)

g. Allis fusco-nigris, anticis ad basin et posticis (nisi apicem versus)

pilis ceruleis indutis, anticis maculis duabus, una ad cellule finem,

536 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

altera margini exteriori propiore, albo-hyalinis ; posticis punctis

apicem versus fere obsoletis coloris ejusdem; subtus leete castaneis,

anticis flavo, albo et fusco maculatis, posticis disco griseo irroratis,

basin versus et ad angulum analem flavo maculatis, fascia communi

angusta submarginali strigis et maculis variis interioribus metallicis ;

ciliis alterne flavis et fuscis ; cruribus pallide castaneis.

Hab, COLOMBIA, Bogota (Wheeler); BotitviaA, Tanam-

paya (Garlepp).

Dr. Staudinger sent me some years ago two specimens

of this species from Bolivia under the “MS. name of 4.

carus, and I have two others from Colombia in my collec-

tion, all males. The Bolivian insects differ from the others

in having a minute additional hyaline longitudinal spot

on the primaries beyond the cell, and the castaneous

colour on the under-side perhaps less extended. 4. carus

is a close ally of A. cavausius, Westw., with which it is

confused in the Hewitson collection, but the markings of

the under-side are very different, as mall be seen Sa the

figure here given. A. principalis, Hoptt., from Peru, 1s

unknown to me, but the description does not agree with

the present insect.

KMESIS EURYDICE, sp.n. (Plate XXI, figs. 6, $; 7, 2.)

¢. Alis glauco-cinereis, dimidio basali lineolis transversis nigris

irregulariter notatis, fasciis duabus exterioribus (presertim in anticis)

fere obsoletis ; subtus lete rufo-ferrugineis, lineolis nigris sicut in

pagina superiore, marginibus externis late nigro-fuscis.

2. Mari similis, sed majore et pallidiore, lineolis magis undulatis,

anticis plaga magna prope apicem, altera parva ad apicem ipsum,

albis ; subtus dimidio basali anticarum et posticarum ochraceo, aliter

fere ut supra.

Hab, ECUADOR, Sarayacu (buckley).

This is a form of #. fastidiosa, Mén., but the male differs

in having the ground colour of the upper surface uniformly

glaucous and both wings broadly bordered with fuscous

beneath. The female is very like that of the above-men-

tioned species, but the ground colour is ochreous beneath.

The broad dark border of the wings in the male beneath

separates it from both 2. godarti and £. aurimna, Boisd.

In the Hewitson collection #. ewrydice is confused with

EL. fastidiosa.

some Central and South American Erycinide. 537

EMESIS NEEMIAS. (Plate XXI, figs. 8, 7; 9, 9.)

Emesis neemias, Hew., Exot. Butt. v. Emesis, ff. 3, 4 (f).

d2. Alis eee tce lineolis variis transversis nigris (exterioribus

angulatis), viridi-ceruleo limbatis, punctis in serie communi sub-

marginali nigris ; subtus ferrugineis, maculis irregularibus elongatis

nigris,

2. Supra pallide fuscis, aliter mari similis, subtus albescentibus

lineis transversis paginz superioris rufescentibus et in costa, apicem

versus, squamis paucis metallacis notatis.

Hab. Boxtvia, Yungas (Garlepp); Brazir, Chapada

(H. H. Smith); Paracuay (Coll. Crowley, in Mus. Brit.).

Hewitson’s figure of this insect was taken from a worn

male from Brazil. I have now seen several good specimens

of both sexes, and take this opportunity of re-describing

the species. The metallic spots on the upper-side are

very similar to those of Symmachia fatima (Cram.). My

collection contains three males, two of which were received

from Dr. Staudinger.

SYMMACHIA PROGNE, sp.n. (Plate XXI, fig. 10, 7.)

g. Alis fuscis ferrugineo tinctis, undique nigro irregulariter lineo-

latis, anticis ad marginem externum punctis nigris in serie notatis,

fascia communi ultra cellulam anticarum feread marginem internum

posticarum extendente ochracea vix ceruleo lavata; subtus rufo

ferrugineis, lineis nigris sicut supra, margine interno fusco.

Hab. Bowtvis, Yungas (Garlepp); E. Perv, Pozzo

(Pearce).

This species is about the same size as S. emesina, Staud.,

from the Upper Amazons, but may at once be distinguished

by the absence of the ferruginous apical patch on the

primaries and the ochraceous band crossing both wings,

which in certain lights is shot with blue. I have also

seen a specimen of S. progne, from Chanchamayo, in Dr.

Staudinger’s collection. It is very like S. temesa, Hew.,

from Ecuador, but is differently coloured above and

beneath. Four males.

SYMMACHIA HIPPODICE, sp. n. (Plate XXI, fig. 11, 2.)

9. Alis aurantiis, anticis costa et margine externo (ad apicem

macula transversa excepta) late fuscis, margine interiore valde den-

tata ; posticis margine externo late (linea angustissima submarginali

excepta) fuscis, angulum analem versus maculis tribus obscuris

538 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

notatis ; subtus ut supra, sed colore fusco minus extenso et in

maculas fracto.

fab. BRAziL, Chapada (Hl. H. Sinith).

The above description is taken from a single female

specimen. It seems to be most nearly allied to S. hetwrina,

Hew., from the Lower Amazons, of which also the female

alone is known.

CARIA SMARAGDINA, sp. pn. (Plate XXI, fig. 12, ¢.)

¢. Alis fuscis, lineis submarginalibus nigris, anticis linea trans-

versa prope basin quoque nigra, anticis et posticis (marginibus ex-

ternis et in anticis fascia lata basin versus exceptis) squamis viridibus

nitentibus dense vestitis, linea communi angusta submarginali metal-

lica; subtus griseo-fuscis, lineis variis undulatis nigris transeuntibus,

anticis in costa tota maculis metallicis notatis; capite.et corpore

supra squamis viridibus indutis.

Hab. Bouivita, Coroico, 6,500 ft. (Garlepp).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me an example of this species

as a small variety of C. amazonica, Bates, but it differs

from that insect in having the upper surface almost

entirely clothed with green scales, and both wings have

a submarginal metallic line. C. smaragdina is also very

much smaller, and is really more nearly allied to C.

chrysame, Hewitson (?=C. psittacus, Hopff.). C. trochilus

occurs in the same locality, but is a much larger insect

and the green scales are more restricted.

CARIA MARSYAS, sp. n. (Plate XXI, figs. 13, f; 14, 2.)

¢. Alis fuscis, lineis angustis interruptis transversis nigris, anticis

ad basin, in area discali ad costam lata, et angulum analem versus

anguste, squamis viridi-aureis vestitis ; posticis squamis in dimidio

basali ad anguluin analem extendentibus coloris ejusdem, linea

angustissima communi submarginali metallica, punctisque nigris,

fulvo plus minusve circumcinctis, ultra eam; subtus pallide fuscis,

lineis nigrescentibus irregularibus transversis, anticis litura elongata

cellulam occupante coccinea, et maculis tribus aut quatuor notatis.

?. Mari similis sed pallidiore et minus viridi squamata ; subtus

lineis transversis in maculas fractis.

Hab. Brazit, Chapada (1. H. Smith); Paracuay,

Corrientes (Perrens).

This alone of the group of species including C. argiope,

Godt., C. amazonica, Bates, and C. lampeto, G. and §., has

ros) ert

some Central and South American Erycinide. 539

the red patch in the cell of the primaries beneath broken

by several transverse metallic spots, a character common to

the females of most of the allied species. The submarginal

metallic line is very narrow. The series before me con-

sists of ten males and one female. I also have three male

specimens from Corumba, in Brazil, which perhaps repre-

sent another form; in these the red spot on the primaries

beneath is dentate on the upper edge.

CHARIS ARCUATA, sp.n. (Plate XXII, figs. 1, $;-2, 2.)

¢. Alis nigro-fuscis, fascia communi arcuata a costa anticarum ad

marginem internum posticarum extendente rufo-aurantia, intus linea

angusta argentea limbata, linea altera argentea submarginali; subtus

ut supra sed fascia multo latiore, linea argentea absente sed macula

in margine interno posita.

@. Mari similis sed fascia latiore et in anticis magis arcuata ;

subtus sicut supra.

Hal, CoLoMBIA, Bogota.

This is a northern form of (. cwcias, Hew., differing from

it in the more arcuate fascia, which is specially noticeable

in the female. I have one pair only.

CHARIS DUKINFIELDIA. (Plate XXII, fig. 3.)

Charis dukinfieldia, Schaus, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. xxiv,

p- 401 (1902).

A figure of this species is given from the specimen from

Parana, presented by Mr. Schaus to the British Museum.

MONETHE MOLIONE, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 4, f.)

¢d. Alis ochraceis, anticis costa, apice late, et margine externo

nigris, macula elongata transversa angulum apicalem versus quoque

ochracea ; posticis margine externo nigro; subtus ut supra, sed

posticis costa, linea angusta breve basali et altera margini interno

subparalleli, nigris ; corpore supra ochraceo, nigro lineato ; pedibus

nigris,

Hab. KE, Peru, Pebas (Hahnel, ex Staudinger).

A very fine species, differing from Jf. albertus, Feld.,

and its allies in the large extent of the ochreous colour on

both wings. The antennz are Jong and very gradually

thickened towards the apex, so that there is no distinct

club. One specimen.

540 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman oz

CRICOSOMA ASCLEPIA. (Plate XXII, fig. 5, f.)

Symmachia asclepia, Hew., Equat. Lep. p. 51; Exot. Butt. v.

Erycinide, f. 9.

¢. Alis lewte aurantiis, costa anticarum et marginibus externis

maculis variis nigrescentibus, iis in costa transversis et in cellulam

extendentibus ; subtus fere sicut supra sed costa anticarum et

marginibus externis pallidioribus, maculis nigrescentibus ad_ basin

extendentibus.

Hab, Ecuapor, Curarai; E. PERU, Sarayacu (Buckley).

Hewitson’s type of this insect is in a very worn con-

dition, and it is scarcely re-cognizable from his figure. I

therefore take the opportunity of re-describing the species

from a better specimen in my own collection. CC. asclepia,

Hew., is a close ally of C. zypete, Hew.; the type of the

former is from Curarai.

CRICOSOMA IRRORATUM, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 6, f.)

¢. Alis pallide fuscis, squamis sparse et maculis parvis obscuris

dense vestitis, iis ad margines externos flavo circumcinctis ; subtus

flavis, maculis obscuris sicut in pagina superiore.

Hab. BritisH GUIANA, Carimang River ( Whitely).

In general colour this species somewhat resembles C.

calligraphum, Hew., but it has less pointed wings, and

it is possible that the insect is not rightly placed in the

genus Cricosoma.

MESENE IASIS, sp. n. (Plate XXII, fig. 7, 3.)

¢. Alis nigris cyaneo tinetis, fascia lata infra et ultra cellulam

anticarum fere ad medium marginis interni posticarum extensa

coccinea ; subtus nigris leete cyaneo lavatis, anticis macula elongata

in margine interno ochracea.

Hab. EK. Peru, Sarayacu (Buckley).

A single male, closely resembling J/. sagaris, Cram., but

larger and blacker, and showing a brilliant blue lustre

both above and beneath. ‘The common band on the

upper-side is red, instead of being orange. The body

appears to want the ochreous band so conspicuous 1n

the male of Jf. sagaris.

MESENE EANES, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 8, t.)

¢. Alis nigris, anticis litura magna subtriangulari basali a cellula

ad marginem internum extendente, posticis altera discali oblonga,

coceineis ; subtus pallide fuscis basin versus ochrascentibus, maculis

some Central and South American Erycinide. 541

parvis obscuris et griseis dense notatis ; corpore supra nigro, coccineo

late cincto.

Hab, Lower AMAZONS, Santarem (H. H. Smith).

Closely allied to JZ. debilis, Bates, from the Tapajos,

but differently shaped, and with the patches on the upper-

side of both wings red. One specimen.

LASAIA MERITA, sp. n. (Plate XXII, fig. 9, 3.)

dg. Alis glauco-viridibus, anticis lineis angustis transversis in

area costali, fasciis duabus submarginalibus exterioribus ad costam

latioribus, et margine externo anguste, nigris; posticis punctis in

serie submarginali et margine exteriore anguste quoque nigris ;

subtus griseis, maculis marginem externum versus sicut supra,

anticis dimidio basali pallide fuscis lineis transversis obscure notatis,

posticis dimidio basali lineis obscuris reticulatis; ciliis nigris et

albis.

Hab. Boutvia, Coroico, 6,500 ft. (Garlepp), Chairo

(Buckley).

This is a form of the very variable and widely distributed

LL. meris, Cram., but the wings are less spotted, both above

and beneath, the basal half of the under-side is more

reticulate, and the distal portion (the apical angle of the

primaries excepted) is principally grey. Three specimens,

two of which were sent me under the MS. name of Z.

merita by Dr. Staudinger.

LASAIA OILEUS, sp. n. (Plate XXII, figs. 10, f; 11, 9.)

¢. Alis pallide fuscis, punctis obscuris dense notatis, marginibus

externis (presertim in posticis) argenteo-czeruleo irregulariter notatis,

anticis punctis duobus in costam ultra cellulam albis; subtus

fuscis, griseo et albo dense variegatis ; ciliis alterne fuscis et albis ;

antennis albo annulatis.

?. Mari similis, sed brunnescentiore, magis maculato et colore

metallico fere obsoleto ; subtus alis brunneis albo variegatis.

Hab. Paracuay (Perrens).

The above description is taken from two males and one

female from Paraguay, and I have another male labelled

Cayenne, but this locality is probably incorrect. L. oilews

seems to agree sufficiently well with Z. mxris, Cram., to

be included in the same genus, though it is much smaller

than any of the other described species. It is also some-

what like Calydna euthria, Doubl. (=C. micra, Bates),

from the Amazons.

542 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

LEMONIAS ANNULIFERA, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 12, f.)

¢. Alis fuscis, anticis annulis tribus in cellula et duabus infra eas

ceruleo-albis ; posticis maculis obscurioribus tribus, una in costa,

duabus in cellula, margine externo late albo; subtus ut supra sed

pallidioribus, anticis annulis quinque et posticis annulis sex rufo-

brunneis ceruleo circumcinctis.

Hab, BRITISH GUIANA, Quonga (MW hitely).

This species is a close ally of L. /ewcocyana, Hiibn., but

may easily be distinguished by the annulated base of the

wings.

LEMONIAS MHON, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 13, ¢.)

¢. Alis rufo-fulvis, lineis brevibus dispersis transversis, punctis

marginalibus in serie fere obsoleta, nigris, anticis (nisi margine

interno) brunneo lavato, fascia indistincta submarginali obscuriore ;

subtus cinereis, marginibus externis late obscurioribus, maculis

transversis nigris sicut in pagina superiore, maculis indistinctis in

serie submarginali cinereis, in posticis nigro pupillatis; ciliis anti-

carum albo maculatis; corpore supra rufo-fulvo.

Hab. W. Cotomais, San Pablo, Rio San Juan (ex

Staudinger ).

A single example. Nearly allied to Z. galena, Bates,

from the Amazons, but differing in having the fore-wings,

except along the inner margin, much darker ; the narrow

whitish marginal line is absent. Beneath, the primaries

are cinereous, instead of ferruginous, and the black sub-

marginal spots on the hind-wings are less conspicuous and

farther from the margin.

L. idmon, 8. and G., from Chiriqui, is also very similar,

but has the ground colour of the fore-wings of a uniform

tint, as in LZ. galena.

LEMONIAS MONOIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXII, fig. 14, ¢.)

¢. L mexoni similis, sed maculis discalibus posticarum rotundatis

et punctis submarginalibus magis obviis ; subtus pallidioribus.

Hab. British GUIANA, Bergen-Daal (£//acombe).

A single specimen, differing from ZL. maxon as above

described.

LEMONIAS ELPINICE, sp. n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 1, 2.)

¢. Alis fuscis, anticis lineis angustissimis transversis cerules-

centibus, posticis dimidio distali aurantiis; subtus anticis palli-

some Central and South American Erycinide. 543

dioribus, dimidio basali lineis irregularibus transversis czerules-

centibus, dimidio distali colore eodem variegato, margine externo

punctis nigrescentibus ; posticis albis, costa late czerulescente,

lineolis et punctis fuscis notatis ; ciliis aurantiis,

Hab, ConomBia, Fusagusuga (Chapman).

On the upper-side the secondaries of this species are

broadly marked with orange as in LZ. florus, Staud., also

from Colombia; but on the under-side the general colour

resembles that of ZL. lewcocyana, Hiibn., L. violacea, Butl.,

and others. One specimen.

LEMONIAS MARTIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 2, f.)

¢. Alis anticis ceeruleo-violaceis, ad basin et in margine interno

brunneo-ferrugineis, dimidio basali nigro maculato, costa, margine

externo et fascia interrupta submarginali quoque nigris; postic's

brunneo-ferrugineis, dimidio basali lineolis transversis et margine

externo nigris, fascia lata curvata ab angulum analem fere ad apicem

extendente rufo-aurantia ; subtus pallide griseo-ceruleis, marginibus

externis late fusco suffusis, bitriente basali lineolis transversis nigris,

anticis maculis in serie submarginali (iis ad apicem et ad angulum

analem magis distinctis) nigrescentibus, posticis maculis elongatis

submarginalibus nigris czeruleo circumcinetis ; ciliis anticarum nigris

et albis.

Hab. CotompiA, San Pablo, Rio San Juan (ex

Staudinger).

Very like Z. florus, Staud., but much larger, being of

the same size as ZL. staudingerit. The hind-wings have

the orange band of a richer colour and narrower, the

ferruginous marking on the primaries extends well into

the cell, and the submarginal band of these wings is

broader towards the apex. It is somewhat remarkable

that these three insects all inhabit the same very humid

district on the Pacific slope. One specimen.

LEMONIAS STAUDINGERI, sp. 0.

Lemonias sudias, Staud., Exot. Schmett, p. 259, t. 92

(2) (nec Hew.).

¢. Alis ceruleo-violaceis, anticis maculis transversis in dimidio

basali, costa, apice et fascia submarginali, posticis area costali maculis

quinque transeuntibus, nigris ; subtus pallide fuscis, dimidio basali

nigro maculatis, posticis griseo lavatis, fascia irregulari submarginali

obseuriore, maculis elongatis ultra eam nigris,

544, Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

Hab. Cotompia, San Pablo, Rio San Juan (ex

Staudinger).

The insect figured by Dr. Staudinger as LZ. sudias, Hew.,

of which he sent me an example, was wrongly identified

and requires a new name. Hewitson’s species is common

in the low country of Central America, extending from

southern Mexico to the republic of Honduras, the male

being very different from that of the Colombian insect.

LI. staudingeri 1s considerably larger than ZL. sudias, the

ground colour of the upper surface of the male is entirely

violaceous, and the orange border of the secondaries is

absent.

LEMONIAS PIRENE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 3, 2%)

¢. Alis anticis nigro-fuscis, litura transversa magna ultra cellu-

lam et linea submarginali cxruleis, area marginis interni late

aurantia, maculis transversis nigris notata ; posticis aurantiis nigro

limbatis, ad apicem (et interdum in area discali) nigro punctatis ;

subtus griseo-ceruleis nigro maculatis, punctis elongatis in serie

submarginali griseo circumcinctis ; ciliis nigris et albis.

Hab. Ecuavor, Rio Napo (Whitely).

This is a form of LZ. rhesa, Hew., from the Amazons, but

differs from it in the less extension of the orange colour

of the primaries and the much larger blue patch beyond

the cell. On the upper-side it is not unhke Charis

amalfreda, Staud., from Pebas, which, however, is a much

smaller insect. Two specimens.

LEMONIAS NOMIA, sp. n.

Lemonias thara, Hew., var., Exot. Butt. v. Lemonias, t. 5,

ff. 41, 42 (ft, 9).

Hab. Guiana, Aunai, Essequibo River ( Whitely), Cay-

enne (mus. G. & S.).

The Guiana form of the Amazonian JZ. thara, Hew.

(= L. melia, Bates), requires a separate name. Hewitson

described it as a variety, but a comparison of his figures

of the male of each shows that they should be treated as

distinct. Z. nomia may be readily distinguished from

L. thara by the fulvous colour of the upper- -side, and also

by having an additional band of elongate black spots

crossing the wings beyond the cell.

some Central and South American Erycinide. 545

LEMONIAS FANNIA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 4, ¢.)

¢. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis ad angulum analem anguste ceruleis,

posticis dimidio distali pallide caruleis maculas duo nigro-fuscas ad

apicem includente ; subtus pallidioribus, lineis obseurioribus, trans-

versis communibus ad basin frequenter interruptis ; posticis

maculis obscuris in serie submarginali ad apicem et ad angulum

analem majoribus.

Hab. British Gutana, Aunai, Essequibo River

(Whitely).

A single rather worn specimen is all I have seen of this

species. It appears to be very distinct from any known

member of the genus, and is perhaps most nearly allied to

L florus, Staud., and L, lasthenes, Hew.

LEMONIAS (?) AXENUS. (Plate XXIII, fig. 5, 9.)

Lemonias axenus, Hew., Exot. Butt. v. Lemonias, ete.,

fT:

The male only of this species was described and figured

by Hewitson, and no locality was given. I have two

males of it from Chapada, Matto Grosso, and two females

from Estancia La Gama, Venado Tuerto, in the province

of Santa Fé, La Plata; these latter, one of which is

here figured, differ in having all the markings of the upper-

side straw colour. It probably does not belong to the

genus Lemonias. Beotis bifasciata, Mengel, from Paraguay,*

is no doubt a nearly allied form, but has fewer spots on

the outer margin.

APODEMIA GLAPHYRA.

Anatole glaphyra, Doubl. and Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii,

taniplente 3

Anatole modesta, Mengel, Ent. News, 1902, p. 176, t. 8,

ied 4,

There does not appear to be any reason for separating

the Paraguayan insect described and figured by Mr.

Mengel from A. glaphyra, Doubl. and Hew. Possibly the

American author was not acquainted with the figure of

the latter.

* “Ent, News,” 1902, p. 177, t. 8, f. 4.

546 Mr, F. Du Cane Godman on

APODEMIA MULTIPLAGA. (Plate XXIII, fig. 6.)

Apodemia multiplaga, Schaus, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv,

p- 404 (1902).

The specimen figured is from Rinconada, Mexico, given

by Mr. Schaus to the British Museum.

NYMPHIDIUM GRANDE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 7, 9.)

®. Alis fuscis, fascia latissima a cellule finem anticarum ad

medium marginis interni posticarum extendente albida, linea

communi ferruginea submarginali exteriore, anticis macula elongata

costali venis divisa apicem versus, aliisque minoribus plus minusve,

lunulatis in serie angulum analem posticarum extendentibus, serie

altera margini exteriori propiore (in anticis fere obsoleta), albidis ;

subtus pallidioribus maculis omnibus albidis majoribus ; ciliis posti-

‘carum albis et nigris.

Hab, CoLomBta (Wheeler).

This fine species is even larger than WV. nycteus, G. and

S., from Chiriqui, but in colour it approaches the female

of N. imycone, Hew. It is probable that the male is

without the broad median band. <A single specimen.

ARICORIS PLAGIARIA. (Plate XXIII, fig. 8, 2.)

Aricoris plagiaria, Grose-Smith, Rhop. Exot. in,

Erycinide, p. 4, t. 1, ff 12, 13 (¢@).

9. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis fascia a costee medio fere ad angulum

analem extensa sordide alba, anticis ad basin late posticisque (nisi

in area costali et margine externo) cxeruleo lavatis, posticis ad mar-

ginem externum venis, et lineis inter venas, obscuris notatis ; subtus

pallide fuscis, anticis fascia sicut supra, area cellulari indistincte

nigro maculata, posticis grisescentioribus maculis variis nigris, ad

margines elongatis, anticis ad basin et posticis in area _basali

ochraceo notatis.

Hab. E. Peru, Sarayacu (Buckley, ¢, 2); AMAZONS,

Santa Rosa (Stwart, @).

Mr. Grose-Smith described this species from two males

supposed to be from Buckley’s collection. We have both

sexes from Sarayacu, and the female, which we now take

the opportunity of figuring, approaches the same sex of A.

serica, Westw., but is considerably larger, the fascia, too, on

the primaries is whitish and more oblique, and the under-

surface 1s spotted.

some Central and South American Erycinide. 547

ARICORIS HIPPOCRATE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 9, 9.)

?. Alis nigrescentibus, anticis fascia obliqua a costee medio fere

ad angulum analem extensa sordide alba; subtus sicut supra, sed

posticis margine externo angulum analem versus obsolete albis ;

ciliis posticarum albo-notatis,

Hab, Ecuapor, Rio Napo (Whitely).

The above description is taken from a single female much

resembling that sex of A. dagus, Cram.; but it is blacker, the

band on the primaries is whitish, and the secondaries are

without definite white spots on the outer margin beneath ;

the cilia of the hind-wings, too, are spotted with white.

A. hippocrate is not unlike the temale of A. phedon, but

the band of the fore-wings is whitish instead of orange,

and the secondaries are differently marked on the under-

side.

ARICORIS PHEDON, sp. n.

d. Alis nigrescentibus leete purpureo tinctis; subtus nitente

fuscis, inter venas ad basin et ad margines externos pallide ochra-

ceis,

Q?. Alis nigrescentibus, anticis fascia lata obliqua apicem versus

ochracea ; subtus fere ut supra sed posticis ad marginem externum

albescentibus.

Hab, Ecuapor, Rio Napo (Whately).

A close ally of A. velutina, Butl., from the Upper

Amazons, but smaller, the male with less elongate wings,

and the lustre of the upper-side is purple instead of blue,

as in A. velutina, and extends over the whole surface.

Five specimens.

ARICORIS MAIA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 10, f.)

dg. Alis nigro-fuscis, anticis squamis sparsis czeruleis inter venas

maculas formantibus, ea angulum analem versus elongata ; posticis

(nisi area costali et venis omnibus) ceruleis ; subtus fuscis, ad angu-

lum analem anticarum et posticarum czeruleo indistincte maculatis.

Hab. W. CotomptaA, San Pablo, Rio San Juan (ex

Staudinger).

Very near Arioris alemevon, Hew., from Ecuador, but

differs in having the blue scales on the primaries forming

scattered elongate spots towards the outer, instead of

occupying a broad space along the inner, margin. Three

specimens,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.) 37

548 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman on

ARICORIS HELICE, sp. 0.

Aricoris crucntata, Staud., Exot. Schmett., p. 264, t. 93

( nec 3.)

The insect figured by Staudinger as the female of 4.

cruentata, Butl., was wrongly identified, and a new name

is required for it. I have both sexes of A. erwentata,

from Ega, where the types of the latter were obtained.

Of A. helice I received two females from the Amazons,

from Staudinger. It appears to be allied to A. helvodora,

Staud.

ARICORIS (?) TERIAS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII, fig. 11, 2.)

9. Alis ochraceis, anticis apice et margine externo (intus valde

sinuato, maculam elongatam includente) fuscis, posticis fusco

limbatis ; subtus anticis ochraceis costa et margine externo fusces-

centibus et albo lineatis, posticis fuscis albo striatis.

Hab, PARAGUAY.

Of this extraordinary insect, which is very like a Verias

on the upper-side, I possess a single female only. It 1s

unfortunately imperfect, the legs and part of the antenne

being wanting, and its generic position in the absence of

the male is doubtful. On the under-side it somewhat

resembles the female of A. cepha, Feld., except that it

is much more strongly streaked with white.

some Central and South American Erycinide.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XX—XXIIL.

Hie.

Fic.

TID OT Bg bo

PLATE XX.

Mesosemia phace, &.

. thera, g.

3 orbona, 3.

ae om

Cremna malis, g.

Hyphilaria orsedice, 2.

Hurygona lieinia, 9.

5 authe, 3.

‘5 rhodogyne, 2.

” ” 2 O

3 tarinta, 3g.

3 fabia, 3.

Mesenopsis pulchella, 2.

Chamelimnas pansa, g.

n joviana, ¢.

PATE, DOG

Siseme pedias, 2.

Riodina (?) theodora, ¢@.

” ” 2.

» (2) albofasciata, 3.

Anteros carus, ¢.

Einesis eurydice, 3.

” ” g 0

» neenius, go.

” z) 2.

Symmachia progie, &.

i hippodice, @ .

Caria smaragdina, ¢.

» marsyas, 3.

” ” 2 3

549

leis Te

PuatTe XXII.

Charis arcuatu, 2.

) rp) e ©

» dulanfieldia.

Monethe molione, 2.

Cricosoma asclepia, ¢.

- irroratimn, & .

Mesene iasis, g.

» «eanes, g.

Laswia merita, ¢.

5, ouleus, 3.

$3 ” g q

Lemonias annulifera, g.

5 mon, 3b.

- meonoides, ¢.

PLATE XXIII.

Lemonius elpinice, 4.

” martia, &.

x pirene, ¢.

Ba fannia, 6.

+ axenus, 2.

Apodemia multiplaya.

Nymphidiwm grande, @.

Aricoris plagiaria, ?.

5, hippocrate, &.

» maida, do.

» (©) teras, ¢.

( 551 )

XXV. Supplementary Note to a Paper entitled Hymenoptera

aculeata, collected by the Rev. ALFRED E. EATON,

M.A., in Madeira and Tenerife, in the spring of

1902. By EpwarD SAUNDERS, F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Read November 18th, 1903. ]

I REGRET to say that when I wrote the above paper I

entirely overlooked an article by Professor Perez of

Bordeaux, published in the Annales de la Société Ent.

de France for 1894, in which he describes the new species

of Hymenoptera taken in the “ Voyage de M. Ch. Alluaud

aux iles Canaries.’—In this article I find the species

which I have described under the name of Podalirius

canariensis described as Anthophora alluaudi, to which of

course canariensis must sink as a synonym.

It is curious that Professor Perez and myself should have

made almost identical remarks about the black variety of

Bombus terrestris with the white tail, both suggesting

that it probably represents what Brullé quotes as 2.

sovoensis. I can only apologize to Professor Perez for

unwittingly appropriating his observation.

It may be worth mentioning that Al/waudi, Per., is

omitted by Friese in his monograph of the Genus

Podalirius 1897.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.)

we on

aed

. >

)

; 7

tite= sees «

XXVI. Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimiery,

Common Warning Colours, and Sexual Selection.

By Apssorr H. THAYER. Communicated by

Pror. Epwarp B. Poutton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S,

[Read October 21st, 1903.]

THE following paper records an artist’s examination of the

principles of butterflies’ coloration, and shows how the

results tend to restrict the fields heretofore claimed for

Mimicry and Common Warning Colours, and to place

them on a basis of Concealing Coloration. It contains

also several arguments tending to restrict the hypothesis

of Sexual Selection.

It does not attack the obvious fact that every possible

form of advantageous adaptation must somewhere exist.

It is obvious to its writer that there must be unpalata-

bility accompanied by Warning Coloration,—as apparently

in the cases of the Hornbills and Wood Hoopoes reported

by Mr. Frank Finn, and probably in many Corvidee, for

instance,—and equally plain that there must be Mimicry,

both Batesian and Miillerian. Yet every case demands

special examination, for the reasons that I shall show

herein; and no apparent conspicuousness of coloration

is sure to prove such when examined on the principles

established in this article.

First, it seems necessary to establish the artist’s claim

to be the judge of all matters of visibility, and the effect,

upon the mind, of all patterns, designs, and colours. If

even the artist is limited in this, his own field, what

hope is there for others? Fullest wisdom on the part of

naturalists would make them adjourn all matters of

animals’ appearance to us artists, just as any wise ruler

gathers about him the most highly specialized minds, to

widen, through them, his own scope.

An artist reads design wherever it occurs, just as a

composer reads a score, without playing it, or hearing it.

He perceives that every juxtaposition of spots, or shapes,

or colours, or of dark and light, and of degrees of these,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.)

554 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

is just so much representation of some structure, whether

the representation be accidental or intentional. He sees

at a glance in marble-veins, the grain of wood, etc., not

imaginary, but actual representations of natural objects

and perspectives, and weighs the correctness of these.

Nature has evolved actual Art on the bodies of animals,

and only an artist can read it. When he examines the

colour and colour-pattern of the animal kingdom, he sees

that zoologists are hopelessly off the track in Y their general

conception as to which coloration is to be called con-

spicuous, 7.c. rendering its wearer so. Any coloration

or pattern would be conspicuous somewhere, and Nature

cannot prevent animals from straying beyond the environ-

ments that would most perfectly harmonize with their

colour and pattern. But let us take the broadest possible

survey, and we cannot doubt that most animals wear on

their coats pictures of their habitat. As I before pointed

out, even the under-sides of the wings and tails of hawks bear

the general twig-patterns so common on forest birds, as if

Nature found it worth while to efface the white silhouette

their wings’ under-sides would make when they extended

them while perching. We see how completely such

patterns (when couched, of course, as they always are, in

the effacive gradation) ilo help to obliterate a partridge,

grouse, woodcock, hare, or any other of almost all the

species in every order; since they prove to be actual

animated pictures of hen environment. As I said before,

in my paper on so-called “ Banner-marks,” * these forest-

like patterns are found on forest creatures, and not on

desert creatures, or ocean creatures. Sand-birds are usually

marked in longitudinal, delicate patterns, very like those

the sand assumes when seen at the same angle at which

one observes the birds themselves. Tigers and zebras are

resolved into pictures of tall, strong ‘flags, grasses, and

bamboos, while the hon is a picture of The desert. (It

will some day be plainly understood that the effacive

gradation is the essence of the success of these pat-

terns. Were they not arranged to compose one perfect

counter-gradation, from top-dark to under-white, they would

appear merely as what artists call “lines of quantity,’

like the hoops of a barrel, emphasizing the rotundity, not

effacing it.)

Now, let me prove that aay pattern would somewhere be

* ©The Auk,’ vol. xvii, 1900, p. 108,

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry, ete. 555

conspicuous. I once saw a skunk (Mephitis americanus)

crossing a snow-field near at hand. This animal is_black

(with the slight amount of effacive gradation found even

in black animals), with a large white pattern on top.

He was totally unrecognizable, because his white against

the snow was undistinguishable. His black was left to

form a most grotesque silhouette. Had he been against

black, it would have been this black part that disap-

peared, and one would have seen only an unrecognizable,

moving white thing. Naturalists’ lack of understanding

this principle’s immense import has gone far to strengthen

the present Mimicry and Warning-Colour theories, which

may prove to have been evolved, largely, in the eftort

to explain supposed conspicuousness, where such did not

exist. A tiger in the desert sands, though his gradation

would still, more or less, efface his solidity, would never-

theless show his pattern. His bamboo-vistas would be

plainly a failure against the sand. The lion in the bamboos

would, when not covered by them, tend to present an unac-

countable flat silhewette,—a lion-shaped section of desert-

landscape, out of place. On the same principle, a white

patch on striped cloth or a striped patch on white cloth

would be conspicuous. We see on all hands evidence that

Nature cannot help moving forward to the utmost com-

pleteness of protective devices ;—that, in fact, she cannot

grope or blunder. A marvellous, turquoise, emerald-green

and red-coral-marked Mediterranean fish looks conspicuous

on the fishmonger’s slab; but follow him to the sun-lt

ocean grottos which he inhabits, and of which he is a

wonderful picture! No, the whole use of the word con-

spicuous 1s mainly born of the zoologist’s lacking the

artist’s sight.

Let us now turn to the field in which the naturalists

are most conspicuously at fault, that of the butterflies and

moths. One glance of an artist,—that is, of an artist

accustomed to lifelong looking at vegetation and butterfly-

life,—at a world’s collection of butterflies, shows him that

they are mainly either flying pictures of various com-

binations of flowers and their backgrounds, pictures of the

shadow under foliage, with delicate patterns of vegetation

or flowers drawn across it, as, for instance, in the North

American Papilo polydamas, and the dark Satyrine,—or

that they are wonderful representations of flowers them-

selves, as in the Pierinx (all but their usually narrow dark

556 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

border), many of which even bear a representation of six

stamens (counting their two antennz), and, what is very

common in butterflies, a wonderfully perfect shading on

that part of the wings next the body, grading toward it

in a way that makes it appear like the bottom of a con-

cavity. My photographs of Limenitis (Basilarchia) arthemis

show the flower-form, the appearance of the mm of its

cup being carried across the butterfly, as in the species of

Precis which wear a large, bright semicircular bar, cutting

them as the skunk’s white cuts him.

I should have placed at the beginning this axiom:

Only wnshiny, bright monochrome is intrinsically a revealing

coloration. As soon as patterns begin, obliteration of the

wearer begins, as shown in the case of the skunk. Nature

does not blunder, and Natural Selection would evolve the

monochrome, instead of a patterned surface, were simple

conspicuousness her aim. Also, she would, if she used

patterns mainly as badges for identification of the wearer,

fo)

have omitted the delicate subtilties that go to make up

the patterns of most butterflies. Let us apply the skunk-

lesson to the many dark butterflies which wear more or

less bright, clean-cut patterns. As they rest on flowers,

their dark matches very closely the shadew-depths between

the flowers, especially when seen from above or outside the

flower-mass; and, in fact, the delicate general gradation

and faint detail existing even in these parts, appear to

an artist to represent the near vistas under the flowers;

while the bright pattern is likely to echo the notes of the

flowers themselves. Only artists understand this colour-

echoing. The artist’s sight is conscious, as it ranges over

a scene, of every recurrence of each colour-note. This

colour-note, wherever seen, seeks, as it were, i/s own, in

lis brain,—just as a violin-string rings when its note is

sung. In a book we are writing on protective coloration,

my son and I shall show larve that resemble things

(already well known), larvee that disappear, larvae that

appear to be extensions of leaves; and larve with many

other startling and dissimilar concealment-schemes. What

wonder if in butterflies there prove to be as many different

forms of concealment? It is impossible to lay too much

stress on the fact that all patterns which look so striking

and bizarre, when off duty, are, when on duty, up to the

moment of detection, precisely the workers of the magical

illusion that conceals, It is inconceivable that birds should

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry, ete. 557

more easily recognize minute patterns than colour, when

we realize that the perfect colour-adaptation of innumerable

forms of life, from mammals to larvee, proves that the lower

animals see colour (since otherwise such adaptation would

not be necessary for their concealment). In each form of

protective coloration there exist cases so pronounced as

to leave no doubt of their use. Each of these has been

assumed to be mimicked, or, at least, echoed, for some

reason, by other species than the one in which it is most

perfect. Let us look at the dead-leaf pattern, i.e. the

pattern that represents, in the most minute degree,

substance of the colowr and thickness of dead leaves, and

lying as near the ground as dead leaves usually he. This

pattern is marvellously perfect on the Copperhead snake

(Trigonocephalus contortrix), on some Boas, on that form

of domestic cat which has the most tiger-cat-like black

and grey pattern (as well as, in fact, on tiger-cats them-

selves), and on several Sphinx moths. Of course, when

this leaf-representation occurs on the rotundity of animals’

bodies, as in the cats or snakes, it exists only in

co-operation with the regular effacive gradation, but on

the flat plane of a Sphinx’s upper-wing-surface it has

and needs no such co-operation. In the Sphinx-moth

photograph which I have sent Professor Poulton, this

reproduction of thin material casting a shadow on the

surface it lies on is past all mistaking. This artifice is

present on many moths, and its elements are traceable in

such butterfly genera as Vanessa, Grapta, and many

others. To know at what point in the long series of

somewhat similarly marked species the original function

has ceased, would require impossible study.

While it is plain that a hundred needs may each be

represented in the pattern- and colour-schemes of animals,

it is also plain to an artist’s eye that in most butterflies all

visible details of colour, pattern, and form are essential

parts of the representation of flower-scenery. And it is

surely conceivable that, in a certain region, one particular

form of flower-scenery-representation may furnish such

advantages to butterflies as to cause many widely-separated

species to become modified till they wear a common aspect;

and it is conceivable also that. there would be one common

form of wing which would best lend itself to this scheme.

Surely we do not know enough of the habits of these

insects or of the regions that may be their strongholds to

558 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

feel sure that this hypothesis is absurd; and were it

correct, it would complete a chain of seemingly perfect

evidence.

After we see how inexplicable it would be if butterflies

did not either resemble flowers, or represent some portion

of flower-scenery, why should we, in view of the endless

variety of flower-forms, stick at any form or pattern in

the butterfly that frequents them ? One must constantly

remember that any pattern is less conspicuous than bright,

unshiny monochrome. Therefore, “conspicuous” is not the

right word for the character of patterned butterflies,

Now since the Jthomiine, Heliconiny, and Danaine,

such for instance as the similarly coloured cow-red and

chrome-yellow, black-bordered J/elinwa, Heliconius, and

Lycorea (and equally, in other colour-schemes, all the

other so-called mimicking groups), are in every way com-

pletely painted by Nature into these three tones,—the

note of shadow under vegetation making their borders,

which it occupies, coalesce with the shadow under the

flowers, and disappear, while the red and chrome wonder-

fully reproduce the colours and patterns of such flowers

as Odontoglossum triumphans, who shall say that it is not

to this flower—which perhaps, by its abundance, dominates

the region—that these cow-red and chrome- yellow butter-

flies owe their common appearance? Some such flower

may be overwhelmingly attractive for its honey.

Perhaps the most conclusive of all our evidence is to

be seen in the transparent winged members of these

mimicry groups. Dismorphia orise, for instance, with its

green transparencies enclosed in a pattern of the same

velvety dark fuscous that I have already described. What

conceivable artifice could offer greater opportunity for

frequently remaining unnoticed amidst flowers and leaves ?

These httle green windows must of course allow any

bright object to show through them, while the fuscous

cuts the aspect to pieces by representing a shadow far

below the insect. The very word transparent wrecks any

theory of conspicuousness or adaptation suitable for a

badge. Add to this the present belief that the trans-

parency has been attained through selection, and ought not

those who hold this theory to “believe that concealment

was obviously the goal of a change toward invisibility ?

It is hard to conceive of a better device for representing

little green leaves than by these glossy green, leaf-shaped,

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimacry, ete. 559

and leaf-veined windows, bordered with imitation back-

ground, and ever ready to look like glossy leaves the

moment they are extended over a bright flower or other

bright object.

Professor Poulton has already noticed the efficacy of

the imitation hole in the wing of Grapia (a device similar

in effect to the gold dots on some pupe).

During the writing of this article I have been learning

that iridescence itself is an immense factor of conceal-

ment, far greater than I at first realized. I have lately

had excellent opportunity to study several species of

golden-brown butterflies with sheeny black tips spotted

with white, and I begin to realize the wonderful power

of this combination. The white dots stand changeless,

while upon the black, in bright sunlight, faint rainbow

sequences dissolve the actually flat wing-surface into

liquid depths, apparently wholly detached both from the

insect and from the white spots, which appear, as I before

said, to be shiny points like dewdrops down in the spaces

below the buttertly.

If butterflies were mimicking each other, Mr. Blandford’s

objection (Proceedings of the Entomological Society, 1897)

that the resemblances would be hypertelic would seem

true. Since an attempt on Nature’s part to give common

colours and patterns to a group of insects involves no need

that any one of them shall have sharp delicate contours

of spots, or have subtle gradations, these species would,

if their object were to resemble each other in their colour

and markings, stop short of such sharp contours, ete.

On the other hand, if they are representing flowers or any

organic forms instead of merely patterns, etc., on forms,

they would profit by the utmost minute finish of every

part of their design, since just this finish, this microscopic-

ally perfect smoothness and minuteness of detail is an

essential characteristic of flowers and even of leaves.

Upon my hypothesis, the many “ warning-colour”

species that have dull-contoured spots instead of sharp

ones, would seem (as they do to the supporters of Mimicry)

to be species in process of adaptation, but to the aspect of

flowers, instead of to that of each other.

As soon as the advocate of the Mimicry theories sees

that to wear the region’s prevailing pattern tends to con-

ceal, his case looks bad; since we see throughout the

animal kingdom common coloration, and often common

560 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

form in widely separated orders, plainly accompanying

common environment and habits. The Salmon’s silver,

grading upward into dusky, and downward to purest

white, is identical with that of countless fish in many

groups, and no one doubts that environment and habits

are the cause. Among birds, Lmberiza miliaria, Anthus

pratensis, Alauda arvensis, and Alauda arborea are four

species of three genera for all four of which one minutest

colour-and-pattern-description would almost suffice; and

the same colour-scheme and pattern with slight varia-

tions is found on a great many other species throughout

the world, both of Passeres and even Scolopacide and

(alline, telling plainly of life on the grownd amidst

grasses. Among the Scolopacidx, many females and young

of the Anatidxy, and the Laridx, Nature betrays, in the

main, great lack of variety in design, easily accounted for

by the lack of variety im the aspect of the environment.

In a broad survey of the animal kingdom we perceive that

everywhere the degree of colour-and-pattern difference

between different members of an order, family, or genus

keeps pace with the degree of variation in their environ-

ment’s aspect.

Why may not the circumstances of a group of butterflies

furnish them similar needs to wear a common livery, even

if we cannot see the reason? Might they not tend also

to have their flavour similarly affected by similar food ?

The Spruce Grouse (Canachites canadensis) is saturated

with spruce flavour, and the world is full of such cases.

Even the amazing similarity between members of these

groups is no proof they may not, for reasons which we

have not discovered, profit each by exactly the same form

of concealing-coloration. It should be borne in mind that

it is not a flower that these mimics evidently represent,

but a certain combination of the flower’s aspect with that

of its surroundings. Hence there may be one best way

to render this. Butterflies on wing are conspicuous, but

are wonderfully protected by their jerky flight, which is

completed by their wings being so large as necessarily

to throw the body up and down at every movement.

This latter advantage, attainable by no other conceivable

means, may be a great factor in the whole matter. In

flight they are doubtless practically safe, 7.¢. too trouble-

some a quarry to be seriously decimated. I send, for

Professor Poulton to exhibit, photographs of a number

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry, etc. 561

of so-called conspicuous butterflies (dead specimens), the

examples having been placed as far as possible without

an unfair attempt to favour my argument, except in a

few cases where the attempt is obvious. Surely they

speak eloquently. Could they be seen in their colour-

coalition, they would speak even more so, Any one care-

fully examining them will see that, in most cases, their

dark parts are not distinguishable from the background

(although the average person, wnaccustomed to analyze his

sight, will, by recognizing the butterfly through its pattern,

fancy he sees every part).

The very keynote of the zoologist’s error is psycho-

logical, One sees only what is out of place ;—that which is

in place is harmonious and unnoticed. We know how

many of these concealed animals we sce, but we do not

dream of how many we pass by.

By tracing back to so palpable an example as our

Sphinx-moth photograph, we see that the various com-

binations of sharp-edged markings with delicate blendings,

exactly resembling the combination of patterns made by

any sharp-edged fabric lying near a ground on which its

shadow falls, do vepresent such combinations of form ; so

that we must believe that so elaborate and delicately

complete a design would scarcely exist merely to identify

a species as unpalatable. We find on several Preces, as on

many Vanesse, and Papiliones, very highly developed

cases of the varied combinations of design worn by multi-

tudes of the most obviously protected birds, and other

animals ;—slight variations of representation either of near

objects casting a shadow on the background, as in the

cats, snakes, and moths mentioned, or of near objects

relieved against more distant, fainter ones, as in the

Kuropean ‘Woodcock’s wings, many female Pheasants, and

male Pheasants’ tails, such as that of the Copper

Pheasant. Doubtless each species has some particular

headquarters, as it were,—some region which it fits best,—

aud unless we chance to study it in this very region, and

at the most favourable season, we shall never witness the

full operation of its protective colour-scheme. Mr. Frank

M. Chapman has already pointed this out in a paper

entitled mOn the Birds of the island of Trinidad,” published

Feb. 1894, in the “ Bulletin of the American Museum of

Natural History,” a paper containing some very prophetic

glances into the future of protective coloration.

562 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

Apparently Nature has two main _protective-colour

schemes; one of which is closely imitative of the very near

environment of the animal, and applicable to such species

as sit close, and keep still, for concealment, as do the tree-

toads, moths, goatsuckers, certain snakes, and, among butter-

flies, the species of Grapta. (The latter, at least, keep very

still when resting, and expose at such times only the rock

or bark representation on the under-side of their wings.)

Among those butterflies, on the other hand, which have

no pronounced habit of protecting themselves in this

manner, Nature seems to have been forced to a_ bolder,

more positive way by furnishing them an upper-side

bearing a sort of conventionalized representation of the

predominant details among which they are destined to

move. Flowers, of course, must almost always be present.

And always the notes of the conventionalization are perfect.

Here is a most impressive argument, viz., so-called con-

spicuous butterflies have the body, head and all, exquisitely

effacively graded. Would it not be absurd for Nature to

spend energy in effacing the body while making the wings

conspicuous? The multitude of species, the world over,

whose main colour is largely the peculiar fuscous of

shadow under vegetation, have in most cases not merely

this shadow-colour, which so perfectly coalesces with the

shadow and apparently vanishes from the insect, but also

a system of exquisitely delicate perspectives within the

patches of shadow-colour; as in the genus Caligo es-

pecially. I mean that Calig go is an exquisitely developed

representation of the perspectives which an artist sees in

peering down through the openings between the flowers.

The parts of the world which I know well do not yet

furnish me a clear vision why so many butterflies, such as

several Preces, and Anosia plexippus, for instance, have

these delicate perspectives done in golden brown instead

of either shadow-colour or the more delicate flower-colour ;

but that this delicate design does represent perspective,

and would be wasted if used for any attempt at conspicu-

ousness, and that it is entirely akin to the perspectives

rendered on perfect shadow-colour in so vast a number of

species, is reason enough for’ trusting it to prove to be

some form of concealment device ; and on red flowers

these species show surprisingly little. I myself suspect

that butterflies of the A. plexippus type represent half a

concave flower. Watch any butterfly of this class, or any

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry, ete. 563

of the classes in which the pattern, when the wings are

open, arranges itself in amphitheatre-like semicircles of

stripes or dots, ete. When such a butterfly rests with

open wings on a flower, its head is at the centre, its

antennz form two stamens, and these semicircles seem to

belong to half the flower of which its head is the centre.

In several Preces, and many other butterflies, there is a

general representation of something like a bunch of

stamens casting their shadow deep under them in the

flower’s cavity. Usually a butterfly’s upper-side has the

exact colour-note characteristic of flowers and flower-

scenery seen from right overhead (take, for example,

Papilio turnus) ; while its under-side is a picture of such

greater distance as would be seen from the s7de position

necessary for beholding it when the wings are in their

characteristic vertically-folded position; and this is the

position from which enemies on neighbouring bushes

would see it. So-called “conspicuous” butterflies have,

in short, their upper-side designed with the full strength

“values” of the nearest flowers looked into from above,

and their under surfaces designed in notes more delicate,

to counterfeit the distance, and a perfectly effacively-

graded body. Their under-side is also more delicately

finished, as if against the nearer inspection possible from

neighbouring bushes. In fact, they wear every conceivable

aspect to fit them into the background from each point of

view, and make you think you see through them; or else,

seen from above, to make you think, as in the case of the

Pierine, that you see a flower itself. How can such a

case call for a theory that is based on the hypothesis that

they are conspicuous? One very important fact is that

we have abundant proof that animals, including birds,

have totally different sight from ours; and the existence

of these patterns, etc., unless 1t can be denied that they

even tend to eftace, should be taken as proof that they

sufficiently succeed in effacing. Otherwise, why are they

there, when almost the whole animal kingdom does need

concealment? A fox,a deer, a bear, a grouse, a turkey,

or any small bird or mammal, may come almost to one’s

feet if one stay still, yet flee wildly on seeing any motion.

Ts not this sufficient proof that even if we were usually

able to detect a Papilio when it is effacively situated, it

is no sign that a bird could do so, if the insect kept its

place ?

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1903.—PART IV. (DEC.) 38

564 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

Butterflies very often remain unobserved amidst flowers

or other vegetation, by any one approaching (especially

if he be not keenly in search of them) until once flushed.

Of course our yellow and our white Pierine are pretty

sure to catch the eye of the person approaching, if, as

very commonly, they are found amidst dark vegetation.

Yet their colours are precisely those of our most abundant

flowers, just as they are our most abundant butterflies.

This fact harmonizes with my argument that, however

conspicuous in many situations, few animals are so in the

place or region to which they doubtless owe their abund-

ance. We see largely the overflow individuals from a

concealing region into a less favouring one, and erroneously

think of the species as typical of the region where it is

visible to us. The gentle waving of the wings, so common

among butterflies when they are feeding, seems plainly a

protective imitation of the swaying of leaves and flowers

in the breeze. Any one who has photographed outdoor

vegetation knows how seldom it stands still.

To sum up, the general aspect of each animal’s environ-

ment, throughout the animal kingdom, is found painted

upon his coat,in such a way as to minimize his visibility,

by making the beholder think he sees through him. How

has it chanced that, while this fact has long been recog-

nized, in a crude way, in many fields of zoology, it has

remained essentially unnoticed in butterflies? Their

most critical moments being passed upon flowers, the

aspect of flowers combined in various proportions with

the dark vistas down among them to the shadowy earth

beneath, is exquisitely painted upon a vast majority of

the world’s butterflies, and on none more plainly than

on those called conspicuous. The Pierine are mainly

representations of flowers, though surrounded by a dark

border which appears to belong to the shadows beneath

it. On the other hand, there are a vast number of dark

species which represent a portion of this shadow-under-

vegetation, with bits of yellow vegetation, or of flowers,

seen against it (these of course being rendered by the

hight markings), Could small, bright | patterns on dark

possibly be more perfect generalizations of small blossoms,

buds, and stems ?

I cite the followmg examples of the various colorations

described.

Among the Brassoline, Caligo, eurylochus is a marvel of

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimiery, ete. 565

wholly effacive design, so subtle as to make it absurd to

suppose that Nature could be trying to have him conspicu-

ous, or to use such delicate gradations for zdentification.

Caligo telamonius and Caligo demosthenes are even more

wonderful examples. Cynthia has a wonderful multiplicity

of perspectives represented on its surface. Black and

green Nymphaline are notably orchid-like in design.

Their dark tips disappear, uniting with the shadows.

Dione has good near-scenery on its upper-side, while

the silver spots of its under-side appear in a side view to

cut holes through its wings.

The Danaine butterfly ZLimnas chrysippus is covered

with design which I am not prepared to interpret.

Whether or not it is a flower, the four interior spots on

the upper-side of the hind-wings may pass for stamens, as

may also, of course, the antenne ; and whether or not the

yellow-red ground counterfeits the colour of a flower, it

represents a flower’s form. Caduga melaneus has the colour-

scheme of the skunk, with, of course, similar advantages.

The Satyrine, i.e. the dark ones, with strong, light

patterns, have also the skunk’s colour-principle. The

Danaine, Ithomiine, and Heliconine of South America,

Lycorea, Melinza, and Heliconius, for imstance, display

marvellous mutual resemblance, yet their likeness to

Odontoglossum triumphans, when their dark tips are cut

out by coalescing with the shadow, is most impressive.

Among the transparent Satyrine I may mention

Pierella nereis. Unmistakably the whole surface of this

insect (and likewise that of Citherias menander) pictures

a single flower.

Pierella astyoche represents flower-scenery (likewise

Pierella rhea).

In the Oriental Danaine genus Luploca we see exquisite

shadow-perspective over which white spots relieve. The

blue sheen, seldom or never occurring on both wings at

once, additionally effaces.

In the Lycenide the exquisite blue species represent

flower-cups, their black border of course detaching into

the background.

The above examples I have chosen from all the families

I have lately examined, which do not include the Skippers,

or the great mass of Papilionide.

Let me add a few more reflections, all harmonious with

my theory.

566 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

The act of flight tends to obliterate pattern, by the

too quick substitution of one colour for another before the

eye. A black-and-white butterfly, therefore, tends to

look simply grey in flight.

It is not necessary to conceive that a bird must find the

imitation flower on its proper plant, if the flower represent

a type common in the neighbourhood. A vast majority of

butterflies, including most members of Mimicry groups,

have the common dark wing-tips of the /wscows colour

which causes this portion to seem lacking from the butter-

fly, leaving the lighter-coloured parts to represent a more

flower-like form. The white dots, so common on these

black tips, surprisingly aid the representation of space

below the flower by supplying the average sharp details

that are to be seen down in the shady under-spaces,—

little glints of light on twigs, etc.—and their dark ground

is rendered additionally transparent in appearance by

iridescence.

If the foregoing arguments prove that the so-called

Warning-colours commonly cited do not exist mainly to

make their wearer conspicuous, it does not follow that

they may not still serve secondarily as Warning-colours.

When, for instance, they happen to fail to conceal, they

may then serve to warn. My main point is that they

first of all conceal. I suspect that the same principles

apply to striped wasps and hornets, and many other

insects called conspicuous. The yellow pattern unmistak-

ably allies their appearance to the pollen-covered flower-

interiors, making them far less conspicuous than an

unmixed need to be seen would have them. Yet when

seen, they may well profit by the pattern’s recognizability.

Can any one, once shown, as I here show, that butterflies’

patterns are 7o¢ intrinsically the thing to make the wearer

conspicuous, and shown that they ae wonderful representa-

tions of the flower-scenery I describe, believe that Natural

Selection has bungled, and wasted design of the most

intricate kind? No, it is the beauty of the whole thing

that absolute fitness is the goal of all changes by Natural

Selection :—is, in fact, the only motive-power; changing

all forms steadily toward itself.

We see, then, that butterflies are imitation flowers, or

pictures of flower and background. This has escaped the

eye of zoologists. They see that fish wear representations

of under-water scenery; that forest animals are forest-

Protective Coloration in its relation to. Minicry, etc. 567

patterned ; beach animals, beach-patterned, etc., through

the whole animal kingdom. But this other obvious case

has escaped them. What other equal hope were there for

insects that feed in full sunlight on masses of bright

flowers ?

In another paper I shall extend this criticism on the

animal-conspicuousness-theory to the field of birds, and to

strengthen the present paper by showing reasons to sus-

pect that this theory is also not well intrenched in the

bird part of its field, I append the following examples of

the material to be used in the next paper.

Several of the most apparently conspicuous details of

the exteriors of male birds can be shown to be such as

would aid them to escape their enemies, and it is plain

that simple life-preservation must for ever take precedence

in the scale of importance of animals’ needs. It is a mild

statement to say that if the animal kingdom is to survive,

females have greater need of the mere existence of mates

than of any particular attribute in them, and if this state-

ment is true, in all its immense import, it is among the

most primitive needs of the male, that we should search

for the explanation of his present attributes. All the

nuptial developments, either of feathers or fleshy growths

on beaks, etc., are much more rationally explicable along

the simple lines of utility, than those of direct Sexual

Selection, since it is apparent that every appendage, and

every brilliancy of colour or costume adds to the formid-

ableness of a warrior’s aspect. One male conquers another

partly through overawing him by superior splendour,

and actually looking larger by means of his appendages,

and when these gaudy-feathered braves flaunt before their

females, why are they not presumably appealing to the

females’ love of a good fighter,—a sentiment so dominant,

even in the human race,—and a simple sense of what con-

stitutes a husband full-equipped for the rough work

devolving on all feudal lords? In fact, from which end

of the animal scale is this human sentiment traceable ?

If from the lower, as seems obvious, it must exist there.

I believe that a material need for any existing thing will

always be found to precede the spiritual, just as simply as

a man must catch before he can eat, and will then think.

These arguments suggest, at least, that the nuptial

superficial developments are for the direct use of the male

who wears them. Let us look at the iridescent splendours

568 Mr. A. H. Thayer on

ot the Peacock family. An artist can see that whereas

unshiny monochrome reveals its wearer to the utmost,

iridescence, on the other hand, destroys visibility of surface,

by substituting for a normal light-and-shade gradation, a

totally new succession of colour and light notes, and above all

one that changes its character with every movement of the

bird, and every change of the beholder’s standpoint. Add

to this in the Peacock’s case, for instance, his habitual

resort to dense cover, and his gorgeous blue and green

gleams, through its interstices, present merely the aspect

of foliage-colours and hints of flower-masses. I feel sure

that Peacock hunters will testify that this bird is hard to

see when lying close.

Let us imagine an animal stalking this bird. He will

look wholly for motion :—(such at least is the habit of all

predatory creatures I know). Now it is the peculiar

property of sheen, that it will stand sti// while the thing it

is on moves. This means that a Peacock can move his

brilliant neck, while its sheen stands stil/—just as the

gleam on the telegraph wires keeps pace with the railway

train as one sees it from the window. And since this

gleam of the bird’s neck must be the most visible thing,

the possibility of the neck’s gliding along behind it, while

at stands still, must often save the Peacock ; (for the balance

between the evolved skill of the hunter and the evolved skill

of the hunted must always be close, and smallest advantages

must often tip the scale). While the fore-part of the bird

is beginning to move, unnoticed, his conspicuous tail, a

yard behind his vital parts, catches the tiger’s eye, in its

earliest motion, and the tiger, seeing no other part so

distinctly, springs at these long feathers, whose design is

arranged for conspicuousness in motion.

These gorgeous birds will prove to be additionally con-

cealed, not revealed, by their costumes. It is worth men-

tioning here, in connection with the Warning-Colour

theory, that while Peacocks and Pheasants are iridescent

plumaged birds, and would be called conspicuous in the

highest degree, they are not wapalatable ;—a fact that goes

to strengthen my argument.

The next thing to be pointed out is that the general

tendency of birds to wear longitudinal markings forward,

and transverse ones aft, is an important factor of protec-

tion, especially in the case of the Pheasants and Peacocks,

among whom this arrangement is very highly developed.

Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry, ete. 569

Any one who has tried to catch a snake in the grass will

see at a glance why Nature tries to direct an enemy's

attention behind the animal he is hunting. The snake

for ever proves to be further on. It is hard to set one’s

foot far enough ahead as he moves, just as a wing-shot

tends to shoot behind. Now Nature, realizing this, offers

the enemy the utmost inducement to strike too far back.

The strong cross-bars of the Reeves or the Copper Pheasant,

while visually they cut the tail to pieces when it is still,

are, as with the Peacock, by far the most visible part of the

bird as soon as he moves. The reason of this is that in

forward motion the longitudinal markings scarcely show,

while the transverse ones become conspicuous. To prove

this, any reader has only to blacken a few points an inch

or so apart on a white cord, and then move the cord longi-

tudinally, drawn tight across some aperture a few yards

away, the cord being only visible where it crosses the

aperture. He will see that its motion is distinguishable

much farther off when the spots are in sight than when

the wamarked cord is passing. The spots correspond to

the tail-marks of the Pheasant, and the cord where it is

not spotted represents the bird’s longitudinal markings, 7. e.

his body-markings.

Before closing I beg to say that I do not mean that I

am convinced that Mimicry and Common Warning Colours

have no hand in these resemblances. I merely point out

that the coloration of every individual of the “ mimicking

groups” of butterflies seems to be the best conceivable for

effacing the aspect of its wearer, and also that it is per-

fectly conceivable that an external influence, like super-

abundance of certain very sweet flowers, could do the

whole thing.

570 Professor E. B, Poulton on Ir. Thayer's

XXVII. A brief discussion of A. H. Thayer's suggestions as

to the meaning of colour and pattern in insect

bionomics. By PROFESSOR EDWARD B, PoULTON,

M.A., D.Sce., F.R.S., ete.

[Read October 21st, 1903.]

THE discoverer of the meaning of the white under-sides of

animals is entitled to a respectful hearing on any question

of animal coloration. Furthermore, by his discovery, he

has proved the benefits which the artist can confer on the

naturalist, benefits which we naturalists are only too

pleased to receive with gratitude. Our only difficulty is

that so few artists seem disposed to consider our problems

seriously. In order to be able to do so they must become,

at least in spirit, naturalists as well as artists. The more

numerous the men of creative power who can occupy, as

Mr. Thayer does, the double standpoint, the better it will

be for both domains. I therefore express my cordial

agreement with Mr. Thayer’s claim for the artist. I now

propose to make a few comments upon the details of his

interesting paper.

Every naturalist will agree that “any coloration or

pattern would be conspicuous somewhere.” We have often

called attention to the fact that colour, pattern, shape,

and attitude can only be understood in the natural environ-

ment. In fact, Mr. Thayer’s own suggestions are, I think,

most open to criticism when he is speaking of animals in

countries he has not visited; when, for instance, he sug-

gests the kind of concealment brought about by the stripes

of the zebra. The lion is the zebra’s great enemy, and in

spite of their very different kind of colouring they are both

adapted to the same general environment. The propor-

tion of dark and light stripes, Francis Galton told us long

ago, “is such as exactly to match the pale tint which arid

ground possesses when seen by moonlight.” So too the

suggestion that the groups of similar South American

butterflies have gained their resemblance by a common

(syneryptic) likeness to some flower which they chiefly

frequent would be more plausible if Mr. Thayer had

studied them in their native haunts. I have asked Mr.

suggestions as to insect colours and patterns, 571

W. J. Kaye if he can remember the colour of the

tlowers visited by the black, cow-red, and yellow Melinxa

group and its mimics in British Guiana, and he tells

me they are either white or cream-coloured. Further-

more, Mr. Thayer treats this group as though it

were uniform throughout tropical South America, dis-

regarding the extraordinary changes of colour and

pattern undergone by its representative species as we pass

from one part of the Neotropical region to another. It

is almost inconceivable that the following features, which

are characteristic of whole groups in particular areas, can

be due to the special flowers of those areas. The barred

form of Central America, Colombia, and Venezuela, the

black hind-wing of the Guianas, the bright yellow band of

Eastern Brazil, the chestnut ground-colour of Ega on the

Amazon, the black marked fulvous of the Napo River,

passing on into the black forms with fulvous marks which

constitute so large and characteristic a group in Ecuador,

Peru, and Bolivia. In all these cases, nothing short of

actual evidence on the spot can warrant the improbable

suggestion that we are dealing with syncryptic groups,

changing as the species of flowers are replaced by others

in passing from one district to another.

Moreover, the theory of a syncryptic resemblance to

flowers fails to account for certain broad characteristics of

the groups in question, which on the other hand receive

a ready explanation on the theory of common warning

(synaposematic) coloration. These are (1) the predomin-

ance of forms belonging to the sub-families Jthomiine,

with the allied Danaing, and Heliconine, with the allied

Acrwing : (2) the fact that the predominant members of

the chief groups in all the other tropical parts of the

world are also contributed by the Danaine and Acreine :

(3) the flaunting flight, exposure at rest, and general

want of alertness exhibited by the species of these sub-

families as compared with others: (4) the more or less

exact similarity of the pattern on the under to that on the

upper surface, an arrangement comparatively rare in other

Rhopalocera: (5) the experimental evidence of the un-

palatability of these very sub-families to a large number

of the enemies of insects.

Hence, until positive evidence is obtained on the spot

in favour of Mr, Thayer’s suggestion of syncryptic resem-

blance, I must regard such an interpretation as highly

572 Professor E. B. Poulton on Mr. Thayer's

improbable, in the case of the groups hitherto explained

by the Miillerian or Batesian theories. Of course close

syncryptic resemblances between bark-like moths, lichen-

like moths, grass-like and pine-needle-hke larve, etc.,

have been known and admitted for many years.

Leaving the tropics we find a beautiful example of

mimicry, Batesian, or more probably Miillerian, which has

arisen in Mr. Thayer’s own region, and has never wandered

much beyond it, an example moreover very well known to

the American artist-naturalist, viz. the resemblance of the

northern Limenitis (Basilarchia) archippus (misippus) to

the Danaine intruder from the tropical south, Axnosia

plexippus.

In this case there is little doubt that the Nymphaline

has been actually drawn away from an ancestral appear-

ance, much like that now borne by ZL. avthemis, explained

by Mr. Thayer as promoting concealment by likeness to

flower-masses and their background. If therefore Mr.

Thayer is compelled to admit all this effect produced by

the Danaine intruder in his own northern region, why

should he not be ready to accept far more extended effects

of the same kind in the crowded luxuriant life of the

tropics ?

I do not think that naturalists Lave so entirely misunder-

stood the principle of a cryptic pattern resembling some

object in the environment combined with the eftacive

gradation so admirably explained by Mr. Thayer. His

illustrations cf tiger, lion, brilliantly-coloured fish, appear-

ance of forest and shore birds, ete., all these are accepted

at once and have been accepted for a long time. But

naturalists have regarded the skunk as conspicuous, and I

feel sure that Mr. Thayer will admit that it falls into

another category from that which includes the forms just

named. If concealment is brought about by the beautiful

and delicately adjusted effacive gradation from upper dark

to under white, as is now generally admitted, surely the

“slight amount of eftacive gradation” of the black

skunk cannot be the same thing, or belong to the same

class.

We must admit Mr. Thayer’s main conclusion, that the

forms we call conspicuous might be more conspicuous, and

also accept the statement that a pattern is less conspicuous

than the monochrome.

Admitting all Mr. Thayer says, at least of the butterflies

suggestions as to insect colours and patterns. 573

he knows in the living state, and of the skunk, he cannot

contend, I think, that his criticisms are powerful enough to

transfer these examples into the bionomic group which con-

tains the well-known examples of cryptic colouring—the

skunk into the same category as the hare or ptarmigan, the

under-side colouring of the Danaine butterflies, or the Nym-

phaline genus Limenitis (Basilarchia) into the samecategory

with that of Grapta or Kallima, etc. I believe the whole

of his criticism of warning colours can be accepted, and

can be reconciled with the existing hypotheses. All

animals with warning colours have enemies, all are

liable to special attacks, in times of exceptional hunger,

by enemies which would at other times neglect them.

Even the skunk has special bird enemies. Provided such

forms are easily seen and avoided by enemies which

respect their special modes of defence, it is clearly an

advantage to be as far as possible concealed from those

which do not respect them. Hence conspicuousness, but,

as Mr. Thayer tells us, something very far short of ideal

conspicuousness. The black and white pattern of the

skunk is probably glaring and conspicuous enough to all

enemies near at hand, but at the immense distance covered

by the long-range sight of a predaceous bird it may melt

into an inconspicuous grey.

The same kind of interpretation probably holds for a

cryptic element whenever it exists in the appearance of

butterflies belonging to distasteful sub-families. It is the

probable meaning of the transparency so widespread in

the Ithomtine, although I do not think it is so effective

in concealing as Mr. Thayer supposes. We must remember

that many of these transparent species are excessively

abundant, flying in clouds often made up of the individuals

of several species and different genera. I quite recognize

that the transparency may protect such forms against

distant enemies, but I should be much surprised if the

species of Methona and Thyridia, as well as Dismorphia

orise, of which they are the models, are not rendered

extremely conspicuous to enemies close at hand, by their

numbers, habits of flight, and attitudes of rest. As Mr.

Thayer has said, the black and white markings will melt

into an elusive grey on a rapidly vibrating wing ; but the

specially protected groups have developed a sailing flight

which shows off the elements of pattern to perfection.

When the body in such groups is effacively graded the

574 Professor E. B. Poulton on Mr. Thayer's

explanation may well be that it is advantageous to direct

attention to the wings rather than the vital parts; but it

is precisely in these groups that the black body, and some-

times the head, are so often marked with white or red. <A

bright red or orange collar is found in several species.

Furthermore, it must be remembered that the body being

moved much less rapidly than the wings during flight is

more easily seen. The black and white apical area of the

fore-wing may help to conceal, as Mr. Thayer supposes,

under certain conditions, but the numerous examples of

injuries at this very spot, figured in Plates IX and XI of

our Transactions for last year, strongly support the hypo-

thesis that it is directive, and diverts the stroke of the

attacking enemy from the body.

Apart from the suggested interpretation of mimetic

resemblance, which I believe to be untenable, Mr. Thayer's

suggestions supplement and complete rather than oppose

existing hypotheses. The words he uses of the wasp may

in fact be employed of the skunk, and the well-known

distasteful Rhopalocerous groups, ete. The colours may

not be conspicuous to enemies at a great distance, “ yet

when seen they may well profit by the pattern’s recogniz-

ability.” We have rather insisted on this latter fact and

its advantage, and Mr. Thayer has done us good service

in calling attention to the other aspect of the appearance.

Ideas not dissimilar to those of Mr. Thayer’s upon

warning colours have for some time crossed my mind.

Thus last year I suggested as regards the abundant, much-

mimicked Limnas chrysippus, that its desert form dorippus

(Alugit) “is a development in a procryptic direction in areas

where the struggle” is especially severe (Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1902, p. 475).

Furthermore, the idea has often forced itself upon me

that the ground colour of the type form of this butterfly, as

well as of the Ethiopian Acrwine and Lycid beetles, may,

under certain conditions and at a certain distance, become

procryptic against the prevalent reddish tinge of the soil

of Africa.

The author’s suggestions of the resemblance of buttertly

patterns in general to flower-masses and the shadow-depths

between them; of the under-sides of Grapta and the

upper-sides of many moths representing dead leaves lying

on the ground and casting such shadows as they would

throw at their small distance from it; of the concealing

suggestions as to insect colours and patterns, 575

effect of iridescence ; of the overflow of individuals from a

concealing region into one less favourable—in all these we

have illuminating ideas which demand the fullest and

most respectful consideration. That they are sound prin-

ciples must, I think, be admitted at once ; but their relative

importance, the amount of ground which they cover, cannot

be decided offhand. I would only point out the extra-

ordinary frequency with which a continuous black colour-

ing unrelieved by pattern is accompanied by iridescence

or surface colours of some kind. In view of the whole

drift of Mr. Thayer’s interesting and most suggestive paper

it becomes probable that dead black would be too con-

spicuous even to many a well-armed aculeate or nauseous

Huploea, and that it is therefore modified so that it obtrudes

less upon the distant view of enemies which “ mean

business.”

Although I have criticized some of the details of Mr.

Thayer’s paper, I should wish again to point out that they

concern just those species which have not come under his

own eyes in the living state. Naturalists owe him a large

debt for the many new points of view and illuminating

suggestions contained in his memoir.

DrEcEMBER 24th, 1903.

THE

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1903.

February 4th, 1903.

Professor E, B. Poutron, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Nomination of Vice-Presidents.

The PrestpENT announced that he had nominated the Rev.

Canon Fow er, M.A., D.Se., F.L.S., Professor RAPHAEL

Metpona, F.R.8., and Dr. Davip SHarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

as Vice-Presidents for the Session 1903-1904.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. 'T. Asuton LorrHouse of the Croft, Linthorpe, Middles-

brough, was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions.

Dr. Tt. A. CHapman exhibited two male specimens of Oring

(Chrysochloa) tristis, var. smaragdina, taken at Pino, Lago

Maggiore, on May 30, 1902, still alive; and living larve of

Crinopteryx familiella, second generation, bred at Reigate from

the egg. The parents were taken at Cannes in February 1901.

The Rev. F. D. Morice exhibited, with drawings of the

abnormal parts, a hermaphrodite of Hucera longicornis, Linn.,

showing one 2 antenna normal, and one gd antenna remarkably

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., I. 1903.

( ii)

shortened and with the joints greatly dilated; the clypeus

and labrum one half white (the ¢ character), and the other

half black as in the 2. In the abdomen and legs the ?

character predominated, but one half of the apical segments

and genitalia seemed to be 6.

In a discussion which followed on hermaphroditism, Dr.

Suarpv stated that Father Wasman had announced the

discovery that in certain Diptera, parasites of Termites, the

individual commences as a male and ends as a female—a

phenomenon entirely new to entomology, though paralleled in

some other groups. Father Wasman had examined a large

number of cases, and considered that the whole genital system

changes in the course of the imago life from male to female.

It was noteworthy that in this case of chronological her-

maphroditism protandry existed, as in all other cases of the

kind. The Prestpenr expressed the opinion that such a

discovery required the confirmation of several workers.

Mr. R. McLacunan, F.R.S., exhibited a living example of

Chrysopa vulgaris, Schnd., taken by Dr. Chapman in his

house at Reigate. The primary object of the exhibition was

to show the manner in which this species, which is ordinarily

bright green, assumes a brownish colour, the abdomen being

often marked with reddish spots in hibernating individuals.

Mr. W. J. Lucas submitted specimens of a bug—J/iris

calearatus—and some fruit of a grass, swept up together by

Mr. W. J. Ashdown from the canal side near Byfleet on July

14, 1902, on the occasion of the South London Entomological

and Natural History Society’s excursion. The similarity of

form and colouring constituted a probable case of protective

resemblance.

Major Nevitte Manvers exhibited two specimens of an

undescribed species of Ated/a from Ceylon ; and remarked that

it was a very local insect, and only found in the Nitre Cave

district, one of the localities most remote from civilization in

the island. It was probably a well-marked local race of

A, alcippe, but easily distinguished from any known species of

the genus by the apex of the fore-wing being entirely black.

The species is constant in colouring, but apparently varies

considerably in size.

( ii)

Mr. F. B. Jenninas exhibited British specimens of two species

of Hemiptera—Heteroptera : (1) two females of Drymus pilipes,

Fieb., a rare species of the family Lygwidz, which were found

among dead leaves on a hillside near Croydon in September

1901; (2) the black aberration of Miris levigatus, L., recorded

by him in the Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine for 1902,

p. 224. The species of Miris and the allied genus of Capside,

Megalocerwa, are ordinarily grass-green, or pale-yellowish.

Mr. H. J. Etwes, F.R.S., exhibited two cases of arctic

butterflies. The first contained specimens from a collection ~

formed by Mr. David Hanbury on the arctic coast of North

America, in the region where the Parry expedition was lost.

Of the butterflies observed—fifteen species in all—a large

number for such barren and inhospitable ground, two had not

been taken since they were first described by Curtis sixty

years ago. Among them was Clias boothii. This species, in

comparison with Colias hecla, Lef., is undoubtedly distinct

in both sexes, but it is most remarkable that the male

in coloration and markings appears to approximate more

closely to the characters usual in the females of other members

of the genus. The collection contained nothing new, but

included the rare and curious Argyunis improba, Butler,

hitherto taken only in Novaya Zembla (cf. Markham’s “ Polar

Reconnaissance,” p. 351), which Mr. Etwes believed to be

nothing more than a high arctic form of A. frigga, Thnb.; a

remarkable aberration of A. chariclea, Schn., in which the

black netting marks were resolved into smeared black lines ;

A, pales, for the first time from this region, precisely similar

to the form taken on the east of the Lena river in Siberia ;

and Caenonympha tiphon closely resembling the form from

Kamtschatka.

The second case contained specimens from a collection made

by a Russian, between Jakutske and Verkhojansk in north-

eastern Siberia at about the same latitude, 67°, as the

preceding exhibit. They included many species which occur in

the western palearctic region, such as Aporia cratxegi, Triphysa

phryne, Cenonympha iphis, Argynnis selene, A. ino, Melitza

phebe, etc., and, most remarkable of all, Veptis lucilla. Also

Parnassius delius, which Mr. Etwes said was the first

(ig @)

Parnassius he had seen from within the arctic circle, and

Colias viluiensis, Mén., an insect peculiar to Siberia, showing

remarkable female aberrant forms. The PRESIDENT observed

that these collections threw a great light on the butterflies

inhabiting the fringe of the holarctic region. .

Mr. C. O. WATERHOUSE gave an account of a nest of a bee,

Trigona collina, recently received from Malacca. The whole

resinous mass weighed 40 lbs. <A section of the nest which

was exhibited showed the cavities in the resin filled with

pollen. The central portion of the nest was constructed of

more waxy material, and contained numerous cells in which

were immature bees. The bees were still alive when the nest

arrived, and among them males as well as workers were

found. Specimens were exhibited, as were also males and

a worker of the much smaller species, Zrigona ruficornis,

Smith, received at the same time from Singapore, and sent by

Mr. H. N. Ridley.

Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited two drawers containing Danaine,

Ithomiine and Heliconine species from British Guiana, all of

similar coloration, and forming a Miillerian association with

a black hind-wing. He pointed out that possibly the species

had converged, and that some were in advance of others.

The central species was considered to be a Melinxa

Melinxa crameri, a species with a constant pattern and a very

complete black hind-wing. Closely following this Melinwa

mneme (a very abundant and variable species) entered, drawing

in its turn a large number of different species of even widely

different families. A diagrammatic table was shown with the

exhibit, which included the following species: (1) [thomiine,

Melinxa crameri, M. mneme, M. egina, M. n. sp., Ceratinia

veritabilis, Ceratinia, sp., Mechanitis doryssus ; (2) Danaine,

Lycorea ceres, L. pasinuntia; (3) Heliconine, Heliconius

vetustus, H. numata, H. sylvana, KEueides, n. sp.; and (4)

Erycinide, Stalachtis calliope.

Papers.

The following papers were communicated :—

“On the Hypsid Genus Deilemera, Hiibner, by Colonel

CHARLES Swinuogk, M.A., F.L.S.”

vas)

“ An Account of a Collection of Rhopalocera made in the

Anambara Creek in Nigeria, West Africa, by Mr. P. J.

eAreny,7

‘Some Notes on the habits of Vanophyes duriewi,. Lucas, as

observed in Central Spain by Mr. G. C. Cuampton, F.Z.S8., and

Dr. T. A. Coapman, M.D., F.Z.8., with a description of the

larva and pupa by Dr. T. A. CHapman.”

March 4th, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutton, M.A., D.Sec., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Harry Exrrincuam, of Eastgarth, Westoe, South

Shields, was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions.

Colonel C. T. BincHam sent for exhibition specimens of

Diptera and two Aculeates from Sikhim, constituting in the

banding of the wings and other characteristics a striking case

of mimicry. The Rey. F. D. Moricr drew attention to the way

in which the fly imitated with its tibia the tarsus of the bee.

Mr. A. J. Curry exhibited specimens of Atomaria rhenana,

K., taken by him out of some flood rubbish found near

Lancing, probably the same locality where the beetle was

discovered formerly by Dr. Sharp. The species is represented

in the Power collection, and it is also mentioned in Canon

Fowler’s ‘ British Coleoptera ” as having been taken at Bognor,

and in Wicken Fen. He also exhibited a Ptinus, apparently

new to Britain, found in a granary in Holborn in 1893,

where it had probably been introduced.

Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited species of Lepidoptera from

British Guiana, forming a Miillerian Association in which all

but one were day-flying moths, the exception being an Erycinid

butterfly, Lsthemopsis sevicina. The moths, belonging to three

families, included Syntomide ; Agyrta micilia, and Huagra

(a5)

celestina, Hypside ; LIostola diwvisa, Geometride (1); Pseudar-

bessa decorata. It appears very evident from the specimens

collected over eighteen months in exactly the same place,

that the Syntomidx in being so numerous have acted as the

types, toward which the other species have converged. The

particular interest of the exhibit consisted in the association

being one of moths, a butterfly being the exception, and not

one of butterflies with perhaps a single moth, which latter is

so frequently the case in South America. The butterfly most

closely resembled Agyrta micilia, one of the Syntomide that is

perhaps the most abundant of all the groups.

Papers.

Mr. C. O. WATERHOUSE read ‘‘ Notes on the nests of Bees of

the Genus Trigona.”’

Mr. G. A. RoTHNney communicated a paper on “The

Aculeate Hymenoptera of Barrackpore, Bengal ;” and another

paper entitled ‘“ Descriptions of eighteen new species of

Larridx and Apidx, from Barrackpore, by Peter Cameron.”

Colonel CHARLES SWINHOE communicated a paper “On the

Aganiide in the British Museum, with descriptions of some

new species.”

Wednesday, March 18th, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutron, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. H. W. Betit-Mariey, Durban, Natal, Mr. J. C.

Dotuman, Newton Grove, Bedford Park, W., Mr. W. W.

Row.anps, Lickey Grange, near»Bromsgrove, and Prof. T. H.

Taytor, M.A., The Yorkshire College, Leeds, were elected

Fellows of the Society.

Hehibitions.

The Rey. F. D. Morice exhibited with drawings a dissected

gynandromorphous specimen of a bee (Osmia fulviventris,

Panz.). He said in this species the 9 is normally larger,

(ouaiachen))

less brightly eneous, and altogether darker-looking above

than the ¢. There are also of course the regular sexual

differences between them, which occur in all Anthophila,

as to antenne, number of abdominal segments, possession

of a scopa, genital armature, etc. The clypeus and mandibles

differ also in shape, though not in colour; the last or sixth

dorsal segment is simple (apically incised, as is the seventh

also, In the male) ; and the hind metatarsi are without a little

tooth, which in the ¢ is always present, though generally

quite concealed by longer and very dense hairs. In the

specimen exhibited, the general appearance above was (be-

fore dissection) completely 2; as were also (I believe) both

antenne, though unluckily one has been broken off and lost.

That remaining is obviously 9. The genital armature seems

to be entirely @ also, though not quite in a normal state,

as though somewhat shrivelled and distorted. But the

following parts are certainly ¢: the right mandible; the

right posterior metatarsus; the two last apical (sixth and

seventh) visible dorsal plates of the abdomen ; the right side

only of the third, fourth, and fifth ventral plates of the

abdomen. I think that the first and second ventral plates are

also ? throughout. The last or sixth ventral plate is rather

puzzling. It shows, on the right side only, what looks like

part of the 2 scopa; whereas, in the preceding segments,

the scopa-bearing @ side is, as has been said, the left. Thus,

on the ventral side of the abdomen ¢ characters largely

predominate (the @ with one doubtful exception occurring

only on three segments, and only on the left side of each of

these), The dorsal apex is also ¢ entirely. Yet the genital

armature seems to be completely @, and I can find no trace

of the concealed imperfectly chitinized segments which in

all Hymenoptera ensheath the armature of a 3. In the

head the general appearance, the clypeus, one antenna at

least (¢ both), and the left mandible certainly suggest a

2 :—perhaps too the thorax does so, but one ought to have

studied its sexual modifications more thoroughly than I have

done, to be certain as to this, The insect was kindly sent to

me (with the gynandromorphous Eucera which I exhibited last

month, and several other similar monstrosities) by M. Jean

(Ga)

Vachal of Argentat, France. The species is a common one ;

whether that called fulviventris in the British List is a variety -

of it, or a distinct species, is not yet finally decided. I have

handed the dissections to Prof. Poulton, for presentation to

the Hope Collection in Oxford.

Mr. A. Bacor exhibited a number of specimens of J/ala-

cosoma neustria x castrensis in various stages, including a

series of six ¢ ¢ and sixteen 9 9 imagines reared during

1902 from one batch of ova laid by a 2 Castrensis, which

had been mated with a ¢ Neustria, and two 2 @? reared from

another batch of ova the result of a similar cross ; also blown

larvee of hybrid parentage, and twigs showing attempts at

ovipositing on the part of 9? 9 hybrids that had paired with

hybrid ¢ ¢ of the same brood; also a series of I. wWeustria,

M. Castrensis and the hybrid moths reared during 1901 for

comparison. He said that the larvee of the 1902 broods, as

stated in the Society’s Proceedings for June 4th last, exactly

followed those of the previous year in respect of their division

into “ forwards” and “laggards,” the former again producing

only females, and the latter males. By forcing the pupe of

the laggards it was found possible to synchronize the emer-

gencies this year, and pairings between the hybrid moths

were obtained. The females attempted egg-laying, adopting

the position and motions of normal females of Castrensis, but at

each opening of the ovipositor they produced only the small drop

of cement which accompanies the egg in the normal oviposition

of the parent species, resulting in a more or less perfect spiral

band of cement upon the twigs. The length of time occupied

in producing this result was about the same as that required

by MW. Castrensis 2 for depositing her normal batch of eggs,

which are laid at the rate of about eight or nine a minute.

Pairings or attempted pairings were also obtained between

the hybrid males and females of both the parent species, but

only a very few eggs were laid by these females, who subse-

quently recommenced calling. Perhaps the most interesting

feature of the exhibit was the great variability shown by the

specimens comprising the larger of the 1902 broods compared

with the remarkable uniformity of the hybrid moths reared

during the previous year. Such uniformity appears the more

( ix)

remarkable if we remember the wide range of variability

shown by both the parent species, and that a very wide, if

not the entire local range, may be found within the limits of

a single brood of either species.

Mr. H. St. J. DontstHorre exhibited specimens of 7rimium

brevicorne, Reich., from Chiddingfold, Surrey, an unusually

southern locality for this species,

Mr. C. P, Pickerr specimens of /Hybernia leucophearia and

Phigalia pedaria taken at Chingford on February 14th. With

regard to the resting habit of the former species he said it

was somewhat curious. The bodies lay in a parallel position

to the bark of the trees on which they were found ; the cross-

markings of the wings in an upright position corresponding

closely with the lines of bark. Their colour also harmonized

remarkably well with the surroundings. He also exhibited

ova of Hndromis versicolora on birch twigs, laid March 17th.

The parent moths paired on March 16th at 1.20 p.m., remain-

ing in cop. thirty-three and a half hours, until 10.55 p.m. the

following day. The female then commenced crawling about

the cage to find some suitable place for laying, and on the

introduction of some birch twigs deposited thirty-eight ova

in ten minutes upon them, On the morning of the 18th she

had laid 171 ova, which were cream-coloured and shiny in

appearance, but after two or three days assumed the colour

of the birch twigs upon which they were placed near the

buds. The female in the act of oviposition prefers to rest

head downwards, and sometimes uses the back legs for

arranging the ova.

Mr. G. C. Cuampion exhibited a long series of specimens of

a species of Cneorrhinus (¢ pyriformis, Boh.) from Piedrahita,

Spain, and called attention to the great dissimilarity between

the sexes, and also to the possibility of the females being

dimorphie, one form clothed with green scales, and the other

with grey scales like the male. He also exhibited Dorcadion

dejeani, Chevr., from the Sierra de Bejar, a species peculiar

to that district.

Mr. k. McLacutran, F.R.S., exhibited a dragonfly belonging

to a small species of the genus Orthetrum, attacked by a fly,

almost as large as itself, of the family Asilide, taken in

( x )

Persia in June 1902, by Mr. H. F. Witherby, F.Z.8., the

well-known ornithologist. The fly had inserted its proboscis

at the junction of the head and prothorax, a vulnerable point.

Mr. G. H. Verraxn said that he had seen a moderate-sized

Asilid in Darenth Wood attack an insect much larger than

itself, and that Lord Walsingham had received a species of

the same family which attacked large dragonflies. Mr.

McLacatan also exhibited a female specimen of.a large

Aischnid dragonfly, Hemianax ephippiger, Burm., captured

in a street at Devonport on February 24, 1903, by a tram-

car driver as it was flying about his vehicle. ‘The species

occasionally visits southern Europe in migratory swarms or

sporadically, but is especially African, and its presence at

Devonport in February might possibly be due to the example

having flown on board a vessel off the African coast, and

then becoming lethargic until roused by the unusually high

temperature prevailing in the south of England at that time.

The species has once been observed on the Continent as far

north as Brussels. Mr. F. Mrerrirrerp suggested that there

might be some connection between the appearance of the

insect in England and the reported showers of fine dust

which are generally supposed to have come from the Sahara.

Professor E. B. Poutron, F.R.S., exhibited seasonal forms

of Precis antilope, parent and offspring, bred in 1902 by

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in South Africa, showing the remark-

able dimorphism of the species, which was especially notice-

able in the protective colouring of the under-side of the dry-

season form as compared with the startling conspicuousness

of the under-side of the wet. Healso exhibited Precis celestina,

captured by Dr. C. A. Wiggins in the Victoria Nyanza region,

with the dry-season form of that species, now taken probably

for the first time. The resemblance of the under-side of the

latter to dead leaves was very marked. Professor Pounton

also showed lantern-slides of the same two species.

Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited with the lantern a slide showing

the larva of Cossus ligniperda in its gallery in a tree trunk,

Dr. T. A. CoapmMaANn exhibited with the lantern a series of

slides illustrating the life history of Liphyra brassolis, Westw.,

a Queensland species, the larva of which lives in ants’ nests,

( xi)

and feeds upon the ant larve. ‘The imago on emergence from

the pupa is clothed with scales highly distasteful to the ant,

which thus protect it from attack during emergence, and

until such time as it is able to fly, when the scales drop off.

(Cp. Entomologist, xxxv, pp. 1538, 184.)

Papers.

Mr. G. C. Cuampion, F.Z.8., read a paper on “ An Entomo-

logical Excursion to Bejar, Central Spain.”

Mr. Epwarp Saunpers, F.R.S., F.L.8S., communicated a

paper on ‘ Hymenoptera Aculeata collected by the Rev. A. E.

Eaton, M.A., in Madeira and Teneriffe, in the spring of

1902."

Dr. Frepertck A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., read a paper, illus-

trated by lantcrn slides, “On Lepidoptera from the White

Nile, collected by Mr. W. L. S. Loat, F.Z.S.; with further

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies.” He said that

the collection of butterflies which had been made at intervals

by Mr. Loat during his tenure of office under the Egyptian

Government, was of special interest on account of the accurate

data which accompanied the specimens. Mr. Loat’s collecting

grounds were in the neighbourhood of Kaka, about 11° N. lat. ;

and of Gondokoro, about 6° further south. The meteorologi-

cal conditions at the time of collecting were generally those of

the dry season, though at Kaka the rains were just beginning.

Most of the examples of seasonally dimorphic species belonged

to the “dry-season” phase ; but there were some curious ex-

ceptions. Perhaps the most remarkable of these was Zeracolus

daira, Klug, specimens of which caught in January, during the

height of the dry season, were of the full “ wet-season ” colour-

ing ; while some of those taken at the beginning of the rains

were much “drier.” The large proportion of Pierinx to the

whole number of captures was noticeable, as also was the

general likeness of the whole assemblage to the butterfly fauna

of Aden; the different forms of L. chrysippus, for example,

were found by My. Loat all flying together at the same spot,

just as is the case at Aden. The collection brought to light

no new species ; it contained, however, a single example of

the male of Pinacopteryx venatus, Butl., of which only two

(2 sa)

specimens, including the type, both females, have hitherto been

known to science.

Mr. Loat’s series did not seem to favour the opinion that

had been held that Zeracolus evayore, as described and figured

by Klug, was the dry-season form of 7. yerburit, Swinh. It

appeared from this and other evidence that Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall was right in dissociating the two forms. The weak- -

ness of the reasons given for the contrary view had lately been

pointed out by Col. Yerbury.

With regard to the general question of Seasonal Dimorphism,

a point that deserved notice was the greater intensity and

greater persistence of the cryptic dry-season coloration of the

under surface, which often characterizes the female sex. This

might be illustrated from among Mr. Loat’s specimens ; but

the principle was of wide application, and was operative in

both hemispheres. In the genus TZeracolus especially, the

‘‘wet-season ” female often retained some of the ‘“ dry-season ”

garb, and in certain cases (as in 7. puellaris and 7. phisadia)

the female could scarcely be said to have a ‘“ wet-season ”

phase at all. The significance of these facts lay no doubt in

the special need for protection experienced by the female sex.

Prof. Poulton had lately given strong grounds for believing

that on the whole concealment was a more efticacious means of

defence for moderately distasteful forms than the display of

warning colours, especially when the pursuit was keen ; and

the instances here adduced seemed to show that it might in

some cases be of advantage for the female of a given species to

remain cryptic in the wet season, even though the male should

assume brighter colours with the advent of a more copious

supply of insect life. An interesting parallel with the seasonal

changes in Precis antilope and P. archesia, so carefully worked

out by Mr. Marshall and Prof. Poulton, was furnished by the

Central and South-American Proterpia pyrisitia, Fabr. (a

Pierine form allied to Terias), with what is doubtless its dry-

season phase, ?. gundlachia, Poey. Here, as in Precis, the

dead-leaf appearance of the under surface in the dry-season

form is enhanced by the faleation of the forewings and the

development of “tails.” These changes of shape are found

in the gundlachia form of both sexes, but are intensified in

( ‘xiii )

the female; in the wet-season or proterpia form they are

retained by neither sex, but the under-surface of the female

is duller than that of the male.

The simultaneous occurrence in generally dry localities, such

as Aden, of forms which in other places are associated with

contrasting seasons, was not easy to explain. Prof. Poulton

had shown that in several species of Precis the dry-season form

was larger than the wet, and had on that fact founded the

inference that the dry-season form must have been predeter-

mined in the larval stage. But there was reason to believe

that in many genera, and perhaps even occasionally in Precis,

the assumption of the characteristic seasonal garb was not

determined until a later period—in some cases, the last few

days before emergence from the pupa. If it might be assumed

that the Aden species in question were in a state so sensitive

to meteorological conditions as to respond almost immediately

to a few heavy showers, such as were reported to fall there

not unusually from January to May, the intermixture of

“wet” and ‘‘dry-season,” which in many cases meant an

intermixture of aposematic and cryptic forms, might possibly

be accounted for. This suggestion could only be* verified by

observers on the spot.

Wednesday, April Ist, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutron, M.A., D.Sec., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Message to the Entomological Society of France.

The PRESIDENT announced that he was going to Paris at

Easter, and proposed that the Society should authorize him to

deliver a greeting to the Entomological Society of France,

before whom he was to read a paper. The meeting acceded

unanimously to the President’s proposal.

Exhibitions.

Mr. M. Jacosy exhibited specimens of Rhagiosoma mada-

gascariensis, Heyd., from Madagascar,and Carpophagus banksix,

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., II. 1903. B

(C= xlva.)

McLeay., and Mecynodera coxalgica, Boisd., from Australia.

In appearance they presented many characteristics not usually

associated with phytophagous coleoptera.

Mr. C. P. Pickerr exhibited specimens of Dilina tilix

forced from Essex pup during February and March. In

two @ @ the usual rust-coloured markings on the fore-wings

were abnormally pale, and the hind-wings were black. In

another 2 the rust-red hue pervaded the whole wing area,

the four normal green blotches being a deep reddish-brown,

corresponding with a form of Smerinthus populi frequently

bred. A third ? displayed light-brown hind-wings ; while one

4 was of the normal 2 coloration.

Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited lantern slides of the specimen of

Hemianax ephippiger, and of the Orthetrwm species attacked

by an Asilid fly, shown by Mr. R. McLachlan at the last

meeting.

Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited a lantern slide to illustrate the

collecting grounds visited by him in British Guiana.

Papers.

Dr. T, A. CHAPMAN read a paper entitled ‘ Contributions

to the Life History of Orina (Chirysochloa) tristis, var.

smaragdina.”

Sir GeorGe Hampson read a paper on “ Apoprogones hes-

peristis, a remarkable new lepidopterous insect from Zulu-

land.” He said that the genus must be referred to the family

Euschemonide which is represented by the single species

Euschemon rafflesia, Westw., from Australia. In what quarter

of the globe the family originated it was impossible to say,

but the appearance of the species in question suggested that

it was a survival of the scattered remnant of the Antarctic

fauna. It was, however, most remarkable that the genus

should occur in Africa and Australia alone. The PresipENnt

remarked that the wide spread of the Hesperiade indicated a

group to which a local origin could only be assigned with

great doubt. Mr. M. Jacosy mentioned that there were

similarly divided coleopterous genera occurring simultaneously

in South America and South Africa only.

( xv )

Mr. F. Enock gave the following account of ‘‘The Life

History of Cicindela campestris,” illustrated with lantern slides.

“Tt was only after many years’ watching that I observed

the female, boring into the sand at Hampstead Heath, de-

positing a single egg in a tiny burrow one-sixteenth of an

inch wide by a quarter of an inch deep, I was not successful

in rearing the eggs, but from observations found that they

hatched in from a week to ten days—according to the weather,

The young larva is decidedly like the mature one, both in

form and temper, which may be described as ‘nasty.’

“In certain parts of Hampstead, where the sand is free of

moss and grass, I have frequently seen dozens of burrows—

of all sizes—from the one inhabited by a baby larva to that

of a full-grown one, just the diameter of an ordinary pen-

holder. On cautiously approaching the ground the larva may

be seen ‘sitting,’ the head filling up the hole, which is finished

off with a saucer-shaped concavity of three-eighths of an inch

diameter : a mere hollow, just sufficient to cause an unwary

insect to stumble on a quick run, and—fall into the jaws of

the larva.

“To dig these holes wp and turn out the larva is no easy

task, unless the following plan be adopted. Cut a grass

stem a foot long, letting it down the hole until it will go no.

farther ; if the top end is agitated, the other is probably

between the mandibles of the irate larva. Keep hold of the

end, and with a three-fourth-inch half-round file bent round

an inch at the tip, dig away the sand from around the stem,

keeping on until you come to the end, where the larva is seen

sitting, its body turned into a perfect zigzag, which is soon

straightened out on being placed on level ground. The

strange appearance of the creature can then be studied,

with its huge head and receding ‘frons,’ the mandible turn-

ing wp instead of down, the immensely developed mentum,

then the large semi-circular chitinous thoracic plates, followed

by the soft, white flaccid abdomen, until the fifth segment

is reached. This is swollen into a large dorsal hump capped

by two short and powerful vertical spikes ; and in front, but

lower down, two longer ones pointing forward, each having

a somewhat twisted or corkscrew form—the tips diverging.

(xavier)

The remaining segments gradually taper to the anus, each

having tubercles of long spines, those at the anus shorter

and stronger. The legs are decidedly wiry, and the claws

long and sharply pointed.

‘On touching its tail, the larva under observation immedi-

ately turned its head over its back, seized its own tail,

suddenly let it go, and sprang a distance of seven to ten

inches.

‘The larva uses its wedge-shaped head as a shovel, digging

into the sand, which it throws over its back right out of its

way. It soon disappears, though the continual upheaval of

the sand shows that it is still at work. Occasionally there is

a great uprising of sand, followed by the appearance of the

head of the larva, which clears away the accumulated heap.

This it accomplishes by thrusting its head into the mass,

and quickly jerking it over its back, sending the sand flying

a distance of several inches. Many hours are occupied in

excavating the burrow, which sometimes reaches a depth of

ten inches.

“As soon as the required depth has been reached and the

hole cleared out, the larva ascends slightly above the level,

and taking mouthfuls of sand from the edge, hurls them

clear ; and this is continued until a rowgh excavation is made

around the entrance. At this point the larva ascends a little

higher, and hammers all round the burrow with its chin,

until it has beaten the sand into a smooth saucer-shaped

excavation. Satisfied with its labours, it rests therefrom in

the following manner. The head is drawn up level to the

top, just fitting one-half the entrance, the other half being

exactly filled by the first semi-circular plate on the thorax,

thus completely blocking the entrance—the colour of the

head and thorax giving it natural protection.

“ By filling a large bell-glass with sand to within three inches

of the top, and with a cane three-sixteenths of an inch diameter,

I made holes down the sides, so that the glass formed one side.

I then placed a larva in each hole, with the result that some

escaped and tried to enter that of another larva, an act of

trespass for which its life was forfeited. Others made them-

selves at home after trying to plaster the glass with wet sand ;

(i Sarat)

but when this happened—and some kept it up for a fortnight

—I dug them up and started them in a fresh hole, and at

last they adapted themselves to circumstances. I was then

enabled to watch their habits underground. They deepened

the burrow by using their mandibles as picks and their

heads as shovels and elevators, for as they excavated heads

down, they drove their long-pointed claws into the sides above,

and making a larger excavation on one side they passed the

sand above by simply turning up their heads, ramming the

sand past and above their tails; until, having a sufficient

weight or load, the larva reversed its position, put its head

and first thoracic plate underneath, and simply pushed and

pushed until it raised the sand to the ground-level, where a

large heap accumulated, which from time to time was shot

away.

‘“When the desired step was reached and the pitfall set at

the entrance, the larva quietly put its head and thoracic plate

to the top to bar the entrance, the feet were driven into

the sides below the mentum, and the fifth abdominal segment

drawn up until the hump was wedged close up and under the

thorax, bringing the two vertical dorsal spines at right angles to

the burrow, into the sides of which the points were driven; the

remaining abdominal segments were curled round until the anal

spines touched the opposite side, into which they were driven,

thus securely holding the larva, in its peculiar zigzag form,

ready at a moment’s notice to drop down to the bottom of

the burrow by releasing the anal spines, and straightening

the abdomen. Occasionally the larva in its deepening would

meet with a small quartz pebble, which it seized between its

mandibies and carried to the top, where, with a rapid back-

ward movement of its head, it jerked the pebble away a

distance of ten inches.

“Watching the larva through the glass, I pushed a dead fly

near. When it was within five-eighths of an inch it seemed to

suddenly disappear, and appear at the bottom of the burrow

in company of the larva. The movement was almost too

rapid to follow and observe how it was made, but after end-

less watchings I was able to follow its movements. I caught

a Blow Fly, killed it, and tied a thread of floss silk to its leg,

(seve)

then pushed it toward the waiting larva, at the same time keep-

ing the thread ‘taut.’ On reaching to within five-eighths of an

inch of the larva it struck out,and I held on to the thread. The

larva would not let go, and I was able to see that in springing

out the larva had sprung up and backward (just the move-

ment of a gymnast turning a back somersault), throwing all

its legs out clear of the burrow, the abdomen forming a semi-

circular arch between the hole and the seized fly. I gently

pulled my thread, so did the larva, when I was enabled to

see that in throwing itself out of the burrow it had made

a centre of the two vertical spines, which, as the head turned

over, were levered out of the sand; while the points of the

other longer pair in front of the dorsal hump were brought

into contact with the sides of the burrow, into which they

were deeply driven and firmly ‘anchored’ the larva, whilst

it seized its prey. I tried this experiment a number of

times, fully confirming my observations.

“On the approach of cold weather in October the larvze

begin to deepen their burrows, ramming the excavated sand

above them, so closing all entrance and exit. Without food of

any kind the first winter was spent underground. During

March the larva commences to re-excavate the sand above, a

laborious task of biting it down until, in April and May, the

surface was reached, and another year or six months spent

in feeding. For the second time in September or October the

larva retired to the bottom of its burrow, after filling in with

sand above it.

“On the approach of warm weather it once more re-ascended

to the surface, and for a few months feasted upon earwigs,

etc. Several times I found remains of lepidopterous larva.

Once also I observed a White butterfly caught, and on

another occasion a fully-developed Puss moth.

“In August of the third year the larva excavates an oval

chamber at the bottom of the burrow, sometimes in a slanting

position, but more frequently horizontal—an inch and a half

long by three-quarters diameter. The burrow is rammed full

of sand to within an inch of the chamber; the larva then

rests upon its back, but only the thorax dorsal hump touches

the sand, the anal segments being turned up. In a week it

(S26)

changes to a pure white pupa, the dorsal hump disappears,

and in its place a large fleshy process is evolved at each side,

terminated with a brush of strong spines. A similar but

much smaller pair appears on the Ist, 2nd, 3rd and 4th seg-

ments, each process diverging outwards, the brushes of stiff

hairs giving a firm hold, and in this trussed position the pupa

rests safe from contact with the sand.

“In less than a week the limbs become suffused with a

delicate tint of green, which increases in intensity until the

legs are distinctly visible under the pellicle. The mandibles

as well as the eyes are brown. At the end of four weeks

the pupa becomes restive. At last it turns over, frees itself

of the membrane enveloping its whole body, and there appears

a very delicate-looking Tiger Beetle, but so weak that it can-

not bear its own weight. Ina day or two it attains its full

colour and character.

“‘ After this it quietly rests in a semi-torpid condition until

the following April, when it sets out for the small shaft left

by the larva as a final instruction. This it proceeds to enlarge

by biting the sand, which it removes grain by grain until its

labour is ended, and it reaches the surface.”

A discussion followed as to how far the abundance of food

in the larval state affects the development of insects, in which

the Presmpent, Mr. W. E. Swarp, and other Fellows took

part. Mr. Enock said that where the food supply happened to

be insufficient, neuropterous nymphs would continue two years

in that stage, and Mr. C. O. WatERHOUSE mentioned a case

reported to him of the larve of Vanessa urtice which, having

exhausted their summer pabulum, retired to hibernate until

the following year. Mr. A. J. Currry said he had observed

that some coleopterous larve under similar circumstances would

consume flies; while Mr. H. Sr. DonistHoRPE mentioned that

he had bred successfully a species of the same order on paper.

(nex)

May 6th, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutron, M.A., D.Se., F.R.8., President, in

the Chair.

The PrestpENT announced that he had received a generous

welcome from the Entomological Society of France on the

occasion of his recent visit to Paris. He remarked that the

Entomological Society of London, as now constituted, came into

existence two years after that of France, and exhibited one of

the original invitations to join the Society issued in 1834, and

signed “G. R. Gray, Secretary pro tem.” The Meeting

signified approval that this document should be reproduced

in lithograph, and placed in the Library.

The Prestmpenr also announced that a Suggestion Book

for subjects of discussion and ,exbibition would be placed

in the Library for the use of Fellows.

Exhibitions.

Mr. WititouGHBy GARDNER exhibited nest cells of Osmea

wxanthomelana from Conway, North Wales. He said the

species, one of our rarer mason bees, places its beautifully

constructed pitcher-shaped cells at the roots of grass, usually

four or five together. The bee itself is always scarce in

Britain, and there is no previous record of the nest having

been found since Mr. Waterhouse discovered and described it

from Liverpool about sixty-five years ago.

Mr. M. Jacosy exhibited Avsoa longimana, Fairm., and A.

aranea, from Madagascar, the only other specimens of these

species he knew of being in the British Museum collection.

He also exhibited Megalopus melipona, Bates, and IM. pilipes

from the Amazon, which bore a remarkable resemblance to a

bee, so much so that Bates always mistook it for one when

settled on a twig.

The PrestDENT remarked that two species of Cetoniidve

observed by him in Majorca, in 1900, were very like humble-

bees in their mode of settling or rising from flowers.

Mr. A. J. Currty exhibited a water-beetle new to Britain,

viz. Hydroporus bilineatus, Sturm., discovered by Mr. Edward

Waterhouse among some specimens of Hydroporus given by

( 3eah))

Mr. Chitty to him as H. granularis. The specimens were

taken at Deal in 1891, and probably all records of granwlaris

from Deal relate to this species. He also exhibited a specimen

of the rare 7rechus rivularis (incilis of Dawson), taken at

Wicken Fen in August 1900. The only other British speci-

mens of this insect are believed to be the original specimens

taken at Whittlesea Mere, and some afterwards found by Dr.

Power at Holme Fen.

Mr. O. E. Janson exhibited specimens of Neophxedimus

melaleucus, Fairm., a goliath beetle from Upper Tonkin, and

remarked that the white colouring was derived from a dense

clothing of peculiar semi-transparent coarse scales which were

apparently easily removed by abrasion, and seemed to partake

of the nature of the “fugitive” scales found upon freshly-

emerged specimens of Hemaris and other Lepidoptera.

The PRrEsIDENT read the following communication on “ Pro-

tective Resemblance and other modes of Defence adopted by

the Larve and Pupe of Natal Lepidoptera” from Mr. G. F.

LEIGH.

“ Having devoted a great deal of time during the past two

years to finding and preserving the larvee of Natal Lepidoptera,

it appeared to me that some account of the most striking

examples, as well as of the conclusions to which I have been

led, would be useful.

“ Among the butterflies the larvee of Papilios demodocus, poli-

cenes, brasidas and nireus do not appear to conceal themselves,

and I have never seen birds, hornets or spiders attacking

them. Papilio morania, until the last change of skin, is also

very conspicuous ; but then the larva becomes of a perfectly

green colour, exactly resembling the food-plant, and is very

difficult to detect except during movement. The larva progresses

ina characteristic jerking manner, spinning a web all the time.

Papilio dardanus (cenea) is however quite different: in the

first and second stages the larva is chocolate and white, and

always feeds on the leaves near the ground and among the

undergrowth. During the third and fourth stages, on the

other hand, the larva is green with small white and blue

markings. It is then extremely difficult to find, so closely

does it resemble the colour of the older leaves of its food-plant,

(>-Sie™ ))

upon which it now feeds. These older leaves are blue-green

in colour and covered with white spots. The resemblance of

the pupa to the leaf is so perfect, that I have failed to notice

them upon twigs which I had picked for food, until they

were revealed upon the bare stems from which all the leaves

had been stripped. I believe that Col. Fawcett has described

and illustrated this example of protective resemblance.

“The larva of Charaxes citheron exactly resembles its food-

plant in colour and markings, whereas C’. varanes has yellow

markings, which render it very conspicuous. CC’. ethalion also,

with its one or two black-bordered yellow bands, is conspicuous,

as is C. brutus with its large orange spot. Of all the Charaxes

larve with which I am acquainted none equal C. neanthes in

the perfection of its protective disguise. This larva when at

rest upon the stem—its characteristic position during the last

two stages—is so well concealed by colour and markings that

it is almost impossible to detect. The small green dumpy

pupe of this species exactly resemble some of our berries.

“The larve of Acreas buxtoni, cabira, petrea, natalica,

encedon, and doubledayi, as also that of Limnas chrysippus, use

no disguise, and are certainly unpalatable and avoided by

birds, hornets, spiders, and Mantides.

“Tt is however in the larvee of moths that the cryptic char-

acters are chiefly seen, and, strange as it may appear, most of

all in those that congregate together during the day. J/eta-

nastria aculeata, for instance, exactly resemble the bark of the

tree upon which they rest by day, crawling up to eat the

leaves at night. The larvee of Musgravia leight also vary in

colour—grey, green, yellow or brown—according to the colour

of the bark or lichen upon which the hours of daylight are

passed. Their food is not even supplied by the leaves of the

tree, but by a mistletoe growing upon it. Another species of

Metanastria (as yet unnamed) rests by day upon the trunks of

trees in large patches of one hundred to two hundred larve.

Each patch so exactly resembles the bark that it entirely escapes

notice. In nearly every instance where I have found them it

has been owing to the conspicuous appearance of the indi-

viduals attacked by Ichneumonide, and covered with their small

white larve. When desirous of rearing any of these, I visit

(exalt!)

the patch each morning and remove all the infected individuals.

It is almost impossible to induce these Jarvee to feed in con-

finement, and I conclude their long journey each night is

necessary for their health. The larvee of Matarbela sp. exactly

resemble the droppings of birds, and is also armed with a tele-

scopic appendage that les prone upon the back when at rest.

As soon however as the caterpillar is touched, it whips this

structure backwards and forwards, behaving like the larve of

Cerura vinula, although the appendage is in quite a different

position and placed far more anteriorly. This caterpillar is the

most curious of any I have yet seen. The larva of Homoptera

glaucinans—a green and silver half-looper—almost exactly

resembles the stem of the Acacia upon which it feeds. The

caterpillar of Vephele variegata in its young stages is reddish-

brown, exactly like the young leaves of its food-plant, the

fig-tree. It turns green in its last stage, thus reversing the

history of the colour-changes in almost all the Sphingide. In

spite of its strong cryptic colouring it is one of the most

ichneumoned larve with which I am acquainted. Bunxa

caffraria and belina are most conspicuous larve, and birds will

not eat either, although they are very foud of another species

of the same genus, Buna tyrrhenx, which exactly resembles

the colouring of the leaves of its food-plant. In spite of its

size this caterpillar is so difficult to find that it is necessary to

look for the feces upon the ground, and then carefully to

search the under-side of the branches over the spot. It is inter-

esting to note that the eggs of this species are laid upon the

upper-side of the leaves, whereas those of the other Bunzeas

with freely-exposed larve are always placed upon the under-side.

The caterpillar of Argema mimosx is also very difficult to

detect and exactly resembles its food-plant in colour, although

the beautiful silvery cocoons are very conspicuous upon the

bare twigs of the trees during the winter months. The larve

of Gonometer postica, Metanastria cuneilinea, Jana edulis, Ludia

delagorguet, and L. smilax are all extremely conspicuous, and

sting very badly. They are attacked by ichneumons, but birds,

etc. always avoid them. In fact I do not know any yellow

and black or black and white larve which birds will eat, and

these are by far the commonest colours for larve out here.

(| ty)

Stauropus mediata is another very brilliant larva which

nothing will eat. Its colours are green, bright yellow,

blue and black. The moth is however far from common,

owing to the attacks of Ichneumonide. The larve of

Hublemmistis chlorozonea is also well concealed in the last

stage by the adoption of allocryptic methods. It feeds upon

lichen and is white in colour: when full-fed it completely

covers itself with the lichen, and uses the same to form its

cocoon, which is suspended from the branches or trunk of the

tree upon which its food-plant grows. The moth itself when

at rest exactly resembles the lichen, and is most difficult to

find,

“The larva. of Lophostethus dumolinii is certainly a distinct

case of mimicry, as it is far more likea Saturniid larva than one

of the Sphingide, and does not even rest in the manner usual

among Sphinx larvee. It is greatly persecuted by ichneumons,

and very difficult to rear unless taken full-fed or at any rate

in the last stage.

‘*Ophiusa mormoides and echo, large half-loopers, almost

exactly resemble the bark of the trees upon which they

rest, and their colour varies so as to match that of the

particular tree on which the larve are found. Ophiusa

indeterminata, on the other hand, is conspicuous, and does not

possess the power of colour adjustment, so that three or four

different forms may be found upon the same food-plant : it is

moreover refused by birds. The very common larve of J.

armigera also appears in three or four different forms, which

are relished by birds. These larvee however prefer to feed

concealed inside lilies and the pods of peas. The conspicuous

black and white larva of Diaphone dominica also feeds inside

the thick leaves of lilies, but this garden pest is unfortunately

refused by birds. _

‘‘Geometers I need not refer to, as they are much the same

as at home, only far less numerous.

“There are a great many other larve which might be

mentioned, but, as they produce moths as yet unnamed, I

will leave for another occasion, when the species have been

determined or described.

“The general conclusion may be accepted that black and

( xv)

yellow, and black and white larve are distasteful to birds,

Mantides, hornets, etc., as also are moths, butterflies, beetles,

and flies of these colours in almost every instance.

“The greatest enemies of larve here after birds are Fossorial

wasps and Mantides. I have found nests of the Fossores full

of larvee, generally but a single species ina single nest. Some-

times as many as twelve green geometrid larve may be

found in one nest. Spiders of the family Attide are also

frequently found eating larve. When disturbed the Attid will

jump away, carrying its caterpillar prey with it.

“In conclusion I desire to express my thanks to Sir G. F.

Hampson for naming the moths which I have succeeded in

breeding. A great deal of work still remains to be done in

this direction in Natal. Not one quarter of the larve are

at present known, and yet as a result of the work that is pro-

ceeding, new species of moths are appearing almost every

week.”

The PresipENT said that it was of great interest to hear

the conclusions, as to the general meaning of the colouring

of Natal larvee, reached by one of their Fellows who had

so wide and intimate an experience as Mr. Leigh. It was

interesting to observe that Mr. Leigh considers the larva

of Papilio nireus to be conspicuous, when its pupa possesses a

wonderful power of colour adjustment, as was first shown and

figured by Mrs. M. E. Barker in our Transactions (1874, p.

519). The first account of the larve and pupe of Papilio

dardanus (Merope, cenea) was given by Mr. Mansel Weale

(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 131). The combination of

many larve to producea patch of colour like the bark on which

they rest is very interesting, as also is the “homing” instinct

which leads the larvze to return to the same spot at the end of

each night. It would be useful to experiment in order to

ascertain the cause which enables them to return and collect

together, whether following the clue afforded by a thread or

otherwise. A gregarious habit in order to promote concealment

by the production of a brown patch has been described in the

young larvee of Mania typica (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887,

p. 241).

The adjustment of the colours of the larva of JL. leighi to

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., III. 1908. C

(xxvii ®)

the trunk of a tree on which it does not feed is a further

and very interesting proof to the many already supplied that

this colour-relation is in no way associated with food.

A careful drawing of the larva of Matarbela sp. and an

investigation of the structure of its dorsal appendage would

be valuable.

When Mr. Leigh considers that the conspicuously-coloured

Heterocerous larve are the most abundant in Natal, is it

not likely that sufficient allowance is not made for the far

greater difficulty in finding the others and for the immense

number of cryptic species of which the larve are as yet

undiscovered !

It is probable that the spines of the larva of Lophostethus

dumolinii are not mimetic of Saturniide, but an indication

of real affinity. All Smerinthine larve and many. other

Sphingidee may be seen by the lens to be covered with spines

during the first stage, and these spines are often forked. A

drawing of the young larva of Macroglossa fuciformis,

magnified a few diameters, would show a most astonishing

form apparently very different from anything that we are

accustomed to regard as a Sphinx. (See Trans. Ent. Soe.

1887, pp. 568-74, together with the references cited. )

Professor PouLron then exhibited the cocoonsof Lublemmistis

chlorozonea sent by Mr. G. F. Leigh in illustration of his paper.

He also showed a specimen of Polygonia (Grapta) C-album

in the attitude of prolonged repose, together with specimens

of Anxa moeris set in different ways to illustrate its probable

resting position, and upon these specimens he read the

following notes :—

“Many years ago I came to a conclusion as to the

probable meaning of the ‘C’ or ‘comma’ on the under

surface of the hind-wings in butterflies belonging to the genus

Polygonia (Grapta). 1 believe that it represents, in bright,

strongly-reflecting ‘body-colour, the light shining through

a semi-circular rent in a fragment of dead leaf,—the rent pro-

duced when a little segment of leaf has broken away along

a curved line, but still remains connected with the rest

across the chord of the arc. Unless such a segment remains

precisely in the plane of the leaf, light may pass through

a curved and often a semi-circular slit-like window. Such

curved cracks are extremely common in old weather-beaten

dead leaves. They are probably produced by drying and

shrinkage after much wetting and some decay.

“On April 23rd last I had the opportunity of testing how far

the whole attitude of Polygonia C-album, during profound re-

pose, is consistent with the interpretation suggested above. By

a curious coincidence I had been speaking of the differences

between temporary and prolonged resting attitudes in butter-

flies, at the meeting of the Entomological Society of France

on the evening of April 22nd, and the very next morning saw

for the first time in my life the position of this species during

complete repose. The day was excessively cold for this time

of the year, and the butterfly was hanging perfectly torpid

from the horizontal rail of a wood fence in a street at Passy.

Several excellent but very small photographs were taken with

my daughter’s camera: enlargements have been made, and

from these the actual specimen has been set and photographs

of the natural size taken by Mr. Robinson in the Oxford

University Museum.

“The specimen which is now exhibited affixed to a piece of

stick in precisely the same manner in which it hung from

the rail, shows that the two anterior wings are held so far

forward that a deep wedge-shaped notch appears between them

and the hind-wings. On each side of this notch the well-

known ragged outline of the wings is extremely distinct.

The two posterior pairs of legs by which the butterfly clings

to the supporting surface are light-brown in colour and

unexpectedly conspicuous. The antennz are concealed, and

the contour of the head does not break that of the costal

margin of the anterior wings so as to interfere in any way

with the general effect. The whole appearance is consistent

with a single interpretation—concealment effected by resem-

blance to a weather-beaten fragment of dead leaf, deeply

notched and ragged, and hanging by two denuded fibro-vascular

‘veins’ standing out far beyond one of the edges. The kind

of injury suggested by the ‘comma’ only adds another

convincing detail to a perfectly harmonious cryptic effect.

“Tt is interesting to compare this mode of concealment with

(| xxvii)

that which is far commoner in Nymphaline genera (Kallima,

Doleschallia, Anxa, Precis, ete.), viz. the resemblance not to a

fragment but an entire dead leaf, with midrib and suggestion of

lateral oblique venation. In this latter form of disguise, holes

are frequently suggested in the apparent leaf, either by opaque

‘body-colour’ as in Doleschallia, by transparent windows as

in Kallima, or by actual discontinuity, as is probably the case in

certain species of Anwain which the deeply-cut bay in the inner

margin of the fore-wing may be converted into the likeness

of a hole by closure along its open side by the costal margin

of the hind-wing, in the manner indicated in one of the

specimens exhibited. In certain parts of the under surface of

Kallima a hole is suggested by ‘body-colour,’ in other parts

by transparency, and the latter is undoubtedly the more recent

and more highly-specialized method ; for when the transparent

window is examined under the microscope scattered opaque

white scales can still be seen in abundance over its surface,

not thickly placed so as to prevent the passage of light, but

witnesses to an earlier and less perfect representation of light

shining through a hole.

“Tt is interesting to note that the holes represented in these

apparent dead leaves seem to have been produced by gnawing,

whereas in the leaf-fragment suggested by C-album the

forces of the inorganic environment, which by their prolonged

action have produced the wear and tear of the margin,

have also been responsible for the more centrally-placed dis-

continuity. Comparing various species of the genus Polygonia

(Grapta), it is seen that the curved C-like window occurs in

several; in some the suggested rent is V-like, while occasionally

the mark appears to represent a hole of a reniform shape.”

Professor Poutron also exhibited a pair of Hypolimnas

misippus taken “in coitu” on Feb. 3rd, 1903, by Mr. Horace

A. Byatt, B.A. (Lincoln College, Oxford), near his highland

home ata height of 4500 to 5000 feet, in Dedza,Central Angoni-

land, British Central Africa. The specimens are remarkable

in that the female is excessively worn and old, far more so

than the male. Such an observation tends towards the con-

clusion that pairing occurs more than once in the life of an

individual of this species.

( sax 3)

Mr. Byatt writes (Feb. 15th, 1903) concerning the species

—‘‘Close round my house 7. misippus is in vast numbers just

now, but other species are not very numerous. You will

see that at Dedza ZL. chrysippus is quite rare—at least at this

season. I have sent you only two, I think, and my eyes are

always open for it.” This observation of relative abundance

certainly suggests the Miillerian rather than the Batesian

interpretation of the mimicry of the former for the latter

species ; although quite near to Dedza the proportions may be

entirely different. The following passage shows how rapidly

My. Byatt can pass from one kind of area into another. ‘ You

must understand that I have two distinct climates to work in.

T am about 4500 to 5000 feet up—the top of Dedza is 7000

and I drop straight down into what is really tropical Africa

on the lake level : tropical foliage, swamp, damp atmosphere

and intense heat. This station might be in S. Africa

the Orange River Colony. Consequently Lepidoptera are widely

different: in this open country they are fewer and more sober

say

in colouring ; down below they are plentiful, more varied,

larger and more gaily coloured. Pyrecis so far seems to be

below 3000 feet, and extremely rare up here.”

The observations of another friend further to the north in

Africa also show the great abundance of H. misippus and

how far it is from occupying the subordinate numerical

position assigned to mimics by the late H. W. Bates. Between

January 20th and 25th of the present year Mr. C. A. Wiggins

captured at Kisumu, near the terminus of the Uganda line,

on the N.E. shore of Lake Victoria Nyanza, the following

specimens of this model and mimic :—

Limnas chrysippus. Hypolimnas misippus (females).

Type-form 10, Type-form 27.

klugii-form 20. inaria-form 16.

And again at the end of January and the beginning of

February :—

L. chrysippus. H, misippus (females).

Type-form 73. Type-form 18.

Hdugiiform 85. | inaria-form 15.

These results are roughly compiled from the unset specimens,

(7 xx @)

but no serious modification of the proportions is to be expected.

Mr. Wiggins’ very large and interesting series of captures,

bearing upon many bionomic problems of the highest interest,

are now being studied in the Hope Department by Mr. 8. A.

Neave, B.A., of Magdalen College.

Paper.

Mr. G. A. J. RotHney communicated ‘ Descriptions of

twelve new genera and species of Jchneumonide, and three

new species of Ampulex from India,” by Peter Cameron.

Wednesday, June 3rd, 1903.

Professor E. B, Poutron, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair,

Exhibitions.

Mr. G. C. CHampion exhibited numerous specimens of

Coccinella distincta, taken during the past few days in the

pine woods of Woking. They were found, as usual, running

about the ground in company with Formica rufa, and were

perhaps wanderers from some other locality. Mr. Donts-

THORPE said the species was still common at Weybridge in

the nests of Formica rufa, and that he had observed it

also at Bexhill, while Mr. Cuartrry noted its former occurrence

in Blean Woods in great numbers. The life history of the

larva, he said, had not been worked out. Mr. CHAMPION

suggested that it might pick up stray aphids dropped by the

ant.

Mr. H. Sr. J. DonistHorre exhibited a very remarkable

melanic form of Halyzia 18-quttata, L., black with white

spots, the type, which was also exhibited, being light brown

with white spots. The former was taken at Oxshott on the

22nd May. He also exhibited Stilieus fragilis, Gr., a

melanic form with a black thorax instead of red as in the

type, taken at Shirley on May 15th; and Staphylinus fulvipes,

Scop., taken by himself at Bamber Forest on June Ist, a new

locality for this rare beetle.

(Gazi ®))

Dr. T. A. CHapman exhibited two full-grown larve of

Thestor ballus, sent by Mr. H. Powell, from Hyeres. In its

previous stages the back, except the dorsal line, is bright

yellow, from the metathorax to the sixth abdominal segment,

the ends being reddish, giving the larva a very brilliant

appearance, while the conspicuous black spiracles on the top

of the seventh and eighth (abdominal) segments give very

much the appearance of a mammalian head to these segments.

In this last skin the colours are much darker and more red-

purple, and the posterior spiracles less obvious. The front of

the larva has now much more the aspect of a head, say of a

wild boar, largely owing to the uniform colour, black spiracles,

and depression of the prothoracic plate which characterises the

larva throughout. There are two eversible glands behind the

last pair of spiracles as well as the glandular line across the

preceding segment. The lenticles are very inconspicuous.

The Prestpent remarked that the terrifying appearance

usually occurred in large insects.

Dr. CHapmaN also exhibited a larva of Heterogyna paradoxa,

full fed, reared from the egg at Reigate, and a cocoon of Orgyia

auro-limbata, with parasite Braconid. In this instance a

larva produced an imago and the parasite. The cocoon when

opened last October showed the cocoon of a Braconid within

it ; adense oval-ribbed cocoon of whitish silk, with longitudinal

darker flutings. One compartment of the O. awro-limbata

cocoon was quite empty and flattened, the other contained

larva-skin of Orgyia, pupa-skin of Orgyia,a small shrivelled 9

of Orgyia denuded of wool and containing eggs (perhaps a dozen),

and the microgaster cocoon, which was well coated with and

entangled amongst the loose wool of the moth. The cocoon

looked as if made first and mixed up in the hairs afterwards.

If this be correct, then the microgaster larva emerged from

the pupa, and the moth nevertheless emerged afterwards. As

against this, the cocoon was loosely, if at all, attached to

the eccoon of the moth, as one would expect it to be if it

emerged from the pupa. In that case it must have emerged

from the moth. Im any case, the microgaster and the

moth both came from the same larva, and the moth, though

containing few eggs and (not being fertilised) laying none,

(xo)

was nevertheless energetic enough to denude herself of all

her clothing. An imago and a parasite from the same larva

have not infrequently been recorded, but very often doubt

has been thrown on the occurrence. In this instance this is

impossible, since the apterous female of O. aurolimbata not

only never leaves her cocoon, but never makes an opening in

it, that being done by the male. In this case the cocoon had

no opening in it, and nothing had gone in or out since the

larva spunit. The miserable development of the female showed

that it had suffered some serious malady, and there was

no trace of a second larva having been in the same cocoon.

Some Fellows may like to be assured that the wretched

fragment exhibited is really the imago of a moth. Such as it

is, it is precisely like the ordinary female of O. awrolimbata

after she had laid her eggs and denuded herself of her wool

and died in the cocoon. The only difference is that this

specimen never had any eggs to lay.

The Presipent exhibited the dry form of Precis actia bred

by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall from an egg laid by a female

of the wet form. The parent was captured by Mr. Marshall

at Salisbury, Mashonaland (5000 ft.), on February 14th, 1903 ;

the egg was laid on the following day. It hatched February

20th, the larva pupated March 16th, the perfect insect, a

male, emerged March 28th. The differences between these

two forms are as astonishing as those between the two phases

of Precis antilope, bred, the dry from the wet, by Mr. Marshall

last year (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, pp. 418-20). In

fact, upon the upper surface of the wings the differences are

much greater than in this latter species, the dominant colour

upon the black background of the dry form of actia being

blue, as it is in the dry form of sesamus, while the red is of

so deep a shade as to be sombre and inconspicuous. In the

wet form these blue markings are only represented by

marginal, submarginal, and apical traces, while the dull red

becomes a bright and vivid reddish-brown, which forms a

startling contrast with the background and the row of black

spots which crosses both wings. Within these spots, in the

position of the chief blue band of the dry form, the reddish-

brown band of the wet form passes into a brilliant pearly white

@ Fcc)

in the female, into a pale reddish-brown in the male,—forming

in each case a startling contrast with the nearly black basal

half of both wings against which it terminates abruptly.

Intermediate forms are probably much commoner than in

P. sesamus. In one dry male out of four in the Hope Depart-

ment, the chief blue band is in large part replaced by an

intrusion of dull red. The extraordinary differences in shape

are the same as those between the two forms of P. antilope

(compare Fig. 3 on Plate XII of Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902,

with Figs. 3a and 36), and much greater than those between

the forms of P. sesamus (compare Fig. 1 with la or 2 with 2a

on the same plate). In the dry phases of actia and antilope

the hooked tip of the fore-wing is even more recurved than

in that of sesamus, while the prolongation of the anal angle

of the hind-wing which is so marked a character in the two

former is wanting in the latter species. These characteristic

features in the contour of the wings in the dry antilope and

actia are related to the beautiful and detailed resemblance of

their under-sides to dead leaves, while the greenish-black under-

side of the dry sesamus is well concealed by a general harmony

with the dark shady environment which it seeks for pro-

longed rest, rather than by any detailed special protective

resemblance. Hence the necessity for a profound modification

of shape is far less imperative in this latter, It has been

pointed out that the upper-side differences between the two

phases of actia are greater than in antilope. As regards

their under-sides the reverse is the case, because this surface

is so much less conspicuous in the wet phase of the former

when compared with that of the latter species. It is, however,

very far from being cryptic, attaining nearly the same degree

_of conspicuousness as Precis triment which Mr, MarsHa.y

considers to be another of the wet forms of antilope (/.c. pp.

419, 420). The representation of a dead leaf by the under-

side of the dry acéia is slightly more elaborate than in antilope.

Both species have an equally beautiful mid-rib-like stripe, but

the former alone possesses the representation of two holes, the

posterior minute, near the tip of the simulated leaf—due to

white semi-transparent spots. KEqually elaborate detail is seen

in P. cwama, of which P. triment is the wet form. In Mr,

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1903. D

(Saxe)

Marshall’s opinion, however, P. antilope and P. cuama are

two dissimilar dry forms and simia and triment two dissimilar

wet forms of a single species. It is much to be hoped that

the point will soon be settled by breeding.

Mr. Marshall is to be warmly congratulated on this third

South African species of the genus Precis, in which he has

produced incontrovertible evidence of the specific identity

of forms widely separated in colours, patterns, shape, relation

of upper- to under-side, etc., and even instinct, including

the selection of a particular type of country.

The PresIDENT also showed a small series of ants, part of

a much larger collection made by the late W. J. Burchell in

Brazil between the years 1825 and 1850. They were obtained

with his other vast zoological and botanical collections at Rio

or its neighbourhood, or in the course of the long journey from

Santos to Para. Considering their great age the specimens

were wonderfully well preserved and are accompanied by

remarkably exact and detailed data, and, in many cases,

interesting notes on habits, instincts, etc. Hardly anything

in the whole of the zoological material, all of which was pre-

sented by Miss Anna Burchell to the University of Oxford

in 1865, has as yet been published. Arrangements were now

being made to ensure that these interesting results may, with

as little delay as possible, be given to the scientific world.

The PrestpEnt then gave a summary of his paper on the

effect of lichen-covered bark, etc., upon certain Lepidopterous

larve. He explained that these results were now being

brought forward about ten years after the experiments had

been begun. The delay was to be explained by the dis-

organization of the library and papers of the Hope Department

during the building operations in 1894, As a result the notes

of the Professor and Mr. Holland, as well as the beautiful

water-colour drawings made by Mr. P. J. Bayzand, were mis-

laid, and when everything necessary had been recovered the

press of other work for a time prevented this memoir from

being undertaken,

The chief object of the investigation was to test the efliciency

of lichen-covered bark as a stimulus for the production of a

lichen-like appearance in certain larve. It was found that

(oe xxocven)

Gastropacha quercifolia was highly sensitive to such a stimulus

up to the beginning of hybernation, but that during and

after hybernation, all such susceptibility entirely ceased. The

larvee were also sensitive, during the same period, to brown

and black bark, which caused the appearance of corresponding

tints. In all experiments the food made use of was the same,

viz. the leaves of the hawthorn.

Odontopera bidentata was also sensitive to the same sur-

roundings, lichen in the environment producing the well-

known green patches on the dorsal surface.

The rigid restriction of the sensitive period to the earlier

part of larval life in the case of quercifolia suggested a set

of transference experiments on the highly sensitive larva of

Amphidasis betularia, carried out in the summer of 1896. The

result was to prove that this species remains sensitive, at least

to the strongest stimuli, viz. those provided by dark bark, for

nearly the whole of larval life.

Papers.

Mr. O. E. JANson communicated a paper “On the genus

Theodosia, and other Eastern Goliathides, with descriptions of

some new species.”

Colonel C. SwinHor communicated a paper on ‘ New

genera and species of the family Lymantriide in the National

Collection.”

Mr. G. W. Kirkatpy communicated a ‘Memoir on the

Rhynchota collected by Dr. Arthur Willey chiefly in Berara

and Lifu.”

Professor E. B. Poutron read an account of ‘‘ Experiments

in 1893, 1894, and 1896 on the colour-relation between certain

lepidopterous larve and their surroundings, and especially the

effect of lichen-covered bark upon Odontopera bidentata and

Gastropacha quercifolia.”

Wednesday, October 7th, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

(e xxoay laa)

Election of Fellows.

Mr. F. M. Lirriter, Althome, High Street, Launceston,

Tasmania; Mr. H. Sware, M.B., Arawa House, Rotorua,

New Zealand ; Col. Jesse Gricas Piucuer, J.M.S., F.R.C.S.,

133 Gloucester Road, Kensington, 8.W.; Mr. 8. A. Nzavs,

B.A., Magdalen College, Oxford; and Mr. C. A. Wiaarns,

Kisuma, Lake Victoria Nyanza, British East African Pro-

tectorate, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Hehibitions.

Mr. G. C. CHampion exhibited on behalf of Professor

Hudson Beare some specimens of a Viptus new to the British

list, captured at Messrs. Horsnaith and Reynolds’ granary,

Strood, on May 11th, 1901. The specimens were found crawling

about on empty sacks inside the building, and were probably

numerous ; the insect being mistaken for another, only a few

were taken.

Mr. C. O. Warteruouse exhibited on behalf of Mr.

Charles Pool specimens of a beetle of the genus Niptus

closely resembling WV. crenatus, but with distinct shoulders,

and more parallel elytra which also are less strongly striated.

They were found in large numbers in a corn-chandler’s at

Edmonton. The insect had no doubt been introduced, but

whence it was impossible to say. It was new to the Museum

collection, and Mr. Warsrnousr had not been able to find —

it described.

Mr. H. Sr. J. DonistHorre exhibited specimens of Apha-

nisticus emarginatus, a beetle new to the British list, from

Parkhurst Forest, where it occurred plentifully this year, and

a Scymnus new to science, from Yarmouth, Isle of Wight.

Mr. M. Burr exhibited a living adult male earwig, Labidura

riparia, Pall., captured near Boscombe at the end of August

1903. He said that the very noticeable pale coloration be-

comes darker after death, sometimes nearly black, which

might account for some of the numerous ‘ colour-varieties.”’

He had observed that the insect used its forceps with great

agility to seize a very active bluebottle which was placed with

it. It greedily devours flies, leaving the chitinous shell and

horny parts sucked dry.

(xxxvil ”)

Dr. Norman Joy exhibited a specimen of Argynnis selene,

taken last year in Berkshire, showing a remarkable tendency

to melanism. He also exhibited Coleoptera taken in the

same county during 1903, including Dinarda dentata, from

a nest of Formica sanguinea at Wellington College; and

Notothecta confusa, Miirk, from the nest of Formica fuliginose

from the same locality. Also Aleochara mexrens, Gyll., from

fungi; Philonthus fuscus, Grav., from a Cossus-infected tree

at Bradfield ; Scopxus sulecicollis, Steph., from a sandpit at

Bradfield; Diplocelus fagi, Gaer., from Streatley ; Apha-

nisticus pusillus, Ol., from Aldermaston ; Colon dentipes, Sall.,

from Bradfield; and later elongatulus, Ol., from an old fir-

stump at Mortimer.

Sir Georce Hampson exhibited a collection of Norwegian

butterflies made by him on the Dovrefjeld, on the Alten fiord,

at Bossekop, and other localities this year, and remarked how

greatly the dates of emergence appeared to differ from those

experienced by Staudinger and other collectors. The speci-

mens included fine series of Colias hecla, Lef., Chrysophanus

hippothie, var. stieberi, Gerh., Qneis norna, Thnb., Melitea,

var. Norvegica, Auriv., the Norwegian form of J/. aurelia,

Argynnis freyqa, Thnb., and A. frigga, Thnb., a Labrador,

arctic, and North American species, now found further south

at Kongsvold for the first time.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited examples of Lrebia christi,

taken this summer in the Laquinthal, and of the species of

Erebia to which it is allied; Satyrus actxa, var. cordula,

captured last July at Sierre, having four equal-sized pupilled

eyes on the fore-wings, probably a local form peculiar to this

warm locality ; a short series of Chiysophanus dorilis (type)

and (. var. subalpina from the Laquinthal, with P. hippothée,

var. eurybid, showing the strong resemblance on the upper

surface, which the 9? of this latter species bears to the 9

subalpina.

Mr. A. J. Curry exhibited specimens of a Proctotrupid

which he said approached Ponera constricta, Laty., in appear-

ance, and might be an Jsobrachium. If so, it was new to the

British list. He also showed a specimen of Pieris nape, and

the head of a Bombus, severed from the body when found by

C xxxvin 3)

him, but still alive, and opening and shutting its jaws,

illustrating the manner in which these insects are attacked

by their enemies.

Mr. H. Witiovensy Exuis exhibited Criocephalus polonicus,

Motsch, a Longicorn beetle new to Great. Britain, and also

specimens of all stages from the egg to the imago, to illustrate

the life-history of the species which he explained. The insects

were taken in Scotch fir-trees this year in the New Forest ;

and the fact that the larva was found plentifully seemed to prove

that the colony had been in existence for some considerable

time. He also exhibited specimens of Asemum striatum, L.,

with larva and pupa, accounted heretofore rare in the New

Forest, but this year occurring in abundance.

Mr. AmprosE QUAIL exhibited cases showing the life-history

of some Australian Hepialide.

Dr. D. SHarp, F.R.S., exhibited specimens illustrative of

the egg-cases, and life-histories of eight species of South

African Cassididx as described in a paper by Mr. F. Muir,

and himself. The larvee displayed, with one exception, the

peculiarity of retaining the cast larval skins as accumulations

on the long anal processes with which the larve are provided.

The exception is the larva of Basipta stolida. In this species

the anal tails are more robust and better developed than usual,

but they do not carry the exuvie, and are probably used for

some other purpose. The egg-cases showed a very interesting

series of degrees of perfection; some of them consisting

merely of a few membranes enclosing two or three eggs, and

covered with a patch of excrement; while in the case of

Aspidomorpha punceticosta the odtheca is among the most

remarkable and perfect structures produced by any animals.

Both the larve and eggs are extensively destroyed by parasitic

Hymenoptera.

Mr. W. L. Distant also showed the pupa cases of some

African species of the genus Aspidomorpha, South, with the

cast heads of the larve. Sir Grorce Hampson said that in

the case of some Nolide these cast skins acted as a protection,

the enemy attacking them instead of the insects themselves.

Mr. Rouanp Trimen, F.R.S., exhibited some cases of mimi-

cry between butterflies inhabiting the Kavirondo-Nandi

(cod be 1)

district of the Uganda British Protectorate, particularly that

in which Planema poggei, Dewitz, is imitated by an apparent

variety of Pseudacrxa kiinowit, Dewitz, and also by a hitherto

undescribed form of the polymorphic 2 Papilio merope, Cram.

He mentioned that both Planema poggeit and Pseudacrea

kiinoww were described and figured by Dewitz in 1879 from

single specimens taken by Dr. Pogge in Angola, and added

the interesting fact that the only other example of the unde-

scribed mimicking form of the Q Papilio merope known to

him—in the Hope Department of the Oxford University

Museum—is ticketed ‘‘ Angola; Rogers, 1873.” Now, all

three butterflies had been found as far to the eastward as

Uganda, the Planema apparently not uncommonly, but its

two mimickers very rarely indeed, by Mr. C. W. Hobley, of

Kisumu.

This case wasof special interest because it was the first brought

to notice of the mimicry of one of the Acrvinxe by a 2 Papilio

of the merope-group of the genus, members of the Danaine

genera Amauris and Danais being the known models copied.

Yet it must not be forgotten that the extremely rare form

of 9 of the Abyssinian Pap. antinorii, Oberthiir, named

Ruspine by Kheil, mimicked the moth Aletis helcita more

closely than it did Danais chrysippus ; and the large number

of variations in various directions from the principal and

pronounced mimicking forms of the merope-group indicated

plainly how plastic and adaptable they remain for modification

in any advantageous direction.

Planema pogget was one of the largest species of its genus,

and must be very conspicuous in life owing to the very broad

postmedian transverse rich ochre-yellow band of the fore-

wings in contrast with the white median band of the hind-

wings. The Pseudacrea—which Mr, Trimen referred with

some hesitation to Ps. kiinowii, on account of the different

markings on the under-side of the fore-wings in the premedian

area

except in the narrower white band of its hind-wings. In

Mr. Hobley’s large collection only one example (2) of this

Pseudacrexa occurred, and similarly only one of the undescribed

form of the 9 Pap. merope.

was an excellent mimic of the Planema in every way,

( 3%)

The characters of the last mentioned were the following,

vid. :—

Fore-wing: markings rich deep ochre-yellow,—the sub-apical

bar, disco-cellular streak, and much narrowed, but superiorly

prolonged inner-marginal patch being confluent into a wide

discal band very irregular in outline; some slight fuscous

sealing on yellow band between 2nd and third median nervules

indicates the normally wide separation between the sub-apical

and inner-marginal markings ; ordinary apical spot wanting ;

two small sub-marginal spots respectively above and below

2nd median nervule of the same ochre-yellow as the discal

band. Hind-wing: white patch from base outward much

restricted, barely reaching middle and extending only just

beyond extremity of discoidal cell ; sub-marginal spots ali dull

ochre-yellow except the three next apex which are white.

Under-side: Apex of fore-wing and all outer area of hind-wing

of a paler brown than in the form Hippocoon. Fore-wing :

ochre-yellow bar as above but rather paler, and with scarcely

any fuscous scaling between 2nd and 3rd median nervules ;

an additional sub-marginal very small ochre-yellow spot close

to posterior angle. Hind-wing: restricted white patch as

above, but much duller.

The second example (from Angola) of this form of the 9

merope agreed very nearly with the Uganda specimen above

described, only differing in the rather duller ochre-yellow of

the band in the fore-wings ; in the presence in the same wings

of a very small ochre-yellow apical spot, and of a similar spot

close to the posterior angie on the upper-side ; and on the under-

side the increase of the fuscous scaling about 2nd median

nervule, so as almost to interrupt the yellow discal band.

This made the fourth pronounced known form of the 9

Papilio merope. The usual and generally distributed form

of this sex throughout Tropical Africa was that named Hippo-

coon, by Fabricius—an excellent mimic of Amauris niavius, L. ;

all the other forms appeared to be very rare, and two of them

—Dionysos, Doubl., and the form from Zanzibar described in

Mr. Trimen’s Presidential Address to the Society on January 19,

1898—were not direct mimics of any other butterflies, but were

least divergent from the non-mimetic coloration and pattern

(Sexe *)

of the male. The form which he now brought to notice was,

on the contrary, a direct and unmistakable mimic of Planema

pogget; and, as it was inconvenient to refer to the mimetic

forms without assigning names to them, he proposed to style

this form Planemoides.

The PresipENT congratulated Mr. Trimey on the exhibit,

and the special interest attaching to an interpretation of this

remarkable form of the female merope. The Society would

sympathize with the feelings of the author of the original

discovery brought before the scientific world, more than

thirty-five years ago, of the most remarkable of all examples

of mimicry in Rhopalocera, that of merope and its allies,

as he saw before him for the first time this mysterious

form accompanied by its model. At the same time it was

only just to a younger worker, who had been in great part

guided by Mr. Trimen’s classical monographs, to point out

that the interpretation so convincingly illustrated that evening

had been made out last spring by Mr. 8. A. Neave, B.A., of

Magdalen College, Oxford, who had just become a Fellow of

their Society. Mr. Neave had exhibited this form of the

female merope together with Planema pogget as its model at

both soirées of the Royal Society in May and June, a time

when Mr. Trimen’s absence from England unfortunately

prevented him from seeing them. Mr. Neave had shown

at the same time another most striking and interesting

member of the same group, a species of Hlymnias, almost

certainly a form of F. phegea, Faby. He had formed the

group in the course of an investigation into the bionomics of

a very fine set of butterflies from the north-eastern shores of

Lake Victoria Nyanza, presented to the Hope Department by

Mr. C. A. Wiggins. Still later Mr. Wiggins had captured

and presented further consignments, including a small but

very interesting set of specimens from Entebbe. Among the

later series, and especially that from Entebbe, Mr. Neave had

another

found additional members of the same group:

Acreine butterfly, viz. A. auwrivillii, Staud., synaposematic

with the principal model, P/anema poggei; the Pseudacrea,

exhibited by Mr. Trimen, P. kiinowii, Dewitz, var.; and a

second probably undescribed species. All the above are

(xii)

obvious and strongly characterized members of the “ Planema

pogget group”: a more outlying, but apparently distinct

member was found in the female of Precis rawana, Grose-

Smith.

Dr. T, A. CHApMAN exhibited butterflies taken last summer

near Biarritz, and in Spain, in the Logrono Sierra.

These he suggested were probably examples of homceochro-

matism. Little attention has been directed to homeceochro-

matism in European butterflies, and these were certainly not

examples of the detailed mimetism we are now familiar with

in Miillerian groups from the African and neotropical regions.

The first of these sets of associated species has, however,

some of the aspects of a Miillerian group. It contains three

species, which are all on the wing together in very restricted

habitats, into which the numerous other butterflies flying

at the same time in the immediate vicinity do not intrude.

They have the same general appearance and coloration when

flying; a peculiarity which none of the outside species happen

to possess,

They are dark, almost black on the. upper-side, a colour

rather unusual amongst European butterflies, and besides

these three, only found, I think, in Aphantopus hyperantus,

and in Satyrus actea and S. cordula; in the two latter

without the dingy brownish tone of the species exhibited.

The locality is at Guéthary, a most pleasing little watering-

place near Biarritz, and the date July 29-30, 1903.

The three butterflies are Canonympha wdipus—of course

of the southern (western) French form, rather larger and

better marked than the type—J/eteropterus morpheus, and

Satyrus dryas. ‘They are confined to small boggy or swampy

hollows an acre or two in extent—rarely more than five or

six—often a mile or two apart. The two first species do not

leave these hollows, and if by any chance a specimen is driven

a few yards up the surrounding slopes, it at once begins to

work its way back again.

The third species, S. dryas, is extremely abundant in some

of these swamps, and seems to be really equally confined to

them, though its abundance and comparative large size and

powers of flight lead to its making short excursions up the

( xiii)

slopes, and an odd one or two was even seen on the levels

above.

The only other butterflies seen in the bogs at the same time

are comparatively rare—viz. a few Brenthis euphrosyne and

Augiades sylvanus, The country around and above abounds

in various common butterflies ; the common “whites,” Lep-

tidia sinapis, Colias edusa, and C. hyale, several Vanessas,

Satyrus arethusa abundant, and Lpinephele tithonus in swarms ;

Pararge xgeria, Cenonympha arcania, Chrysophanus phleas,

ete. None of these visit the swamps except by rare accident,

C’. edusa, which goes straight across everything, being in fact

almost the only species doing so.

Last year, at St. Jean de Luz, we found S. dryas and

H. morpheus on very similar ground, but C. e@dipus was

wanting. This was in a swamp or bog at nearly sea-level

in the open river valley. C. @dipus appears to require the

protection afforded by the steep slopes, surrounding on all

sides the hollows in which we found it. These hollows are

the upper ends of small streams, perhaps a couple of miles

from the sea, and the little valleys wind enough for one to

say that the swamps are surrounded on all sides by very steep

slopes of 100 to 300 feet, rising to the general low undulating

country behind Guéthary, the highest point of which cannot

be of more than 500 feet elevation.

I have found S. dryas in various localities, generally on

low-lying or shady, and, I imagine, more or less boggy

ground. Here and there, as at Aix, I have met with it where

I thought it abounded on dry slopes, but I suspect it must

really have belonged to damp places adjacent. Nor have I

anywhere else than at Guéthary been so impressed by its

slow, floppy flight. I must confess, however, that I have

usually regarded it as too common a butterfly to be worthy

of much attention.

In the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for 1894, p. 221,

Mr. W. E. Nicholson notes the association of these three

butterflies in a marsh near the Lac de la Négresse, near

Biarritz. He places with them S. arethusa and S. statilinus,

not, perhaps, thinking it necessary to mention, what he tells

me is stated, however, in his diary, that these two butterflies

(OP xiv)

occupied drier ground close by. At Guéthary S. arethusa was

abundant on the higher open ground. The Lac de la Négresse

is well sheltered from the sea by an intervening hill.

I do not know, but the European distribution of morpheus

and edipus suggests them as frequent associates, whilst dryas

is probably always common enough to join the group. If not

so rare in the §.E. of France as they are (@dipus is, I believe,

absent), it is certainly not so widely distributed there as

elsewhere. Without forming any theory as to the cause of

the homeochromatic separation of these butterflies from the

other species of the district, it seems difficult to believe that

it is merely fortuitous. Assuming for the sake of argument

that it is an instance of Miillerian association, several points

may be worth noting. The three butterflies are of very much

the same colour on the wing, and no other of the butterflies

flying in the country around at the same time are at all like

them. They keep together, and are not mixed up with their

neighbours. They fly in a slow, floppy manner, and are

captured with the greatest ease. Not to be misunderstood,

I must add that even C’. wdipus can mend its pace at need,

whilst H. morpheus has the capacity for a sudden and almost

mysterious disappearance that many skippers possess, and

S. dryas is, when it likes, a very strong flier.

To associate the three forms together, as differing from

everything else, must be as inevitable to the bird or other

predaceous enemy, as to the entomologist. Equally, however,

it must happen that such enemy, if it were useful to him to

do so, could not possibly fail to discriminate between them

with the greatest facility. S. dryas is at once separated by

its great size, whilst the peculiar hopping, dancing flight of

H. morpheus, in which it shows the colour and even marking

of its under-side, is unmistakable. We have here none of the

detailed agreement of colour and markings that we are now

so familiar with in neotropical groups.

I do not know of any association of European butterflies

that is quite parallel to this one, nor has it before occurred to

me to regard any other association of butterflies I have seen,

as being of homeecchromatic significance, whatever that may

‘be. “ Blues” often swarm together, but they seem to be blue

( oxlv. )

because they can’t help it, and not of any set purpose.

Similarly one finds Chrysophanus virgaurexe and C. var. rutilus

together, and Z'hecla spini and 7’. ilicis, and so on.

The Hrebias are perhaps less accidental: several of the

“grass” Hrebias are generally found together, usually I

imagine fortuitously; but . eriphyle, which I found in

Carinthia established in localities by itself, rarely occurs in

Switzerland except with, and possibly protected by, 2. pharte.

Again a few years ago I found at Guarda (Lower Engadine)

E. pharte and FE, manto, forms usually abundantly distinct,

equally common. on the same ground, and most specimens of

such approximating forms as to require some little care to

’ Erebias are

discriminate them. But all these “ grass’

apparently very closely related. This year I found associated

in Spain two Hrebias that belong to very different sections

of the genus—viz. H. evias and L. stygne.

In the district examined these were always on the same

ground; if one was found you might be sure very soon to

see the other. . evias is an early species, At Digne and

Locarno I have found it in April, #. stygne usually at the

beginning of July. But these dates must be largely a matter

of elevation in each locality. Central European specimens

are certainly rarely taken together, and they differ much

in habits of flight and especially in size. Riihl gives stygne

as 38-42 mm., and evias 45-49 mm., and though both

vary rather more, and evias is usually 50-55 mm., this

fairly represents their ordinary relative size. Our specimens

from Canales and elsewhere present the two species as

very much the same in size, stygne indeed being if anything

the larger and closer together in colour and marking than the

usual Swiss or French specimens.

Evias was perhaps a week earlier than stygne, but

both flew together all the time we observed them, perhaps

about a fortnight. The evias, though not quite agreeing with

description, are no doubt substantially of Zapater’s var.

hispanica, whose leading difference is its smaller size than the

type. The stygne are not so large, or otherwise quite the

same as my var. bejavensis, but are rather intermediate

between the type and that local race.

( xlvi_)

Zapater says nothing of stygne, which was not reported

from Spain, till taken last year by Mrs. Nicholls and by us.

We did not see evias last year when taking stygne, var.

bejarensis. So that the association of the species in Spain is

far from universal. I may remark, by the way, that the

ground where bejarensis was found was very different from

that affording the species this year. Nevertheless, it seems

highly probable that this association has something to do with

Spanish evias being small and stygne larger.

The homeochromatism here consists in these two Lrebias,

so very distinct in their ordinary habitats and belonging to

different sections of the genus, when they oceur in Spain on

the same ground, doing so at the same time, and making a

considerable approach to each other in markings and an almost

absolute coincidence in size. I have placed with them some

bejarensis for comparison. It will be noticed that it goes

much beyond the Canales form in the direction in which that

has varied. Looking at the under-sides, one would say the

2 bejarensis were forms of evias and not of stygne. Might

one suggest that, in Spain, evias attracted stygne and led to

its variation to the form before us, and by this assistance

enabled it to get over the intermediate ground, and to pass

on when dissociated again from evias to the bejarensis form ?

I note some specimens of evias vary very much towards the

form, size, and colour of EZ. zapateri. There is no evidence

known to me of these species ever being associated (zaputert

is much later than evias), so that this resemblance must be

one entirely due to climate and locality.

Erebia stygne in Spain will obviously repay more study ;

there is the curious problem of the large (high level)

and small (low level) forms taken last year at approximately

the same dates, and in adjacent localities near the Picos de

Europa by Mrs. Nicholls. Has association with £. evias

anything to do with this as yet unexplained phenomenon ?

I propose that the present form of Z. stygne be called var.,

or at least local form, Azspanica, as parallel to H. evias, var.

hispanica, It is rather darker and more strongly marked

than the type, and has an average expanse of 48 mm., ranging

from 45 mm. to 51 mm.

( xlvii_ )

Dr. CuapmAN also exhibited living imagines of Crinopteryx

familiella. These had just emerged at Reigate; where they

and their parents, descended from pup brought from Cannes

in March 1901, had lived out of doors during their active

existence, being brought into the house only during their

pupal estivation. This seemed noteworthy in so southern

(Mediterranean) a species. ‘The experiment seemed quite

likely to continue successful for the next generation.

Papers.

Mr, Amprose Quaru read papers “ On the antenne of the

Hepialide,” and “ On Epalxiphora axenana, Theyr.”

Mr. Gitpert J. Arrow read a paper “On the Laparestict

Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Grenada and St. Vincent, West

Indies.”

Mr. Thomas Haroup Taytor, M.A., communicated ‘ Notes

on the Habits of Chironomus (orthocladius) sordidellus.”

Mr. F. Du Cane Gopman, D.C.L., F.R.S., communicated

‘* Descriptions of some new species of Lrycinidx.”

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated “ Additions to the

Rhynchotal Fauna of Central America.”

Dr. D. Sarr, M.A., F.R.S., read a paper ‘‘On the E

cases and Karly Stages of some Cassididx.”

oo-

foto)

Wednesday, October 2ist, 1903.

Professor EH. B. Poutron, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (President),

in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Montacue Austin Puiuuips, F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., of 22

Petherton Road, Canonbury, N., was elected a Fellow of the

Society.

Kaxhibitions.

Mr. J. H. Keys sent for exhibition a black variety of

Carabus nemoralis, Miill., from Dartmoor, recently recorded

by him in the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine.

Mr. G. C. Cuampron exhibited a series of Rosalia alpina,

-( xlvii )

Linn., found by himself on old beech-trees at Moncayo, North

Spain, in July last.

Mr. A. J. Cairry exhibited a larva of Drilus flavescens,

taken by Mr. Pencott, the schoolmaster of Eastling, Kent,

near the school buildings.

Dr. T. A. CaapmMan exhibited an album containing several

series of photographs of the development of the embryo within

the egg of Psammotis hyalinalis, taken in 1901-2 by My.

W. H. Hammond of Canterbury, and Mr, W. R. Jeffrey. The

depth of focus obtained, and the consequent amount of detail

exhibited in the photographs was remarkable.

Col. J. W. Yersury exhibited (1.) 4 9 2 of Gastrophilus

nasalis, Linn., taken at Torcross, Devonshire, from the 19th

to the 3lst of August last. He said that as this rare species

differed in a marked degree in its mode of flight, ete., from the

common Horse Bot-fly, Gastrophilus equi, it would be as well

to draw attention to these differences. Gastrophilus equi

when flying round a horse visits as a rule the belly and the

fore legs. The @ carries her ovipositor almost horizontal,

and she looks when on the wing like the lower two-thirds of

the letter Z (L). G. nasalis, on the other hand, carries the

ovipositor tucked under the belly and almost parallel to

the axis of the body, this gives her when on the wing a

peculiar ball-like appearance; G. nasalis too always flies to

the horse’s head. While at Torcross during August and

September 20 Bot-flies, 4 9 92 G. nasalis, and 12 92 9,

4 & 6 of G. equi, were taken round the same horse. The flies

came up wind to the horse, G. equi always appearing under the

belly between the fore and hind legs, while G. nasalis would

appear in the triangle formed by the fore legs, the neck, and

the ground. As a rule, the horse paid no attention to G. equi,

but G. nasalis caused him great alarm. The eggs of G. equi

were in hundreds on the shoulders and fore legs of this cart-

horse, but although the face and nostrils were searched carefully

no signs of eggs or larvee could be found thereon. Exhibiting

(2.) Chersodromia hirta, Walker, Col. Yerbury said these

little Empids were common on the shore near Prawle Point :

some were obtained by sweeping over seaweed, while others

were taken running about over the sand. Although these

(Gexiise ”)

insects were loth to take flight, still they were by no means

easy to catch as they ran very fast, and even when covered

by a glass-bottomed box stuck to the ground rather than run

up the box to the glass ; they were therefore very difficult to

box. Col. Yersury also exhibited (3.) Pamponerus germanicus,

Linn., from Barmouth, taken on the 27th and 30th of June

(1 ¢ and 4 9 9), and from Porthcawl ¢, on the 3rd of the

same month. He said this rare species appeared to be struggling

to keep its place in the British List. Mr. Verrall took it

some years ago in fair numbers at the first-named locality,

while Mr. Dale reported it as taken by Capt. Bloomer at

Bridgend fifty or sixty years ago. The second locality was

probably the same as Capt. Bloomer’s. This insect appeared to

frequent the marram grass on the sand hills,and a ? taken at

Barmouth 27th June was preying on a beetle.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited specimens of Melitaa deione from

the Basses Alpes, Jf athalia from the Cévennes, Upper

Engadine, Lago di Loppio near Riva, and JM. var. navarina

from Lugano.

Mr. H. Rownanp-Brown exhibited IM. didyma, M. athalia,

M. deione from Digne ; and M. aurelia, M. parthenie and var.

varia, with M. asteria, from various alpine localities.

Dr. T. A. Coapman exhibited specimens of the same genus

from Spain, and Mr. R. W. Luioyp specimens from the

Engadine, and eastern Switzerland.

A discussion on the probable affinities of the several

named species took place.

Dr, CHapMAN said that he was really very ignorant of these

species, but had come to the conclusion that M. athalia, M.

aurelia and M. parthenie, and even perhaps JM. asteria, were

local or seasonal forms of the same species quite distinct in

some localities, difficult to separate in others. The larve as

described vary very little. The difference of the under-sides

in the specimens examined by him was quite within the

ordinary limits of variation. His own specimens of W/. athaha

taken in Spain appeared to differ but very little from the

typical British form.

Mr. J. W. Turr said he was quite unable to distinguish

specifically between various specimens that had been sent to

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1903. E

Cle)

him from Switzerland at various times uuder the names of

Melitxa athalia, M. parthenie and M. aurelia, and he was

inclined to think that almost all the specimens caught in the

Rhone valley proper and the lower lateral valleys branching

therefrom were referable to one species. This, however, he

was unprepared to assert, as I. parthenie was always recorded

as a double-brooded species, and MW. athalia as a single-brooded

one, and only those lepidopterists who could deal with the

life-histories of these two so-called species in these districts

(1) by breeding, (2) by comparison of the eggs, larvee and pupe,

could determine the matter. It was to be remembered that

in the Rennes district (teste Oberthiir) and Havre district

(teste Dupont) typical M. parthenie occurred as a double-

brooded species in April, May and August, with typical J/.

athalia, appearing, practically on the same ground, as a single-

brooded species between these broods, viz. in June. It was also

recorded as occurring similarly in Fontainebleau Forest, and

certainly, in June 1897, he had found typical J/, athalia in

great abundance there, and, in August 1899, two or three

specimens of what might be well considered the double-brooded

parthenie, but this was the extent of his practical experience

with the species in this locality. His doubts as to these

species were, however, most increased by the capture of a large

number of a Jelitxa,in the meadows of Grésy-sur-Aix, in late

July and August, 1894-1900. Here the time of appearance

suggested that the specimens captured must be the second-

hood of AL. parthenie, and this view was further strengthened

by the fact that in early May 1897, Dr. Chapman had taken a

fine large typical J/, athalia in the same place, showing that, at

any rate, J/, athalia occurred here earlier in the year ; but the

July—August specimens of Grésy-sur-Aix, whilst furnishing

some examples with the particular facies that experts associate

with MW, parthenie (and existing in the most marked manner in

the specimens obtained in the higher alps and known as var.

varia), are, on the whole, particularly characteristic JZ. athalia,

and, so far as can be judged, most are quite indistinguish-

able from British and Continental specimens of undoubted J/.

athalia ; nor mustit be overlooked that Dr. Chapman found, as

just noted, a large typical MV. athalia in early May at Grésy,when

(i)

M. parthenie should have occurred, for, at this time, Callophrys

rubi, Syrichthus malve, and the ordinary early spring butterflies

were only just showing there ; it is therefore most difficult to

come to a conclusion on the July—August specimens captured,

and it really becomes a matter of first importance that some

lepidopterist with leisure should stay at Aix-les-Bains one

season long enough to determine whether (1) J. parthenie (as

the species is known at Rennes and Havre) occurs at Greésy-

sur-Aix in April—May, (2) JL parthenie is followed by the

single-brooded MV. athalia of typical form, (3) J. parthenie or

M. athalia produces the second brood which has been found so

abundantly in the district in July—August. The only place

in which he had captured what he considered more or less typical

M. parthenie in spring was at Digne in April 1897, but he un-

fortunately knew nothing about the J/. athalia reputed to occur

at Digne in May—June, or whether a second brood of what

he presumed to be JZ. parthende occurred in July. These points

exhibit the weakness of any scientific conclusions based on the

haphazard way in which British lepidopterists work on the

Continent. We go to the Continent, collect “holiday ” series,

sort them out maybe according to Dr, Lang’s plates, in some

cases put on one side the doubtfuls and fill a cabinet series of

very typical-looking examples. That at least is the general

conclusion one comes to after examining many series in the

cabinets of British collectors. What we want are longer series

of specimens, and longer rests in the same district. As to MW,

berisalensis, which has heen referred to J. athalia, the facies of

three very fine examples from Martigny given Mr. Turr by Mr.

Sloper, had led him to suggest that the insect does not even

appear to belong to the athalia group. His impression was

that it came very close to J/. deione, although at present he

knew too little of both insects, to wholly support Mr. George

Wheeler, who in his recently-published work on ‘“ The Butter-

flies of Switzerland and the Alps of Central Europe,” had

come to the conclusion that berisalensis was a mere Swiss form

of the southern species.

Mr. H. Rowtanp-Brown said that he did not remember

having observed J/. athalia and JM. deione flying together at

Digne in June, but that he had noticed MW. athalia and M.

(Cain)

aurelia on the same slope if not actually overlapping in the

mountains about Susa, Piedmont.

The PRESIDENT; who also exhibited some forms of J/. aurinia

taken by Mr. A. H, Hamm at Basingstoke and elsewhere,

and specimens of MV. athalia, M. didyma, and M. phoebe from

Asia Minor and Persia, continued the discussion, in which

Mr. M, Jacosy and other Fellows joined.

The Presipent inquired of any Fellow present whether it

was the case that the dead leaves upon the ground in tropical

countries tended to warp and curl in the dry season, but lay

flat in the wet. He suggested that the remarkable tendency

in the dry phases of many species of butterflies, with dead-

leaf-like undersides, to develop an elongated and hooked

or bent apex to the fore-wing, and a greatly produced anal

angle to the hind-wing, might thus receive its interpretation.

The development certainly could not be explained by affinity,

occurring as it did in the Nymphaline genera Aallima and

Precis, the Satyrine genus Melanitis, and as Dr. Dixey has

recently shown in the Pierine genus.

The Prestpent further stated that Mr. H. C. Robinson had

informed him that it was certainly the case in northern

Australia that the dry-season dead leaves were warped and the

wet ones flattened.

In reply Mr. W. J. Kaye stated that he had been in

Trinidad in the dry season, and noticed that the dead leaves

were curled and bent, whereas in British Guiana which he

visited in the wet season they were flat like damp blotting-

paper.

Paper.

The Presipent gave an account of a paper by Mr. Anporr H.

THAYER on “ Protective Coloration in its relation to Mimicry,

Common Warning Colour, and Sexual Selection,” and made

comments thereon.

Wednesday, November 4th, 1903.

Professor E. B. Poutton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

( hii )

Election of Fellows. :

Mr. W. A. Boausr, Wilts and Dorset Bank, Shepton Mallet ;

Mr. G. R. Batpocx, 71 Hertford Road, Lower Edmonton ;

Mr. Rogert Erueripce, Junior, Curator of the Australian

Museum, Sydney, New South Wales; Mr. Cuarites FREncuH,

F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Victoria, Australia; Mr.

J. T. Hoventon, Worksop, Notts; Mr. G, Lykrtn, Junior,

Gisborne, Victoria, Australia; and Mr. Wriii1am Herron,

the Horticultural College, Swanley, Kent, were elected

Fellows of the Society.

The SecreTary announced that in some copies of Part TI

of the Transactions recently issued, the numbers to the

figured species on Plate IX were accidentally omitted, and

that Fellows returning Part III to Messrs. R. Clay & Sons,

Bungay, might have the same printed in without additional

expense,

Exhibitions.

Mr. H. J. Ewes, F.R.S., exhibited a small collection of

butterflies made in July last in Saltdalen, Norway, within the

Arctic Circle, Owing to the continued dull, wet weather and

extreme lateness of the season he had not procured some of

the arctic fjeld butterflies which occur there, such as Colias

hecla, C'. werdandi and Lycena aquilo.

He said that it was remarkable to find such plants as Cypre-

pedium caleeolus, and such butterflies as Pararge mxra in this

high northern latitude close to such arctic insects as Hrebia

disa, of which he took a fine series on the one fine day that

occurred during his stay. He also took a series of Cartero-

cephalus sylvius, which, so far as he knew, had been taken no-

where else in Norway. Pieris rape was in the female sex

extremely variable, here some of them, though much suffused,

being more like Scotch specimens than the var. bryonix which

is found in the Alps and in the extreme north of Norway.

Mr. A. J. Cutrry exhibited living specimens of Anthribus

albinus, Showing the way in which this beetle mimics its sur-

roundings. The resemblance to the lichened bark was most

striking, the species choosing the inside holes of hazel twigs

intertwined in hedges, and generally covered with lichen.

@ hy 4

Mr. J. W. Turr exhibited a number of series of the genus

Melitza to illustrate his remarks made at the last meeting.

The discussion on the affinities of the several named species

was continued, and in reply to a question by Mr. Turr, Mr.

H. J. Etwes said that so far as he knew no systematic

examination of the genitalia had yet been made. The

PRESIDENT suggested that the real physiological test by which to

determine and differentiate the several species of the genus

was by breeding, and he impressed upon entomologists resident

in favourable localities, as in Switzerland, the desirability of

making these experiments,

Mr. H. J. Etwes mentioned that he was at present engaged

in the classification and arrangement of the Meliteas and

Argynnids in the British Museum, and appealed to collectors

to bring their series there to be looked over, and to present such

specimens as might be useful for the completion of the group.

The Prestpenr exhibited a set of 323 butterflies from

British Guiana, all captured on one day, August 28th,

1903, between the 9th and 10th mile from the Potaro

River to the gold-mines. The road starts from the

river-side at a point about 30 miles above the confluence

with the LEssequibo. This opportunity of studying the

proportions of the various constituents of the Miillerian

group was owing to the kindness of Mr. W. J. Kaye. The

specimens constituted the entire catch of a single day, and

all were taken by the road-side, on the white blossoms of a

large-leaved plant which springs up wherever the bush is

cut down. The catch represented a full day’s work. August

28th was a particularly dry day in one of the driest months

in the year. The butterflies were most plentiful from 6 to

11 am. and from 3 to 6 p.m., retiring into the thick bush

during the hottest part of the day.

The dominance of the black-hind-winged group is seen in the

fact that it included no less than 295 specimens belonging to

the following species :—

ITHOMIIN®.

Melinxa mneme—253. Mechanitis polymnia—9.

> erameri—8, n. sp.—10.

be)

» egina—d9.

CMa)

DANAIN.

Lycorea ceres—1.

- pasinuntia—3.

HELICONINE.

Heliconius vetustus—1.

Eueides, n. sp.—l.

Thus a single species, Jf, mneme, entirely dominates the

group. Beautiful series exhibiting transition from the barred

to the black-hind-wing were seen in this species, and in the

3 individuals of LZ. pasinuntia. The single ZL. czres was an

intermediate example. One specimen of Melinza crameri

was broadly barred, and another faintly so. In Mr. Kaye’s

experience this species had hitherto always been black.

Mechanitis n. sp. included a fine transitional series, but, as

in other examples from this district, the black mark-

ings were very heavy even in the lightest forms. Mechanitis

polymnia was, as usual, an antithesis to the last-named, the

blackest hind wings being still distinctly barred.

Comparing these and other specimens in the Hope Depart-

ment, and Mr. Kaye’s fine series, with Oxford specimens of

the same or representative species from Surinam, it appears

certain that the Potaro district must stand on the fringe of

the area where this black-hind-winged group is developing. The

ancestral barred pattern and the various grades of intermediates

which occur so abundantly with the black on the Potaro road

are apparently far less common in Surinam, and are probably

less common still in French Guiana. We do not, however,

know the distance to which the group extends along the coast

or into the interior. The apparent anomaly of the dominant

Melinxa mneme exhibiting the most ancestral series of any

species in the group may be merelya result of this position on

the fringe of the area. Extended observations are greatly

needed ; for, so far as it is possible to judge from the facts

before us, more could be learnt of the origin and more inferred

as to the bionomic significance of this black-hind-winged

group of the Guianas than any other in the world.

The remaining specimens, with the exception of a single

Hesperiid, were all Jthomiine. They included 5 Scada theaphia,

( lvi )

but no other member of its group; | Jthomia zarepha, but in

this case also no other member of the group; 16 ceratinia

vallonia, 1 Napeogenes pheranthes, another obvious member of

the same group, and 4 ceratinia bari, a more outlying member.

The Hesperiid Hesperia syrichthus was the only butterfly out

of the 323 which did not fall into one of the Ithomiine

combinations,

Mr. J. C. KersHaw communicated a note on the larva and

pupa of Clerome ewmeus, Drury, as follows :—

‘“No recent description has, I believe, been published on

the habits of Clerome ewmeus, Drury, and, so far as I am

aware, the larva has never been figured or described.

“For the following references to the literature on this

insect I am indebted to Mr. Francis A. Heron :—Pupa

described by J. J. Walker in Trans. Ent. Soe., 1895, p. 450 ;

Drury’s ‘Illus. Exotic Ent.,’ vol. i (1773), and Cramer’s

‘Pap. Exot.,’ vol. 11 (1777), Trans. Ent. Soc., 1858, p. 183.

The larva is smooth, cylindrical, Indian or salmon-red on the

entire upper surface, the articulations of the segments marked

in black. Sides and back sprinkled with whitish hairs. Under

surface and legs black. Head black, upper part of clypeus

bifid. About 1} inches in length when full-grown. The

spiracles indistinctly marked. The larva feeds on Smilax

lancexfolia, 2 common climbing plant in South China, growing

as a rule amongst thick jungle—a smooth-stemmed creeper,

with large lanceolate shiny green leaves, broad and rounded

at the base, of thick texture and glaucous beneath.

“The larve usually feed in little colonies, and have a habit —

when not feeding of resting side by side on the under surface

of a leaf, perhaps half-a-dozen together, so closely packed as

to touch one another.

“The pupa is smooth, of a light pea-green, the apex of

abdomen, from which the pupa is slung without a girdle,

blue bifid, tips yellow. The insect is more or less on the wing

throughout the year, having several broods, some emerging in

January and February, the larvee feeding in November and

December.

‘““Clerome ewmeus is very common in the districts round

Hongkong and Macao, and may sometimes be seen in the

( Ivii )

streets of those towns. It haunts damp and shady localities,

flitting between the tree-trunks and undergrowth, and often

settling on the ground amongst dead leaves. It is to some

extent crepuscular, though it is on the wing throughout the

day in shady spots. There is no noticeable variation in the

insect between the wet and dry seasons, The butterfly appears

to be distasteful to birds and lizards ; though very common in

parts of South China and fairly conspicuous both flying and at

rest, when it closes its wings, I have never seen it attacked.

Its flight, though slow and rather flabby—the wings of this

butterfly are what may perhaps be termed ‘limp ’—is erratic,

and it delights in threading its way through thick cover,

being a wandering insect, and seldom returning to the same

resting-place after once leaving it.”

Papers.

Mr. W. J. Kaye contributed “A Catalogue of the Lepi-

doptera-Rhopalocera of Trinidad, with an appendix by G,. L.

Guppy.”

Mr. P. I. Laruy, F.Z.S., communicated a paper “On some

Aberrations of Lepidoptera.”

Wednesday, November 18th, 1903.

Professor E. B, Poutton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Jonn Rowtianpd Carrie, of Nettleton Manor, Caistor,

and 59 Chancery Lane, E.C., and Mr. E. J. Hare, of 8

Hillsboro’ Road, East Dulwich, S.E., were elected Fellows of

the Society.

Obituary.

Mr. G. C. Caampion announced the death of Mr. Pariip

Brookes Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., one of the oldest members

of the Society, and on the motion of Canon W. W. Fow ter,

seconded by Mr. Cuampton, it was unanimously resolved to

express on behalf of the Society sincere sympathy with Mrs.

Mason in her bereavement,

( lviii)

Nomination of Officers and Council for 1904.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, then announced that

the Council had nominated the following Fellows as Officers

and members of the Council for 1904, in accordance with the

new Bye-laws :—President, Professor E. B. Poulton, M.A.,

D.Se., F.R.S. Treasurer, R. McLachlan, F.R.S., F.LS.

Secretaries, H. Goss, F.L.S., and H. Rowland-Brown, M.A.

Librarian, G.C. Champion, F.Z.8. Other Members of the Council,

Colonel C. T. Bingham, F.Z.S., Dr. T. A. Chapman, M.D.,

BZ... A.J. Chitty, MAS J. Hy Collin, Dro Wa AS Dixey,

M.A., M.D., Hamilton C. J. Druce, F.Z.S., W. J. Lucas, B.A.,

the Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild,

MEAS) hi S28 254) Dr. Da Sharp.. MEAG Heh ee balnos.

Colonel C. Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Colonel J. W.

Yerbury, R.A., F.Z.S.

Hehibitions.

Mr. G. C, Cuampion exhibited numerous specimens of both

sexes of Vyleborus dispar, from Moneayo, Spain, taken out of

beech-stumps. Canon Fow er said that the late Miss Ormerod,

who found this beetle abundantly in orchards at Evesham, had

prophesied that it would become a pest. Asa matter of fact

the insect is now extremely rare, and there appear to be

hardly any Qs in the collections of the United Kingdom.

Mr. O. E, JANSEN said he had found it in pear-trees.

Mr. F. B. Jennines exhibited (1.) on behalf of Mr. H.

Britten, of Great Salkeld, Cumberland, a specimen of Z'ropi-

phorus tomentosus, Marsh., from Great Salkeld, showing the

deciduous false mandibles intact ; (2.) a 9 specimen of Ancho-

menus parumpunctatus, F., from the same locality, showing a

malformation of the middle right tibia which was abnormally

thin, and bent in the centre, but thickened at the base; the

right antenna also had the last seven joints flattened and

dilated. Myr. Jenninas also exhibited on his own behalf

Apion sanguineum, De G., taken at Brandon, Suffolk, in

August last, on Rumex. Commenting on (2) the Rev. F. D.

Morice remarked that similar malformations occurred in

Hymenoptera. The abdomen in the specimen exhibited

appeared to be normal, but he had found in hymenopterous

(dlike %))

insects, segments of the abdomen distorted in such a manner

as hardly appeared consistent with life. Mr. JENNINGS

said that some years ago he had taken a weevil, Sitones

regentsteinensis, with a double club to one antenna, and

Mr. M. Burr said that it was not uncommon to find mal-

formations in the forceps of Earwigs which were not also

hermaphrodites.

Later in the discussion, replying to Mr. Morice and Dr.

CHAPMAN, the President said that during the past summer he

had been experimenting on the eyes of the larvee of Hnnomos

autumnaria. In the attempt to ascertain the physiological

significance of the eyes, some of these larve had been blinded

with a photographic varnish rendered opaque with lamp-black.

It seemed impossible to imagine a more innocent material,

and furthermore the application was but of short duration,

for the varnish did not adhere well to the smooth chitin,

and was soon rubbed off—probably an accidental result of

the ordinary movements of the larve. Nevertheless, when

the corresponding imagines emerged the speaker was intensely

surprised to find that the majority of them were devoid of

eyes, and that the antenne were generally rudimentary. He

could only suppose that something in the varnish, perhaps

the spirit, penetrated pores in the chitin and injured the

subjacent tissues.

Mr. H. St. J. K. DonistHorre exhibited Apion sorbi, 2,

taken this year at Freshwater, Isle of Wight, and said that

the ¢ of this species was extremely rare.

Mr. M. Burr exhibited two 9s and two ds of the largest

known earwig, Anisolobis colossea, Dohrn., from New South

Wales, representing the extremes of size, the average size

being between these two extremes.

Mr. A. J. Currry exhibited a specimen of the beetle

Homalium testaceum taken in Blean Wood in 1900, and a pair

of bees Nomada qguttulata, of which the ¢ has never been

recorded hitherto in Britain, taken by him at Huntingford,

Kent, in May last.

Dr. Norman Joy exhibited (1.) Huconnus Miklini, Mannerh.,

taken at Bradfield in July 1901, new to the British list of

Coleoptera, and (2.) a series of beetles taken at Bradfield at the

( Ix )

exuding sap of trees attacked by Cossus ligniperda; includ-

ing Philonthus fuscus, Grav.; Thamiarea hospita, Mirk. ;

Thalycra sericea, Sturm. ; Cryptarcha strigata, F.; Cryptarcha

imperialis, F.; a series of Epurxa 10-guttata, F., and £.

diffusa, Bris.; and some apparently intermediate forms ;

Quedius ventralis, Ar.; and Atomaria elongatula, Ky.

Colonel J. W. Yrersury exhibited (1.) ZLeptopa filiformis,

Zett. He said that as this insect stood in italics in the

last edition of Verrall’s List, the confirmation of its occur-

rence within the British Isles was worthy of note. Haliday

(‘ Entomological Magazine,’ Vol. iv. p. 150, 1837) described

it under the name of Cordylura flava, from specimens taken at

Holywood near Belfast in the month of June, and its record

as a British insect probably rests on this, for no subsequent

account of its occurrence can be traced, nor do specimens of it

exist in any of our great collections. Leptopa filiformis was

not uncommon at Porthcawl from May 26th to June 4th of

this year; it frequented meadow-sweet under the shade of

some old poplars, where the capture of a chance specimen

led to a thorough overhaul of the neighbourhood both by

searching and sweeping, resulting in a bag of twelve

specimens (10 ¢ and 2 9). Though a shade-loving insect,

it was only to be caught between the hours of 12 noon and

2 p.m., many attempts made both earlier and later in the

day being alike unsuccessful. Exhibiting (2.) Thyreophora

Jurcata, F., Col. Yersury said that though probably not an

uncommon insect, this was one of the least known of our

native Diptera; it stood in italics in the first edition of

Verrall’s List, but was confirmed from specimens taken in

Mount Edgecumbe Park (17th and 24th April, 1889), on a

dead donkey. The late Dr. Meade (E. M. M., Oct. 1889, p. 224)

referred to a specimen found by the Rey. L. Jenyns near Ely,

and to this specimen its reputed occurrence in the British

Isles was probably due. Dr. Meade was apparently ignorant

of its subsequent capture, though the three specimens referred

to above had been in the British Museum collection since

1893. The attractions for Thyreophora furcata appear to be an

open space and the carease of a large animal; it occurred in

some numbers on the Kenfig Sand Hills (Porthcawl) from 13th

(eli)

to 18th May, 1903, on the carcass of a cart-mare ; 7 oy 2

being taken between those dates. In Verrall’s List this species

was included among the Cordyluridx, but as its affinities

appeared to be with the Helomyzidex near Blepharoptera modesta,

probably the best plan would be to give it a family heading

Thyreophoride all to itself. Hendel (Zeit. f. Hym. u, Dipr.

iii, Jahrg Heft. iv, p. 215, July 1903) had recently pro-

posed the new genus “ Centrophlebomyia ” for this species, and

with reason, for the two species Thyreophora furcata and 7’

cynophila seemed to be generically distinct. In our present

knowledge of diptera, where genera could only be looked upon

as artificial groups got together for the purpose of facilitating

identification, this separation of single species from numerically

weak genera was of doubtful utility.

As regards collecting 7’. furcata, it might be pointed out

that a stern sense of duty was necessary to keep one for any

length of time in the neighbourhood of its haunts.

Colonel YErsury also exhibited 13 Pelidnoptera nigripennis,

F’., and said that although only two or three records existed

of the occurrence of this species within the British Isles, still

it was very abundant at Porthcawl from 24th May to 3rd June

of this year. The species was first recorded as British by Mr.

Verrall (E. M. M., July 1894, p. 145) from two specimens taken

as follows: Dolgelly, June 13th, 1887, and Muchalls, near

Aberdeen, June 4th, 1884; a third specimen taken May 17th,

1893, has been in the B. M. collection since 1893. In April

1899 (E. M. M., p. 102), under the heading ‘“ British Diptera

unrecorded or undescribed by English Authors,” Dr. Meade

recorded a specimen taken by Miss Prescott-Decie at Chagford,

Devon, in 1881. He had apparently overlooked Verrall’s

previous record, while it is probable that he was ignorant of

the existence of the third specimen referred to above. Of

(4) Lucina fasciata, also shown by him, Col. YERBury said

that this was another rare insect which had almost been lost

sight of. Recently however Mr. Lamb had met with it in

some numbers at Padstow and Weston-super-Mare, while it

was stated still to exist in Haliday’s old locality, Portmadoc

near Dublin. The specimen exhibited was taken at Porthcawl

(11th May, 1903), seated on a blade of marram grass, but

( Ixii_ )

neither searching nor sweeping produced further specimens,

though the attempt was repeated again and again.

Dr. T. A. CHapman exhibited specimens of Chiysophanus

philxas—(1.) a ? captured at Reigate; small spots and narrow

hind margin to fore-wing, broad copper band to hind-wing

running up the veins, the copper bright and rather pale.

(2.) 15 specimens reared from eggs laid by this 9, and kept at

a temperature of 85° Fahr. (egg and larva), rising to 95° for

the pupe. These were a little smaller than the parent. The

black spots were much enlarged, forming in some specimens

an antemarginal band by confluence, and much restricting

the copper area. Hind-margin broader than in the parent, but

still not broad. Copper of hind-wing more or less reduced, in

one specimen almost to four or five spots. The tails in nearly

all specimens were very long; the copper bright, somewhat

suffused basally, but in only two or three was it suffused on

the apical half of the wing. The dark costal shade almost

wanting in the parent was marked, and to the series of three

most apical spots two more were added between the more

costal veins ; of these the parent had no trace. All the spots

were in most specimens very well defined—three specimens

whose pup were kept very damp are not distinguishable from

the others whose pupe were kept very dry. The exhibit also

included (3.) three specimens taken at Locarno in May 1902,

just after a very cold, wet spell, that affected the whole district.

These had the spots small; the copper area large. One large

specimen (34 mm.) was reminiscent of the Lapland form

which Staudinger identifies with the American representative

hypophixas. (4.) Three specimens from Locarno, April 1903,

after ordinary weather, one of which, with the copper a

little reduced, might be an ordinary British specimen. The

other two had the spots more or less confluent, the margins of

the fcre-wing are very wide, leaving very little copper outside

the spots. The tails also were short and there was little

suffusion. (5.) 16 specimens from various parts of Spain

illustrating various forms of suffusion and darkening, but

none perhaps typical eleus. The darker ones differed from (2)

and (4) in the spots being ill-defined, surrounded by a ring of

less deep black (suffused), and in the black hind-margin of the

(baie)

fore-wing being very broad. In few were the tails as well-

developed as in (2). In the darkest the copper still preserved

some brightness along the discal cell and the two cells beyond

it, whilst two or three might have been ordinary English

specimens.

Mr. G. J. Arrow showed specimens and diagrams in

illustration of a point mentioned in his paper on “The

Laparostict Lamellicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent and

Grenada.” This had reference to a remarkable kind of

variability noticed in beetles of the 'l'rogid genus Acantho-

cerus. These beetles have the faculty of rolling themselves

into a ball in the interior of which all the vulnerable parts are

enclosed. The head forms a large triangular plate in which

the eyes appear half on the upper and half on the lower

surface. In some examples of the species exhibited (Acantho-

cerus relucens, Bates) the upper division of the eyes forms a

large, nearly circular mass, while in others it is reduced to

a mere thin vestige, and in extreme examples of another

species of the genus Mr. Arrow had even found it to vanish

altogether.

The Presipent showed an exhibit sent by Mr. A. H. Thayer,

of Monadnock, N.H., U.S.A. The greyish silhouettes of two

butterflies were represeuted in a tint nearly the same as the

background, but sufficiently distinct to be easily recognizable.

On one side of one silhouette a row of white spots had been

placed in a submarginal position. It was evident that the

adjacent border was thereby rendered far less distinct than

that of the opposite side of the silhouette, or of both sides of

the other silhouette. The spots in position and shape were

approximately as in Papilio polydamas, and Mr. Thayer con-

sidered they possessed a similar significance in this butterfly.

The dark ground-colour of many Rhopalocerous species he

thought represented shadow under vegetation, the white sub-

marginal lines and dots a generalization of flowers and flower-

masses, But these markings also had a second meaning in

that they tended to obliterate the tell-tale margin of the wings.

Professor Pounron also exhibited specimens of Drurya

antimachus, together with the butterflies which he suggested

as forming a group synaposematic with it. The central species

(“Ixy >)

appeared to be Acrwa egina, round which clustered a number

of other species of the same genus so much alike as to be

probably indistinguishable upon the wing. Examples of these

were exhibited, viz. A. zetes, perenna, rogerst, and pharsalus.

Another beautiful Papilionine member of the group, P.

ridleyanus, was also shown. Its pattern, in both sexes, was

nearest to that of the male A. egina. In fact, so close was

the resemblance that Godart had been entirely misled by it,

and had described the Papilio under the name of ztdora as

the female of Acrea eyina. My. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., had

recently called the speaker’s attention to this, and had in-

formed him that the specimen of the Papilio in the Dufresne

Collection at Edinburgh bears the MS. label “ z¢dora, fem.,

Egina, Cram.,” probably in Godart’s handwriting. Godart’s

mistake had been recently pointed out by Mr. Percy H.

Grimshaw, and Mr. Trimen had himself recognized it from

Godart’s description, and had made a note of it in his copy

of the work.

An obvious Nymphaline member of the group was Pseud-

acrea boisduvalii, the male, like the last-named Papilio,

resembling most closely the male of Acrea egina. It was the

under-side of the female Psewdacrea which first suggested to

the speaker the idea that antimachus was a member of the

same group. While the upper-side of the Papilio seemed

obviously mimetic of the male of Acraa egina, the under-side

of its hind-wings possessed a remarkable and characteristic

ochreous ground-eolour distinguishing it from any other

member of the group except the female Psewdacrexa, in which

a distinct resemblance was manifest. That the approach has

been from the side of the latter seemed clear on comparing the

female of the western form with that of its south-eastern close

ally Pseudacrea trimeni, in which no trac of this peculiar

tint was to be found. Such deutero-synaposematic resemblance

between these two mimics of the egina type of colouring and

pattern had been doubtless encouraged by the fact that they

were the two largest members of the whole group, the female

Pseudacrxa serving as a link between the immense Papilio and

the comparatively small but dominant and central Acrzine

members. The inclusion of antimachus, in spite of its size, in

( lxv ¥)

this powerful combination seemed more satisfactory than Mr.

Trimen’s supposition in 1868 that it “is possibly an instance

of special modification in imitation of some gigantic Acrexa as

yet unknown, or perhaps extinct”? (Trans. Linn. Soc., vol.

xxvi, 1870, p. 503). Professor Poutron suggested that it was

possible that the remarkable bluish-grey patches on the under-

side of the fore-wing of antimachus were traces of descent from

an ancestor common to it and the other equally extraordinary

and equally isolated species of the genus Drurya,—D. zalmoxis.

In the discussion which followed the exhibit Professor

PouLton suggested that the struggle for existence against the

attacks of young, inexperienced enemies,—the kind of selective

attack to which ex hypothesi Miillerian (synaposematic) resem-

blance was due—was in reality far more severe than appeared

at first sight because of the pressure of the struggle upon the

enemies themselves. This pressure was chiefly felt by the young,

and it was so excessive that comparatively few individuals in

the fresh wave sent forth at each breeding season, survived

to become mature and experienced. It followed from this fact

that the amount of selective pressure exerted by inexperienced

enemies of insects was ten, twenty, a hundred, at any rate

many times as great as that which was due to the educational

period of the mature enemies existing at any moment.

With reference to the PresmpENT’s remarks, on the great

size of Drurya antimachus compared to that of the other

members of the synaposematic group, Mr. F. A. Heron sug-

gested that, in the recognition of prey by sight, size,—within

considerable limits,—might be of minor importance to color-

ation,—the term being used to cover every kind of pattern

and marking. The size of an insect, as correlated with the

idea of its distance, was, in natural surroundings, under

varying atmospheric conditions, extremely difficult of exact

estimation, though it might be easily observable in a group

of other insects of known size in a standard cabinet drawer.

Distance, and its correlative size, might perhaps be especi-

ally hard of determination by animals which, like the

majority of insect-hunting birds, had their eyes placed

somewhat laterally and not frontally, as in the anthropoids

in carnivora and in owls and similar predatory birds,

PROC. ENT, S80C, LOND., Vv, 1903, F

( Ixvi )

for, unless the two eyes could be simultaneously focussed

on the same object the estimation ef distance, which deter-

imined the idea of size, could only take place by the knowledge

of the effort made to secure the focus of one eye, instead of

by the system of unconscious trigonometrical survey, which

was one of the main sources of the knowledge of distance

employed by frontal-eyed animals; unless, indeed, it were

considered that the angle was measured first with one then

with the other eye by quick movement of the head.

With monocular vision, where the distance was not exactly

known, a small object nearer the beholder might subtend a

greater angle than a larger similar one further off, and, if

unfamiliar, be mistaken for the greater.

The idea of distance was one of the more slowly-acquired

concepts ; but the eyes of the young of all animals were quickly

taken by conspicuous pattern.

Coloration, at one extreme, served to break up the apparent

mass and protectively obscure it, while at the other it invited

attention as some glaring label ; a Porson label, which would

denote danger to the consumer of the contents of the object

bearing it, and, as in the case of the Porson label, the danger

would exist irrespective of the size of the ‘“label’’ and the

object it protected. Perhaps it might not be too strong an

assumption to consider that the young inexperienced enemy,

tasting the gaudily-coloured, distasteful Acrawa, would be

impressed, more by the coloration—by the Portson label—

than by the size of the object, and afterwards would avoid

similarly-coloured objects which crossed its field ‘of vision,

without taking any conscious account of their size.

Paper.

Mr. Epwarp Saunpers, F.R.S., contributed “A Supple-

mentary Note to a Paper entitled ‘Hymenoptera Aculeata

collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton, M.A., in Madeira and

Tenerife, in the Spring of 1902.’”

Wednesday, December 2nd, 1903.

Professor Epwarp B. Pouuron, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Pre-

sident, in the Chair,

( ixvii )

Election of Fellows,

Mr. F. H. Day, of Carlisle, The Rev. Tuomas Prinsrp

Levert, of Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorkshire, and Parkington

Hall, Lichfield, and Mr. Roserr C. L. Perkins, B.A., of

Honolulu, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Nomination of Officers and Council for 1904.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, again read the names

of the Officers and Members of the Council proposed for

election at the General Meeting.

Exhibitions.

Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited, on behalf of Mr. T. Ashton

Lofthouse, a specimen of Xylophasia zollikoferi taken at

Sugar, near Middlesbrough, Yorkshire, on the 26th September

last. He said he believed that this was only the second

specimen which had been recorded as having been taken

in Britain. Mr. Mclacuian, F.R.8., said the strongest

evidence existed that a very large immigration of insects

from the nearest Continental coast took place during the

exceptional (for this year) spell of warm and calm weather

prevailing towards the end of September, and he was of opinion

that the specimen of NXylophasia zollikoferi, taken by Mr.

Lofthouse in Yorkshire, formed an item in this migratory

swarm, Mr. Kacue Crarke had witnessed such immigration

when staying on board the Kentish Knock lightship for the

purpose of studying bird-migration, He had witnessed a

considerable immigration of Vanessa cardui, for instance,

amongst many other insects, and not the least remarkable of

his observations was the fact that V. cardui flies at night

during migration as well as by day. Mr. MclLacu.an re-

marked that the laws governing migration in insects were

at present little understood, and urged upon entomologists

the necessity of obtaining a clearer insight into their working.

The Presiwent and Mr. Jacosy continued the discussion.

Mr. Matcotm Burr exhibited, and remarked on, a specimen

of Dinarchus dasypus, llig., belonging to a family of five or

six species confined to the Balkans,

The Prestpent exhibited a series of photographs sent by

Mr. A. H. Thayer to illustrate his views on the significance

( Ixviii_ )

of the colours and patterns of butterflies’ wings. The insects

had been photographed on masses of foliage and flowers, and it

was obvious that the dark ground-colour harmonized with the

dark shadow behind and under the vegetation, while the

light markings stood out as conventionalized representations

of single flowers and flower-masses.

The PrestpENt also exhibited the eyeless imagines and

pupa-cases of Hnnomos autumnaria, in illustration of his

remarks at the meeting on November 18th. Imagines pro-

duced by unblinded larvee were also shown for comparison.

Dr. CHAPMAN made some remarks on the specimens

exhibited by the President.

Papers.

The Rev. Francis D. Moricr, M.A., read a Paper entitled

“ Tllustrations of the male terminal ségments and armatures

in thirty-five species of the Hymenopterous genus Colletes.”

ANNUAL MEETING.

January 20th, 1904.

Professor Epwarp B. Poutton, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Ropert Wynter Lioyp, one of the Auditors, read the

Abstract of the Treasurer’s accounts, showing a balance in the

Society’s favour of £47 2s. Td.

Mr. Herpert Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the

following :

Report of the Council.

During the Session 1903-1904 five Fellows have died, viz.

Mr. Frederick Bates, the Rev. John Hocking Hocking, M.A..,

the Rev. Thomas A. Marshall, M.A., Mr. Philip Brookes

Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., and Mr. John S. Stevens; eight

Fellows have resigned; and twenty-three new Fellows have

been elected.

As was the case last year, the number of Fellows who have

died is below the average, as is also the number of those who

have resigned ; whilst the number of new Fellows is the same

( Ixix )

as last year, and six less than in 1901. The Council hope that

the Fellows will during the coming Session display more

energy and secure a considerable addition to the Society’s list

of members.

At present the Society consists of twelve Honorary Fellows,

and four hundred and seventy-one Life and Subscribing

Fellows, making a total of four hundred and eighty-three,

which, notwithstanding the losses by death and resignation, is

an increase by eleven on last year’s list, and represents a

membership greater than in any previous year of the Society’s

existence of seventy-one years.

The Transactions for the year 1903 form a volume of 575

pages, containing twenty-seven Memoirs, contributed by the

following authors: Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow, Mr. Peter Cameron

(two papers), Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. T. A. Chapman, Mr.

G. C. Champion, Dr. T. A. Chapman, Mr. Lionel Crawshay,

Mr. W. L. Distant, Dr. Frederick A. Dixey, Mr. Henry J.

Elwes, F.R.S. (two papers), Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, F.RB.S.,

Sir George Hampson, Bart., Mr. Martin Jacoby, Mr. Oliver

Janson, Mr. Percy I. Lathy, Professor Edward B. Poulton,

F.R.S. (two papers), Mr. Ambrose Quail, Mr. G. A. James

Rothney, Mr. Edward Saunders, F.R.S. (two papers), Colonel

Charles Swinhoe (two papers), Mr. T. H. Taylor, Mr. Abbott

H. Thayer, and Mr. Charles Owen Waterhouse.

Of these twenty-seven papers, six relate to Coleoptera, one to

Diptera, one to Hemiptera, six to Hymenoptera, and nine to

Lepidoptera. In addition, there are four papers which cannot

be identified with any one order of insects, viz. Mr. Champion’s

paper entitled “ An Entomological Excursion to Bejar,” which,

in addition to an account of his travels with Dr. Chapman in

Central Spain, contains lists of his captures of Coleoptera and

Hemiptera-Heteroptera ; Professor Poulton’s very interesting

paper on his experiments upon “The Colour Relation between

Lepidopterous Larve and their Surroundings,’ Mr. Abbott H.

Thayer’s paper on “ Protective Coloration in its Relation to

Mimicry, Common Warning Colours, and Sexual Selection,”

and Professor Poulton’s paper entitled ‘‘ A Brief Discussion of

A. H. Thayer’s Suggestions as to the meaning of Colour and

Pattern in Insect Bionomics.”

C Alix?)

It is to be regretted that no papers on Neuroptera or

Orthoptera have been published during the year, and only one

paper on Diptera and one on Hemiptera ; but it is satisfactory

to have published so many papers relating to Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera, and Lepidoptera, in addition to several papers

of interest to students of insect bionomics.

The Memoirs above referred to are illustrated by twenty-

three plates, of which fifteen are coloured. Towards the cost

of Plate VIII Mr. Herbert Adams and Mr, Lathy contributed

the greater portion. Half the cost of Plates IX, XII, XIII,

XIV, and XV was paid by Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., two-

thirds of the cost of Plates XVI, XVII, and XVIII have

been contributed by Professor Poulton, F.R.S., and the entire

cost of Plates XX, XXI, XXII, and XXIII has been

defrayed by Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, F.R:S.

The interest shown by the Fellows during the past year by

their exhibitions and discussions has enabled the Secretaries to

double or treble the Reports of the Proceedings, which up to

the present date extend to sixty-four pages, and thus compare

very favourably with those for any previous year of the

Society’s existence.

During the past year twenty-six volumes—in addition to

periodicals, pamphlets, and reprints—have been added to the

Society’s Library. The increased use of the Library is proved

by the fact—according to the Resident Librarian’s Report —

that three hundred and thirty-four volumes have been borrowed

by Fellows during the year.

The Treasurer reports that after carrying forward to 1904

the sum of £18 18s. Od. for subscriptions paid in advance in

1903, and investing in Consols the sole Life Composition

received during the year, making the total sum so invested

£744 18s. Od., there remains a genuine cash balance in the

Society’s favour of £47 2s. 7d. The subscriptions received for

1903 slightly exceed those for 1902, and are therefore the

highest on record. The amount of arrears received has

exceeded expectations. ‘The admission fees have been less

than usual, not because a fewer number of new Fellows were

elected, but because many of these are resident in the Colonies,

and are therefore exempt from admission fees. The most

(> ixxis 9}

notable feature of the balance sheet is the large sum received

for Sales of Publications. The increase under this heading

came opportunely during the last quarter. On the whole the

financial position is perfectly satisfactory, and the Fellows

have to be congratulated on the increased and increasing

prosperity of the Society.

ENTOMOLOGICAL Society,

11, CHANDos STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.

20th January, 1904.

The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing to

substitute other names for those contained in the list prepared

by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the Council

for 1904-1905: Lieut.-Colonel Charles Bingham, F.ZS. ;

George C. Champion, F.Z.8.; Dr. Thomas A. Chapman, M.D.,

F.Z.S.; Arthur John Chitty, M.A.;.James Edward Collin ;

Dr. Frederick A. Dixey, M.A., M.D.; Hamilton H. C. J.

Druce, F.Z.S.; Herbert Goss, F.L.8.; William John Lucas,

B.A. ; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. ; The Rev. Francis D. Morice,

M.A.; Professor Edward B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. ;

The Hon. N. Charles Rothschild, M.A., F.L.S.; Henry Rowland-

Brown, M.A.; Dr. David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S. ; Colonel Charles

Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S.; Colonel John W. Yerbury, R.A.,

F.Z.8.

The following are the Officers elected: President, Professor

Edward B. Poulton; 7reaswrer, Robert McLachlan; Secretaries,

Herbert Goss and Henry Rowland-Brown ; Librarian, George

C. Champion.

The Balance Sheet and Report having been unanimously

adopted, Professor Poulton, the President, delivered his

Address, A vote of thanks to the President for his Address

and for his services as President during the past year was

moved by Dr. F. A. Dixey, seconded by Canon Fowler, and

carried. The President replied. Mr. G. H. Verrall moved a

vote of thanks to the other Officers of the Society. This was

seconded by Mr. A. J. Chitty, and carried. Mr. Goss and

Mr. Rowland-Brown replied.

(

Ixia) ))

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Balance Sheet for the Year 1903.

RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.

G5 Gh iS Gh Oh

Balance in hand, Ist Jan., Printing Transactions, ete. 242 5 6

1903 ‘ ... 2610 7 | Plates, etc. e epee

Subscriptions for 1903 . 870 13 O | Rent and Office Ex-

Arrears 33 12 0 penses 5 IBY)

Admission Rees 33 12 0 | Books and Binding... 2817 1

Donations ... 59 12 2 | Investments in Consols... 15 15 0

Sales of Transactions, etc. 117 7 10 | Subscriptions in advance,

Interest on Investments :— per contra, carried to

Consols ... ... £18 4 8 1904 1818 0

Westwood Bequest6 16 0 Balance 47 2 7

25.0 8

Subscriptions in advance 1818 0

Life Composition ilsy lbs 2 (0)

£701 1 3 £701 1 3

ASSETS.

Subscriptions in arrear considered good (say) £21 0 0

Investments :—

Cost of £752 6s. 6d. Consols ... F .. £744 18 0

Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham 38 per Sea 250 0 0

Balance in hand 47 2 7

NO ASCERTAINED LIABILITIES.

Ropert McLAcunan,

Treasurer.

13th January, 1904.

Examined and found correct.

A. Huau Jonss.

GEO. S. SAUNDERS.

Hamitton H. Druvce.

J. W. YERBURY.

R. Wyuiz Luioyp.

( Ixxii )

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

GENTLEMEN,

It is a great pleasure to congratulate the Society at the

close of another successful year. The repetition of this con-

gratulation in successive Annual Addresses is happily almost

monotonous. It is a monotony which will never weary us,

and in itself an indication that no other monotony has

prevailed.

The meetings have been well attended, there have been

numerous, varied, and interesting exhibits leading to animated

discussions, Our Transactions do not reach the phenomenal

dimensions attained in 1902, but still form a noble volume,

containing 23 plates and well over 600 pages. There is a

pleasing variety in the papers, and the domination of the

Lepidoptera is less pronounced than usual. An important

share of the space is occupied by memoirs on the Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera, and Insect Bionomics, while the Diptera and

Rhynchota are also represented.

I should wish to refer again to the warmth of the greeting

received as your President at a meeting of the Entomological

Society of France on April 22nd. The cordial friendship

between the followers of science in all lands is of happy augury

for the advancement of the researches in which we find common

aims and mutual sympathy and respect.

On this, the first occasion on which I have the honour of

addressing you formally, I cannot resist the temptation of

calling attention to a remarkable coincidence of a personal

nature—the fact that the present occupant of this Chair and

his immediate predecessor should be members not only of the

same University, but of the same College, and that not a large

one. When this fact was explained to a friend he said it

was easily understood, because the study of natural history is

infectious. This suggestion, plausible as it is, fails to account

for the fact ; inasmuch as Canon Fowler left Jesus College,

( lxxiv. )

Oxford, in June 1873, while I did not matriculate until October

of the same year, so that, as undergraduates, we never saw

each other.

Before speaking of the losses which have fallen so heavily

upon our community during 1903,—the brother Fellows who

have gone from our midst,—I feel bound to allude to the

grief which we share with the whole intellectual world at

the passing away, towards the close of the old year, of

the great thinker to whom we owe far more than we can

realise. I well remember the sudden access of light received

when, between the age of seventeen and eighteen, Herbert

Spencer’s works were first placed in my hands. The whole of

science seemed illuminated, the whole outlook broadened. It

was the most sudden and by far the greatest intellectual

awakening I have ever experienced. And, as we know well,

it has been the same with thousands. After Shakespeare, no

man has done more to bring together the English* of the

Old World and the New. And not only among ourselves,

but everywhere in the civilised world the writings of Herbert

Spencer have stirred enthusiasm and compelled admiration,

They have left strong, indelible, beneficent after-effects even

in those who are unable to believe in the enduring stability

of the Synthetic Philosophy—a fabric as fair and stately as

any created by the mind of man.

Since the above paragraph was written Mr. Herbert

Spencer’s will has been made known in the 7imes for January

14th. I am sure that every Fellow of our Society keenly

appreciates the expression of confidence which is implied in

the gift which will hereafter be offered to us by the Trustees

of the will—a gift which we shall regard as a solemn trust,

to be so carried out as to secure the greatest possible advantage

to the science we serve.

Freperick Bates, F.E.S., joined the Society as a ‘‘sub-

seriber” in 1867. Subsequently withdrawing, he again

entered the Society as a Fellow in 1897. He was born at

Leicester in 1829, and his death occurred at Chiswick on the

6th of October, in his 74th year. Like his distinguished

* For the justification of this use of the word see Sir Michael Foster’s

Presidential Address to Section D of the British Association at Toronto

(Report for 1897).

brother, H. W. Bates, F.R.S., he was especially devoted to the

Coleoptera, although his interests were wide and embraced

many aspects of natural history, both zoological and botanical

He was the author of many papers, chiefly dealing with the

Heteromera, in our Transactions and in the ‘ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine.” His exceedingly fine collection of

Heteromera is nowin the British Museum, while his collection

of British Coleoptera was a gift to his intimate friend Mr.

Horace Donisthorpe. Many friends mourn the loss of a keen

and able naturalist, a many-sided and genial personality.*

THe Rev. Joun Hocxine Hockine, M.A., J.P., F.ES.,

Rector of Copdock-with-Washbrook, near Ipswich, was elected

a Fellow in 1896. His death occurred on the 10th of

December last, at the age of 69. He was an ardent collector

of the Lepidoptera, but having only recently joined the Society

was unfortunately known to but few of the Fellows.t

THe Rev. THomas AnseLL Marsuatu, M.A., F.E.S., joined

the Society in 1865. By his death on April 11, 1903, at

Ajaccio, one of the few authorities upon the parasitic Hymen-

optera is lost to science. Mr. Marshall was born at Keswick

on March 18, 1827, the son of Thomas Marshall, an original

member of the Entomological Society. He took a scholarship

at Trinity College, Oxford, and passed through the Classical

Honours course. With great powers asa linguist, and a student

of Hebrew and Sanskrit, he worked for a time on the staff of

the British Museum Library. Subsequently he took Holy

Orders, and after engaging in scholastic work, held livings in

various parts of England, interrupted only by his appoint-

ment as Bishop’s chaplain in Antigua. In this island he was

bereft of his wife, and was himself in serious danger from an

attack of fever. Upon his return to England he was presented,

in 1889, to the living of Botus Fleming, Cornwall, which he

retained until 1897, when he retired to Corsica, and devoted

the remainder of his life to his favourite science. T. A.

Marshall’s earliest important work dealt with the Coleoptera

(Journ. Linn. Soc. 1865). The first of the series of memoirs

* See the Obituary notice in the ‘‘ Entomologist’s Record,” vol. xv, No.

12, by Horace Donisthorpe ; and that in the ‘‘ Entomologist’s Monthly

Magazine,” Nov. 1903, p. 286.

+ See also the Obituary notice in the ‘‘Entomologist’s Monthly

Magazine ” for Jan. 1904, p. 19.

( Ixxvi )

by which his name will be chiefly known was published in

1870, ‘“Ichneumonidum Britannicorum Catalogus,” followed

by the valuable monographs on the British Parasitic Hymen-

optera, which appeared in the Transactions of this Society

between 1872 and 1889. He published an important volume

on a portion of the Braconide in André’s “Species des

Hyménopttres d’Europe,” and was still at work on the subject

at the time of his death. He was an accomplished draughts-

man and a clear and admirable writer. The loss of so able

a student of an important but much-neglected group will be

long and deeply deplored.*

Puitie Brookes Mason, M.R.C.S., F.LS., F.E.S., a Fellow

of our Society since 1874, died on November 6, 1903, at

Burton-on-Trent. His death is a sad loss to his profession, to

the neighbourhood in which he laboured, and to a wide circle of

naturalist friends. Mr. Mason was born at Burton on January

2, 1842. After a medical education of unusual distinction

and variety of valuable experience, he made his permanent

home at his native town in the Midlands. The British fauna

and flora formed the chief interest of his life, and he possessed

magnificent collections of both. With his sympathetic genial

nature, it was his delight to welcome his brother naturalists to

share in the well-nigh unique advantages which he possessed.

And as he was a skilled and honoured member of the healing

profession, so he was ever ready to lend the weight of his

influence and the power of his persuasion to promote peace

and friendliness. As the Society concerned with the branch of

natural history to which he was chiefly devoted, we recognise,

with grief, that a strong influence for good has passed

from us.t

Joun Sanpers Srevens, F.E.S., became a Fellow in 1862.

His death at Woking, on July 15, makes a sad break in

the ranks of the senior Fellows of the Society.

* See also the Obituary notice in the ‘‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Maga-

zine,” June 1903, p. 152, by R. McLachlan, F.R.S. ; and that in the ‘‘ Ento-

mologist’s Record,” vol. xv, No. 7, p. 190, by G. C. Bignell.

+ See also the Obituary notice in the ‘‘Entomologist’s Monthly

Magazine,” Jan. 1904, pp. 17, 18, by the Rev. Canon W. W. Fowler;

also ‘“‘The Lancet” for Nov. 13, 1903.

~ See also the Obituary notice in the ‘“‘Entomologist’s Monthly Maga-

zine,” Sept. 1903, p. 229.

( Ixxvii )

Outside the number of our own Fellows, we miss four well-

known names from the ranks of British entomologists :—

Witiram Duppa Crorcn, M.A., F.L.S., a keen student of the

Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and Hemiptera; Epwarp Roserr

Date, son of the eminent J. C. Dale, and himself an eager

entomologist in his younger days; THe Very Rey. Canon

BernarD Smita of Great Marlow, an enthusiastic collector and

breeder of the British Lepidoptera ; Samce: James WILKINSON,

author of the celebrated “ British Tortrices,” published in

1859.

We sympathise deeply with our brethren on the continent

in their grief for the eminent men who have passed away in

1903 :—Jonannes Faust, the eminent authority upon the

Curculionide, whose collection contained over 13,000 species,

of which more than 2000 were described by himself ; Pro-

FEssor Aucustus Rapcuirre Grote, A.M., the celebrated

student of the Lepidoptera.

“WHAT IS A SPECIES?”

The late Professor Max Miiller, in an eloquent speech

delivered at Reading in 1891, spoke of the necessity of

examining, and, as time passes by, re-examining the meaning

of words. He referred as an illustration to the man at the

railway station who taps the wheels with his hammer, test-

ing whether each still rings true or has undergone some

change that may mean disaster. In almost the same way,

the speaker maintained, a word may slowly and unobtrusively

change its meaning, becoming, unless critically tested to

ascertain whether it still rings true, a danger instead of an

aid to clear thinking, a pitfall on the field of controversy.

He then went on to say, that Darwin had written a great

work upon the Origin of Species, and had never once explained

what he meant by the word Species. So decided an utterance

—the statement was made emphatically—ought to have in-

volved a careful and critical search through the pages of

the work that was attacked. However this may be, it is

quite certain that the search was unsuccessful; and yet a

few minutes’ investigation brought me to a passage in which

the meaning attached by the author to the term Species is set

( Ixxvili )

down in the clear, calm, and simple language which did so

much to corvinee an unwilling world.

Darwin is speaking of the revolution which the acceptance

of his views will bring about. “ Systematists will be able to

pursue their labours as at present; but they will not be

incessantly haunted by the shadowy doubt whether this or

that form be in essence a species. This, I feel sure, and I

speak after experience, will be no slight relief. The endless

disputes whether or not some fifty species of British brambles

are true species will cease. Systematists will have only to

decide (not that this will be easy) whether any form be suffici-

ently constant and distinct from other forms to be capable of

definition, and if definable, whether the differences be sufficiently

important to deserve a specific name. This latter point will

become a far more essential consideration than it is at present ;

for differences, however slight, between any two forms, if not

blended by intermediate gradations, are looked at by most

naturalists as sufficient to raise both forms to the rank of

species. S/ereafter we shall be compelled to acknowledge that

the only distinction between species and well-marked varieties is,

that the latter are known, or believed, to be connected at the

present day by intermediate gradations, whereas species were

formerly thus connected. Hence, without quite rejecting the

consideration of the present existence of intermediate grada-

tions between any two forms, we shall be led to weigh more

carefully, and to value higher, the actual amount of difference

between them. It is quite possible that forms now generally

acknowledged to be merely varieties may hereafter be thought

worthy of specific names, as with the primrose and cowslip ;

and in this case scientific and common language will come

into accordance. In short, we shall have to treat species in

the same manner as those naturalists treat genera, who admit

that genera are merely artificial combinations made for con-

venience. ‘This may not be a cheering prospect, but we shall

at least be freed from the vain search for the undiscovered

and undiscoverable essence of the term species.” I have

quoted from pages 484, 485 of the original edition (1859),

and have italicised the sentences in which Darwin defines a

species and distinguishes it from a variety.

(lexi 9)

Max Miiller’s special criticism falls to the giound, but his

general exhortation remains, and I think we shall do well to

be guided by it, and attempt to apply it to this difficult and

elusive word SPECIES.

The passage I have quoted was Darwin’s prediction of the

meaning which would be attached to the word “species ”’ by

the naturalist of the future. Nearly half-a-century has passed

since those words were written. For more than a generation

the central ideas of the “Origin” have been an essential part

of the intellectual equipment, not only of every naturalist, but

of every moderately intelligent man. What then is the

meaning of the word “species” to-day, and how does it differ

from that of the years before July 1, 1858, when the Darwin-

Wallace conception of natural selection was first launched

upon the world ?

The present occasion is especially favourable for this inquiry,

because we have just been given two additional volumes of

the letters of Charles Darwin. After the- three volumes

published in 1887, naturalists were certainly unprepared for

the welcome revelation of such a mine of wealth. The work

is all the more valuable because it contains many letters from

Alfred Russel Wallace and Sir Joseph Hooker, thus giving

both sides of a part of their correspondence with Darwin.

Then in 1900 the “ Life and Letters of Thomas Henry Huxley ”

appeared, so that we are now admitted “behind the veil,” and

can read, as never before, the central thoughts of the great

makers of biological history. On the publication of the last-

named work, I took occasion to combat the view that the

thousand closely-printed pages might have been reduced by

omitting and condensing many of the letters. The serious

student of those stirring years requires the opportunity of

thinking over and comparing all the available thoughts and

opinions of the chief actors in the memorable scene ; and the

very repetition of certain ideas, which proves their persistence

and dominance in the writer’s mind, is a matter of deep

importance and interest. However it may be to the general

reader, the student would deprecate the omission or condensa-

tion of any of the writings of Darwin or Huxley. The special

interest and value in the letters of these men depend on the

(Or lxeaxa)

fact that their inmost convictions on matters of the deepest

scientific importance are to be read, often in the compass of

a brief sentence. There we find, as we cannot find in any

other way, the real core of the matter, with all accessory and

surrounding considerations stripped away from it.* A care-

ful study of the two recent volumes of Darwin’s letters, and

a re-study of the three earlier volumes, with a view to this

Address, have shown how Darwin’s thoughts were again and

again occupied upon subjects bound up with the problem I

have ventured to bring before you this evening. The interest

reaches its height when we find that strongly-marked differ-

ences of opinion on fundamental questions are threshed out

in the correspondence, when we see, as I shall have occasion

to point out in greater detail in the later pages of this Address,

Darwin differing sharply from Huxley on the one hand, and

with Wallace on the other, as to the significance and history

of sterility between species.

In such episodes we are permitted to become the witnesses

of a supremely interesting struggle, where the central figure

of modern biological inquiry is contending with his chief

comrades in the great fight,—with the co-discoverer of natural

selection, with the warrior hero who stood in the forefront of

the battle.

The correspondence of Charles Darwin has a further deep

interest for us. We see the means by which a gentle,

sympathetic, intensely human nature overpassed the stern

limits imposed by health, and was able to impart and to

receive fresh ideas, and a stimulus ever renewed—the im-

pulse to varied and unceasing research. I have lately been

studying with keen interest the life of another great English-

man, William John Burchell,t than whom no better equipped

or more learned traveller ever explored large areas in two

continents. When I state that searching inquiry has only

brought to light a dozen of his letters, and that he was

known to hardly any of the great naturalists of his day, we

see the reason for the sad, unproductive, brooding close of a

career which opened with almost unexampled brilliancy and

* “Quarterly Review,” January 1901, p. 258.

+ ‘Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’’ January 1904, p, 45.

(lex 3) ;

promise. The time which we give to Societies such as this—

time we are sometimes apt to grudge—is well spent. Here,

and in kindred communities, a ‘‘man sharpeneth the counten-

ance of his friend,” and there is born of the influence of mind

upon mind thought which is not a mere resultant of diverse

forces, but a new creation.

The scientific man who shuts himself away from his fellow-

men, in the belief that he is thereby obtaining conditions the

most favourable for research, is grievously mistaken. Man,

scientific man perhaps more inevitably than others, is a social

animal, and the contrast between the lives of Darwin and

Burchell shows us that friendly sympathy with our brother

naturalists is an essential element in successful and continued

investigation.

I do not suppose that it is necessary to justify a discussion

of the term “species” as the subject of the Anniversary

Address to the Entomological Society of London. The students

of insect form and function hold an exalted place among

naturalists. The material of their researches enables them,

almost compels them, to take the keenest and most active

interest in broad questions affecting the history and course of

life on our planet. Naturalists engaged upon other groups

may reasonably inquire why insects, above all other animals,

should be so especially valuable for the elucidation of the

larger problems which deal, not only with the species of a

single group, but with every one of the innumerable and

infinitely varied forms, vegetable no less than animal, in

which life manifests itself. ‘The answer is to be found in the

large number of offspring produced by each pair of insects,

and the rapidity with which the generations succeed each

other, many cycles being completed in a single year in warm

countries; in the severity of the struggle for life which

prevents this remarkable rate of multiplication from becom-

ing the cause of any progressive increase in the number of

individuals; and finally, in the character of the struggle

itself, which is precisely of that highly specialised kind

between the keen senses and activities of enemies, and the

means of concealment or other modes of defence of their

insect prey, which leads, by action and answering reaction, to

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1903. G

( Ixxxi )

a progressive raising of the standard in both pursuer and

pursued. This is why it is that insects mean so much to the

naturalist or to the philosopher who desires to look beneath

the surface for the forees which have moulded existing forms

of life out of earlier and very different forms. The wings of

butterflies, it has been said, serve as a tablet on which Nature

writes the story of the modification of species.* But the

careful study of insects tells us even more than this; for it

gives us the clearest insight we as yet possess into the forces

by which these changes have been brought about. Light is

thrown upon the causes to which organic evolution is due no

less than upon the course which organic evolution has pursued.

And I think we shall find that a consideration of the

numerous distinct categories of forms presented by the insect

world is especially advantageous in an attack upon the difficult

question—“ What is a species!”, while properly-directed

observation of insects, and experiments upon insects afford

the most hopeful prospect of a final answer.

And here I am compelled to say a word in defence of the

Lepidoptera from this point of view. Undoubtedly it is most

unfortunate that the obvious attractions of the group have

led entomologists to neglect other Orders ; for this can be the

only explanation why naturalists have so often preferred to

do over again what others have done already, apparently

oblivious of fields comparatively empty and unexplored. It

must further be admitted, that the greater visibility of

structure, and the more urgent necessity for the study

of structure in other groups, render them better instruments

of zoological education. But although the Lepidoptera are

inferior in this respect, although they lack the unique interest

of the Hymenoptera and the social Neuroptera, and can-

not claim any of the respect due to venerable age like the

Aptera, Orthoptera and Neuroptera—in spite of their many

demerits they stand at the head, not only of all insects, but

* H. W. Bates, quoted by A. R. Wallace in ‘‘ Natural Selection,”

London, 1875, p. 132. The original passage may be found in ‘‘ The

Naturalist on the Amazons” (London, pp. 347, 348 of the 1879

edition).

+ This justification for the study of insects was urged by the present

writer in the Hope Reports, vol. iii, 1903, preface, pp. 4, 5.

(> ia.)

of the whole organic world, as the registers of subtle and

elusive change—ever going on, yet never seen,—by means of

which forms are slowly becoming different from what they

have been in the past. It is the existence of a complex

pattern composed of several colours, which renders butterflies

and to a less extent moths such a remarkably delicate record

of change. As we trace the representative individuals of a

community of butterflies over any wide range, the trained eye,

and often the inexperienced eye, can detect differences which

are not seen to anything like the same extent in the individuals

of other Orders with corresponding ranges. If the wings of

Hymenoptera, Diptera, or Orthoptera possessed the same

elaborate patterns as the Lepidoptera, we cannot doubt that

they too would exhibit the same differences in various parts

of their areas. These continual changes which we find as we

study the distribution of Lepidopterous forms in space, is

undoubtedly a measure of the speed with which they have

occurred in time. Rapidity of change is essential if it is

to keep its adjustment with nicety to the fleeting details of

distribution.* Hence we may confidently believe, that if we

* It is to be observed that I speak of the details as fleeting. The

aeneral area of distribution is doubtless extremely ancient in most cases.

Thus, although a species of Heliconius, etc., may have originated within

the South American tropics, and never have wandered beyo..d them, the

complex shape of its actual area of distribution at any one time cannot be

regarded as fixed or ancient. Yet in many a species the variation of the

constituent individuals is adjusted with precision to the geographical details

of the existing range.

Mr. Roland Trimen, on reading the above footnote, writes to me

January 24, 1904 :—‘‘ Your note reminds me of the recent appearance

on the Natal coast of several conspicuous East-African butterflies, vid. :

Pieris spillert, Crenis rosa, and Godartia wakefieldii, all of which are

shown to have not only extended their range to a point where they were

previously quite unknown, but to have also established themselves in the

fresh area. This is a good case, as Durban has had, for the last twenty-

five years at least, a number of keen collectors of Lepidoptera, whom such

conspicuous forms could not possibly have escaped had they inhabited the

neighbourhood. Besides these species, the last butterfly that my friend

and collaborator, the late Colonel Bowker, sent to me (1898) was the large

and extremely conspicuous black-and-white Acrea satis, which he took

at Malvern, near Durban. This is the only example known to me to have

occurred in Natal; but Bowker, who noted the resemblance on the wing

to Papilio morania, wrote that he had seen one other for certain, and

thought that he might very possibly have passed over more examples for

the common Papilio named, This last case is of special interest (should

it prove one of extended range like the three mentioned), because the

Acree are so exceptionally slow-flying and gregarious, that they must

spread very slowly indeed into fresh areas.”

(7 Uisxcxay =)

could wake up in say a thousand years, we should be able to

detect changes in the patterns of some butterflies. Although

T am afraid the advance of science is not likely to be sufficiently

rapid in our time for me to hold out any prospect of such an

experience for any of you, there is every reason why we should

afford this opportunity to posterity. A critical examination

of the fragments of many species of butterflies captured ninety

years ago by Burchell in 8. Africa, and gnawed to pieces

during his Brazilian travels from 1825 to 1830, renders it

probable, nay, almost certain, that with moderate care, insect

pigments will endure for an indefinite period in our museums.

One important justification for the great and permanent

outlay required to bring together and maintain large collec-

tions of insects is, that we are allowing our successors the

chance of detecting and measuring the rate of specific

change.* And, as I have already said, for this purpose the

Lepidoptera stand pre-eminent.

For the purpose of the inquiry this evening, our instances

will be drawn from the Lepidoptera rather than other Orders

of insects, because of the numberless examples of subtle

distinction between forms which but yesterday, so to speak,

became separate ; because of our knowledge, insufficient but

considerable, of their geographical ranges; because of our

experience, excessively imperfect and scanty, but still much

larger than in other Orders, of inter-breeding and of descent

from parent to offspring.

First among the attempts to define species must be placed

that which we rightly associate with the name of Linnzus.

It has been admirably pointed out by the late Rev. Aubrey

L. Moore, + that the dogma of the fixity of species is entitled

to none of the respect which is due to age. “It is hardly

credible to us,” he wrote, ‘that Lord Bacon, ‘the father of

* Karl Jordan argues with great force in favour of specialisation in

this direction by our museums. (See ‘‘ Novitates Zoologice,” vol. iii,

December 1896, pp. 431-433.) The Burchell collection from Brazil is

only seventy-four to seventy-nine years old, but the species are numerous,

and often represented by long series. An account of the butterflies by

Miss Cora B. Sanders will shortly appear in the ‘‘ Annals and Magazine of

Natural History”; and it will then be seen that the evidence of change

in certain forms is by no means wanting.

+ ‘Science and the Faith,” London, 1889, pp. 174 et seq.

( Ixxxv )

modern science’ as he is called, though he was only a school-

man touched with empiricism, believed not only that one

species might pass into another, but that it was a matter of

chance what the transmutation would be. Sometimes the

medieval notion of vivification from putrefaction is appealed

to, as where he explains the reason why oak boughs put into

the earth send forth wild vines, ‘which, if it be true (no

doubt),’ he says,* ‘it is not the oak that turneth into a vine,

but the oak bough, putrefying, qualifieth the earth to put

forth a vine of itself.’ Sometimes he suggests a reason which

implies a kind of law, as when he thinks that the stump of a

beech tree when cut down will ‘put forth birch,’ because it

is a ‘tree of a smaller kind which needeth less nourishment.’ t

Elsewhere he suggests the experiment of polling a willow to

see what it will turn into, he himself having seen one which

had a bracken fern growing out of it!{ And he takes it as

probable, though it is inter magnalia nature, that ‘whatever

creature having life is generated without seed, that creature

will change out of one species into another.’ Bacon looks

upon the seed as a restraining power, limiting a variation

which, in spontaneous generations, is practically infinite, ‘for

it is the seed, and the nature of it, which locketh and boundeth

in the creature that it doth not expatiate.’” And the author

also shows that much earlier than the date at which Bacon

wrote, theologians were by no means unanimous in accepting

“ special creation ”’ ; that St. Augustine even distinctly rejected

it, and propounded an idea which was evidently considered

tenable by the greatest of the schoolmen, St. Thomas Aquinas,

St. Thomas’ words, quoted by Mr. Aubrey Moore, are as

follows :—‘‘ As to the production of plants, Augustine holds

a different view. For some expositors say that, on this third

day (of creation), plants were actually produced each in his

kind—a view which is favoured by a superficial reading of

the letter of Scripture. But Augustine says that the earth

is then said to have brought forth grass and trees causaliter—

z.e. it then received the power to produce them.” §

* “CO Nat. Hist... Cent. vi, 522, fol. ed:

tf 2. ¢. p.-523: ae Up jay WUE

§ St. Thomas Aquinas, ‘Summa Theol.” Prima Pars. Quaest., ]xix,

Art. 2.

( lxxcevai 5)

How then did the fixity of species become an article of

belief in later years? Aubrey Moore traces it to the influence

of Milton’s account of creation in the seventh book of

“Paradise Lost” (1. 414, e¢ seg.), and Professor Huxley

had still earlier suggested the same cause in his ‘‘ American

Addresses.” I cannot help thinking that the belief had even

more to do with the spirit of the age which spoke, and spoke

for all time, with Milton for its interpreter,—the spirit of the

Puritan movement, with its insistence on literal interpreta-

tion and verbal inspiration.

John Ray was Milton’s younger contemporary, and many

writers, including Aubrey Moore, have thought that with him

began the idea of the fixity of species. Sir William Thiselton

Dyer has, however, recently pointed out, that a conception

similar to Ray’s may be traced to Kaspar Bauhin (1550-1624)

and to Jung (1587-1657).*

From Ray we pass to Linneus with his often- quoted

definition, “Species tot sunt, quot diversas formas ab initio

produxit Infinitum Ens, quae formae, secundum generationis

inditas leges produxere plures, at sibi semper similes.” Of

the Ray-Linneus-Cuvier conception of species, which found its

most precise and authoritative expression in the above-quoted

latin sentence, Dr. F. A. Dixey has well said that it ‘‘ left

order where it found confusion, but in substituting exactness

of definition for the vague conceptions of a former age, it did

much to obscure the rudimentary notions of organic evolution

which had influenced naturalists and philosophers from

Aristotle downwards.” + At the same time it is by no means

improbable, as Dixey has suggested, that the Linnean concep-

tion “of the reality and fixity of species perhaps marks a

necessary stage in the progress of scientific enquiry.” {

The Linnean idea of special creation has no place in the

realm of science ; it is a theological dogma. The formation

of species, said Darwin in a letter to Lyell, ‘has hitherto

been viewed as beyond law ; in fact, this branch of science

* «The Edinburgh Review,’ Oct. 1902, p. 370.

+ ‘‘Nature,” June 19, 1902, p. 169. For the history of these early

ideas upon evolution see ‘‘ From the Greeks to Darwin,” by H. F. Osborn,

New York, 1894.

+ ‘Church Quarterly Review,” Oct. 1902, Art. II, p. 28.

( Ixxxvii )

is still with most people under its theological phase of develop-

ment.” * And this explains the intense opposition at first

encountered by the principles of the “ Origin.”” The naturalist

whose genius sympathised most fully with the Linnean con-

ception would feel that he was admitted, like a seer of old,

into the presence of the Maker of the Universe. His

)

convictions as to species were to him more than the conclu-

sions of the naturalist; they were a revelation, stirring him to

“break forth and prophesy.” Do we not sometimes recognise

a lingering trace of this phase of thought in the serious shake

of the head and tone of profound inner conviction with

which we are sometimes told that the speaker is decidedly of

the opinion that so-and-so is a perfectly good species ?

We recognise the same sharp antagonism between two

irreconcilable sets of ideas when the late W. C. Hewitson

expressed such horror at Roland Trimen’s remarkable dis-

covery of the polymorphic mimetic females of the Papilio

merope group. The wonderfully acute detection of minute but

significant resemblance hidden under the widest possible

superficial difference, which enabled the great South African

naturalist to unravel the tangled relationships, was to Hewitson

but one of ‘‘ the childish guesses of the . . . Darwinian School.”

To meet the carefully-thought-out argument, the only objec-

tions that could be urged were that the conclusion stretched

too severely the imagination of the writer, and that it

shocked his notion of propriety ! 7

* Letter 132 to C. Lyell, Aug. 21, 1861. ‘‘More Letters of Charles

Darwin,” London, 1903, i, p. 194.

+ See an account of the controversy in Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1874, p.

137. The passages I have alluded to are as follows :—‘“‘ P. merope, of

Madagascar, has a female the exact image of itself; and it would require

a stretch of the imagination, of which I am incapable, to believe that the

P. merope of the mainland, having no specifie difference, indulges in a

whole harem of females, differing as widely from it as any species in the

genus. . . . In the two species of Papilio which have lately been united,

Torquatus and Candius, and Argentus and Torquatinus, though much

unlike each other, there is quite sufficient resemblance not to shock one’s

notions of propriety.” A little later Mr. Hewitson himself received

evidence of the truth of the conclusion he so disliked; for he told how

his collector Rogers had sent ‘‘ Papilio merope and P. hippocoon, taken

by him in copulation, another illustration of the saying that ‘truth is

stranger than fiction.’ I find it very difficult (even with this evidence) to

believe that a butterfly, which, when a resident in Madagascar, has a

female the image of itself, should, in West Africa, have one without any

resemblance to it at all” (‘‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,” Oct.

1874, p. 113).

(Gibse cain)

In leaving the dogma of “special creation,” and the assump-

tion of “ fixity of species” with which it is bound up, it is

only right to point out how completely the logical foundations

of both were undermined by the great thinker who has just

passed away. Years before the appearance of the Darwin-

Wallace essay, and of the “Origin,” Herbert Spencer wrote

on “The Development Hypothesis.” * Although of course

wanting the great motive power to evolution supplied by

natural selection, this essay is a powerful and convincing

argument for evolution as against special creation. It is

astonishing that it did not produce more effect. I may appro-

priately conclude this section of the Address by quoting the

results of Herbert Spencer’s critical examination, from every

point of view, of the Linnean conception of species. ‘ Thus,

however regarded, the hypothesis of special creations turns

out to be worthless—worthless by its derivation ; worthless in

its intrinsic incoherence; worthless as absolutely without

evidence ; worthless as not supplying an intellectual need ;

worthless as not satisfying a moral want.” ¢

If then the Linnean conception of species—separately created

and fixed for all time at their creation—has been abandoned,

what have we to put in its place? In a letter to Hooker, Dec.

24, 1856, Darwin gave a list of the various definitions he had

met with. “I have just been comparing definitions of species,

and stating briefly how systematic naturalists work out their

subjects. . . . It is really laughable to see what different

ideas are prominent in various naturalists’ minds when they

speak of ‘species’; in some, resemblance is everything, and

descent of little weight—in some, resemblance seems to go

for nothing, and creation the reigning idea—in some, descent

is the key—in some, sterility an unfailing test, with others it

is not worth a farthing. It all comes, I believe, from trying

to define the indefinable.” {

As regards the work done by the systematist, we find that

Darwin did not agree with those of his friends who thought

* In the Leader, between January 1852 and May 1854, reprinted in

‘*Kssays Scientific, Political, and Speculative.” London, 1868, vol. i,

De Ode

+ ‘*The Principles of Biology.” London, 1864, vol. i, p. 345.

+ “‘Life and Letters of Charles Darwin ” London, 1887, vol. ii,

p. 88.

(Gocxix)

that a belief in evolution would entirely alter its character.

Thus he wrote to Hooker, Sept. 25, 1853 :—“ In my own

work I have not felt conscious that disbelieving in the mere

permanence of species has made much difference one way or

the other ; in some few cases (if publishing avowedly on the

doctrine of non-permanence) I should ot have affixed names,

and in some few cases should have affixed names to remark-

able varieties. Certainly I have felt it humiliating, discussing

and doubting, and examining over and over again, when in my

own mind the only doubt has been whether the form. varied

to-day or yesterday (not to put too fine a point on it, as

Snagsby would say). After describing a set of forms as

distinct species, tearing up my MS., and making them one

species, tearing that up and making them separate, and then

making them one again (which has happened to me), I have

enashed my teeth, cursed species, and asked what sin I had

committed to be so punished. But I must confess that perhaps

nearly the same thing would have happened to me on any

scheme of work.” *

The essentially subjective character of the results reached by

the systematist stands out with remarkable force in this as in

other passages of Darwin’s letters.

A few years later, on July 30, 1856, he wrote to the same

friend :—‘‘I differ from him [Lyell] greatly in thinking that

those who believe that species are not fixed will multiply

specific names: I know in my own case my most frequent

source of doubt was whether others would not think this or

that was a God-created Barnacle, and surely deserved a name.

Otherwise I should only have thought whether the amount of

difference and permanence was suflicient to justify a name.” T

Disregarding for the moment the term species, it is

convenient to consider the various groupings of individual

animals and plants,

1. Forms having certain structural characters in common

distinguishing them from the forms of other groups. Groups

thus defined by Diagnosis may be conveniently called Syndi-

agnostic (ovv, together ; diudyvwors, distinction).

* «Tife and Letters,” vol. ii, p. 40.

+ bid. vol. ii, p. 81.

( xc )

2. Forms found together in certain geographical areas and

not in other areas. Such groups may be called Sympatric (ovv,

together ; zarpa, native country). The occurrence of forms

together may be termed Sympatry, and the discontinuous

distribution of similar forms Asympatry.

3. Forms which freely inter-breed together. These may

be conveniently called Syngamic. (cvv, together; ydpos,

marriage). Free inter-breeding under natural conditions may

be termed Syngamy; its cessation or absence, Asyngamy

(equivalent to the Amiwxia of Weismann).

4, Forms which have been shown by human observation

to be descended from common ancestors. Such groups may be

called Synepigonic (ovv, together; ériyovos, descendant). Breed-

ing from common parents may be spoken of as Epigony or

the production of Epigonic evidence.*

My friend, Professor E. Ray Lankester, to whom I owe

so much, in this as in many other subjects, is inclined to

think that we should discard the word species not merely

momentarily but altogether. Modern zoology having aban-

doned Linnzeus’ conception of “species” should, he considers,

abandon the use of the word. In his opinion the “ origin”

of species was really the abolition of species, and zoologists

should now be content to describe, name, draw, and catalogue

forms. Furthermore, the various groups of forms briefly

defined above should be separately and distinctly treated by

the zoologist, without confusion or inference from one to the

other. The systematist should say, “I describe and name

certain forms a, 6, ete.” ; and then he or another may write

a separate chapter, as it were :—‘‘I now show that the forms

ab, ac, ad (form names) are syngamic:” at another time he

may give reason for regarding any of them as related by

epigony.

I fear that this suggestion is a ‘counsel of perfection,”

impossible of attainment, although there would be many

* My friend Mr. Arthur Sidgwick has kindly helped me by suggesting

the appropriate Greek words. The use of émiyoves I owe to my friends

Mr. Arthur Evans and Mr. R. W. Macan. The adjectival termination is

made -ic throughout for the sake of convenience, although Sympatriote or

Sympatrid would have been more correct.

(xc)

and great advantages in thus making a fresh start and in

the abandonment of “species,” or the restriction of the

word to the only meaning it originally possessed before

it was borrowed from logic to become a technical term in

zoology.*

Professor Lankester in former years published (I cannot

at this moment lay my hands upon the communication) the

suggestion that the term species should be limited to a group

which includes all the forms derived from common ancestors

within human experience, or inferred to be so derived within

the possible period of human observation. Thus if the common

ancestry of two forms has to be traced back to a period be-

yond the late pre-historic times (or beyond any other arbi-

trary line which is agreed upon), then they are not members

of the same species. Professor Lankester is the first to admit

that the practical application of this as of every other con-

ception of species would very often mean a great deal more

than we can prove, in fact, hypothesis.

It is evident too that Darwin regarded persistence of form

as an important criterion of aspecies. We recognise this in the

definition I have quoted from the “ Origin ” (see p. Ixxviii), and

it is stated with even greater force in the following passage,

where persistence is placed beside other distinguishing marks

of a species and given the pre-eminence. In a letter to Hooker

(October 22, 1864) Darwin says :—‘‘I will fight to the death

that as primrose and cowslip are different in appearance (not

to mention odour, habitat, and range), and as I can now show

that, when they cross, the intermediate offspring are sterile

like ordinary hybrids, they must be called as good species as

aman and a gorilla. The power of remaining for a good long

period constant I look at as the essence of a species, combined

with an appreciable amount of difference.”

It is now necessary to examine in some detail the most

usual conception of a species, a conception based upon

distinguishing structural characters, or diagnosis.

This idea of a species is clearly expressed by Sir William

Thiselton Dyer, when he speaks of the older writers who

* See F, A. Dixey in ‘‘ Nature,” June 19, 1902, p. 169.

t ‘More Letters,” vol. i, p. 252, Letter 179.

( xeii )

employed “the word species as a designation for the

totality of individuals differing from all others by marks

or characters which experience showed to be reasonably

constant and trustworthy, as is the practice of modern

naturalists.” *

This conception of a species is founded upon transition.

Whenever a set of individuals can be arranged, according to

the characters fixed upon by the systematist, in a series

without marked breaks, that set is regarded as a species.

The two ends of the series may differ immensely, may

diverge far more widely than the series itself does from other

series; but the gradual transition proclaims it a single

species. If transitions were all equally perfect of course there

would be no difficulty. But transitions are infinite in their

variety ; while the subjective element is obviously dominant

in the selection of gaps just wide enough to constitute

interspecific breaks, just narrow enough to fuse the species

separated by some other writer,—dominant also in the choice

of the specific characters themselves.? Looking back upon the

interval between Linnzus and Darwin, it seems remarkable

that the mutability of species was not forced upon systematists

as the result of their own labours. It is astonishing that

many a naturalist was not driven by his descriptive work to

the conclusion which Darwin stated to Asa Gray on July 20,

TS SG as an honest man, I must tell you that I have

come to the heterodox conclusion, that there are no such

things as independently created species—that species are only

strongly defined varieties.” {

For, as I have said above, every describer of species made

continuity and transition in characters the test of a variety,

discontinuity the test of a separate species. And in difficult

cases no two of them agreed in their conclusions. Many

passages in Darwin’s correspondence convincingly prove how

essential an element is this continuity, and how inevitable

B jls Cop. O05

+ How important this choice may be is well shown by Karl Jordan in

‘* Novitates Zoologice,”’ vol. iii, Dec. 1896, pp. 428-430. Characters are

subject to independent variation as well as correlated variation. Hence

there may be the widest discrepancy between the transitions constructed

by naturalists making use of different characters.

+ ‘Life and Letters,” vol. ii, p. 79.

( xelll )

is the dominance of the subjective element. Thus he writes

about his descriptive work on Cirrhipedes to Hooker, October

12, 1849 :—‘T have of late been at work at mere species

describing, which is much more difficult than I expected, and

has much the same sort of interest as a puzzle has; but I

confess I often feel wearied with the work, and cannot help

sometimes asking myself what is the good of spending a week

or fortnight in ascertaining that certain just perceptible

differences blend together, and constitute varieties and not

species. As long as | am on ahatomy I never feel myself in

that disgusting, horrid, ewt bono, inquiring humour.” *

On another occasion, when Darwin was anxious to ascertain

the ‘‘ close species” in the North American Flora, and wrote

for information to Asa Gray, he frankly adopted the sub-

jective criterion in order to explain exactly what he meant.

He wrote, June 8, [1855]:—‘“The definition I should give

of a ‘close species’ was one that you thought specifically dis-

tinct, but which you could conceive some other good botanist

might think only a race or variety ; or, again, a species that

you had trouble, though having opportunities of knowing it

well, in discriminating from some other species,” +

Asa Gray’s reply is also very interesting from the same

point of view. He-wrote, June 30, 1855 :—“‘Those thus

connected” [he had bracketed the “ close species” in a list

of the Flora], “ some of them, I should in revision unite under

one, many more Dr. Hooker would unite, and for the rest it

would not be extraordinary if, in any case, the discovery of

intermediate forms compelled their union.” {

Darwin was evidently in high spirits when he wrote the

following passage which bears on the same subject. The

“Origin”? had been published on November 24, 1859, and

the whole edition of 1250 copies sold on the day of issue.

On November 29 he wrote to Asa Gray :—‘ You speak of

species not having any material base to rest on, but is this

any greater hardship than deciding what deserves to be called

a variety, and be designated by a Greek letter? When I

* “TVife and Letters,” vol. i, p. 379.

+ Ibid., vol. ii, p. 64.

+ ‘More Letters,” vol. i, p. 421, Letter 324.

( “uxcive #>)

was at systematic work I know I longed to have no other

difliculty (great enough) than deciding whether the form was

distinct enough to deserve a name, and not to be haunted with

undefined and unanswerable questions whether it was a true

species. What a jump it is from a well-marked variety, pro-

duced by natural cause, to a species produced by the separate

act of the hand of God! But I am running on foolishly.

By the way, I met the other day Phillips, the paleontologist,

and he asked me, ‘ How do you define a species?’ I answered,

‘T cannot.’ Whereupon he said, ‘ At last I have found out

the only true definition—any form which has ever had a

specific name !’”’ *

The idea of a species as an inter-breeding community, as

syngamie, is, I believe, the more or less acknowledged found-

ation of the importance given to transition. This will become

clearer from the consideration of a concrete example. The

common black-and-white Danaine butterfly, Amauwris niavius

of West Africa, is represented on the East and South-East

Coasts by a very similar butterfly, distinguished by the greater

size of the largest white patch, and of the white spot in the

cell of the fore-wing. Both forms are very constant in the

areas over which they were known, and on these constant

easily recognisable characters the eastern butterfly was

described as a distinct species under the name of A. domini-

canus. Aurivillius, however, in his valuable Catalogue refuses

to recognise this latter as a distinct species, and considers it

as the dominicanus variety of niavius. Through the kind-

ness of Mr, C. A. Wiggins and Mr, A. H. Harrison, the Hope

Department has recently been presented with an exceedingly

fine series of butterflies from both east and west of the

northern shores of Lake Victoria Nyanza. These have been

carefully studied by Mr. 8. A. Neave, B.A., of Magdalen

College, Oxford, who finds that the typical néaviws occurs in

great abundance to the west of the lake, while on the east he

meets, in both collections, with varieties beautifully inter-

mediate between it and dominicanus. These varieties,

occurring precisely in the zone where the eastern form meets

the western, complete for the systematist the transition which

* ** More Letters,” vol. i, p. 127, Letter 79.

(= xev) >)

renders dominicanus a variety of niavius and not a distinct

species. But it is clear that they do more than this; they

make it almost certain that the two forms freely interbreed,

and constitute but a single syngamic community.

This is one of the remarkably clear examples. In many

cases we know the transition, but the extremes are not sorted

out in different parts of the total area of distribution. Never-

theless if complete enough the transition of forms on the

same area always raises the strong presumption that we are

dealing with a syngamic community.

Probably the most remarkable series of transitional varieties

ever depicted is that shown in the eleven quarto plates of

the last part of Monsieur Charles Oberthiir’s great “ Etudes

d’Entomologie,” entitled “ Variation des Heliconia thelxiope et

vesta”’ (Rennes, February, 1902).

The method of diagnosis, at its clearest and simplest, is

always consistent with, and often strongly suggests, an under-

lying syngamy. There are, however, numberless examples

belonging to various categories in which a rigid adherence

to diagnosis cannot avail. In these cases the systematist

frankly appeals to syngamy or synepigony as decisive; and

if he has not direct: proof of the existence of either of these,

indirect evidence is, at any rate provisionally, regarded as

sufficient.

I. Dimorphism, Polymorphism :—In an _ ever-increasing

number of examples an assemblage of individuals is regarded

as a single species, although split up into two or more widely

different and sharply separated groups, between which transi-

tional varieties are excessively rare or even unknown. For

instance, the extremely abundant, widely distributed butterfly

Limnas chrysippus wncludes among other forms one in which

the black-and-white tip is wanting from the fore-wing, the

dorippus (=klugit) form. This variety is sharply cut off from

the type form. Although faint traces of a former white bar

can be made out in dorippus, I have never seen, among

thousands of individuals, the material out of which a good

transitional series between it and chrysippus could be con-

structed. In this case the evidence of syngamy is strong and

complete ; for Col. Yerbury has recorded the fact that the

( xevi )

two forms certainly occur im copuld.* But if this evidence

were wanting there would still be strong presumptive evi-

dence that the forms are associated by syngamy and synepigony.

Thus, so far as our knowledge extends, dorippus occurs as the

only form in certain parts of N.E. Africa alone. From this,

its metropolis, dorippus spreads on all sides, its individuals

existing intermingled with those of chrysippus, becoming less

and less numerous until they finally die out. Thus if we

trace the two forms eastward we find them both abundant

at Aden; further east, at Karachi, dorippus is well known,

but very scarce as compared with chrysippus; in Southern

India it is a great rarity, if indeed it is known at all on the

mainland ; in Ceylon a single specimen was captured by Col.

Yerbury in 1891, and since then others have been taken.

Further east I have never heard of a specimen. Similarly

when it is traced southward in Africa, dorippus is dominant

in the coast strip of British East Africa, where it constitutes

about three-quarters of the total number of individuals.

Further to the south it becomes rarer and rarer, until in

Natal and the Cape, if it occurs at all, it is even rarer than

in Ceylon.{ Such a distribution is consistent with the inter-

pretation that dorippus and chrysippus are two forms in one

syngamic community. It is difficult on any other hypothesis

to account for the facts which we observe on the outskirts of

* Speaking of his experience at Aden, Col. Yerbury says: ‘‘I have

taken them [the forms of chrysippus] i coitw in every possible com-

bination.” (Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vii (1892), p. 209.)

+ See Major N. Manders, F.Z.S., in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., xiv

(1902), p. 716 :—

‘The first specimen of this insect [dorippus=klugit] in Ceylon was

captured by Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury at Trincomalie, April 15th, 1891. . .”

Of five or six more recent examples Major Manders writes, ‘‘ These speci-

mens were captured by Mr. Pole at Puttalam on the east coast and Ham-

bantotte on the south coast in the dryest and perhaps most arid portion of

the island. It is evidently widely distributed in the desert portion of the

island and is possibly not uncommon.”

‘The distribution of this insect in India cannot yet be fully known ; it

is rare in Canara, but is not yet reported from the plains of the Deccan,

or Southern India, so far as I am aware, though it probably exists.” The

occurrence of dorippus at Bombay, Kutch, and Sind had been previously

published by Major Manders and the late Mr. de Nicéville in Journ. As.

Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixviii, Pt. ii, No. 3, 1899, p. 170.

~ Mr. Roland Trimen tells me that he knows of only three South-

African dorippus :—two from Durban and one from Pretoria. The latter

and one of the former were taken by Mr. W. L. Distant (Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7), vol. i, 1898, pp. 48, 49).

Caxcvin =)

the range of dorippus—the occasional appearance of single

individuals in the swarms of the type form. And if the two

are syngamic on the outskirts, the gradual transition in pro-

portions towards the metropolis of dorippus suggests that

they are syngamic throughout. Common as the species is—

probably the commonest butterfly in the world,—the evidence

from epigony has never been obtained, although from the

point of view of heredity the investigation promises to be of

the deepest interest.

The remarkable forms of the females of the Papilio merope

group already alluded to afford another excellent example,

although in this case good transitional series can be constructed.

The evidence of syngamy was first obtained by Hewitson (see

p- Ixxxvii), but is now well known. The evidence of epigony has

fortunately been obtained in 1902 and again within the last

few weeks by one of our Fellows at Durban, Mr. G. F. Leigh.

Eggs from a female of the commonest cenea form yielded a

synepigonic group, including a large majority of forms like the

parent, but also examples of the very different hippocoon form.

Still more recently seven eggs from the rarest of the forms,

trophonius, produced, in addition to males, two females of the

cenea variety, and not one resembling the parent.

These differences, although only of colour and pattern,

greatly exceed those between ordinary close species. When we

deal with other kinds of dimorphism or polymorphism involv-

ing important structural differences, such as those of the social

Hymenoptera and Neuroptera, the discriminating characters

between nearly related genera are commonly equalled or

exceeded.

IL. Seasonal Dimorphism :—In certain exceedingly interest-

ing examples of dimorphism the relation between the forms is

epigonic and not syngamic ; for rare and occasional inter-breed-

ing is not syngamy. I refer to the most strongly-marked cases

of seasonal dimorphism in butterflies, especially the wonderful

examples proved to be epigonic by Guy A. K. Marshall. In

some of the forms the two seasonal phases were not even

regarded as closely related species. In these extraordinary

cases, where the widest difference in colour and pattern exists,

in combination with others which are far more deep-seated,

PROG. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1903. H

(, Exc ey)

IT urged upon Mr. Marshall that the few recorded examples

of capture or observation 77 coitw were insufficient evidence

of specific identity, and that nothing short of epigony would

suffice.

In seasonal dimorphism, in the dimorphism of social insects,

and doubtless in a large proportion of other examples, it is

probable, indeed often certain, that the different forms are

produced in response to some stimulus which acts at a speci-

ally susceptible period of the life-history ; but from the point

of view of the systematist the mature individuals can only be

known as forms which, structurally widely different, must

nevertheless be placed within the limits of a single species.

The investigation of the probable physiological causes of differ-

ence is, however, of the utmost importance from other points

of view. Altogether apart from*its bearing upon dimorphism,

the effect of individual susceptibility to stimulus requires

treatment in a separate category.

Il. Individual Modification :*—One of the most striking

developments of recent years has been the growth in the

number of these very cases in which an individual animal

or plant has been rendered by natural selection susceptible

to some stimulus associated with each one of its possible

normal environments. Every individual of such species

comes into the world with two or more very distinct and

very different possibilities before it, each of which will be

realised only in the appropriite environment—realised as the

response to some stimulus provided by the environment itself.

We can see clearly that this idea was in Darwin’s mind,

although there were then but few facts which pointed in

its direction. Thus in Schmankewitsch’s experiments

Crustacea of the species Artemia salina were described as

gradually changing in the course of generations, as the result

of a progressive freshening of the water in which they were

kept, until they took on the characters of the genus Bran-

chipus. On this subject Darwin wrote to Karl Semper,

February 6, 1881 :—‘‘ When I read imperfectly some years

* “A structural change wrought during the individual’s lifetime (or

acquired), in contradistinction from variation, which is of germinal origin

(or congenital).”” Dict. of Phil. and Psych., ed. by J. Mark Baldwin,

New York and London, vol. ii, 1902, p. 94.

(e excixe™)

ago the original paper, I could not avoid thinking that some

special explanation would hereafter be found for so curious a

case. I speculated whether a species very liable to repeated

and great changes of conditions might not assume a fluctuating

condition ready to be adapted to either conditions.” *

I venture to express the prediction that this class of cases,

already very numerous, will hereafter be immensely enlarged,

and will become especially important in the vegetable king-

dom.t Although Hooker at one time took the opposite side,

and thought that plants were never ‘‘changed materially by

external conditions—except in such a coarse way as stunting

or enlarging,” | Darwin considered that ‘“ physical conditions

have a more direct effect on plants than on animals.” § Un-

doubtedly the view at the time was that of Buffon, the idea of

an operation of the environing forces almost as direct as

those which produce the weathering of rocks or the whitening

of an exposed flint. But it is probable that the more in-

timately we know of the conditions of plant-life, the more

fully it will be recognised that all such changes are adaptive.

* “More Letters,” vol. i, p. 391, Letter 303.

+ See ‘‘Stimulus and Mechanisin as Factors in Organisation” by J.

Bretland Farmer, F.R.S. (the New Phytologist, vol. ii, Nos. 9 and 10,

Novy. and Dec. 1903), Professor Farmer speaks of the probable prevalence

in the plant-world of ‘‘a constant specific mechanism that is able to be

actuated in different ways by different kinds of stimuli.” Although for

the purpose of his paper Professor Farmer is concerned with the train of

physico-chemical sequences which is set going, utility orno utility, when-

ever the mechanism of an individual is stimulated, he fully admits that

the mechanism itself has come to be a character of the species by the oper-

ation of natural selection. ‘‘ Naturally,” he says, ‘‘only those species

whose inner character expressed itself in making these ‘suitable’ adjust-

ments to the environment were able to survive.”

Toward the close of his paper Professor Farmer seems to bring the con-

siderations that have regard to the species into somewhat unnecessary

conflict with those that have regard to the individual. Thus he says

that ‘‘current literature still teems with teleo’ogical explanations that

realiy explain nothing, but rather bar the way of scientific enquiry.”

A properly loaded, well-constructed modern gun goes off, for disadvan-

tage no less than for advantage, when its trigger is pulled ; but the very

existence of the gun depends upon a long succession of past stages, eich of

which was more advantageous than its predecessor. The recognition of

this history does not bar the way of enquiry, but rather stimulates and

suggests a searching and intelligent study of the latest mechanism with

all its intricacy.

+ See the letter from Hooker to Darwin, March 17, 1862, in ‘* More

Letters,” vol. i, p. 197.

§ See the letter from Darwin to Lyell [June 14, 1860], ‘‘ Life and

Letters,” vol. ii, p. 319.

(oh)

I will mention merely by way of illustration, that my attention

has been called in recent years to the dwarfing effect of the

prevalent south-western winds on the vegetation of the

exposed chalk downs of the Isle of Wight. It has occurred

to me as a mere suggestion, but one worth investigating, that

the effect of wind upon a tall flower-head might be such as to

render less easy and less frequent the visits of insects. If

this were so, it would perhaps explain why certain species of

entomophilous plants liable to grow in such situations have

gained a special susceptibility to the stimulus provided by

constant winds during some particular period of growth.

The absence of this stimulus would also correspond to a

condition in which the plants would gain in the conspicuous-

ness brought about by increased height.

The further growth of a class already proved to be large,

would play havoe with a definition of species rigidly based

upon discriminating structural characters alone.

IV. Geographical Races or Sub-Species :—If we depend upon

unaided diagnosis there is no means of discriminating between

species and those sub-species of which the whole mass of in-

dividuals are distinguished by recognisable characters. Here

again the mere beginning of the difficulty is in sight; for as

museums recognise more and more the necessity for long series

of specimens with exact geographical data, so will the compara-

tively simple conception of the single species be replaced again’

and again by the far more complex but much truer idea of

sub-specific groups still fused by syngamy into a single species,

but as it were trembling on the edge of disruption, ever ready,

by the development of pronounced preferential mating or by

the accumulated incidental effects of isolation prolonged beyond

a certain point, to break up into distinct and separate species.

V. Results of Artificial Selection ;—These obvious difi-

culties encountered by a mechanical adherence to defini-

tion by diagnosis naturally lead to the consideration of

the further difficulties presented by domestic races of

animals and plants. The wide structural differences be-

tween the forms accumulated by human selection greatly

impressed Darwin. Thus he wrote to Hooker, September

8, [1856]:—* By the way, I have been astonished at the

( ci)

differences in the skeletons of domestic rabbits. I showed

some of the points to Waterhouse, and asked him whether he

could pretend that they were not as great as between species,

and he answered, ‘ They are a great deal more.’ How very odd

that no zoologist should ever have thought it worth while to look

to the real structure of varieties. ...”’* Then again, the differ-

ences between many of our domestic breeds, and between them

and the nearest wild species, are, as is well known, generic rather

than specific. Why do we not consider such races to be of

different species and genera? Because of the criterion sug-

gested by Lankester; because we have reason to believe in

their descent from common parents within the historic period ;

because, in spite of their wide differences, they are still

syngamic.

What is the practical bearing of these criticisms upon the

definition of species by diagnosis and diagnosis alone? The

systematist, confronted by his series of specimens in a museum

cannot do otherwise than arrange them in groups which he

will describe and name as species. But much would be gained

if he admitted at the outset that his conclusions are provisional,

if he said with Dr. Karl Jordan, “The actual proof of specific

distinctness the systematist as such cannot bring; ... we

work, or we ought to work, with the mental reservation that

the specific distinctness of our species nove deduced from

morphological differences will be corroborated by biology.” T

The advantage of thisattitudeis obvious. Work would goon

as at present. Powers of acute observation and good judg-

ment would still furnish descriptions of species to be hereafter

confirmed, or confirmed at the time by observation and experi-

ment upon the living material. But the systematist would

not only receive our gratitude for the performance of these

important and necessary duties: he would also be seeking in

every direction for the evidence of syngamy and of epigony.

The museum would become a centre for the inspiration of

researches of the highest interest to the investigator himself,

of the greatest importance to the whole body of naturalists.

* “¢ More Letters,” vol. ii, p. 210, Letter 543.

+ “Novitates Zoologice,” vol. iii, Dec. 1896, pp. 450, 451. I here

desire to express my indebtedness to the author of this learned and valuable

paper.

(Ee ))

We now turn to the consideration of interspecific sterility,

which many have supposed to be an _ infallible criterion.

Huxley himself felt this so stron gly that he was, in consequence,

never able to give his full assent to natural selection.

The grounds of his objection were the subject of prolonged

correspondence with Darwin. In order to prove that natural

selection has produced natural species separated rigidly, as he

believed, by the barrier of sterility, Huxley maintained that we

ought to be able to produce the same sterility between our artifi-

cially selected breeds ; and until this had been done he could

not thoroughly accept the theory of natural selection. This

objection he expressed, or implied, in many speeches and

writings up to within a few months of his death. One of

the simplest statements is contained in a letter to the

late Charles Kingsley. Huxley wrote, April 30, 1863,

“ Their produce [viz. that of Horse and Ass] is usually

a sterile hybrid.

“So if Carrier and Tumbler, e. g., were physiological species

equivalent to Horse and Ass, their progeny ought to be

sterile or semi-sterile. So far as experience has gone, on the

contrary, it is perfectly fertile—as fertile as the progeny of

Carrier and Carrier or Tumbler and Tumbler.

“From the first time that I wrote about Darwin’s book

in the 7%mes, and in the Westminster, until now, it has been

obvious to me that this is the weak point of Darwin’s

doctrine. He has shown that selective breeding is a vera

causa for morphological species; he has not yet shown it a

vera causa for physiological species.

“ But I entertain little doubt that a carefully devised system

of experimentation would produce physiological species by

selection—only the feat has not been performed yet.”*

It was against this same view, as expressed in Huxley’s

‘Lectures to Working Men” in 1863, that Darwin argued

with convincing force in many letters. The main facts with

which he confronted Huxley again and again were the

artificially selected races of certain plants which are sterile

inter se. The position is clearly expressed in the following

amusing, vehement passages from two letters :—

* «Tife and Letters of Thomas Henry Huxley,” vol. i, p. 239.

( ciii_ )

“ Dec, 18, [1862.]

“Do you mean to say that Gartner lied, after experiments

by the hundred (and he a hostile witness), when he showed

that this was the case with Verbascwm and with maize (and

here you have selected races): does Kolreuter lie when he

speaks about the varieties of tobacco? My God, is not the

case difficult enough, without its being, as I must think,

falsely made more difficult? I believe it is my own fault—

my d

fuss about these most careful experiments.” *

d candour: I ought to have made ten times more

‘*{ Jan. ]10, [1863.]

“Tn plants the test of first cross seems as fair as test of

sterility of hybrids, and this latter test applies, I will maintain

to the death, to the crossing of varieties of Verbascwm, and

varieties, selected varieties, of Zea. You will say, Go to

the Devil and hold your tongue. No, I will not hold my

tongue; for I must add that after going, for my present

book [Variation under Domestication], all through domestic

animals, I have come to the conclusion that there are almost

certainly several cases of two or three or more species blended

together and now perfectly fertile together. Hence I

conclude that there must be something in domestication,—

perhaps the less stable conditions, the very cause which

induces so much variability,—which eliminates the natural

sterility of species when crossed. If so, we can see how

unlikely that sterility should arise between domestic races.

Now I will hold my tongue.” fT

Darwin made attempts to ‘‘produce physiological species

by selection,” and thus meet his friend’s criticism. He

thought out and suggested a plan of experiment to W. B.

Tegetmeier,{ and gave a brief account of the scheme to

Huxley, December 28, [1862]:—“I have

[Tegetmeier] the result of my crosses of the birds which he

proposes to try, and have told him how alone I think the

experiment could be tried with the faintest hope of success—

namely, to get, if possible, a case of two birds which when

given him

* “More Letters,” vol. i, p. 230, Letter 156.

+ Ibid. vol. i, pp. 231, 232, Letter 157.

+ Ibid. vol. i, pp. 223, 224, Letter 153, [1862, Dec. ] 27.

(cia)

paired were unproductive, yet neither impotent. For instance,

I had this morning a letter with a case of a Hereford

heifer, which seemed to be, after repeated trials, sterile with

one particular and far from impotent bull, but not with

another bull. But it is too long a story—it is to attempt to

make two strains, both fertile, and yet sterile when one of one

strain is crossed with one of the other strain. But the

difficulty . . . would be beyond calculation.” *

The experiment was evidently unsuccessful,—perhaps was

never seriously undertaken,—and a few years later Darwin

added the following postscript to a letter to Huxley, January 7

[1867].

‘““P.S.—Nature never made species mutually sterile by

selection, nor will men.” t

This was probably only an offhand expression of opinion,

not intended to be taken seriously. An altogether hopeless

attitude would not be reasonable until the suggested scheme

had been applied many times, and in several parts of the

animal and vegetable kingdoms.

But the positive results demanded by Huxley, even if

obtained, would by no means justify his far-reaching

conclusions, If the barrier of sterility were thus artificially

produced, we should be very far from the proof that its exist-

ence in nature is due to the same kind of cause, viz. selection.

If Darwin was right in his controversy with Wallace, if

‘““Nature never made species mutually sterile by selection,”

the suggested experiment would merely do by artificial selection

what is not done by natural selection.

It is by no means difficult to understand the mutual sterility

which is usual between natural species as an incidental result

of their separation by asyngamy for a long period of time.

In the process of fertilisation a portion of a single cell nucleus

from one individual fuses with a portion from another in-

dividual, the two combining to form the complete nucleus of

the first cell of the offspring, from which all the countless

cells of the future individual will arise by division. Each

part-nucleus contains the whole of the hereditary qualities

* “* More Letters,” vol. i, pp. 225, 226, Letter 154.

+ Ibid. vol. i, p. 277, Letter 197.

xs)

received from and through its respective parent, and must

therefore be of inconceivable complexity. We can only speak

in generalities about processes of which so little is known,

but we cannot be wrong in assuming that sterility is some-

times due to the fact that the complex architecture of one

part-nucleus fails in some way to suit the equally complex

structure of the other. The individuals of an inter-breed-

ing community form a biological whole, in which selection

inevitably keeps up a high standard of mutual compati-

bility between the sexual nuclei. Individuals whose sexual

nuclei possess a structure which leads to sterile combinations

with those of other individuals are excluded from contributing

to the generations of the future. As soon, however, as a

group of individuals ceases, from any reason, to breed with

the rest of the species, there is no reason why the compati-

bility of the sexual nuclei of the two sets should be retained.

Within each set, selection would work as before and keep

up a high standard of compatibility ; between the sets, com-

patibility would only persist as a heritage of past selection,

gradually diminishing as slight changes of structure in either

or both of the sets rendered them less and less fitted to

produce fertile combinations.*

It is probable that of all the nice adjustments required in

the living organism, the mutual adjustment of these incon-

ceivably complex part-nuclei is the most delicate and precise.

Now, delicately adjusted organs, such as those of sight, rapidly

become incapable of performing their functions when in any

species they have been withdrawn from the operation of

natural selection ; similarly it is suggested, that the adjustment

of sexual nuclei to each other would sooner or later give way

* T must guard against the inference that the only explanation of

sterility is here set forth. It is indeed maintained that incompatibility

of the sexual part-nuclei is the inevitable outcome of enduring asyngamy,

and is the almost certain cause of the sterility of hybrids. And it may

be suggested that sterility is a result of the combination of two incom-

patible germ-plasms in the sexual cells of the hybrid. When the

incompatibility is not strongly marked we can understand how such

sexual cells may be capable of fertile fusion with the cells of either

parent, but not with those of another hybrid.

But short of these ultimate effects it must not be forgotten that there

are many obscure factors of asyngamy—causes of various kinds which

interfere with the fusion under normal conditions or entirely prevent the

meeting of the sexual cells.

(eva)

when no longer sustained by selection, If, then, mutual

fertility be the result of unceasing selection, and mutual

sterility the inevitable, even if long-postponed, consequence

of its cessation, it is obvious that Huxley’s difficulty is solved,

while his suggested experimental creation of sterility by

selection would not reproduce any natural operation: it would

afford a picture of a natural result but would be produced

in an unnatural way. This criticism of Huxley’s contention

was advanced by the present writer three years ago,* the

final conclusion being stated in the paragraph printed

below :—

“Tf, then, we cannot as yet reproduce by artificial selection

all the characteristics of natural species-formation, but can

only imitate natural race-formation, we can nevertheless

appreciate the reasons for this want of success, and are no

more compelled to relinquish our full confidence in natural

selection than we are compelled to adopt a guarded attitude

towards evolution because our historical records are not

long enough to register the change of one species into

another.” f

It was therefore with intense interest and pleasure that I>

read the following sentences in a letter written by Darwin to

Huxley, Dee. 28, [1862]—sentences which show that criticism

practically identical had been made by the illustrious naturalist

nearly forty years earlier.

‘“We differ so much that it is no use arguing. To get the

degree of sterility you expect in recently formed varieties

seems to me simply hopeless. It seems to me almost like

those naturalists who declare they will never believe that one

species turns into another till they see every stage in

progress.” {

After reading, in the first volume of ‘More Letters,’’ the

often-repeated refutation of Huxley’s objection so clearly and

strongly expressed in letters received by the objector himself,

it is surprising that no effect was produced, and that reference

should have been nearly always made to this supposed flaw in

the theory of natural selection, whenever the great compara-

* “The Quarterly Review,” No. 385, January 1901, pp, 368-371.

ds Ch Ps Ol Ls

~ ‘More Letters,” vol. i, p. 225, Letter 154,

( evii )

tive anatomist had occasion to speak or write on the broader

aspects of biological inquiry.*

Darwin also considered that there was something in the

very conditions of domestication which tended to promote

fertility between races and even between distinct species.

Thus he followed Pallas in believing that the domestic dog

has been derived from more than one wild species, although he

did not trace existing differences to this cause but to artificial

selection.t However, as regards the origin of the dog, “the

evidence is, and must be, very doubtful,” as he wrote to Lyell,

August 11, [1860]. The fact which Darwin “ considered the

most remarkable as yet recorded with respect to the fertility of

hybrids,” was the fertility of the offspring of the Common and

Chinese Goose, originally described by Eyton, and confirmed by

Goodacre and by Darwin himself. ‘The two species of goose

now shown to be fertile inter se are so distinct that they have

been placed by some authorities in distinct genera or sub-

genera.” }

Another interesting and excéedingly difficult experiment in

hybridisation has been carried through by the Rev. P. St. M.

Podmore, F.Z.S., who in Sept. 1899, after numerous failures,

succeeded in rearing a healthy male hybrid between the

Ring Dove (Columba palumbus) and the domestic pigeon.

On May 27, 1903, this male was mated with a Blue Homer

hen, which produced healthy offspring. §

* For several instances see Poulton’s ‘‘ Charles Darwin and the Theory

of Natural Selection,’ Lond. 1896, pp. 124-141.

+ “Though I believe that our domestic dogs have descended from

several wild forms, and though I must think that the sterility, which

they would probably have evinced, if crossed before being domesticated,

has been eliminated, yet I go but a very little way with Pallas & Co. in

their belief in the importance of the crossing and blending of the

aboriginal stocks.

* * * * * * *

‘Although the hound, greyhound, and bull-dog may possibly have

descended from three distinct stocks, I am convinced that their present

great amount of difference is mainly due to the same causes [artificial

selection] which have made the breeds of pigeons so different from each

other, though these breeds of pigeons have all descended from one wild

stock ; so that the Pallasian doctrine I look at as but of quite secondary

importance.”

**More Letters,” vol. i, pp. 127, 128, Letter 80, to Lyell, Oct. 31,

[1859].

+ “‘ Life and Letters,” vol. ili, p. 240.

§ ‘*The Zoologist,” Nov. 1903, p. 401.

( eviii_ )

A comparison between the difficulty of producing such a

cross and that of obtaining hybrids between the Ring Dove

and the Rock Pigeon, the ancestor of the domestic breeds,

would probably throw much light on the Pallasian hypothesis.

If the view here proposed be sound—that syngamy lies

behind, and is at least provisionally implied in the transition

which means so much to the systematist, and is his only real

evidence when the structural test breaks down, the conclusion

is suggested that the real interspecific barrier is not sterility

but asyngamy. Nevertheless, as argued on pages civ-cvi,

asyngamy will infallibly lead to sterility, although the result

may be long delayed. This latter view, which was that of

Darwin, is the exact opposite of the “ physiological selec-

tion” of Romanes, in which sterility is supposed to arise

spontaneously, asyngamy being not the cause, but the

consequence.

Asyngamy may be brought about in various ways, of which

the most obvious is geographical separation. But asyngamy

is by no means the necessary result of geographical discon-

tinuity or asympatry. Thus Darwin considered that there

is regular inter-breeding between Madeiran and continental

birds of the same species. He wrote to Hooker, August 8

[1860]: “I do not think it a mystery that birds have not

been modified in Madeira. Pray look at p. 422 of Origin

[ed. iii]. You would not think it a mystery if you had seen

the long lists which I have (somewhere) of the birds annually

blown, even in flocks, to Madeira. The crossed stock would

be the more vigorous.” * An even more striking case is that

of Pyrameis cardui, which ranges over nearly the whole world.

The singular absence of local geographical races in this

abundant butterfly is almost certainly due to the astonishing

powers of dispersal which enable intermittent syngamy to

prevail over the whole vast area of its distribution.

An interesting and curious cause of persistent asyngamy

is the ‘‘ Mechanical Selection” so thoroughly explained and

abundantly illustrated by Karl Jordan.f The complex genital

armature of Lepidoptera is during syngamy kept constant by

* “More Letters,” vol. i, pp. 487, 488, Letter 370.

+ de p. 518-522,

(seix )

unceasing selection. Comparatively brief isolation of a group

of individuals may lead to a departure from the specific type

of apparatus prevalent in other areas, and may thus mechanic-

ally prevent syngamy if from any cause members of the

group became again sympatric with those of the parent

species.

A very different but exceedingly interesting origin of

asyngamy is suggested by observations which support the

conclusion that varietal forms may show a tendency towards

preferential inter-breeding.

H. W. Bates believed that he had strong evidence for the

existence of this tendency in the races of certain tropical

American butterflies. He stated this in his epoch-making

paper on the butterflies of the Amazon valley,* and it is

interesting to observe in the published letters how Darwin

instantly fixed upon the point and tried to elicit the data

upon which the conclusion was formed. Thus he wrote to

Bates, Noy. 20 [1862] :—“ No doubt with most people this

[viz. the interpretation of Mimicry] will be the cream of the

paper; but I am not sure that all your facts and reasonings

on variation, and on the segregation of complete and semi-

complete species, is not really more, or at least as valuable, a

part. I never conceived the process nearly so clearly before ;

one feels present at the creation of new forms. I wish,

however, you had enlarged a little more on the pairing of

similar varieties ; a rather more numerous body of facts seems

here wanted.” +

Then a few days later we find Darwin still thinking of the

subject, and writing to Hooker [1862, Nov.] 24:—“TI have

now finished his [Bates’] paper . . .; it seems to me admir-

able. ‘lo my mind the act of segregation of varieties into

species was never so plainly brought forward, and there are

heaps of capital miscellaneous observations.” {

He also again wrote to Bates, probably on the following

day, Nov. 25 [1862 4], asking for the solid facts which are so

greatly wanted :—

‘Could you find me some place, even a footnote (though

* Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xxiii (1862), p. 495.

+ ‘‘ Life and Letters,” vol. ii, p. 392.

‘* More Letters,” vol. i, p. 214, Letter 147.

( ex )

these are in nine cases out of ten objectionable), where you

could state, as fully as your materials permit, all the facts

about similar varieties pairing

at a guess how many you

caught, and how many now in your collection? I look at this

fact as very important ; if not in your book, put it somewhere

else, or let me have cases.” *

Remembering that Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., had expressed

the same opinion as the result of his wide and long experience

of South African butterflies, [ asked him if he would kindly

furnish me with a statement. His reply, dated Dec. 28, 1903,

is as follows :—

“* Dec. 28, 1908.

“T have noticed the tendency of the sexes of a variety to

pair together rather than with other varieties in the numerous

cases of captured pairs sent to me by correspondents in South

Africa, and sometimes in cases of the same kind which occurred

to myself when collecting. The species which particularly

attracted my notice in this way during my visit to Natal was

Hypanis acheloia (= Gétzius, Herbst, part), which is curiously

variable on the underside, from pale creamy to deep chocolate.

I did not know of its seasonal variation at the time, but I was

in Natal just at the change of season from wet to dry, when

the intermediate gradations were about, and I was struck with

the close resemblance of the sexes in pairs that I caught. I

am sorry to have nothing more definite to give on this head ;

it is a point much requiring exact and prolonged observation.”

Mr. Trimen furthermore entertains no doubt that much, if

not all, of the material upon which he based the conclusion

that the individuals of the same race tend to interbreed,

exists, distinctively labelled, in the South African Museum,

at Cape Town. It is greatly to be hoped that collectors will

in future carefully label all specimens captured im cottu, and

that the fact will be recorded on the labels in museums and

in private collections. It is tantalising to reflect upon the

number of interesting and important questions which could

be now decided if this practice had prevailed during the past

fifty years. The question of the possible origin of species

* More Letters,” vol. i, p. 215, Letter 148.

(Ga!)

from races by preferential syngamy is of such high import-

ance that we may confidently hope that the attention here

directed to the question, and especially the quotation of

Darwin’s letters to Bates, may lead to that “exact and

prolonged observation,’ accompanied by careful records, with-

out which a safe decision cannot be reached. In the

meantime the decided impressions of two such naturalists as

H. W. Bates in South America and Roland Trimen in South

Africa render it in every way probable that the conclusion

will be established on a firm foundation.*

It is also possible that asyngamy may be brought about by

the breaking of what we may call “a syngamic chain.” In the

case of large and widely-distributed interbreeding communities,

it is an open question whether syngamy would freely take

place between the most distant of the outlying sections if

directly brought into contact, and whether, even if syngamy

prevailed, there wotld be any diminution in fertility.

Limnas chrysippus, perhaps the commonest butterfly in the

world, forms a probably continuous syngamic chain stretching

from the Cape of Good Hope at least as far as Southern China.

It is even reported from Japan, The far Eastern forms are

readily distinguishable by the greater size of a single white

spot, giving quite a different appearance to the fore-wing.

If pup or eggs were transferred from Hong-Kong or Macao

to South Africa, would the perfect butterflies freely interbreed

* Dr. T. A. Chapman sends me the following interesting and suggestive

note :—

‘‘T met lately with a curious instance that deserves following up, of

some bearing on the question of selective mating of varieties.

‘*T saw some broods of P. phlxas lately that differed from each other,

but each brood was remarkably uniform. There were three broods, all

bred in the same conditions, in a greenhouse (by Mr. Carpenter of

Leatherhead). It seems difficult to explain this, unless both parents of

each brood were very nearly identical.

‘‘Mr. Frohawk, who has bred the species largely, tells me he has

noticed similar facts.

‘*When I bred Acronycta tridens and psi largely, some fifteen or more

years ago, I noticed that each brood had its own pairs, and suggested that

tridens was now trying to break up into separate species just as some

ancestor split into psi, tridens and cuspis.

** Another fact I observed in Acronycta rather bears on the other side

of the question. Of A. strigosa I reared a large brood, which paired

readily and frequently together, but no eggs were laid. I then got some

captured males, which paired with equal readiness with the bred females,

and as a result obtained plenty of fertile eggs.”

(exit, 9%)

with the indigenous forms of chrysippus ? We do not know ;

but it is an experiment well worth trying, and one which

would yield results valuable in many ways. If inter-breeding

did not take place, or if the unions were sterile, then we

should have the interesting case of a single species which

would instantly become two if through any circumstance a

central link dropped out of the chain. Even if chrysippus

yielded negative evidence in this respect, it is highly probable

that other widely-distributed species would, under these cir-

cumstances, fall into two or more groups, each held together

by inter-breeding, and divided from others by asyngamy.

Sterility, if present in any degree, would have been brought

about quite independently of selection ; for in such cases each

link of the chain would be freely syngamic with the links on

either side, and asyngamy or sterility would only be. revealed

by artificially bringing together the widely-separated ends of

the chain.

I cannot but think, therefore, that such experiments made

upon many carefully-selected species would probably bring

important additional evidence to bear upon the controversy as

to whether sterility between species is, as Wallace believes, a

selected quality, or, as Darwin held, an incidental one. The

deep interest of this question is realised when we thus re-

member that the two discoverers of natural selection held

widely different opinions about it. We cannot read the letters

on both sides, printed in the first volume of “ More Letters,”

without realising how deeply this divergence—one of the

principal differences between them—was felt by the two great

naturalists.

This is one of the many reasons for which I plead with

Mr. Roland Trimen for the establishment of tropical bio-

logical stations where work of the kind could be carried on.

Such establishments should be associated with and be under

the control of museums at home, where the experiments

could be directed and the results studied and made available

for all time for the researches of the naturalist. Just as

Harvard has her main Observatory at the University, but also

maintains an outlying institution in the Peruvian Andes,

where certain kinds of research, unsuited to New England,

(" cx)

can be carried on under the most favourable conditions, so

our chief museums should be provided with the means of

establishing temporary stations in the most favourable parts

of the tropics. When I say temporary, I do not refer to the

means, but to the position of the station, which should be

freely movable in response to the call of important problems

as they present themselves for solution in other localities.

Another urgent reason for the establishment of biological

stations is forced upon us by the inadequacy of diagnosis for

the separation of very variable species, such as many of the

African Acreinx. I cordially agree with the view often

expressed to me by my friend Mr. F. A. Heron, that we shall

never reach a secure foundation until synepigonic series have

been obtained on a large scale. To achieve this end a

temporary station would be required. In this way our

museums could receive, and should keep for permanent study,

the whole of the offspring reared from the eggs of a single

parent. If several species were thus represented by one or

more large synepigonic series, we should know what to expect

and what to allow for; and diagnosis in general would gain

the most helpful guidance.

Asyngamy, as regards particular lines of union, has also

been incidentally brought about by certain adaptations

for cross-fertilisation in plants, and such asyngamy has in

some cases persisted long enough to have led to sterility in

greater or less degree. Of all Darwin’s work, that upon

the fertilisation of heterostyled plants threw most light, he

considered, upon sterility between species. As Francis Darwin

has stated, “ He found that a wonderfully close parallelism

exists between hybridisation and certain forms of fertilisation

among heterostyled plants. So that it is hardly an ex-

aggeration to say that the ‘illegitimately ’ reared seedlings are

hybrids, although both their parents belong to identically the

same species. In a letter to Professor Huxley, given in the

second volume [of ‘Life and Letters’], p. 384, my father

writes as if his researches on heterostyled plants tended to

make him believe that sterility is a selected or acquired

quality. But in his later publications, e.g. in the sixth

edition of the ‘Origin,’ he adheres to the belief that sterility

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1903. I

(cxv >)

is an incidental rather than a selected quality. The result of

his work on heterostyled plants is of importance as showing

that sterility is no test of specific distinctness, and that it

depends on differentiation of the sexual elements which is

independent of any racial difference.” *

The different forms of a heterostyled plant are adapted for

cross-fertilisation by insects, and each individual of each form

is by the same means excluded more or less completely from

fertilisation by another of the same form. In the former case

the sexual cells and the accessory apparatus have been kept

by selection during long generations of syngamy in a high

state of mutual compatibility ; in the latter asyngamy, partial

or complete, has produced a large measure of the sterility

which is its inevitable even if long-delayed result.

This argument has, I admit, carried me much further than

I originally intended, and it will be a pleasure to me if the

following criticism can be overthrown.

If the special adaptation of heterostyled plants for particu-

lar lines of syngamy has incidentally resulted in lessened

fertility, when the unions discouraged by these adaptations

are artificially secured, and in this case without appeal to the

physiologically injurious effects of self-fertilisation, why should

we not similarly explain these effects whenever manifest in

the self-bred 7 offspring of any plant especially adapted for

cross-fertilisation ?

Darwin tells us in the Autobiography that as soon as his

‘attention was thoroughly aroused to the remarkable fact

that seedlings of self-fertilised parentage are inferior, even

in the first generation, in height and vigour to seedlings of

cross-fertilised parentage,” | he entered upon a series of

experiments which lasted eleven years, appearing in 1876 as

‘‘Kittects of Cross and Self-Fertilisation in the Vegetable

Kingdom.” Of this work he wrote in 1881, “the results

there arrived at explain, as I believe, the endless and wonder-

ful contrivances for the transportal of pollen from one plant

to another of the same species.’’§ It is here suggested that

* “Life and Letters,” vol. iii, p. 296.

+ See Francis Darwin on ‘‘The Knight Darwin Law,” Nature, October

27, 1898, p. 680.

t ‘‘ Life and Letters,” vol. i, p. 96. Siibids; Viol. 1p Oe

(Grex s

these injurious results have been not the cause but the con-

sequence of specialisation for cross-fertilisation. In such

plants fertilisation is mainly brought about along the line

for which special adaptation is made: self-fertilisation is

relatively infrequent, often very rare, sometimes perhaps

absent altogether. May not the less successful results have

followed from a condition in which self-fertilisation is but

little tried by the fires of selection? * It would be of much

interest to compare a long series of experiments on the cross-

fertilisation of plants which are habitually self-fertilised, and

on the self-fertilisation of plants in which the adaptations

for cross-fertilisation are made use of in widely different

degrees.

This criticism, should it be sustained, would of course throw

much light upon the case of the Bee Orchis and the numbers

of tropical Orchidacez, etc., which are now known to be

regularly self-fertilising without apparent physiological injury.

It might also have a bearing upon an intrusive set of facts

which must often have weighed upon the minds of naturalists,

as they reflected upon the commonly received hypothesis

that assumes the dangers of continued breeding between

near of kin. A. R. Wallace speaks of these facts in

“Darwinism,” f and I have drawn attention to them in dis-

cussing the meaning of insect migration, although, as will

be seen in the following passage, without any serious doubt

as to the physiological significance of cross-fertilisation. {

““We may well inquire why it should be necessary for such

emigration, with a possible successful issue in colonisation, to

require the services of countless individuals when the importa-

tion of half-a-dozen rabbits or a few specimens of Pieris rape

will, for the naturalist, change the face cf a continent. The

results of these unintentional, or intentional but ill-considered,

experiments do indeed shake the belief in the paramount

necessity for crosses and the dangers of in-and-in breeding ;

but the end is not yet, and the teeming colonies which have

arisen from such small beginnings may in time vanish from

the operation of deep-seated causes. The varied adaptations

for cross-fertilisation and the prevention of in-and-in breeding

* See also A. R. Wallace in ‘‘ Darwinism,” London, 1889, pp. 321-326.

+ p. 326. ~ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 460-465,

(Svexvil))

are so evident in nature, that we are compelled to believe that

they meet and counteract serious dangers which sooner or

later would menace the very existence of the species. And

among other adaptations it is significant that the instinct

under discussion should lead to the streaming of large popula-

tions, and not of small batches of individuals, from an area of

high-pressure.” *

It is impossible to consider the advantages which may

have favoured cross-fertilisation, if hereafter the generally

accepted physiological necessity turn out to be a delusion.

Brief reference may, however, be made to the special advant-

ages of community which are possible through syngamy alone.

By inter-breeding the favourable variations arising in one

direction are combined with others arising in different direc-

tions ; by the kaleidoscopic changes produced by inter-breeding

more varied results are presented for selection, and the bene-

ficial qualities arising in one part of the mass may quickly

become the heritage of the whole; by inter-breeding excessive

spontaneous variation is checked, and the whole community

of the species advances surely and with stability into adjust-

ment with the progressive changes of the environment.

Weall remember Darwin’s beautifully elaborated metaphor fT

by which the past history of evolution is shown forth in the

form and branching of a great tree. Darwin represented

species by the “green and budding twigs,” and we may

suppose that the leaves stand for individuals, and that syn-

gamy is represented by the contact of leaf with leaf when the

branches sway in the wind. And just as contact may run

through large and small, irregular and compact masses of

leaves, so syngamy binds together groups of varying size and

distribution. So too a mass of foliage breached by a sudden

storm pictures for us the splitting of a syngamic chain into

two species by the disappearance of an intermediate link.

It has been a pleasure to me that the central idea which I

have endeavoured to bring before you should be represented,

I trust without violence to the imagery, by means of ‘the

great Tree of Life, which fills with its dead and broken

branches the crust of the earth, and covers the surface with

its ever-branching and beautiful ramifications.” }

* le. p. 464. + ‘‘Origin of Species,”+1859, p. 129. t Zc. p. 130.

(

cxvli_ )

INDEX.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’; the Roman numerals

to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings’

The President’s Address is not separately indexed.

COLEOPTERA.

ABACETUS, 171

abdominalis (Dibolia), 4

(Hyperacantha),

aby ssinica (Megalognatha), oe

Acanthocerus, Txiii, 516, 517,

Acmeeodera, 169, 173

aculeata (Mordella), 175

acuminata (Akis), 175

acuticollis (Dapsa), 172

acutipes (Clueotus), 519

Adalia, 179

Adimonia, 179

adspersula (Acmeodera), 174

{egidium, 515

wneicollis ey

zenescens (Olibrus),

zeneus (Paracymus), 1

wthiops (Apion), 178

affinis (Chrysobothrys), 174

(Dibolia), 5

(Gynandrophthalma), 1

(Homapterus), 176

», (Polydrusus), 167, 176

africana (Lypnea), 14

Agabus, 168, 172

Agapanthia, 169, 178

Agrilus, 167, 174

Airaphilus, 172

Akis, 175

albinus (Anthribus), lii

albipilis (Haplocnemus), 174

albonotatus (Lionychus), 171

aleyoneum (Apion), 178

Aleochara, xxxvii, 170, 172

alpina (Rosalia), xlvii

174

172

amabilis (Gynandrophthalma), 16

Amara, 166, 169, 171

Amauronia, 167, 174

americana (Chrysomela), 179

ammios (‘Trichodes), 174

Ammeecius, 173

amori (Zonabris), 176

_aquila (Triodonta), 173

| aranea (Arsoa), xx

amplicollis (Corymbites), 174

(Hister), 173

Anaspis, 175

Anchomenus, lviii

Ancistrosoma, 520

angustulus (Agrilus), 174

Anisoplia, 173

Anisorrhynchus, 177

Anomala, 169, 173

Anthaxia, 168, 173

| Anthicus, 175

| Anthobium,

172

Authribus, iii

antillarum (Onthophagus), 510, 511

Aphanisticus, xxxvi, xxxvii, 174

| Aphodius, 167, 169, 170, 173, Gilat

Aphthona, 9, 10, 11, 179

apicipes (Hyperacantha), 18

53 (Longitarsus), 8

Apion, lviii, lix, 87, 167, 178

Apophylia, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27

Apteropeda, 179

arcuatus (Plagionotus), 178

», (Scymnus), 179

areolatus (Perileptus), 171

argentatum (Apion), 167, 178

argus (Epilachna), 179

Arsoa, XX

| ascanii (Lixus), 177

Asemum, Xxxvili

Asida, 166, 167, 169, 175

| Aspidomorpha, xxxviil

Astenus, 172

Atactogenus, 176, 177

| Ateenius, 509, 511, 512, 513

; 178 |

| Ateuchus, 167, 173

ater (Stenopterus), 178

| Athous, 166, 167, 174

| Atomaria, v, Ix

| Atopocerus, 303

atra (Hispa), 179

-atraphaxidis (Clythra), 178

atratus (Philonthus), 172

atripes (Danacia), 174

» (Lagria), 175

Attagenus, 172

Attalus, 174

Aulacophora, 17

aurata (Theodosia), 304, 305

auritus (Exochomus), 179

avellane (Rhynchenus), 178

azare (Pterostichus), 166, 171

beetica (Anisoplia), 173

balyi (Eurycycla), 32

banksiz (Carpophagus), xiii

Baris, 178

barkeri (Aphthona), 9, 10

»» (Exosoma), 25

», (Longitarsus), 7

,, (Weiseana), 16

Barypithes, 167, 176

Basipta, xxxvili

batesi (Psammobius), 514

Bembidium, 166, 170, 171

bicostata (Megalognatha), 30

bicostatus (Deronectes), 168, 172

bidens (Cleeotus), 518

bidentata (Diacantha), 17

Bidessus, 168, 172

biguttata (Titubcea), 178

biguttatus (Agrilus), 167, 174

bilineatus (Hydroporus), xx, 168

billbergi (Coryna), 176 :

bimaculata (Aphthona), 11

KA (Dibolia), 4, 5

bimaculatus (Cryptocephalus), 179

sf (Drasterius), 174

binghami (Ingrisma), 308, 310

bipunctata (Megalognatha), 29

A (Paleophylia), 23

bipunctatus (Cryptocephalus), 179

bipustulatus (Agabus), 172

biseutelatus (Ceuthorrhynchus), 1

bisignatus (Olibrus), 172

bispinosa (Diacantha), 17

exvill_)

bubalus (Bubas), 173

Bubas, 173

bugabensis (Clceotus), 519

Buphonella, 37

Buphonida, 37

Byrrhus, 166, 173

cerulea (Monolepta), 34

czesus (Pleurophorus), 173

Calamobius, 178

campestris (Cicindela), xv

Candezea, 35, 36, 37

_cantabricum (Apion), 178

capensis (Candezia), 35

,, (Iphidea), 35

Carabus, xlvii, 171

Cardiophorus, 167, 169, 174

cardui (Agapanthia), 178

Sp bixus) Sali /7/

carinatus (Deronectes), 168, 172

carinipennis (Crepidodera), 12

carinula (Sciaphilus), 167, 176

carpetanum (Bembidium), 171

Carpophagus, xiii

castanipes, (Melanotus), 174

eastellana (Asida), 166, 169, 175

celtibericus (Cryptocephalus), 179

Cephalocosmus, 307

Ceraspis, 520

Cerocoma, 168, 169, 170, 176

cervus (Lucanus), 173

Cetonia, 173

Ceuthorrhynchidius, 177

Ceuthorrhynechus, 177

Cheetocnema, 179

| Charopus, 174

_Chasmatopterus, 167, 173

| Chlenius, 166, 169, 171

| chlorizans (Pseudocanthon),

_chlorophana (Cheetocnema),

510

179

_chloroptera (Apophylia), 22

if |

bituberculata (Hyperacantha), 17, 18

blattariz (Cionus), 178

Bledius, 169, 172

bohemani (Megalognatha), 27

bonvouloiri (Aphodius), 167, 169, 173

borrei (Paleeophylia), 23

Brachyderes, 167, 176

braunsi (Candezea), 35, 36

brevicorne (Trimium), ix

brevipennis (Aleochara), 172

brevirostre (Apion), 178

Brontes, 172

brunneus (Agabus), 168, 172

brunnipes (Clceotus), 518

a (Silaria), 175

Cheeridium, 509

Chrysobothrys, 174

Chrysochloa, i, xiv, 245-261

Chrysomela, 179

Cicindela, xv, 171

cinctus (Agrilus), 174

Cionus, 178

circumfusus (Luperus), 179

Cleeotus, 517, 518, 519

clypeatus (Ccelometopus), 175

Clytanthus, 169, 170, 178

Clythra, 167, 178

Cneorane, 27

Cneorrhinus, ix, 167, 169, 170, 176,

He fe,

coarctata (Tachyusa), 170, 172

Coccinella, xxx, 179

Ccelodes, 516

Ciexice s)

Ccelometopus, 175

Ceelostoma, 172

ccerulescens (Cryptocephalus), 179

colombianum (Aigidium), 515

Colon, xxxvii

concolor (Gynandrophthalma), 178

confluens (Polydrusus), 176

confusa (Notothecta), xxxvii

constrictus (Zabrus), 166, 171

Coptocephala, 178

Coreebus, 167, 168, 174

coruscans (Geotrupes), 169, 173

Corymbites, 166, 167, 174

Coryna, 176

Coryphocera, 307

coxalgica (Mecynodera), xiv

crassicollis (Cleeotus), 518

crassus (Cryptocephalus), 179

crenatus (Niptus), xxxvi

- crenulatus (Peecilus), 171

Crepidodera, 12, 13, 14

eribratum (Agidium), 515

crinitus (Sitones), 176

Criocephalus, xxxviii

eristatus (Sciaphilus), 176

Cryptarcha, lx

Crypticus, 175

Cryptocephalus, 167, 168, 169, 179

Ctesias, 173

eumingi (Pheedimus), 303

cuniculus (Aphodius), 511

cuprea (Haltica), 2, :

cupreola (Ingrisma), 307

eyanescens (Apion), 178

eyanicollis (Haltica), 3

cyanocephala (Lebia), 171

eyanoptera (Psylliodes), 179

Cymindis, 166, 169, 171

Danacwa, 167, 174

Dapsa, 172

Dasytes, 167, 174

10-guttata (Epurea), Ix

decemlineata, 249, 250

dejeani (Dorcadion), ix, 166, 167, 169,

178

,, (Zonabris), 176

Dendarus, 175

dentata (Dinarda), xxxvii

denticornis (Helionica), 305

denticulatus (Ceuthorrhynchus), 177

dentipes (Colon), xxxvil

,, (Otiorrhynchus), 166, 176

depilis (Byrrhus), 166, 173

Deronectes, 168, 172

Diacantha, 17

Mibolia, 3; 4; 5; 179

Dichillus, 175

didymus (Agabus), 168, 172

didymus (Scopzeus), 172

diffusa (Epureea), 1x

| Dima, 170

Dinarda, xxxvii

| Diploccelus, xxxvii

| discoidea (Acmeodera), 174

discolor (Donacia), 178

_ dispar (Cneorrhinus), 176

tI}

(Xyleborus), lviii

var. meleagris (Cneorrhinus),

177

| distineta (Coccinella), xxx

| dives (Chlenius), 166, 169, 171

Donacia, 178

Dorcadion, ix, 166, 167, 169, 170, 178

Dorcus, 173

Doryphora, 249, 250

Drasterius, 174

dregei (Diacantha), 17

Drilus, xlviii, 39-51

dubia (Scraptia), 175

dunbrodensis (Longitarsus), 8

dunbrodyensis (Luperus), 20

durieui (Nanophyes), v, 87-91, 168, 178

duvivieri (Apophylia), 24

,, (Hyperacantha), 18

Dytiscus, 172

Ebeus, 167

Elater, xxxvii, 167, 174

elegans (Amauronia), 174

re (Megalognatha), 27, 31

elegantula (Apophylia), 27

3 (Atomaria), Ix

elegantulus var. gracilis (Ceuthorrhyn-

chus), 178

elongata (Buphonella), 37

elongatissimum (Apion), 178

elongatulus (Elater), xxxvii

elongatum (Bembidium), 171

elongatus (Aphanisticus), 174

emarginatus (Aphanisticus), xxxvi, 174

Emblethis, 169

Emenadia, 175

Epicometis, 173

Epilachna, 179

Epurea, 1x

equiseti (Cardiophorus), 174

Ergana, 38

erinaceus (Strophosomus), 167, 176

erosus (Cryptocephalus), 169, 179

estrellanus (Zabrus), 171

Euconnus, lix

Euryeycla, 32

euryrrhina (Heterarrhina), 307

EKutornus, 6

Exochomus, 179

Exosoma, 25

fagi (Diploccelus), xxxvii

(Sexy)

fasciatus (Corcebus), 168, 174 Gymnopleurus, 167, 173

Faula, 520 Gynandrophthalma, 167, 178

femorata (Ingrisma), 309 Gyrinus, 168, 172

fenestratus (Ilybius), 172 hemapterus (Corymbites), 166, 174

ferrugineus (Aphodius), 173 hematura (Candezea), 36

festiva (Diacantha), 17 Haliplus, 172

ficus (Hypoborus), 178 Halticay 1 25,3, 167,09

filum (Calamobius), 178 | Halyzia, ex

flagellatus (Gymnopleurus), 173 | Haplocnemus, 167, 174

flaveola (Candezea), 36 Harpalus, 169

flavescens (Drilus), xlviii, 39-51 Helhonica, 303

Ap (Sitones), 176 Heliopates, 166, 175

», var. cinnamomeus (Sitones), | Helochares, 172

flavicornis (Hemixantha), 32 Helops, 167, 175

5 (Rhamphus), 178 hemisphxricum (Nanophyes), 88

flavipes (Hydroporus), 168, 172 Hemixantha, 32

», (Oniticellus), 173 Henicopus, 167, 174

fontenayi (Leptura), 169, 178 Hespera, 5, 6 2

foveicollis (Cneorane), 27 Heterarrhina, 307

foveolatus (Olocrates), 175 Heterocerus, 170 ;

fracticornis (Bledius), 172 heydeni (Agabus), 163, 172

fragilis (Stilicus), xxx », (Henicopus), 174

frater (Ateenius), 512 hirta (Epicometis), 173

fulvipes (Ergana), 38 -,, (Lagria), 175

», (Staphylinus), xxx | hirticollis (Megalognatha), 28

funerula (Anthaxia) 173 | hirtulus (Chasmatopterus), 173

furcatus (Onthophagus), 173 hispanicum (Anthobium), 172

fuscipes (Aleochara), 172 Fa (Bembidium), 171

», (Pederus), 172 2% (Calostoma), 172

fuscitarsis (Diacantha), 17 hispidulus (Bledius), 172

fuscus (Meligethes), 172 es (Chasmatopterus), 173

,, (Philonthus), xxxvii, lx Hister, 173

geminata (Zonabris), 176 Homalium, lix

generosa (Diacantha), 17 Hoplia, 173

geographicus (Ceuthorrhynchus), 177 | hospita (Thamiarza), 1x

Geotrupes, 167, 169, 173 howitti (Theodosia), 304

ghiliani (Steropus), 169, 171 », (Westwoodia), 803, 304

gibbicollis (Corcebus), 174 hungarica (Anthaxia), 168, 173

glaciale (Bembidium), 166, 171 hungaricus (Onitis), 173

clobicollis (Cryptocephalus), 168, 179 | hybrida (Cicindela), 171

gloriosa (Diacantha), 17 Hydrena, 172

Glyptolus, 22 Hydrochus, 172

godarti (Athous), 174 Hydrocyphon, 174

Gonocephalum, 175 Hydroporus, xx, 168, 172

goudoti (Asida), 175 Hymenalia, 175

gougeleti (Ceuthorrhynchus), 178 Hymenoplia, 173

Ss (C Rote, 167, 174 Hypebeeus, 174

gracilis (Ateenius), 5 Hyperacantha, 17, 18, 19

graellsi aoe 174 Hyperaspis, 179

»5 (Cneorrhinus), 177 hyperici (Agrilus), 174

granularis (Hydroporus), xxi Hypoborus, 178

granulicollis (Megalognatha), 28 | hypocrita (Geotrupes), 175

granulosa (Apophylia), 25 hypomelena (Anthaxia), 173

a (Paleophylia), 24 ibericuin (Bembidium), 171

grenadensis (Saprosites), 514 ilieis (Rhynchenus), 178

grenieri (Lagria), 175 illesum (Cheeridium), 509

gressorius (Sitones), 176 imbecilla (Megalognatha), 28

imbricatus (Atenius), 513

immaculata (Pseudolognatha), 31

immune (Apion), 178

imperialis (Cryptarcha), 1x

ap (Cryptocephalus), 179

impressipennis (Podagrica), 11

inequalis (Hister), 173

incanus (Brachyderes), 176

», (Limnichus), 173

incertus (Omophlus), 175

incilis (Trechus), xxi

inconspicuus (Luperus), 22

indica (Podagrica), 12

inermis (Mycteristes), 306

infuscata (Candezea), 36

Ingrisma, 307, 308, 309

inornata (Monocida), 26

insularis (Faula), 520

Iphidea, 35

iridis (Cixis), 177

khasiana (Mycteristes), 307

kiesenwetteri (Corymbites), 174

koyi (Cryptocephalus), 167, 179

kraatzi (Apion), 178

», (Crypticus), 175

Labidostomis, 178

Laccobius, 172

Lachnea, 167, 178

leeve (Lasioderma), 174

lievicollis (Notothecta), 172

leevigatum (Apion), 178

levigatus (Geotrupes), 173

leviuscula (Clythra), 178

Lagria, 168, 175

laminatus (Philonthus), 172

Lampyris, 174

Larinus, 177

larvata (Emenadia), 175

larvatus (Ceuthorrhynchus), 177

Lasioderma, 174

lata (Lagria), 175

laterale (Bembidium), 171

Lathrobium, 170, 172

laticollis (Ateuchus), 173

aon (Elelops) iy i75

latus (Carabus), 171

», (Corymbites), 174

Lebia, 167, 171

lepidus (Hydroporus), 168, 172

leprieuri (Stenus), 172

Leptura, 169, 178

Leucocelis, 173

leucopsideus (Trichodes), 174

Limnebius, 172

Limnichus, 173

Lionychus, 171

Liopterus, 172

lividus (Luperus), 179

(

exxi )

Livolia, 15

Ibreqney, 1/7

longimama (Arsoa),

longitarsis (Stenus),

Longitarsus, 7, 8, 179

Lucanus, 173

Luperodes, 20, 35

Luperus, 20, 21, 22, 167, 179

luridus (Aphodius), 511

20.

172

| lusitanica (Labidostomis), 178

lusitanicum (Malacosoma), 179

Lypnea, 14

lythri (Nanophyes), 87, 178

Lytta, 167, 176

maculata (Dibolia), 4

a (Strangalia), 178

maculatum (Bembidium), 171

maculicollis (Hespera), 5, 6

a6 (Paleophylia), 23

madagascariensis (Rhagiosoma), xiii

mierens (Aleochara), XxxXvii

magnifica (Theodosia), 304, 505

majalis (Meloe), 167, 175

major (Hister), 173

miklini (Eucounus), lix

Malachius, 167, 174

Malacosoma, 25, 179

malvernensis (Haltica), 1

Malaxia, 22, 23

Malthinus, 167, 174

malvernensis (Luperus), 21

marginalis (Dytiseus), 172

marginata (Apophylia), 24

marginatus (Platynus), 171

| marginicollis (Onthophagus), 511

;marshalli (Crepidodera), 13

Mastigus, 172

Mecynodera, xiv

Megalognatha, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31

| Megalopus, xx

melaleucus (Neophedimus), xxi

melancholicus (Carabus), 171

| melanocephala (Cymindis), 171

Ar (Megaloenatha), 29, 30

melanostictus var. murinus (Ceuthor-

rhynchus), 177

Melanotus, 167, 174

Meligethes, 172

melipona (Megalopus), xx

Meloe, 167, 175

metallicus (Cloeotus), 519

/microphyllus (Mycteristes), 307

Micrositus, 175

nulitaris (Hyperacantha), 19

millefolii (Anthaxia), 173

minutissimus (Bidessus), 168, 172

minutum (Anthobium), 172

moewisi (Cephalocosmus), 307

(

Mombascia, 37

Monocida, 26

Monolepta, 33, 34

montanum (Bembidium), 171

mori (Cryptocephalus), 179

Mordella, 175

Mordellistena, 175

morio (Cetonia), 173

murina (Apophylia), 23

mutabilis (Adalia), 179

mutata (Serica), 168, 173

Mycteristes, 306

Nanophyes, v, 87-91, 168, 178

nanus (Stenus), 172

natalensis (Megalognatha), 29

Nebria, 166, 170, 171

neglectus (Zabrus), 171

nemoralis (Carabus), xlvii

Neophedimus, xxi

niger (Aphodius), 173

», (Luperus), 179

», (Nanophyes), 178

5, (Orphilus), 173

nigerrimus (Elater), 174

nigra (Strangalia), 178

nigripennis (Ccelodes), 516

nigrita (Pterostichus), 171

nigritarsis (Paleophylia), 23

nigritula (Longitarsus), 7

nigrocerulea (Candezea), 37

nigrofasciata (Megalognatha), 30

nigrofasciatus (Luperus), 167, 179

nigrosuturalis (Candezea), 35

nigrotibialis (Luperodes), 20

Niptus, xxxvi

nitidus (Agabus), 172

nivicola (Corymbites), 174

nobilitata (Apophylia), 23

Notothecta, xxxvii, 172

Notoxus, 175

oblonga (Cetonia), 173

Ochthenomus, 175

18-guttata (Halyzia), xxx

octomaculatum (Bembidium), 171

octopunctatus (Trichodes), 169, 174

(Kdemera, 176

Olibrus, 172

olivacea (Phytodecta), 179

Olocrates, 166, 167, 169, 175

Omophlus, 175

Oniticellus, 173

Onitis, 173

Onthophagus, 173, 510

Oochrotus, 175

ooptera (Amara), 166, 169, 171

Orchestes, 168

Orectochilus, 168, 172

Orina, i, xiv, 170, 245-261

CxxH }))

| Orphilus, 173

Otiorrhynchus, 166, 176

Pachybrachys, 168, 179

Pachytychius, 168, 177

Pederus, 169, 170, 172

Paleophylia, 23, 24

pallida (Hespera), 6

paludosus (Agabus), 168, 172

pandellei (Trechus), 166, 171

papalis (Mastigus), 172

Paracymus, 172

parallelopipedus (Doreus), 173

parallelus (Saprosites), 514

Parnus, 170, 172

parumpunctatus (Anchomenus), lviil

parvula (Lagria), 175

parvulum (Aégidium), 515

parvulus (Ccelodes), 516

(Psammobius), 514

, . (Tachys), 171

paulinoi (Bembidium), 171

pazi (Nebria), 171 ;

perakensis (Theodosia), 304, 305

Perileptus, 169, 171

”

| Pheedimus, 303

Philhydrus, 172

Philonthus, xxxvii, lx, 170, 172

Philorhinum, 172

_Phylobius, 167, 176

Phyllotreta, 179

Phymatodes, 178

| Phytodecta, 179

Phyteecia, 178

picea (Diacantha), 17

piceipes (Hemixantha), 33

,, (Omophlus), 175

picturatus (Eutornus), 6

pilipes (Megalopus), xx

pilularius (Gymnopleurus), 173

Pimelia, 167, 175

pineticola (Rhizotrogus), 173

Plagionotus, 178

planatus (Brontes), 172

Platycerus, 167, 178

platycerus (Notoxus), 175

Platynaspis, 179

Platynus, 171

Platyxantha, 33

Pleurophorus, 173

| Podagrica, 11

Pecilus, 171

politus (Philonthus), 172

polonicus (Criocephalus), xxxXviil

Polydrusus, 167, 176

polyglyptus (Atéenius), 515

posticus (Cleeotus), 518

preeusta (Tetrops), 178

(Zonitis), 176

(Sexxin =)

preustus, var. aurileculus (Elater), 167,

Psammobius, 514

Pseudapophylia, 23

Pseudocanthon, 510

Pseudolognatha, 31

Pseudophlceus, 169

Psylliodes, 179

pteromelas (Pachybrachys), 179

Pterostichus, 166, 171

Ptinus, v

pubescens (Lachneea), 178

punctatum (Lathrobium), 172

puncticosta (Aspidomorpha), xxxvill

punctipennis (Monolepta), 33

punctulatum (Bembidium), 171

punctus (Philonthus), 172

pusillus (Aphanisticus), xxxvil

putoni (Apion), 178

pygialis (Rhizotrogus), 173

pygmeus (Cryptocephalus), 179

3 (Uroxys) 510

pyriformis (Cneorrhinus), ix, 176, 177

pyritosa (Haltica), 2, 3

14-pustulata (Coccinella), 179

quadriguttatum (Bembidium), 171

quadriguttatus (Anthicus), 175

quadripunctata (Zonabris), 176

quadripunctatus (Cryptocephalus),

quadripustalatum (Bembidium), 17

Quedius, Ix

quercus (Rhyncheenus), 178

rasuta (Ingrisma), 307

reflexa (Trachys), 174

regentsteinensis (Sitones), lix, 176

relucens (Acanthocerus), Ixiil,

517

reppensis (Hyperaspis), 179

Rhagiosoma, xiil

Rhagonycha, 167, 174

Rhamphus, 178

rhenana (Atomaria), v

Rhizotrogus, 173

Rhynchenns, 178

rivularis (Trechus), xxi

rodriguesi (Anthicus), 175

Rosalia, xlvii

roscidus (Agrilus), 174

rothschildi (Theodosia), 304, 305

rubida (Lagria), 168, 175

rubricus (Nanophyes), 178

ruficollis (Cymindis), 171

(Liopterus), 172

9p (Megalognatha), 31

(

516,

Omophlus), 175

oF Peederus), 170, 172

ruficornis (Clytanthus), 178

rufipennis (Aleochara), 170, 172

179

rufipes (Cardiophorus), 169, 174

», (Hymenalia), 175

rufiventris (Megalegnatha), 28

rufopiceus (Cloeotus), 517

rugatipennis (Anomala), 169, 173

rugosicollis (Henicopus), 174

rugulosa (Orina), 170, 245

rutilipennis (Silesis), 174

sacer (Ateuchus), 173

salisburiensis (Pseudolognatha), 31

salzmanni (Abacetus), 171

sanguineum (Apion), viii

Saprosites, 514

Sardoides, 26, 27

saxeticola (Olocrates), 175

saxicola (Olocrates), 175

scabricollis (Pachytychius), 168, 177

scalptifrons (Atzenius), 513

Seaurus, 167, 175

schiefferi (Sisyphus), 173

schdnherri (Apion), 178

schreberi (Cerocoma), 168, 169, 176

», (Onthophagus), 173

Sciaphilus, 167, 176

Scopeus, xxxvil, 172

scopolina (Coptocephala), 178

Seraptia, 175

scrofa (Aphodius), 173

scutellata (Candezea), 36

Seymnus, 179

sedi (Apion), 87, 88

semirugosa (Apophylia), 24

senegalensis (Aphthona), 10

Serica, 168, 173

sericea (Asida), 175

pee (CUbalyera)) sel

serra (Ctesias), 173

setifrons (Polydrusus), 176

sexmaculata (Titubcea), 178

sexmaculatus (Cryptocephalus), 179

sexpunctata (Lachneea), 178

6-pustulata (Diacantha), 17

sexstriatus (Tachys), 171

Sibinia, 178

siculus (Nanophyes), 88

signatus (Cardiophorus), 167, 174

Silaria, 175

Silesis, 174

Supha, 172

silphoides (Zabrus), 171

Silvanus, 172

similis (Aphthona), 10

simplex (idemera), 176

sinuatus (Hister), 173

Sisyphus, 167, 173

Sitones, lix, 167, 176

smaragdina (Apophylia), 22, 23

ns (Orina), i, 245-261

(

smaragdinipennis (Pseudapophylia),

Smicronyx, 168

solieri (Agrilus), 174

sorbi (Apion), lix, 178

sordidum (Philorhinum), 172

sordidus (Atzenius), 513

sparsus (Rhynchenus), 178

sparsutus (Pachytychius), 168, 177

spartii (Lixus), 177

spinifer (Platycerus), 167, 173

spinipes (Cneorrhinus), 177

spinosa (Diacantha), 17

squamulatus (Ceuthorrhynchus), 177

Staphylinus, xxx

steinheili (Atenius), 513

Stenoplatys, 17

Stenopterus, 178

Stenus, 172

Steropus, 169, 171

stictica (Leucocelis), 173

Stilicus, xxx

stolida (Basipta), xxxviil

Strangalia, 178

striatum (Apion), 178

5 (Asemum), XXxxviil

striatus (Scaurus), 175

strigata (Cryptarcha), lx.

strigicauda (Atenius), 511, 512

Strophosomus, 167, 176

Stylosomus, 179

suavis (Philonthus), 172

subcostatus (Dichillus), 175

suberosus (Trox), 516

sulcicollis (Livolia), 15

ss (Scopzeus), XXXvil.

sulcifrons (Barypithes), 167, 176

sulphuripennis (Luperodes), 20

Sunius, 172

suturalis (Megalognatha), 29

Tachys, 171

Tachyusa, 170, 172

teniata (Acmeodera), 169, 173

tamarisci (Nanophyes), 88

tanaceti (Adimonia), 179

telephii (Nanophyes), 87, 88

Telephorus, 174

telifer (Theodosia), 304, 305, 306

tenebrosus (Atenius), 509, 512, 513

ae (Melanotus), 174

Tentyria, 166, 167, 174

terminalis (Atenius), 512

tessellatus (Hydroporus), 172

testaceum (Homalium), lix

testaceus (Phymatodes), 178

testudinaria (Diacantha), 17

Tetrops, 178

thalassina (Donacia), 178

Thalyera, 1x.

Cxxiva5)

23 | Thamiarea, lx

Theodosia, xxxv, 303-310

thoracica (Dibolia), 3

», (Monocida), 26

Thylacites, 170, 177

| Timarcha, 166, 179

| timida (Baris), 178

| 4, (Dibolia), 179

| Titubcea, 178

| tomentosus (Tropiphorus), lviii

_tonkinensis (Coryphocera), 308

torquatum (Anthobium), 172

| Trachys, 174

| transvalensis (Sardcides), 26

Trechus, xxi, 166, 171

Trichodes, 169, 174

tricincta (Diacantha), 17

tricolor (Apophylia), 22, 25

», (Paleophylia), 23

trifasciata (Silaria), 175

trifasciatus (Attagenus), 172

55 (Clytanthus), 169, 170, 178

ee (Notoxus), 175

trimaculata (Lebia), 167, 171

Trimium, ix

_Triodonta, 173

'tristis (Anthicus), 175

», (Orina), i., 245-261

ys Var. smaragdina (Chrysochloa),

i, xiv, 245-261

»» var. smaragdina (Orina), i, xiv,

245-261

| Tropiphorus, lviii

Trox, 516

| tuberculifer (Phyllobius), 176

tugelaensis (Luperus), 21

turbatus (Thylacites), 177

ulyssiponensis (Micrositus), 175

11-punctata (Diacantha), 17

unicolor (Oochrotus), 175

/ unidentatus (Silvanus), 172

| unifasciata (Diacantha), 17

_unifasciatus (Ochthenomus), 175

_uniformis (Crepidodera), 14

unipunctata (Diacautha), 17

urens (Ceuthorrhynchidius),

urinator (Gyrinus), 168, 172

Uroxys, 510

variabilis (Coccinella), 179

| (Phytodecta), 179

varians (Aphodius), 173

varicornis (Platyxantha), 33

_variolosa (Cymindis), 171

varius (Hydroporus), 172

var, bimaculatus (Philonthus),

—_

~sI

| 5,

172

velutinus (Chlenius), 171

| ventralis (Quedius), 1x

verticalis (Luperus), 21

verticicornis (Onthophagus), 173

vescicatoria (Lytta), 167, 176

vicarius (Acanthocerus), 517

vicina (Lachneza), 178

villosa (Platynaspis), 179

villosulus (Chasmatopterus), 173

villosus (Orectochilus), 172

vincentie (Agidium), 515

SG (Ateenius), 513

5 (Uroxys), 510

violaceus (Cryptocephalus), 179

virescens (Phytcecia), 178

viridicollis (Helionica), 305

.; (Sardoides), 37

viridicupreus (Platynus), 171

viridiniteus (Paleophylia), 23

viridipennis (Clcotus), 519

viridissimus (Pachybrachys), 179

waterstradti (Helionica), 304

Weiseana, 16

westwoodi (Helionica), 303, 304, 305

eA (Theodosia), 304, 305

Westwoodia, 303

whiteheadi (Theodosia), 307

Xyleborus, lviii

Xylopertha, 174

Zabrus, 166, 169, 171

Zonabris, 167, 170, 176

Zonitis, 176

HYMENOPTERA.

abdominale (Rhynchium), 106

aberrans (Cremastogaster), 98

absoluta (Prosopis), 107

Acantholepis, 99

acasta (Polyrhachis), 99

acutipennis (Xylocopa), 109

adusta (Nomada), 108, 116

advena (Nomada), 108

edilis (Pompilus), 102

edipus (Mutilla), 100

fnictus, 96

zstuans (Xylocopa), 109, 116

affinis (Pheidologeton), 98, 110

s, (Vespa), 107

agelia (Mutilla), 101

agilis (Astata), 103

albescens (Halictus), 132

albifrons (Megachile), 108

albipes (Technomyrmex), 98

albofimbriata (Nomia), 108

alecedo (Halictus), 214

allaborans (Sima), 98

Allodape, 108

alluaudi (Anthophora), 551

»> (Podalirius), 551

cxxv )

| Alyson, 105

| amatorius (Gorytes), 105, 113

Amblyopone, 97

| Amblyteles, 230

_amethystina (Xylocopa), 109

| Ammophila, 104, 210

| Ampulex, xxx, 105, 110, 112, 234-238

analis (Liacos), 101

» (Mutilla), 100

», (Pompilus), 102

| anceps (Iridomyrmex), 98

Ancyra, 228, 229

| Andrena, 215

angustifrons (Halictus), 215

annulata (Elis), 101

annulipes (Alyson), 105

Anochetus, 96

Anthidium, 108

Anthophora, 95, 109, 116, 551

anthracina (Notogonia), 104, 117

antoni (Odynerus), 107

apicalis (Megachile), 216

Apis, 109, 116

| Aporus, 102

_appendiculata (Cenolarra), 104

| appendiculatus (Pison), 104

_architectus (Eumenes), 106

| arctifrons (Halictus), 215

arcuata (Eumenes), 106

_ardens (Crabro), 106

argentatum (Rhynchium), 106

argentatus (Crabro), 106

| argentea (Polyrhachis), 99

| argenteobalteata (Nomia), 108

| argenteofacialis (Lyroda), 103

_argentifrons (Ceelioxys), 108

_argentipes (Mutilla), 100

argyreus (Tachysphex), 103

ariadne (Pompilus), 102

ariel (Mutilla), 101

,, (Pseudagonia), 102

| armata (Solenopsis), 110

| arrogans (Camponotus), 99

| artifex (Iearia), 107

_assamensis (Ampulex), 236, 238

Astata, 103

atomus (Monomorium), 97

Atopomyrmex, 98

atra (Prosopis), 212

atripes (Ammophila), 104

atroalba (Podalirius), 216, 217

atropus (Salius), 103

auratus (Liris), 104

/ aureipennis (Scolia), 101

aureobalteata (Nomia), 108

aureo-rubra (Mutilla), 100

auriceps (Tachysphex), 103

auripennis (Xylocopa), 109

(

aurulentus (Sphex), 105, 112

balearicus (Podalirius), 217

basalis (Ammophila), 104

(Ccelioxys), 108

(Notogonia), 104

(Vespa), 107

basimacula (Rhynchium), 107, 115, 114

bellicosa (Prosopis), 107

bellus (Crabro), 106

Bembex, 105, 113

bengalense (Rhynchium), 107

bengalensis (Aporus), 102

- (Halictus), 108, 131

(Melipona), 109

(Notogonia), 104, 123

(Oligomyrmex), 98

(Plesia), 101

5 (Prenolepis), 99

Benyllus, 232

bicincta (Anthophora), 109, 116

bicolor (Megachile), 108, 116

(Meranoplus), 97, 110

(Methoea), 101

(Polyrhachis), 99

5, (Trypoxylon), 106

bidens (Mutilla), 100

bimaculata (Andrena), 215

binghami (Gastrosericus), 104, 113

bipartita (Acantholepis), 99

5p (Andrena), 215

bipartitus (Salius), 103

bipustulatus (Odynerus), 107

bituberculata (Tachysphex), 127

blanda (Pseudagenia), 102

blandinus (Stizus), 105

Bombus, xxxvii, 207, 217, 218, 551

Bothriomyrmex, 98

Bothroponera, 96

Brachyponera, 97, 109

brevicornis (Ainictus), 96

3 (Ampulex), 238

brevipennis (Elis), 101

a (Tachytes), 103

- (Tiphia), 101

brunnea (Myrmicaria), 97, 110

brunneum (Rhynchium), 106

bryorum (Xylocopa), 109

Buathra, 233, 234

buddha (Bembex), 105, 113

(Crabro), 106

», (Eumenes), 106

_;, (Trypoxylon), 106

Ceenolarra, 104

cerulea (Pseudagenia), 102

>, (Trirhogma), 105

calopteryx (Stizus), 105

Camponotus, 95, 99, 111, 208

canaliculatum (Trypoxylon), 106

oe)

be]

exxvi )

canariensis (Podalirius), 216, 551

canescens (Oxybelus), 106

canifrons (Pompilus), 102

capensis (Acantholepis), 99

capitata (Scola), 101

cara (Mutilla), 100

carbonaria (Parevaspis), 108, 116

earbonarium (Monomorium), 209

Cardiocondyla, 98

carinifrons (Ampulex), 237, 238

Ap (Halictus), 132

Caspipina, 219 ,

Cataulacus, 97

cellularis (Pompilus), 102

| Cemonus, 105

| Ceratina, 108

Cerceris, 105, 106, 113

ceylonica (Nomada), 108

_ceylonicus (Atopomyrmex), 98

i (Eumenes), 106

tes (Halictus), 131

chinensis (Lobopelta), 97

Chrysis, 96

cincta (Anthophora), 109, 116

5, (Vespa), 107, 114

cinerascens (Sphex), 105

ciris (Halictus), 108, 130

clavipes (Dolichurus), 105

cleonyma (Mutilla), 100

clypeata (Nomia), 108

clypeatum (Rhynchium), 107

| Ccelioxys, 108, 109

| cognata (Ampulex), 238

| cognatum (Trypoxylon), 106

collaris (Xylocopa), 109

Colietes, xviii

collina (Trigona), iv, 133, 134, 136

Colobopsis, 99

ecompactilis (Mutilla), 100

compressa (Ampulex), 105, 112, 237,

238

(Sima), 98

compressus (Camponotus), 95, 99, 111

cona (Mutilla), 100

confinis (Ponera), 97

», var. aitkeni (Ponera), 97

confusa (Ceelioxys), 108

conica (Eumenes), 106, 113

constancez (Rhinopsis), 113

constricta (Ponera), xxxvil

contemta (Crematogaster), 98

contracta (Ponera), 209

coromandelicum (Sceliphron), 104

cotesi (Aporus), 102

(Chrysis), 96

» (Mutilla), 101

Crabro, 106

crassicornis (Pison), 104

( exxvii )

crassicornis (Sphecodes), 107 ferruginea (Icaria), 107

Cremastogaster, 95, 98 festinata (Pseudagenia), 102

Crocisa, 95, 109, 116 fianna (Mutilla), 100

eruentatus (Odynerus), 212 flavinerva (Leptolarra), 104

cuneata (Ceelioxys), 108 flavipes (Oxybelus), 106

curvipes (Nomia), 108, 115 flavomaculata (Ancyra), 229

cylindricus (Halictus), 215 54 (Stelis), 108

Darachosia, 221, 222 flavomarginatum (Rhynchium), 107

deceptrix (Pseudagenia), 102 flavopicta (Cerceris), 105

denticulatum (Tetramoriuin), 97 Pe (Eumenes), 106

depredator (Philanthus), 105 flavus (Salius), 103

destructor (Monomorium), 97 florea (Apis), 109, 116

Diacamma, 95, 96, 97, 109 floricola (Monomorium), 97

Didineis, 105 fodiens (Myrmicaria), 97

diffinis (Odynerus), 107 Formica, xxx, Xxxvii

dilecta (Mutilla), 100 forticeps (Losgna), 230

dimidiata (Ammophila), 104 fortinata (Mutilla), 100

5 (Plesia), 101 frauenfeldi (Acantholepis), 99

_ diminuta (Lobopelta), 97, 109 frederici (Nomia), 108

discipiens (Celioxys), 108 fulgidipennis (Salius), 103

discreta (Mutilla), 100 fuliginose (Formica), xxxvii

disjuncta (Megachile), 108, 116 fulvipennis (Salius), 103

disparilis (Chrysis), 96 fulvipes (Darachosia), 222

dissimilis (Xylocopa), 109 ,, (Legnatia), 226

diversus {Pheidologeton), 98 fulviventris (Osmia), vi, viii

dives (Mutilla), 101 fulvopicta (Liacos), 101

Dolichoderus, 99 fulvopilosus (Oxybelus), 106

Dolichurus, 105 funebrana (Mutilla), 100

dorsata (Apis), 116 funeraria (Mutilla), 100

Dorylus, 96, 109 furiosa (Chrysis), 96

dryta (Mutilla), 100 fuscipennis (Cemonus), 105

durga (Mutilla), 101 op (Ccelioxys), 109

eatoni (Miscophus), 209 - (Notogonia), 104

egregia (Mutilla), 100 fuscistigma (Notogonia), 104, 122

electus (Salius), 103 gallicus (Polistes), 211

Elis, 101, 112 Gastrosericus, 104, 113

elliotii (Nomia), 108 geminata (Solenopsis), 95, 98, 110

emancipata (Mutilla), 101 geniculatum (Trypoxylon), 106

emarginata (Crocisa), 109, 116 germanica (Vespa), 211

Enchisiades, 220 gnoma (Mutilla), 101

erraticum (Tapinoma), 208 Gorytes, 105, 113

erxia (Mutilla), 100 gracilipes (Dolichoderus), 99

erythrocephala (Ammophila), 104 guttulata (Nomada), lix

erythrogaster (Larra), 104 hematodes (Odynerus), 212

erythropoda (Notogonia), 104 hemorrhoidale (Rhynchium), 106

93 (Nysson), 105, 113 Halictus, 108, 130-132, 208, 213, 214,

escuriens (Eumenes), 106 215

Eucera, i hebreus (Polistes), 107, 114

Eumenes, 106, 113 hecate (Pompilus), 102

Eutanyacra, 227 Hedychrum, 96

Evirchoma, 222, 223 hero (Pompilus), 102

excellus (Salius), 103 Heterogyna, xxxi

excisus (Iridomyrmex), 98 hieroglyphica (Ceratina), 108

fallax (Anthophora), 109 himalayensis (Ampulex), 238

feai (Prosopis), 107 hindostanus (Odynerus), 107

femorata (Megachile), 108 hirsuta (Ammophila), 210

fenestrata (Xylocopa), 109 » (Elis), 101

ferruginea (Caspipina), 219 », (Psammophila), 210

(

histrio (Crocisa), 109, 116

Holcomyrmex, 97, 110

hortorum (Bombus), 217

humbertiana (Cerceris), 105

humeralis (Scolia), 101

Icaria, 107

Ichneumon, 231

idyia (Mutilla), 100

illa (Mutilla), 100

implactibilis (Pompilus), 102

incognitus (Pompilus), 102

indica (Apis), 109, 116

(Bembex), 105

(Notogonia), 104, 120

(Pheidole), 98

(Prenolepis), 99

5, . (scolia), 1005 112

instabilis (Cerceris), 105

intermedia (Notogonia), 104, 118

interrupta (Mutilla), 100

interstitialis (Ampulex), 238

Be (Halictus), 108, 130

iridipennis (Larra), 103

(Melipona), 109

_ (Salius), 103

Iridomyrmex, 98

Isobrachium, XXXvVil

itinerans (Halictus), 108, 150

jaculatrix (Notogonia), 104, 126

javana (Pheidole), 98

jerdoni (Brachyponera), 97, 109

junctus (Camponotus), 99

khasiana (Ampulex), 234, 238

kitteli (Lobopelta), 97

labiena (Mutilla), 100

laboriosa (Notogonia), 126

laboriosus (Pheidologeton), 98, 110

lata (Mutilla), 1012

letus (Halictus), 214

leevissima (Polyrhachis), 99, 111

lamellata (Nomia), 108

lanata (Megachile), 108, 116

Larra, 103, 104

lascivus (Pompilus), 102

Lasius, 208

lateralis (Stizus), 105

latifrons (Ampulex), 258

latinoda (Monomorium), 97

,, (Pheidole), 98

latipes (Nomina), 108

5, (Xylocopa), 109

latreillei (Osmia), 216

latro (Oxybelus), 210

Legnatia, 222, 225, 226

lena (Mutilla), 100

Leptolarra, 104

Leptothorax, 98, 209

lethargia (Mutilla), 101

be)

CXxvili_)

Liacos, 101

liodomus (Halictus), 131

Lioponera, 97

Liris, 104

lobatus (Sphex), 105, 112

Lobopelta, 97, 109

longicollis (Ampulex), 234, 238

longicornis (Eucera), 1

a (Larra), 103

~ (Prenolepis), 99

longipes (Plagiolepis), 99

longitarsis (Leptolarra), 104

longitarsus (Lioponera), 97

Lophomyrmex, 98

Losena, 229, 230

ludovica (Mutilla), 100

lugubre (Hedychrum), 96

lunata (Bembex), 105, 113

luteipennis (Sphex), 105, 112

Lyroda, 103

Macromeris, 102

maculicornis (Mutilla), 100

maculipes (Pompilus), 102

maculitarsis (Tachytes), 103

maderz (Ammophila), 210

,, (Podalirius), 216

madraspatanum (Sceliphron), 104, 112

madraspatanus (Salius), 103

mandibularis (Pramha), 231

marcia (Mutilla), 100

marginata (Allodape), 108

marginella (Elis), 101, 112

martialis (Mutilla), 100

megacephala (Pheidole), 209

Megachile, 95, 108, 116, 216

melanocephalum (Tapinoma), 98

Melipona, 109, 135

melleus (Stizus), 105

mendicalis (Chrysis), 96

Meranoplus, 97, 110

Methoca, 101

minchini (Cremastogaster), 98

5, (Lobopelta), 97

minutula (Andrena), 216

mirandus (Salius), 105

Miscophus, 104, 209

mithila (Mutilla), 101

mitis (Camponotus), 99

», var. fuscithorax (Camponotus),

modesta (Tachytes), 103

monetaria (Tachytes), 103

Monomorium, 97, 209

montana (Ampulex), 238

morio (Halictus), 214

morna (Pseudagenia), 102

Mutilla, 95, 100, 101, 111

mutua (Pseudagenia), 105

(Gmrexexix yh)

Myrmicaria, 97, 110

Myzine, 95, 101

nanus (Crabro), 106

niger (Lasius), 208

nigra (Sima), 98, 110

nigricans (Ampulex), 238

5 CAlstata) 03

»» (Megachile), 108

nigripes (Ammophila), 104

nigritarsis (Polistes), 107

nigriventris (Larra), 104

nitidulum (Rhynchium), 106

nitidus (Crabro), 106

nodicornis (Steganomus), 108, 115

Nomada, lix, 108, 116

Nomia, 108, 115

Notogonia, 104, 117-126

nuda (Cardiocondyla), 98

Nysson, 105, 113

obesum (Tetramorium), 97

ocellata (Mutilla), 101

ocellifera (Lobopelta), 97

», (Pheidologeton), 98

oculata (Chrysis), 96

odontophorus (Crabro), 106

Odynerus, 107, 129, 212

(cophylla, 95, 99, 111

Oligomyrmex, 98

orientale (Monomorium), 97

orientalis (Bembex), 105

5 (Cereeris), 105

a (Chrysis), 96

ee (Crabro), 106

55 (Didineis), 105

+ (Dorylus), 96, 109

af (Methoca), 101

5 (Pison), 104

= (Planiceps), 102

,» (Pompilus), 102

5, (Vespa), 107, 115

ornatipes (Tachytes), 103

Osmia, vi, xx, 216

ovalis (Odynerus), 107

oxybeloides (Nomia), 108

Oxybelus, 106, 210

pachycerus (Mnictus), 96

pallidicoxis (Eutanyacra), 227

pallidimaculata (Evirchoma), 223

pamphia (Mutilla), 100

paradoxa (Heterogyna), xxxi

Parapison, 104

Parevaspis, 108, 116

paria (Camponotus), 99

Parnopes, 96

parthenia (Mutilla), 101

parva (Notogonia), 104, 119

,, (Pheidole), 98

parvula (Stelis), 108

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1903.

Passaloecus, 105

pedalis (Pompilus), 102

pedunculata (Pseudagenia), 102

pentadonta (Cerceris), 106

peregrina (Mutilla), 101

peregrinus (Salius), 103

perfecta (Chrysis), 96

perturbans (Pompilus), 102

perversa (Mutilla), 100

petiolata (Eumenes), 106

Pe (Plesia), 101

pheenna (Mutilla), 100

pharaonis (Monomorium), 97

Pheidole, 98, 110, 209

Pheidologeton, 98, 110

Philanthus, 105

Piagetia, 103

picipes (Notogonia), 104, 125

pictipes (Prosopis), 212

pictiventris (Cerceris), 105

pictus (Gorytes), 105, 113

pileatum (Trypoxylon), 106

piliventris (Notogonia), 104, 118

pilosa (Ampulex), 238

,, (Notogonia), 104, 125

pinguis (Bembex), 105

Pison, 104

Plagiolepis, 99, 208

Planiceps, 102

Platythyrea, 96

Plesia, 101

Podalirius, 216, 551

poesia (Mutilla), 100

Polistes, 107, 114, 211

Polyrhachis, 99, 111

Pompilus, 102

Ponera, xxxvli, 97, 209

Pramha, 231

Prenolepis, 95, 99

principalis (Chrysis), 96

propinquus (Sphecodes), 107

Prosopis, 107, 208, 212

pruinosus (Sphex), 105

Psammophila, 210

Pseudagenia, 102, 103

Pseudamblyteles, 227

pulcherina (Mutilla), 100

pulchra (Cerceris), 105

pulchriceps (Ampulex), 238

punctata (Ammophila), 104

Ap (Eumenes), 106

puncticeps (Tachysphex), 103, 127

punctiventris (Anochetus), 96

. (Lobopelta), 97

punctum (Odynerus), 107

purpureolineata (Nomia), 108

pygmea (Notogonia), 104, 124

», (Plagiolepis), 208

pygmeum (Trypoxylon), 106

4-carinata (Mutilla), 100

quadrifasciatus (Podalirius), 216

quadrimaculata (Icaria), 107

quadripustulata (Scolia), 101

quadrispinosa (Kumenes), 106

4-spinosus (Lophomyrmex), 98

quadristrigatus (Halictus), 213

rabula (Cremastogaster), 98

rasorum (Anthidium), 108

redacta (Mutilla), 101

redtenbacheri (Scolia), 101

reflexus (Pompilus), 102

reculatum (Rhynchium), 106

reticulata (Leptolarra), 104

reticulatus (Passaloecus), 105

reversus (Stizus), 105

Rhinopsis, 105, 110, 113, 238

rhombinoda (Pheidole), 98, 110

Rhynchium, 106, 107, 113

robustus (Oxybelus), 106

rogenhofferi (Cremastogaster), 98

rothneyi (Amblyopone), 97

oe (Ampulex), 238

Pr) (Cerceris), 105

(Colobopsis), 99

* (Cremastogaster), 98

oe (Gastrosericus), 104, 113

. (Miscophus), 104

_ (Mutilla), 101

. (Oligomyrmex), 98

Be (Parapison), 104

3 (Plagiolepis), 99

ia (Polistes), 107

os (Pompilus), 102

is (Salius), 103

He (Stigmatomma), 97

(Tachytes), 103

rubiginosa (Scolia), 101, 112

rufa (Formica), xxx

rufescens (Stizus), 105

ruficornis (Ampulex), 110

. (Melipona), 135

vs (Piagetia), 108

i (Rhinopsis), 105, 113

= (Trigona), iv, 135

ruficoxis (Ampulex), 238

rufipes (Enchisiades), 220

», (Larra), 104

rufitarsis (Spanolarra), 104

rufiventris (Buathra), 234

rufo-facies (Sycaonia), 224

rufoglaucus (Camponotus), 208

rufolineatus (Polistes), 107

rufonigra (Sima), 95, 98, 110, 113

rufus (Benyllus), 232

rugosus (Nysson), 105, 113

,» (Pison), 104

bed

le)

sabellica (Mutilla), 100

saggitarius (Polistes), 107

Salius, 103

salomonis (Monomorium), 97

nO r. subopacum (Monomorium),

209

sanguinea (Formica), xxxvil

scabiose (Halictus), 213

scabriceps (Haleomyrmex), 97, 110

Sceliphron, 104, 105, 112, 210

Scolia, 101, 112

seulptum (Diacamma), 96, 97

scutellata (Nomia), 108

selma (Mutilla), 100

serena (Mutilla), 100

sericeus (Camponotus), 99

»> opaceventris (Camponotus), 99

sexmaculata (Ccelioxys), 108

a (Mutilla), 100, 111

sibilans (Odynerus), 107, 129

sicheli (Odynerus), 107

signata (Prosopis), 208, 212

Sima, 95, 98, 110

simillima (Larra), 103

simillimum (Tetramorium), 97, 209

simillimus (Pompilus), 102

simonyi (Tachysphex), 209

simplex (Polyrhachis), 99, 111

sinensis (Tachytes), 103

smaragdina (cophylla), 99, 111

smithi (Tetramorium), 97

smithii (Melipona), 135

| smythiesi (Pheidole), 98

AA var. bengalensis (Pheidole),

Solenopsis, 95, 98, 110

soroensis (Bombus), 207, 551

Spanolarra, 104

spathifera (Pheidole), 98

speculare (Monomorium), 97

Sphecodes, 107

Sphex, 105, 112

spinigera (Polyrhachis), 99, 111

splendidum (Stilbum), 96

x var. amethystinum (Stil-

bum), 96

squamosus (Oxybelus), 106

Steganomus, 108, 115

Stelis, 108

stigma (Polistes), 107

Stigmatomma, 97

Stilbum, 96

Stizus, 105

strenua (Prosopis), 107

striaticollis (Notogonia), 104, 121

striatidens (Triglyphotrix), 97

striativentris (Pheidole), 98

striolata (Tachysphex), 103, 126

(Ge 1c xexext a)

subaurata (Halictus), 215

subearinata (Myrmicaria), 97, 110

submicans (Osmia), 216

subnuda (Cremastogaster), 98

subtessellata (Notogonia), 104, 125

suspiciosus (Pison), 104

Sycaonia, 222, 224

Tachysphex, 103, 126-128, 209

Tachytes, 103

Tapinoma, 98, 208

taprobanie (Cataulacus), 97

rf (Dolichoderus), 95

tarsata (Tachytes), 103

taylori (Camponotus), 99

A (Leptothorax), 98

Technomyrmex, 98

tegularis (Oxybelus), 210

tenuscapa (Xylocopa), 109

terrestris (Bombus), 207, 208, 218, 551

tesserinoda (Bothroponera), 96

Tetramorium, 97, 209

thoracica (Elis), 101

” (Nomia), 108

thrinax (Polyrhachis), 99, 111

tibialis (Polyrhachis), 99

tincta (Pseudogenia), 102

Tiphia, 95, 101

tisiphone (Larra), 103

trepanda (Bembex), 105, 113

trichiosoma (Ampulex), 238

Triglyphotrix, 97

Trigona, iv, 183-136

trigona (Ampulex), 238

3-maculata (Mutilla), 101

Trirhogma, 105

tristis (Cerceris), 106

Trypoxylon, 106

tubericeps (Polyrhachis), 99

tubifex (Sceliphron), 210

tydei (Ammophila), 210

», (Psammophila), 210

umbripennis (Megachile), 108

umbrosus (Sphex), 105, 112

unifasciata (Leptothorax), 209

unifasciatus (Pompilus), 102

vagabundus (Pompilus), 102

vagans (Diacamma), 96, 109

valida (Mutilla), 101

varihirta (Tachysphex), 103, 128

varipilosa (Notogonia), 104, 122

vastator (Monomorium), 97

veda (Pseudagenia), 102

versicolor (Diacamma), 97

AS (Megachile), 216

verticalis (Xylocopa), 109

Vespa, 107, 114, 115, 211

vicina (Tachytes), 1038

vicinus, var. rothneyi (Sphex), 105

}

victoriz (Platythyrea), 96

viligans (Cerceris), 106

villosulus (Halictus), 214

violacea (Anthophora), 109

+9 (Macromeris), 102

violaceum (Sceliphron), 105, 112

viridis (Halictus), 214

,, (Parnopes), 96

viridissima (Ceratina), 108

vischnu (Cerceris), 105

AA (Pompilus), 102

vishnu (Halictus), 130

vivax (Pompilus), 102

vulgaris (Vespa), 211

watsoni (Pheidole), 98

westwoodii (Nomia), 108

wroughtoni (Bothriomyrmex), 98

xanthomelana (Osmia), xx

xanthopterus (Sphex), 105

Xylocopa, 95, 109, 116

yerburyi (Prenolepis), 99

zebrata (Nomia), 108

zebrus (Halictus), 213

zeus (Pompilus), 102

zonata (Anthophora), 109

zonatulus (Halictus), 108

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abantis, 203

abdera (Acrea), 186

! abdominalis (Euproctis), 397

abietis (Calliteara), 472

Abisara, 194

abjecta (Cyclopides), 204

(Euproctis) 425

», (Somena), 425

abraxas (Pentila), 196

abraxata (Nyctemera), 61

abraxoides (Deilemera), 59, 60

3 (Pitasila), 59

absurda (Deilemera), 79

absurdum (Leptosoma), 79

5 (Nyctemera), 79

Abynotha, 479

abyssinica (Belenois), 145

accepta (Deilemera), 79

acceptum (Leptosoma), 79

acheemenes (Charaxes), 206

achine (Teracolus), 157

Aclonophlebia, 481

Acnissa, 429

Acrea, xxii, xli, lxiv, Ixv, 149, 150,

151, 155, 185, 186, 206

acreina (Deilemera), 67

(Nyctemera), 67

be)

acrisia (Dasychira), 154, 474

», (Deiopeia), 474

acronycta (Dasychira), 471

acta (Satyrus), xi

actia (Precis), XXxli, XXXill

Actinote, 195

actinotina (Telipna), 194, 206

aculeata (Metanastria), xxii

acuta (Anthela), 449

5, (Darala), 449

Acyphas, 458, 459, 463, 478

adala (Leelia), 443

adamsi (Jolaus), 199, 206

adara (Lelia), 444

», (Procodeca), 444

addita (Anthela), 446

», (Darala), 446

Adlullia, 396, 417, 418, 419

admatha (Acreea), 185

adriana (Anthela), 445

», (Darala), 445

adspersa (Cropera), 391

5 (Liparis), 391

adusta (Charaxes), 193

»» (Darala), 449

wgeria (Pararge), xliil

worota (Deilemera), 56

wgrotum (Leptosoma), 56

a (Nyctemera), 57

wres (Deilemera), 62

,, (Leptosoma), 62

africana (Lepasta), 433

» (Mardara), 433

agagles (Leptosoma), 84

agatha (Neptis), 150, 151, 189

», (Papilio), 189

Aglages, 68

Aglaosoma, 498

agraphis (Monotrichtis), 185

Agrotis, lxvii

Agyrta, v, vi

alba (Aroa), 380

(Caltura), 386

(Cispia), 386

(Deilemera), 83

», (Dura), 495

(Euproctis), 428

(Leucoma), 380

(Nyctemera), 83

(Redoa), 380

alberti (Baoris), 204

albertus (Monethe), 539

albescens (Dasychira), 471

5 (Euproctis), 399

albibasalis (Dasychira), 469

i> (Ilema), 469

albicans (Dasychira), 495

(

var. cordula (Satyrus), XXXVil

CXXxil )

albicans (Dura), 495

albifascia (Orgyia), 438

or (Pantana), 438

albilunulata (Bathmochtha), 464

albinotata (Dasychira), 470

5 (Thamnocera), 470

albipuncta (Deilemera), 56, 85

_albodentata (Euproctis), 427

56 (Pida), 427

| albofascia (Lymantria), 432

| albofasciata (Riodina), 535, 549

albolunata (Lymantria), 485

alcesta (Leptosia), 201

», (Papilio), 201

alcippe (Atella), ii

alcippina (Acrea), 186

nsw

alemzeon (Ariecoris), 547 .

| Aletis, xxxix

aliena (Leucoma), 393

_;, (Porthesia), 393

Alope, 486

alternata (Deilemera), 70

os (Nyctemera), 70

aluensis (Deilemera), 73, 76, 78

(Nyctemera), 76

as var. (Deilemera), 77

amalfreda (Charis), 544

Amana, 498

/ amarah (Lycenesthes), 148

amata (Dasychira), 483

; Amauris, xxxix, xl, 184

amazonica (Caria), 538

ambiorix (Neomcenas), 279

35 (Neosatyrus), 283, 284

amelia (Teracolus), 147

amenaida (Pentila), 195

americanus (Hesperia), 294, 299

- (Syrichthus), 294

americensis (Strymon), 290, 299

so (Thecla), 290

amica (Deilemera), 68

», (Nyctemera), 68

amicus (Aglages), 68

amosa (Deilemera), 59, 85

Amphidasis, xxxv, 311-367

amphideta (Euproctis), 413

amphitrite (Callidryas), 290

ampla (Enome), 481

(Euproctis), 391

;, (Pantana), 437

amplata (Dasychira), 471

amplicornis (Pterolocera), 453

amplificata (Deilemera), 82

(Tanada), 82

(Tripheromera), 82

| 9

alcippoides (Limnas), 148, 145, 149

alcippus (Limnas), 143, 145, 146, 149,

{ exxxii )

Amsacta, 498

amulia (Crenis), 189

», (Papilio), 189

anacardii (Papilio), 188

of (Salamis), 188

Ana, Xxvili

anartoides (Teia), 457

Anatole, 545

Anaxila, 429, 461, 471, 475

Anchyneura, 462

andina (Scolitantides), 264,

Anepa, 478

angulata (Dasychira), 471

angulifera (Procodeca), 441

anguligera (Artaxa), 415

5 (Euproctis), 413

angustata (Catuna), 189

angustatum (Euomma), 189

anna (Argynnis), 287

5, (Kuproctis), 417

annulata (Deilemera), 68

5 (Nyctemera), 68

annulatum (Leptosoma), 68

annulifer (Oxypalpus), 204

annulitera (Lemonias), 542

Anomceotes, 435

Anosia, 562, 572

antalus (Deudorix), 198

», (Dipsas), 198

antarctica (Satyrus), 279, 280

antareticus (CEneis), 281

antennata (Lymantria), 485

Anteros, 535, 549

anthedon (Diadema), 188

90 (Hypolimnas), 188

Anthela, 376, 445-453

Anthora, 439, 462

anthracinum (Leptosoma), S4

Anthrocera, 248

antica (Arestha), 462

», (Dasychira), 464, 492

(Dediama), 464

», (Kuproctis), 397, 429

(Gazalina), 387

», (Lacida), 429

auticlea (Charaxes), 193

», (Papilio), 193

Anticyra, 462

antifaunus (Hypolyciena), 199

antigone (Teracolus), 142, 161

Antigonus, 203

antilope (Precis), X, Xil, XXXil, Xxxili,

20.0.5 Ilsy/

antimachus (Drurya), Ixiti, lxiv, Ixv

antinorii (Deilemera), 67

(Nyctemera), 67

(Papilio), xxxix

Antipha, 396, 429, 464

antiphates (Euproctis), 429

| Antiphella, 382, 390, 391

antra (Rajacoa), 435

aolwnsis (Nyctemera), 72

apensis (Nyctemera), 84

Aphantopus, xlii

Aphneus, 199, 200, 206

apicalis (Arna), 425

(Artaxis), 425

(Bembina), 409

(Deilemera), 66

» (Euproctis), 409, 425

(Nyctemera), 66

a) (aida). 43m

Apina, 497

Apodemia, 545, 546, 550

Apoprogones, xiv, 137, 138

Aporia, 1

Appias, 202

approximans (Orgyia), 458

approximata (Anticyra), 462

aprilina (Odontopera), 312

apsara (Dasychira), 387

», (Gazalina), 387

Apterogynis, 458

aquilina (Lycena), 242

aquilo (Lycena), liii, 242’

arcania (Ceenonympha), xliii

archesia (Precis), xii, 157

archippus (Basilarchia), 572

sa (Limenitis), 572

arclada (Euproctis), 409

arctata (Deilemera), 64

» (Nyctemerw), 64

Arctia, 473

Arctornis, 377, 379

arcuata (Charis), 539, 550

arcuatum (Nyetemera), 78, 83

Arestha, 461, 462

arethusa (Satyrus), xliii, xliv

arga (Dasychira), 473

Arge, 281

Argema, Xxiil

argenna (Cypra), 390

», (Olapa), 390

argentata (Dasychira), 474

- (Euproctis), 406

argentea (Himala), 386, 387

A (Redoa), 386

argenteo-maculata (Hepialus), 501

(Sthenopis), 501

274,

+B)

argenteus (Argyrophorus),

298

3 (Chionobas), 282

argia (Eronia), 206

Argila, 461, 464

argiope (Caria), 588

| Argopteron, 295, 299,

Nee

282,

300

(

Argynnis, lii, xxxvii, 241, 242, 244, |

264, 277, 286, 287, 299

argyrocyclus (Aphneus), 200

argyrodice (Tatochila), 292, 293

Argyrophenga, 279, 284

Argyrophorus, 274, 282, 298

Aricoris, 546, 547, 548, 550

Arna, 396, 425

Aroa, 380, 407, 409, 410, 412, 415,

432, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 475

arrogans (Artaxa), 405

Artaxa, 395-427

artemis (Nyctemera), 56

arthemis (Basilarchia), 556

a (Limenitis), 556, 572

aryama (Lymantria), 481

Arycanda, 498

asclepia (Cricosoma), 540, 550

55 (Symmachia), 540

Aslauga, 197

ascetria (Lymantria), 492

aspersa (Dasychira), 474

a (Tearosoma), 474

Aspilates, 243

aspilota (Anthela), 445

assimile (Deilemera), 70, 71

(Leptosoma), 70

(Nyctemera), 70

assimilis ((Hneis), 240

asteria (Melitiea), xlix

astyoche (Pierella), 565

asvata (Dasychira), 465

atahualpa (Polyommatus), 289

Atasca, 54, 55, 56, 57

Atella, ii, 142, 187, 206

Aterica, 189

atestacea (Leelia), 442

athalia (Melitea), xlix, 1], li, li

,, var, navarina (Melitiea), xlix

atlantica (Liparis), 483

5 (Lymantria), 483

atolmis (Acriea), 155

atomaria (Artaxa), 425

re (Euproctis), 416, 425

atralba (Nyctemera), 53, 80

atrella (Aroa), 454

atrescens (Aroa), 454

atrinotata (Antiphella), 391

% (Olapa), 391

atripuncta (Euproetis), 428

atrisignata (Euproctis), 423

atrosquama (Huproctis), 416

Pe (Gogana), 416

Augiades, xiii

aurantiaca (Charnidas), 454

(Eurygona), 531

“ (Porthesia), 395

aurata (Eupheedra), 191

| aurelia (

cxxxiv )

aureipennis (Argopteron), 295, 299

(Syrichthus), 295

Melitea), xlix, 1, hi

» var, norvegica (Melitea), xxxvii

aureofasciata (Huphdra), 191

auriflua (Bombyx), 392

aurifrons (Euproctis), 385

ap (Leucoma), 385

aurimna (Emesis), 536

aurinia (Meliteea), li

auripes (Ivela), 388

;, (Leucoma), 388

aurivillii (Acrea), xli

rs (Nyctemera), 83

aurivina (Ceenina), 154

auro-limbata (Orgyia), Xxxi, XxXii

aurora (Lymantria), 484, 485, 488

,, var. fusea (Lymantria), 488

australasiz (Lelia), 449

australis (Orgyia), 460

authe (Hurygona), 532, 549

autodice (Synchloe), 292

5 (Tatochila), 292, 299

autumnaria (Ennomos), lix, lxvili

auxo (Teracolus), 157, 162

axenana (Epalxiphora), xlvii

axenus (Lemonias), 545, 550

Axiocerses, 200

Azanus, 148

bacotii (Gorgopis), 504, 507

», (Oncoptera), 502, 504, 508

Beotis, 545

bieticus (Cupido), 201

(Papilio), 201

», (Polyommatus), 144

baliolalis (Urocoma), 478

ballus (Thestor), xxxi

bammakoo (Elymnias), 184

a (Melanitis), 184

banane (Lymantria), 494

Baoris, 204, 205, 206

barbara (Euproctis), 417

Barhona 482, 490

barii (Ceratinia), lvi

baruna (Dasychira), 476

», (Somena), 476

Baryaza, 479

basalis (Antipha), 464

(Argila), 464

(

Artaxa), 414

Dasychira), 464

Euproctis), 414

5, (Perina), 480

basifurea (Cnethocampa), 461

basigera (Darala), 447

», (Dasychira), 464

Basilarchia, 556, 572, 573

basistriga (Dasychira), 463

( cxxxy, )

basistriga (Phineca), 463

basivitta (Olene), 464

baswana (Pantana), 437

Bathmochtha, 462, 464

batjana (Lymantria), 492

baulus (Deilemera), 55, 75, 76

», (Leptosoma), 75

beatrix (Bombyx), 487

(Lymantria), 487, 488

beckeri (Cymothoé), 192

», (Diadema), 192

Belenois, 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 150,

151, 152, 154, 155

belina (Buna), xxiii

bella (Mesosemia), 529, 530

beltiana (Cremna), 531

Bembina, 396, 409

Beralade, 498

berisalensis (Melitza), li

betularia (Amphidasis), xxxv, 311-367

bhana (Dasychira), 468

bhascara (Lymantria), 485

bias (Papilio), 293, 299

bibulus (Lachnocnema), 206

bicolor (Lyczna), 289

», (Orgyia), 437

5, (Pantana), 437, 439

», (Thecla), 289, 290, 299

Bicyelus, 184

bidentata (Euproctis), 414

5 (Odontopera), xxxv, 311-370

bifascia (Euproctis), 401

bifasciata (Beeotis), 545

biformis (Deilemera), 66

», (Nychthemera), 66

», (Nyctemera), 66

bigutta (Euproctis), 398

», (Marbla), 437

», (Soloé), 437

bijunctella enone) 58, 60

(Pitasila), 5

bimaculata (Deudorix), S6

Ls (Euproctis), 398

- (Myrina), 198

binotata (Anthela), 446

», (Leptocneria), 446

bipartita (Cherotricha), 423

PP (Euproctis), 423

bipunctapex (Euproctis), 424

(Somena), 424

Birnara 437, 489

bissexguttatus (Butleria), 297, 299,300

55 (Steropes), 297

bistigmigera (Aroa), 456

biundulans (Cifuna), 479

bivittata (Lymantria), 493

» (Pegella), 493

bizonoides (Euproctis), 402

bizonoides (Lacipa), 402

blanchardii (Tatochila), 295

boguensis (Belenois), 147, 148

boisduvalii (Diadema), 189

(Erebia), 284, 285

(Hipparchia), 285

(Pseudacreea), lxiv, 189

boleora (Adlullia), 419

Bombyx, 385, 392, 395, 411, 417, 430,

434, 435, 440, 449, 458, 482, 486,

487, 491

bonasia (Acreea), 186

», (Papilio), 186

bodpis (Precis), 142

boothii (Colias), 111, 242, 244

borbonica (Parnara), 206

bore, var. taygete ((neis), 240

Boreconia, 462

brahami (Aphneeus), 199

brasidas (Papilio), xxi

brassolis (Liphyra), x

brenda (Terias), 202

Brenthis, xliii

brevicornis (Leucoma), 441

”

| brevivitta (Artaxa), 400

brigitta (Terias), 150, 151, 155, 206

brunneicosta (Dasychira), 470

“3 (Ilema), 470

brunneiplaga (Lymantria), 491

brutus (Charaxes), 193

», (Papilio), 193

buana (Lielia), 442

», (Phragmatobia), 442

Bunea, xxi

buquetii (Leuceronia), 152

burica (Deilemera), 58

», (Nyctemera), 58

butleri (Erebiola), 283

Butleria, 295, 296, 297, 299, 300

buxtoni (Acriea), xxii

Byblia, 143, 189

cabira (Acriea), XX1i

Cadrusia, 462, 476

Caduga, 565

eecias (Charis), 539

excilia (Acreea), 206

Ceenina, 154

caffra (Nyctemera), 53

», (Otroeda), 53

caffraria (Buna), xxiii

cafra (Bombyx), 434

,, (Nyctemera), 434

calais (Teracolus), 158

calamaria (Lielia), 442

c-album (Grapta), xxvi

» (Polygonia), xxvi, xxvii, xXxvili

calesia (Euproctis), 420

caliginosa (Deudorix), 197, 206

( exxxvi )

Caligo, 562, 564, 565

Callia, 498

Callidryas, 290, 299

calligramma (Mardara), 433

calligraphum (Cricosoma), 540

calliope (Stalachtis), iv

pe tbevene) 289

Calliteara, 462, 472, 473,

Callophrys, li

Caltura, 386

calva (Euproctis), 406

calvertii (Elina), 275, 298, 301

Calydna, 541

calypso (Papilio), 202

san (eieris) 202:

camiena (Acrea), 185

camerona (Deudorix), 197

camerunica (Planema), 187

camillus (Cyrestis), 189

ao (Papilio), 189

candida (Lelia), 441

pee (Anthela}, 450

Ae (Darala), 450

cangia (Dasychira), 476

canifascia (Orgyia), 460

cara (Lymantria), 487, 491

Caragola, 376, 377, 378

carausius (Anteros), 536

cardinalis (Lelia), 442

cardui (Papilio), 187

», (Pyrameis), 187

», (Vanessa), Ixvii, 144

Caria, 538, 549

carissima (Deilemera), 63, 64

carmentis (Acrzea), 186

carnecolor (Lymantria), 486

carneola (Barhona), 490

carneotincta (Anthela), 451

earriala (Lymantria), 495

Carterocephalus, lili, 297

carus (Anteros), 535, 536, 549

carye (Pyrameis), 287, 299

Casama, 461

castor (Charaxes), 193

»» (Papilio), 193

castrensis (Malacosoma), viii

Castulo, 497, 498

Catacroptera, 188

catala (Euproctis), 416

catilla (Catopsilia), 157

catocaloides (Dasychira), 476

x, (Mardara), 476

Catopsilia, 156, 202

Catuna, 189

Caviria, 377, 378

cebrene (Precis), 143, 145, 206

cebron (Pieris), 202

Cebysa, 498

Celenorrhinus, 206

cellularis (Pseuderesia), 196

celsa (Deilemera), 81

5, (uproctis), 399

,, (Nyctemera), 81

celsum (Leptosoma), 81

cenea (Papilio), xxl, xxv

cenis (Deilemera), 55, 68

», (Phalena), 68

censors (Darali), 452

cepha (Aricoris), 548

cerasina (Euproctis), 426

Ceratinia, iv, lvi

cerebosa (Lymantria), 483

ceres (Kuphedra), 190

», (Lycorea), iv, lv

», (Papilio), 190

cerigoides (Dasychira), 473

(Janassa), 473

Cerura, xxiii

cervina (Artaxa), 407

», (Euproctis), 407

», (Repena), 443

cervinata (Porina), 502, 508

cerymica (Hesperia), 205

», (Ploetzia), 205

ceylanica (Orgyia), 460

Cheerotricha, 396, 413, 416, 417, 418,

419, 420, 422, 423

chalana (Dasychira), 466

chalcis (Euryphura), 192

», (Harma), 192

chalcophanes (Paleeomicra), 503, 508

chalybe (Ismene), 205

», | (Rhopalocampta), 205

chameleon (Pamphila), 205

at (Platylesches), 205

Chamvelimnas, 534, 549

Chapra, 146, 204

Charagia, 501, 503, 504, 507

charax (Aroa), 457

,, (Neurophana), 457

| Charaxes, xxii, 193, 194, 206

chariclea (Argynnis), ili, 241, 244

5, (Papilio), 241

Charis, 539, 544, 550

charma (Cispia), 430

Charnidas, 397, 489, 442, 443, 444,

454

| cheela (Euproctis), 412

| Chilades, 143, 145

| chilensis (Lyczna), 289

» (Scolitantides), 289, 299

», (Terias), 290, 299

chiliensis (Cosmosatyrus), 280, 281, 298

», (Satyrus), 280

», var. (Cosmosatyrus), 301

chinensis (Dasychira), 468

(| exxxvil

Chiotiema, 497

chione (Colias), 243

chionitis (Euproctis), 398

Chionobas, 240, 282

Chionophasma, 392

chirunda (Euproctis), 422

chismona (Heteronygmia), 480

chloris (Mylothris), 201

», (Papilio), 201

chloroptera (Dasychira), 47

chlorozonea (Eublemmistis)

chordigera (Oligoclona), 38

chorimene (Precis), 188

93 (Vanessa), 188

christi (Erebia), xxxvii

chromis (Deilemera), 67

», (Nyctemera), 67

chrysame (Caria), 538

chrysippus (Danais), xxxix, 184

(Limnas), xi, xxii, xxix, 142,

143, 144, 145, 146, 149, 150,

151. 152, 565, 574

7 (Papilio), 184

chrysolopha (Gazalina), 387

ee (Liparis), 387

chrysophia (Euproctis), 407, 408

i (Orgyia), 407

chrysophzeus (Notolophus), 407

Chrysophanus, xxxvii, xliii, xlv, Lxil

chrysophila (Artaxa), 595

Chrysopsyche, 497

chrysorrheea (Bomby x 5)

Cibyra, 501, 502, 504, 507

Cidaria, 243

Cifuna, 479

Cimola, 435

cinctata (Dasychiva), 471

cinerascens (Anthela), 449

fj (Darala), 449

cinerea (Euproctis), 420

> cinnamomea (Aroa), 454

5 (Charnidas), 454

cireumdata (Genusa), 437

Cispia, 386, 391, 399, 418, 430

citana (Dasychira), 463

», (Utidava), 463

Citheerias, 565

citheron (Charaxes), xxii

citrina (Artaxa), 399

Citrinophila, 196

civitta (Kuproctis), 412

clara (Aroa), 455

», (Caragola), 377

», (Caviria), 377

clathrata (Deilemera), 70

clathratum (Leptosoma), 70

a (Nyctemera), 70

celaudianus (Euryphura), 192

XX1V, Xxvl

)

| clelia (Papilio), 187

», (Precis), 151, 187

clementi (Anthela), 446

», (Darala), 446

cleodora (Eronia), 148

Clerome, lvi

Clethrogyna, 458

cloantha (Catacroptera), 188

», (Papilio), 188

Cluaca, 498

Cnethocampa, 461

Cobanilla, 392

coccinata (Cymothoé), 193

59 (Harma), 193

coctei (Epinephele), 277, 298

», (Erebia), 277

ccelestina (Euagra), vi

oy _{ IPAREXGrIS)), 5:<

ccenobita (Hesperia), 189

», (Pseudoneptis), 189

Ccenonympha, iii, xlii, xliii, xliv, 241

ccenonymphina (Neomeenas), 277, 298

cceruleifascia (Dasychira), 463

(Thamnocera), 465

coleta (Deilemera), 54, 55, 64

(Nyctemera), 53, 64

», (Phalena), 64

Colias, iii, iv, xxxvii, xliil,

243, 244, 264, 291, 299

collina (Lycena), 288

», (Scolitantides),

colon (Charnidas), 443

columbina (Atella), 206

Colussa, 376, 445, 446, 450

Comana, 497

combinata (Euproctis), 430

cometaris (Aroa), 456

comma (Leucoma), 385

», (Ocinara), 385

commutanda (Euproctis), 412

comparata (Genusa),437

5p (Themaea), 413

complens (Lacida), 429

complicata (Dasychira), 477

concolor (Lymantria), 486

confluens (Nyctemera), 83

confusum (Leptosoma), 70

conica (Nyctemera), 68

connexa (Anthela), 449

», (Darala), 449

consanguinea (Planema), 187

consobrina (Deilemera), 78

Pr (Nyctemera), 78

consocia (Euproctis), 399

consors (Anthela), 452

Darala), 452

Deilemera), 65

Leptosoma), 65

be)

liii, 242,

288, 299

(

Se an

(

(| exxxvill )

conspersa (Anthela), 451 Cyenia, 443

a (Artaxa), 413 cydippe (Nyctemera), 82

(Darala), 451 | eyena (Caragola), 377

5 (Euproctis), 413, 421 | 5, (Caviria); 376; 347

contracta (Nyctemera), 83 », (Leucoma), 378

cordula (Satyrus), xlii », (Redoa), 378

corynetes (Eresina), 197 cymbicornis (Redoa), 378

Cosmethis, 498 _cymodoce (Kallima), 188

Cosmosatyrus, 274, 279, 280, 281, 298, rr (Papilio), 188

301 Cymothoé, 192, 193

Cossus, x, xxxvii, lx cynorta (Papilio), 202

costalis (Antipha), 429 Cynthia, 565

»» .(Dasychira), 467 cynthia (Charaxes), 193

5, (Euproctis), 429 Cypra, 382, 390, 435, 437, 497

», (Lymantria), 482 Cyrestis, 189

,, (Melia), 467 eytheris (Argynnis), 286, 287, 299

costiplaga (Lacida), 466 », (Papilio), 286

Cozola, 396, 422 Dactylorhyncha, 444

crambis (Chionobas), 240 deedalus (Hamanuinida), 190

,, (Ckneis), 240 », (Papilio), 190

crameri (Melinza), iv, liv, lv daira (Acrva), 151

crateegi (Aporia), ii », (Teracolus), 145, 146, 147, 155,

crausis (Dasychira), 474 160, 161, 162

Creagra, 385 dalbergiz (Dasychira), 465

Cremna, 530, 549 .| dana (Euproctis), 408

Crenis, 189 danae (Teracolus), 157

crenulata (Anthela), 451 Danais, xxxix, 184

creona (Papilio), 202 daphnandre (Charagia), 501, 504

5, (Pieris), 202 Dapidodigma, 199

crescens (Nyctemera), 80 Daplasa, 428, 430

Cricosoma, 540, 550 Darala, 376,420, 445-453

Crinola, 454 dardanus (Papilio), xxi, xxv, 202

Crinopteryx, 1, xlvii darwinia (Mimacriea), 196

crocale (Catopsilia), 156, 157 Dasychira, 154, 375, 387, 461-477, 482,

crocata (Euproctis), 410 483, 488, 492, 495

», (Liparis), 410 dealbata (Creagra), 385

crocea (Euproctis), 405 », (Liparis), 385

», (Hectomanes), 502, 508 debilis (Mesene), 541

», (Nygmia), 405 decolorata (Cyclidia), 431

,, (Teara), 405 5 (Pida), 431

crocicollis (Liparis), 390 decora carye (Hamadryas), 287

crocipes (Cypra), 382 decorata (Pseudarbessa), vi

s, (Leucoma), 382 », (Stibomorpha), 278

crockeri (Euphiedra), 191 decussata (Cheerotricha), 417

cromptoni (Dasychira), 467 Dediama, 461, 464

Cropera, 391, 410 deficiens (Dreata), 450

Crorema, 391 deficita (Euproctis), 421

cruentata (Aricoris), 548 » (Teara), 421

cuama (Precis), Xxxili, xxxiv Deilemera, iv, 53-85

cuneilinea (Metanastria), xxiii | deione (Melitzea), xlix, li

cunninghami (Colias), 291 Deiopeia, 154, 474

Cupido, 201, 206 ' delagorguei (Ludia), xxiii

curvata (Cnethocampa), 461 | delicata (Dasychira), 463

curvifera (Lymantria), 491 », (Notohyba), 463

», (Pegella), 491 delicatula (Cozistra), 390

curvivirgata (Lielia), 470 delineata (Anthela), 450

Cyclidia, 431, 433 45 (Darala), 450

Cyclopides, 204, 295, 296 (Genusa), 437

(

delius (Hypanartia), 187

», (Papilio), 187

», (Parnassius), lil

demodice (Pieris), 292

», (Tatochila), 292, 293,

300

demodocus (Papilio), xxi, 202

demosthenes (Caligo), 565

Dendrophleps, 376, 378

denotata (Drymonia), 461

denticulata (Anthela), 447

. (Teara), 447

dentifascia (Nyctemera), 84

denuba (Antigonus), 203

», (Eagris), 203

denudata (Sitvia), 388, 390

depauperata (Porthesia), 394

dermaptera (Myrina), 198

Deroca, 497

dersa (Euproctis), 404

desjardinsii (Terias), 202

_ (Xanthidia), 202

desolata (Monotrichtis), 206

despecta (Porina), 502

detersa (Enome), 482

,, (Lymantria), 482

Deudorix, 197, 198, 206

devestita (Lielia), 440

aA (Odagra), 440

dewara (Orgyia), 459

dexamene (Argynnis), 287

Diadema, 188, 189, 192

diaphana (Leucoma), 381

», (Redoa), 381

Diaphone, xxiv

dica (Caragola), 377

,, (Redoa), 376, 377

Dicreagra, 496

didyma (Melita), xlix, hi

Diestoyyna, 192

difficilis (Aroa), 456, 475

»» (Dasychira), 475

diffusa (Lacipa), 465

digramma (Bombyx), 411

_ (Euproctis), 411

Dilina, xiv

Dione, 565

dionysos (Papilio), xl

diophthalma (Ommatoptera), 449

Dipsas, 198

disa (Erebia), liii, 239

», (Papilio), 239

disealis (Aroa), 456

discinota (Euproctis), 416

discirufa (Leucoma), 384

discivitta (Heracula), 431

discolor (Topomesa), 392

disjuncta (Lymantria), 445

Cxxxix |)

299,

Dismorphia, 558, 573

dispar (Bombyx), 482

,, (Deilemera), 73

», (Lymantria), 482

», (Pantana), 437

», var. japonica (Liparis), 483

disparilis (Numenes), 432

Ye var. separata (Numenes), 432

disrupta (Deilemera), 58, 60

dissoluta (Lymantria), 484

distincta (Deilemera), 58, 69, 72, 85

», (Nyctemera), 69

», (Osmodes), 204

distinguenda (Rilia), 464

distracta (Artaxa), 427

», | (Euproctis), 427

divisa (Dasychira), 464

.,, (Hloria), 436

,, (Euproctis), 380, 397

5, (lostola), vi

5, (Leucoma), 380

», (Marbla), 436

Doleschallia, xxviii

doleta (Ypthima), 185

dominica (Diaphone), xxiv

doriz (Nyctemera), 57

dorilis (Chrysophanus), xxxvil

», var. subalpina (Chrysophanus),

XXXViL-

dorippus (Limnas), 142, 143, 149, 151,

574

dorothea (Monotrichtis), 185

re, (Papilio), 185

doryssus (Mechanitis), iv

doubledayi (Acreea), xxii

s (Nyctemera), 68

Dreata, 450

dregei (Aroa), 456

», (Orgyia), 456

drucei (Deilemera), 73

5, (Kuproctis), 408

Drurya, ]xiii, xv

drya (Callidryas), 290, 299

5, (Papilio), 290

dryas (Epinephele), 276

», (Satyrus), xli, xliii, xliv

dryinopa (Hybocampa), 249

Drymonia, 461

dryope (Eurytela), 188

», (Papilio), 188

dubius, (Hypolimnas), 188

», (Papilio), 188

dukinfieldia (Charis), 539, 550

dulcinea (Lymantria), 493

Dulichia, 396, 410

dumolinii (Lophostethus), xxiv, xxvi

Dura, 495

dynamene (Teracolus), 158

Eagtis, 203

eanes (Mesene), 540, 550

echo (Ophiusa), xxiv

eddela (Lymantria), 494

edmondsii (Elina), 275

a (Epinephele), 276, 298

BS (Neomcenas), 279, 298

edulis (Jana), xxiii

edusa (Colas), xliii

edwardsii (Euproctis), 405

re (Teara), 405

effinia (Eurygona), 532

egerina (Leucoma), 380

egesta (Cymothoé), 192

», (Papilio), 192

egina (Acrea), Ixiv, 185

»» (Melinzea), iv, liv

so) CRapilio) 185

egregia (Kuproctis), 419

eleala (Deudorix), 197

5, (Hypolycena), 197

elegans (Calliteara), 474

», (Dasychira), 474

elegantula (Abantis), 203

eleus (Chrysophanus}, 1xii

», (Eupheedra), 190

,, (Papilio), 190

eleuteria (Bombyx), 435

», (Cimola), 435

», (Cypra), 435

Elina, 274, 275, 298, 301

elizabetha (Authela), 445

Ae (Odonestis), 445

elmira (Eurygona), 531

Eloria, 436

elpinice (Lemonias), 542, 550

Elymnias, xli, 184

emesina (Symmachia), 537

Emesis, 536, 537, 549

encedon (Acriea), xxii, 151, 186

», (Papilio), 186

endoplagia (Euproctis), 400

Endromis, ix

endymion (Lyciena), 288, 289

Knnomos, lix, lxvili, 451

Enome, 481, 482

enos (Aroa), 475

»» (Dasychira), 475

enotrea (Ergolis), 188

», (Papilio), 188

enthysana (Porthesia), 393

enysil (Porina), 502

epiea (Papilio), 186

», (Planema), 186

Epalxiphora, xlvii

epaphia(Appias), 202

», (Papilio), 202

ephyne (Mesosemia), 530

exl )

| epigone (Teracolus), 147, 148

epijasius (Charaxes), 193

Epinephele, xliii, 276, 277, 298

Epipyrops, 497

Erastria, 463

Erebia, xxxvii, xlv, xlvi, lili, 239, 240,

244, 277, 284

Erebiola, 283

erecta (Artaxa), 399

Eresina, 197

Ergolis, 188

Eriocrania, 502, 503

Eriogaster, 246

eriphyle (Erebia), xlv

eris (Teracolus), 157

‘| ero (Erebia), 240

Eronia, 148, 206

erythrias (Haplopseustis), 429

erythrina (Lomadonta), 480

Esthemopsis, v

etesipe (Charaxes), 193-

», (Nymphalis), 193

ethalion (Charaxes), xxii

-etheocles (Charaxes), 194

| », - (Papilio), 195

| ethosea (Mesoxantha), 188

», (Papilio), 188

Etobema, 439

Euagra, v

Eublemmistis, xxiv, Xxvi

eubule (Kurygona), 532

eucharis (Teracolus), 157

Eudasychira, 462

Eueides, iv, lv

euhemerus (Eurygona), 532

eumeus (Clerome), lvi

Euomma, 189

eupale (Charaxes), 194

», (Papilio), 194

eupepla (Kurygona), 533

Eupheedra, 190, 191, 192, 206

euphrosyne (Brenthis), xliii

eupiola (Hurygona), 533

Eupleea, 565, 575

eupompe (Teracolus), 146, 147, 148,

150, 152

Euprepia, 443

Euproctidion, 462, 469

Euproctis, 380, 385, 391, 392, 394-450,

460

Euptera, 193

Euptoieta, 286, 299

| eurinome (Euxanthe), 195

| 37 (Papilio)5 193

eurissus (Jolaus), 199

se (Bapilio) 3199

eurydice (Emesis), 536, 549

(Lymantria), 483

(exli >)

eurydice (Porthetria), 483

eurygania (Pantana), 459

Eurygona, 529, 531, 532, 533, 549

eurylochus (Caligo), 564

Euryphene, 192, 206

Euryphura, 192

Eurytela, 188

eurytus (Papilio), 189

», (Pseudacrea), 189

Euschemon, xiv, 138

Eusemia, 431

euthria (Calydna), 541

Euxanthe, 193

euxanthe (Colias), 264, 291, 299

evagore (Teracolus), xii, 142, 160, 161,

162

evarne (Teracolus), 147, 148, 152

evergista (Deilemera), 54, 61, 62

aA (Phalena-Geometra), 61

evias (Erebia), xlv, xlvi

ve hispanica (Erebia),

evippe (Papilio), 202

»» (Teracolus), 202

excellens (Anthela), 452

3 (Darala), 452

excisa (Anthela), 452

>, (Darala), 452

exclamationis (Euprepia), 443

oe (Leela), 443

eximia (Charagia), 502

exornatus (Carterocephalus), 297

extendens (Deilemera), 72

Aa (Nyctemera), 72

extorta (Dasychira), 465

fabia (Eurygona), 533, 549

faceta (Euproctis), 427

falcata (Rigema), 462

falkensteinii (Cupido), 201

fallax (Deilemera), 65

», (Nyctemera), 65

familiella (Crinopteryx), 1, xlvil

famula (Nyctemera), 53

fannia (Lemonias), 545, 550

fasciata (Deilemera), 75

(Dulichia), 410

(Erebia), 239, 244

(Euproctis), 410

(Leelia), 440

(Lielioides), 440

», (Nyctemera), 75, 83

fasciolata (Hesperia), 294

55 (Hylephila), 294, 299

fastidiosa (Emesis), 536

fatima (Symmachia), 537

Faunula, 282, 283, 298, 301

faunus (Oxylides), 198

», (Papilio), 198

feminula (Dasychira), 468

9 xlv, xlvi

be)

feminula (Mardara), 468

fenestrata (Leucoma), 384

(Macrauzata), 384

| ferruginea (Anthela), 449

5 (Darala), 449

ferruginosa (Anthela), 446

fervens (Darala), 449

fervida (Artaxa), 409

», (Euproctis), 409

figlina (Anthela), 446

(Darala), 446

», (Lelia), 440

fimbriata (Porthesia), 893

(Teara), 393

flabellaria (Olapa), 390

a (Phalna), 390

flammeola (Heteroygmia), 432

flava (Aroa), 415

flavala (Anthela), 452

flaveofusca (Aroa), 455

flavescens (Leptosoma), 84

(Leucoma), 379

(Nataxa), 496

(Perna), 496

. (Redoa), 379

flavicollis (Aroa), 454

A (Crinola), 454

flavicosta (Euproctis), 425

flavifascia (Nataxa), 496

flavimacula (Dasychira), 465

flavinata (Artaxa), 406

», (Euproctis), 406

flavinotata (Aclonophlebia), 481

flavipectus (Sapelia), 389

flavipes (Caltura), 386

», (Cispia), 386

flavociliata (Euproctis), 422

flavomaculata (Lycenesthes), 200

LB)

by)

flavomaculatus (Butleria), 296, 297,

299

(Syrichthus), 296

flavonigra (Euproctis), 394

flesus (Papilio), 203

», (Tagiades), 203

flora (Hipparchia), 275

(Leucoma), 383

», (Pedaliodes), 275, 298

», (Satyrus), 275

florella (Catopsilia), 202

», (Papilio), 202

florida (Euproctis), 403

florus (Lemonias), 543, 545

Fodinoidea, 431

forbesi (Cypra), 435!

», (Rajacoa), 435

forestan (Papilio), 205

», (Rhopalocampta), 205

fracta (Artaxa), 429

( exlii_ )

fracta (Lelia), 442

fractifascia (Neomcenas), 278, 298

franklinii (Lyceena), 242

fraterna (Artaxa), 411

,, (Kuproctis), 411

freija (Argynnis), XXxvil

frigga (Argynnis), ili, XXXxvii

», (Papilio), 242

5, var. improba (Argynnis), 242

fruticolens (Butleria), 295, 299, 300

3 (Cyclopides), 295

Fa var. pulcher (Cyclopides),

296

. var. ae ae (Cyclo-

pides), 2

3 var. Pe ate (Cyelo-

pides), 296

fuciformis (Macroglossa), xxvi

fuliginea (Pyramocera), 496

fuliginosa (Lymantria), 488

fulleri (Deilemera), 67

5, (Nyctemera), 67

fulva (Artaxa), 406

», (Euproctis), 406

», (Hesperia), 295

(Hylephila), 295, 299, 300

,, var. (Hylephila), 300

fulvescens (Charaxes), 194

fulviceps (Anepa), 478

AD (Charnidas), 478

ae (Icta), 460

fulvinotata (Cropera), 391

re (Olapa), 391

faleinincts (aproctin’ 401

es (Lopera), 401

fulvistriata (Euproctis), 408

fulvonigra (Porthesia), 395

fulvovittatus (Hesperia), 294, 299

(Pyrgus), 294

fulvus (Oxypalpus), 203, 206

fumida (Lymantria), 483

funeralis (Euproctis), 421

- (Nisoniades), 298

‘i (Thanaos), 298, 299

furva (Lelia), 444

», (Lymantria), 484

», (Ocneria), 444, 484

fusca (Acyphas), 478

:, (Anepa), 478

», (Anthora), 462

», (Dasychira), 462

,, (Heetomanes), 502

», (Hesperia), 293, 299, 300

fuscipenne (Leptosoma), 84

fuscivena (Stracena), 388

fuscomaculata (Porina), 502, 506, 508

fusiformis (Nioda), 464

gabunica (Dasychira), 469

gabunica (Euproctidion), 469

galactopis (Porthesia), 393

galbana (Deilemera), 80

galbanum (Leptosoma), 80

= (Nyctemera), 80

galena (Lemonias), 542

galene (Aterica), 189

5, (Papilio), 189

galenus (Celenorrhinus), 206

galinara (Lymantria), 490

gamma (Euproctis), 412

ganaha (Lymantria), 487

ganara (Lymantria), 493

Gastropacha, xxxv, 311-373

gaudens (Lopera), 409

gayi (Pieris), 290

Gazalina, 387

Gegenes, 143, 144

gemmata (Euproctis), 402

A (Lacipa), 402

gentia (Euproctis), 414

gentilis (Dasychira), 473

Genusa, 437, 438

Geodena, 497

Geometra, 433

georgiana (Dasychira), 473

germainii (Tetraphlebia), 279, 286, 298,

301

gerontes (Abisara), 194

» (Papilio), 194

gerra (Deilemera), 63, 85

gidica (Belenois), 145, 147, 150, 152

gigantea (Lelia), 441

glacialis (Colias), 242

glandulosa (Cheerotricha), 416

glaphyra (Anatole), 545

3H (Apodemia), 545

glaucinans (Homoptera), xxii

globifera (Cherotricha), 419

(Nygmia), 419

Gluphisia, 461

glycera (Teracolus), 142, 143, 144, 145,

146, 147, 148, 150, 152, 161

gnava (Dasychira), 477

Gnophodes, 184

godarti (Emesis), 536

Gogana, 396, 405, 416

gondona (Lymantria), 495

Gonometa, Xxill

gonophora (Dasychira), 470

- (Ilema), 470

gonostigma (Bombyx), 458

(Orgyia), 458

goodii (Dasychira), 467

», (CKeura), 467

gordoni (Psenderesia), 196, 296

Gorgopis, 502, 504, 505, 506, 507

Gorgyra, 203

( .cxlii )

gotzius (Byblia), 189

», (Papilio), 189

gracilis (Euproctis), 404

», (Lacipa), 404

gracillima (Leucoma), 382

grande (Nymphidium), 546, 550

grandidieri (Calliteara), 473

“a (Dasychira), 473

grandis (Lymantria), 489

(Numenoides), 481

Grapta, xxvi, xxvill, 557, 559, 562, 573,

574

grisea (Lymantria), 492

grossa (Dasychira), 490

erotei (Dasychira), 472

guenéi (Anthela), 446

(Newmania), 446

,, (Teara), 446

gundlachia (Precis), xii

‘ (Pyrisitia), 157, 162

guttata (Artaxa), 411

,, (Euproctis), 411

guttistriga (Euproctis), 422

guttulata (Euproctis), 419

cuttulosa (Deilemera), 61

(Nyctemera), 61

- (Pitasila), 61

gwelila (Dasychira), 469

Gynephora, 439, 455, 457

hadina (Porthetria), 483

hahni (Neosatyrus), 284, 285

hamadelpha (Mesarchea), 503

Hamadryas, 287

Hamanumida, 190

hamata (Anthela), 450

hampsoni (Euproctis), 423

Haplopseustes, 429

Harapa, 439, 442

harea (Deilemera), 81

, (Leptosoma), 81

Harma, 192, 193

harpalyce (Euphedra), 191

3 (Papilio), 191

harpax (Axiocerses), 200

», (Papilio), 200

hatita (Hypolycena), 198

heeate (Amauris), 184

,, (Danais), 184

hecla (Colias), ili, xxxvii, liii, 242

Hectomanes, 502, 505, 507

hectus (Hepialus), 501

helcita (Aletis), xxxix

helice (Aricoris), 548

Heliconius, iv, lv, 558, 565

Heliochroma, 290, 299

heliodora (Aricoris), 548

Hemaris, xxi

Hepialiscus, 507

Hepialus, 501, 503, 504, 507

hera (Lymantria), 466

Heracula, 431

herce (Nyctemera), 81

_herklotsii (Nyctemera), 75

Hesperia, Ivi, 189, 199, 201, 203, 204,

205, 298, 294, 295, 299, 300

hesperia (Geometra), 433

(Nyctemera), 53, 433

», (Otroeda), 53, 433

hesperistis (Apoprogones), xiv, 137,

138

hetiwerina (Symmachia), 538

Heterocampa, 461

heterogyna (Lelia), 444

Heteronygmia, 432, 433, 480

Heteropterus, xlii, xliii, xliv

hiarbas (Eurytela), 188

», (Papilio), 188

hilaris (Lymantria), 492

5, themis (Najas), 190

Himala, 386, 387

Hipparchia, 240, 275, 285

hipparia (Leucoma), 378

hippocoon (Papilio), x1

hippocrate (Aricoris), 547, 550

hippocrates (Cupido), 206

hippodice (Symmachia), 537, 549

hippothoe, var. eurybia (Chrysophanus),

XXXVli

var. stieberi (Chrysophanus),

XXXVil

holoxutha (Euproctis), 404

Homceomeria, 379

Homceonympha, 284

Homoptera, xxiii

Hondella, 439

horites (Nyctemera), 72

horrida (Dasychira), 470

horsfieldii (Arctia), 473

(Dasychira), 473

hortensia (Argynnis), 286

5 (Euptoieta), 286, 299

howra (Artaxa), 400

», (Kuproctis), 400

humilis (Neomcenas), 279, 298

», (Stygnus), 279

humuli (Hepialus), 501, 503

var. hethlandica (Hepialus),

Dh)

501

hyale (Colias), xliii

hyalinalis (Psammotis), xl viii

hyalinatus (Pielus), 502, 508

Hybernia, ix

Hybocampa, 249

Hylemera, 436

Hylephila, 294, 295, 299, 300

hymen (Dapidodigma), 199

( yexliv 5)

hymen (Papilio), 199 indeterminata (Casama), 461

Hypanartia, 187 (Ophiusa), xxiv

hyperantus (Aphantopus), xlii indica (Gluphisia), 461

Hyphilaria, 531, 549 », (Varmina), 461

Hypogymna, 482 inepta (Artaxa), 413

Hypoleucis, 204 », (Euproctis), 413

Hypolimnas, xxviii, xxix, 142, 188 infima (Dasychira), 477

Hypolycena, 197,198, 199 ;, (Somena), 477

hypophleus (Chrysophanus), [xii infuscata (Leptosoma), 70

hypoxantha (Heteronygmia), 433 a (Nyctemera), 70

(Numenes), 433 ino (Argynnis), iii

Hypsophila, 243 inornata (Anthela), 452

Hysibada, 386 > Warala), 452

iwris (Chamielimnas), 534 ;, (Neomeenas), 278, 298, 301

iasis (Mesene), 540, 550 insignis (Numenius), 432

ichorina (Pegella), 491 s, (Pterolocera), 453

icilia (Bombyx), 417 insulare (Leptosoma), 65

,, (Euproctis), 417 insularis (Deilemera), 65

Ieta, 460 integra (Anthela), 452

idmon (Lemonias), 542 », (Darala), 452

idonea (Euproctis), 401 »5 (Deilemera), 76, 85

ignita (Oxypalpus), 204 », (Leptosoma), 76

ignobilis (Mycalesis), 185 | ,, (Nyctemera), 76

Ilema, 462, 466, 469, 470 intensa (Artaxa), 412

ilicis (Thecla), xlv », (Euproctis), 412

ilita (Dasychira), 387 | intercisa (Deilemera), 62

ilithyia (Byblia), 143 Fe (Nyctemera), 62

illanta (Euproctis), 400 interjecta (Pantana), 438

illepida (Rilia), 429 interlectum (Nyctemera), 68

illustris (Deilemera), 77 intermixta (Gazalina), 387

Imaus, 496 intricata (Oncoptera), 500, 502, 508

immaculata (Cherotricha), 416 invaria (Dasychira), 465

3 (Euproctis), 399, 416 », (Repena), 465

impressa (Caragola), 376 invasa (Turriga), 464

.s (Leucoma), 376 iobrota (Artaxa), 395

as (Redoa), 376 ,, (Porthesia), 395

improba (Argynnis), ili, 242 ione (Teracolus), 157

impuncta (Euproctis), 401 lostola, vi

ae (Lacipa), 401 iphis (Ceenonympha), iil

inaria (Hypolimnas), xxix », (Papilio), 205

incerta (Enome), 418 »» (Rhopaloeampta), 205

5, (Lymantria), 481 irrorata (Daplasa), 430

;, (Pamphila), 205 », (Euproctis), 394

5, (Pardaleodes), 205 5» (Leucoma), 394

inclusa (Dasychira), 465 ,, (Porthesia), 394

incommoda (Artaxa), 411 ;, (Somena), 424

(Euproctis), 411 irroratum (Cricosoma), 540, 550

incompta (Euproctis), 420 Isapis, 534

incomptaria (Utidava), 429 isca (Liptena), 196

inconcisa (Artaxa), 401 ,, (Pseuderesia), 196

,, (Euproctis), 401 Isine, 497

inconspicua (Euproctis), 401 isis (Cupido), 201

inconstans (Deilemera), 57, 60 », (Papilio), 201

x (Nyctemera), 78 Ismene, 205

3 (Pitasila), 57 Ithomia, lvi

Incurvaria, 504 itonia (Ypthima), 206

indecora (Euproctis), 421 Ivela, 388

a (Teara), 421 Ixias, 156

( exly*)

Jana, xxili

Janassa, 462, 473

janetta (Euphiedra), 191

»- (Romalwosoma), 191

janirioides (Epinephele), 276,

Janiroides (Neosatyrus), 286

japonica (Lymantria), 483

jesous (Azanus), 148

jodutta (Acriea), 186

jodutta (Papilio), 186

johnstoni (Lomadonta), 480

Jolaus, 199, 206

jonasi (Aroa), 410

», (Kuproctis), 410

jonesi (Nyctemera), 433

», (Otroeda), 433

josiata (Artaxa), 396

», (Euproctis), 396

», (Orgyia), 396

-jJoviana (Chamelimnas), 534, 549

»» (Isapis), 534

junctifera (Charnidas), 454

Junonia, 187

justicie (Artaxa), 424

juvenis (Hondella), 444

», (Lelia), 444

», (Ptilomacra), 444

kala (Artaxa), 426

5, (Deilemera), 75

», (Euproctis), 426

,, (Leptosoma), 75

Kallima, xxviii, lii, 188, 573

Kanchia, 378, 385

kapaurensis (Deilemera), 73, 85

kargalika (Euproctis), 402

kausalia (Dasychira), 472

keiskamma (Teracolus), 157

Kettelia, 390

kinabalina (Deilemera), 81

3 (Nyctemera), 81

kinagananga (Deilemera), 76

klugii (Limnas), xxix, 142, 143, 144,

145, 146, 149, 150, 151, 152, 574

kondeka (Deilemera), 72, 77

kondekum (Leptosoma), 77

kiinowii (Pseudacriea), xxxix, xli

laba (Redoa), 379

labdaca (Libythea), 194

labyrinthica (Trictena), 502, 507

Lachana, 460

Lachnocnema, 206

Lacida, 429, 439, 443, 454, 460, 466

Lacipa, 395, 401, 402, 403, 404, 465

lactea (Lielioides), 440

», (Redoa), 381

lacticinia (Deilemera), 74

os (Leptosoma), 74

3 (Nyctemera), 53

298

PROC, ENT, SOC. LOND., Vv. 1903.

lacticinia (Phalena-Geometra), 74

ladakensis (Lachana), 460

Lelapia, 481

Lelia, 384, 391, 397, 439, 440, 441,

442, 443, 444, 449, 465, 470

Lielioides, 439, 440

leeta (Pseudomesa), 432

letitia (Euryphene), 192

Laganda, 498

lagus (Aricoris), 547

lampeto (Caria), 538

Lampides, 289, 299

lanaria (Kuproctis), 428

» (Terphothrix), 428

lanceolata (Rilia), 464.

laodice (Charaxes), 194

», (Papilio), 194

», (Precis), 187

laon (Jolaus), 199

larydas (Lyceenesthes), 200

», (Papilio), 200

Lasaia, 541, 550

lasea (Pirga), 435

», (Xenosoma), 435

Lasiommata, 274

lasthenes (Lemonias), 545

latemarginata (Deilemera), 68, 85

(Nyctemera), 68

lathonioides (Argynnis), 264, 286, 299

latifascia (Euproetis), 397

Fe (Leucoma), 397

3 (Nyctemera), 84

latifera (Darala), 450

latistriga (Deilemera), 78, 79

7 (Leptosoma), 78

_ (Nyctemera), 75, 78

var. fasciata (Nyctemera), 75

laufella (Hesperia), 205

»» (Pteroteinon), 205

lavia (Lelia), 443

lebona (Hypolycena), 199

Lecriolepis, 498

leda (Melanitis), 184

»» (Papilio), 184

leechi (Notolophus), 459

2” (Orgyia), 459

lefebvrei (Elina), ee role 298

45 (Satyrus), 27

leighi (Mania), xxv

», (Musgravia), xxii

leithiana (Artaxa), 399

Lemonias, 542, 543, 544, 545, 550

leo (Teracolus), 145, 146, 148

leonidas (Papilio), 203

Lepasta, 433

lepcha (Lymantria), 490

», _ (Porthetria), 490

Leptidia, xliii

( exlvi )

Leptoeneria, 445, 446

leptoneuroides (Cosmosatyrus), 274,

279, 280, 298, 301

50 yar, plumbeolus (Cos-

mosatyrus), 298

Leptosia, 201

Leptosoma, 55-84

Lerna, 497

lesbia (Colias), 291, 299

», (Papilio), 291

Leuceronia, 152

leucocyana (Lemonias), 542, 543

leucoglene (Faunula), 283, 298, 301

Leucoma, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381,

382, 383, 384, 385, 388, 393, 394,

397, 415, 441

leucomelas (Euproctis), 397

leuconoe (Deilemera), 55, 65

(Leptosoma), 65

ns (Nyctemera), 65

leucopheearia (Hybernia), ix

leucospila (Cheerotricha), 422

(Cozola), 422

(Euproctis), 422

leucospilota (Deilemera), 60

(Nyctemera), 60

A (Pitasila), 58, 60

leucostigma (Leptosoma), 84

leucothea (Heliochroma), 290, 299

(Papilio), 290

leuctra (Deilemera), 62, 63, 85

libania (Gorgopis), 502, 505, 508

libyra (Aroa), 432

», (Numenes), 432

Libythea, 194

licinia (Eurygona), 531, 532, 549

lignea (Dasychira), 464

», (Nioda), 464

ligniperda (Cossus), x, 1x

lignivora (Charagia), 502, 504

lilacina (Leelia), 440

liliana (Pinacopteryx), 153

Limacodes, 246

limbalis (Urocoma), 478

limbata (Artaxa), 424

Limenitis, 556, 572, 573

Limnas, xi, xxii, xxix, 142, 148, 144,

145, 146, 149, 150, 151, 152, 565,

574

limonea (Anthela), 452

(Cherotricha), 413

(Darala), 452

», (Euproctis), 413

limonias (Satyrus), 276

limpida (Sapelia), 389

jineata (Dasychira), 477

5, (Lymantria), 477

lineosa (Etobema), 439

Js)

lineosa (Pantana), 439

lingeus (Cupido), 201

», (Papilio), 201

linta (Artaxa), 426

,, (Euproctis), 426

Liparis, 385, 887, 390, 391, 394, 398,

404, 410, 412, 437, 479, 482, 483

Liphyra, x

Liptena, 196, 197, 206

litura (Charnidas), 444

»» (Lelia), 444

livia (Kuproctis), 414

livida (Dendorix), 198

I-nigra (Leucoma), 385

l-nigrum (Bombyx), 385

Locharna, 431

locuples (Cifuna), 479

lodra (Euproctis), 412

Lomadonta, 480

lombokiana (Deilemera), 71

Be (Nyctemera), 71

longipennis (Dasychira), 473

Lopera, 396, 401, 402, 409, 410, 441

Lophostethus, xxiv, xxvi

lorimeri (Morasa), 496

lorisona (Deudorix), 198

»» (Myrina), 198

losinga (Euphiedra), 192

», (Romaleosoma), 192

lowii (Kettelia), 390

| lucescens (Lymantria), 489

% (Porthetria), 489

lucifuga (Artaxa), 395, 408

,, (KEuproctis), 408

lucilla (Neptis), iii

lucretia (Papilio), 189

oy (Pseudacriea), 189

luctuosa (Deilemera), 80

luctuosum (Leptosoma), 80

luctuosus (Satyrus), 276

luctus (Riodina), 535

ludekingii (Deilemera), 67

(Leptosoma), 67

» _ (Orgyia), 460

Ludia, xxiii

lugardi (Lymantria), 493

lugubris (Pedaliodes), 276

/lunata (Bombyx), 491

(Euproctis), 399

», (Lymantria), 491

lunifera (Zarfa), 386

lunulata (Dasychira), 471

Iupulinus (Hepialus), 501, 504

lutea (Bombyx), 395

», (Porthesia), 395

luteiceps (Pantana), 438

luteifascia (Artaxa), 423

(Dactylorhyncha), 444

luteifascia (Euproctis), 423

luteipes (Homceomeria), 379

5 (Leucoma), 379

», (Stilpnotia), 379

lutescens (Euproctis), 399

Lycena, liii, 201, 242, 288, 289

Lyczenesthes, 148, 200, 206

lycoa (Acreea), 186

Lycorea, iv, lv, 558, 565

Lymantria, 432, 443, 466,

481-496

lyrnessa (Lyczena), 288

lysimon (Cupido), 206

lysippus (Riodina), 535

lysistratus (Riodina), 535

mabillei (Nyectemera), 66

me kieana (Nyctemera), 84

macklotti (Leptosoma), 84

Maecrauzata, 384

Macroglossa, xxvi

maculata (Deilemera), 62

5 (Fodinoidea), 431

a (Nyctemera), 62

maculosa (Lymantria), 489

55 (Nyctemera), 64

maculosum (Leptosoma), 58

madagascariensis (Junonia), 187

(Precis), 187

madana (Euproctis), 417

mieon (Lemonias), 542, 550

meonoides (Lemonias), 542, 550

mera (Pararge), lili

mieris (Lasaia), 541

magna (Euproctis), 423

» (Pirga), 436

», (Somena), 423

magnalia (Dasychira), 469

magnifica (Anthela), 448

Mahoba, 433

maia (Aricoris), 547, 550

major (Aroa), 453

Malachitis, 481

Malacosoma, viii

malathana (Cupido), 201

4% (Lyceena), 201

maligna (Dasychira), 466

33 (Parorgyia), 466

malis (Cremna), 530, 549

malve (Syrichthus), li

mancinus (Erebia), 239

Mania, xxv:

manicata (Lymantria), 489

manifesta (Nyctemera), 434

manto (Erebia), xlv

Marane, 497

Marbla, 436, 437

Marcipa, 497

mardania (Euryphene), 192

exlvii_)

477, 479,

mardania (Papilio), 192

Mardara, 433, 463, 468, 476

margaritacea (Leucoma), 377

marginalis (Euproctis), 392

a (Leucoma), 380

ap (Redoa), 380

- (Trichetra), 479

Be (Urocoma), 479

marginata (Aslauga), 197

es (Cheerotricha), 418

Pr (Cobanilla), 392

- (Euproctis), 418

3 (Liptena), 197

Ke (Lymantria), 487

maria (Caragola), 377

», (Redoa), 377

marianne (Ixias), 156

marsyas (Caria), 538, 549

martia (Lemonias), 543, 550

maruta (Dasychira), 471

mascarena (Dasychira), 476

Matarbela, xxill, xxvi

mathias (Chapra), 146, 204

- (Hesperia), 204

mathura (Lymantria), 488, 489

maxima (Aroa), 453

maza (Euproctis), 407

Mechanitis, iv, liv, lv

mediata (Stauropus), xxiv

medon (Hupheedra), 191

», (Papilio), 191

medusa (Leptosia), 201

», (Papilio), 201

melaleuca (Artaxa), 415

melaneura (Deilemera), 65

_ (Leptosoma), 65

x var. melas (Nyctemera), 83

melaneus (Caduga), 565

Melanitis, lii, 184

melanochlora (Malachitis), 481

ss (Mesenopsis), 533

melanosoma (Leucoma), 393

a5 (Porthesia), 393

melaxantha (Aroa), 456

(Orgyia), 456

Melia, 461, 467

melia (Lemonias), 544

melicerta (Neptis), 189

55 (Papilio), 189

Melineea, iv, liv, lv, 558, 565, 571

Melita, ili, xxxvii, xlix—lii, liv

menander (Cithierias), 565

mendosa (Dasychira), 464

Fe (Olene), 464

menes (Nyctemera), 84

menestheus (Papilio), 203

mentiens (Crorema), 391

mercedis (Pontia), 292

(Vexlyin se)

meris (Lasaia), 541

merita (Lasaia), 541,

Merope, xxv

merope (Papilio), xxxix, xl, xli

Mesarchiea, 503

Mesene, 540, 550

Mesenopsis, 533, 549

550

mesentina (Belenois), 143, 144, 145,

147, 148, 151, 155

mesolychna (Nyctemera), 83

Mesosemia, 529, 530, 549

Mesoxantha, 188

metallica (Neocastnia),

Metanastria, xxii, xxiii

metarhoda (Lymantria), 489

Methona, 573

micacea (Leucoma), 383

», (Redoa), 383

micans (Lymantria), 486

», (Parnara), 204

micilia (Agyrta), v, vi

micra (Calydna), 541

microcale (Teracolus), 147

microdice (Pieris), 292

55 (Tatochila), 299, 300

Microgymna, 396

Micropterogyna, 458

micyelus (Cupido), 201

es (Papilio), 201

milhauseri (Hybocampa), 249

milonia (Precis), 187

milyas (Monotrichtis), 185

», (Mycalesis), 185

Mimacriea, 195, 196

mimosie (Argema), xxii

minimus (Neosatyrus), 283

minuscula (Colias), 291

minutissima (Euproctis), 425

(Leucoma), 380

mirabilis (Euproctis), 415

36 (Pirga), 435

mirma (Aroa), 455

mirza (Cupido), 201

misana (Dasychira), 467

miserata (Dasychira), 466

. (Ilema), 466

misippus (Basilarchia), 572

(Hypolimnas), xxviii,

142, 188

(Limenitis), 572

= (Papilio), 188

mixta (Leucoma), 393

» (Porthesia), 393

mneme (Melina), iv, liv, lv

mocquerysii (Gorgyra), 203

modesta (Anatole), 545

(Argynnis), 287, 299

(Artaxa), 399

KK,

| modesta (Dasyehira), 472

(Morasa), 496

3 (Polymona), 496

meerens (Calliteara), 474

(Dasychira), 474, 482

», (Lymantria), 482

moeris (Anza), XXvVi

moesta (Lymantria), 484

moina (Colias), 243

molione (Monethe), 539, 550

monacha (Bombyx), 486

*5 (Lymantria), 486

monachus (Epinephele), 276, 298

(Satyrus), 276

ue (Stibomorpha), 276

Monethe, 539, 550

monosticta Gee 410

(Lopera), 410

Monotrichtis, 185, 206

monticolens (Cosmosatyrus), 281, 298,

301

A (Satyrus), 281

montis (Artaxa), 400

», (Euproctis), 400

montroilii (Elina), 274

(Lasiommata), 274

(Satyrus), 274

| Monura, 194

moolaica (Pitasila), 57

moorei (Euproctis), 424

», (Leucoma), 380

morania (Papilio), xxi

Morasa, 496

mormoides (Ophiusa), xxiv

morpheus (Heteropterus), xlii,

xliv

mosera (Lymantria), 494

mozambica (Aphneus), 200

(Spindasis), 200

xiii,

| miilleri ( (Deilemera), 63

(Euproctis), 416

», (Leptosoma), 63

multiplaga (Apodemia), 546, 550

multipunctata (Pentila), 195, 206

munda (Euproctis), 412

,, (Lymantria), 496

mundipicta (Deilemera), 55, 74

(Leptosoma), 75, 76

55 (Nyctemera), 75

mundus (Imaus), 496

Munichryia, 478

municipalis (Dasychira), 465

PA (Leelia), 465

muscalella (Incurvaria), 504

Museravia, xxii

mutabilis (Deilemera), 62

3 (Nyctemera), 62

Mycalesis, 184, 185

(

mycone (Nymphidium), 546

Mylothris, 201

Myrina, 198, 206

mys (Eurygona), 531, 532

Nagunda, 482, 486

Najas, 190

nape (Pieris), XXXVii

Napeogenes, lvi

narindra (Lymantria), 492

Naroma, 386

nastes (Colias), 243

natalensis (Precis), 160

natalica (Acreea), Xxil

Nataxa, 496, 497

Naxa, 386

neanthes (Charaxes), xxi

nebulosa (Monotrichtis), 185

35 (Mycalesis), 185

neemias (Emesis), 587, 549

negrita (Euproctis), 396

nemetes (Neptis), 189

Neocastnia, 139

Neomeenas, 274, 277, 278, 279

301

neomyrioides (Elina), 274, 275, 298,

301

3 (Satyrus), 274

Neosatyrus, 283, 284, 285, 298, 301

Nephele, xxii

Neptidopsis, 188

Neptis, i, 150, 151, 189

nereis (Pierella), 565

neriene (Zeritis), 206

nerina (Nyctemera), 53

», (Otroeda), 53

nervosa (Oligoclona), 387

netopha (Baoris), 205

», (Hesperia), 205

Neurophana, 457

neustria (Malacosoma), viil

x eastrensis (Malacosoma), |

vill

Newmania, 376, 445, 446,

niavius (Amauris), xl, 184

5, (Papilio), 184

nicevillei (Neocastnia), 139

nicias (Hyphilaria), 531

nicippe (Xanthidia), 156

nicothoé (Anthela), 449

5 (Bombyx), 449

nigra (Dasychira), 469

», (Lymantria), 487

nigribasalis (Euproctis), 396

nigricilia (Redoa), 378

nigrifinis (Porthesia), 393

nigriplapa (Orgyia), 458

nigritula (Dasychira), 468

bP)

exis)

nigrocrocea (Orgyia), 458

nigrolimbata (Pantana), 438

nigroscripta (Heterocampa), 461

nigrovena (Deilemera), 74, 85

nigrovenosa (Deilemera), 64

nilgirica (Dasychira), 473

Nioda, 461, 464

| niphonis (Chierotricha), 418

», (Euproctis), 418

nireus (Papilio), xxi, xxv, 202

nisa (Deilemera), 77, 85

Nisoniades, 298

‘nitida (Leucoma), 379

niveosparsa (Dasychira), 475

nobilior (Ploetzia), 205

nobilis (Cheerotricha), 396

”

(Euproctis), 402

(Lopera), 402

(Panthea), 402

”

| nohara (Acrea), 155

Nola, 394

'nomenia (Deudorix), 206

298, |

nomia (Lemonias), 544

/nomion (Deudorix), 197

_numata (Heliconius),

/oaxes (Pedaliodes),

nigrocilia (Euphedra), 190, 206

norna ((Eneis), Xxxvil

nostrodamus (Gegenes), 143, 144

notata (Anaxila), 429

(Leelapia), 481

», var. valdiviana (Hesperi

Notohyba, 462, 463, 466, 470

Notolophus, 407, 458, 459

nouna (Teracolus), 162

noviespunctatum (Nyctemera), 62

nubecula (Leptosoma), 84

nubifuga (Dasychira), 466

», (Notohyba), 466

nubila (Birnara), 439

nucula (Orgyia), 458, 459

a), 294

Jy 2?

Numenes, 432, 433

numenes (Charaxes), 194

Numenoides, 481

nurma (Euproctis), 420

Nychthemera, 66

Nyctemera, 53-84, 433, 434

nycteropus (Neosatyrus), 285, 298, 301

nycteus (Nymphidium), 546

Nygmia, 405, 419

| Nymphalis, 193

nymphea (Phulia), 292

Nymphidiuin, 546, 550

nymphula (Phulia), 264, 292 299

a (Pieris), 292

nyses (Cypra), 437

(Marbla), 437

”

obfuscata (Enome), te

obfuscata (Lymantria), 482

obliqua (Cispia), 391

obseura (Anthela), 453

(Artaxa), 424

(Euproctis), 424

», (Trichiura), 453

obsoleta (Artaxa), 400

(Bombyx), 440

(Euproctis), 397

(Lelia), 440

», (Lymantria), 484, 485

obtusa (Deilemera), 78

»». (Nyctemera), 78

occidentis (Nyctemera), 434

AS (Otroeda), 53, 434

ocellata (Anthela), 447

ee (Warala) 447

ocellifera (Dasychira), 466

(Notopriota), 466

», (Oecura), 466

ochracea (Aroa), 454

», (Charnidas), 454

ochraceata (Aroa), 457

ochrea (Euproctis), 405

(Gogana), 405

5 (Nygmia), 405

ochreipennis (Teracolus), 163

ochreivittatus (Neosatyrus), 284

ochripes (Caragola), 378

(Caviria), 378

», (Stilpnotia), 376, 378

ochrocephala (Dicreagra), 496

Ochrogaster, 498

Ocinara, 385

Ocneria, 444, 484

octavia (Papilio), 187

»» (Precis), 187

ocularis (Orgyia), 460

Odagra, 439, 440

odana (Deudorix), 197

odenestaria (Colussa), 450

Odontopera, xxxv, 311-370

(Ecura, 462, 466, 467

cedipus (Cceenonympha), xlii, xl, xliv

(Kneis, xxxvii, 240, 244, 281

Cinosandra, 497

Ogoa, 391

ogovensis (Redoa), 379

ogrugana (Baoris), 204, 206

oileus (Lasaia), 541, 550

Olapa, 390, 391

olearia (Dasychira), 462

», (Olene), 462

Olene, 461, 462, 464

Oligoclona, 387

olivata (Euproctis), 427

Ommatoptera, 447, 449

omphale (Teracolus), 157

Oncoptera, 500, 502, 503, 507

onetha (Deilemera), 80

,, (Leptosoma), 80

opalina (Cimola), 435

ophione (Neptidopsis), 188

», (Papilio), 188

| Ophiusa, xxiv

ophiusa (Hesperia), 204

», (Hypoleucis), 204

optata (Deilemera), 82, 85

orbitulus (Papilio), 242

" var. franklinii (Lycena), 242

orbona (Mesosemia), 530, 549

orcas (Aphneeus), 199

», (Papilio), 199

orciferaria (Aspilates), 243

oreosaura (Adlullia), 418

s, (Euproctis), 418

orestes (Cherotricha), 417

», (Euproctis), 417

orestia (Acriea), 186

Orgyla, xxxi, xxxil, 396, 407, 437, 438,

454, 455, 456, 458, 459, 460, 488

orientalis (Tascina), 139

orimba (Dasychira), 464

,» (Olene), 464

orise (Dismorphia), 558, 573

ormea (Euproctis), 426

oroya (Deilemera), 59, 85

orsedice (Hyphilaria), 531, 549

Orvasea, 396, 424

osiris (Cupido), 201

», (Lyceena), 201

Osmodes, 204

ostra (Anthela), 447

5, (Euproctis), 402

osuna (Euproctis), 419

otlauga (Liptena), 197

Otroeda, 58, 54, 433, 434

ovada (Deilemera), 82

Oxylides, 198

Oxypalpus, 203, 204, 206

Pachycispia, 479

pagenstecheri (Nyctemera), 83

Paleeomicra, 503

pales (Argynnis), iii, 241

», (Papilio), 241

», (Satyrus), 277

Palla, 194

pallens (Leptosoma), 84

pallida (Charnidas), 444

(Cropera), 410

(Dactylorhyncha), 444

(Euproctis), 410

», (Lelia), 440

pallipes (Euproctis), 419

Palpiphorus, 507

Pamphila, 205

”

”)

(eli es)

panabra (Porthesia), 392

paniscoides (Butleria), 297

pansa (Chameelimnas), 534, 549

Pantana, 437, 438, 439

Panthea, 402

Papilio, xxi, xxv, xxxix, xl, ]xiii, lxiv,

150, 184-205, 239, 241, 242, 286, |

290, 291, 293, 299, 555, 561, 563

paradoxa (Chionophasma), 392

a (Porthesia), 392

Pararge, xliii, ii

Pardaleodes, 205

parmeno (Gnophodes), 184

Parnara, 204, 206

Parnassius, iii, iv

Parorgyia, 466

parrhasia (Acreea), 186

35 (Papilio), 186

parthenie (Melita), xlix, ], li

Re var. varia (Melita), xlix, ]

partita (Numenes), 432

parva (Anthela), 445

», (Darala), 445

», (Telipna), 194

pasinuntia (Lycorea), iv, lv

pastor (Calliteara), 476

,, (Dasychira), 476

patrana (Numenes), 432

patula (Thelde), 465

pauli (Pentila), 195

pauperata (Euproctis), 400

peartize (Cneis), 240

pecla (Euproctis), 414

peculiaris (Dasychira), 463

se (Mardara), 463

Pedaliodes, 275, 276, 298

pedaria (Phigalia), ix

pedias (Siseme), 534, 549

Pegella, 482, 491, 493

pelarga (Papilio), 187

ee (recs) sal(Sif

pelidne (Colias), 243

pellex (Atasca), 56

», (Deilemera), 56

,, (Leptosoma), 56

pellucida (Leucoma), 381

pelona (Artaxa), 411

», (Euproctis), 411

peneleos (Acrea), 186

Penora, 381

pentapolis (Acraea), 186

Pentila, 195, 196, 206

perenna (Acrea), lxiv

Perina, 430

Perna, 496

perplexa (Euproctis), 422

perspicua (Deilemera), 66

59 (Nyctemera), 66

petiverana (Danais), 184

petreea (Acriea), xxii, 155

petulca (Phalena), 80

| phace (Mesosemia), 529, 549

| phzea (Euproctis), 429

pheedon (Aricoris), 547

Phiegorista, 479

Phalena, 64, 68, 80, 390, 392

», (Geometra), 61, 74

», (Noctua), 56

phalantha (Atel!a), 142, 187

a (Papilio), 187

| phalanthus (Bicyelus), 184

phaola (Appias), 202

»> (Pieris); 202

pharsalus (Acriea), Ixiv, 186

pharte (Erebia), xlv

phasiana (Dasychira), 466

», (Parorgyia), 466

phegea (Elymnias), xli, 184

5, (Papilio), 184

pheranthes (Napeogenes), lvi

Phiala, 497

| Phigalia, ix

philippii (Butleria), 296, 299

+5 (Cyelopides), 296

_philippus (Hesperia), 199

», (Hypolycena), 199

Phineca, 462, 463

phisadia (Teracolus), xii, 145,146, 157,

163

phleas (Chrysophanus), xliii, bxii

phlegyas (Teracolus), 146, 157

pheebe (Melitiea), iii, li

pheenicias (Anthela), 445

Phragmatobia, 442

phranza (Euryphene), 206

phryne (Triphysa), iit

Phulia, 264, 292, 299

phyleus (Hylephila), 295

picata (Deilemera), 81

picatus (Secusio), 81

picta (Euproctis), 404

», (Liparis), 404

,, (Pachycispia), 479

Pida, 427, 431

Pielus, 502, 507

Pierella, 565

Pieris, xxxvil, lili, 202, 290, 292, 293

Pinacopteryx, xi, 142, 152, 153, 154

pinguis (Anthela), 453

», (Darala), 453

pirene (Lemonias), 544, 550

Pirga, 435, 436

Pitasila, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61

plagiaria (Aricoris), 546, 550

plagiata (Anaxila), 471

», (Cispia) 418

( eli

plagiata (Dasychira), 471

- (Euproctis), 418

plagiatum (Leptosoma), 68

plagidotata (Cyclidia), 433

7 (Mardara), 433

plagifera (Deilemera), 67

», (Nyctemera), 67

», (Tripheromera), 67

plana (Anthela), 450

», (Aroa), 454

., (Cherotricha), 416

(Darala), 450

(Euproctis), 416

(Orgyia), 454

Planema, D@;o:ab.gy ond hy ove BIE

planemoides (Papilio), xli

Plastingia, 205

Platylesches, 205

plautilla (Euryphene), 192

», (Euryphura), 192

pleione (Teracolus), 146

plexippus (Anosia), 562, 572

plinius (Cupido), 201

», (Hesperia), 201

ploetzi (Hesperia), 203

Ploetzia, 205

plumbalis (Lymantria), 492

plumbea (Scolitantides), 288

plumbeola (Tetraphlebia}, 279, 280

- var. duseni (Erebia), 280

pluto (Gynzphora), 439

53 (Pantana), 439

poggei (Planema), xxxix, xli, xhi

polaris (Argynnis), 241

policenes (Papilio), xxi, 203

polydamas (Papilio), Ixili, 555

Polygonia xxvi, XXVii, XXvViii

polymnia (Mechanitis), liv, lv

Polymona, 496

Polyommatus, 144, 145, 150, 289

polyspilus (Butleria), 297, 299, 300

ae (Carterocephalus), 297

pomona (Catopsilia), 156

Pontia, 292

popiya (Deilemera), 69, 85

populi (Smerinthus), xiv

Porina, 502, 506, 507

Porthesia, 392, 393, 394, 395, 416, 418

Porthetria, 482, 483, 489, 490

postfusca (Dasychira), 472

postica (Anthela), 449

(Darala), 449

(Euproctis), 397

,, (Gonometa), xxili

,, (Lacida), 460

(Orgyia), 460

s, (Thiacidas), 461

postincisa (Euproctis), 402

+B]

186, 187

be)

”)

)

postnigra (Euproctis), 421

potentaria (Ennomos), 451

preecurrens (Adlullia), 419

5 (Euproctis), 419

pramesta (Lymantria), 492

prasina (Calliteara), 476

;,» (Dasychira), 476

Precis) xX, Kil, SGKViily Kx OCD aTe

lii, 142, 143, 145, 151, 157, 158, 159,

160, 187, 188, 206, 556, 561, 562,

563

preussi (Abynotha), 479

(Liparis), 479

(Lymantria), 479

», (Phegorista), 479

prima (Darala), 420

primula (Leucoma), 383

princeps (Artaxa), 413

- (Lycenesthes), 206

principalis (Anteros), 536

prisca (Orgyia), 459 ~

Procodeca 439, 440, 441, 442, 444

producta (Euproctis), 394

», (Porthesia), 394

progne (Symmachia), 537, 549

prolata (Lelia), 440

prolixa (Lelia), 391

promaucana (Satyrus), 286

promelena (Stracena), 389

< (Sulychra), 389

propria (Deilemera), 71

proprium (Leptosoma), 71

», (Nyctemera), 71

Proterpia, xl

preterpia (Pyrisitia), 157, 162

protoclea (Charaxes), 193

| protomedia (Teracolus), 145, 147, 152

pruinosa (Arctornis), 379

(Leucoma), 379

pryeri (Dasychira), 472

Psalis, 461, 462

Psammotis, xlviii

pseudabietis (Calliteara), 472

% (Dasychira), 472

Pseudacreea, xxxix, xli, lxiv,

Pseudarbessa, vi

pseudegina (Acrea), 186

Pseuderesia 196, 206

Pseudomesa, 432

Pseudonotodonta, 462, 477

Psilura, 482

189

| psittacus (Caria), 538

| psyttalea (Amauris), 184

_ Pterolocera, 453

Pteroteinon, 205

Ptilomacra, 444

pubescens (Euproctis), 404

pudica (Anthela), 445

(

pudica (Darala), 445

5, (Dasychira), 472

puellaris (Teracolus), xii, 157, 163

puelme (Argopteron), 295, 299, 300

», _ (Cyclopides), 295

pulchella (Deiopeia), 154

3 (Mesenopsis), 533, 549

pulver ea (Artaxa), 406

», (Euproctis), 406

pulverea (Lacipa), 404

- (Porthesia), 394

pumila (Calliteara), 474

», (Dasychira), 474

punctatus (Cupido), 201

puncticilia (Caltura), 386

An (Cispia), 386

vie (Naxa), 386

punctifascia (Cispia), 430

punctifera (Aroa), 409

A (Dasychira), 463

- (Erastria), 463

pe (Euproctis), 409

punctulata (Lelia), 441

% (Lopera), 441

pura (Euproctis), 405

,, (Perina), 430

pusilla (Artaxa), 407

», (Homceonympha), 284, 285

,, (Lymantria), 487

5, (Teia), 458

pustulifera (Trisula), 477

pygmea (Aroa), 407

s (Euproctis:, 406, 407

pylades (Papilio), 150, 203

Pyrameis, 187, 287, 299

Pyramocera, 496

pyrene (Ixias), 156

Pyrgus, 294

Pyrisitia, 157, 162

pyrisitia (Proterpia), xii

pyrrhias (Acnissa), 429

pyrrhochroma (Aroa), 456

quadrangularis (Cherotricha), 418

quadriguttata (Deilemera), 71

quadriguttatum (Leptosoma), 71

(Nyctemera), 71

cliii )

}

quadrimaculata (Thecla), 289, 290, 299

quadriplaga (Atasca), 57

i (Darala), 451

ms (Deilemera), 57

quadriplagiata (Pseudomesa), 432

quadripunctata (Euproctis), 403

on (Lacipa), 403

quaternarium (Nyctemera), 83

quercifolia (Gastropacha), xxxv,

373

quinquepunctata (Lacipa), 403

raddei (Porthesia), 418

311-

radiata (Deilemera), 70

,, (Leptosoma), 70

», (Nyctemera), 70

», (Pentila), 195, 206

_rafflesia (Euschemon), xiv, 138, 139

Rajacoa, 434, 435

_ramsayi (Charagia), 502

| rapee (Precis), liii

,, var. bryonie (Pieris), liii

| Raphipeza, 497

rasana (Nyctemera), 84

rauana (Piecis), xlii

recraba (Euproctis), 428

| recurvata (Euproctis), 406

Redoa, 376,

383, 386

377, 378, 379,

/reducta (Anthela), 446

” (Darala), 446

regina (Teracolus), 157

_regularis (Deilemera), 81

,, (Leptosoma), 81

,, (Nyctemera), 81

| reichenowi (Pardaleodes), 205

(Plastingia), 205

remota (Dasychira), 477

rendalli (Dasychira), 465

renifera (Euproctis), 425

renominata (Euproctis), 397

Repena, 439, 443, 465

repleta (Anthela), 449

,, (Darala), 449

restricta (Deilemera), 66

restrictum (Leptosoma), 66

9 (Nyctemera), 66

reedi (Neosatyrus), 285, 298

,, (Stibomorpha), 275, 280

;, var. fuscescens (Neosatyrus), 285

Rhanidophora, 498

rhea (Pierella), 565

rhesa (Lemonias), 544

rhoda (Artaxa), 400

rhodapicata (Heteronygmia), 480

rhodina (Lymantria), 483

rhodogyne (Eurygona), 532, 549

rhodope (Appias), 202

;, (Papilio), 202

rhodopepla (Sarothropyga), 496

Rhopalocampta, 205

Ricine, 439, 441

ridleyanus (Papilio), lxiv, 203

Rigema, 462

Rilia, 429, 461, 464

rinaria (Caragola), 377

», (Caviria), 377

;, (Redoa), 376, 377

Riodina, 535, 549

risoria (Aroa), 457

robusta (Acyphas), 463

380, 381,

robusta (Dasychira), 463

rogersi (Acreea), Ixiv

Romaleeosoma, 190, 191, 192

rorus (Teracolus), 163

rosea (Lymantria), 489, 493

rossi (Colias), 243

» (Erebia), 240

», (Hipparchia), 240

rotundata (Dasychira), 474

3 (Lacida), 443

be (Teara), 474

rubescens (Anthela), 445

55 (Darala), 445

rubi (Callophrys), li

rubicunda (Anthela), 445

as (Darala), 445

rubida (Cyenia), 443

», (Nataxa), 497

rubripennis (Leelioides), 440

ruficeps (Mardara), 433

rufifascia (Anthela), 449

a (Darala), 449

rufifemur (Polymona), 496

rufimarginata (Leucoma), 383

rumia (Kallima), 188

ruspina (Eupheedra), 190

ss (Romaleosoma), 190

ruspine (Papilio), xxxix

rutilans (Colias), 291

safitza (Monotrichtis), 185

», (Mycalesis), 185

sagaris (Mesene), 540

sagrara (Aroa), 455

sagroides (Euproctis), 425

an (Somena), 425

Salamis, 188

sandace (Monotrichtis), 185

», (Mycalesis), 185

sangaica (Leela), 441

Sapelia, 389

Sarangesa, 203

Sarothropyga, 496

Sarsina, 497

sastra (Artaxa), 411

5, (Euproctis), 411

saturnioides (Lelia), 384

of (Leucoma), 384

Satyrus, xxxvii, xlii, xlii, xliv,

275, 276, 277, 279, 280, 281, 286

saucia (Agrotis), Ixvii

sawanta (Dasychira), 464

saxeus (Teracolus), 142, 161

Seada, lv

Scelothrix, 294

scintillans (Euproctis), 424

56 (Somena), 424

Scolitantides, 264, 288, 289, 299

scotochyta (Euproctis), 407

(

cliv )

-sexmaculatum (Leptosoma),

secundaria (Deilemera), 68

secundarium (Leptosoma), 68

securis (Dasychira), 462

», (Psalis), 462

seis (Acreea), 185

selecta (Deilemera), 60

3 (Nyctemera), 60

selene (Argynnis), iii, xxxvil

Selenia, 159

semicincta (Alope), 486

(Lymantria), 486

(Nagunda), 486

semidea (Hipparchia), 240

(CEneis), 240, 244

semihyalina (Dendrophleps), 376, 378

semilucida (Pantana), 439

semire (Papilio), 189

», (Pseudacreea), 189

semisignata (Cispia), 399

op (Euproctis), 399

semperi (Deilemera), 57°

senegalensis (Terias), 150, 152

senica (Orgyia), 459

senicula (Munychryia), 478

separata (Nyctemera), 56

serica (Aricoris), 546

sericea (Caragola), 377

oa (Cawaitia). 304

»» (Redoa), 379

», (Stilpnotia), 377

sericina (Esthemopsis), v

servilia (Neomcenas), 278,

servilis (Artaxa), 420

5, (Euproctis), 420

298

| sesamus (Precis), xxxii, xxxiil, 160

setinoides (Lielia), 441

severina (Belenois), 147, 148, 152, 154,

155

sexmacula (Euproctis), 415

sexmaculata (Deilemera), 72

Land

sexpunctata (Lacipa), 403

_sibylla (Scolitantides), 289

sienna (Aroa), 454

_siga (Argynnis), 286

-signata (Aroa), 457

274,

| siletti (Numenes),

», (Deilemera), 56

;, (Euproctis), 398

» (Hesperia), 294

(Liparis), 398

», (Nyctemera), 56

(Porina), 502

signifera (Naroma), 386

silea (Lymantria), 493

silenus (Myrina), 198

(Papilio), 198

432

silhetica (Leucoma), 381

(

silhetica (Penora), 381

simana (Pinacopteryx), 154

simia (Precis), xxXiv

similis (Artaxa), 424

», (Chamelimnas), 534

», (Citrinophila), 196

», (Euproctis), 424

», (Lymantria), 487, 491

» (Phalena), 392

simplex (Anthela), 450

», (Argyrophenga), 279, 284

a (Atroa)s) 455)

», (Atasca), 57

», (Darala), 450

», (Neomeenas), 274

», (Neosatyrus), 284, 298

», (Nyctemera), 57

» (Ogoa), 391

», (Orgyia), 455

(Pantana), 438

simplicia (Liptena), 196

= (Ypthima), 185

simulans (Artaxa), 396

a (Hectomanes), 502

simulatrix (Deilemera), 74

a (Leptosoma), 74

As (Nyctemera), 74

sinapis (Leptidia), xliii

sinensis (Leelia), 441

», (Redoa), 380

sinica (Lymantria), 483

», (Pantana), 438

sirene (Euptera), 193

Siseme, 534, 549

Sitina, 498

Sitvia, 388, 390

smaragdina (Caria), 538, 549

Smerinthus, xiv

smilax (Ludia), xxiii

Smyriodes, 498

snelleni (Arctornis), 377

5 (Porthesia), 416

sobrina (Lymantria), 486

socrus (Aroa), 457

5, (Gynephora), 457

solitaria (Dasychira), 471

Soloé, 437, 497

Somena, 396, 423, 424, 425, 476, 477

sontica (Deilemera), 79

sonticum (Leptosoma), 79

a (Nyctemera), 79

sophia (Papilio), 187

», | (Precis), 187

sophus (Euryphene), 192

», (Papilio), 192

sordida (Stilpnotia), 437

sotoi (Butleria), 296, 299

, (Cyclopides), 296

clv_ )

speciosa (Scolitantides), 288

specularis (Deilemera), 61

0 (Nyctemera), 61

(Pitasila), 61

spica (Mylothris), 201

Spindasis, 200

spini (Thecla), xlv

squamiplaga (Artaxa), 410

squamosa (Cheerotricha), 418

3 (Euproctis), 409

(Lopera), 409

Stalachtis, iv

statilinus (Satyrus), xliii

staudingeri (Chierotricha), 418

- (Euproctis), 418

rH (Fodinoidea), 431

a (Lemonias), 543, 544

Stauropus, xXiv

stellata (Euproctis), 410

stelligera (Faunula), * 282, 298, 301

Steropes, 296, 297

Sthenopis, 501

Stibomorpha, 275, 276, 278, 280

stigmatifera (Por thesia), 395

Stilpnotia, 377, 378, 379, 4380, 437

stirasta (Adlullia), 417

5, (Euproctis), 417

Stracena, 388, 389

straminea (Euproctis), 413

striata (Dasychira), 470

(Notohyba), 470

», (Pseudacrea), 189

strigata (Dasychira), 475

strigifimbria (Antipha), 429

si (Euproctis), 429

strigipennis (Locharna), 431

- (Pida), 431

Strymon, 290, 299

stygiana (Anthela), 448

», (Darala), 448

stygne (Erebia), xlv, xlvi

5, var. bejarensis (Hrebia),

xlvi

Stygnus, 279

subdita (Euproctis), 594

subfaleata (Anthela), 450

(Darala), 450

subfascia (Orgyia), 438

3s (Pantana), 458

subfasciata (Artaxa), 397

(Euproctis), 397

subflava (Anaxila), 475

», (Aroa), 415

», (Dasychira), 475

», (Euproctis), 415

xlv,

» var. piperita (Leucoma), 415

subfuscula (Artaxa), 409

os (Euproctis), 409

(

subinanis (Topomesa), 392

sublutescens (Dasychira), 474

submacula (Liptena), 196, 206

submarginata (Leucoma), 378, 383

FS (Redoa), 378

subnigra (Euproctis), 394

subnobilis (Artaxa), 396

ce. (Euproctis), 396

<5 (Porthesia), 396

subnotata (Aroa), 454

3 (Lacida), 454

as (Orvasea), 424

subornata (Myrina), 198, 206

subpurpurella (Eriocrania), 503, 508

subrana (Artaxa), 427

», (Euproctis), 427

subrosea (Anthora), 439

», (Lelia), 439

,, (Lymantria), 489

subrufa (Leelia), 439, 441

substrigosa (Aroa), 456

subtincta (Stilpnotia), 430

subvelata (Deilemera), 70

“5 (Nyctemera), 70

subyelatum (Leptosoma), 70

subviridis (Boreconia), 462

subvitrea (Kanchia), 385

a (Leucoma), 385

sudias (Lemonias), 543, 544

suffusa (Lelia), 441

», (Ricine), 441

sulitelma (Colias), 242

sulphurescens (Artaxa), 400

5 (Euproctis), 400

sumatrensis (Nyctemera), 80

sundara (Euproctis), 403

superans (Lymantria), 486

Surattha, 154

susanna (Euproctis), 410

sybaris (Tarucus), 148

sylvana (Heliconius), iv

sylvanus (Augiades), xliii

54 (Lycnesthes), 200

a (Papilio), 200

sylvinus (Cibyra), 501, 502, 508

sylvius (Carterocephalus), lii

Symmachia, 537, 549

Synchloe, 292

synestalmenus (Antigonus), 203

5 (Sarangesa), 203

Syntomis, 154

Syrichthus, li, 294, 295, 296, 297

syrichthus (Hesperia), Ivi

syrnia (Deilemera), 72, 85

tacta (Rigema), 462

teenias (Mycalesis), 184

Tagiades, 203

Tanada, 82

elvi )

tarinta (Eurygona), 529, 533, 549

Tarucus, 143, 144, 148, 151

Tascina, 139

Tatochila, 292, 293, 299, 300

tavetensis (Leucoma), 382

taygete (CEneis), 240

Teara, 393, 405, 421, 446, 447, 474,

498

Tearosoma, 462, 474

Teia, 457, 458

telamonius (Caligo), 565

telesilla (Antiphella), 382

telicanus (Lampides), 289

ka (Tarucus), 144

Telipna, 194, 206

temesa (Symmachia), 537

temora (Salamis), 188

temperata (Olapa), 390

tenebrosa (Dasychira), 468

tenera (Hylemera), 436

tentyris (Euryphene), 192

tenuifascia (Nyctemera), 84

tenuis (Euproctis), 398

Teracolus, xi, xii, 142, 148, 144, 145,

146, 147, 148, 150, 152, 155, 157,

158, 160, 161, 162, 163, 202

terea (Papilio), 187

», (Precis), 187

Terias, 150, 151, 152, 155, 202, 206,

290, 299

terias (Aricoris), 548, 550

terminalis (Area), 409

ar (Euproctis), 409

| terminata (Genusa), 438

Ha (Pantana), 438

Terphothrix, 396, 428

terpsichore (Acrea), 186

As (Papilio), 186

(Pyrameis), 287, 299

5p (Vanessa), 287

tertiana (Nyctemera), 75

testacea (Cropera), 391

°F (Cyenia), 443

(Harapa), 442

(Lelia), 443

,, (Procodeca), 440

tetralunaria (Selenia), 159

Tetraphlebia, 279, 286, 298, 301

tetrophthalma (Ommatoptera), 447

Thamnocera, 462, 463, 470

Thanaos, 298, 299

thara (Lemonias), 544

theaphia (Scada), lv

Thecla, xlv, 289,290, 299

Thelde, 462, 465

thelestis (Acriea), 186

Themaca, 396, 413

themis (Euphedra), 190

hed

”)

( elvii )

theobene (Cymothoé), 192

a (Harma), 192

theodice (Pieris), 292, 293

», (Tatochila), 292, 293, 299

theodora (Riodina), 535, 549

theognis (Kuryphene), 192

theophrastus (Tarucus), 143, 144, 148,

151

thera (Mesosemia), 530, 549

Thestor, xxxi

thetis (Mesosemia), 530

Thiacidas, 461

thwaitesi (Dasychira), 472

thyellina (Orgyia), 459

Thylacogyna, 458

thymiathis (Anomeceotes), 435

Thyridia, 573

Ticilia, 498

_tilie (Dilina), xiv

tiphia (Leucoma), 381

tiphon (Ceenonympha), iii

» var. mixturata (Coenonympha),

241

tircis (Chamelimnas), 534

tiridates (Charaxes), 194

», (Papilio), 194

tisdala (Orgyia), 460

titania (Huproctis), 399, 407, 408

tithonus (Kpinephele), xlii

todara (Lymantria), 486

topha (Teracolus), 157, 162

Topomesa, 392

torrida (Euproctis), 410

tottea (Lymantria), 494

tragiscus (Satyrus), 277

transiens (Redoa), 378

transversa (Artaxa), 422

$3 (Euproctis), 422

Trichetra, 479, 497

Trichiura, 453

tricolor (Deilemera), 66

», (Leptosoma), 84

Trictena, 502, 507

trifasciata (Artaxa), 411

3 (Euproctis), 411

trigemmatus (Lampides), 289, 299

trimeni (Precis), XXXili, XXX1V

», (Pseudacreea), lxiv

Tripheromera, 55, 56, 64, 67, 82

Triphysa, iil

tripunctaria (Deilemera), 80

35 (Nyctemera), 53

35 (Phalena), 80

tripunctatus (Steropes), 296

trisignatus (Hesperia), 294, 299, 300

“3 (Scelothrix), 294

Tristania, 56

tristis (Argynnis), 277

tristis (Epinephele), 277, 298

», (Satyrus), 275, 277

5, _ (Stibomorpha), 275

| Trisula, 477, 498

| Trisuloides, 498

trita (Deilemera), 69

,, (Nyctemera), 69

tritoides (Nyctemera), 84

tritonea (Anthela), 448

tritum (Leptosoma), 69

trochilus (Caria), 538

3 (Chilades), 143, 145

_turbata (Orgyia), 458

turneri (Lymantria), 484

turnus (Papilio), 563

Turriga, 462, 464

typica (Mania), xxv

tyrrhenz (Buna), xxiii

| umbra (Papilio), 187

», (Planema), 187

umbraculata (Porina), 502

umbrina (Charnidas), 442

. (Leelia), 442

5p (Lymantria), 488

5 (Procodeca), 442

umbrosa (Porthetria), 482

undularis (Liptena), 197

undulata (Darala), 447

uniformis (Cherotricha), 420

x (Charnidas), 397

aA (Deilemera), 84

“ (Euproctis), 420

Re (Lelia), 443

unimacula (Artaxa), 411

v (Euproctis), 411

uniplaga (Deilemera), 61, 85

unipunctata (Kuproctis), 410

unisigna (Anthela), 447

Urocoma, 478, 479

urticee (Vanessa), x1x

usebia (Leucoma), 382

Utidava, 396, 429, 463

utilis (Euproctis), 415

uvaria (Colussa), 450

vacillans (Lymantria), 493

vagata (Nyctemera), 83

valdivize (Epinephele), 276

valdivianus (Butleria), 297, 299, 300

ss (Syrichthus), 297

vallonia (Ceratinia), lvi

Vanessa, xix, lxvii, 144, 188, 287, 557,

561

vanessoides (Elina), 274, 298

vapa (Scolitantides), 288

varanes (Charaxes), xxii, 194

», (Papilio), 194

», var. fulvescens (Palla), 194

varia (Anthela), 450

varia (Darala), 450

(Euproctis), 418

(Nola), 394

,, (Porthesia), 394

varians (Artaxa), 395, 406

,, (Deilemera), 57

,, (Kuproctis), 406

», (Nyctemera), 57

oa (Pitasila) 957

variegata (Artaxa), 425

(Daplasa), 428

(Dasychira), 477

(Euproctis), 428

a (Nephele), xxiii

variolosa (Deilemera), 60

(Nyctemera), 60

Be (Pitasila), 60

varipes (Hysibada), 386

Varmina, 461

varuniea (Nyctemera), 434

55 (Otroeda), 434

vashti (Amauris), 184

,, (Danais), 184

vata (Leucoma), 382

vauthieri (Colias), 291, 299

vecontia (Antiphella), 390

vectigera (Fodinoidea), 431

velans (Deilemera), 71

(Leptosoma), 71

», (Nyctemera), 71

velleda (Hepialus), 501

velutina (Aricoris), 547

= (Dasychira), 488

* (Lymantria), 488

a (Orgyia), 488

venatus (Pinacopteryx), xi,

153

venosa (Anthela), 446

;, (Artaxa), 401

», (Cispia), 430

», (Colussa), 446

», (Euproctis), 401

», (Lelia), 442

venosata (Gazalina), 387

veritabilis (Ceratinia), iv

veronica (Diestogyna), 192

», (Papilio), 192

versicolora (Endromis), ix

vesagus (Erebia), 284

», (Neosatyrus), 284,

301

vesperina (Nyctemera), 434

ss (Otroeda), 53, 434

vestalis (Acrea), 187

», (Planema), 187

vetustus (Heliconius), iv, lv

vibicipennis (Dasychira), 473

(Dasychira), 471, 472

(. clviii_ )

| vicina (Butleria), 296

vilis (Casama), 461

,, (Euproctis), 461

viluiensis (Colias), iv

vinacea (Lymantria), 485

vinidia (Acrea), 149, 150, 186

vinula (Cerura), xxiii

viola (Calliteara), 475

5, (Dasychira), 475

,, (Lymantria), 489

violacea (Lemonias), 543

violaceus (Neosatyrus), 284

virescens (Cadrusia), 476

35 (Charagia), 501, 502

54 (Dasychira), 476

i (Pseudonotodonta), 477

virgaureze (Chrysophanus), xlv

5 var, rutilus (Chrysophanus),

xlv

virgo (Euproctis), 398 _

virguncula (Euproctis), 392

<s (Porthesia), 392

viridescens (Acyphas), 459, 478

- (Orgyia), 459

viridis (Dasychira), 476

visum (Liparis), 437

», (Pantana), 437

vitellina (Euproctis), 412

(Liparis), 412

vollenhovii (Nyctemera), 84

vulgaris (Monotrichtis), 185

», (Mycalesis), 185

Vunga, 498

wallengrenii (Neomcenas), 278, 298

werdandi (Colias), liii

whitei (Dasychiva), 467

», (Ccura), 467

williamsianus (Arge), 281

a (Cosmosatyrus), 281,298

Xanthidia, 156, 202

xanthodice (Tatochila), 293

Xanthodura, 497

xanthopeva (Euproctis), 426

xanthorrhcea (Liparis), 394

. (Porthesia), 394

Xenosoma, 435

xerampelina (Aroa), 455

Pe (Gyniephora), 455

xylina (Lymantria), 490

Xylophasia, xvii

xypete (Cricosoma), 540

yerburii (Teracolus), xii, 160, 161, 162

Ypthima, 185, 206

zalmoxis (Drurya), lxv

zapateri (Hrebia), xlvi

zarepha (Ithomia), lvi

Zarfa, 386

zeboe (Artaxa), 400

zeboe (Euproctis), 400

zerenoides (Deilemera), 64, 67

55 (Tripheromera), 64

Zeritis, 206

Zetes (Acrvea), Ixiv, 185

», (Papilio), 185

zetterstedti (Hypsophila), 243

zidora (Papilio), Lxiv

zingha (Monura), 194

», (Papilio), 194

zollikoferi (Xylophasia), Ixvii

zonata (Daraia), 449

Zonosoma, 55, 56

DIPTERA.

3slepharoptera, Lxi

Chersodromia, x]viii

Chironomus, xlvii, 521, 5

Cordylura, 1x

eynophila (Thyreophora), 1xi

equi (Gastrophilus), xlviii

fasciata (Lucina), 1xi

filiformis (Leptopa), 1x

flava (Cordylura), 1x

furcata (Thyreophora), 1x, 1xi

Gastrophilus, xlvili

germanicus (Pamponerus), xlix

hirta (Chersodromia), xlviti

Leptopa, lx

Lucina, lxi

modesta (Blepharoptera), Lxi

nasalis (Gastrophilus), xlviii

nigripennis (Pelidnoptera), 1xi

Orthocladius, xlvii, 521, 522, 523

Pamponerus, xlix

Pelidnoptera, 1xi

sordidellus (Chironomus), xlvii, 521,

522) 523

(Orthocladius), xlvii, 521,

522, 523

Thyreophora, lx, lxi

99. 5

aay

HEMIPTERA.

Adelphocoris, 181

aduncus (Neides), 180

wgyptius (Coranus), 181

Ablia, 180

agilis (Stenocephalus), 180

albomaculatus (Lygzeus), 180

andrei (Notochilus), 181

angustus (Emblethis), 181

anomalus (Lasiocoris), 181

Aoploscelis, 180

Aphanus, 181

ix)

arenarius (Trapezonotus), 181

artemisiz (Heterogaster), 180

aterrima (Brachypelta), 180

auriculata (Phyllontocheila), 181

Beosus, 181

Berytus, 180

biolleyi (Odopcea), 526

bivirgatus (Aoploscelis), 180

bolivari (Megalocoleus), 181

Brachycoleus, 181

Brachypelta, 180

brevicornis (Prionotylus), 180

brevipennis (Plinthisus), 180

cerulea (Zicrona), 180

_calcaratus (Miris), ii

| Calocoris, 181

| Camptobrochis, 181

Camptopus, 180

Capsus, 181

cardui (Phyllontocheila), 181

| Carineta, 527

Carpocoris, 180

carthusianus (Catoplatus), 181

Catoplatus, 181

Centrocoris, 180

cerinthe (Psacasta), 180

cervus (Edessa), 526

championi (Systellonotus), 181

cocksi (Salda), 181

Conostethus, 181

Coranus, 181

cordiger (Capsus), 181

», Var. fastidiosus (Capsus), 181

Coreus, 180

Corizus, 180

costaricensis (Gonatas), 526

crassicornis (Corizus), 180

Cyllocoris, 181

Cymodema, 180

Cymus, 180

Cyrtomenus, 525

decolor (Onychumenus), 181

Dictyonota, 181

Dicyphus, 181

Dimorphocoris, 181

discolor (Triphleps), 181

discrepans (‘linicephalus), 181

ditomoides (Metopoplax), 180

diversus (Gonatas), 526

Drymus, iii

dubuis (Sehirus), 180

echii (Monanthia), 181

Edessa, 526

Emblethis, 181

erratica (Megalocerza), 181

Kurydema, 180

Kurygaster, 180

exoletus (Phytocoris), 182

(

falleni (Pseudophlceus), 180

fasciata (Macroplax), 180

femoralis (Phytocoris), 182

ferus (Nabis), 181

festivum (Kurydema), 180

fossularum (Micrelytra), 180

fuliginosa (Dictyonota), 181

geminatus (Ischnorrhynchus), 180

geniculatus, var. disjunctus (Dicyphus),

181

Geocoris, 180

Geotomus, 180

Gerris, 181

Globiceps, 181

Gonatas, 526

gothicus (Lopus), 181

graminicola (Nysius), 180

grammicus (Odontotarsus), 180

Graphosoma, 180

Grypocoris, 181

Harpactor, 181

helferi (Sciocoris), 180

Heterogaster, 180

hirticornis (Berytus), 180

33 (Coreus), 180

histrionicus (Cyllocoris), 181

Homodemus, 181

hyalinipennis (Dicyphus), 181

hyalinus (Corizus), 180

Hydrometra, 181

Hypsitylus, 181

interrupta (Microplax), 180

iracundus (Harpactor), 181

Ischnorrhynchus, 180

levigatus (Miris), iii

Lasiocoris, 181

lateralis (Camptopus), 180

lativentris (Nabis), 181

leporina (Neottiglossa), 180

leucocephalus (Strongylocoris), 181

lineatum (Graphosoma), 180

lineatus (Nysius), 180

lividipennis (Dimorphocoris), 181

Lopus, 181

lutescens (Camptobrochis), 181

Lygzeus, 180

Macroplax, 180

maculipennis (Piezostethus), 181

merkeli (Pithanus), 181

maritimus (Beosus), 181

maura (Eurygaster), 180

medea (Odopeea), 527

Megalocerea, iii, 181

Megalocoleus, 181

melanocephalus (Cymus), 180

Metopoplax, 180

metriorhynchus (Platycranus), 181

in-flavum (Homodemus), 181

cha)

Micrelytra, 180

Microplax, 180

mirabilis (Cyrtomenus), 525

Monanthia, 181

montivagus (Berytus), 180

Nabis, 181

najas (Gerris), 181

nanus (Ochetostethus), 180

nebulosa (Rhaphigaster), 180

Neides, 180

Neottiglossa, 180

nigrocucullata (Kurygaster), 180

Notochilus, 181

noualhieri (Grypocoris), 181

Nysius, 180

obscurus (Strongylocoris), 181

Ochetostethus, 180

ocularis (Sthenarus), 181

Odontotarsus, 180

Odopcea, 526

oleraceum (Eurydema), 180

Onychumenus, 181

| Orthocephalus, 181

pallicornis (Dicyphus), 181

pandurus (Lygeus), 180

parumpunctatus (Corizus), 180

Peribalus, 180

Peritrechus, 180

Phyllontocheila, 181

Phytocoris, 182

picteti (Globiceps), 181

Piezostethus, 181

pilipes (Dryimus), iii

pilosella (Salda), 181

pini (Aphanus), 181

Pithanus, 181

plagiata (Microplax), 180

Platyeranus, 181

Plinthisus, 180

postica (Carineta), 527

prasinus (Hypsitylus), 181

Prionotylus, 180

Psacasta, 180

Pseudophleeus, 180

Pterotmetus, 180

punctipennis (Nysius), 180

punctulatus (Geotomus), 180

purpuripennis (Carpocoris), 180

quadrata (Verlusia), 180

quadratus (Aphanus), 181

reuterianus (Nabis), 181

Rhaphigaster, 180

Rhyparochromus, 180

roseomaculatus (Calocoris), 181

roseus (Conostethus), 181

rostrata (Alia), 180

ruber (Capsus), 181

rufus (Corizus), 180

rugosus (Nabis), 181

sabulicola (Rhyparochromus), 180

Salda, 181

saltator (Orthocephalus), 181

sanguineus (Harpactor), 181

saxatilis (Lygeus), 180

Sciocoris, 180

scutellaris (Capsus), 181

Sehirus, 180

siculus (Geocoris), 180

sphacelatus (Peribalus), 180

spiniger (Centrocoris), 180

stagnorum (Hydrometra), 181

staphylinoides (Pterotmetus), 180

Stenocephalus, 180

Sthenarus, 181

strichnocera (Dictyonota), 181

Strobilotoma, 180

Strongylocoris, 181

sulcicornis (Verlusia), 180

sulphureus (Calocoris, 181

superbus (Lygeus), 180

sylvestris (Peritrechus), 180

Systellonotus, 181

tabidum (Cymodema), 180

terricola (Piezostethus), 181

- Tinicephalus, 181

tipularius (Neides), 180

(

cha)

Trapezonotus, 181

triangularis (Brachycoleus), 181

Triphleps, 181

typheecornis (Strobilotoma), 180

ullrichi (Trapezonotus), 181

vandalicus (Adelphocoris), 181

Verlusia, 180

vestigiatus (Cyrtomenus), 525

vittiger, var. (Phytocoris), 182

waltli (Pseudophlceus), 180

Zicrona, 180

NEUROPTERA.

Chrysopa, li

ephippiger (Hemianax), x, xiv

Hemianax, x, xiv

Nemoptera, 168

Orthetrum, ix, Xiv

vulgaris (Chrysopa), li

ORTHOPTERA.

Anisolabis, lix

colossea (Anisolabis), lix

Labidura, xxxvi

riparia (Labidura), xxxvi

Marcu 16, 1904

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1903. M

CHARTER AND BYE-LAWS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FOUNDED IN 1833.

INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER IN 1885.

CONTENTS.

Page

CHARTER : : : : Vv

BYE-LAWS.

CHAPTER I.—Object of the Society : . Vili

™ I1.—Constitution of the Society ; : vill

» Ill.—Management . , é : : vill

+3 IV.—Officers . ; ; . Vili

. V.—Removal or Resignation of Officers. — vill

= VI.—Of the President : : 3 : 1x

,, WII.—Of the Vice-Presidents ? f ; 1X

VIII.—Of the Treasurer. ix

es IX.—Of the Secretaries. : : : x

: X.—Of the Inbrarian . ; i

s X1L.— Library Regulations ; ‘ x1

,» XNII.—EHlection of Fellows . : : : xi

», NITL—O; the Admission Fee and Annual

Contribution ; : ; xii

XIV.— Withdrawing and Removal of Fellows xii

1V CONTENTS,

CHAPTER XV.—Privileges of Fellows

5 XVI.—Honorary Fellows

i XVII.—Ordinary Meetings of the Society .

5» NVIITI.—Special Meeting

ss XIX.—Annual Meeting .

55 XX.—Transactions and Journal of Pro-

ceedings

5 XXI.—Alteration of the Bye-Laws .

THE SCHEDULE

Containing Form of Balloting List for the Election of

Officers and Council

xvii

XVIll

CHARTER.

———

Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom

of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith.

TO ALL TO WHOM these presents shall come Greeting :

WueEreAS JOSEPH WILLIAM DuNnnNING, of Lincoln’s Inn, in

the County of Middlesex, Barrister-at-Law, Esquire, Master

of Arts, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge,

Fellow of the Cambridge Philosophical Society and of the

Linnean and Zoological Societies of London, has by his

Petition humbly represented unto US, That in the year 1833

certain of our loyal subjects formed themselves into a Society

for the Improvement and Diffusion of Entomological Science,

and subscribed and expended considerable sums of money for

such purposes, and have collected and become possessed of a

valuable library and other property, and have been and

continue to be actively employed in promoting the objects for

which the said Society was founded, especially by the

publication of Volumes of Transactions composed of Original

Memoirs, read before the Society. AND wHeEREAS the said

Petitioner, believing that the well-being and usefulness of

the said Society would be most materially promoted by

obtaining a Charter of Incorporation, hath therefore, on

behalf of himself and the other Members of the said Society,

most humbly prayed that WE would be pleased to grant a

Royal Charter for incorporating into a Society the several

persons who have already become Fellows, or who may at

any time hereafter become Fellows thereof, subject to such

Regulations and Restrictions as to US may seem good and

v1 CHARTER.

expedient. NOW KNOW YE that WE, being desirous of

encouraging a design so laudable, and of promoting the

improvement and diffusion of Science in all its branches,

have of Our especial Grace, certain Knowledge and mere

Motion, given and granted, and We do hereby give and

grant, That the said JosepH Witi1Am Dunnine and such

others of Our loving subjects as are now Fellows of the said

Society, or who shall at any time hereafter become Fellows

thereof in pursuance of the provisions of this Our Charter

and according to such Bye-Laws as are hereinafter men-

tioned, shall be a Body Corporate by the name of “ The

Entomological Society of London,” having perpetual succes-

sion and a common seal, with power to sue and to be sued in

their Corporate name, and to acquire and hold any goods and

chattels whatsoever.

And our Will and Pleasure is, That JoHN OBADIAH

Westwoop, Esq., Master of Arts, Hope Professor of Zoology

in the University of Oxford, shall be Honorary President of

the said Corporation during the term of his natural life.

And that Roperr MacLacuian, F.R.S., shall be the first

President of the said Corporation and shall continue such

until the Annual Meeting to be held in the month of January

next.

And our Will and Pleasure is, And we do hereby declare,

That there shall always be a Council to direct and manage

the concerns of the said Corporation. And that the thirteen

persons, who were elected to form the Council of the said

Society at the Annual Meeting held in the month of January

last, shall form the first Council of the said Corporation, and

shall continue in Office until the Annual Meeting to be held

in the month of January next.

And our Will and Pleasure is, And we further grant and

declare, that the existing Bye-Laws of the said Society, as

revised and amended at a General Meeting held on the 2nd

day of May, 1883, shall be the Bye-Laws of the said

Corporation, until the same shall be revoked or altered as

hereinafter mentioned. And that it shall be lawful at

General Meetings of the said Corporation to revoke or alter

any former Bye-Laws, and to make such new Bye-Laws as

CHARTER. vil

shall be deemed useful and necessary for the regulation of

the said Body Corporate.

Provided always: And we lastly declare it to be our Royal

Will and Pleasure, That no Bye-Law or Resolution shall, on

any account or pretence whatsoever, be made by the said

Corporation in opposition to the general scope, true intent,

and meaning of this our Charter or the Laws and Statutes of

this Realm, and that if any such Bye-Law or Resolution

shall be made, the same shall be absolutely null and void.

In Witness whereof We have caused these our Letters to

be made Patent. __

Witness Ourself at Westminster the A

twentieth day of July, in the Forty-ninth

year of Our Reign. THE SEAL.

By Warrant under the Queen’s Sign

Manual. NY

( viii )

BYE-LAWS.

As AMENDED AT A SPECIAL MEETING HELD 3RD DECEMBER, 1902.

Cuap. I. Object.

Tue EntomoLocicaL Socrety or Lonpon is instituted for

the improvement and diffusion of Entomological Science.

Cuap. II. Constitution.

The Society shall consist of Honorary and Ordinary

Fellows.

Cuap. III. Management.

The affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Council

consisting of the Officers of the Society hereinafter mentioned

—other than the three Vice-Presidents—and of twelve

ordinary Members to be chosen annually from among the

Fellows. No Fellow shall be eligible as an ordinary Member

of the Council for more than three years successively. Five

shall be a quorum.

Cuap. IV. Officers.

The Officers of the Society shall consist of a President ;

three Vice-Presidents ; a Treasurer ; two Secretaries; and a

Librarian. The Officers shall be chosen annually. No

Fellow shall be President, or a Vice-President, more than

two years successively.

Cuap. V. Removal or Resignation of Officers.

1. For any cause which shall appear sufficient to a majority

thereof, the Council shall have power to suspend any Ofticer

of the Society from the exercise of his office, or to remove

him and declare such office vacant.

BYE-LAWS, 1x

2. In the event of any vacancy occurring in the Council

or Officers of the Society, at the next meeting of Council

after such vacancy has been made known, the Council shall

elect some Fellow to fill the vacancy till the Annual Meeting.

Cuap. VI. President.

1. The duty of the President shall be to preside at the

Meetings of the Society and Council, and regulate all the

discussions and proceedings therein, and to execute or see to

the execution of the Bye-Laws and orders of the Society.

2. In case of an equality of Votes the President shall have

a double or casting Vote.

CuHap. VII. Vice-Presidents.

1. The Vice-Presidents shall be nominated by the Presi-

dent, from amongst the members of the Council. Such

nomination shall be declared at the Ordinary Meeting next

after the election of the President in every year.

2. In the absence of the President a Vice-President shall

fill his place, and shall for the time being have all the

authority, power, and privilege of the President.

3. In the absence of all the Vice-Presidents a Member of

the Council shall preside ; and if no Member of the Council

be present at an Ordinary Meeting, the Fellows present shall

appoint by a majority to be Chairman such Fellow as they

shall think fit; and the Member of Council so presiding, or

the Fellow so appointed, shall for the time being have all the

authority, power, and privilege of the President.

Cuap. VIII. Treasurer.

1. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to demand and

receive for the use of the Society all sums of money due or

payable to the Society, and to disburse all sums payable by

the Society out of the Funds in his hands.

2. No payment exceeding £5, excepting for rent or taxes,

shall be made by the Treasurer without the consent of the

Council,

Xx BYE-LAWS.

3. The Treasurer shall keep a book of Cheque Receipts for

admission fees and annual payments ; each Receipt shall be

signed by himself, the date of payment and name of the

Fellow paying being written both on the Receipt and on the

part of the Cheque which is left in the book.

4, The Treasurer shall demand all arrears of annual

payment after such payment shall have been due three

months.

-5, The accounts of the Treasurer shall be audited annually,

previously to the Annual Meeting, by a Committee of six

Fellows (of whom three shall be Members of the Council),

to be appointed by the President at the Ordinary Meeting

in December, of which Committee three (or two, provided

that one of them is not a member of the Council) shall be a

quorum. The Treasurer shall furnish the Auditors with a

detailed account of all receipts and disbursements down to

the 31st December.

Cuap. IX. Secretaries.

1. It shall be the duty of the Secretaries to keep a list of

all the Fellows of the Society, together with their addresses ;

to summon Meetings (when necessary) of the Society and the

Council ; to conduct and produce to the Council all corre-

spondence in any way connected with the Society at the next

Meeting after such correspondence shall have been received or

taken place; to take Minutes of the Proceedings at Meetings

of the Society and the Council; to edit the Transactions and

Journal of Proceedings; and, generally, to act under the

direction of the Council in all matters connected with the

welfare of the Society.

2. In the absence from any Meeting of the Society, or the

Council, of both the Secretaries, Minutes of the Proceedings

shall be taken by a Fellow whom the President shall appoint

for the occasion.

Cuap. X. Librarian.

1. It shall be the duty of the Librarian to take care of the

Library and MSS., and keep a Catalogue thereof, with the

names of the Donors; to call in all Books borrowed, and see

that the Library regulations are carried into effect.

BYE-LAWS. at

2. The Council may employ a Sub-Librarian, who shall

receive such remuneration as the Council shall from time to

time determine, and shall be subject to such Rules and

Orders as shall from time to time be given to him by the

Council.

Cuap. XI. Library Regulations.

1. No Fellow shall, without special permission of the

Council, be allowed to borrow from the Library more than

four volumes at one time, or without leave of the Librarian,

to retain any volume longer than one month.

2. If any book be torn, injured, lost, or not forthcoming

when demanded by the Librarian, full compensation shall be

made for the same by the borrower.

3. The Librarian shall call in all books borrowed from the

Library on the 5th day of January and 5th day of July in

each year ; and in case the same be not returned on or before

the Ordinary Meeting of the Society in the following month,

notice thereof shall be given by him to the Council, who

shall then direct a second notice to be sent to the Fellow

retaining any book, and in case the same be not returned

within the further space of four weeks from the date of such

second notice so sent, such Fellow shall in future be dis-

qualified from borrowing books from the Library without the

special permission of the Council.

4. Subject to such Regulations as may be made from time

to time by the Council, the Library shall be open to the

Fellows between the hours of one and six p.m. on every

week-day, except Saturday, and on that day between one and

three p.m.

5. Nostranger shall be allowed access to the Library unless

introduced by a Fellow ; but a note addressed to the Librarian

or Secretary shall be deemed a sufficient introduction.

Cuap. XII. Election of Fellows.

1. Every Candidate for admission into the Society shall be

proposed by three or more Fellows, to one of whom he shall

be personally known, and they must sign a Certificate in

recommendation of him. The Certificate shall specify the

name and usual place of residence of the Candidate.

xl BYE-LAWS.

2. The Certificate having been read at one of the Ordinary

Meetings shall be suspended in the Library, read again at

the following Ordinary Meeting, and the person therein re-

commended shall be balloted for at the next Ordinary Meeting.

3. The method of voting shall be by ballot, and two-thirds

of the Fellows balloting shall elect.

4. Fellows shall sign the Obligation Book of the Society

at the first Ordinary Meeting of the Society at which they

are present, and shall then be admitted by the President.

Cuap. XIII. Admission Fee and Annual Contribution.

1. The Admission Fee shall be £2 2s., the Annual Con-

tribution £1 1s.

2. Fellows permanently resident out of the United King-

dom shall pay the Annual Contribution, but shall be exempt

from payment of any Admission Fee.

3. The composition for Life Fellowship, in lieu of the

Annual Contribution, shall be £15 15s.

4. The Annual Contribution shall become due on the Ist

day of January in advance; any Fellow elected after Sep-

tember will not be called upon for his Contribution for

that year.

Cuap. XIV. Withdrawing and Removal of Fellows.

1. Every Fellow, having paid all sums due to the Society,

shall be at liberty to withdraw therefrom upon giving notice

in writing to the Secretary.

2. Whenever written notice of a motion for removing any

Fellow shall be delivered to the Secretary, signed by the

President or Chairman for the time being on the part of the

Council, or by six or more Fellows, such notice shall be read

from the Chair at the two Ordinary Meetings immediately

following the delivery thereof, and the next following Ordinary

Meeting shall be made a Special Meeting and the Fellows

summoned accordingly, when such motion shall be taken into

consideration and decided by ballot ; whereat if a majority of

the Fellows balloting shall vote that such Fellow be removed,

he shall be removed from the Society.

3. In the month of November in each year the Council

BYE-LAWS. Xill

shall cause to be suspended in the Library of the Society a

list of the Fellows who owe more than two Annual Contri-

butions. If the Contribution due from any Fellow named in the

said list shall not have been paid within three months after

the first suspension of the list, the Council may remove such

Fellow from the Society, but notwithstanding such removal

any Fellow so removed shall continue liable to pay, and may

be sued for the recovery of any money due from him to the

Society. The Council may remit wholly, or in part, the

entrance fee payable by any former Fellow rejoining the

Society.

Cuap. XV. Privileges of Fellows.

1. Fellows have the right to be present, to state their

opinions, and to vote, at all General Meetings; to propose

Candidates for admission into the Society; to introduce

Visitors at General Meetings of the Society ; to have personal

access, and to introduce scientific strangers, to the Library ;

and Fellows who have paid the Annual Contribution for the

year shall be entitled to receive a copy of the Transactions

published during the year.

2. A Fellow shall not be eligible to any office in the Society,

or to the Council, unless he shall have paid his Annual

Contribution for the year previous to that in which the

Election takes place.

3. A Fellow shall not be entitled to vote on any occasion

until he shall have paid his Contribution for the year last

past.

Cuap. XVI. Honorary Fellows.

1. Every person proposed as an Honorary Fellow shall be

recommended by the Council; and shall be balloted for, and,

if elected, be liable to be removed in the like form and manner,

and be subject to the same rules and restrictions, as an

Ordinary Fellow.

2. Honorary Fellows shall be exempt from the payment of

Fees and Contributions, and shall possess all the privileges

of Ordinary Fellows.

3. No British Subject shall be an Honorary Fellow.

4. The number of Honorary Fellows shall not exceed twelve.

X1V BYE- LAWS.

Cuap. XVII. Ordinary Meetings of the Society.

1. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held on

the first Wednesday in each month (except January, July,

August and September), beginning at eight o’clock in the

evening, or at such other days or times as the Council shall

from time to time direct.

2. At the Ordinary Meetings the order of business shall be

as follows :—

(1.) The names of the Visitors present at the Meeting

shall be read aloud by the President.

(2.) The Minutes of the last Meeting shall be read

aloud by one of the Secretaries, proposed for

confirmation by the Meeting, and signed by the

President.

(3.) The Presents made to the Society since the last

Meeting shall be announced and exhibited.

(4.) Certificates in favour of Candidates for admission

into the Society shall be read, and Candidates

shall be balloted for.

(5.) Fellows shall sign their names in the Obligation

Book, and be admitted.

(6.) Exhibitions of specimens, &e., shall be made.

(7.) Entomological communications shall be announced

and read either by the Author or by one of the

Secretaries.

(8.) Business not specified in the above order and dis-

cussions arising out of the exhibitions and com-

munications shall be taken at such times and in

such manner as the President shall direct.

3. All Memoirs which shall be read at any Meeting of

the Society, and accepted for publication, shall become the

property of the Society, unless otherwise stipulated before

the reading thereof.

4. No Motion relating to the Government of the Society,

its Bye-Laws, the management of its concerns, or the election,

appointment, or removal of its Officers, shall be made at any

Ordinary Meeting.

BYE-LAWS. XV

Cuap. XVIII. Special Meeting.

1. Upon the requisition of six or more Fellows, presented

to the President and Council, a Special General Meeting of

the Society shall be convened ; a notice thereof shall be sent

to every Fellow whose last known residence shall be in the

United Kingdom, at least seven days before such Meeting

shall take place: and any motion to be submitted to such

Meeting which involves a substantive proposition and is not

of the nature of an amendment shall be stated at length in

such notice.

2. No vote shall be taken at any Special Meeting unless

nine or more Fellows shall be present.

Cuap. XIX. Annual Meeting.

1. The Annual Meeting of the Society shall be held on the

third Wednesday in January.

2. The objects of the Meeting shall be to receive from the

Council, and hear read, their Annual Report on the general

concerns of the Society ; and to elect the Council and Officers

for the ensuing year.

3. The Council for the time being shall annually cause to

be prepared a list which shall contain the names of such

Fellows being eligible as they shall recommend to fill the

offices of President, Treasurer, Secretaries, and Librarian for

the year ensuing ; and also the names of such Fellows as they

shall recommend to be re-elected, and of other Fellows to

be elected into the Council. The list shall include the names

of not less than twelve Fellows recommended as ordinary

members of the Council.

4. The list prepared by the Council shall be read at the

Ordinary Meeting next but one before the Annual Meeting.

At the Ordinary Meeting preceding the Annual Meeting, the

names of other candidates to fill any of the offices, or to

serve as Members of the Council (each proposed and supported

by at least four properly qualified Fellows of the Society), ,

shall be received. Nominations by post made by four pro-

perly qualified Fellows, and received prior to this Meeting,

shall also be accepted. These shall be added to the Council’s

xvi BYE-LAWS.

list, and copies of the complete list shall, before the 20th

December, be transmitted to every Fellow whose last known

residence shall be in the United Kingdom, and who shall

have paid his subscription for the current year.

5. The election shall be by Ballot at the Annual Meeting,

and copies of the final list shall be used as Ballot papers.

The President shall appoint two or more Scrutineers from the

Fellows present, not being Members of the Couucil, to super-

intend the Ballots and report the results to the Meeting.

The Secretaries, assisted by the Treasurer, shall prepare a list

of the Fellows entitled to vote, and each Fellow voting shall

give his name to the Scrutineers to be marked on the said

List, and shall then put his Ballot paper into the respective

receptacles to be provided for such occasion.

6. A Fellow voting may strike out any name or names on

the said List, and the Scrutineers shall record the votes

accordingly, but any Ballot paper which shall contain a

greater number of names for any Office or Position than the

number to be elected to such Office or Position shall be wholly

void, and be rejected by the Scrutineers. No Ballot shall be

taken unless nine or more Fellows shall be present.

7. If from any cause any election which ought to take

place at the Annual Meeting shall not take place, then such

election shall be adjourned until the next convenient day, of

which notice shall be given in like manner as is directed for

the Annual Meeting.

8. The form given in the Schedule shall be used, with such

variations as may be considered by the Council necessary or

desirable.

CuHap. XX. Transactions and Journal of Proceedings.

1. The Transactions shall consist of such papers commu-

nicated to the Meetings of the Society as the Council shall

order to be published therein.

2. The Transactions shall be published quarterly, or at

such other times, and at such prices as the Council shall

direct for each Part or Volume.

3. Authors of Memoirs published in the Transactions shall

be allowed twenty-five copies of their communications gratis.

BYE-LAWS. Xvil

If any additional number be required, the permission of the

Council shall be first obtained, and the entire expense thereof

shall be paid for by the Authors,

4, A Journal of Proceedings of the Society shall also be

published, containing Abstracts of the Papers read and

Notices of other Matters communicated at the Ordinary

Meetings of the Society. The Proceedings shall be bound

up with the Transactions.

Cuap. XXI. Alteration of the Bye-Laws.

Any of the Bye-Laws of the Society may at any time be

repealed or altered, or others adopted in lieu thereof, at a

Special Meeting of the Society, to be held after a Notice

given to the President and Council, signed by six Fellows at

least, and specifying the intended repeal or alteration, has

been read at three Ordinary Meetings of the Society.